ASSAM DON BOSCO UNIVERSITY

REGULATIONS AND SYLLABUS 2017-18

ASSAM DON BOSCO UNIVERSITY Tapesia Gardens, Sonapur, 782402 | Azara, Guwahati – 781017, Assam India

NOTE This handbook contains important information to help guide and inform you during your programme of study. We recommend that you keep this handbook for the duration of your studies in the University so that you can refer to it as needed. Please note that the onus of ignorance of the regulations and information contained in this handbook will be on the student and will not be ground for any consideration. Contact Information Director, School of Technology : Prof. Manoranjan Kalita (+919435113035) Director, School of Humanities and Social Sciences : Dr. Riju Sharma (+919854691504) Director, School of Life Sciences : Prof. JN Vishwakarma (+919436101222) Co-ordinator, Anti-ragging Squad (Azara Campus) : Mr. P. Joseph (+919859144283) Co-ordinator, Anti-ragging Squad (Tapesia Campus) : Mr. Baldwin Sumer (+919612558808) Administrative Officer : Dr. Peter Paul Hauhnar (+919957563590)

CONTENTS Regulations Graduate Degree Programmes Post Graduate Degree Programmes – Science and Technology Post Graduate Degree Programmes – Humanities and Social Sciences Scheme of In-semester Assessment Rules, Procedures and Behavioural Guidelines

3 4 16 27 41 45

Course Structure School of Technology BTECH Computer Science and Engineering BTECH Electronics and Communication Engineering BTECH Electrical and Electronics Engineering BTECH Civil Engineering BTECH Mechanical Engineering Bachelor of Computer Applications (BCA) Master of Computer Applications (MCA) MTECH Computer Science and Engineering MTECH Electronics and Communication Engineering MTECH Electrical and Electronics Engineering MTECH Civil Engineering

49 50 51 52 54 56 58 60 61 63 64 66 67

School of Humanities and Social Sciences Master of Social Work (MSW) MSC Psychology MA Mass Communication MA Education BA Honours – Education BA Honours – English BA Honours – Mass Communication BA Honours – Psychology

69 69 71 72 73 75 76 76 77

School of Fundamental and Applied Sciences MSC Physics MSC Chemistry

79 79 80

School of Life Sciences MSC Biochemistry, Biotechnology, Microbiology MSC Zoology

81 81 83

School of Commerce and Management Bachelor of Commerce (BCOM)

84 84

Detailed Syllabus School of Technology Computer Science and Engineering and IT Electronics and Communication Engineering Electrical and Electronics Engineering Civil Engineering

87 88 170 214 249

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|1

Mechanical Engineering

289

School of Humanities and Social Sciences Education Language Studies Mass Communication Psychology and Counselling Social Work

319 319 349 362 383 405

School of Fundamental and Applied Sciences Chemistry Mathematics Physics

442 442 453 461

School of Life Sciences Biochemistry Biotechnology Microbiology Zoology

484 484 494 503 511

School of Commerce and Management Management Commerce

520 520 527

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|2

REGULATIONS

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|3

ASSAM DON BOSCO UNIVERSITY REGULATIONS - GRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMMES Regulations of Assam Don Bosco University for the Graduate Programme leading to the award of the Bachelor’s Degree in various disciplines. The following are the regula ons of the Assam Don Bosco University concerning the Graduate Programmes leading to the award of the Bachelor’s Degree in various disciplines made subject to the provisions of its Statutes and Ordinances. 1.0 Academic Calendar 1.1. Each academic year is divided into two semesters of approximately 18 weeks dura on: an Autumn Semester (July – December) and a Spring Semester (January – June). The Autumn Semester shall ordinarily begin in July for students already on the rolls and the Spring Semester shall ordinarily begin in January. However, the first semester (Autumn, for newly admi ed students) may begin later depending on the comple on of admission formali es. 1.2. The schedule of academic ac vi es approved by the Academic Council for each semester, inclusive of the schedule of con nuing evalua on for the semester, dates for the conduct of end-semester examina ons, the schedule of publica on of results, etc., shall be laid down in the Academic Calendar for the semester. 2.0 Duration of the Programme 2.1. The normal dura on of the Graduate Programme shall be as per the table given below:

Programme

2.2 2.3

Number of Semesters

Number of Years

Bachelor of Technology (BTECH)

8

4

Bachelor of Computer Applica ons (BCA)

6

3

Bachelor of Commerce (BCOM)

6

3

However, students who do not fulfil some of the requirements in their first a empt and have to repeat them in subsequent semesters may be permi ed up to 4 more semesters (2 years) to complete all the requirements of the degree. Under excep onal circumstances and depending on the merit of each case, a period of 2 more semesters (1 year) may be allowed for the comple on of the programme

3.0 Course Structure 3.1. The choice based credit system shall be followed for the Graduate Degree Programmes. Credits are allo ed to the various courses depending on the number of lecture/tutorial/laboratory hours per five-day cycle (one week) of classes assigned to them using the following general pa ern: 3.1.1. Lecture : One hour per cycle/week is assigned 1 credit. 3.1.2. Tutorial : Two hours per cycle/week is assigned 1 credit. 3.1.3. Prac cal : Two hours per cycle/week is assigned 1 credit. 3.2. The courses offered for the Graduate Degree Programmes are divided into two baskets – core courses and elec ve courses. 3.3. Core Courses: Core courses are those in the curriculum, the knowledge of which is deemed essen al for students who are pursuing the said Degree Programme. 3.3.1 A student shall be required to take all the core courses offered for a par cular programme. 3.3.2 The number of credits required from core courses shall be as prescribed by the Departmental Board of Studies pertaining to the programme. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|4

3.4. Elective Courses: These are courses in the curriculum which give the student opportuni es for specialisa on and which cater to his/her interests and career goals. These courses may be selected by the student and/or offered by the department conduc ng the programme, from those listed in the curriculum according to the norms laid down by the Departmental Board of Studies. 3.4.1 The number of credits which may be acquired through elec ve courses shall be prescribed by the Board of studies pertaining to the programme. 3.5. These categories of courses may further be subdivided into departmental, school or ins tu onal, depending on the department which offers the course. The schema of categorisa on of courses into baskets is as given below:

Core Courses Departmental Core (DC)

Core courses which are offered by the department conduc ng the programme

School Core (SC)

Core courses which are offered by a department other than the department conduc ng the programme, from within the same School

Ins tu onal Core (IC)

Core courses which are offered by departments of the University from Schools other than the parent School

Elective Courses Departmental Elec ve Elec ve courses which are offered by the department conduc ng the (DE) programme School Elec ve (SE)

Elec ve courses which are offered by a department other than the department conduc ng the programme, from within the same School

Ins tu onal Elec ve (IE)

Elec ve courses which are offered by departments of the University from Schools other than the parent School

3.6. In order to qualify for a Graduate Degree, a student is required to complete the minimum credit requirements as prescribed by the relevant Boards of Studies. The range of credit requirements and the current minimum credit requirements are given in the table below: Programme

BTECH

BCA

Discipline

Range of Credits

Core Courses

Elective Courses

SC

DC

Total

IE

CSE

43

37

72

152

10

62

72

224

EEE

39

55

79

173

10

41

51

224

ECE

200 - 250

SE/DE Total

TOTAL

IC

39

53

89

181

10

33

43

224

CVE

39

25

108

172

10

44

54

226

MNE

32

18

137

187

10

28

38

225

27

-

111

138

2

4

6

144

130 - 160

3.7. In addi on to the prescribed credit requirement a student shall have to complete the requirements of Extra Academic Programmes (EAP) as may be prescribed by the School. Students shall be awarded P/NP grades for the EAP, which shall be recorded in the Gradesheet but not taken into account for compu ng the SGPA and the CGPA. 3.8. Students who secure a CGPA of at least 8 at the end of the 4th semester may opt to take one audit course per semester from any Department from the 5th semester onwards, provided the course teacher permits the audi ng of the course. This shall be done under the guidance of the Departmental Faculty Advisor/mentor. The student is free to par cipate in the evalua on process for such courses. However, an a endance of 75% percentage is necessary for obtaining a P grade for such courses. When audi ng courses offered by other departments, it shall be the ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|5

3.9.

3.10 3.11 3.12

3.13

3.14

4.0 4.1 4.2

responsibility of the student to a end such courses without missing courses of one’s own department and semester. In addi on, students may also opt for addi onal elec ve courses in consulta on with their mentors. Students are required to par cipate in the evalua on process of such courses. The grades obtained for such courses shall be recorded in the gradesheet, but not taken into account for compu ng SGPA and CGPA. It shall be the preroga ve of the department to not offer an elec ve course which has less than 5 students op ng for it. The medium of instruc on shall be English and examina ons and project reports shall be in English. The course structure and syllabi of the Graduate Degree Programmes shall be approved by the Academic Council of the University. Departmental Boards of Studies (DBS) shall discuss and recommend the syllabi of all the courses offered by the department from me to me before forwarding the same to the School Board of Studies (SBS). The SBS shall consider the proposals from the departments and make recommenda ons to the Academic Council for considera on and approval. The curriculum may include industry training and /or fieldwork for a specified me. This is to be sa sfactorily completed before a student is declared eligible for the degree. There shall be credit alloca on for such industrial training or fieldwork. Normally these ac vi es shall be arranged during convenient semester breaks as shall be determined by the School Board of Studies. Faculty Advisor/Mentor: A faculty advisor/mentor (and a co-mentor to perform the du es of a mentor during the absence of the mentor) shall be assigned for groups of students. Generally the faculty advisor/mentor shall be assigned by the concerned department, in consulta on with the Director of the School concerned. For the first year students of the BTECH programme, the Director of the School of Technology shall assign the faculty advisor/mentor from the departments of Basic Sciences and Humani es and Social Sciences. Faculty advisors/mentors shall help their mentees to plan their courses of study, advise them on ma ers rela ng to academic performance and personality development, and help them to overcome various problems and difficul es faced by them. Admission All admissions to the Graduate Degree Programmes of the University shall be on the basis of merit. There may, however, be provision for direct admission for a limited number of NRI/FN students. Eligibility Criteria 4.2.1 To be considered for admission to a Graduate Degree Programme a candidate should have passed the Higher Secondary examina on of a recognised Board of Higher Secondary Educa on or an equivalent examina on of any University / Board securing grades/marks as specified in the table below. 4.2.2 A candidate must also obtain qualifying marks required by the University in entrance tests/personal interview as the case may be. These marks shall be valid only for the academic year for which the test is held. 4.2.3 Admission will be on the basis of performance of the candidate at the qualifying examina on, entrance test and/or personal interview.

Programme

Grade /Marks requirement from qualifying examinations

Entrance Examinations / Personal Interview

BTECH

Passed the qualifying examina on in the Science Stream with 45% in the aggregate of all subjects and 45% in the aggregate of Physics, Chemistry and Mathema cs

Na onal Entrance Test such as JEE / State level entrance examina on such as CEE or the ADBU Entrance Examina on for Engineers

BCA, BCOM, Passed the qualifying examina on in

Sa sfactory performance in the

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|6

BA Honours

4.3 4.4

4.5 4.6

5.0 5.1

any stream with 45% marks in the aggregate of all subjects

Personal Interview

Reserva on of seats for the programme shall be as per the guidelines laid out in the Statutes of the University. Admissions shall ordinarily close a er a specified period from the date of commencement of the first semester, through a no fica on. However, in excep onal cases, admission of a candidate a er the last date may be recommended to the University with jus fica on, by the School / Departments concerned. Under such an event, this period shall not exceed four weeks from the date of commencement of the first semester. 4.4.1 The a endance of such students shall be computed from the date of admission. 4.4.2 Such students may be offered the opportunity of taking part in in-semester assessment modules which may have already been completed. All candidates shall be required to sa sfy the norms prescribed by the University for medical fitness prior to admission. Lateral Entry into the BTECH Programmes 4.6.1 Polytechnic diploma holders in different disciplines and B.Sc. Degree holders having Physics, Chemistry and Mathema cs shall be eligible for admission to degree courses in Engineering and Technology in the third semester BTECH Programme against vacancies and/or seats in addi on to the sanc oned intake in the first year. 4.6.2 Such diploma holders should have been bonafide students of polytechnics duly approved by the government and should have pursued an AICTE approved three-year diploma curriculum in an appropriate branch of Technology. 4.6.3 Only diploma holders who have secured a minimum of 60% marks in the aggregate in the relevant discipline and B.Sc. students who have secured a minimum of 50% marks in the aggregate shall be eligible for considera on for admission. 4.6.4 Such admissions shall be on the basis of merit in the ADBU entrance test and a personal interview. University Registration Candidates shall have to register as bona-fide students with the University as per the University regula ons within a period specified by the University, by a formal applica on routed through the Director of the School concerned.

6.0 Attendance 6.1. To be permi ed to appear for the end-semester examina on of a par cular course, a student is required to have a minimum a endance of 75% for that course. 6.2 Deficiency in a endance up to 10% may be condoned by the Director of the School in the case of leave taken for medical and other grievous reasons, which are supported by valid medical cer ficates and other requisite documents. 6.3 Some students, due to excep onal situa ons like their own serious sickness and hospitaliza on or death of members of inner family circle (restricted to only father, mother, siblings), may have a endance below 65%. Such students may be given bonus a endance percentage for a par cular course based on his/her a endance for that course during the remaining days of the current semester, as given in the following table: Attendance during the remaining days of the current semester 95% or more 90% or more but less than 95% 85% or more but less than 90% 80% or more but less than 85% 75% or more but less than 80%

Bonus percentage available in the current semester 5 4 3 2 1 ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|7

6.4

6.5

6.6

6.7

7.0 7.1

7.2

They shall be permi ed to appear for the end-semester examina on of the course if on the strength of this bonus a endance percentage, they obtain 65% a endance for that course. If the sum of the credits of the courses for which a student is unable to appear at the end-semester examina ons exceeds 50% of the total credits allo ed for the semester, he/she shall not be permi ed to appear for the en re end-semester examina ons in view of clause 10.5 of these Regula ons. The School may propose to set aside a certain por on of the in-semester assessment marks for a endance. The number of marks and modali es of their allotment shall be made known to the students at the beginning of each semester. Leave 6.6.1 Any absence from classes should be with prior sanc oned leave. The applica on for leave shall be submi ed to the Office of the Director on prescribed forms, through proper channels, sta ng fully the reasons for the leave requested along with suppor ng documents. 6.6.2 In case of emergency such as sickness, bereavement or any other unavoidable reason for which prior applica on could not be made, the parent or guardian must inform the office of the Director promptly. 6.6.3 If the period of absence is likely to exceed 10 days, a prior applica on for grant of leave shall have to be submi ed through the Director to the Registrar of the University with suppor ng documents in each case; the decision to grant leave shall be taken by the Registrar on the recommenda on of the Director. 6.6.4 The Registrar may, on receipt of an applica on, also decide whether the student be asked to withdraw from the programme for that par cular semester because of long absence. It shall be the responsibility of the student to in mate the concerned teachers regarding his/her absence before availing the leave. Grading System Three types of courses are offered in the Graduate programmes: ● Graded courses: For the majority of the courses, students shall be assessed and given grades. ● Pass/No-Pass courses: There are some courses for which the students are expected to obtain a P grade to be eligible for the degree. ● Audit Courses: A third category of courses are audit courses. These are op onal. However, students who opt for these courses must have the required a endance to obtain a P grade in the course. Based on the performance of a student, each student is awarded a final le er grade in each graded course at the end of the semester and the le er grade is converted into a grade point. The correspondence between percentage marks, le er grades and grade points is given in the table below: Marks (x) obtained (%) Grade Description Grade Points 90 ≤ x ≤ 100 O Outstanding 10 80 ≤ x < 90 E Excellent 9 70 ≤ x < 80 A+ Very Good 8 60 ≤ x < 70 A Good 7 50 ≤ x < 60 B Average 6 40 ≤ x < 50 C Below Average 5 x < 40 F Failed 0

In addi on, a student may be assigned the grades ‘P’ and ‘NP’ for pass marks and non-passing marks respec vely, for Pass/No-pass courses, or the grade ‘X’ (not permi ed). 7.2.1 A student shall be assigned the le er grade ‘X’ for a course if he/she is not permi ed to appear for the end semester examina on of that course due to lack of requisite a endance. 7.2.2 A le er grade ‘F’, ‘NP’ or ‘X’ in any course implies failure in that course. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|8

7.3

7.2.3 A student is considered to have completed a course successfully and earned the credits if she/he secures a le er grade other than ‘F’, ‘NP’, or ‘X’. At the end of each semester, the following measures of the performance of a student in the semester and in the programme up to that semester shall be computed and made known to the student together with the grades obtained by the student in each course: 7.3.1 The Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA): From the grades obtained by a student in the courses of a semester, the SGPA shall be calculated using the following formula: SGPA =

  GPi = Grade points earned in the ith course NCi = Number of credits for the ith course and n = the number of courses in the semester 7.3.2 The Cumula ve Grade Point Average (CGPA): From the SGPAs obtained by a student in the completed semesters, the CGPA shall be calculated using the following formula:

Where

CGPA = Where

7.4 7.5

7.6

SGPAi = Semester Grade Point Average of the ith semester NSCi = Number of credits for the ith semester n = Number of semesters completed 7.3.3 The CGPA may be converted into a percentage, using the following formula: for CGPA <= 9.0, Percentage marks = (CGPA x 10) – 5 for CGPA > 9.0, Percentage marks = (CGPA x 15) – 50 Both the SGPA and CGPA shall be rounded off to the second place of decimal and recorded as such. Whenever these CGPA are to be used for official purposes, only the rounded off values shall be used. There are academic and non-academic requirements for the Graduate programmes where a student shall be awarded the ‘P’ and ‘NP’ grades. Non-credit courses such as Extra Academic Programmes belong to this category. No grade points are associated with these grades and these courses are not taken into account in the calcula on of the SGPA or CGPA. However, the award of the degree is subject to obtaining a ‘P’ grade in all such courses. In the case of an audit course, the le ers “AU” shall be wri en alongside the course name in the Grade Sheet. A student is not required to register again for passing failed audit courses.

8.0 Assessment of Performance 8.1. A student’s performance is evaluated through a con nuous system of evalua on comprising tests, quizzes, assignments, seminars, minor projects, major projects and end-semester examina ons. 8.2. Theory Courses: Theory courses shall have two components of evalua on – in-semester assessment of 40% weightage and an end-semester examina on having 60% weightage. 8.2.1. The modali es of the conduct of in-semester assessment and weightages a ached to its various components shall be as published by the School at the beginning of each semester. 8.3. Lab Courses: Lab courses (Laboratory, Drawing, Workshop, etc.) shall be evaluated on the basis of a endance, assessment of tasks assigned and end semester test/viva voce. The weightage assigned for these components of the evalua on is given in the following table: Component A endance Assessment of Tasks Assigned End-semester test / viva voce

Weightage 10 50 40

8.3.1. The modali es of the conduct of evalua on under the heading “Assessment of tasks assigned”, its components and the weightages a ached to its various components shall be published by the department concerned at the beginning of each semester. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|9

8.4

8.5

8.6

8.3.2. The evalua on of the end-semester test for a lab course may be done on the basis of criteria and weightage to be specified in the ques on paper, among which are included ● Organisa on of the experiment ● Actual conduct of the experiment assigned and accuracy of the result ● Extent of comple on ● A comprehensive viva-voce which examines the overall grasp of the subject End-Semester examinations 8.4.1 End-semester examina ons for the theory courses, generally of three hours’ dura on, shall be conducted by the University. The Director of the concerned school shall make the arrangements necessary for holding the examina ons. 8.4.2 In the end-semester examina ons, a student shall be examined on the en re syllabus of the courses. 8.4.3 A student shall not obtain a pass grade for a course without appearing for the end-semester examina on in that course. Industry Training/Internship Programme 8.5.1 Students of the BTECH Programme are required to undergo an Industry Training/Internship programme a er the sixth semester in any industry or reputed organisa on. The Department concerned may also require students of other Graduate programmes to undergo an internship programme. 8.5.2 Such programmes shall generally be of dura on not less than 70 hours. 8.5.3 A er the Industry Training/Internship programme, the student shall furnish a cer ficate from the organisa on where he/she underwent the programme as proof of successful comple on. 8.5.4 The student shall submit a training/internship report to the department in a format to be laid down by the concerned department. He/she shall also give a seminar to present the learning outcomes of the programme in the presence of the faculty members and students of the department. The student shall be evaluated on the basis of the report, the seminar and interac on during the seminar and grades shall be assigned. These grades shall be given a weightage of two credits in the subsequent semester. The Major Project 8.6.1 Students of the BTECH programme and BCA programme shall undertake a Major Project during the course of their graduate studies. The BTECH major project work is normally conducted in two phases during the seventh and eighth semesters of the programme and is to be done individually or in groups within the campus. A department may subs tute this with two independent projects in the seventh and eighth semesters with prior permission from the statutory authority. The BCA major project work is conducted during the sixth semester of the programme, and is to be done individually or in groups within the campus. 8.6.2 Each department shall cons tute a Departmental Project Evalua on Commi ee (DPEC) consis ng of the Head of the Department, Project Co-ordinator and two senior teachers from the department, with the Project Co-ordinator as the convenor. The DPEC shall co-ordinate the conduct and assessment of the project. 8.6.3 The DPEC shall no fy the schedule and modali es for the following stages in the implementa on of the project. ● Submission of the topic of the project. ● No fica on for assignment of project supervisors. ● Submission of the synopsis. ● Schedule and modality for the submission of weekly ac vity reports. ● Schedule for the seminar presenta on of synopsis. ● Schedule for Progress Seminars, submission of progress reports and viva voce examina on. ● Date for the submission of the project report and a brief summary. ● Dates for the external evalua on of the project. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|10

8.6.4 8.6.5

8.6.6

8.6.7 8.6.8 8.6.9

8.6.10 8.6.11

8.6.12 8.6.13 8.7

8.8

8.9

In the case of the BTECH project, some of these ac vi es may be performed during semester VII (Phase I) and others during Semester VIII (Phase II) as shall be no fied by the DPEC. The DPEC may ask a student to resubmit a synopsis if the same does not get its approval. The Convenor of the DPEC shall submit to the Controller of Examina ons a panel of at least three names of external examiners at least three weeks before the external examina on. The Controller of Examina ons shall appoint the external examiner(s) from this panel. The project supervisor shall be the internal examiner. Each student shall submit to the DPEC three bound, typed copies of the project report, prepared according to the prescribed format, a er the pre-submission seminar, by the due date. The student shall also submit three copies of a brief summary of the project that shall be forwarded to the concerned examiners. The DPEC shall make the arrangements necessary to conduct the external evalua on in consulta on with the examiner(s) appointed by the University, during the dates no fied. Phase I of the project shall be evaluated through in-semester assessment only. The modality and components of the assessment and their weightages shall be determined by the School and the same shall be no fied at the beginning of each semester. Phase II of the project shall be evaluated through in-semester and end-semester assessments of equal weightage. The in-semester assessment shall be done by the DPEC and the project supervisor and the end-semester assessment shall be done by the external examiner(s) and the project supervisor, assisted by the DPEC. The modality and components of the in-semester assessment and their weightages shall be determined by the school and the same shall be no fied at the beginning of each semester. The DPEC shall forward the in-semester assessment marks to the Controller of Examina ons by the date specified by the Examina on Department. The end-semester assessment shall have the following components: ● Project implementa on: 40 marks ● Seminar presenta on: 20 marks ● Viva voce examina on: 20 marks ● Project documenta on: 20 marks Independent projects as envisaged in clause 8.6.1 shall be evaluated in the same manner as Phase II of the major project. Those who obtain an ‘F’ grade for the major project shall be required to re-enrol for it in the subsequent semesters.

Minor and Mini Projects 8.7.1 Students may be assigned minor and mini projects by the department from the fourth semester onwards to ensure that their learning becomes a hands-on experience. These projects shall be executed by the students individually or in groups under the guidance of faculty members appointed by the department. 8.7.2 The mode of evalua on of these projects shall follow the pa ern of evalua on of Lab Courses (vide clause 8.3) and the modali es for the conduct of evalua on, its components and the weightages a ached to these components shall be published by the department concerned at the beginning of each semester. 8.7.3 The students may be required to submit project reports in the format specified. The evalua on of the Minor and Mini Projects shall take into considera on these project reports. The evalua on of performance in Extra Academic Programmes shall be done by the authori es conduc ng them and they shall communicate the grades to the Principal/Director who shall forward them to the Controller of Examina ons. The Principal/Director shall forward the marks obtained in the in-semester evalua on to the Controller of Examina ons within the prescribed me as may be no fied.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|11

8.9.1 All evaluated work in a course except the end semester answer scripts shall be returned to the students promptly. They should be collected back a er the students have examined them, and preserved for a period of one semester. 8.10 Eligibility for appearing in the end-semester examinations: A student shall be permi ed to appear for the end-semester examina ons, provided that 8.10.1 A student has not been debarred from appearing in the end semester examina ons as disciplinary ac on for serious breach of conduct. 8.10.2 He/she has sa sfactory a endance during the semester according to the norms laid out in sec on 8 of these regula ons. 8.10.3 He/she has paid the prescribed fees or any other dues of the university within the date specified. 8.11 Registration for end-semester Examinations 8.11.1 The University shall, through a no fica on, invite applica ons from students to register for the end-semester examina ons. 8.11.2 Students who have registered with the University (vide clause 5) and those who have applied for such registra on may apply to appear for the end-semester examina ons of the university, in response to the no fica on issued by the University, provided that they fulfil the eligibility norms as laid down in clause 8.10. 8.11.3 All eligible candidates shall be issued an admit card for the relevant examina on and for specified courses. A student who does not have a valid admit card may not be permi ed to write the end-semester examina ons. 8.11.4 A student who secures an ‘F’ or ‘X’ grade in any course in a semester may register for the end-semester examina on for that course in a subsequent semester when that course is offered again, within a period of six years from his/her enrolment for the programme. The in-semester assessment marks obtained by him/her in the last semester in which the said course was a ended by him/her shall be retained. 8.11.5 Similarly, in case of an ‘NP’ grade in Extra Academic Programmes the student shall have to re-register for it in the appropriate semester of the next academic session. 8.11.6 When a student re-registers for the end semester examina on of a course, in accordance with clause 8.11.4 above, the be er of the two grades obtained (the old and the new) shall be considered for the calcula on of SGPA and CGPA. 8.12 Conduct of Examinations: The University shall conduct the end-semester examina ons in accordance with the applicable regula ons on such dates as are set down in the Academic Calendar or as no fied. 8.13 Declaration of Results: The University shall declare the results of a semester and make available to the students their gradesheets within the me-frame prescribed by the relevant regula ons of the university and specified in the academic calendar. 8.14 The University may withhold the results of a student for any or all of the following reasons ● he/she has not paid his/her dues ● there is a disciplinary ac on pending against him/her ● he/she has not completed the formali es for University Registra on according to the requirement of sec on 5 of these Regula ons. 8.15 Re-examination of answer scripts 8.15.1 If a student feels that the grade awarded to him/her in a course is not correct, he/she may apply to the University for the re-examina on of his/her answer script. 8.15.2 Re-examina on of scripts may be of two different categories – scru ny and re-evalua on. 8.15.3 Scrutiny: The ac vi es under this category shall ordinarily be confined to checking ● correctness of the total marks awarded and its conversion into appropriate le er grades ● whether any part/whole of a ques on has been le unevaluated inadvertently ● correctness of transcrip on of marks on the tabula on sheet and the gradesheet issued in respect of the course under scru ny. 8.15.4 Re-evalua on: Re-evalua on of the answer script by independent experts in the concerned subject(s). ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|12

8.15.5 Application for re-examination ● A student may apply for scru ny or re-evalua on for one or more courses of the just-concluded end-semester examina ons within seven calendar days from the date of publica on of its results in the applica on form prescribed for this purpose. ● He/she shall pay the prescribed fee to the University as no fied. ● A student applying for scru ny/re-evalua on shall expressly state on the applica on form whether the applica on made is for Scru ny or for Re-evalua on. In each case, the student may also request to see his/her answer script. ● All applica ons for scru ny/re-evalua on must be routed through the Director of the concerned School. 8.15.6 If in the process of re-examina on, the grade obtained in a course changes, the be er of the two grades shall be assigned to the course. If there is a change, the new grade shall be recorded and a new grade sheet shall be issued to the student. 8.15.7 Without prejudice to any of the clauses of sec on 8.15, a student who has been found to have used unfair means during an examina on shall not be eligible to apply for scru ny or re-evalua on of answer scripts. 8.16. Improvement Examination 8.16.1 A er the comple on of the en re programme of study, a student may be allowed the provision of improvement examina ons. These are to be availed of only once each in the Autumn and Spring semesters that immediately follow the comple on of the programme, and within the maximum number of years permissible for a programme. 8.16.2 A student who has taken migra on from the University shall not be eligible to appear for Improvement Examina on. 8.16.3 A student may not choose more than the number of courses specified below for improvement examina ons.

Programme MCA BCA BCOM

Number of Courses for Improvement Examinations Autumn Semester Spring Semester Total 6 6 12 4 4 8 4 4 8

8.16.4 A er the improvement examina on, the be er of the two grades obtained (the old and the new) shall be considered for the calcula on of SGPA and CGPA. 8.16.5 If the student improves his/her grades through the improvement examina on, new grade sheets and comprehensive transcripts shall be issued to the student. 8.17. Special Examination 8.17.1 The University shall conduct Special Examina ons to benefit the following categories of students: 8.17.1.1 Students who, on the comple on of the final semester, have some ‘F’ graded courses in the two final semesters, but no ‘F’ or ‘X’ graded courses in any of the previous semesters 8.17.1.2 Students who have only one ‘F’ graded course in a semester other than the two final semesters and do not have ‘F’ or ‘X’ graded courses in the two final semesters. 8.17.2 The Special Examina ons shall ordinarily be conducted each year within a month of the declara on of the results of the Spring Semester. 8.17.3 Students who fail to secure 50% of the credits offered in the final semester shall not be eligible to appear for the special examina ons. Such students will be governed by the provisions of clause 9.5 of these regula ons. However, this restric on shall not apply in ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|13

the case of students who are unable to appear in the end semester examina ons due to excep onal situa ons like their own serious illness and hospitalisa on or death of members of inner family circle (restricted to only father, mother, siblings). 8.17.4 Students who have ‘X’ graded courses only in the last two semesters shall be offered the opportunity for par cipa ng in a Tutorial Programme which may be conducted during the semester break immediately following the end-semester examina ons of the final semester and students who earn 85% a endance for the programme shall be permi ed to appear for the Special Examina ons. Separate fees shall be charged for the Tutorial Programme. 8.17.5 Students who do not obtain pass grades in any course at the special examina ons shall have to apply in the prescribed format and appear for the end-semester examina on of these courses when they are scheduled by the University during subsequent relevant end-semester examina ons. 9.0 9.1

Change of Branch Normally a student admi ed to a par cular branch of the BTECH programme shall con nue studying in that branch ll comple on. However, in special cases the university may permit a student to change from one branch of studies to another a er the first two semesters. 9.2 Students shall be allowed a change in branch subject to the limita on that the strength of a branch should not fall below the exis ng strength by more than ten percent and should not go above the sanc oned strength by more than ten percent. 9.3 Only those students shall be eligible for considera on of a change of branch, who have completed all the credits required in the first two semesters of their studies, in their first a empt. 9.4 Applica ons for a change of branch must be made by intending eligible students in the prescribed form. The Office of the Registrar shall call for applica ons at the beginning of the third semester and the completed forms must be submi ed by the last date specified in the no fica on. 9.5 Students may enlist up to two choices of branch, in order of preference, to which they wish to change over. It shall not be permissible to alter the choice a er the applica on has been submi ed. 9.6 Change of branch shall be made strictly in order of merit of the applicants. For this purpose the CGPA obtained at the end of the second semester shall be considered. In case of a e, the following shall be considered in the given order: the SGPA of the second semester, the SGPA of the first semester, grades obtained by the applicants in the courses of the second semester in an order to be determined by the Office of the Registrar. 9.7 A commi ee consis ng of the Director and heads of departments of the concerned School, chaired by the Registrar shall examine the applica ons and consider them on the basis of the criteria laid out above. 9.8 The details of branch changes effected shall be no fied to the students by the Registrar, within 7 days of the submission of applica ons. 9.9 All changes of branch shall be final and binding on the applicants. No student shall be permi ed, under any circumstance, to refuse the change of branch offered. 9.10 All changes of branch made in accordance with the above rules shall be effec ve from the third semester of the applicants concerned. No change of branch shall be permi ed a er this. 10.0 Enrolment (for semesters other than the first) 10.1 Every student is required to enrol for the relevant courses before the commencement of each semester within the dates fixed for such enrolment and no fied by the Registrar. 10.2 Students who do not enrol within the dates announced for the purpose may be permi ed late enrolment up to the no fied date on payment of a late fee. 10.3 Only those students shall be permi ed to enrol who have ● cleared all University, Departmental, Hostel and Library dues and fines (if any) of the previous semester, ● paid all required University, Departmental and Hostel fees for the current semester, and ● not been debarred from enrolling on any specific ground. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|14

10.4 No student may enrol for a semester if he/she has not appeared, for whatever reason, in the end semester examina ons of the previous semester. 10.5 A student who fails to obtain 50% of the credits offered in a semester shall not be permi ed to enrol for the next semester and shall have to re-enrol for and a end all the courses of the said semester in the following academic year. 11.0 Eligibility for the Award of the Graduate Degree 11.1 A student shall be declared to be eligible for the award of the Graduate Degree for which he/she has enrolled if he/she has 11.1.1 completed all the credit requirements for the degree with grade ‘C’ or higher grade in each of the mandatory graded courses and grade ‘P’ in all mandatory non-graded courses. 11.1.2 sa sfactorily completed all the non-credit requirements for the degree viz., Extra Academic Ac vi es, Industry Training, field work, internship programme, etc. (if any); 11.1.3 obtained a CGPA of 5.00 or more at the end of the semester in which he/she completes all the requirements for the degree; 11.1.4 no dues to the University, School, Department, Hostels; and 11.1.5 no disciplinary ac on pending against him/her. 11.2 The award of the Graduate Degree must be recommended by the Academic Council and approved by the Board of Management of the University. 12.0 Termination from the Programme 12.1 If more than the number of years permi ed for the comple on of a programme have elapsed since the student was admi ed, and the student has not become eligible for the award of Degree, the student shall be removed from the programme. 12.2 A student may also be required to leave the Programme on disciplinary grounds on the recommenda ons of the Students’ Disciplinary Commi ee of the concerned School.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|15

ASSAM DON BOSCO UNIVERSITY REGULATIONS - POST GRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMMES SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY Regulations of Assam Don Bosco University for Post-Graduate Programme leading to the award of the Master’s Degree in the various disciplines of Science and Technology The following are the regula ons of the Assam Don Bosco University concerning the Post-Graduate Programmes leading to the award of the Master’s Degree in the disciplines of Science and Technology made subject to the provisions of its Statutes and Ordinances. 1.0 1.1

1.2

2.0 2.1

Academic Calendar Each academic year is divided into two semesters of approximately 18 weeks dura on: an Autumn Semester (July – December) and a Spring Semester (January – June). The Autumn Semester shall ordinarily begin in July for students already on the rolls and the Spring Semester shall ordinarily begin in January. However, the first semester (Autumn, for newly admi ed students) may begin later depending on the comple on of admission formali es. The schedule of academic ac vi es approved by the Academic Council for each semester, inclusive of the schedule of con nuing evalua on for the semester, dates for the conduct of end-semester examina ons, the schedule of publica on of results, etc., shall be laid down in the Academic Calendar for the semester. Duration of the Programme The normal dura on of the Post Graduate Programme shall be as per the table given below:

Programme

2.2 2.3 3.0 3.1

3.2 3.3

Number of Semesters

Number of Years

Master of Technology (MTECH)

4

2

Master of Computer Applica ons (MCA)

6

3

Master of Science (MSC)

4

2

However, students who do not fulfil some of the requirements in their first a empt and have to repeat them in subsequent semesters may be permi ed up to 4 more semesters (2 years) to complete all the requirements of the degree. Under excep onal circumstances and depending on the merit of each case, a period of 2 more semesters (1 year) may be allowed for the comple on of the programme Course Structure The choice based credit system shall be followed for the Post Graduate Degree Programmes. Credits are allo ed to the various courses depending on the number of lecture/tutorial/laboratory hours per five-day cycle (one week) of classes assigned to them using the following general pa ern: 3.1.1 Lecture : One hour per cycle/week is assigned 1 credit. 3.1.2 Tutorial : Two hours per cycle/week is assigned 1 credit. 3.1.3 Prac cal : Two hours per cycle/week is assigned 1 credit. The courses offered for the Post Graduate Degree Programmes are divided into two baskets – core courses and elec ve courses. Core Courses: Core courses are those in the curriculum, the knowledge of which is deemed Essen al for students who are pursuing the said Degree Programme. 3.3.1 A student shall be required to take all the core courses offered for a par cular programme.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|16

3.4

3.5

3.3.2 The number of credits required from core courses shall be as prescribed by the Departmental Board of Studies pertaining to the programme. Elective Courses: These are courses in the curriculum which give the student opportuni es for specialisa on and which cater to his/her interests and career goals. These courses may be selected by the student and/or offered by the department conduc ng the programme, from those listed in the curriculum according to the norms laid down by the Departmental Board of Studies. 3.4.1 The number of credits which may be acquired through elec ve courses shall be prescribed by the Board of studies pertaining to the programme. These categories of courses may further be subdivided into departmental, school or ins tu onal, depending on the department which offers the course. The schema of categorisa on of courses into baskets is as given below:

Core Courses Departmental Core (DC)

Core courses which are offered by the department conduc ng the programme

School Core (SC)

Core courses which are offered by a department other than the department conduc ng the programme, from within the same School

Ins tu onal Core (IC)

Core courses which are offered by departments of the University from Schools other than the parent School

Elective Courses Departmental Elec ve Elec ve courses which are offered by the department conduc ng the (DE) programme

3.6

School Elec ve (SE)

Elec ve courses which are offered by a department other than the department conduc ng the programme, from within the same School

Ins tu onal Elec ve (IE)

Elec ve courses which are offered by departments of the University from Schools others than the parent School

In order to qualify for a Post Graduate Degree, a student is required to complete the minimum credit requirements as prescribed by the relevant Boards of Studies. The range of credit requirements and the current minimum credit requirements are given in the table below: Programme

Discipline

Range of Credits

CSE MTECH

EEE

64 - 96

ECE CVE

3.7

3.8

Core Courses

Elective Courses SE/DE Total

TOTAL

IC

SC

DC

Total

IE

2

-

48

50

-

22

22

72

5

5

40

50

-

22

22

72

5

-

53

58

-

14

14

72

5

-

58

63

-

9

9

72

MCA

-

120 - 160

8

Nil

92

100

7

38

45

145

MSC

-

64 - 96

6

12

50

68

-

20

20

88

In addi on to the prescribed credit requirements a student shall have to complete the requirements of Extra Academic Programmes (EAP) as may be prescribed by the School. Students shall be awarded P/NP grades for the EAP, which shall be recorded in the Gradesheet but not taken into account for compu ng the SGPA and the CGPA. Students who secure a CGPA of at least 8 at the end of the first semester (third semester, in the case of MCA) may opt to take one audit course per semester from any Department from the second semester onwards (fourth semester, in the case of MCA), provided the course teacher permits the audi ng of the course. This shall be done under the guidance of the Departmental ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|17

3.9

3.10 3.11 3.12

3.13

3.14

4.0 4.1 4.2

Faculty Advisor/mentor. The student is free to par cipate in the evalua on process for such courses. However, an a endance of 75% percentage is necessary for obtaining a P grade for such courses. When audi ng courses offered by other departments, it shall be the responsibility of the student to a end such courses without missing courses of one’s own department and semester. In addi on, students may also opt for addi onal elec ve courses in consulta on with their mentors. Students are required to par cipate in the evalua on process of such courses. The grades obtained for such courses shall be recorded in the gradesheet, but not taken into account for compu ng SGPA and CGPA. It shall be the preroga ve of the department to not offer an elec ve course which has less than 5 students op ng for it. The medium of instruc on shall be English and examina ons and project reports shall be in English. The course structure and syllabi of the Post Graduate Degree Programmes shall be approved by the Academic Council of the University. Departmental Boards of Studies (DBOS) shall discuss and recommend the syllabi of all the courses offered by the department from me to me before forwarding the same to the School Board of Studies (SBOS). The SBOS shall consider the proposals from the departments and make recommenda ons to the Academic Council for considera on and approval. The curriculum may include industry training and /or fieldwork for a specified me. This is to be sa sfactorily completed before a student is declared eligible for the degree. There shall be credit alloca on for such industrial training or fieldwork. Normally these ac vi es shall be arranged during convenient semester breaks as shall be determined by the School Board of Studies. Faculty Advisor/Mentor: A faculty advisor/mentor (and a co-mentor to perform the du es of a mentor during the absence of the mentor) to shall be assigned for groups of students. Faculty advisors/mentors shall help their mentees to plan their courses of study, advise them on ma ers rela ng to academic performance and personality development, and help them to overcome various problems and difficul es faced by them. Admission All admissions to the Post Graduate Degree Programmes of the University shall be on the basis of merit. There may, however, be provision for direct admission for a limited number of NRI/FN students. Eligibility Criteria 4.2.1 To be considered for admission to a Post Graduate Degree Programme a candidate should have passed a Bachelor’s Degree (or equivalent) programme of a recognised university securing grades/marks as specified in the table below. 4.2.2 Admission will be on the basis of the performance of the candidate at the graduate level, the Post Graduate Entrance Test conducted by the university and/or a personal interview. Candidates for MTECH who have a valid GATE score may be exempted from the entrance test.

Programme

Grade /Marks requirement from qualifying examinations

Entrance Examinations / Personal Interview

MTECH

Completed a Bachelor's Degree programme in the appropriate stream of technology from a recognised university successfully with a Post Graduate Entrance Test of minimum CGPA of 6.5 (or equivalent). The Assam Don Bosco University Academic Council may establish other eligibility criteria for M Tech in a par cular discipline.

MCA

Completed a Bachelor's Degree programme in any stream of a recognised university successfully with a minimum of 50 % marks in the aggregate. In addi on, the candidate must

Post Graduate Entrance Test of Assam Don Bosco University

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|18

have passed Mathema cs or equivalent at the higher secondary level or above.

MSC

4.3 4.4

4.5 4.6 4.6

Completed a Bachelor's Degree programme in Science of a recognised university successfully with a minimum of 50 % marks in the aggregate, with the relevant discipline as a subject

Sa sfactory performance in the Personal Interview

Reserva on of seats for the programme shall be as per the guidelines laid out in the Statutes of the University. Admissions shall ordinarily close a er a specified period from the date of commencement of the first semester, through a no fica on. However, in excep onal cases, admission of a candidate a er the last date may be recommended to the University with jus fica on, by the School / Departments concerned. Under such an event, this period shall not exceed four weeks from the date of commencement of the first semester. 4.4.1 The a endance of such students shall be computed from the date of admission. 4.4.2 Such students may be offered the opportunity of taking part in in-semester assessment modules which may have already been completed. All candidates shall be required to sa sfy the norms prescribed by the University for medical fitness prior to admission. Candidates may be required to furnish a cer ficate of good conduct from the ins tu on last a ended. Lateral Entry into the MCA Programme Students who have completed the BCA programme of Assam Don Bosco University shall be eligible for admission into the third semester of the MCA programme.

5.0 5.1

University Registration Candidates shall have to register as bona-fide students with the University as per the University regula ons within a period specified by the University, by a formal applica on routed through the Director of the School concerned.

6.0 6.1

Attendance To be permi ed to appear for the end-semester examina on of a par cular course, a student is required to have a minimum a endance of 75% for that course. Deficiency in a endance up to 10% may be condoned by the Director of the School in the case of leave taken for medical and other grievous reasons, which are supported by valid medical cer ficates and other requisite documents. Some students, due to excep onal situa ons like their own serious sickness and hospitaliza on or death of members of inner family circle (restricted to only father, mother, siblings), may have a endance below 65%. Such students may be given bonus a endance percentage for a par cular course based on his/her a endance for that course during the remaining days of the current semester, as given in the following table:

6.2 6.3

Attendance during the remaining days of the Bonus percentage available in the current semester current semester 95% or more 5 90% or more but less than 95% 4 85% or more but less than 90% 3 80% or more but less than 85% 2 75% or more but less than 80% 1 They shall be permi ed to appear for the end-semester examina on of the course if, on the strength of this bonus a endance percentage, they obtain 65% a endance for that course. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|19

6.4

6.5

6.6

6.7

If the sum of the credits of the courses for which a student is unable to appear at the end-semester examina ons exceeds 50% of the total credits allo ed for the semester, he/she shall not be permi ed to appear for the en re end-semester examina ons in view of clause 10.5 of these Regula ons. The School may propose to set aside a certain por on of the in-semester assessment marks for a endance. The number of marks and modali es of their allotment shall be made known to the students at the beginning of each semester. Leave 6.6.1 Any absence from classes should be with prior sanc oned leave. The applica on for leave shall be submi ed to the office of the Director on prescribed forms, through proper channels, sta ng fully the reasons for the leave requested along with suppor ng documents. 6.6.2 In case of emergency such as sickness, bereavement or any other unavoidable reason for which prior applica on could not be made, the parent or guardian must inform the office of the Director promptly. 6.6.3 If the period of absence is likely to exceed 10 days, a prior applica on for grant of leave shall have to be submi ed through the Director to the Registrar of the University with suppor ng documents in each case; the decision to grant leave shall be taken by the Registrar on the recommenda on of the Director. 6.6.4 The Registrar may, on receipt of an applica on, also decide whether the student be asked to withdraw from the programme for that par cular semester because of long absence. It shall be the responsibility of the student to in mate the concerned teachers regarding his/her absence before availing the leave.

7.0 Grading System 7.1. Three types of courses are offered in the Post Graduate programmes: ● Graded courses: For the majority of the courses, students shall be assessed and given grades. ● Pass/No-Pass courses: There are some courses for which the students are expected to obtain a P grade to be eligible for the degree. ● Audit Courses: A third category of courses are audit courses. These are op onal. However, students who opt for these courses must have the required a endance to obtain a P grade in the course. 7.2 Based on the performance of a student, each student is awarded a final le er grade in each graded course at the end of the semester and the le er grade is converted into a grade point. The correspondence between percentage marks, le er grades and grade points is given in the table below:

Marks (x) obtained (%) 90 ≤ x ≤ 100 80 ≤ x < 90 70 ≤ x < 80 60 ≤ x < 70 50 ≤ x < 60 40 ≤ x < 50 x < 40

Grade O E A+ A B C F

Description Outstanding Excellent Very Good Good Average Below Average Failed

Grade Points 10 9 8 7 6 5 0

In addi on, a student may be assigned the grades ‘P’ and ‘NP’ for pass marks and non-passing marks respec vely, for Pass/No-pass courses, or the grade ‘X’ (not permi ed). 7.2.1 A student shall be assigned the le er grade ‘X’ for a course if he/she is not permi ed to appear for the end semester examina on of that course due to lack of requisite a endance. 7.2.2 A le er grade ‘F’, ‘NP’ or ‘X’ in any course implies failure in that course.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|20

7.2.3 A student is considered to have completed a course successfully and earned the credits if she/he secures a le er grade other than ‘F’, ‘NP’, or ‘X’. 7.3. At the end of each semester, the following measures of the performance of a student in the semester and in the programme up to that semester shall be computed and made known to the student together with the grades obtained by the student in each course: 7.3.1. The Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA): From the grades obtained by a student in the courses of a semester, the SGPA shall be calculated using the following formula: SGPA =

  GPi = Grade points earned in the ith course NCi = Number of credits for the ith course and n = the number of courses in the semester 7.3.2. The Cumula ve Grade Point Average (CGPA): From the SGPAs obtained by a student in the completed semesters, the CGPA shall be calculated using the following formula:

Where

CGPA = Where

SGPAi = Semester Grade Point Average of the ith semester NSCi = Number of credits for the ith semester n = Number of semesters completed 7.3.3. The CGPA may be converted into a percentage, using the following formula: for CGPA <= 9.0, Percentage marks = (CGPA x 10) – 5 for CGPA > 9.0, Percentage marks = (CGPA x 15) – 50 7.4. Both the SGPA and CGPA shall be rounded off to the second place of decimal and recorded as such. Whenever these CGPA are to be used for official purposes, only the rounded off values shall be used. 7.5. There are academic and non-academic requirements for the Graduate programmes where a student shall be awarded the ‘P’ and ‘NP’ grades. Non-credit courses such as Extra Academic Programmes belong to this category. No grade points are associated with these grades and these courses are not taken into account in the calcula on of the SGPA or CGPA. However, the award of the degree is subject to obtaining a ‘P’ grade in all such courses. 7.6. In the case of an audit course, the le ers “AU” shall be wri en alongside the course name in the Grade Sheet. A student is not required to register again for passing failed audit courses. 8.0 Assessment of Performance 8.1. A student’s performance is evaluated through a con nuous system of evalua on comprising tests, quizzes, assignments, seminars, minor projects, major projects and end-semester examina ons. 8.2. Theory Courses: Theory courses shall have two components of evalua on – in-semester assessment of 40% weightage and an end-semester examina on having 60% weightage. 8.2.1. The modali es of the conduct of in-semester assessment and weightages a ached to its various components shall be as published by the School/Department at the beginning of each semester. 8.3. Lab Courses: Lab courses (Laboratory, Drawing, Workshop, etc.) shall be evaluated on the basis of a endance, assessment of tasks assigned and end semester test/viva voce. The weightage assigned for these components of the evalua on is given in the following table: Component Assessment of Tasks Assigned End-semester test / viva voce

Weightage 60 40

8.3.1. The modali es of the conduct of evalua on under the heading “Assessment of tasks assigned”, its components and the weightages a ached to its various components shall be published by the department concerned at the beginning of each semester. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|21

8.3.2. The evalua on of the end-semester test for a lab course may be done on the basis of criteria and weightage to be specified in the ques on paper, among which are included ● Organisa on of the program/experiment ● Coding, freedom from logical and syntac cal errors, and accuracy of the result obtained / conduct of the experiment assigned and accuracy of the result ● Extent of comple on ● A comprehensive viva-voce which examines the overall grasp of the subject 8.4. End-Semester examinations 8.4.1. End-semester examina ons for the theory courses, generally of three hours’ dura on, shall be conducted by the University. The Director of the concerned school shall make the arrangements necessary for holding the examina ons. 8.4.2. In the end-semester examina ons, a student shall be examined on the en re syllabus of the courses. 8.4.3. A student shall not obtain a pass grade for a course without appearing for the end-semester examina on in that course. 8.5. Research Seminar 8.5.1. During the course of the Post Graduate programme students may be required to conduct research seminars on a regular basis. The purpose of these research seminars is to encourage the students to conduct literature survey on the recent trends and developments in a chosen area of the discipline. 8.5.2. The literature survey conducted in prepara on for these seminars may lead the students to the development of a project model to be executed during the final semesters of the programme. 8.5.3. The Research Seminars shall be evaluated on the basis of a presenta on, a report and a viva voce examina on. 8.6. The Major Project / Research Project / Dissertation 8.6.1 Students of the Post Graduate Programme shall undertake a Major Project / Research Project / Disserta on during the course of their Post Graduate studies. The Major Project / Research Project / Disserta on (to be referred to as Major Project henceforth) is normally conducted in two phases during the last two semesters of the programme. 8.6.2 The Major Project may be a so ware project, a research oriented project or research work which leads to a disserta on, as may be relevant to the discipline in which the work is undertaken. If it is a research oriented work, it should expose the students to the current state of research in a chosen area of the discipline and lead to new developments in the area. 8.6.3 The Major Project is to be undertaken individually in the campus or outside as may be specified by the department. 8.6.4 Each department shall cons tute a Departmental Project Evalua on Commi ee (DPEC) consis ng of the Director of the School (Chairperson), Head of the Department (Vice Chairperson), Project Co-ordinator and two senior teachers from the department, with the Project Co-ordinator as the convenor. The DPEC shall co-ordinate the conduct and assessment of the project. 8.6.4. The DPEC will no fy the schedule and modali es for the following stages in the implementa on of the project. ● Submission of the topic of the project. ● No fica on for assignment of project supervisors. ● Submission of the synopsis ● Schedule for the seminar presenta on of synopsis. ● Schedule for Progress Seminars, submission of progress reports and viva voce examina on. ● Date for the submission of the project report and a brief summary. ● Dates for the end semester evalua on of the project. 8.6.5. The DPEC may ask a student to resubmit a synopsis if the same does not get its approval. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|22

8.6.6. The project supervisor may be from outside the department or university. Such a supervisor should be approved by the DPEC and jointly supervise a project with a faculty member of the department. 8.6.7. The minimum qualifica on of a project supervisor shall be laid down by the DPEC in consulta on with the Director of the School and authori es of the University. 8.6.8. The Chairperson of the DPEC will submit to the Controller of Examina ons a panel of at least three names of external examiners at least three weeks before the end semester examina on. The Controller of Examina ons will appoint the external examiner(s) from this panel. 8.6.9. Each student shall submit to the DPEC four bound, printed copies of the project report, prepared according to the prescribed format made available, by the due date. The student will submit also three copies of a brief summary of the project that will be forwarded to the concerned examiners. 8.6.10 The DPEC will make the arrangements necessary to conduct the end semester evalua on in consulta on with the examiners appointed by the University, during the dates no fied. 8.6.11 The project will be evaluated through in-semester and end-semester assessments of equal weightage. The in-semester assessment will be done by the DPEC and the project supervisor. The end-semester assessment will be done by the external examiner(s), the project supervisor and a member of the DPEC appointed by it for the purpose. The weightages a ached to their respec ve evalua ons shall be 60:20:20. 8.6.12 The DPEC will forward the in-semester assessment marks to the Controller of Examina ons by the date specified by the Examina on Department. 8.6.13 Given below are the suggested components of Internal assessment and respec ve marks assigned: • Synopsis: 15 marks • Seminar presenta on of the synopsis: 15 marks • Project implementa on: 40 marks • Pre-submission presenta on: 15 marks • Pre-submission viva voce: 15 marks 8.6.14 Given below are the suggested components of External assessment and respec ve marks assigned: ● Project implementa on: 40 marks ● Seminar presenta on: 25 marks ● Viva voce examina on: 20 marks ● Project documenta on: 15 marks 8.6.15 Publica on of papers and registering of patents are encouraged during the Post Graduate programme. Papers published or patents obtained may be awarded extra weightage during the evalua on of the project. 8.6.16 Those who obtain an ‘F’ grade for the major project will be required to re-enrol for it in the subsequent semester and pay the prescribed fees. 8.7. The Director will forward the marks obtained in the in-semester evalua on to the Controller of Examina ons within the prescribed me as may be no fied. 8.8. All evaluated work in a subject except the end semester answer scripts will be returned to the students promptly. They should be collected back a er the students have examined them, and preserved for a period of one semester. 8.9 Eligibility for appearing in the end-semester examinations: A student shall be permi ed to appear for the end-semester examina ons, provided that 8.9.1. A student has not been debarred from appearing in the end semester examina ons as disciplinary ac on for serious breach of conduct. 8.9.2. He/she has sa sfactory a endance during the semester according to the norms laid out in sec on 8 of these regula ons. 8.9.3. He/she has paid the prescribed fees or any other dues of the university within the date specified. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|23

8.10 Registration for end-semester Examinations 8.10.1 The University shall, through a no fica on, invite applica ons from students to register for the end-semester examina ons. 8.10.2 Students who have registered with the University (vide clause 5) and those who have applied for such registra on may apply to appear for the end-semester examina ons of the university, in response to the no fica on issued by the University, provided that they fulfil the eligibility norms as laid down in clause 8.9. 8.10.3 All eligible candidates shall be issued an admit card for the relevant examina on and for specified courses. A student who does not have a valid admit card may not be permi ed to write the end-semester examina ons. 8.10.4 A student who secures an ‘F’ or ‘X’ grade in any course in a semester may register for the end-semester examina on for that course in a subsequent semester when that course is offered again, within the maximum period of me allo ed for the comple on of the programme. The in-semester assessment marks obtained by him/her in the last semester in which the said course was a ended by him/her shall be retained. 8.10.5 Similarly, in case of an ‘NP’ grade in Extra Academic Programmes the student shall have to re-register for it in the appropriate semester of the next academic session. 8.10.6 When a student re-registers for the end semester examina on of a course, in accordance with clause 8.10.4 above, the be er of the two grades obtained (the old and the new) shall be considered for the calcula on of SGPA and CGPA. 8.11 Conduct of Examinations: The University shall conduct the end-semester examina ons in accordance with the applicable regula ons on such dates as are set down in the Academic Calendar or as no fied. 8.12 Declaration of Results: The University shall declare the results of a semester and make available to students their gradesheets within the me-frame prescribed by the relevant regula ons of the university and specified in the academic calendar. 8.13 The University may withhold the results of a student for any or all of the following reasons ● he/she has not paid his/her dues ● there is a disciplinary ac on pending against him/her ● he/she has not completed the formali es for University Registra on according to the requirement of sec on 5 of these Regula ons. 8.14 Re-examination of answer scripts 8.14.1 If a student feels that the grade awarded to him/her in a course is not correct, he/she may apply to the University for the re-examina on of his/her answer script. 8.14.2 Re-examina on of scripts may be of two different categories – scru ny and re-evalua on. 8.14.3 Scrutiny: The ac vi es under this category shall ordinarily be confined to checking ● correctness of the total marks awarded and its conversion into appropriate le er grades ● whether any part/whole of a ques on has been le unevaluated inadvertently ● correctness of transcrip on of marks on the tabula on sheet and the gradesheet issued in respect of the course under scru ny. 8.14.4 Re-evalua on: Re-evalua on of the answer script by independent experts in the concerned subject(s). 8.14.5 Application for re-examination ● A student may apply for scru ny or re-evalua on for one or more courses of the just-concluded end-semester examina ons within seven calendar days from the date of publica on of its results in the applica on form prescribed for this purpose. ● He/she shall pay the prescribed fee to the University as no fied. ● A student applying for scru ny/re-evalua on shall expressly state on the applica on form whether the applica on made is for Scru ny or for Re-evalua on. In each case, the student may also request to see his/her answer script. ● All applica ons for scru ny/re-evalua on must be routed through the Director of the concerned School. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|24

8.14.6 If in the process of re-examina on, the grade obtained in a course changes, the be er of the two grades shall be assigned to the course. If there is a change, the new grade shall be recorded and a new grade sheet shall be issued to the student. 8.14.7 Without prejudice to any of the clauses of sec on 8.14, a student who has been found to have used unfair means during an examina on shall not be eligible to apply for scru ny or re-evalua on of answer scripts. 8.15 Improvement Examination 8.15.1 A er the comple on of the en re programme of study, a student may be allowed the provision of improvement examina ons. These are to be availed of only once each in the Autumn and Spring semesters that immediately follow the comple on of the programme, and within the maximum number of years permissible for a programme. 8.15.2 A student who has taken migra on from the University shall not be eligible to appear for Improvement Examina on. 8.15.3 A student may not choose more than the number of courses specified in the table below for improvement examina ons.

Programme MCA MSC MTECH

Number of Courses for Improvement Examinations Autumn Semester Spring Semester Total 4 4 8 3 3 6 2 2 4

8.15.4 A er the improvement examina on, the be er of the two grades obtained (the old and the new) shall be considered for the calcula on of SGPA and CGPA. 8.15.5 If the student improves his/her grades through the improvement examina on, new grade sheets and comprehensive transcripts shall be issued to the student. 8.16 Special Examination 8.16.1 The University shall conduct Special Examina ons to benefit the following categories of students: 8.16.1.1 Students who, on the comple on of the final semester, have some ‘F’ graded courses in the two final semesters, but no ‘F’ or ‘X’ graded courses in any of the previous semesters 8.16.1.2 Students who have only one ‘F’ graded course in a semester other than the two final semesters and do not have ‘F’ or ‘X’ graded courses in the two final semesters. 8.16.2 The Special Examina ons shall ordinarily be conducted each year within a month of the declara on of the results of the Spring Semester. 8.16.3 Students who fail to secure 50% of the credits offered in the final semester shall not be eligible to appear for the special examina ons. Such students will be governed by the provisions of clause 9.5 of these regula ons. However, this restric on shall not apply in the case of students who are unable to appear in the end semester examina ons due to excep onal situa ons like their own serious illness and hospitalisa on or death of members of inner family circle (restricted to only father, mother, siblings). 8.16.4 Students who have ‘X’ graded courses only in the last two semesters shall be offered the opportunity for par cipa ng in a Tutorial Programme which may be conducted during the semester break immediately following the end-semester examina ons of the final semester and students who earn 85% a endance for the programme shall be permi ed to appear for the Special Examina ons. Separate fees shall be charged for the Tutorial Programme. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|25

8.16.5 Students who do not obtain pass grades in any course at the special examina ons shall have to apply in the prescribed format and appear for the end-semester examina on of these courses when they are scheduled by the University during subsequent relevant end-semester examina ons. 9.0 9.1 9.2 9.3

9.4 9.5

Enrolment (for semesters other than the first) Every student is required to enrol for the relevant courses before the commencement of each semester within the dates fixed for such enrolment and no fied by the Registrar. Students who do not enrol within the dates announced for the purpose may be permi ed late enrolment up to the no fied date on payment of a late fee. Only those students shall be permi ed to enrol who have ● cleared all University, Departmental, Hostel and Library dues and fines (if any) of the previous semester, ● paid all required University, Departmental and Hostel fees for the current semester, and ● not been debarred from enrolling on any specific ground. No student may enrol for a semester if he/she has not appeared, for whatever reason, in the end semester examina ons of the previous semester. A student who fails to obtain 50% of the credits offered in a semester shall not be permi ed to enrol for the next semester and shall have to re-enrol for and a end all the courses of the said semester in the following academic year.

10.0 Eligibility for the Award of the Post Graduate Degree 10.1 A student shall be declared to be eligible for the award of the Post Graduate Degree for which he/she has enrolled if he/she has 10.1.1 completed all the credit requirements for the degree with grade ‘C’ or higher grade in each of the mandatory graded courses and grade ‘P’ in all mandatory non-graded courses. 10.1.2 sa sfactorily completed all the non-credit requirements for the degree viz., Extra Academic Ac vi es, Industry Training, field work, internship programme, etc. (if any); 10.1.3 obtained a CGPA of 5.00 or more at the end of the semester in which he/she completes all the requirements for the degree; 10.1.4 no dues to the University, School, Department, Hostels; and 10.1.5 no disciplinary ac on pending against him/her. 10.2 The award of the Post Graduate Degree must be recommended by the Academic Council and approved by the Board of Management of the University. 11.0 Termination from the Programme 11.1. If more than the number of years permi ed for the comple on of a programme have elapsed since the student was admi ed, and the student has not become eligible for the award of Degree, the student shall be removed from the programme. 11.2. A student may also be required to leave the Programme on disciplinary grounds on the recommenda ons of the Students’ Disciplinary Commi ee of the concerned School.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|26

ASSAM DON BOSCO UNIVERSITY REGULATIONS FOR MASTER’S DEGREE PROGRAMMES HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES The Regulations of the Assam Don Bosco University relating to the Post Graduate Programmes Leading to the award of the Masters Degree in Humanities and Social Sciences. The following are the regula ons of the Assam Don Bosco University concerning the Post-Graduate Programmes leading to the award of the Master’s Degree in the disciplines of Humani es and Social Scences made subject to the provisions of its Statutes and Ordinances: The Master’s Degree Programmes of Assam Don Bosco University consist of theory and prac cum components, taught and learned through a combina on of lectures, field work/field visit and research projects. 1.0 1.1

1.2

Academic Calendar Each academic year is divided into two semesters of approximately 18 weeks dura on: an Autumn Semester (July – December) and a Spring Semester (January – June). The Autumn Semester shall ordinarily begin in July for students already on the rolls and the Spring Semester shall ordinarily begin in January. However, the first semester (Autumn, for newly admi ed students) may begin later depending on the comple on of admission formali es. The schedule of academic ac vi es approved by the Academic Council for each semester, inclusive of the schedule of con nuing evalua on for the semester, dates for end-semester examina ons, the schedule of publica on of results, etc., shall be laid down in the Academic Calendar for the semester.

2.0 Duration of the Programme 2.1 The normal dura on of the Post Graduate Programme in the disciplines of Humani es and Social Sciences shall be 4 semesters (2 years). 2.2 However, students who do not fulfil some of the requirements in their first a empt and have to repeat them in subsequent semesters may be permi ed up to 4 more semesters (2 years) to complete all the requirements of the degree. 2.3 Under excep onal circumstances and depending on the merit of each case, a period of 2 more semesters (1 year) may be allowed for the comple on of the programme 3.0 Course Structure 3.1 The choice based credit system shall be followed for the Masters Degree Programmes. Credits are allo ed to the various courses depending on the number of hours of lecture/prac cum/Field work assigned to them using the following general pa ern: 3.1.1. Lecture : One hour per cycle/week is assigned 1 credit. 3.1.2. Prac cum/fieldwork : Two hours per cycle/week is assigned 1 credit. 3.2 The courses are divided into two baskets – core courses and elec ve courses. 3.3 Core Courses: Core courses are those in the curriculum, the knowledge of which is deemed essen al for students who are pursuing the programme. 3.3.1 A student shall be required to take all the core courses offered for a par cular programme. 3.3.2 The number of credits required from core courses shall be as prescribed by the Departmental Board of Studies pertaining to the programme. 3.4 Elective Courses: These are courses in the curriculum which give the student opportuni es for specialisa on and which cater to his/her interests and career goals. These courses may selected by the student and/or offered by the department conduc ng the programme, from those listed in the curriculum according to the norms laid down by the Departmental Board of Studies. 3.4.1 The number of credits which may be acquired through elec ve courses shall be prescribed by the Board of studies pertaining to the programme. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|27

3.5

These categories of courses may further be subdivided into departmental, school or ins tu onal, depending on the department which offers the course. The schema of categorisa on of courses into baskets is as given below:

Core Courses Departmental Core (DC)

Core courses which are offered by the department which conducts the programme

School Core (SC)

Core courses which are offered by a department other than the department which conducts the programme, from within the same School

Ins tu onal Core (IC)

Core courses which are offered by departments of the University from Schools other than the parent School

Elective Courses Departmental Elec ve Elec ve courses which are offered by the department which conducts the (DE) programme

3.6

School Elec ve (SE)

Elec ve courses which are offered by a department other than the department which conducts the programme, from within the same School

Ins tu onal Elec ve (IE)

Elec ve courses which are offered by departments of the University from Schools others than the parent School

In order to qualify for a Masters Degree, a student is required to complete the credit requirement as prescribed in the curriculum. The credit requirements for the programme will be in the range of 64 - 92 spread over four semesters. The minimum current credit requirements for the various programmes are given in the table below: Programme

3.7

3.8

3.9

Core Courses

Elective Courses

TOTAL

IC

SC

DC

Total

IE

SE/DE

Total

MSW

-

-

54

54

-

37

37

91

MSC Psychology

-

-

69

69

-

21

21

90

MA Education

-

-

72

72

-

18

18

90

MA Mass Communication

-

-

70

70

-

18

18

88

In addi on to the prescribed credit requirement, a student shall have to complete the requirements of Extra Academic Programmes (EAP) as may be prescribed by the Department. Students shall be awarded P/NP grades for the EAP, which shall be recorded in the Gradesheet, but not taken into account for compu ng the SGPA and the CGPA. Students who secure a CGPA of at least 7.5 at the end of the 2nd semester may opt to take one audit course per semester from any Department from the 3rd semester onwards, provided the course teacher permits the audi ng of the course. This shall be done under the guidance of the Departmental Faculty Advisor/mentor. The student is free to par cipate in the evalua on process for such courses. However, an a endance of 75% percentage is necessary for obtaining a P grade for such courses. When audi ng courses offered by other departments, it shall be the responsibility of the student to a end such courses without missing courses of one’s own department and semester. In addi on, students may also opt for addi onal elec ve courses in consulta on with their mentors. Students are required to par cipate in the evalua on process of such courses. The grades obtained for such courses shall be recorded in the gradesheet, but not taken into account for compu ng SGPA and CGPA. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|28

3.10 It shall be the preroga ve of the department to not offer an elec ve course which has less than 5 students op ng for it. 3.11 The medium of instruc on shall be English and examina ons and project reports shall be in English. 3.12 The course structure and syllabi of the Post Graduate Degree Programmes shall be approved by the Academic Council of the University. Departmental Boards of Studies (DBOS) shall discuss and recommend the syllabi of all the courses offered by the department from me to me before forwarding the same to the School Board of Studies (SBOS). The SBOS shall consider the proposals from the departments and make recommenda ons to the Academic Council for considera on and approval. 3.13 The curriculum may include fieldwork / ins tu onal visits / internship for a specified me. These are to be sa sfactorily completed before a student is declared eligible for the degree. There shall be credit alloca on for such ac vi es. These ac vi es may be arranged during the semester or during convenient semester breaks as shall be determined by the School Board of Studies. 3.14 Faculty Advisor/Mentor: A faculty advisor/mentor shall be assigned for groups of students. Faculty advisors/mentors shall help their mentees to plan their courses of study, advise them on ma ers rela ng to academic performance and personality development, and help them to overcome various problems and difficul es faced by them. PROGRAMME SPECIFIC CURRICULAR ASPECTS 4.0 MASTER OF SOCIAL WORK (MSW) 4.1 Area of Concentration: The third and fourth semesters shall have courses from a chosen Area of Concentra on (AoC) from among those offered by the department. The AoC is to be opted for at the end of the second semester and will be confirmed by the department depending on the availability of seats and the ap tude and ability of the student. An AoC will be offered by the department only if a minimum of six students opt for it. The fieldwork and research project of the third and fourth semesters will be based on the AoC. 4.2

Concurrent and Continuous Fieldwork Fieldwork shall be an essen al part of the course structure in all the semesters of the programme. The field work prac ce in the first semester shall consist of orienta on visits, sessions for skills training and placement. In the first year, the focus of the field work shall be the community and in the second year the focus shall be based on the specialisa on chosen by the students. In the first semester,, students shall be placed in communi es, NGOs, service organiza ons and government agencies working with communi es, and in those se ngs where they can be exposed to the community and community issues. The students get a close feel of the community and community se ngs, understand the dynamics and issues in the community and become aware of the sensi vi es of people while working with them. They also get a firsthand experience of the programmes and projects implemented in the communi es by NGOs and government agencies and the impact that these have on the community. They shall also interact with the personnel from organisa ons and the community members to understand the tension between tradi on and change that the communi es in the region are likely to experience, and how it is handled. They shall, with the help of the organisa on and the field work supervisor, iden fy an issue and work on it following the principles of community organiza on. The students are expected to be crea ve and innova ve in assis ng the agency and community in whatever way possible. The field work prac ce in the second semester will consist of lab sessions for skills training and placement. The focus will be on the prac ce of social case work and Group works. The students shall be placed in NGOs, and government service organiza ons and government agencies working with individuals and families, and in those se ngs where they can be exposed to issues related to individuals and groups. Normally a student spends fi een hours over two days per week in field work.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|29

4.2.1 Normally a student shall spend fi een hours over two days per week in field work. However, keeping in mind the peculiar situa on of transport and communica ons in the region and the expenses involved, the field work prac ce may be arranged in other convenient ways as the ins tu on deems fit. 4.2.2. The student is required to submit the report on the field work and the field work diary to the field work supervisor, before the commencement of classes on the first day of class following the field work days. The supervisor shall conduct regular field work conferences 4.2.3. A student is expected to have 100 percent a endance in field work. Any shortage shall be compensated by him/her. 4.2.4 At the end of the semester the student shall submit a summary report of the field work for the semester and a viva voce examina on shall be conducted. 4.3.5 The field work prac ce in the Third and Fourth Semesters shall focus upon the Area of Concentra on chosen by the students. The students shall be placed in the field for twenty five days of consecu ve field work. The field work se ngs shall be communi es, NGOs, service organiza ons, hospitals, clinics and governmental agencies. Those students who are specializing in Community Development will either be placed in an urban or rural community se ng that is iden fied by the Department. Students who are specializing in Medical and Psychiatric Social Work will be exposed to either a Medical or a Psychiatric se ng. 4.3

Rural Camp Students shall organise and par cipate in a rural camp during the first / second semester. The dura on of the rural camp shall generally be ten days excluding days of travel. 4.3.1 The objec ves of the rural camp are: ● To apply the acquired skills of group work and community organisa on in communi es. ● To understand and assess the problems faced by the rural popula on. ● To involve oneself posi vely in the communi es to help to remove some of these problems. 4.3.2 At the end of the camp each student shall submit a wri en report to the department in a specified format. Performance at the Rural Camp shall be considered for the evalua on of the Field Work during the second semester. 4.3.3 The Rural Camp shall be credited along with the fieldwork of the semester along with which it can be conveniently coupled.

4.4

Study Tour During the programme the students shall undertake a study tour along with the assigned faculty members to a place approved by the department. The places are to be so chosen as to be of educa onal benefit to students. During the tour, the focus shall be on visi ng and interac ng with as many NGOs/ state/na onal/interna onal organisa ons involved in developmental work as possible. A report of the learning outcomes shall be submi ed to the department at the end of the tour. The Study Tour shall be a Pass/No Pass course.

4.5

Block Placement A er the examina ons at the end of the fourth semester, the students shall be placed with an NGO or Agency for a period of not less than one month for prac cal experience and applica on of their skills. While the Block Fieldwork is not credited, it is mandatory for the comple on of the MSW programme. The student shall contact an agency of his/her choice and get the choice of agency approved by the department. Students shall endeavour to choose an agency that is primarily in tune with their AoC and which has creden als in the concerned field. At the end of every week the student shall send a brief report to the supervisor and at the end of the Block Field Work period a summary report shall be submi ed. The summary report shall contain a short descrip on of the Agency, the social service skills applied in his/her work and the student’s learning outcomes. The report shall be submi ed in a format prescribed by the department and ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|30

shall be submi ed together with a cer ficate from the agency confirming his/her field work, in a prescribed format. 4.6

Research Project Work Every student shall undertake a research project work which has bearing on his/her AoC and present a wri en thesis on the research work under the supervision and guidance of a faculty member. The preliminary work may begin at the end of the second semester. The students are expected to complete the data collec on before the fourth semester. The thesis is to be submi ed to the department before the date no fied. The student shall write a disserta on of the research thesis and appear for a viva voce examina on on the research done. The mode and components of evalua on of the research work and the weightages a ached to them shall be published by the Department/Ins tute at the beginning of the semester.

4.7

Assignments Assignments are an essen al part of learning. The faculty shall engage students in a minimum of one individual and one group assignment per course, per semester. A group assignment shall be accompanied by a common presenta on.

5.0 MSC PSYCHOLOGY (PSYCHOLOGICAL COUNSELLING) 5.1 Modular Structure: The Masters Programme in Psychology (Psychological Counselling) has a modular structure with the op on of choosing a Cer ficate, a Diploma or a Degree Programme. 5.1.1 The student shall obtain a Cer ficate in Psychological Counselling if he/she leaves the programme a er the successful comple on of the first semester 5.1.2 The student shall obtain a Post Graduate Diploma in Psychological Counselling if he/she leaves the programme a er the successful comple on of the second semester 5.1.3 The student shall obtain a Master’s Degree in Psychology - Psychological Counselling a er the successful comple on of the fourth semester 5.1.4 A student shall be considered to have completed the Programme only on comple on of all the four semesters 5.2 Field Work Students shall take part in concurrent field work during the first three semesters in social service agencies, medical ins tu ons, the criminal jus ce system, etc., where the student of psychological counselling can get a first hand experience of the applica on of the learning derived from the classroom. The field work shall be credited and shall be evaluated using norms laid down by the department. 5.3 Study Tour During the programme the students shall undertake a study tour, along with the faculty members, to a place approved by the department. The places are to be so chosen as to be of educa onal benefit to students. During the tour, the focus shall be to visit and interact with NGOs, hospitals, state/na onal/interna onal organisa ons involved in psychological counselling. A report of the learning outcomes shall be submi ed to the department at the end of the tour. The Study Tour shall be a Pass/No Pass course. 5.4 Summer Internship Students are required to undergo a summer internship of two weeks’ during the semester break between the second and third semesters. It is a P/NP course and shall be recorded in the third semester. The Summer Internship gives students an opportunity to apply the theories and principles that they have learnt in class room courses to the “real world” of social service agencies, medical ins tu ons, the criminal jus ce system, business, and industry. During the internship, students can explore career interests, develop professional skills, learn how community organiza ons work and expand their clinical and interpersonal skills. The summer internship ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|31

enriches the students’ academic experience while making a valuable contribu on to the community and u lizing the vaca on op mally. 5.5 Supervised Internship Each student shall perform a supervised internship for a period of one semester in an organisa on which offers counselling help to clients. The supervised internship shall ordinarily be organised during the last semester of the programme. It shall be the preroga ve of the department to propose the number of ins tu ons where a student is expected to perform supervised internship. Supervision shall be provided for by the university in collabora on with the organisa on where the student performs the internship. Evalua on of the internship shall be based on the documenta on, reports from the organisa on, report of the supervisor and the presenta on and the viva voce examina on of the student at the end of the period of Internship. 5.6 Research Project Work A research project shall be undertaken during the course of the third and the fourth semesters. The topic of the research shall be so chosen that it will be possible for the student to pursue and complete the research work in the ins tu on/hospital where the student is placed for internship. The preliminary work may begin at the end of the second semester. The students are expected to complete the data collec on before the fourth semester. The thesis is to be submi ed to the department before the date no fied. The student shall write a disserta on of the research thesis and appear for a viva voce examina on on the research done. The mode and components of evalua on of the research work and the weightages a ached to them shall be published by the Department/ Ins tute at the beginning of the semester. 5.7 Assignments Assignments are an essen al part of learning. The faculty shall engage students in a minimum of one individual and one group assignment per course, per semester. A group assignment shall be accompanied by a common presenta on. 6.0 MA EDUCATION 6.1 Specialisations The Masters Degree Programme in Educa on offers a number of specialisa ons, of which a student shall be required to choose a specialisa on a er the comple on of the first semester. The department shall have the preroga ve of not offering a specialisa on if a sufficient number of students do not opt for it. 6.2 Modular Structure: The Master’s Programme in Educa on has a modular structure with the op on of choosing a Cer ficate, a Diploma or a Degree Programme.. 6.2.1. The student shall obtain a Cer ficate in Educa on if he/she leaves the programme a er the successful comple on of the first semester 6.2.2. The student shall obtain a Post Graduate Diploma in Educa on with the specialisa on chosen, if he/she leaves the programme a er the successful comple on of the second semester 6.2.3 The student shall obtain a Master’s Degree in Mass Communica on with the specialisa on chosen a er the successful comple on of the fourth semester 6.2.4 A student shall be considered to have completed the Programme only on comple on of all the four semesters 6.3 Educational Seminar During the course of the programme, students are expected to present a series of seminars which will address fundamental intellectual, conceptual and prac cal issues in current educa onal philosophy and applica on. They may also deal with other relevant topics which may be suggested by the department. Students shall be assisted through guest lectures, discussions, field work in educa on related ins tu ons and ac ve engagement with faculty members. During these ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|32

interac ons students shall be provided with an opportunity to explore how best to bring new interdisciplinary scholarship, technology and cri cal thinking into the development of the chosen seminar area. They shall also consider alterna ve pedagogic strategies, teaching techniques and technologies. Students shall prepare and present a final paper based on these seminars. Students shall be evaluated on the basis of the seminars and the final paper. 6.4 Assignments Assignments are an essen al part of learning. The faculty shall engage students in a minimum of one individual and one group assignment per course, per semester. A group assignment shall be accompanied by a common presenta on. 6.5 Research Project Work Every student shall undertake a research project work which has bearing on his/her field of specialisa on and present a wri en thesis on the research work under the supervision and guidance of a faculty member. The Research Project shall be undertaken individually, in two phases during the third and fourth semesters. Students are expected to make presenta ons to the department at different stages of the research work. The student shall write a disserta on of the research thesis, submit it to the department and appear for a viva voce examina on at mes to be no fied by the department. The mode and components of evalua on of the research work and the weightages a ached to them shall be published by the Department/Ins tute at the beginning of the semester. 6.6 School Visits and Audit The students of the Masters Programme in Educa on shall be engaged in regular school visits with the purpose of understanding and evalua ng the process of teaching, learning and evalua on as well as the exigencies of administra on of the school. The students shall be trained in the principles and prac ce of performing a school audit and they shall undertake the audit of a school in groups during the course of the programme. 6.7 Internship During the final semester of the programme, a student is required to undergo an internship for a period of one month. The internship provides an opportunity for students to experience the ground reality and connect it with the theore cal and methodological perspec ves the student has studied and interiorized. During the internship the student will be monitored and guided by his/her supervisor and faculty members. The student will be required to maintain a journal and at the end of the period of internship, submit a wri en report and to make a presenta on of his/her experiences and learnings at the internship. The student will be required also to submit a report from the head of the ins tu on regarding his/her performance there. The evalua on of the student shall be based on the level of his/her engagement during the internship in addi on to his/her ability to communicate this engagement in the journal, the report and the presenta on. The journal and the report are to be submi ed within a month of the comple on of the internship. The department shall specify the criteria for evalua ng the journal, the report and the presenta on.

7.0 MA MASS COMMUNICATION 7.1 Specialisations The Master’s Degree Programme in Mass Communica on offers a number of specialisa ons, of which a student shall be required to choose a specialisa on a er the comple on of the first semester. The department shall have the preroga ve of not offering a specialisa on if a sufficient number of students do not opt for it.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|33

7.2 Modular Structure: The Master’s Programme in Mass Communica on has a modular structure with the op on of choosing a Cer ficate, a Diploma or a Degree Programme.. 7.2.1. The student shall obtain a Cer ficate in Mass Communica on if he/she leaves the programme a er the successful comple on of the first semester 7.2.2. The student shall obtain a Post Graduate Diploma in Mass Communica on with the specialisa on chosen, if he/she leaves the programme a er the successful comple on of the second semester 7.2.3 The student shall obtain a Master’s Degree in Mass Communica on with the specialisa on chosen, a er the successful comple on of the fourth semester 7.2.4 A student shall be considered to have completed the Programme only on comple on of all the four semesters 7.3 Media House Visits During the course of the programme, students shall be required to visit a variety of Media Houses in small groups cons tuted by the department. The purpose of these Media House Visits shall be to gain exposure to the best prac ces among the day-to-day ac vi es of the media house. A report of the visit is to be submi ed in the format specified within two days of the visit. The Media House visit shall be a graded course and grades shall be awarded on the basis of the wri en reports of the media house visits. 7.4 Research Project Work Every student shall undertake a research project work which has a bearing on his/her field of specialisa on and present a wri en thesis on the research work under the supervision and guidance of a faculty member. The Research Project shall be undertaken individually, in two phases during the course of two semesters as shall be laid down in the course structure of the programme. Students are expected to make presenta ons to the department at different stages of the research work. The student shall write a disserta on of the research thesis, submit it to the department and appear for a viva voce examina on at mes to be no fied by the department. The mode and components of evalua on of the research work and the weightages a ached to them shall be published by the Department/Ins tute at the beginning of the semester. 7.5 Assignments Assignments are an essen al part of learning. The faculty shall engage students in a minimum of one individual and one group assignment per course, per semester. A group assignment shall be accompanied by a common presenta on. 7.6 Internship All students shall undergo an internship involving media related ac vi es of four weeks' dura on. The purpose of the internship is to give the students an opportunity to have a hands-on field experience to effec vely put into prac ce the theore cal and prac cal learning from the programme in an area of interest. Students may undergo their internship in a media house of their choice. The student shall be required to discuss the choice of media house with the department and obtain its consent. Before going for the internship, a Le er of Consent from the concerned media house, in the prescribed format, shall be submi ed by the student to the Department. A er returning from the internship each student shall have to submit a detailed report in a prescribed format. Each student shall also make a presenta on of the internship experience and learning in the Department and submit a cer ficate of successful comple on of the internship from the designated authority of the concerned media house. The schedule of the conduct, report submission and evalua on of the internship shall be as no fied by the Department. The components of evalua on of the Internship and their weightages shall be as no fied by the department at the beginning of the semester. 7.7 FInal Project As a Final Project the students are required to create a Social Awareness and Community ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|34

Development oriented mul -media project which shall culminate in a Media Event. The purpose of the final project is to showcase all the skills that the students have acquired during the course of the programme as well as demonstrate their Media and Event Management, and Media Entrepreneurship abili es and at the same me use these skills for the service and upli ment of the community. The Final Project shall essen ally be a group project and the number of groups shall be specified by the department. The groups shall perform their ac vi es under the guidance of faculty members who shall be assigned to guide each group. The last dates for the submission of the project proposal and the conduct of the event shall be no fied by the Department well in advance. The components of evalua on of the Final Project and their weightages shall be as no fied by the department at the beginning of the semester. 8.0 Admission 8.1 All admissions to the Post Graduate Degree Programmes of the University shall be on the basis of merit. There may, however, be provision for direct admission for a limited number of NRI/FN students. 8.2 Eligibility Criteria 8.2.1. To be considered for admission to a Post Graduate Degree Programme a candidate should have passed a Bachelor’s Degree (or equivalent) programme of a recognised university securing 50% of the grades/marks. 8.2.2. Admission will be on the basis of the academic records of the candidate, and taking into considera on his/her performance in any or all of the following: ● Wri en test ● Group Discussion ● Personal Interview 8.3 Candidates whose results for the qualifying examina on are not yet declared may be provisionally admi ed provided she/he submits proof of fulfilment of the eligibility criteria by 31 October of the year of provisional admission. 9.0 University Registration Candidates shall have to register as bona-fide students with the University as per the University regula ons within a period specified by the University, by a formal applica on routed through the Director. 10.0 Attendance 10.1 To be permi ed to appear for the end-semester examina on of a par cular course, a student is required to have a minimum a endance of 75% for that course. 10.2 Deficiency in a endance up to 10% may be condoned by the Director in the case of leave taken for medical and other grievous reasons, which are supported by valid medical cer ficates and other requisite documents. 10.3 Some students, due to excep onal situa ons like their own serious sickness and hospitaliza on or death of members of inner family circle, may have a endance below 65%. Such students may be given bonus a endance percentage for a par cular course based on his/her a endance for that course during the remaining days of the current semester, as given in the following table:

Attendance during the remaining days of the current semester 95% or more 90% or more but less than 95% 85% or more but less than 90% 80% or more but less than 85% 75% or more but less than 80%

Bonus percentage available in the current semester 5 4 3 2 1 ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|35

They shall be permi ed to appear for the end-semester examina on of the course if on the strength of this bonus a endance percentage, they obtain 65% a endance for that course. 10.4 If the sum of the credits of the courses for which a student is unable to appear at the end-semester examina ons exceeds 50% of the total credits allo ed for the semester, he/she shall not be permi ed to appear for the en re end-semester examina ons in view of clause 13.5 of these Regula ons. 10.5 The School may decide to set aside a certain por on of the in-semester assessment marks for a endance. The number of marks and modali es of their allotment shall be made known to the students at the beginning of each semester. 10.6 Leave 10.6.1 Any absence from classes should be with prior sanc oned leave. The applica on for leave shall be submi ed to the Office of the Director of the School on prescribed forms, through the Head of the Department, sta ng fully the reasons for the leave requested along with suppor ng documents. 10.6.2 In case of emergency such as sickness, bereavement or any other unavoidable reason for which prior applica on could not be made, the parent or guardian must inform the office of the Director promptly. 10.6.3 If the period of absence is likely to exceed 10 days, a prior applica on for grant of leave shall have to be submi ed through the Director to the Registrar with suppor ng documents in each case; the decision to grant leave shall be taken by the Registrar on the recommenda on of the Director. 10.6.4 The Registrar may, on receipt of an applica on, also decide whether the student be asked to withdraw from the programme for that par cular semester because of long absence. 10.6.5 It shall be the responsibility of the student to in mate the concerned teachers regarding his/her absence before availing of the leave. 11.0 Grading System 11.1 Based on the performance of a student, each student is awarded a final le er grade in each graded course at the end of the semester and the le er grade is converted into a grade point. The correspondence between percentage marks, le er grades and grade points is given in the table below:

Marks (x) obtained (%) 90 ≤ x ≤ 100 80 ≤ x < 90 70 ≤ x < 80 60 ≤ x < 70 50 ≤ x < 60 40 ≤ x < 50 x < 40

Grade O E A+ A B C F

Description Outstanding Excellent Very Good Good Average Below Average Failed

Grade Points 10 9 8 7 6 5 0

In addi on, a student may be assigned the grades ‘P’ and ‘NP’ for pass marks and non-passing marks respec vely, for Pass/No-pass courses, or the grade ‘X’ (not permi ed). 11.1.1 A student shall be assigned the le er grade ‘X’ for a course if he/she is not permi ed to appear for the end semester examina on of that course due to lack of requisite a endance. 11.1.2 A le er grade ‘F’, ‘NP’ or ‘X’ in any course implies a failure in that course. 11.1.3 A student is considered to have completed a course successfully and earned the credits if she/he secures a le er grade other than ‘F’, ‘NP’, or ‘X’. 11.2 At the end of each semester, the following measures of the performance of a student in the semester and in the programme up to that semester shall be computed and made known to the student together with the grades obtained by the student in each course:

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|36

11.2.1 The Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA): From the grades obtained by a student in the courses of a semester, the SGPA shall be calculated using the following formula: SGPA =

Where

GPi NCi n

  = = =

Grade points earned in the ith course Number of credits for the ith course and the number of courses in the semester 

  11.2.2 The Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) : From the SGPAs obtained by a student in the completed semesters, the CGPA will be calculated using the following formula: CGPA = Where

SGPAi NSCi n

= = =

Semester Grade Point Average of the ith semester Number of credits for the ith semester Number of semesters completed

  11.2.3 The CGPA may be converted into a percentage, using the following formula: for CGPA <= 9.0, Percentage marks = (CGPA x 10) – 5. for CGPA > 9.0, Percentage marks = (CGPA x 15) – 50 11.3 Both the SGPA and CGPA will be rounded off to the second place of decimal and recorded as such. Whenever these CGPA are to be used for official purposes, only the rounded off values will be used. 11.4 There are academic and non-academic requirements for the programme where a student will be awarded the ‘P’ and ‘NP’ grades. All non-credit courses (such as Study Tour and Extra Academic Ac vi es) belong to this category. No grade points are associated with these grades and these courses are not taken into account in the calcula on of the SGPA or CGPA. However, the award of the degree is subject to obtaining a ‘P’ grade in all such courses. 12.0 Assessment of Performance 12.1 A student’s performance is evaluated through a con nuous system of evalua on comprising tests, quizzes, assignments, seminars, projects, research work, concurrent and block field work performance and end-semester examina ons. 12.2 Theory Courses: Theory courses will have two components of evalua on – in-semester assessment of 40% weightage and an end-semester examina on having 60% weightage. 12.2.1 The modali es of conduct of in-semester evalua on, its components and the weightages a ached to its various components shall be published by the department concerned at the beginning of each semester. 12.3 Practicum/Field Work/Lab: These courses shall be evaluated on the basis of a endance, performance of tasks assigned and an end semester test/viva voce examina on. The weightage assigned to these components of the evalua on is given in the following table: Component Weightage A endance 10 Performance of tasks assigned 50 end-semester test / viva voce examina on 40 12.4 End-Semester examinations 12.4.1. End-semester examina ons, generally of three hours’ dura on, shall be conducted by the University for the theory courses. However, the Director of the Ins tute shall make the arrangements necessary for holding the examina ons. 12.4.2 In the end-semester examina ons, a student shall be examined on the en re syllabus of the courses. 12.4.3 A student shall not obtain a pass grade for a course without appearing for the end-semester examina on in that course. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|37

12.5 The evalua on of performance in Co-curricular Ac vi es will be done by the authori es conduc ng them and they will communicate the grades to the Director who will forward them to the Controller of Examina ons of the University. 12.6 The Director will forward the marks obtained in the in-semester evalua on to the Controller of Examina ons within the prescribed me as may be no fied. 12.7 All evaluated work in a subject except the end semester answer scripts will be returned to the students promptly. They should be collected back a er the students have examined them, and preserved for a period of one semester. 12.8 Eligibility for appearing in the end-semester examinations: A student will be permi ed to appear for the end-semester examina ons, provided that 12.8.1 A student has not been debarred from appearing in the end semester examina ons as disciplinary ac on for serious breach of conduct. 12.8.2 He/she has sa sfactory a endance during the semester according to the norms laid out in sec on 9 of these regula ons. 12.8.3 He/she has paid the prescribed fees or any other dues of the university, ins tute and department within the date specified. 12.9 Registration for end-semester Examinations 12.9.1 The University shall, through a no fica on, invite applica ons from students to register for the end-semester examina ons. 12.9.2 Students who have registered with the University and those who have applied for such registra on may apply to appear for the end-semester examina ons of the university, in response to the no fica on issued by the University, provided that they fulfil the eligibility norms as laid down in clause 12.8. 12.9.3 All eligible candidates shall be issued an admit card for the relevant examina on and for the specified courses. A student who does not have a valid admit card may not be permi ed to write the end-semester examina ons. 12.9.4 A student who secures an ‘F’ or ‘X’ grade in any course in a semester may register for the end-semester examina on for that course in a subsequent semester when that course is offered again, within a period of four years from his/her enrolment for the programme. The in-semester assessment marks obtained by him/her in the last semester in which the said course was a ended by him/her shall be retained. 12.9.5 Similarly, in case of an ‘NP’ grade in Extra Academic Programmes the student shall have to re-register for it in the appropriate semester of the next academic session. 12.9.6 When a student re-registers for the end semester examina on of a course, in accordance with clause 12.9.4 above, the be er of the two grades obtained (the old and the new) shall be considered for the calcula on of SGPA and CGPA. 12.10 Conduct of Examinations: The University shall conduct the end-semester examina ons in accordance with the applicable regula ons on such dates as are set down in the Academic Calendar or as no fied. 12.11 Declaration of Results: The University shall declare the results of a semester and make available to the students their gradesheets within the me-frame prescribed by the relevant regula ons of the university and specified in the academic calendar. 12.11.1 The University may withhold the results of a student for any or all of the following reasons ● he/she has not paid his/her dues ● there is a disciplinary ac on pending against him/her ● he/she has not completed the formali es for University Registra on according to the requirement of sec on 6 of these Regula ons. 12.12 Re-examination of answer scripts 12.12.1 If a student feels that the grade awarded to him/her in a course is not correct, he/she may apply to the University for the re-examina on of his/her answer script. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|38

12.12.2 Re-examina on of scripts may be of two different categories – scru ny and re-evalua on. 12.12.3 Scrutiny: The ac vi es under this category shall ordinarily be confined to checking ● correctness of the total marks awarded and its conversion into appropriate le er grades ● whether any part/whole of a ques on has been le unevaluated inadvertently ● correctness of transcrip on of marks on the tabula on sheet and the gradesheet issued in respect of the course under scru ny. 12.12.4 e-evaluation: Re-evalua on of the answer script by independent experts in the concerned subject(s). 12.12.5 Application for re-examination ● A student may apply for scru ny or re-evalua on for one or more courses of the just-concluded end-semester examina ons within seven calendar days from the date of publica on of its results in the applica on form prescribed for this purpose. ● He/she shall pay the prescribed fee to the University as no fied. ● A student applying for scru ny/re-evalua on shall expressly state on the applica on form whether the applica on made is for Scru ny or for Re-evalua on. In each case, the student may also request to see his/her answer script. ● All applica ons for scru ny/re-evalua on must be routed through the Director of the Ins tute. 12.12.6 If in the process of re-examina on, the grade obtained in a course changes, the be er of the two grades shall be assigned to the course. If there is a change, the new grade shall be recorded and a new grade sheet shall be issued to the student. 12.12.7 Without prejudice to any of the clauses of sec on 12.12, a student who has been found to have used unfair means during an examina on shall not be eligible to apply for scru ny or re-evalua on of answer scripts. 12.13 Improvement Examination 12.13.1 A er the comple on of the en re programme of study, a student may be allowed the provision of improvement examina ons. These are to be availed of only once each in the Autumn and Spring semesters that immediately follow the comple on of the programme, and within the maximum number of years permissible for the programme. 12.13.2 A student may choose no more than six courses (three in the Autumn semester and three in the Spring semester) for improvement examina ons. 12.13.3 A er the improvement examina on, the be er of the two grades obtained (the old and the new) shall be considered for the calcula on of SGPA and CGPA. 12.13.4 If the student improves his/her grades through the improvement examina on, new gradesheets and comprehensive transcripts shall be issued to the student. 12.14 Special Examination 12.14.1 The University shall conduct Special Examina ons to benefit the following categories of students: 12.14.1.1 Students who, on the comple on of the final semester, have some ‘F’ graded courses in the two final semesters, but no ‘F’ or ‘X’ graded courses in any of the previous semesters 12.14.1.2 Students who have only one ‘F’ graded course in a semester other than the two final semesters and do not have ‘F’ or ‘X’ graded courses in the two final semesters. 12.14.2 The Special Examina ons shall ordinarily be conducted each year within a month of the declara on of the results of the Spring Semester. 12.14.3 Students who fail to secure 50% of the credits offered in the final semester shall not be eligible to appear for the special examina ons. Such students will be governed by the provisions of clause 13.5 of these regula ons. However, this restric on shall not apply in the case of students who are unable to appear in the end semester examina ons due to ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|39

excep onal situa ons like their own serious illness and hospitalisa on or death of members of inner family circle (restricted to only father, mother, siblings). 12.14.4 Students who have ‘X’ graded courses only in the last two semesters shall be offered the opportunity for par cipa ng in a Tutorial Programme which may be conducted during the semester break immediately following the end-semester examina ons of the final semester and students who earn 85% a endance for the programme shall be permi ed to appear for the Special Examina ons. Separate fees shall be charged for the Tutorial Programme. 12.14.5 Students who do not obtain pass grades in any course at the special examina ons shall have to apply in the prescribed format and appear for the end-semester examina on of these courses when they are scheduled by the University during subsequent relevant end-semester examina ons. 13.0 13.1 13.2 13.3

13.4 13.5

14.0 14.1

14.2 15.0 15.1

15.2

Enrolment (for semesters other than the first) Every student is required to enrol for the programme through the designated officer at the commencement of each semester on the days fixed for such enrolment and no fied in the Academic Calendar. Students who do not enrol on the days announced for the purpose may be permi ed late enrolment up to the no fied day in the Academic Calendar on payment of a late fee. Only those students will be permi ed to enrol who have 13.3.1 cleared all University, Ins tute, Department, Hostel and Library dues and fines (if any) of the previous semester, 13.3.2 paid all required University, Ins tute, Department and Hostel fees for the current semester, and 13.3.3 not been debarred from enrolling on any specific ground. No student may enrol for a semester if he/she has not appeared, for whatever reason, in the end semester examina ons of the previous semester. A student who fails to obtain 50% of the credits offered in a semester shall not be permi ed to enrol for the next semester and shall have to re-enrol for and a end all the courses of the said semester in the following academic year. Eligibility for the Award of Degree A student shall be declared to be eligible for the award of the degree if he/she has 14.1.1 completed all the credit requirements for the degree with grade ‘C’ or higher grade in each of the graded courses and grade ‘P’ in all the non-graded courses. 14.1.2 sa sfactorily completed all the non-credit requirements for the degree (if any); 14.1.3 obtained a CGPA of 5.00 or more at the end of the semester in which he/she completes all the requirements for the degree; 14.1.4 no dues to the University, Ins tute, Department, Hostels; and 14.1.5 no disciplinary ac on pending against him/her. The award of the degree must be recommended by the Academic Council and approved by the Board of Management of the University. Termination from the Programme If more than the number of years permi ed for the comple on of a programme have elapsed since the student was admi ed, and the student has not become eligible for the award of Degree, the student shall be removed from the programme. A student may also be required to leave the Programme on disciplinary grounds on the recommenda ons of the Students’ Disciplinary Commi ee of the concerned School.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|40

SCHEME OF IN-SEMESTER ASSESSMENT: BACHELOR’S DEGREE PROGRAMMES Theory Courses For theory courses, in-semester assessment carries 40% weightage. Different components along with the weightage of each are given in the table below:

Component

Weightage Remarks

Class Test (Two Class tests of one and a half hour dura on)

20

Average of the two marks shall be considered

Assignment (Individual and Group)

10

Group assignments for two courses and individual assignments for the remaining courses

Non-formal evalua on

5

Based on response and interac on in class, quizzes, open book tests, etc.

A endance

5

For norms regarding a endance cfr. clause 6 of the Regula ons for Undergraduate Programmes

There shall be no re-test for In-semester assessment under any circumstance. The original marks of all the In-semester assessment components shall be retained for all further repeat examina ons. Attendance Marks for a endance will be given according to the following scheme: Marks Allotted Attendance Percent (x) Theory

Lab

75 <= x < 80

2

4

80 <= x < 90

3

6

90 <= x < 95

4

8

95 <= x 100

5

10

EVALUATION OF LABORATORY COURSES, DRAWING AND WORKSHOP All Laboratory courses are evaluated on the basis of a endance, performance of tasks assigned and end semester test/viva voce examina on. The distribu on of marks within these components will be specified by individual departments along the lines of the break-up given below: Component

Weightage

A endance

10

assessment of tasks assigned

50

End Semester Test and/or Viva-Voce Examina on

40

Total

100

In-Semester Evaluation of Minor and Mini Projects The guidelines for the conduct and evalua on of Minor and Mini Projects shall be laid down by the Department. The components of evalua on and allotment of marks may be as follows: In Semester Evaluation Synopsis

Marks End Semester Evaluation (weightage 40) 10

Project Implementa on

Marks 16

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|41

Seminar presenta on of synopsis (Analysis and Design)

15

Seminar Presenta on

8

Progress Seminar (Implementa on)

15

Viva Voce Examina on

16

Project Documenta on

10

A endance

10

Total

60

40

In-Semester Evaluation of BTECH Major Project Phase I and Phase II The in-semester evalua on of Major Project Phase I and Phase II shall have 60% weightage. The modality and conduct of the in-semester evalua on of the Major Project Phase I, and their weightages shall be declared by the DPEC of each department at the beginning of the semester. The following aspects are to be assessed, among others: Synopsis presenta on Progress seminars Progress reports Weekly ac vity reports

SCHEME OF IN-SEMESTER EVALUATION - MASTER’S DEGREE PROGRAMMES

MCA, MSW, MSC (Psychology) Theory Courses The different components of the scheme of in-semester Assessment and the weightages a ached to them for the theory courses offered in the MSW, MSc-PC and MA-HR programmes are given in the table below: Component

Weightage

Class Test (Two class tests of equal weightage)

20

Assignments, Group Presenta ons/Seminar

10

Non-formal evalua on

5

A endance

5

Total

40

Non-formal Evaluation Non-formal evalua on may be done using a combina on of quizzes, unannounced tests, open book tests, library work reports, class room interac on and par cipa on, etc. The scheme of non-formal evalua on shall be announced by every teacher in the beginning of the semester. Attendance Marks for a endance will be given according to the following scheme: Attendance Percent (x)

Marks Allotted

75 <= x < 80

2

80 <= x < 90

3

90 <= x < 95

4

95 <= x 100

5 ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|42

NB There shall be no re-test for in-semester Assessment under any circumstance. The original marks of all the in-semester Assessment components shall be retained for all further repeat examina ons. MCA Minor Project The guidelines for the conduct and evalua on of the MCA Minor Project shall be laid down by the Department . The components of evalua on and allotment of marks will be as follows:

In Semester Evaluation

Marks End Semester Evaluation (weightage 40)

Marks

Synopsis

10

Project Implementa on

16

Seminar presenta on of synopsis (Analysis and Design)

15

Seminar Presenta on

8

Progress Seminar (Implementa on)

15

Viva Voce Examina on

16

Project Documenta on

10

A endance

10

Total

60

40

In-Semester Evaluation of MCA Major Project The in-semester evalua on of the MCA Major Project shall have 60% weightage. The Internal Evalua on of the Major project will be done through two seminar sessions: Synopsis : 20 Seminar Presenta on of Synopsis (Analysis and Design) : 30 Progress Seminar (Implementa on) : 30 Project Documenta on : 20 External Evalua on of all Major projects will follow the guidelines laid down in the Regula ons. Field Work The components of evalua on and their weightages for the concurrent/con nuous field work are as follows: Component

Weightage

Field Work Diary

10

Agency Evalua on

15

Faculty Evalua on

20

A endance

5

Viva Voce Examina on

50

Total

100

Practicum Field Report Presenta on Administra on of tests Faculty Evalua on Viva Voce Examina on

: : : : :

Research Project Phase I Literature Survey Presenta on

: 40

15 15 10 10 50

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|43

Synopsis Presenta on

: 60

Phase II Examina on of Thesis Presenta on and Viva Voce Exam

: 50 : 50

MA EDUCATION AND MA MASS COMMUNICATION The coursewise scheme of in-semester evalua on for these programmes shall be given by the department at the beginning of the semester.

MTECH, MSC (Physics, Life Sciences, Chemistry, Zoology) Theory Courses For theory courses, in-semester assessment carries 40% weightage. Different components along with the weightage of each are given in the table below:

Component

Weightage

Remarks

Class Test (Two Class tests of one and a half hour dura on)

20

Average of the two marks shall be considered

Assignments

15

Wri en Assignments/Seminar on course Topics/ Technical Paper Review

Non-formal evalua on

5

Based on response and interac on in class, quizzes, open book tests, etc.

Total

40

There shall be no re-test for In-semester assessment under any circumstance. The original marks of all the In-semester assessment components shall be retained for all further repeat examina ons. In-Semester Evaluation of Major Project (Phase I) The in-semester evalua on of Major Project Phase I shall have 60% weightage. It shall be evaluated in the following seminar sessions having equal weightage: Seminar 1: Presentation of the synopsis Synopsis : Seminar presenta on of the synopsis : Viva voce examina on :

30% 50% 20%

Seminar 2: Progress Seminar Progress report Progress seminar Viva voce Examina on

30% 50% 20%

: : :

In-Semester Evaluation of Major Project (Phase II) The in-semester evalua on of Major Project Phase II shall have 60% weightage. The in-semester evalua on will be done through two seminar sessions having equal weightage. Each seminar will be evaluated using the following components. Progress Report : 30 Progress Seminar : 50 Viva Voce Examina on : 20 External Evalua on of the Major project shall follow the guidelines laid down in the Regula ons. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|44

RULES, PROCEDURES AND BEHAVIOURAL GUIDELINES - SCHOOL OF TECHNOLOGY 1.

Dress Code and Identity Card

1.1 The dress code of the University consists of shirt / top (of the prescribed colour and material), trousers (of the prescribed colour and material), shoes (black) and socks (dark grey), a belt (black/dark brown, if required) and a e (blue, with diagonal stripes). Students are required to come to the University following this dress code. The e will be required to be worn only on formal occasions. An apron (of the prescribed colour) is to be worn in the Chemistry Lab and during Workshop Prac ce. During winter, students may wear only a blazer and/or a sweater (full sleeve or sleeveless) of the prescribed colour and material. 1.2 The Student Iden ty Card is to be brought to the University every day and is to be produced whenever asked for. Entry to the University campus shall be only on produc on of the Iden ty Card. The Iden ty Card is also the Library Card. 1.3 All students should wear the ID card around the neck from entry in the morning to exit in the evening.

2.

Morning Assembly

2.1 The morning assembly is a daily programme in the university on all class days during which all members, i.e., students, faculty, staff and management meet together. The assembly starts at 9:00 am. During the assembly, important announcements are made and a thought or insight is shared. The assembly is concluded with an invoca on to God to bless the ac vi es of the day. Note that any announcement made at the morning assembly is considered as being equivalent to no fying the same in the no ce boards. All students should reach the assembly venue before 9:00 am. Immediately a er assembly all should proceed to the classroom to start class at 9:10 am. 2.2 One of the following prayers may be used to conclude the Morning Assembly: The Our Father Our Father, who art in heaven, Hallowed be thy name, Thy kingdom come, Thy will be done on earth as it is in heaven. Give us this day, our daily bread And forgive us our trespasses As we forgive those who trespass against us. And lead us not into temptation, But deliver us from all evil, Amen. Or Prayer for Peace Lord, make me an instrument of your peace, Where there is hatred, let me sow love; where there is injury, pardon; where there is doubt, faith; where there is despair, hope; where there is darkness, light; where there is sadness, joy; O Divine Master, grant that I may not so much seek to be consoled as to console; to be understood as to understand; to be loved as to love.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|45

For it is in giving that we receive; it is in pardoning that we are pardoned; and it is in dying that we are born to eternal life. Amen

3.

Punctuality in Attending Classes

3.1 All are expected to enter the university before 8:55 am. The University gates shall remain closed from 9:05 am to 9:20 am. Anybody entering the University a er the gates open at 9:20 am shall not be given a endance for the first hour of class although he/she may be permi ed to a end the class. 3.2 Normally no student shall leave the University before all the classes are over. In case of an emergency, a student may leave with proper wri en permission from the HOD of the concerned department. 3.3 While all students are encouraged to have their lunch in the University Canteens, students are permi ed to take lunch outside the University.

4.

Make-up Classes, Leave of Absence and Earned Attendance

4.1 If any student misses any laboratory class due to illness or other grievous problems, he/she is required to meet the concerned teacher for comple ng the experiments as soon as possible. Such make-up a endance will be taken into considera on at the end of the semester if a endance is less than 75%. At most two make-up a endances may thus be earned by any student. 4.2 Any student who is required to be engaged in a University ac vity or a pre-planned training and placement ac vity during class hours, may apply for the grant of an ‘earned a endance’ from the concerned HODs in the prescribed form available at the Recep on. Such applica ons must be forwarded by the Ac vity In-Charge. For club related ac vi es, Faculty Advisor of the concerned club will be the Ac vity In-Charge. In all other cases, Faculty In-Charge or Assistant Faculty In-Charge of Student Affairs will be the Ac vity In-Charge. Filled up forms shall be submi ed preferably before or in case of emergency, immediately a er the ac vity for which earned a endance is to granted. 4.3 Any student going to par cipate in any ac vity or compe on outside the University must apply to the Faculty In-Charge of student Affairs using the prescribed form which must be forwarded by the Assistant Faculty In-Charge of Student Affairs in consulta on with respec ve Club Advisers. On return, these students must report back to the Assistant Faculty In-Charge of Student Affairs for recording the outcome. 4.4 Any student who is not able to a end classes due to medical or other grievous reasons are required to apply for leave in the prescribed form along with valid medical cer ficates and other requisite documents, to the Faculty In-charge, students’ affairs within seven days of joining back. Such applica ons must be signed by a parent of the student and forwarded by the mentor of the concerned student and the HOD of the concerned department. Only these students will be considered for condonement of deficiency in a endance as per regula on 6.2.

5.

Discipline

5.1 Personal, academic and professional integrity, honesty and discipline, a sense of responsibility and a high degree of maturity is expected of all students inside and outside the campus. Integrity calls for being honest in examina ons and assignments, avoiding plagiarism and misrepresenta on of facts. 5.2 Indulging in acts of violence, riotous or disorderly behaviour directed towards fellow students, faculty members or other employees of the ins tu on/hostel in the campus or outside is considered to be a serious breach of discipline and will a ract penalty. 5.3 Respect for Common Facilities: Care and respect for common facili es and u li es are an essen al component of social responsibility. Any willful damage to University property must be made good by the persons concerned. Further, maintaining cleanliness of the classrooms and the en re campus is everyone’s responsibility. 5.4 Substance Abuse: Chewing of tobacco, betel nut and the likes, smoking and the use of other addic ve substances and alcoholic drinks are strictly prohibited. These should not be brought into or used within the campus of the University. Viola on of this norm will lead to stern ac on. 5.5 Use of Cell Phones: Cell phones may be used in the University lawns, canteens and the open areas ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|46

on the ground floor. However the use of cell phones on the upper floors, around the University offices, lobby and verandah is strictly prohibited. The cell phone of anyone found viola ng this rule shall be confiscated and his/her SIM card shall be taken away and retained in the University office for 7 days. If a person violates the norm for a second me, his/her mobile will be confiscated and retained in the University office ll the end of the semester. 5.6 Use of Internet: The en re campus is wi-fi enabled and the students may use the Internet freely for educa onal purposes. Students may also use the Compu ng Centre for browsing the Net. However, the use of Internet to access unauthorized and objec onable websites is strictly prohibited. 5.7 All cases of indiscipline will be brought before the Students’ Disciplinary Commi ee and the decisions made by the Commi ee for dealing with such cases shall be final.

6.

Class Tests and Examinations

6.1 The conduct of examina ons will be governed by the norms of the University. 6.2 The Student Iden ty Card shall be the Admit Card for the class tests 6.3 During class tests, all students are expected to enter the venue of the class test 15 minutes before the scheduled me of commencement. However, no one will be permi ed into the examina on hall a er 15 minutes of the commencement of the class test and No one will be allowed to leave the examina on hall un l an hour has elapsed from the commencement of the class test. 6.4 No one is to leave the hall during examina on for any purpose, except in case of an emergency. 6.5 Malprac ces during class tests and examina ons will not be tolerated and will a ract stern ac on. 6.6 Ragging:Ragging and eve-teasing are ac vi es which violate the dignity of a person and they will be met with zero tolerance. An -ragging norms have been given to each student at the me of admission and all students and parents have signed the an -ragging affidavit. Any case of ragging and eve-teasing must be reported to the an -ragging squad. All cases of viola on of an -ragging norms will be taken up by the an -ragging Commi ee and punished according to the norms. 6.7 Grievance Redressal: The University has cons tuted a Grievance Redressal Cell to redress any genuine grievance students may have. Any student having a genuine grievance may make a representa on to the Grievance Redressal Cell through his/ her mentor. The representa on should be accompanied by all relevant documents in support of the genuineness of the grievance.

7.

School Association

7.1 The School Associa on is an associa on of the representa ves of the various stake holders of the School – students staff, faculty and management. It is the responsibility of the School Associa on to take charge of organizing most of the co-curricular ac vi es such as the annual fes vals, quizzes, debates, compe ons and social events. 7.2 A male and a female student are elected by the students of each class as “class representa ves” to represent them in the School Associa on. Class representa ves are expected to be outstanding students who are academically competent and having quali es of leadership.

8.

Participation in University Activities

8.1 In order to provide opportuni es for the holis c development of the human person, a large number of co-curricular and extra-curricular ac vi es are designed and implemented under the banner of the University Associa on and twelve student clubs. Three of the most important ac vi es are D’VERVE (the intra-University sports and cultural fes val), PRAJYUKTTAM (the inter-University technical fes val) and CREAZONE (the University magazine). All students are expected to take part ac vely in such ac vi es to showcase their talents, to develop leadership quali es and to gain the experience of working in groups. 8.2 Training and Placement Activities: The training and Placement Cell of DBCET has been incorporated with the objec ve of minimizing the gap between industry and academia and giving the students training and exposure so that they can capitalize on every opportunity for placement. It is the prime responsibility of the cell to look a er all ma ers concerning ‘Training to enhance employability’ and ‘guiding students for placement’. In the first two semesters, students are trained for communica on skills development under the department of Humani es and Social Sciences, and personal ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|47

development programmes under the department of campus ministry. From the third semester onwards, in every semester, students are given systema c training in ap tude tests, communica on skills, group discussion, etc. They are also made to undergo mock HR and Technical Interviews. These ac vi es of the training and placement cell find a place in the curriculum as Extra Academic Programmes (EAP) and all students are required to get a P grade for these ac vi es by taking ac ve part in these ac vi es regularly.

9.

Free Time Some hours without class may be available for some students during the day. Students are expected to use such ‘free me’ for visi ng the library, mee ng teachers and mentors, self-study, carrying out lab or project related ac vi es, etc.

10. Faculty Performance Feedback In order to improve the teaching and learning process in the University, students will be required to give feedback about the performance of their teachers from me-to- me. All students are expected to par cipate in the online feedback sessions concerning their teachers with sincerity and responsibility.

11. Mentoring All students are assigned mentors from among the faculty members for their guidance. For the first year students, mentors shall be assigned from among the faculty members of the departmentsof Basic Sciences and Humani es and Social Sciences. For students of other semesters, the mentor shall be assigned by the concerned department, in consulta on with the Principal. Mentors shall help the students to plan their courses of study, advise them on ma ers rela ng to academic performance and personality development, and help them to overcome various problems and difficul es faced by them. Although students should meet their mentors on a regular basis to get mely help, specific days have been set aside in the calendar for mee ng mentors to ensure proper documenta on of achievements, ac vi es, short comings and problems faced by the students. Every student must meet the mentor during these days.

12. Interaction Meet With Parents The University organises an interac on mee ng with parents once a year in which the parents are invited to interact with teachers and management to appraise themselves about the performance of their ward and also to offer their sugges ons for the be erment of the ins tu on. It is the responsibility of the students too to invite their parents to come and par cipate in the event and make the event meaningful.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|48

COURSE STRUCTURE

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|49

SCHOOL OF TECHNOLOGY BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY ALL BRANCHES Semester 1 Type

Course Code MAEM0001 PSEP0001 CHEC0001 LSCE0001 Theory CSCP0001 ECBE0001 EEBE0001 MNEM0001 PSEP6001 CHEC6001 CSCP6001 CVED6001 Lab MNWP6001 EEBE6001 LSCE6001 EAP BTEAP1 Total Credits

Course Name Engineering Mathema cs I Engineering Physics Engineering Chemistry Communica ve English I Programming in C Language Basic Electronics Basic Electrical Engineering Engineering Mechanics Engineering Physics Lab Engineering Chemistry Lab Programming in C Lab Engineering Drawing I Workshop Prac ce I Basic Electrical Engineering Lab Communica on Prac ce Lab I Extra Academic Programmes

Credits Category 4 IC 4 IC 4 IC 2 IC 3 SC/DC 4 SC/DC 4 SC/DC 3 SC/DC 2 IC 2 IC 2 SC/DC 2 SC/DC 2 SC/DC 2 SC/DC 1 IC NC IC 29

Page 453 461 442 349 88 170 214 289 478 442 153 281 312 241 359 NA

Course Name Engineering Mathema cs II Engineering Physics Engineering Chemistry Communica ve English II Basic Electronics Basic Electrical Engineering Advanced C and Data Structures Elements of Mechanical and Civil Engineering Engineering Physics Lab Engineering Chemistry Lab Basic Electrical Engineering Lab Workshop Prac ce I Engineering Drawing II Advanced C and Data Structures Lab Communica on Prac ce Lab II Extra Academic Programmes

Credits Category 4 IC 4 IC 4 IC 2 IC 4 SC/DC 4 SC/DC 3 SC/DC 4 SC/DC 2 IC 2 IC 2 SC/DC 2 SC/DC 2 SC/DC 2 SC/DC 1 IC NC IC 29

Page 458 461 442 350 170 214 99 290 478 442 241 312 282 155 360 NA

Semester 2 Type

Course Code MAEM0007 PSEP0001 CHEC0001 LSCE0002 Theory ECBE0001 EEBE0001 CSDS0013 MNEM0002 PSEP6001 CHCE6001 EEBE6001 Lab MNWP6001 CVED6002 CSDS6007 LSCE6002 EAP BTEAP2 Total Credits

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|50

COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING Type Course Code Course Name Semester 3 MAEM0009 Engineering Mathema cs III CSCD0028 Digital Computer Design EECN0015 Circuit Theory and Networks Theory ECAE0017 Analog Electronic Circuits CSOJ0029 Object Oriented Programming using Java MTEC0068 Economics for Engineers EECN6005 Circuit and Networks Lab Lab ECAE6007 Analog Electronic Circuits Lab CSOJ6017 Object Oriented Programming using Java Lab EAP BTEAP3 Extra Academic Programmes Total Credits Semester 4 MAEM0010 Engineering Mathema cs IV ECCT0020 Communica on Techniques CSCO0038 Computer Organisa on and Architecture Theory CSDB0039 Rela onal Database Management Systems CSSG0040 System Programming MTOB0069 Introduc on to Organisa onal Behaviour CSCD6026 Digital Computer Design lab CSCO6027 Computer Organisa on and Architecture Lab Lab CSSG6028 System Programming Lab CSDB6029 RDBMS lab AP BTEAP4 Extra Academic Programmes Total Credits Semester 5 CSMA0047 Microprocessors and Applica ons CSOC0048 Opera ng Systems and Concepts CSFL0049 Formal Language and Automata Theory Theory CSDC0050 Data Communica on CSIS0051 Informa on System Design MTFP0070 Func onal Principles of Management CSMA6047 Microprocessors and Applica ons lab Lab CSOC6048 Opera ng Systems and Concepts Lab CSDC6049 Data Communica on Lab Project CSMI6050 Mini Project I EAP BTEAP5 Extra Academic Programmes Total Credits Semester 6 CSNS0057 Computer Networks Theory CSSD0058 So ware Engineering and Designing Concepts

Credits Category

Page

4 3 4 4 3 2 2 2 2 NC 26

IC DC SC SC DC IC SC SC DC IC

459 113 225 184 114 521 242 205 157 NA

4 3 4 4 3 2 2 2 2 2 NC 28

IC SC DC DC DC IE DC DC DC DC IC

460 186 122 123 124 522 159 160 160 160 NA

4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 NC 30

DC DC DC DE DE IE DC DC DE DC DC

130 131 132 133 134 523 164 165 165 165 NA

4 3

DE DE

138 139

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|51

CSAA0059 Analysis and Design of Algorithms MADM0002 Discrete Mathema cs CSCD0060 Compiler Design MTOM0071 Produc on and Opera ons Management CSNS6054 Computer Networks lab CSCD6055 Compiler Design Lab Lab CSAA6056 Analysis and Design of Algorithms Lab CSMI6057 Mini Project II AP BTEAP6 Extra Academic Programmes Total Credits Semester 7 CSAI0061 Ar ficial Intelligence CSDW0056 Data Warehousing and Data Mining CSGM0062 Computer Graphics and Mul media MTQM0072 Quality Management Systems Theory One Elective to be opted CSEC0055 e-Commerce and Data Security CSPM0063 Personal and Mobile Communica ons CSIR0064 CSAD0075 CSAI6059 Lab CSGM6060 Seminar CSTS6061 Project CSMP6062 Total Credits

4 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 NC 29

DC IC DC IE DE DC DC DC IC

140 454 141 524 166 166 166 167 NA

4 4 3 2

DE DE DE IE

141 138 142 525

DE

137

4

DE DE

143 144 152

2 2 2 4 27

DE DE DC DC

167 167 168 168

4

DE

145

3

DE

146

3 2 3

DE IE IC

146 361 526

DE DE DE DC

147 147 148 169

Image Processing and Pa ern Recogni on Android Applica on Development Fundamentals Ar ficial Intelligence Lab Computer Graphics and Mul media Lab Training Seminar Major Project (Phase I)

Semester 8 CSRE0065

Real Time and Embedded Systems Advanced Computer Architecture and Parallel CSAP0066 Processing CSET0067 Emerging Trends in Compu ng - Cloud Compu ng PYTW0021 Thoughts That Shaped the World Theory MTFC0073 Financial Management and Accoun ng One elective to be opted CSDG0068 Distributed Compu ng CSNC0069 Network Security and Cryptography CSAO0070 Concepts of Advanced Opera ng Systems Project CSMP6063 Major Project (Phase II) and Viva Voce Total Credits

3 8 26

ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING Type Course Code Semester 3 MAEM0009 Theory EECN0015

Course Name Engineering Mathema cs III Circuit Theory and Networks

Credits Category 4 4

IC SC

Page 459 225

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|52

ECDC0015 ECSS0016 CSOJ0029 MTEC0068 EECN6005 Lab ECDC6006 CSOJ6017 AP BTEAP3 Total Credits Semester 4 MAEM0010 ECDL0018 EEMT0017 Theory EEEI0018 ECAC0019 MTOB0069 ECDL6010 Lab EEEI6008 ECAC6011 Project ECMI6012 AP BTEAP4 Total Credits Semester 5 ECMM0021 EECE0022 ECDP0022 Theory ECAC0023 ECME0024 MTFP0070 ECMM6020 Lab ECAC6021 ECDP6022 Project ECMI6023 EAP BTEAP5 Total Credits Semester 6 EEPE0025 ECAP0026 ECVD0027 Theory ECCT0028 ECAM0029 MTOM0071 ECVD6024 Lab ECCT6025

Electronic Devices and Circuits Signals and Systems Object Oriented Programming using Java Economics for Engineers Circuit and Networks Lab Electronic Devices and Circuits Lab Object Oriented Programming using Java Lab Extra Academic Programmes

5 3 3 2 2 2 2 NC 27

DC DC SC IC SC DC SC IC

182 183 114 521 242 205 157 NA

Engineering Mathema cs IV Digital Electronics and Logic Design Electro Magne c Theory Electronic Instrumenta on and Measurements Analog Integrated Circuits Introduc on to Organisa onal Behaviour Digital Electronics and Logic Design lab Electronic Instrumenta on and Measurements Lab Analog Integrated Circuits lab Mini Project I Extra Academic Programmes

4 4 3 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 NC 29

IC DC/SC SC SC DC/SC IE DC/SC SC DC/SC DC IC

460 184 226 227 185 522 205 242 206 206 NA

Microprocessors and Microcontrollers Control System Engineering Digital Signal Processing Analog Communica on Techniques Microwave Engineering Func onal Principles of Management Microprocessors and Microcontrollers lab Analog Communica on Techniques Lab Digital Signal Processing Lab Mini Project II Extra Academic Programmes

4 4 3 4 3 2 2 2 2 2 NC 28

DC/SC SC DC DC DC IE DC/SC DC DC DC IC

187 230 188 188 189 523 208 208 209 209 NA

4 3 4 4 3 2 2 2

SE DC DE DC DE IE DE DC

233 191 192 193 194 524 209 210

Power Electronics Antenna and Wave Propaga on VLSI Design Digital Communica on Techniques Adv Microprocessors and Embedded Systems Produc on and Opera ons Management VLSI Design Lab Digital Communica ons Lab

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|53

ECME6026 Microwave and Antenna Engineering Lab ECAM6027 Embedded Systems Lab Project ECMI6029 Mini Project III AP BTEAP6 Extra Academic Programmes Total Credits Semester 7 ECFS0031 Fiber Op c and Satellite Communica on EEEM0021 Electrical Machines MTQM0072 Quality Management Systems Two Electives to be opted Elective 1 ECTS0032 Telecommunica on Switching and systems Theory ECIP0033 Digital Image Processing ECME0034 Elective 2 CSAI0061

Microelectronics

ECES0035

Embedded Systems

2 2 2 NC 30

DC DE DC IC

210 210 211 NA

4 4 2

DC/SC SC IE

195 229 525

4

DE DE DE

196 197 197

4

SE DE/SE DE

141 198 199

2 2 2 4 28

DC/SC SC DC DC

211 243 212 212

4 4 2 3

DE DE/SE IE IC

200 201 361 526

DE/SE DE DE DC

201 202 203 212

Credits Category

Page

Ar ficial Intelligence

ECLV0036 Low Power VLSI Design ECOP6030 Fiber Op c Lab Lab EEEM6012 Electrical Machines Lab Seminar ECTS6031 Training Seminar Project ECMP6032 Major Project (Phase I) Total Credits Semester 8 Theory ECCC0037 Computer Communica on ECMC0038 Mobile Communica on PYTW0021 Thoughts That Shaped the World MTFC0073 Financial Management and Accoun ng Any one elective to be opted ECOD0039 Optoelectronic Devices ECSP0040 Speech Processing ECNT0041 Introduc on to Nanotechnology Project ECMP6033 Major Project (Phase II) and Viva Voce Total Credits

3 8 24

ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING Type

Course Code

Semester 3 MAEM0009 EECN0015 Theory ECDC0015 CSOJ0029 EEMS0016

Course Name Engineering Mathema cs III Circuit Theory and Networks Electronic Devices and Circuits Object Oriented Programming using Java Electrical and Electronic Materials

4 4 5 3 3

IC DC SC SC DC

459 225 182 114 225

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|54

MTEC0068 EECN6005 Lab ECDC6006 CSOJ6017 AP BTEAP3 Total Credits Semester 4 MAEM0010 ECDL0018 EEMT0017 Theory EEMN0019 EELM0020 MTOB0069 ECDL6010 Lab EEMN6009 EELM6010 Project EEMI6011 AP BTEAP4 Total Credits Semester 5 ECMM0021 ECSP0025 EECE0022 Theory EEMN0023 EEPS0024 MTFP0070 ECMM6020 Lab EECE6018 EEMN6019 Project EEMI6020 AP BTEAP5 Total Credits Semester 6 ECBC0030 EEPD0026 EEPS0027 Theory EEHV0028 ECAC0019 MTOM0071 EEPD6021 Lab ECAC6011 ECSP6028 Project EEMI6022 AP BTEAP6

Economics for Engineers Circuits and Networks Lab Electronic Devices and Circuits Lab Object Oriented Programming using Java Lab Extra Academic Programmes

2 2 2 2 NC 27

IC DC SC SC IC

521 242 205 157 NA

Engineering Mathema cs IV Digital Electronics and Logic Design Electro Magne c Theory Electro-Mechanical Energy Conversion I Electrical and Electronic Measurements Introduc on to Organisa onal Behaviour Digital Electronics and Logic Design lab Electro-Mechanical Energy Conversion Lab I Electrical and Electronic Measurements Lab Mini Project I Extra Academic Programmes

4 4 3 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 NC 29

IC SC DC DC DC IE SC DC DC DC IC

460 184 226 228 229 522 205 243 243 243 NA

Microprocessors and Microcontrollers Signal Processing Control System Engineering Electro Mechanical Energy Conversion II Electrical Power Systems I Func onal Principles of Management Microprocessors and Microcontrollers lab Control and Simula on Lab Electro Mechanical Energy Conversion Lab II Mini Project II Extra Academic Programmes

4 4 4 4 3 2 2 2 2 2 NC 29

SC SE DC DC DC IE SC DC DC DC IC

187 190 230 231 232 523 208 246 246 247 NA

Basic Communica on Systems Power Electronics and Drives Electrical Power Systems II High Voltage Engineering Analog Integrated Circuits Produc on and Opera ons Management Power Electronics and Drives Lab Analog Integrated Circuits Lab Signal Processing Lab Mini project III Extra Academic Programmes

3 4 4 3 4 2 2 2 2 2 NC

SC DC DC DE SC IE DC SC SE DC IC

194 233 234 235 185 524 247 206 211 247 NA

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|55

Total Credits Semester 7 ECFS0031 Fiber Op c and Satellite Communica on EECE0029 Advanced Control System Engineering EEPP0030 Power System Protec on MTQM0072 Quality Management Systems Theory One Elective to be opted ECES0035 Embedded Systems CSAI0061 Ar ficial Intelligence EEUE0032 U liza on of Electrical Energy EEPE0031 Power Plant Engineering EECE6023 Control System Engineering Lab Lab ECOP6030 Fiber Op c Lab Seminar EETS6024 Training Seminar Project EEMP6025 Major Project (Phase I) Total Credits Semester 8 ECMC0038 Mobile Communica on EEED0033 Electrical Drives PYTW0021 Thoughts That Shaped the World MTFC0073 Financial Management and Accoun ng Theory One elective to be opted EEAM0034 Energy Audit and Management ECOD0039 Optoelectronic Devices EEOC0035 Power System Opera on and Control Project EEMP6026 Major Project (Phase II) and Viva Voce Total Credits

28 4 4 4 2

4

2 2 2 4 28 4 4 2 3

3 8 24

SE DE DC IE

195 236 237 525

SE SE DE DE DE SE DC DC

198 141 238 237 247 211 248 248

SE DC IE IC

201 239 361 526

DE SE DE DC

240 201 240 248

CIVIL ENGINEERING Type Course Code Semester 3 MAEM0009 CVSM0012 CVFM0013 Theory CVES0014 CVSB0015 MTEC0068 CVCT6004 Lab CVED6005 CVEM6006 AP BTEAP3 Total Credits Semester 4 MAEM0010 Theory

Course Name Engineering Mathema cs III Strength of Materials Fluid Mechanics Engineering Survey I Structural Elements of Building Economics for Engineers Concrete Technology Lab Civil Engineering Drawing Engineering Mechanics Lab Extra Academic Programmes

Engineering Mathema cs IV

Credits Category

Page

4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 NC 28

IC DC DC DC DC IC DC DC DC IC

459 256 256 257 258 521 283 284 284 NA

4

IC

460

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|56

CVAS0016 Structural Analysis I CVHM0017 Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machines CVES0018 Engineering Survey II CVEG0019 Engineering Geology MTOB0069 Introduc on to Organisa onal Behaviour CVFM6007 Fluid Mechanics Lab Lab CVES6008 Engineering Survey Lab I CVEG6009 Engineering Geology Lab AP BTEAP4 Extra Academic Programmes Total Credits Semester 5 CVSA0022 Structural Analysis II CVDS0023 Design of Structures I CVGE0024 Geotechnical Engineering I Theory CVTE0025 Transporta on Engineering I CVEE0026 Environmental Engineering I MTFP0070 Func onal Principles of Management CVGE6013 Geotechnical Engineering Lab Lab CVES6014 Engineering Survey Lab II Project CVMI6015 Mini Project AP BTEAP5 Extra Academic Programmes Total Credits Semester 6 CVSA0027 Structural Analysis III CVDS0028 Design of Structures II CVGE0029 Geotechnical Engineering II Theory CVEE0030 Environmental Engineering II CVHW0031 Hydrology and Watershed Management MTOM0071 Produc on and Opera ons Management CVTE6016 Transporta on Engineering Lab Lab CVEE6017 Environmental Engineering Lab CVCS6018 Comprehensive Surveying Camp Project CVMI6019 Minor Project AP BTEAP6 Extra Academic Programmes Total Credits Semester 7 CVEC0032 Es ma on and Cos ng CVIG0033 Irriga on Engineering CVEG0034 Earthquake Engineering CVTE0035 Transporta on Engineering II Theory MTQM0072 Quality Management Systems One Elective to be opted CVGO0036 Elements of Geoinforma cs CVOF0037

Open Channel Flow

4 4 4 3 2 2 2 3 NC 28

DC DC DC DC IE DC DC DC IC

259 260 261 262 522 284 285 285 NA

4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 NC 28

DC DC DC DC DC IE DC DC DC IC

265 265 266 267 268 523 285 286 286 NA

4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 4 NC 32

DC DC DC DC DC IE DC DC DC DC IC

269 269 270 271 272 524 286 286 287 287 NA

4 4 4 3 2

DC DE DE DC IE

273 273 274 275 525

DE

276

DE

277

3

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|57

CVFM0021 Finite Element Methods Lab CVCA6020 Computer Applica ons in Civil Engineering Seminar CVTS6021 Training Seminar Project CVMP6022 Major Project (Phase I) Total Credits Semester 8 CVDS0038 Design of Structure III CVWE0039 Water Resources Engineering CVCM0040 Construc on Management PYPL0021 Thoughts That Shaped the World Theory MTFC0073 Financial Management and Accoun ng One elective to be opted CVDM0041 Disaster Management CVAF0042 Advanced Founda on Engineering Project CVMP6023 Major Project (Phase II) Total Credits

DE

264

2 2 4 28

DC DC DC

287 287 287

5 4 2 2 3

DC DE DE IE IC

278 278 279

DE DE DC

280 281 288

3 8 27

526

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Type Course Code Semester 3 MAEM0009 MNFM0003 MNEM0004 Theory MNMT0005 MNTD0006 MTEC0068 MNEM6002 MNWP6003 Lab MNTD6004 MNDG6005 AP BTEAP3 Total Credits Semester 4 MAEM0010 MNTM0007 MNTF0008 Theory MNSM0009 EEEM0021 MTOB0069 MNET6006 Lab MNFM6007 EEEM6012 AP BTEAP4 Total Credits

Course Name

Credits Category

Page

Engineering Mathema cs III Fluid Mechanics Engineering Materials Manufacturing Technology I Thermodynamics Economics for Engineers Engineering Mechanics Lab Workshop Prac ce II Thermodynamics Lab Machine Drawing and Computer Graphics Extra Academic Programmes

4 4 3 4 4 2 2 2 2 3 NC 30

IC DC DC DC DC IC DC DC DC DC IC

459 291 292 293 294 521 313 313 314 314 NA

Engineering Mathema cs IV Theory of Machines Theory of Fluid Flow Strength of Materials Electrical Machines Introduc on to Organisa onal Behavior Engineering Materials lab Fluids Mechanics Lab Electrical Machines Lab Extra Academic Programmes

4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 NC 28

IC DC DC DC DC IE DC DC DC IC

460 294 295 296 229 522 315 315 243 NA

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|58

Semester 5 MNHM0010 Hydraulics Machinery MNDM0011 Dynamics of Machines MNMT0012 Manufacturing Technology II Theory MNAT0013 Applied Thermodynamics MNMD0014 Machine Design I MTFP0070 Func onal Principles of Management MNTM6008 Theory of Machines Lab MNAT6009 Applied Thermodynamics Lab Lab MNHY6010 Hydraulics Lab MNMI6011 Mini Project I AP BTEAP5 Extra Academic Programmes Total Credits Semester 6 MNOR0015 Opera ons Research MNMM0016 Mechanical Measurement MNHM0017 Heat and Mass Transfer Theory MNMD0018 Machine Design II MNMT0019 Engineering Metrology MTOM0071 Produc on and Opera ons Management MNHM6012 Heat and Mass Transfer Lab Lab MNMM6013 Engineering Metrology and Measurement Lab MNMD6014 Machine Design and Drawing Lab Project MNMP6015 Minor Project AP BTEAP6 Extra Academic Programmes Total Credits Semester 7 MNMS0020 Manufacturing Methods MNIC0021 Internal Combus on Engines MNVC0022 Vibra on of Mechanical Systems and Control Theory One Elective to be opted MNNM0023 Numerical Methods in Mechanical Engineering MNPP0024 Power Plant Engineering MTQM0072 Quality Management Systems MNVC6016 Vibra on of Mechanical Systems and Control Lab Lab MNIC6017 Internal Combus on Engine Lab Seminar MNTS6018 Training seminar Project MNMP6019 Major Project (Phase I) Total Credits Semester 8 MNIE0025 Industrial Engineering MNRA0026 Refrigera on and Air Condi oning Theory PYTW0021 Thoughts That shaped the World MTFC0073 Financial Management and Accoun ng

3 4 4 3 4 2 2 2 2 2 NC 28

DC DC DC DC DC IE DC DC DC DC IC

297 297 298 299 300 523 315 315 316 316 NA

4 3 5 4 3 2 2 2 2 2 NC 29

DE DC DC DC DE IE DC DE DC DC IC

300 301 302 303 303 524 316 316 317 317 NA

4 4 4

DC DC DC

304 305 306

DE DE IE DC DC DC DC

307 307 525 317 317 318 318

DE DE IE IC

308 310 361 526

3 2 2 2 2 4 27 5 4 2 3

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|59

One Elective to be opted MNDM0027 Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing MNAE0028 Automobile Engineering Project MNMP6020 Major Project (Phase II) and Viva Voce Total Credits

DE DE DC

310 310 318

Credits

Category

Page

Communica ve English I Computer Fundamentals Programming in C Language Informa on Security Fundamentals Basic Mathema cs Communica on Prac ce Lab I Computer Fundamentals lab Programming in C lab Extra Academic Programmes

2 4 3 4 4 1 2 2 NC 22

IC DC DC DC IC IC DC DC IC

349 97 88 98 457 359 154 153 NA

Communica ve English II Data Structures Using C Network Fundamentals Web Technologies Digital Logic Design Communica ve English II lab Data Structures using C lab Computer Networks Fundamentals lab Web Technologies lab Digital Logic Design lab Extra Academic Programmes

2 4 3 4 4 1 2 2 2 2 NC 26

IC DC DC DC DC IC DC DC DC DC IC

350 111 111 112 89 360 156 157 157 154 NA

4 4 4 2 2 4 2 2

DC DC DC IE DC IC DC DC

104 120 121 523 122 454 156 159

3 8 25

BACHELOR OF COMPUTER APPLICATIONS (BCA) Type Course Code Semester 1 LSCE0001 CSCF0011 Theory CSCP0001 CSIF0012 MABM0006 LSCE6001 Lab CSCF6006 CSCP6001 AP ICEAP1 Total Credits Semester 2 LSCE0002 CSDS0025 Theory CSNW0026 CSWT0027 CSLD0002 LSCE6002 CSDS6014 Lab CSNW6015 CSWT6016 CSDL6003 AP ICEAP2 Total Credits Semester 3 CSOA0018 CSOS0035 CSSD0036 Theory MTFP0070 CSIG0037 MADM0002 CSOA6011 Lab CSOS6024

Course Name

Computer Organiza on and Architecture Introduc on to Opera ng Systems System Analysis and Design Func onal Principles of Management Introduc on to Graphics Discrete Mathema cs Computer Organiza on and Architecture lab Introduc on to Opera ng Systems lab

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|60

CSIG6025 Introduc on to Graphics Lab AP ICEAP3 Extra Academic Programmes Total Credits Semester 4 CSDB0039 Rela onal Database Management Systems CSSE0046 Basic So ware Engineering Theory MAPT0008 Probability theory CSTC0014 Theory of computa on CSOP0016 Object Oriented Programming and Design CSDB6029 RDBMS Lab Lab CSSE6034 Basic So ware Engineering Lab CSOP6009 Object Oriented Programming and Design Lab AP ICEAP4 Extra Academic Programmes Total Credits Semester 5 MTOB0001 Organiza onal Behavior MTAF0002 Accoun ng and Financial management Theory CSDC0050 Data Communica on CSIJ0071 Introduc on to Java Programming CSDC6049 Data Communica on lab Lab CSIJ6064 Introduc on to Java Programming Lab Project CSMI6065 Mini Project - BCA Total Credits Semester 6 CHES0002 Environmental Studies Electives : One elective to be opted for Theory CSCL0072 Cloud Compu ng CSNW0073 Network Security CSMC0074 Mobile Communica on Project CSMP6066 Major Project - BCA Total Credits

2 NC 26

DC IC

159 NA

4 4 3 3 4 2 2 2 NC 24

DC DC IC DC DC DC DC DC IC

123 130 458 100 102 160 136 155 NA

4 4 4 4 2 2 4 24

IC IC DC DC DC DC DC

520 521 133 149 165 169 169

2

IC

443

DE DE DE DC

150 150 151 169

Total Programme Credits

144

4 16 22

MASTER OF COMPUTER APPLICATIONS (MCA) Type Course Code Semester 1 CSLD0002 CSPC0003 Theory MTOB0001 MTAF0002 MADM0002 CSPC6002 Lab CSDL6003

Course Name

Credits Category

Digital Logic Design Programming and Problem Solving through C Organisa onal Behaviour Accoun ng and Financial Management Discrete Mathema cs Programming and Problem Solving Through C Lab Digital Logic Design Lab

4 4 4 4 4 2 2

DC DC IC IC IC DC DC

Page 89 90 520 521 454 154 154

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|61

AP MCEAP1 Total Credits Semester 2 CSTC0014 CSDS0015 CSOP0016 Theory CSDM0017 CSOA0018 MAPT0008 CSDS6008 CSOP6009 Lab CSDM6010 CSOA6011 AP MCEAP2 Total Credits Semester 3 CSCG0030 CSDC0031 Theory CSOS0032 CSDA0033 CSPJ0034 CSOS6018 CSDA6019 Lab CSPJ6020 CSCG6021 AP MCEAP3 Total Credits Semester 4 CSSE0041 CSDC0042 Theory

CSDM0043 CSIT0044 CSSG0040 CSEP0045 CSDC6030

CSIT6031 CSDM6032 CSSG6028 AP MCEAP4 Total Credits Semester 5 CSPA0052 Theory CSET0053 Lab

Extra Academic Programmes

NC 24

IC

NA

Theory of Computa on Data Structures Using C ++ Object Oriented Programming and Design Database Management Systems I Computer Organisa on and Architecture Probability Theory Data Structures Using C++ Lab Object Oriented Programming and design Lab Database Management Systems I Lab Computer Organisa on and Architecture lab Extra Academic Programmes

3 4 4 4 4 3 2 2 2 2 NC 30

DC DC DC DC DC IC DC DC DC DC IC

100 101 102 103 104 458

Computer Graphics Data Communica on and Networks I Opera ng Systems Design and Analysis of Algorithms Programming Through Java Opera ng Systems Lab Design and Analysis of Algorithms Lab Programming Through Java Lab Computer Graphics Lab Extra Academic Programmes

3 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 NC 27

DC DC DC DC DE DC DC DE DC IC

115 116 117 118 119 157 158 158 158 NA

4

DC

124

4

DC

126

4 3 3 3

DC DE DC DE

127 128 124 129

2

DC

161

2 2 2 NC 29

DE DC DC IC

161 162 160 NA

4 4

DE DE

134 135

So ware Engineering Data Communica on and Networks II & Network Programming using Linux Database Management Systems II Internet Technology and Applica ons System Programming Enterprise Resource Planning Data Communica on and Networks II and Network programming Using Linux Lab Internet Technology and Applica ons Lab Database Management Systems II Lab System Programming Lab Extra Academic Programmes

Principles of Ar ficial Intelligence Emerging Trends in Cloud Compu ng

155 156 NA

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|62

Introduc on to Research Methodology and Sta s cal Tools Electives: One elective to be opted for CSCL0054 Cyber Law and IT Security CSEC0055 E-Commerce and Data Security CSDW0056 Data Warehousing and Data Mining CSAD0075 Android Applica on Development Fundamentals Audit Courses LSCS0016 Communica on Skills CMES0023 Entrepreneurship CSPA6051 Principles of Ar ficial Intelligence Lab Lab Introduc on to Research Methodology and CSRM6052 Sta s cal Tools Lab Project CSMN6053 Minor Project - MCA One course to be opted for from the following (Extra Elective) SWAYAM CSSW0001 Introduc on to Internet of Things Courses CSSW0002 Introduc on to MATLAB Programming Total Credits Semester 6 Project CSMP6058 Major Project - MCA Total Credits Total Programme Credits CSRM0076

3

DC

152

4

DE DE DE DE

136 137 138 152

NC NC 2

IE IE DE

359 542 165

2

DC

166

4

DC

166 NA NA

4 23 12 12 149

DC

167

MASTER OF TECHNOLOGY (MTECH) COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING Type Course Code Course Name Semester 1 CSDA0004 Design and Analysis of Algorithms CSOS0005 Advanced Opera ng Systems Theory of Computa on and Mathema cal CSTM0006 Concepts Specialization Courses: Two courses to be opted Theory Artificial Intelligence CSAI0007 Ar ficial Intelligence and Expert systems CSNL0008 Natural Language Processing Computer Networks and Information Security CSCN0009 Advanced Computer Networks CSNC0010 Number Theory and Cryptography Specialization Lab I CSAI6036 Ar ficial Intelligence I Lab Computer Networks and Informa on Security I: Lab CSCN6037 Advanced Computer Networks Lab Specialization Lab II CSAI6039 Ar ficial Intelligence II Lab

Credits Category

Page

3 3

DC DC

91 92

3

DC

93

4 3

DE DE

94 95

4 3

DE DE

96 97

DE

163

DE

163

DE

164

2

2

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|63

CSCN6040 Computer Networks and Informa on Security II Lab One course to be opted for from the following CSSW0001 Introduc on to Internet of Things SWAYAM CSSW0003 Cloud Compu ng COURSES Programming, data structures and algorithms using CSSW0004 python Total Credits Semester 2 CSCI0019 Computa onal Intelligence

164

4 4

NA NA

4

NA

24 4

DC

105

2 3

SC DC

456 106

4 3

DE DE

107 108

4 3

DE DE

109 110

DE

164

DE

164

DE

164

DE

164

4

DC

158

Project phase I - MTECH

12 16

DC

159

Project Phase II - MTECH

16 76

DC

163

MARM0005 Research Methodology and Sta s cal Tools CSSE0020 So ware Engineering and Design Prac ces Specialization Courses: Two courses to be opted Artificial Intelligence Theory CSML0021 Machine Learning CSCV0022 Computer Vision and Image Analysis Computer Network and Information Security CSMC0023 Mobile and Cellular Network Security CSNS0024 Network Security and Forensics Specialization Lab III CSAI6042 Ar ficial Intelligence III Lab Computer Networks and Informa on Security III CSCN6043 Lab Lab Specialization Lab IV CSAI6045 Ar ficial Intelligence IV Lab Computer Networks and Informa on Security IV CSCN6046 Lab Total Credits Semester 3 Seminar CSRS6022 Research Seminar - MTECH Project CSMP6023 Total Credits Semester 4 Project CSMP6033 TOTAL CREDITS

DE

2

2 20

MASTER OF TECHNOLOGY (MTECH) ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING Type Course Code Semester 1 MALA0003 ECCI0004 Theory ECFT0003 ECDP0002

Course Name

Credits Category

Linear Algebra and Random Processes Digital Communica on and Informa on Systems Microelectronics Fabrica on Technology Digital Signal Processing

3 3 3 4

IC DC DC DC/SC

Page 455 173 172 171

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|64

Specialisation Course Specialization 1: Optical Electronics ECOE0005 Op cal Electronics Specialization 2: Embedded Systems ECES0006 Embedded Systems and Applica ons Specialization 3: Digital Signal Processing ECSP0007 Sta s cal Signal Processing Specialisation Lab I ECOE6014 Op cal Electronics Lab ECES6015 Embedded System and Applica on Lab Lab ECSP6016 Sta s cal Signal Processing Lab ECDP6002 Digital Signal Processing Lab Seminar ECRS6003 Research Seminar I One course to be opted for from the following Specialization 1: Optical Electronics ECSW0001 An introduc on to Informa on Theory ECSW0002 Design of photovoltaic System Specialization 2: Embedded Systems SWAYAM ECSW0003 Hardware modeling using Verilog Courses ECSW0004 Introduc on to Matlab programming Specialization 3: Digital Signal Processing ECSW0004 Introduc on to Matlab programming Introduc on to Time-Frequency Analysis and ECSW0005 Wavelet Transforms Total Credits Semester 2 ECWC0008 Wireless Communica on System ECNE0009 Nanotechnology and Nanoelectronics MARM0005 Research Methodology and Sta s cal Tools Specialization Courses Specialization 1: Optical Electronics ECOC0010 Op cal Fiber Communica on and Networks Theory ECOI0011 Optoelectronic Instrumenta on Specialization 2: Embedded Systems ECES0012 Embedded systems and Applica ons II ECDP0013 Digital Signal Processor Specialization 3: Digital Signal Processing ECIS0014 Digital Image and Speech Processing ECDP0013 Digital Signal Processor ECNE6004 Nanotechnology Lab Specialization Lab II Lab ECCM6017 Op cal Communica on Lab ECSA6018 Embedded Systems and Applica ons Lab ECDS6019 Digital Image and Speech Processing Lab

3

DE/SE

173

3

DE

174

3

DE

175

DE DE DE DC/SC DC

206 207 207 203 204

2 2 1

3

NA NA

3

NA NA NA

3

NA

24 4 3 2

DC DC IC

176 177 456

4 3

DE DE

177 179

4 3

DE DE

179 180

4 3 2

DE DE DC

181 180 204

2

DE DE DE

207 207 208

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|65

Total Credits Semester 3 Seminar ECRS6008 Project ECMP6009 Total Credits Semester 4 Project ECMP6013

20 Research Seminar II - MTECH Project Phase I - MTECH

4 12 16

DC DC

205 205

Project Phase II - MTECH

16 16 76

DC

206

Total Credits TOTAL PROGRAMME CREDITS

MASTER OF TECHNOLOGY (MTECH) ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING Type Course Code Course Name Semester 1 MALA0003 Linear Algebra and Random Processes ECDP0002 Digital Signal Processing Specialisation Courses Specialization 1: Power Electronics and Power Systems EEAP0002 Advanced Power Electronics Switchgear and Advanced Power System Theory EESP0003 Protec on EEAE0004 Applica on of Power Electronics in Power System Specialization 2: Control and Instrumentation Engineering EECS0005 Advanced Control Systems ECOE0005 Op cal Electronics EEIN0006 Industrial Instrumenta on Specialisation Lab I Power System and Power Electronics Simula on EEPS6013 Lab Lab EECS6014 Control System Simula on Lab ECDP6002 Digital Signal Processing Lab Seminar EERS6003 Research Seminar I - MTECH One course to be opted for from the following SWAYAM EESW0001 Power System Analysis COURSES EESW0002 Industrial Instrumenta on Total Credits Semester 2 EEOT0007 Op miza on theory and applica ons EEES0008 Embedded systems and applica on MARM0005 Research Methodology and Sta s cal tools Specialization 1: Power Electronics and Power Systems Theory EEED0009 Advanced Electric Drives EEAP0010 Advanced Power System Analysis EEIC0011 Power system interconnec on and control

Credits Category

Page

3 4

IC SC

455 171

3

DE

215

3

DE

216

3

DE

217

3 3 3

DE DE DE

217 173 218

DE

244

DE SC DC

244 203 241

2 2 1 3 3 24

NA NA

3 4 2

DC DC IC

219 220 456

3 3 3

DE DE DE

220 221 222

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|66

Specialization 2: Control and Instrumentation Engineering EEAI0012 Advanced Instrumenta on EEOC0013 Op mal Control Systems EEPI0014 Process Control instrumenta on Specialization Lab II Lab EESE6015 Power System and Power Electronics Lab EECI6016 Control and Instrumenta on Engineering Lab Total Credits Semester 3 Seminar EERS6006 Research Seminar II - MTECH Project EEMP6007 Project Phase I - MTECH Total Credits Semester 4 Project EEMP6017 Project Phase II - MTECH Total Credits TOTAL PROGRAMME CREDITS

3 3 3

DE DE DE

223 223 224

2

DE DE

245 245

4 12 16

DC DC

242 242

16 16 76

DC

245

20

MASTER OF TECHNOLOGY (MTECH) CIVIL ENGINEERING (Construction Engineering and Management) Type Course Code Course Name Semester 1 MANM0004 Numerical Methods CVPM0001 Project Management in Construc on Construc on Methods and Equipment CVCE0002 Management Theory CVRT0020 Rural Construc on Technology Elective I CVFM0021 Finite Element Methods CVSM0006 Structural Masonry Construc on Engineering and Management Lab CVCE6003 So ware Laboratory One course to be opted for from the following SWAYAM CVSW0001 Project Planning and Control Courses CVSW0002 Integrated Waste Management for a Smart City Total Credits Semester 2 CVFI0008 Financing Infrastructure Projects CVCT0009 Advanced Concrete Technology CVIP0004 Infrastructure Planning MARM0005 Research Methodology and Sta s cal Tools Theory Elective II: CVTE0010 Advanced Transporta on Engineering Elective III: CVHR0011

Structural Health Monitoring and Rehabilita on of

Credits Category Page 3 4

IC DC

456 249

4

DC

250

4

DC

262

3

DE DE

264 252

2

DC

283

3 3 23

NA NA

4 4 4 2

DC DC DC IC

252 253 251 456

3

DE

254

3

DE

255

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|67

Structures Total Credits Semester 3 Seminar CVRS6010 Research Seminar Project CVMP6011 Project Phase I - MTECH Total Credits Semester 4 Project CVMP6012 Project Phase II - MTECH Total Credits TOTAL PROGRAMME CREDITS

20 4 12 16

DC DC

285 285

16 16 75

DC

285

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|68

SCHOOL OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES MASTER OF SOCIAL WORK (MSW) Semester 1 Type

Course Code Course Name SWHI0001 History, Ideologies and Fields of Social Work SWHG0002 Human Growth and Development SWSG0004 Social Work Prac ce with groups SWSC0005 Social Work Prac ce with Communi es Elective 1 Theory SWSP0028 Society and Social Problems Elective 2 : One course to be opted MCJM0003 Introduc on to Journalism EDLR0007 Leadership and Social Responsibility SWIS0006 Introduc on to Indian Society, Polity and Economics Prac cum SWFR6001 Concurrent Field Work and Rural Prac cum Total Credits

Category Credits Page DC 4 405 DC 4 406 DC 3 407 DC 3 408 DE SE SE DE DC

3

433

3

362 319 409 438

4 24

Semester 2 Type

Course Code SWIN0007 SWSA0008 SWRM0009

Course Name Social Work Prac ce with individuals and Families Social Analysis and Strategies for Social Change Social Work Research Methodology and Sta s cs Social Welfare Administra on and Development SWWA0010 Services Elective 1 : One course to be opted SWIS0006 Introduc on to Indian Society, Polity and Economics Theory EDET0015 Educa onal Technology PCPD0007 Personality Development MCMS0009 Media Studies: Global Issues Elective 2 : One course to be opted PCEC0013 Eastern Approaches to Psychology and Counselling EDPC0016 Peace Educa on and Conflict Management SWSP0028 Society and Social Problems Prac cum/ SWCA6010 Computer Applica ons for Social Sciences (Lab) Lab SWFW6003 Concurrent Field Work II Total Credits

Category Credits Page DC 3 411 DC 4 412 DC 4 414 DC DE SE SE SE SE SE DE SC DC

3

3

3 2 4 26

415 409 425 486 365 391 326 433 439 440

Semester 3 Type Theory

Course Code Course Name SWSL0011 Social Jus ce, Human Rights and Social Legisla ons SWDM0012 Environmental Studies and Disaster Management SWCP0013 Conflict Management and Peace Building Specialization Courses: One area of concentration to be opted

Category Credits Page DC 3 416 DE 3 418 DE 3 419

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|69

Community Development SWRD0014 Community Development: Rural and Urban SWGD0015 Governance and Community Development Family and Child Welfare SWFW0016 Family Centred Social Work Prac ce SWSC0017 Social Work Prac ce with Children Medical and Psychiatric Social Work SWMW0018 Medical Social Work SWMS0019 Mental Health and Social Work Management of Development Organisations Development Organisa ons: Establishment and SWMD0030 Management Policies For Development Organisa ons - Urban, Rural SWDO0031 and Tribal Communi es SWFW6004 Con nuous Field Work I Prac cum SWRP6005 Research Project Phase I SWST6008 Study Tour Total Credits

DE DE

4 4

420 421

DE DE

4 4

422 423

DE DE

4 4

424 425

DE

4

435

DE

4

435

DC DC DC

3 2 P/NP 22

440 441 NA

Semester 4 Type

Course Code Course Name SWIS0020 Introduc on to School Social Work SWPR0029 Project cycle Management and Resource Mobilisa on Core SWFW6006 Con nuous Field Work II SWRP6007 Research Project Phase II SWBP6009 Block Placement Specialization Courses: One area of concentration to be opted Community Development SWHM0027 Community Health and Popula on Management Community Development Prac ce with SWPD0022 Disempowered Communi es Family and Child Welfare SWDW0024 Development Concerns and Women Empowerment Elec ves SWFS0025 Families With Special Needs Medical and Psychiatric Social Work SWPS0026 Psychiatric Social Work SWHM0027 Community Health and Popula on Management Management of Development Organisations SWOS0032 Organisa onal Structure and Behaviour SWHR0033 Human Resource Management Total Credits Total Minimum Programme Credits

Category Credits Page DC 3 427 DC 4 433 DC 4 440 DC 4 441 DC P/NP NA

DE

4

432

DE

4

427

DE DE

4 4

428 429

DE DE

4 4

431 432

DE DE

4 4 23 95

436 437

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|70

MASTER OF SCIENCE - PSYCHOLOGY (PSYCHOLOGICAL COUNSELLING) Semester 1 Type

Course Code Course Name Category Credits Page PCFC0016 Founda ons of Professional Counselling DC 4 393 PCLS0002 Life Span Development DC 4 383 PCCP0017 Theore cal Perspec ves for Counselling Psychology DC 4 394 PCIG0005 Process and Skills of Individual and Group Counselling I DC 3 385 Elective 1 Theory PCSP0006 Introduc on to Social Psychology DE 3 385 Elective 2 : One course to be opted MCJM0003 Introduc on to Journalism SE 362 EDLR0007 Leadership and Social Responsibility SE 3 319 SWIS0006 Introduc on to Indian Society, Polity and Economics SE 409 PCIG6001 Individual and Group Counselling - Prac cum DC 2 401 Prac cum PCPG6002 Personal Growth I DC P/NP 402 Total Credits 23

Semester 2 Type

Course Code Course Name Category Credits PCIG0008 Process and Skills of Individual and Group Counselling II DC 3 PCMH0004 Concepts of Mental Health and Illness DC 4 PCCY0009 Child and Youth Counselling DC 4 PCRM0010 Research Methodology and Sta s cs in Social Science DC 4 Elective 1 : One course to be opted Theory SWIS0006 Introduc on to Indian Society, Polity and Economics DE EDET0015 Educa onal Technology SE 3 PCPD0007 Personality Development DE MCMS0009 Media Studies: Global Issues SE 3 Elective 2 PCEC0013 Eastern Approaches to Psychology and Counselling DE 3 PCCY6003 Child and Youth Counselling - prac cum DC 2 Prac cum PCFW6004 Field Work DC 2 PCPG6005 Personal Growth II DC P/NP Total Credits 25

Page 387 384 387 388 409 325 486 365 391 402 403 402

Semester 3 Type

Course Code PCPT0018 PCMF0012 Theory PCAT0014 PCDR0015 PCMC6006 PCCS6007 Prac cum PCRP6008

Course Name Psychological Tes ng Marriage and Family Counselling Addic on and Trauma Counselling Disability Studies and Rehabilita on Psychology Marriage and Family Counselling - Prac cum Case Study and Documenta on Research Project Phase I

Category Credits Page DC 4 395 DC 4 390 DC 3 391 DC 3 392 DC 2 403 DC 2 404 DC 2 403

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|71

PCSI6009 PCST6012 Total Credits

Summer Internship Study Tour

DC DC

P/NP P/NP 20

404 404

Semester 4 Type Course Code Course Name Internship PCSI6010 Supervised Internship Project PCRP6011 Research Project Phase II Total Credits Total Minimum Programme Credits

Category Credits Page DC 8 404 DC 8 403 16 84

MA MASS COMMUNICATION (CONVERGENT AND NEW MEDIA) Semester 1 Type

Course Code Course Name Category Credits Page MCDM0013 History and Development of Communica on Media DC 3 367 MCLE0014 Media Laws and Ethics DC 3 368 MCTC0008 Models and Theories of Communica on DC 4 365 MCRP0004 Introduc on to Radio Produc on DC 3 362 Elective 1 : One course to be opted Theory PCSP0006 Introduc on to Social Psychology SE 385 EDET0015 Educa onal Technology SE 3 325 SWSP0028 Society and Social Problems SE 433 Elective 2 MCJM0003 Introduc on to Journalism DE 3 362 MCPI6002 Techniques of Photography and Image Edi ng (lab) DC 2 378 Prac cum MCRP6003 Radio Produc on Lab (lab) DC 2 379 Total Credits 23

Semester 2 Type

Course Code Course Name MCDV0006 Introduc on to Digital Video Produc on MCRM0007 Communica on Research Methodology

MCPR0015 Introduc on to Public Rela ons MCEM0016 Event Management Elective Group I Theory MCMS0009 Media Studies - Global Issues Elective Group II: One course to be opted PCEC0013 Eastern Approaches to Psychology and Counselling EDPC0016 Peace Educa on and Conflict Management SWSP0028 Society and Social Problems MCVP6007 Video Produc on Lab Prac cum MCDI6005 Disserta on – Phase I

Category Credits Page DC 3 363 DC 3 364 DC DC

3 3

369 370

DE

3

365

SE SE SE DC DC

3 2 2

391 326 433 380 379

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|72

MCJM6006 Total Credits

Journaling and Media House Exposure

DC

2 24

379

Semester 3 Type

Course Code MCDC0022 MCDJ0023 MCMM0012 Theory MCNM0020 MCCS0024 MCDI6008 Prac cum MCDJ6014 Total Credits

Course Name Development Communica on Digital Journalism Media Management and Entrepreneurship New Media and Society Convergent and Social Media Disserta on – Phase II Digital Journalism Prac cum

Category Credits DC 4 DC 3 DC 3 DC 3 DC 3 DC 3 DC 2 21

Page 372 373 367 372 374 380 382

Semester 4 Type Theory

Course Code Course Name MCAM0019 Adver sing and e-Marke ng MCIN6010 Internship MCPO6012 Por olio Prac cum MCFP6013 Final Project Total Credits Total minimum programme credits

Category Credits Page DE 3 371 DC 4 380 DC 3 381 DC 6 381 16 84

MA EDUCATION (EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP / EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY) Semester 1 Type

Course Code Course name EDFE0011 Philosophical Founda ons of Educa on EDEP0012 Fundamentals of Educa onal Psychology EDTE0013 Emerging Trends in Educa on EDDE0014 History and Development of Educa on in India Elective Group I PCSP0006 Introduc on to Social Psychology Theory EDET0015 Educa onal Technology SWSP0028 Society and Social Problems Elective Group II MCJM0003 Introduc on to Journalism EDLR0007 Leadership and Social Responsibility SWIS0006 Introduc on to Indian Society, Polity and Economics Journaling – a Technique for Personal and Academic Prac cum EDJG6002 Growth Total Credits

Category Credit Page DC 4 319 DC 4 321 DC 3 322 DC 3 324 SE DE SE

3

385 325 433

SE DE SE

3

362 319 409

DC

3

345

23

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|73

Semester 2 Type

Course Code Course name EDSF0017 Sociological Founda ons of Educa on PCRM0010 Research Methodology and Sta s cs in Social Science EDTK0018 Theory of Knowledge Specialisation Courses: One area of Concentration to be opted Educational Leadership EDEL0019 Developing Educa onal Leadership Theory Educational Psychology EDDL0020 Human Development and Learning Elective Group II PCEC0013 Eastern Approaches to Psychology and Counselling EDPC0016 Peace Educa on and Conflict Management SWSP0028 Society and Social Problems EDES6003 Educa onal Seminar I Prac cum SWCA6010 Computer Applica ons for Social Sciences (Lab) EDSV6004 School Visits Total Credits

Category Credit Page DC 4 327 DC 4 388 DC 3 328

DC

3

329

DC

3

331

SE DE SE DC SE

3 2 2 2 26

391 326 433 346 439 346

Semester 3 Type

Course Code Course name EDCI0021 Curriculum Development and Instruc on EDTP0022 Principles and Techniques of Teaching and Pedagogy EDTE0023 Teacher Educa on EDME0024 Measurement and Evalua on in Educa on Specialization Courses: Theory Educational Leadership EDPL0025 Educa onal Policy and Law EDFM0026 Financial Management and Accoun ng Educational Psychology EDLE0027 Life Span Development and Educa on EDLI0028 Learning and Individual Differences EDDI6005 Disserta on Phase I Prac cum EDES6009 Educa onal Seminar II EDSA6006 School Audit Total Credits

Category Credit Page DC 3 332 DC 3 333 DC 3 334 DC 3 335

DC DC

3 3

337 337

DC DC DC DC DC

3 3 2 2 2 23

338 339 347 346 347

Semester 4 Type

Theory

Course Code Course name EDOC0029 Organisa onal Communica on Specialization Courses: Educational Leadership EDEA0030 Educa onal Administra on EDSR0031 Ethics and Social Responsibility in Educa on Educational Psychology

Category Credit Page DC 3 NA

DC DC

3 3

NA NA

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|74

EDSP0032 EDCA0033 EDDI6007 Prac cum EDIN6008 Total Credits

Counselling Skills for Educa onal Psychologists Child and Adolescent Mental Health Disserta on Phase II Internship

DC DC DC DC

3 3 4 3 16

NA NA NA A

BACHELOR OF ARTS - HONOURS IN EDUCATION Semester 1 Type IC DC

Course Code Course Name LSGE0004 General English I EDFE0101 Founda ons of Educa on EDTP0103 Theories and Principles of Educa on Subsidiary 1 and 2: Two courses to be chosen from the following

LSHE0010 History of English Literature I - Elizabethan to Roman c Period PCBP0101 Basic Psychological Processes MCMS0101 Media and Society IE / SE Open Elective : One course to be chosen from the following LSFN0012 EDLE0105 PCPG0107 MCPC0105 Total Credits

Func onal English Life Skills in Educa on Personal Growth Professional Communica on

Credits 4 4 3

Page 353 340 342

4+4

355 395 374

3

357 343 400 377

22

Semester 2 Type IC

Course Code Course Name Credits LSGE0005 General English II 4 EDPF0102 Philosophical Founda ons of Educa on 4 DC EDES0104 Educa on and Society 3 Subsidiary 1 and 2: Two courses to be chosen from the following LSHL0011 History of English Literature II: Victorian to Contemporary Period PCDP0102 Developmental Psychology 4+4 MCCR0102 Community Radio (Theory + Prac cal) IE/SE Open Elective: One course to be chosen from the following LSCW0013 Crea ve Wri ng in English EDGE0106 Gender Educa on 3 PCPA0108 Psychology of Personal Adjustment MCBP0106 Basics of Photography Total Credits 22

Page 353 341 342 356 396 375 357 344 401 377

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|75

BACHELOR OF ARTS - HONOURS IN ENGLISH Semester 1 Type IC

Course Code Course Name LSGE0004 General English I LSHE0010 History of English Literature I - Elizabethan to Roman c Period DC LSPD0014 Poetry, Prose and Drama - Elizabethan to Restora on Period Subsidiary 1 and 2: Two courses to be chosen from the following EDFE0101 Founda ons of Educa on PCBP0101 Basic Psychological Processes MCMS0101 Media and Society IE / SE Open Elective : One course to be chosen from the following LSFN0012 Func onal English EDLE0105 Life Skills in Educa on PCPG0107 Personal Growth MCPC0105 Professional Communica on Total Credits

Credits 4 4 3

Page 353 355 358

4+4

340 395 374

3

357 343 400 377

22

Semester 2 Type IC

Course Code Course Name LSGE0005 General English II LSHL0011 History of English Literature II: Victorian to Contemporary Period DC LSPF0015 Poetry, Prose and Fic on: Augustan to Roman c Period Subsidiary 1 and 2: Two courses to be chosen from the following EDPF0102 Philosophical Founda ons of Educa on PCDP0102 Developmental Psychology MCCR0102 Community Radio (Theory+Prac cal) IE/SE Open Elective: One course to be chosen from the following LSCW0013 Crea ve Wri ng in English EDGE0106 Gender Educa on PCPA0108 Psychology of Personal Adjustment MCBP0106 Basics of Photography Total Credits

Credits 4 4 3

Page 353 356 358

4+4

341 396 375

3

357 344 401 377

22

BACHELOR OF ARTS – HONOURS IN MASS COMMUNICATION Semester 1 Type Course Code Course Name IC LSGE0004 General English I MCMS0101 Media and Society DC MCCT0103 Communica on Theories Subsidiary 1 and 2: Two courses to be chosen from the following LSHE0010 History of English Literature I - Elizabethan to Roman c Period IE / EDFE0101 Founda ons of Educa on SE PCBP0101 Basic Psychological Processes Open Elective : One course to be chosen from the following

Credits 4 4 3

Page 353 374 376

4+4

355 340 395

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|76

LSFN0012 EDLE0105 PCPG0107 MCPC0105 Total Credits

Func onal English Life Skills in Educa on Personal Growth Professional Communica on

3

357 343 400 377

22

Semester 2 Type IC

Course Code Course Name LSGE0005 General English II MCCR0102 Community Radio (Theory + Prac cal) DC MCAP0104 Performing Arts in Prac ce (Theory + Prac cal) Subsidiary 1 and 2: Two courses to be chosen from the following History of English Literature II : Victorian to Contemporary LSHL0011 Period EDPF0102 Philosophical Founda ons of Educa on PCDP0102 Developmental Psychology IE/SE Open Elective: One course to be chosen from the following LSCW0013 Crea ve Wri ng in English EDGE0106 Gender Educa on PCPA0108 Psychology of Personal Adjustment MCBP0106 Basics of Photography Total Credits

Credits 4 4 3

Page 353 375 376 356

4+4

3

341 396 357 344 401 377

22

BACHELOR OF ARTS – HONOURS IN PSYCHOLOGY Semester 1 Type Course Code Course Name IC LSGE0004 General English I PCBP0101 Basic Psychological Processes DC PCEX0105 Experimental Psychology Subsidiary 1 and 2: Two courses to be chosen from the following LSHE0010

History of English Literature I - Elizabethan to Roman c period

EDFE0101 Founda ons of Educa on MCMS0101 Media and Society IE / SE Open Elective : One course to be chosen from the following LSFN0012 EDLE0105 PCPG0107 MCPC0105 Total Credits

Credits 4 4 3

Func onal English Life Skills in Educa on Personal Growth Professional Communica on

Page 353 395 398 355

4+4

3

340 374 357 343 400 377

22

Semester 2 Type IC DC

Course Code Course Name LSGE0005 General English II PCDP0102 Developmental Psychology

Credits 4 4

Page 353 396

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|77

PCBP0106 Basic Psychological Theories Subsidiary 1 and 2: Two courses to be chosen from the following LSHL0011 History of English Literature II: Victorian to Contemporary Period EDPF0102 Philosophical Founda ons of Educa on MCCR0102 Community Radio (Theory+Prac cal) IE/SE Open Elective: One course to be chosen from the following LSCW0013 EDGE0106 PCPA0108 MCBP0106 Total Credits

Crea ve Wri ng in English Gender Educa on Psychology of Personal Adjustment Basics of Photography

3

399

4+4

356 341 375

3

357 344 401 377

22

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|78

SCHOOL OF FUNDAMENTAL AND APPLIED SCIENCES MASTER OF SCIENCE - PHYSICS Type Course Code Course Name Semester 1 PSCM0020 Classical Mechanics PSQM0021 Quantum Mechanics I Theory PSMP0022 Mathema cal Physics PSBE0023 Basic Electronics and Communica on Lab PSPL6009 Physics Laboratory I Total Credits Semester 2 PSQM0024 Quantum Mechanics II PSCP0025 Condensed Ma er Physics Theory PSED0026 Electrodynamics PSNS0027 Basic Nano Science Lab PSPL6003 Physics Laboratory II Total Credits Semester 3 PSAM0028 Atomic and Molecular Physics Theory PSNA0029 Nuclear Physics PSCN0030 Computer Oriented Numerical Methods Lab PSCN6010 Computer Oriented Numerical Methods Lab Project PSRP6005 Research Project : Phase I Specialisation: High Energy Physics Theory PSPP0031 Par cle Physics Specialisation: Electronics Theory PSAE0032 Analog Electronics Lab PSAE6011 Analog Electronics Lab Specialisation: Nano Science Theory PSNM0033 Synthesis and Characteriza on of Nano Materials Synthesis and Characteriza on of Nano Materials Lab PSNM6012 Lab Total Credits (High Energy Physics/Electronics/Nano Science) Semester 4 Theory PSSM0034 Sta s cal Mechanics Project PSRP6008 Research Project - Phase II Specialisation : High Energy Physics PSAP0035 Astrophysics Theory PSPL0036 Plasma Physics Lab PSPL6013 Plasma Physics Lab Specialisation : Electronics and Instrumentation Theory PSEE0037 Digital Electronics and Embedded Systems

Credits

Category Page

4 4 4 4 3 19

DC DC DC DC DC

462 463 464 465 478

4 4 4 4 4 20

DC DC DC DC DC

465 466 467 468 479

4 4 2 4 3

DC DC DC DC DC

468 469 470 479 481

5

DE

471

5 3

DE DE

472 480

5

DE

473

3

DE

481

4 4

DE DC

474 483

5 3 3

DE DE DE

474 475 481

4

DE

476

22/25/25

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|79

Lab PSEE6014 Digital Electronics and Embedded Systems Lab Specialisation : Nano Science Theory PSNP0019 Nano Physics Lab PSNP6015 Characteriza on of Nano Materials Lab Total Credits (High Energy Physics/Electronics/Nano Science) TOTAL PROGRAMME CREDITS

2

DE

482

4 2 17/14/16 78/80

DE DE

477 482

MASTER OF SCIENCE - CHEMISTRY Semester I Type

Course Code Course Name Credits CHIC0003 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry 4 CHOC0004 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 4 Theory CHPC0005 Fundamentals of Physical Chemistry 4 Introduc on to Quantum Chemistry and Group CHQG0006 3 Theory Inorganic Qualita ve and Quan ta ve Analyses and Lab CHIQ6002 3 Prepara ons - Lab Total Credits 18

Category DC DC DC

Page 444 445 446

DC

447

DC

453

Semester II Type

Course Code CHIR0007 CHOG0008 Theory CHAP0009 CHFS0010 CHGC0011 Lab CHEQ6003 Total Credits

Course Name Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Advanced Organic Chemistry Advanced Physical Chemistry Fundamentals of Spectroscopy Introduc on to Green Chemistry Experimental Physical Chemistry - Lab

Credits 3 4 3 3 3 3 19

Category DC DC DC DC DC DC

Page 448 449 450 451 452 453

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|80

SCHOOL OF LIFE SCIENCES MASTER OF SCIENCE IN BIOCHEMISTRY, BIOTECHNOLOGY AND MICROBIOLOGY Semester I Type

Course Code Course Name BCBM0008 Biomolecules BTPE0009 Thermodynamics and Enzymology Theory MBCG0001 Cell Biology and Gene cs BCAT0002 Analy cal Techniques for Biological Sciences BCBM6001 Biomolecules Lab BCAT6002 Analy cal Techniques Lab Lab BTPE6009 Thermodynamics and Enzymology Lab MBCG6001 Cell Biology and Gene cs Lab Total Credits

Category Credits Page SC/DC 4 490 SC/DC 3 500 SC/DC 4 503 SC/DC 3 484 SC/DC 1 491 SC/DC 1 492 SC/DC 1 503 SC/DC 1 509 18

Semester II Type

Course Code Course Name Computer Applica ons for Biosciences and BTCA0002 Bioinforma cs Molecular Biology Theory BCMB0003 BTRM0003 Research Methodology and Biosta s cs MBBM0007 Basic Microbiology Computer Applica ons for Biosciences and BTCA6002 Bioinforma cs Lab Lab BCMB6003 Molecular Biology Lab MBBM6002 Basic Microbiology Lab Total Credits

Category Credits Page SC/DC

3

494

SC/DC SC/DC SC/DC

4 4 3

485 495 508

SC/DC

2

501

SC/DC SC/DC

2 1 19

492 509

Semester III: BIOTECHNOLOGY Type

Course Code BTAP0004 BTGE0005 Theory BTIM0006 BTBE0007 BTAP6003 BTGE6004 Lab BTIM6005 BTBE6006 BTDI6007 Total Credits

Course Name Animal and Plant Biotechnology Gene c Engineering Immunology Bioprocess Engineering Animal and Plant Biotechnology Lab Gene c Engineering Lab Immunology Lab Bioprocess Engineering Lab Disserta on Phase I

Category Credits Page DC 4 496 DC 3 497 DC 3 498 DC 3 499 DC 2 502 DC 1 502 DC 1 502 DC 1 502 DC 2 503 20

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|81

Semester IV: BIOTECHNOLOGY Type Course Code Course Name Theory BTAB0008 Advances in Biotechnology Lab BTDI6008 Disserta on Phase II Total Credits

Category Credits Page DC 4 499 DC 16 503 20

Semester III: BIOCHEMISTRY Type

Course Code BCIM0004 BTGE0005 Theory BCPY0005 BCBM0006 BCIM6004 BTGE6004 Lab BCPY6005 BCBM6006 BCDI6007 Total Credits

Course Name Immunology and Medical Biochemistry Gene c Engineering Physiology Bioenerge cs and Metabolism Immunology and Medical Biochemistry Lab Gene c Engineering Lab Physiology lab Bioenerge cs and Metabolism Lab Disserta on Phase I

Category Credits Page DC 4 485 DC 3 497 DC 3 487 DC 3 488 DC 2 492 DC 1 502 DC 1 493 DC 1 493 DC 2 493 20

Semester IV: BIOCHEMISTRY Type Course Code Course Name Theory BCAC0007 Advances in Biochemistry Lab BCDI6008 Disserta on Phase II Total Credits

Category Credits Page DC 4 489 DC 16 493 20

Semester III: MICROBIOLOGY Type

Course Code MBVB0003 MBDE0004 Theory BTGE0005 MBIM0005 MBMT6003 MBDE6004 Lab BTGE6004 MBIM6005 MBDI6006 Total Credits

Course Name Virology, Bacteriology and Mycology Microbial Diversity and Ecology Gene c Engineering Immunology and Medical Microbiology Microbiology Techniques Lab Microbial Diversity and Ecology Lab Gene c Engineering lab Immunology and Medical Microbiology Lab Disserta on Phase I

Category Credits Page DC 5 504 DC 2 506 DC 3 497 DC 3 506 DC 2 510 DC 1 510 DC 1 502 DC 1 510 DC 2 511 20

Semester IV: MICROBIOLOGY Type Course Code Course Name Theory MBAM0006 Advances in Microbiology Lab MBDI6007 Disserta on Phase II Total Credits

Category Credits Page DC 4 507 DC 16 511 20

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|82

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ZOOLOGY Semester 1 Type Course Code ZGBT0001 ZGBG0002

Theory

ZGBC0003 ZGPE0004 BCAT0002 ZGBT6001

Lab

ZGBG6002

Course Name

Credits Category Page

Biosystema cs, Taxonomy and Evolu on Cell Biology and Gene cs – Theory and Applica ons Molecular Biology and Biochemistry Animal Physiology and Endocrinology Analy cal Techniques for Biological Sciences Biosystema cs and Taxonomy Lab Cell Biology, Gene cs, Physiology and Biochemistry Lab

Total Credits

Theory BTRM0003 ZGDB0005 ZGEE0006 BTCA6002

Lab

ZGDB6003 ZGPR6004

Total Credits

DC

511

4

DC

512

4 4 3 2

DC DC SC DC

513 514 484 518

2

DC

519

23

Semester 2 Type Course Code Course Name BTCA0002

4

Credits Category

Computer Applica ons for Biosciences and Bioinforma cs Research Methodology and Biosta s cs Developmental Biology Ecology, Environmental Biology and Ethology Computer Applica ons for Biosciences and Bioinforma cs Lab Developmental and Environmental Biology Lab Project Management, Repor ng and Documenta on

Page

3

SC

494

4 4 4

SC DC DC

495 516 517

2

SC

501

2

DC

519

2

IC

519

21

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|83

SCHOOL OF COMMERCE AND MANAGEMENT BACHELOR OF COMMERCE Type Course Code Semester 1 LSBC0003 CMFA0001 CMME0002 Theory MABS0011 CMPM0003 CMCA0004 CMCA6001 Lab LSBC6003 AP CMEAP1 Total Credits Semester 2 LSBC0004 CMMA0005 CMOE0006 Theory CMIE0007 CMCB0008 CMST0009 CMAC0010 AP CMEAP2 Total Credits Semester 3 CMPM0011 CMMK0012 CMFS0013 CMBI0014 CMTX0015 CMFR0016 AP CMEAP3 Total Credits Semester 4 CMAA0017 Theory CMGR0018 Theory

CMFG0019 CMBL0020 CMCA0021 CMED0022

Course Name

Credits Category

Business Communica on I Financial Accoun ng Micro-Economics Business Mathema cs Principles of Management Introduc on to Computer Applica ons Computer Applica ons Lab Business Communica on Prac ce Lab Extra Academic Programmes

Business Communica on II Management Accoun ng

2 4 4 4 4 2 2 1 NC 23

IC DC DC IC DC DC DC IC IC

Page 351 527 528 460 529 530 530 360 NA

2

IC

352

4

DC

531

4 4 3 4 4 NC 25

DC DC DC DC DC IC

532 533 534 535 536 NA

4

DC

537

4

DC

538

4 4 4 4 NC 24

DC DC DC DC IC

538 539 540 541 NA

Audit and Assurance Governance, Risk and Ethics

4

DC

NA

4

DC

NA

Financial Management Banking Law and Prac ce Cost Accoun ng Entrepreneurship Development

4 4 4 3

DC DC DC DC

NA NA NA NA

Macro Economics Introduc on to IT and E-Commerce Corporate and Business Law Business Sta s cs Corporate Accoun ng Extra Academic Programmes

Performance Management Marke ng Management Indian Financial System Prac ce of Banking and Insurance Taxa on Financial Repor ng Extra Academic Programmes

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|84

CMAS6002 Lab AP CMEAP4 Total Credits

Accoun ng So ware Lab Extra Academic Programmes

2

DC

NA

NC 25

IC

NA

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|85

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|86

DETAILED SYLLABUS

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|87

SCHOOL OF TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY Vision Crea ng an intense teaching and research environment that moulds individuals into competent professionals who are innova ve and commi ed to meet real world challenges.

Mission 1. 2. 3. 4.

To produce competent Computer Science professionals by promo ng excellence in educa on and training. To inculcate the spirit of self-sustainability through research, consultancy, development ac vi es and lifelong learning. To extend technical exper se to meet real world challenges and play a leading role in technical innova on, crea vity and applica on development. To infuse a sense of commitment in individuals for the be erment of the society through technology.

Programme Educational Objectives (PEOs) 1. 2. 3.

To prepare the students to have strong founda on in computer science engineering with impetus to higher studies, consultancy, research and development. To prepare the students to be self sustainable and proficient to meet the real world challenges ethically and responsibly, in service to socio-economic development of the society. To inculcate the spirit of life-long learning, understanding, and applying new ideas and technologies to provide novel engineering solu ons in the rapidly changing environment.

DETAILED SYLLABUS CSCP0001: PROGRAMMING IN C LANGUAGE (3 credits – 45 hours) Objectives: This first course in Computer Programming aims to develop the analytical skills of the students for creative problem solving using computers. Specifically, this course will ● discuss basic concepts of data representation ● enable the student to develop solutions for common problems. ● familiarize the student with the grammar and syntax of C language and teach him/her to translate pseudo-code into C programs, understanding the steps involved in the execution of a C program. ● make him/her well conversant with managing functions ● get introduced to pointers, arrays, structures and files in C. ● provide an insight to use C + + Language and object-oriented concepts. Module I: Introduction to Computers, Data representation, Programming and Programming Languages (5 hours) a) Introduc on to Computers: Defini on of data, informa on and processing, basic Computer opera ons, applica ons of informa on systems. b) Introduc on to structured programming and problem solving methods: flowchar ng, pseudo code. Module II: Programming in C Language (18 hours) a) Fundamentals : Overview of C language - basic structure of a C program, the compila on process in C, types of errors, characteris cs of a good program, character set, iden fiers, keywords, data types, ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|88

b) c) d)

constant and variables, statements, operators and expressions, precedence of operators, data type conversions. Statements -input-output, assignments, control structures: branching and looping. Data representa on in Computers: Base of a number system, types of number systems - binary, octal, hexadecimal, conversion between number systems, coding schemes. Arrays and Strings: One-dimensional arrays, mul dimensional arrays and their applica ons, character arrays and string-handling func ons. C Func ons: Need for modular programs, categories of func ons, user defined and standard func ons, func on prototypes, formal and actual arguments, parameter passing, recursion, storage classes.

Module III: Pointers, Structures and File handling (12 hours) a) Pointers: Understanding pointers, pointer expressions. b) Structures and Unions: Declara on of structures and simple implementa on of structures, Unions. c) File handling: file management – open, close, input/output opera ons. Module IV: Introduction to Object-oriented Programming (10 hours) a) Concepts, Need for OOP, Characteris cs of OOP: Data hiding, Data encapsula on, Class, Objects, Inheritance, Polymorphism. b) Ge ng started with C++ syntax, operators, flow control, simple func ons. c) Classes and Objects, data members and member func ons, private, public construc on, visibility modes, Inheritance: Base and derived classes. Suggested Readings 1. Balagurusamy, E., Computer fundamentals and C Programming, 1st Ed., Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2008. 2. Go ried, Byron S., Programming with C, 2nd Ed., Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2006. 3. Kanetkar, Y., Let us C, 8th Ed., BPB Publica on, New Delhi, 2007. 4. Ramaswamy, S., Radhaganesan., Programming in C, 1st Ed., Scitech Publica ons Pvt. Ltd., India, 2007. 5. Kernighan, B.W., and Ritchie, Dennis M., The C Programming Language, 2nd edi on, Pren ce Hall Pvt Ltd, New Jersey, 1988. 6. E. Balaguruswamy, Object Oriented Programming in C++, Tata McGraw Hill.

CSLD0002: DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN (4 credits–60 hours) Objectives: The topics below cover some of the basic understanding of a digital computer. The aim is to give an overview of the computer and its functions, with specific references to some of its parts. The student will also get an understanding of the application of Boolean Algebra in computer science and applications. Module I: Introduction to organization of digital computer (12 Hours) Block diagram of a computer: Input Unit, Output Unit, Storage Unit, CPU. Control Unit, Arithme c Logic Unit. System bus. Stored program concept. Number systems. Binary Arithme c, Floa ng point number representa on, Normaliza on of point number representa on, Fixed point number representa on, Signed-magnitude representa on, overflow, underflow, Computer codes; Error detec on and correc on codes, parity, parity generator, parity checker. Module II: Memory Unit (12 Hours) Memory Hierarchy, Main Memory, Memory Address Map. Semiconductor Memory; Different types Cache Memory: Levels of Cache, Locality of reference, hit and miss; Magne c Memory; Op cal Memory Module III: Boolean Algebra, Simplification of Boolean Functions (12 Hours) Boolean Algebra: Various Boolean opera ons; Postulates, Theorems, Duality, Boolean func ons, Canonical forms, Representa on of Boolean expressions using truth tables, logic gates.Boolean ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|89

expressions minimiza on using Karnaugh map, Realiza on of canonical forms from Karnaugh map, Don’t Care Condi ons - problems using Don’t care condi ons, benefit of using Don’t care condi ons. Tabula on method/Quine- Mc Kluskey method, prime implicants. Module IV: Combinational Logic and Sequential Logic (24 Hours) a) Brief introduc on to Microprocessor, Integrated circuits, SSI, MSI, LSI, VLSI, IC Digital logic familiesTTL, ECL, MOS, CMOS and I2L. b) Posi ve and nega ve logic. Characteris c of IC logic families - fanout, power dissipa on, propaga on delay, noise margin. c) Digital devices: Logic gates, wired-logic, 8 non-degenerate forms of NOR and NAND, mul level NAND and NOR gates (Boolean func on implementa on using block diagram method, analysis procedure, devia on of Boolean func on by algebraic manipula on, deriva on of truth table, block diagram transforma on), buffer, 3-state buffer, high impedance state, Realiza on of other logic func ons using NAND/NOR gates. Drawing logic diagrams for different types of Boolean expression derived from truth tables; A brief introduc on to Combina onal and sequen al circuits. Difference between Combina onal and sequen al circuits; Arithme c circuits: Half-adder, Full-adder, Binary Adder, Binary Parallel Adder, BCD Adder, Binary Adder-Subtractor, Half-subtractor, Half-subtractor , Binary Incrementer, carry propaga on, look ahead carry, carry generator, magnitude comparator.; Encoders, Decoders, Mul plexers, Demul plexers d) Code conversion, BCD-to-Excess3 Code converter. Analysis of Combina onal circuits. e) Flip-flops: Different types of flip-flops, Flip-flop excita on tables, characteris c equa ons, truth tables, Triggering of Flip-flops. f) Registers: Registers (Register with Parallel Load), Shi registers(serial transfer, Bi-direc onal Shi Registers With Parallel Load, serial adder, Serial Register); g) Counters: Asynchronous counters, Synchronous counters; Binary Counter with Parallel Load, binary Ripple Counter, BCD ripple counter, synchronous binary counter, binary count-up-down counter, BCD synchronous counter, Decade Counter, Mod 6 counter. Timing sequences- word- me genera on, ming signals, Johnson counter. Designing of counters using excita on tables of flip flops. Designing of counters using state equa ons. Suggested Readings 1. M. Morris Mano, Digital Logic and Computer Design, Pren ce Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1994 2. Thomas L. Floyd, Digital Fundamentals, Fi h Edi on, Pearson Educa on, 2002 3. V. Carl Hamacher, Zvonko G. Vranesic, Safwat G. Zaky, Computer Organiza on, Fourth Edi on, McGraw Hill, 1996

CSPC0003: PROGRAMMING AND PROBLEM SOLVING THROUGH C (4 credits – 60 hours) Objectives: The objective of the course is to introduce the fundamentals of C programming language and develop the skills for solving problems using computers. After completion of this course, a student will be able to ● Understand and use the process of abstraction using a programming language such as ‘C’ ● Analyse step by step and develop a program to solve real world problems ● Understand the basics of system programming, graphics programming and de sign user interface Module I: C fundamentals (16 Hours) C Fundamentals, I/O func ons, Control statements, The C Preprocessor Module II: Functions, Arrays and Pointer (14 Hours) a) Func ons: Overview, defining a func on, accessing a func on, func on prototypes, call by value, call by reference, recursion, Storage classes, String func ons, Other func ons (sqrt(), exit(), (malloc(), free()) b) Arrays and Pointers: Defining an array, array ini aliza on, processing an array, passing array to a func on, mul dimensional arrays, arrays and strings, pointer declara ons, passing pointer to a ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|90

func on, pointers and one dimensional arrays, Opera on on pointers, pointers and mul dimensional arrays, array of pointers, pointer to func on, func ons returning pointers, Command-line parameters Module III: Structure and Union, Data files (14 Hours) a) Structures and Unions: Defining a structure, processing a structure, user defined data types, structures and arrays, structures and pointers, passing structures to a func on, self referen al structures, bit fields in structures, Union, Union of structures, Enumerated b) Data files: Standard File opening modes, character I/O, String I/O, Forma ed console I/O, text mode versus binary mode, Unforma ed console I/O func ons - record I/O, Data Record opera ons Module IV: VDU Keyboard Basics (8 Hours) a) VDU Basics: Screen memory accessing, memory segments, far pointers, wri ng to VDU memory, text mode, color a ribute, Interrupts, interrupt vector table, WORD register, BYTE register, DOS interrupts, BIOS interrupts, int86() func ons(controlling cursor size, posi on of cursor, visibility) and intdos() func ons(make, remove, change directory and delete file) b) Keyboard basics: opera on on keyboard, Shi and Toggle keys Module V: Graphics and Mouse programming (8 Hours) a) Graphics Programming: Library file- graphics.h, 2-D Coordinate system, Simple Graphics Func ons(initgraph(), line(), circle(), arc(), rectangle(), ellipse(), drawpoly(), closegraph(), restorecrtmode(), se illstyle(), putpixel(), getmaxx(), getmaxy(), ou extxy(), setcolor(), fillcolor(), se extstyle(), moveto(), lineto(), moverel(), linerel()) Pallete and color, Anima on func ons(imagesize(),ge mage(),pu mage() ) b) Mouse Programming: GUI and mouse, dos.h, mouse ini aliza on, show and hide mouse pointer, restrict mouse movement, Cursor Posi on and bu on status Suggested Readings 1. Yashavant Kanetkar, Let us C , BPB Publica on 2. Byron S. Go ried, Theory and Problems of Programming with C, Tata McGraw Hill Publica on 3. E. Balaguruswamy, Programming in ANSI C, Tata McGraw Hill publica on E-resource for learning C, www.spoken-tutorial.org

CSDA0004: DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS (3 credits-45 hours) Objectives: This course exposes the student to fundamental notions and techniques for the design and analysis of efficient algorithms and also explores a variety of applications. At the completion of the course, the student will be familiar with the most important algorithms and algorithm paradigms, skilled in analyzing algorithms and applying it to a variety of analysis techniques, able to adapt techniques demonstrated in the context of one algorithm to a new application area. Module I (10 hours) Analyzing Algorithms and problems. Classifying func ons by their asympto c growth rate. Recursive procedures. Recurrence equa ons - Subs tu on Method, Recursion Tree, Master Theorem. Design Techniques- Divide and Conquer, Dynamic Programming, Greedy, Backtracking. Module II (10 hours) Analysis of searching and sor ng. Inser on sort, Quick sort, Merge sort and Heap sort. Binomial Heaps and Fibonacci Heaps, Lower bounds for sor ng by comparison of keys. Comparison of sor ng algorithms. Amor zed Time Analysis. Binary Search Trees - All opera ons, Red-Black Trees - Inser on and Dele on. Module III (15 hours) Graphs and Graph traversals, Strongly connected components of a Directed graph. Biconnected components of an undirected graph. Transi ve closure of a Binary rela on. Warshall’s algorithm for Transi ve closure. Single-source shortest paths, All pair shortest path in graphs. Dynamic ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|91

programming, Elements of dynamic programming, Longest Common Subsequence, Construc ng op mal binary search trees, Greedy Algorithms, Elements of greedy strategy. Module IV (15 hours) Complexity Theory - Introduc on. P and NP. NP-Complete problems. Approxima on algorithms. Bin packing, Graph coloring. String matching – Rabin-Karp algorithm, Traveling salesperson Problem. Related case studies. Suggested Readings 1. T. H. Cormen, C. E. Leiserson and R. L. Rivest, Introduc on to Algorithms, 3rd ed, PHI. 2. V. Aho, J. E. Hopcro and J. D. Ullman, The Design and Analysis of Algorithms, Addison-Wesley, 1974. 3. Basu, Design Methods and Analysis of Algorithms, PHI 4. M. R. Garey and D. S. Johnson, Computers and Intractability: A Guide to the Theory of NP Completeness, Freeman, 1979.

CSOS0005: ADVANCED OPERATING SYSTEMS (3 credits - 45 hours) Objectives: This course provides an overview of the advanced operating system along with the concepts of distributed operating system, distributed deadlocks, failure recovery, fault tolerance and Multiprocessor Operating System. After completing this course, the student should be able to recognize the underlying concepts and principles of advanced operating systems understand the structure and components of traditional OSs and acquire skills to deal with common operating systems like UNIX, Linux and Windows. Module I (10 hours) Overview - Func ons of an Opera ng System – Design Approaches – Types of Advanced Opera ng Systems - Synchroniza on Mechanisms – Concept of a Process, Concurrent Processes – The Cri cal Sec on Problem, Other Synchroniza on Problems – Language Mechanisms for Synchroniza on – Axioma c Verifica on of Parallel Programs - Process Deadlocks - Preliminaries – Models of Deadlocks, Resources, System State – Necessary and Sufficient condi ons for a Deadlock – Systems with Single-Unit Requests, Consumable Resources, Reusable Resources. Architectures of Distributed Systems - System Architecture types - issues in distributed opera ng systems - communica on networks – communica on primi ves. Theore cal Founda ons - inherent limita ons of a distributed system – lamp ports logical clocks – vector clocks – casual ordering of messages – global state – cuts of a distributed computa on – termina on detec on. Distributed Mutual Exclusion – introduc on – the classifica on of mutual exclusion and associated algorithms. Module II (13 hours) Introduc on – Issues – Communica on Primi ves – Inherent Limita ons - Lamport’s Logical Clock; Vector Clock; Causal Ordering; Global State; Cuts; Termina on Detec on. Distributed Mutual Exclusion – Non-Token Based Algorithms – Lamport’s Algorithm - Token-Based Algorithms – Suzuki-Kasami’s Broadcast Algorithm – Distributed Deadlock Detec on – Issues –Centralized Deadlock-Detec on Algorithms - Distributed Deadlock-Detec on Algorithms. Agreement Protocols– Classifica on - Solu ons –Applica ons. Deadlock handling strategies in distributed systems – issues in deadlock detec on and resolu on – control organiza ons for distributed deadlock detec on. Agreement protocols – introduc on-the system model, a classifica on of agreement problems, solu ons to the Byzan ne agreement problem, applica ons of agreement algorithms. Distributed resource management: introduc on-architecture – mechanism for building distributed file systems – design issues – log structured file systems. Module III (14 hours) Distributed shared memory-Architecture– algorithms for implemen ng DSM – memory coherence and protocols – design issues. Distributed Scheduling – introduc on – issues in load distribu ng – components of a load distribu ng algorithm – stability – load distribu ng algorithm – performance comparison – selec ng a suitable load sharing algorithm – requirements for load distribu ng -task migra on and associated issues. Failure Recovery and Fault tolerance: introduc on– basic concepts – classifica on of failures – backward and forward error recovery, backward error recovery- recovery in ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|92

concurrent systems – consistent set of check points – synchronous and asynchronous check poin ng and recovery – check poin ng for distributed database systems- recovery in replicated distributed databases. Protec on and security -preliminaries, the access matrix model and its implementa ons.-safety in matrix model- advanced models of protec on. Data security cryptography: Model of cryptography, conven onal cryptography- modern cryptography, private key cryptography, data encryp on standard- public key cryptography - mul ple encryp on authen ca on in distributed systems. Module IV (8 hours) Mul processor Opera ng System - structures of mul processor opera ng system, opera ng system design issues- threads- process synchroniza on and scheduling. Real-Time OS: Characteris cs of real me OS, Hard Versus So Real-Time Systems, Real-Time communica ons, Real-Time Scheduling, case study: Windows CE, PalmOS . Recent topics in OS: mul processor OS, Database OS, concurrency control algorithms. Database Opera ng systems :Introduc on- requirements of a database opera ng system Concurrency control : theore cal aspects - introduc on, database systems - a concurrency control model of database systems- the problem of concurrency control - serializability theorydistributed database systems, concurrency control algorithms - introduc on, basic synchroniza on primi ves, lock based algorithms- mestamp based algorithms, op mis c algorithms - concurrency control algorithms, data replica on. Suggested Readings 1. Mukesh Singhal, Niranjan G.Shivaratri, Advanced concepts in opera ng systems: Distributed, Database and mul processor opera ng systems, TMH, 2001 2. Andrew S.Tanenbaum, Modern opera ng system, PHI, 2003 3. Pradeep K.Sinha, Distributed opera ng system-Concepts and design, PHI, 2003 4. Andrew S.Tanenbaum, Distributed opera ng system, Pearson educa on, 2003

CSTM0006: THEORY OF COMPUTATION AND MATHEMATICAL CONCEPTS (3 credits - 45 Hours) Objective: The objective of the Theory of Computation is to introduce and study abstract, mathematical models of computation (such as finite state, push down and Turing machines etc.), and to use the abstract machine models to study the ability to solve computational problems. At the complete course students will be able to use regular expression effectively and appropriately, construct derivations and parse trees, write simple programs for a Turing machine, understand the equivalence of grammars, languages and automata and translate between grammars, languages and automata. Module I: Theory of Automata (7 Hours) Defini on of an Automaton, Descrip on of a Finite Automaton, Transi on Systems, Proper es of Transi on Func ons, Acceptability of a String by a Finite Automaton, Nondeterminis c Finite State Machines, The Equivalence of DFA and NDFA, Mealy and Moore Models, Minimiza on of Finite Automata. Module II: Formal Languages, Regular Sets and Regular Grammars (8 Hours) Defini on of formal languages, Chomsky Classifica on of Languages, Languages and Their Rela on, Recursive and Recursively Enumerable Sets, Opera ons on Languages, Languages and Automata; Regular Expressions, Finite Automata and Regular Expressions, Pumping Lemma for Regular Sets, Applica on of Pumping Lemma, Regular Sets and Regular Grammars Exercises. Module III: Context-free Languages (10 Hours) Context-free Languages and Deriva on tree, Ambiguity in Context-free Grammars, Simplifica on of Context-free Grammars, Normal Forms for Context-free Grammars, Pumping Lemma for Context-free Languages, Proper es of Context Free Language-Closure Proper es-Periodicity Proper es-Determinism and Parsing, Top Down and Bo om up Parsing, Decision Algorithms for Context-free Languages Exercises

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|93

Module IV: Pushdown Automata Turing Machines and Linear Bounded Automata (10 Hours) Basic Defini ons, Acceptance by PDA, Pushdown Automata and Context-free Languages, Parsing and Pushdown Automata; Turing machine Model, Representa on of Turing Machine, Language Acceptability by Turing Machines, Design of Turing Machines, Universal Turing Machine and Other Modifica on, The Model of Linear Bounded Automaton, Turing Machines and Type 0 Grammars, Linear Bounded Automata and Languages, Hal ng Problem of Turing Machines. Module V: Mathematical Concepts (10 Hours) Matrix analysis - Linear Systems - Gaussian elimina on, Cholesky factoriza on, Least Squares Problems, Random Variables and Probability Distribu ons-distribu on func on, normal distribu on, Random Process, Random Processes, Markov Process-Markov Chain. Suggested Readings 1. K.L.P. Mishra, N. Chandrasekaran, Theory of Computer Science, BPB Publica on, Pren ce-Hall of India, Second Edi on. 2. H.R. Lewis and C.H.Papadimitriou, Elements of the Theory of Computa on, Second Edi on, Pren ce Hall of India. 3. J.C. Mar n, Introduc on to Languages and the Theory of Automata, Tata McGraw-Hill. 4. C.H. Papadimitriou, Computa on Complexity, Second Edi on, Pren ce Hall of India. 5. Hopcro . J.E. and J.D. Ullman Introduc on To Automata Theory, Languages and Computa on, Addison-Wesley, Reading Mass 1979 6. V. Rajaraman, Computer Oriented Numerical Methods, Publisher PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 1993 7. Roger A. Horn, Charles R. Johnson, Matrix Analysis, Publisher Cambridge University Press, 1990 8. Henry Stark, John William Woods, Probability, Random Processes, and Es ma on Theory for Engineers, Pren ce-Hall 9. A.M.Natarajan, A.Tamilarasi, Probability Random Process and Queuing Theory, New Age Interna onal Publishers

CSAI0007: ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND EXPERT SYSTEMS (4 credits - 60 Hours) Objectives: The topics below cover fundamental concepts and techniques in artificial intelligence. Students also learn the latest AI techniques along with the programming languages used in AI problem solving. Module I: Artificial Intelligence: History and Applications (5 hours) Introduc on, Intelligence, Ar ficial Intelligence, Progress of Ar ficial Intelligence, Modeling, Simula on and AI, Intelligent Agents Module II: Knowledge representation: Reasoning, Issues and Acquisition (15 hours) Introduc on, Proposi onal Calculus, Predicate Calculus, Rule-based Knowledge Representa on, symbolic Reasoning under uncertainty, Basic knowledge Representa on Issues, Knowledge acquisi on; Expert systems – history and survey of expert systems, expert system shells, introduc on to CLIPS, Represen ng Knowledge in Uncertain domains, Bayesian networks Module III: State Space Search: Implementation and Applications (10 hours) Introduc on, State Space Search, Strategies for State Space Search, Implementa on of Graph Search, search based on Recursion, Pa ern-directed search, Produc on systems Module IV: Heuristic Search (15 hours) Introduc on, Search as a Problem-solving Technique, Heuris c search, Techniques for Heuris c search, admissibility, Monotonicity and Informedness, Heuris c Classifica on, Local search algorithms, Constraint sa sfac on problems Module V: Selected Topics In AI (15 hours) Learning, Natural Language Processing, applica ons of search Techniques in Game playing and Planning; Ar ficial Intelligence Problem-Solving Languages – PROLOG, LISP ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|94

Suggested Readings 1. N.P.Padhy, Ar ficial Intelligence and Intelligent Systems, 4th impression, Oxford University Press 2. Stuart Russell, Peter Norvig, Ar ficial Intelligence: A Modern Approach,Pearson Educa on 3. Elaine Rich and Kevin Knight, Ar ficial lntelligence, McGraw Hill 4. Nils J. Nilsson, Ar ficial Intelligence- A New Synthesis, Elsevier

CSNL0008: NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING (3 credits - 45 hours) Objectives: The goals for this course are to study: (a) algorithms and methods for building computational models of natural language understanding, including syntactic analysis, semantic representations, discourse analysis, and statistical and corpus-based methods for text processing and knowledge acquisition, (b) issues involved in natural language understanding, (c) applications that can benefit from natural language processing, such as information extraction, question answering, machine translation, and spoken language understanding. By the end of the course, students will have a good understanding of and appreciation for natural language processing, and have the necessary skills to build natural language processing tools. Module I: Introduction ( 10 hours ) Introduc on to NLP, Knowledge in language processing, Representa on and Understanding, Organiza on of NLP systems, Models and algorithms, Linguis c Essen als Module II: Grammars and Parsing - Syntactic Processing (15 hours) Colloca ons; Regular Expression and Automata; Morphology and Finite-State Transducers; N-grams; Word Classes and Part-of-Speech Tagging; Context-Free Grammars for English; Parsing with Context-Free Grammars: Top-down parsing, Bo om-up parsing; Features and Unifica on; Lexicalized and Probabilis c Parsing Module III: Semantic processing (10 hours) Represen ng Meaning; Seman c Analysis: Integra ng seman c analysis to parsers, Seman c Grammars; Lexical Seman cs; Word Sense Disambigua on and Informa on Retrieval: Selec on-Restric on based disambigua on, Machine learning approaches; Dic onary based approaches, Informa on retrieval Module IV: Pragmatics (7 hours) Discourse, Dialogue and Conversa onal Agents: Dialogue acts, Automa c Interpreta on of Dialogue acts; Natural Language Genera on: Discourse Planning; Machine Transla on: Direct Transla ons, Transla on using Sta s cal techniques Module V: NLP Applications and Tools (3 hours) Sen ment Analysis, Text Summariza on, Text Entailment, Machine Transla on, Ques on Answering, Cross Lingual Informa on Retrieval (CLIR), NLTK, WordNet Suggested Readings 1. D. Jurafsky, J. H. Mar n, Speech and Language Processing, Pearson Educa on 2. Christopher D. Manning, HinrichSchütze, Founda ons of Sta s cal Natural Language Processing, The MIT Press, Cambridge, Massachuse s 3. James Allen, Natural Language Understanding, Pearson Educa on 4. Philipp Koehn, Sta s cal Machine Transla on. Cambridge. 5. Joshua Bengio, Learning Deep Architectures for AI. 6. Frederick Jelinek. 1998. Sta s cal Methods for Speech Recogni on.MIT Press. 7. Steven Bird, Ewan Klein, Edward Loper, Natural Language Processing with Python, O’Reilly Media. 8. Jacob Perkins, Python Text Processing with NLTK 2.0 Cookbook, O’Reilly Media.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|95

CSCN0009: ADVANCED COMPUTER NETWORKS (4 credits - 60 hours) Objectives: The course provides an understanding of the overriding principles of computer networking, including network type, functionality, protocol design, protocol layering, and performance evaluation along with principles embodied in the protocols designed for the application layer, transport layer, network layer, and link layer of a networking stack. Module I (10 hours) An overview of network architecture and basic concepts, Network Principle, Network Services and layered architecture: TCP/IP Model, OSI Model,Types of network, Virtual circuits, Fixed size packets, variable size packets, Integrated service,, IP over ATM, Wireless networks : Wireless communica on basics, architecture, mobility management, wireless network protocols. Bluetooth (802.15.1), Wi-Fi (802.11), WiMAX (802.16), Op cal Network : links, WDM system, Op cal LANs, Op cal paths and networks. Networking Devices: Mul plexers, Modems and Internet Access Devices, Switching and Rou ng Devices, Router Structure IPv4 and building blocks: Data link layer and medium access control protocols; Principles of Link Layer Protocols, Ethernet, PPP, CSMA, VLANs. Support Protocols: DHCP, ARP, ICMP. Module II (15 hours) Performance of Networks, Control of networks: objec ves and methods of control, Circuit switched networks, datagram and ATM networks. Mathema cal background for control of networks like Circuit switched networks, Datagram and ATM networks, IP addressing and rou ng: Rou ng in Internet; OSPF, RIP, BGP, Mobile IP: characteris cs, Mobile IP opera on, Mul cast Rou ng Protocols, Address shortage; CIDR, NAT - Impact on rou ng, Advanced Rou ng -Voice and Video over IP (RTP, RSVP, QoS), IPv6: Why IPv6, basic protocol, extensions and op ons, support for QoS, security, role of switching paradigms etc.,MPLS, Traffic Engineering (TE) and TE with MPLS and VPN. Module III (10 hours) Network func ons: neighbor discovery, auto-configura on, Changes to other protocols. Applica on Programming Interface for IPv6. Security related issues. Mobility in networks. Transport Layer: Du es of transport layer, Mul plexing, Demul plexing, Sockets, User Datagram Protocol (UDP), Transmission Control Protocol (TCP), Conges on control, Flow control, Quality of services (QOS). Module IV (15 hours) Ad Hoc Networking: An Introduc on, A DoD Perspec ve on Mobile Ad Hoc Networks, Types of protocol for Adhoc network, Workability of DSDV, AODV, DSR protocol, Securi es in Adoc network, Wireless Sensor Networks: Sensor Networks and Protocol Structures, Clustering Protocols, Rou ng Protocols, Mul media Networking, IP Security: IPSec, TLS, SSL, Applica on Layer: Domain Name Space (DNS), Web. Module V (10 hours) Introduc on (passwords, security ques ons, challenge-response), phising, cookies, web management, JavaScript and same origin, click jacking and cross site request forgeries, stream ciphers, a acks on 802.11b/WEP, CSS(cross site scrip ng), MIFARE,a acks on TCP/IP,DNS, Memory corrup on,stuxnet, Viruses and root kits, worms and botnets, Email security (Distribu on list, Establishing keys ), Packet filters, Applica on level gateways, Encrypted tunnels, DoS a ack, DDosS a ack. principle of least privilege trust, trusted compu ng basics, reference monitors, inline reference monitors and access control, Secure mul party computa on, secure two party models. Mobile code security Digital Defense. Introduc on to IDS. Suggested Readings 1. TCP/IP Guide freely available from h p://www.tcpipguide.com. 2. Peterson and Davie, Computer Networks: A Systems Approach 3. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Computer Networks, PHI 4. Lerry L. Peterson and Bruce S. Davie, Computer Networks – A system approach, 4th Edi on ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|96

5. 6. 7. 8.

Behrouz A. Forouzan, Data communica on and Networking, Tata McGraw-Hill. William Stallings, Data and Computer Communica on, Pearson Educa on. James F. Kurose and Keith W. Ross, Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach Featuring the Internet, Pearson Educa on. TCP/IP vol.1 by Richard Stevens

CSNC0010: NUMBER THEORY AND CRYPTOGRAPHY (3 credits - 45 hours) Objectives: The objective of this course is to provide basic knowledge in elementary number theory that includes computational aspects of application in cryptography. The course also includes preliminary testing and factorization. Then its objective is to provide knowledge and application of public key cryptographic system. Finally it provides in depth knowledge of elliptic curve cryptography. At the end of the course students should submit one assignment based on application of cryptography system. Module I: Elementary number theory (10 Hours) Divisibility, Division Algorithm, Euclidean Algorithm, Congruences, Existence of infinite many primes, Fermat's li le theorem, Wilson's theorem, Chinese Remainder theorem, Calcula ng modular square and cubic roots, Euler Phi-func on, Euler to ent func on, mul plica ve property, Primi ve Roots, Quadra c Residues Module II: Primality testing and factorization (10 Hours) Primality Tests, Pseudoprimes, Carmichael Numbers, Fermat’s pseudoprimes, Euler pseudoprimes, Factoriza on by Pollard’s Rho method, Simple Con nued Frac on, simple infinite con nued frac ons, Approxima on to irra onal numbers using con nued frac ons, Con nued Frac on method for factoriza on. Module III: Public Key Cryptosystem (15 Hours) Tradi onal Cryptosystem, limita ons, Public Key Cryptography, Diffie-Hellmann key exchange, Discrete Logarithm problem, One-way func ons, Trapdoor func ons, RSA cryptosystem, Digital signature schemes, Digital signature standards, RSA signature schemes, Knapsack problem, ElGamal Public Key Cryptosystem, A acks on RSA cryptosystem: Common modulus a ack, Homomorphism a ack, ming a ack, Forging of digital signatures, Strong primes, Safe primes, Gordon's algorithm for genera ng strong primes, Linear cryptanalysis and differen al cryptanalysis. Module IV: Elliptic Curve Cryptography (most critical module) (10 Hours) Defini on of ellip c curves. Group law. Endomorphisms and isomorphisms. j-invariant. Ellip c curves in SAGE.Ellip c curve over finite fields(Torsion points. Frobenius morphism. Group structure and group order. Hasse's theorem. Supersingular curves. Discrete logarithm problem), Pairing-based cryptography(Abstract proper es of pairings. Pairing-friendly ellip c curves. Boneh-Franklin iden ty-based encryp on. Boneh-Lynn-Shacham signatures. Boneh-Goh-Nissim homomorphic encryp on), Genera ng ellip c curves for cryptography(Schoof's algorithm. Complex mul plica on. Genera ng pairing-friendly curves) Suggested Readings 1. Wenbo Mao, Modern Cryptography: Theory and Prac ce, Hewle -Packard Company. 2. Neal Koblitz, A Course in Number Theory and Cryptography, Graduate Texts in Mathema cs, Vol. 114 3. Zihao Jiang, Applica ons of Number theory in Cryptography 4. Lawrence C. Washington, Ellip c curves: number theory and cryptography, Chapman and Hall/CRC

CSCF0011: COMPUTER FUNDAMENTALS (4 credits - 60 hours) Objectives: This course provides an introduction to the fundamentals and basic requirements of computer science. This course will enable the student to gain an understanding of the core concepts and technologies which constitute Information Technology and to articulate and demonstrate these basic fundamental concepts. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|97

Module I: Introduction to Computers (12 hours) Introduc on, brief history of development of computers, characteris cs of computers, block diagram of computer; types of computers and features, analog, digital, hybrid, general, special purpose, micro, mini, mainframe supercomputers. Types of personal computers – desktop, laptop, palmtop etc. , types of programming languages (machine languages, assembly languages, high level languages, 4GL), data organiza on, drives, files, directories., basic components of computer system; Von Neumann architecture.; types of memory (primary and secondary) RAM, ROM, PROM, EPROM; secondary storage devices (FD, CD, HD, Pen drive) I/O devices (Scanners, Plo ers, LCD, Plasma Display) Module II: Data representation and operations (8 hours) Simple model of memory, bits and bytes, introduc on to binary, Hexadecimal, Octal, Decimal systems, conversion from one system to another, simple addi on, subtrac on, mul plica on. Module III: Algorithm and Flowcharts (10 hours) Algorithm: Defini on, Characteris cs, Advantages and disadvantages, Examples Flowchart: Defini on, Define symbols of flowchart, Advantages and disadvantages, examples. Module IV: Operating System and Computer Software(12 hours) a) Introduc on to O.S., historical evolu on - first genera ons, second genera ons, third genera ons, fourth genera on, phases of evolu on-serial processing, simple batch systems, mul -programmed batch systems, me-sharing systems, personal-computer systems (PCs), parallel systems, mul processing system – symmetric, asymmetric, distributed system, real- me systems, need of Opera ng system, compara ve study of popular opera ng systems. DOS – history, files and directories, internal and external commands, batch files, types of Opera ng systems, introduc on to Windows, Linux, UNIX opera ng systems. b) Need of so ware, types of so ware, system so ware and applica on so ware, Applica on so ware-word processing, spreadsheet, presenta on graphics, database management so ware.Introduc on to Computer virus.Introduc on to Internet and E-mail; searching informa on through a search engines (google, altavista, sulekha, khoj etc) Module V: Windows Operating System (8 hours) Introduc on to microso windows; features of windows; Various versions of windows and its use; working with windows; my Computer and Recycle bin ; Desktop, Icons and Windows Explorer; working with files and folders; simple opera ons like copy, delete ,moving of files and folders from one drive to another, installing and uninstalling new hardware and so ware programs on computer. Module VI: Unix Operating System (10 hours) Introduc on to UNIX OS, Salient features of UNIX, UNIX system architecture, shells and types of shells, file management, directories, file permissions, pipes and filters, various processes-foreground, background, parent, child, zombie, daemon; basic UNIX commands (log in, create/delete files/directories, lis ng files/directories, changing permission of files/directories etc), advanced UNIX commands (crea ng, lis ng and stopping process, prin ng files, sending E-mails etc), Built-in Func ons (abs, log, sin, cos etc), signals and traps, system calls-basic idea,the UNIX file system. Suggested Readings 1. Rajaraman, V. Fundamentals of Computers, PHI Publica ons 2. Sinha P.K. Fundamental of Computers 3. Suresh Basandra, Computers Today 4. Kanetkar Y, UNIX Shell Programming 5. Manuals of Office So ware

CSIF0012: INFORMATION SECURITY FUNDAMENTALS (3 credits – 45 hours) Objectives: Introduces concept of information security and discuss need for organizational policy to define required services such as confidentiality, authentication, integrity, nonrepudiation, access control, ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|98

and availability, and mechanisms to implement those services. Covers different types of security including physical security, computer security, and network security; common threats to and attacks against information systems, including accidental damage. Module I: Information Security, Legal, Ethical and Professional issues related to information security (15 hours) General security concepts and introduc on to what is an “info sphere”, inside the security mind, opera onal security and people’s role in informa on security, components and characteris cs of an informa on system, threats to an informa on system, ethical and professional issues. Module II: Configuring network connectivity, Security policy and procedures (20 hours) Network configura on, troubleshoo ng connec vity issues, remote access protocols and configura on, security in systems's project management, access control fundamentals, authen ca on and account management. Module III: Information Security components (8 hours) Physical threats to the informa on facility, firewalls, host hardening, applica on security, data protec on , incident response , cryptography and security response Module IV: Identification, assessment and control of risks related to Information Security (7 hours) Risk iden fica on and assessment, business con nuity and risk control strategies , major security models Suggested Readings 1. Whitman, Michael, Security+ Guide to Network Security Fundamentals, Course Technology, 4 th edi on ISBN: 9781111640125 2. Thomas R.Pel er, Jus n Pel er, John Blackley, “Informa on Security Fundamentals”, Auerbach Publica ons.

CSDS0013: ADVANCED C AND DATA STRUCTURES (3 credits – 45 hours) Objectives: The objective of this course is to enable the student of Engineering to ● make him/her well conversant with managing functions, pointers, arrays, structures in C. ● apply abstract data structures in problem solving and make comparative analysis of algorithms to obtain efficient program design. Module I: Advanced C (6 hours) a) Pointers: chain of pointers, pointers and arrays, array of pointers, pointer to func ons- passing parameters by value and by reference, dynamic memory alloca on; Recursion. b) Structures: pointers and structures. c) Files: Sequen al file handling, Indexed Sequen al files, Reading and wri ng in random access files. Module II: Preliminaries (3 hours) Introduc on to Data Structures; Development and analysis of algorithms. Module III: Linear Data Structures (8 hours) Arrays; Stacks and stack applica on; Queues; Linked lists, circular and doubly linked lists. Module IV: Non-linear Data structures (8 hours) a) Binary trees; representa on in memory, traversals and opera ons. b) Introduc on to graphs, sequen al representa on of graphs, graph traversals- BFS, DFS,Shortest path algorithms -( Dijkstra's) Minimum Spanning trees - (Kruskal's, Prim's) Module V: Advanced Data Structures (10 hours) Binary search trees, AVL trees, B trees. Module VI: Sorting and Searching (10 hours) a) Searching and data modifica on: Linear search, binary search, hashing techniques and collision ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|99

b)

resolu on Sor ng techniques: selec on, inser on, quick, radix, merge, merge-sort and heap sort.

Suggested Readings 1. Lipschutz, S., Data structures, Indian Adapted Ed, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2006 2. Gilberg, Richard F. Forouzan, and Behrouz A., Data Structures, 2nd Ed, Course Technology, Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 2005. 3. Pai, G A, Data Structures and Algorithms, 1st Ed, Tata Mcgraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2008. 4. Langsam, Augenstein, and Tanenbaum, Data Structures Using C And C++, 2nd Ed, Phi Publica on, New Delhi, 2007. 5. Krishnamoorthy R., Kumaravel, and G . Indirani, Data Structures Using C, 1st Ed., Tata Mcgraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2008. 6. Horowitz, Sahni, Susan Freed, Fundamentals of Data Structures in C, 2nd Edi on,University press, 1997 7. Amiya Kumar Rath, Alok Kumar Jagdev, Data Structures using C, 2nd Edi on, Scitech Publica on, New Delhi, 2009

CSTC0014: THEORY OF COMPUTATION (3 credits – 45 hours) Objective:The objective of the Theory of Computation is to introduce and study abstract, mathematical models of computation (such as finite state, pushdown and Turing machines), and to use the abstract machine models to study the ability to solve computational problems. At the complete course students will be able to use regular expression effectively and appropriately, construct derivations and parse trees, write simple programs for a Turing machine, understand the equivalence of grammars, languages and automata and translate between grammars, languages and automata. Module I Theory of Automata (12 Hours) Defini on of an Automaton, Descrip on of a Finite Automaton, Transi on Systems, Proper es of Transi on Func ons, Acceptability of a String by a Finite Automaton, Nondeterminis c Finite State Machines, The Equivalence of DFA and NDFA, Mealy and Moore Models, Minimiza on of Finite Automata. Module II Formal Languages, Regular Sets and Regular Grammars (10 Hours) Defini on of formal languages, Chomsky Classifica on of Languages, Languages and Their Rela on, Recursive and Recursively Enumerable Sets, Opera ons on Languages, Languages and Automata; Regular Expressions, Finite Automata and Regular Expressions, Pumping Lemma for Regular Sets, Applica on of Pumping Lemma, Regular Sets and Regular Grammars Exercises. Module III Context-free Languages (11 Hours) Context-free Languages and Deriva on tree, Ambiguity in Context-free Grammars, Simplifica on of Context-free Grammars, Normal Forms for Context-free Grammars, Pumping Lemma for Context-free Languages, Decision Algorithms for Context-free Languages Exercises Module IV Pushdown Automata Turing Machines and Linear Bounded Automata (12 Hours) Basic Defini ons, Acceptance by pda, Pushdown Automata and Context-free Languages, Parsing and Pushdown Automata; Turing machine Model, Representa on of Turing Machine, Language Acceptability by Turing Machines, Design of Turing Machines, Universal Turing Machine and Other Modifica on, The Model of Linear Bounded Automaton, Turing Machines and Type 0 Grammars, Linear Bounded Automata and Languages, Hal ng Problem of Turing Machines, NP-Completeness. Suggested Readings 1. K.L.P. Mishra, N. Chandrasekaran, Theory of Computer Science, BPB Publica on, Pren ce-Hall of India, Second Edi on. 2. H.R. Lewis and C.H.Papadimitriou, Elements of the Theory of Computa on, Second Edi on, Pren ce ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|100

3. 4. 5.

Hall of India. H.E. Hopcra and J.D. Ullamn, Introduc on to Automata Theory, Languages and Computa on, Narosa Publica ons. J.C. Mar n, Introduc on to Languages and the Theory of Automata, Tata McGraw-Hill. C.H. Papadimitriou, Computa on Complexity, Addison-Wesley.

CSDS0015: DATA STRUCTURES USING C++ (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective:The objective of the course is to learn how to create data structures in a computer language, such as C++, to represent a collection of similar data, and how to process these data most efficiently for solving problems. After completion of this course, a student will be able to ● Understand and use the process of abstraction using a programming language such as ‘C++’ ● Implement various data structures viz. Stacks, Queues, Linked Lists, Trees and Graphs ● Understand various searching and sorting techniques. ● It is expected that the student has adequate knowledge of C++ language basics, functions, arrays, structures, pointers and dynamic memory allocation. Module I Arrays and Lists (16 Hours) a) Data Type, Abstract Data Type, Data Structure, Fundamental and Derived Data Types; Array as a data structure, Representa on of arrays: single and mul dimensional, Address calcula on using column and row major ordering; inser on and dele on in arrays; use of arrays for matrix representa on and manipula on (addi on, mul plica on), use of arrays for large integer representa on and their addi on. b) Linked List as a data structure; opera ons on lists; singly linked list (with one or two external pointers), doubly linked list, circular list; use of linked lists for polynomial representa on and manipula on (addi on and mul plica on), and sparse matrix representa on and manipula on (inpu ng, adding, and displaying in matrix form) Module II Stacks and Queues (14 Hours) Stacks and Queues as data structures; implementa on of stacks and queues using arrays and linked lists; Circular Queue, Priority Queue; Applica on of stacks : Conversion of infix(containing arithme c operators including exponen al operator, and parenthesis) to pos ix and prefix expressions; evalua on of pos ix expression Module III Trees and Graphs (16 Hours) a) Binary Trees and General Trees, Representa on of trees using linked lists, Binary tree traversal methods, recursive and non-recursive algorithms for traversal methods, Binary search trees (crea on, inser on and dele on of a node), threaded binary trees (construct and traverse a right in-threaded binary tree); Height balanced (AVL) binary trees (construct and traverse an AVL tree), mul -way search trees (construc on and traversal); B-tree (construc on and traversal of a B-tree of given order) b) Introducing Graphs; Graph representa on : Adjacency matrix, adjacency lists, incidence matrix, Traversal schemes : Depth first search, Breadth first search (Recursive and non-recursive algorithms); Shortest Path algorithms (Dijkstra’s), Spanning tree, Minimal spanning tree algorithms (Kruskal’s algorithm) Module IV Searching and Sorting (14 Hours) Linear and binary search, Indexed search; Hashing, Hash Func ons (division method, mid square method, folding), Analysis of ideal hash func on; Conflict resolu on (linear and quadra c probe, double hashing, separate chaining, coalesced chaining); Analysis of collision resolu on techniques; Sor ng algorithms(Inser on, Selec on, Bubble, Quick, Merge, Radix, Heap) Suggested Readings 1. Y. Langsam, M.J. Augenstein, A.M. Tenenbaum, Data Structures Using C and C++, Second Edi on, Pren ce Hall of India, 2000. 2. E. Horowitz, Sahni, D. Mehta, Fundamentals of Data Structures in C++, Galgo a Publica on, 2002. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|101

3. 4. 5. 6.

S. Cha opadhyay, D. Ghosh Das dar, M Cha opdhyay, Data Structures Through C Language, BPB Publica on, 2001. Seymour Lipschutz, Theory and Problems of Data Sturctures, Schaum’s Outline Series, Interna onal Edi on, MacGraw Hill, 1986. Niklaus Wirth, Algorithms + Data Structures = Programs, Pren ce Hall of India, 1998. Y.P. Kanetkar, Data Structures Through C Language, BPB Publishers, 2002.

CSOP0016: OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING AND DESIGN (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: The Main aim of this paper is to give the students a broad understanding of the object oriented approach to problem solving through C++. It provides a practical, productive way to develop software for most applications. It also includes an introduction to object-oriented design, which can promote a better understanding of the requirements, cleaner designs, and more maintainable systems. Module I Introduction To Object-Orientation Concepts And OOP (16 Hours) a) Introduc on to Object-Oriented Programming: Basic concepts of OOP (Abstrac on, Encapsula on, Inheritance, Polymorphism), comparison of procedural programming and OOP; code reusability, crea ng new data types. C++ Language basics, cin and cout, << and >> operators, setw and endl, Control statements, differences between C and C++. b) Classes and Objects: C++ extension to structures, member access operators sta c members, arrays of objects, returning objects from func ons, Friend func ons, Pointers to members, Friend classes, stack class. c) Constructors: Default constructors, overloaded constructors, constructors with default arguments default constructor, copy constructor, dynamic constructor, destructors. Module II Templates and Exception Handling (12 Hours) a) Templates: string template, instan a on, template parameters, type-checking, func on templates, template argument deduc on, specifying template arguments, func on template overloading, default template arguments, specialisa on, conversions. b) Excep on handling: Error handling, grouping of excep ons, catching excep ons, catch all, re-throw, resource management, auto ptr, excep ons and new, resource exhaus on, excep ons in constructors, excep ons in destructors, uncaught excep on, standard excep ons. Module III Inheritance, Virtual Functions and Polymorphism (16 Hours) a) Overloading: Defining operator overloading, operator func on as member func on and friend func on, overloading unary and binary operators, type conversions, func on overloading. b) Inheritance: Types of inheritance, Defining derived class, Access specifiers: public, private and protected; public and private inheritance, accessing base class members, ambiguity in mul ple inheritance, virtual base classes, abstract classes, Derived class constructor with arguments, Ini aliza on lists in constructors, classes within classes. c) Virtual func ons and polymorphism: Virtual func ons, pure virtual func ons, abstract classes, implementa on of virtual func ons (virtual pointers and virtual tables in classes with virtual func ons), this pointer, sta c and dynamic binding, virtual func ons in derived classes, object slicing, virtual func ons and constructors, calling virtual func ons from constructors, destructors and virtual destructors, calling virtual func ons from destructors, virtual base classes, Rules for virtual func ons. d) File handling and streams. e) Basics of file handling in C++, classes for stream opera ons, opera ons on files, file opening modes, file pointer, error handling during file opera ons Module IV Object Oriented Design (16 Hours) Overview of object oriented designing (concepts), steps involved in object oriented designing, advantages of OOD, what is modeling, why modeling is required, UML, different views captured by UML diagrams, Use Case diagram(actors, generaliza on, associa on, include dependency, extend dependency etc.),organiza on of use cases, Use Case Packaging, constraints in use case models, how to find out actors, use cases and use case rela onships, Class diagrams, representa ons, associa on ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|102

and links, aggrega on, composi on, dependency, constraints, interac on diagrams(sequence diagrams and collabora on diagrams), representa on, boundary objects, controller objects, en ty objects, Booch’s object iden fica on method, CRC cards, equivalence of sequence diagram and collabora on diagrams, ac vity diagrams, representa on(ac on states, ac on flow, object flow, ini al state , final state etc..), swim lanes, branching, fork, join etc, OOD goodness criteria. Suggested Readings 1. E. Balagurusamy, Object-Oriented Programming with C++, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi. 2. Nabajyo Barkaka , Object-Oriented programming in C++, Pren ce hall of India private Limited, New Delhi, 2005. 3. James Rumbaugh, Micheal Blaha, William Premerlani, Frederick Eddy, William Loorenson, Object-Oriented Modeling and Design, Pren ce hall of India private Limited, New Delhi, 2005. 4. Bjarne Stroustrup, The C++ Programming Language, Special edi on, Pearson Educa on Publica on. 5. David Parsons, Object-Oriented Programming with C++, BPB Publica ons, B-14 Cannaught Place, New Delhi. 6. Grady Booch, Object-Oriented Analysis and Design with Applica ons, Second Edi on, Addison-Wesley Publishing Company. 7. Steve Qualline, Prac cal C++ Programming, Second Edi on, Shroff publishers and Distributors Private limited.

CSDM0017: DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS I (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: The objective of this course is to introduce to the students the fundamental concepts necessary for designing, using and implementing database systems and applications. The course stresses on database modeling and design, physical file storage techniques and language facilities provided by database management systems. Module I: Introduction and Conceptual Data modeling (18 Hours) a) Introduc on: Introduc on to databases, characteris cs of the database approach, database users and designers, role of a DBA, advantages of using a DBMS, data models, schemas, instances, DBMS architecture (Three-Schema Architecture), Database systems- Network, Hierarchical, Rela onal, Data Independence b) Conceptual Data Modeling: Phases of database design, en ty type, en ty set, a ributes, keys, value sets, rela onships, rela onship types, rela onship sets, rela onship instances, rela onship degree, role names, recursive rela onships, constraints on rela onship types, a ributes of rela onship types, weak en ty types, ER Diagram, naming conven ons and design issues, EER concepts. Module II: Relational Data Model and Structured Query Language (18 Hours) Rela onal model concepts: Domain, a ribute, tuple, rela on, characteris cs of rela ons, rela onal databases, rela onal database schemas, rela onal constraints (Domain constraint, constraints on null), en ty integrity, referen al integrity, foreign keys. ER to Rela onal mapping algorithm, Case study. Rela onal Algebra: basic rela onal algebra opera ons-SELECT, PROJECT, UNION, INTERSECTION, SET DIFFERENCE, Cartesian PRODUCT, JOIN, Aggregate func ons Rela onal Calculus: Tuple Rela onal Calculus, Domain Rela onal Calculus SQL: Characteris cs of SQL, Data types in SQL, Types of SQL commands Data Defini on Commands: CREATE SCHEMA, CREATE TABLE, DROP TABLE, ALTER TABLE . Single table query commands: SELECT, SELECT with WHERE, SELECT with ORDER BY, SELECT with GROUP BY, SELECT with GROUP BY and HAVING, SQL built-in func ons - SUM, MIN, MAX, COUNT, AVG. Mul -table query commands: Retrieval using sub-query, JOIN, EXIST and NOT EXIST Special operators: IS NULL, IS NOT NULL, BETWEEN..AND, IN, LIKE, ANY, ALL Data changing commands: INSERT, DELETE, UPDATE ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|103

Module III: Functional Dependencies and Normalization (10 Hours) Func onal Dependencies, First Normal Form, Second Normal Form, Third Normal Form, Boyce-Codd Normal Form, Mul valued Dependencies, Join Dependencies, Fourth Normal Form, Fi h Normal Form, Denormaliza on Module IV: File Organization (14 Hours) Introduc on to storage hierarchies, hardware descrip ons of disk devices, Magne c Tape Storage Devices, RAID technology, Organiza on of file records on disk (record and record types, Fixed- length records, variable-length records, record blocking, spanned and unspanned records, alloca ng file blocks on disk, file headers), Opera ons on Files (Open, Reset, Find, Read, Delete, Modify, Insert, Close), primary methods of file organiza on -Heap Files, Sorted Files, Hashed Files.Types of Single-level Ordered Indexes (Primary Indexes, Clustering Indexes, Secondary Indexes), Mul level Indexes: Basic technique, Mul level indexing using B tree and B+ tree,Indexing on mul ple keys Suggested Readings 1. R Elmasri, SB Navathe, Fundamentals of Database Systems, Addision, Wesley, 3rd Edi on, 2000. 2. Silberschatz, HF Korth, S Sudarshan, Database System Concepts, Tata- McGraw Hill, 1997. 3. Bipin Desai, An Introduc on to Database Systems, Galgo a Publica ons (West Publishing), 1991. 4. DM Kroenke, Database Processing: Fundamentals, Design and Implementa on, Pren ce-Hall of India, (Eighth Edi on) 2002. 5. GW Hansen, JV Hansen, Database Management and Design, Pren ce-Hall of India, (2nd Edi on) 2001. 6. Thomas M Connolly, Carolyn E Begg, Database Systems, A Prac cal Approach to Design, Implementa on and Management, Addison Wesley Longman Ltd. 1999.

CSOA0018: COMPUTER ORGANIZATION AND ARCHITECTURE (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: This course aims to provide the student with the concepts and basic knowledge necessary to understand the organisation and architecture of computing systems. Module I: Arithmetic Logic Unit (10 Hours) Addi on and Subtrac on (Addi on and Subtrac on with Signed-Magnitude Data, Hardware Implementa on, Addi on and Subtrac on with Signed-2’s Complement Data); Booth’s Mul plica on Algorithm; Division Algorithm; Floa ng-Point Arithme c Opera ons (Addi on, Subtrac on, Mul plica on, Division). Module II: Control Unit (12 Hours) a) Major Components of a CPU; General Register Organiza on; Stack Organiza on (Register Stack, Memory Stack, Reverse Polish Nota on); Subrou ne Call and Return; Fetch Rou ne; Types of Interrupts; Characteris cs of Complex Instruc on Set Computer (CISC) and Reduced Instruc on Set Computer(RISC) b) Micro opera ons, Control Func on, Role of Three-State Bus Buffers in Memory Transfers; Arithme c Microopera ons, Logic Microopera ons, Shi Microopera ons; Microprogrammed Control and Hardwired Control; Control Memory, Control Word, Microinstruc on, Microprogram, Mapping of Instruc ons; Instruc on Formats(Three-Address Instruc ons, Two-Address Instruc ons and Zero-Address Instruc ons); Addressing modes. Module III: Parallel Processing and Multiprocessors (14 Hours) a) Parallel Processing: Flynn’s Classifica on of computers; Pipelining, Data Dependency, Handling of Branch Instruc ons, Delayed Load, Delayed Branch; Vector Processing, Supercomputers; Array Processors. b) Mul processors: Tightly Coupled, Loosely Coupled; Interconnec on Structures (Time-Shared Common Bus, Mul port Memory, Crossbar Switch, Mul stage Switching Network, Hypercube Interconnec on); Interprocessor Arbitra on (Serial Arbitra on Procedure, Parallel Arbitra on Logic, Rota ng Daisy-Chain); Interprocessor Communica on and Synchroniza on, Mutual Exclusion with a ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|104

Semaphore. Module IV: Memory Organization (14 Hours) Hardware Organiza on for Associa ve Memory; Mapping methods for Cache Memory (Associa ve Mapping, Direct Mapping, Set-Associa ve Mapping), Write Through, Write Back, Cache Ini aliza on, Cache Coherence; Virtual Memory, Memory management hardware. Module V: Input-Output Organization (10 Hours) Input Output Interface, I/O Bus, Memory Bus, Isolated I/O, Memory-Mapped I/O; Asynchronous Data Transfer, Strobe Control, Handshaking; Modes of Transfer- viz. Direct Memory Access, Programmed I/O, and Interrupt-Ini ated I/O; Priority Interrupt (Daisy-Chain Priority, Parallel Priority Interrupt, Priority Encoder); Input-Output Processor; Serial Communica on(Character-Oriented Protocol and Bit-Oriented Protocol). Suggested Readings 1. M. Morris Mano, Computer System Architecture, Third Edi on, Pren ce Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2002. 2. V. Carl Hamacher, Zvonko G. Vranesic and Safwat G. Zaky, Computer Organiza on, Fourth Edi on, McGraw Hill, 1996 3. William Stallings, Computer Organiza on and Architecture, Sixth Edi on, Pren ce Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2002

CSCI0019: COMPUTATIONAL INTELLIGENCE (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: The objective of this course in Computational intelligence is to introduce post graduate students to computational intelligence and adaptive systems, and apply their knowledge to solve problems involving real-life application. Module I: Artificial Neural Networks (17 hours) a) Introduc on to Computa onal Intelligence, Computa onal Intelligence Paradigms b) The Ar ficial Neuron: Calcula ng the Net Input Signal, Ac va on Func ons, Ar ficial Neuron Geometry, Ar ficial Neuron Learning c) Learning Networks : Supervised Learning Neural Networks: Neural Network Types, Supervised Learning Rules, Func oning of Hidden Units, Ensemble Neural Networks; Unsupervised Learning Neural Networks : Background, Hebbian Learning Rule, Principal Component Learning Rule, Learning Vector Quan zer-I, Self-Organizing Feature Maps; Radial Basis Func on Networks: Learning Vector Quan zer-II, Radial Basis Func on Neural Networks d) Reinforcement Learning: Learning through Awards, Model-Free Reinforcement Learning Model, Neural Networks and Reinforcement Learning e) Performance Issues (Supervised Learning): Performance Measures, Analysis of Performance, Performance Factors Module II: Evolutionary computation (15 hours) a) Introduc on to Evolu onary Computa on: Generic Evolu onary Algorithm, Representa on - The Chromosome, Ini al Popula on, Fitness Func on, Selec on, Reproduc on Operators, Stopping Condi ons, Evolu onary Computa on versus Classical Op miza on b) Gene c Algorithms: Canonical Gene c Algorithm, Crossover, Muta on, Control Parameters, Gene c Algorithm Variants, Advanced Topics, Applica ons; Gene c Programming: Tree-Based Representa on, Ini al Popula on, Fitness Func on, Crossover Operators, Muta on Operators, Building Block Gene c Programming c) Evolu onary Programming: Basic Evolu onary Programming, Evolu onary Programming Operators, Strategy Parameters, Evolu onary Programming Implementa ons, Advanced Topics, Applica ons; Evolu on Strategies: (1 + 1)-ES, Generic Evolu onary Strategy Algorithm, Strategy Parameters and Self-Adapta on, Evolu onary Strategy Operators, Evolu onary Strategy Variants, Advanced Topics, Applica ons of Evolu onary Strategies; Differen al Evolu on: Basic Differen al Evolu on, DE-x-y-z, ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|105

d) e)

Varia ons to Basic Differen al Evolu on, Differen al Evolu on for Discrete-Valued Problems, Advanced Topics, Applica ons Cultural Algorithms: Culture and Ar ficial Culture, Basic Cultural Algorithm, Belief Space,Fuzzy Cultural Algorithms Advanced Topics - Coevolu on: Coevolu on Types, Compe ve Coevolu on, Coopera ve Coevolu on

Module III: Computational Swarm Intelligence (10 hours) a) Par cle Swarm Op miza on: Basic Par cle Swarm Op miza on, Social Network Structures, Basic Varia ons, Basic PSO Parameters, Single-Solu on Par cle Swarm Op miza on, Advanced Topics, Applica ons b) Ant Algorithms: Ant Colony Op miza on Meta-Heuris c, Cemetery Organiza on and Brood Care, Division of Labor; Advanced Topics, Applica ons Module IV: Artificial Immune Systems (10 hours) a) Natural Immune Systems: Classical View, An bodies and An gens, The White Cells, Immunity Types, Learning the An gen Structure, The Network Theory, The Danger Theory b) Ar ficial Immune Models: Ar ficial Immune System Algorithm, Classical View Models, Clonal Selec on Theory Models, Network Theory Models, Danger Theory Models, Applica ons and Other AIS Models Module V: Fuzzy Systems (8 hours) a) Fuzzy Sets: Formal Defini ons, Membership Func ons, Fuzzy Operators, Fuzzy Set Characteris cs, Fuzziness and Probability; Fuzzy Logic and Reasoning: Fuzzy Logic, Fuzzy Inference; Fuzzy Controllers: Components of Fuzzy Controllers, Fuzzy Controller Types b) Rough Sets: Concept of Discernibility, Vagueness in Rough Sets, Uncertainty in Rough Sets Suggested Readings 1. Andries Engelbrecht, Computa onal Intelligence: An Introduc on, Wiley and Sons 2. David Poole, Alan Mackworth, Randy Goebel, Computa onal Intelligence: A Logical Approach, Oxford University Press. 3. Computa onal Intelligence, An Interna onal Journal, Wiley -Blackwell

CSSE0020: SOFTWARE ENGINEERING AND DESIGN PRACTICES (3 credits – 45 hours) Objective: The main purpose of this course is to impart knowledge on the principles of software development life cycle, process of development, modeling and design. This will also discussed the different architectural patterns and some case studies that use design practices. Module I: Introduction (5 hours) So ware Engineering Process, Generic process model, Prescrip ve process model, unified process, Agile development Process- Extreme Programming etc. Module II: Software Requirements and Analysis (10 hours) Requirements Engineering-Establishing the Groundwork, Elici ng Requirements, Developing use cases scenarios, Building the requirements model, Valida ng Requirements, Requirements Analysis, Requirements Modeling Strategies Module III: Software Design (10 hours) Design Process: Abstrac on, Architecture, pa erns, Modularity, Informa on Hiding, Func onal Independence, Refinement, Object Oriented Design Concepts, Design Model: Data, Architectural, Interface, Component, Deployment Level Design Elements. Overview of different design schemes-Use Case Diagrams, Class Diagrams, Interac on Diagrams, State chart Diagrams, Ac vity Diagrams, Package Diagrams, Component Diagrams and Deployment Diagrams etc, and design of Knowledge based systems

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|106

Module IV: Design Patterns (10 hours) So ware architecture: Architectural Styles, Pipes and filters, Blackboard, Distributed system, Interac ve system, Adap ve system; Pa erns and its category, Rela onship between pa erns, Pa ern Descrip on, View handler, Pa ern system, Pa ern Classifica on, Pa ern Selec on, implementa on guidelines, Pa erns in So ware architecture Module V: Event handling and Synchronization Patterns (10 hours) Event Handling Pa erns, Reactor, Proactor, Acceptor, Connector, Synchroniza on Pa erns, Locking, Scoped, Thread, Interface Locking Op miza on etc. Suggested Readings 1. Roger S. Pressman, “So ware Engineering – A Prac oner’s Approach”, Tata McGraw-Hill seventh edi on 2. Ian Sommerville, “So ware Engineering”, Seventh Edi on, Pearson Educa on Asia 3. Frank Buschmann,Regine Meunier, Hans Rohnert, Peter Sommerlad, Michael Stal, Pa ern-Oriented So ware Architecture - A System of Pa erns”, Volume 1, Wiley 4. Mary Shaw, David Garlan , “So ware architecture perspec ves on an Emerging Discipline”,Pren ce Hall

CSML0021: MACHINE LEARNING (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: The objective of this course is to familiarize the student of M Tech with all the important areas of Machine learning which helps the student to gain the knowledge necessary to build applications which involve the use of Artificial Intelligence. Module I (8 hours) Introduc on: Defini on of learning systems. Goals, applica ons, aspects, Concept representa on, Func on approxima on.Induc ve Classifica on: The concept learning task. Concept learning as search through a hypothesis space.General-to-specific ordering of hypotheses.Finding maximally specific hypotheses. Version spaces and the candidate elimina on algorithm.Learning conjunc ve concepts.Induc ve bias. Module II (15 hours) Decision Tree Learning: Entropy and informa on gain. Occam's razor.Overfi ng, noisy data, and pruning.Ensemble Learning: Using commi ees of mul ple hypotheses. Bagging, boos ng, and DECORATE. Ac ve learning with ensembles.Experimental Evalua on of Learning Algorithms: Measuring the accuracy of learned hypotheses. Comparing learning algorithms: cross-valida on, learning curves, and sta s cal hypothesis tes ng. Module III (10 hours) Computa onal Learning Theory: Learning in the limit; probably approximately correct (PAC) learning. Sample complexity: quan fying the number of examples needed to PAC learn. kDNF, and kCNF. Sample complexity for infinite hypothesis spaces, Vapnik-Chervonenkis dimension.Rule Learning: Proposi onal and First-Order: Transla ng decision trees into rules. Heuris c rule induc on using separate and conquer and informa on gain. First-order Horn-clause induc on (Induc ve Logic Programming) and Foil.Inverse resolu on, Golem, and Progol. Module IV (15 hours) Ar ficial Neural Networks: Neurons, Linear threshold units. Perceptrons: representa onal limita on and gradient descent training. Mul layer networks and backpropaga on.Support Vector Machines: Maximum margin linear separators. Quadra c programming solu on to finding maximum margin separators.Kernels for learning nonlinear func ons.Bayesian Learning: Bayes rule. Naive Bayes learning algorithm.Parameter smoothing.Genera ve vs. discrimina ve training. Logis c regression. Module V (12 hours) Instance-Based Learning: k-Nearest-neighbor algorithm. Case-based learning.Text Classifica on: Bag ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|107

of words representa on. Vector space model and cosine similarity.Relevance feedback and Rocchio algorithm.Clustering and Unsupervised Learning: Clustering. Hierarchical Agglomera ve Clustering.k-means par onal clustering. Expecta on maximiza on (EM) for so clustering.Semi-supervised learning with EM using labeled and unlabeled data.Language Learning: Hidden Markov models (HMM's). Viterbi algorithm for determining most-probable state sequences. Forward-backward EM algorithm for training the parameters of HMM's. Suggested Readings 1. Tom Mitchell, Machine Learning, McGraw-Hill. 2. Ethem Alpaydin, Introduc on to Machine Learning, MIT Press, 2004. 3. Christopher M. Bishop, Pa ern Recogni on and Machine Learning, Springer, 2006. 4. Richard O. Duda, Peter E. Hart and David G. Stork, Pa ern Classifica on, Wiley and Sons, 2001. 5. Trevor Has e, Robert Tibshirani and Jerome Friedman, The Elements of Sta s cal Learning, Second Edi on, Springer, 2009. 6. David J.C. MacKay, Informa on Theory, Inference and Learning Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2003. 7. Richard S. Su on and Andrew G. Barto, Reinforcement Learning: An introduc on, MIT Press 8. S. Russel. and P. Norvig, Ar fical Intelligence: A Modern Approach, Second Edi on, New York: Pren ce-Hall.

CSCV0022: COMPUTER VISION AND IMAGE ANALYSIS (3 credits - 45 hours) Objective: This course deals with the Science and Engineering of Digital Image Analysis and Computer Vision, that is, mathematical, geometrical information processing aspects and analysis of patterns in visual images of 2D and 3D scenes. The intended outcome of this course is to create new and improved solutions for real-world application. Module I: Digital Image Fundamentals and Mathematical Preliminaries (6 hours) a) Image Sampling and Quan za on, Visual proper es – brightness, acuity, texture, percep on of Color;Scenes and Images; Steps in Image Processing; Components of Image Processing System. b) Basic Rela onships between pixels, distance measures, Linear and Nonlinear Opera ons, Orthogonal transforms - Fourier transforma ons, Discrete Cosine and Sine Transforms, Walsh-Hadamard ,Haar, Slant, Wavelet, KL, SVD. Module II: Digital Image Processing and Analysis (15 hours) a) Binary Images, Basic Gray Level Transforma ons, Geometric Transforma ons, Histogram Processing,Morphological Image Processing, Image enhancement using arithme c/logic opera ons, Image Enhancement in the Spa al Domain and Image Enhancement in the Frequency Domain; Image Restora on . b) Image Segmenta on: Detec on of Discon nui es, Edge Linking and Boundary Detec on: Hough Transforms and other methods; Thresholding, Region-Based Segmenta on, Segmenta on by Morphological Watersheds; Feature Extrac on c) Representa on and Descrip on Module III: Computer vision and Image Understanding (16 hours) a) Basics of Full-Color Image Processing, Color Transforma ons, Smoothing and Sharpening, Color Segmenta on, Noise in Color Images, 3D Vision, Mul -view Geometry, Projec ve Reconstruc on from mul ple views, stereopsis, 3D informa on from radiometric measurements, 2D view-based representa on of a 3D scene b) Image understanding control strategies, Point distribu on models, Ac ve appearance models, Pa ern recogni on methods in image understanding Module IV: Computer Vision Applications (8 hours) Case Studies: Mo on detec on using sta c cameras and dynamic cameras, Visual Surveillance and Ac vity Monitoring, Medical Imaging, Face Recogni on, Fingerprin ng Authen ca on, Image ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|108

Databases, Image-Based Rendering, Content-Based Image Retrieval System, and other related applica ons. Suggested Readings 1. Rafael C., Gonzalez and Woods R.E., Digital Image Processing, Addison Wesley. 2. Image Processing, Analysis, and Machine Vision. Sonka, Hlavec, and Boyle. Thomson. 3. David Forsyth and Jean Ponce, Computer Vision: a Modern Approach, Pren ce Hall. 4. Richard Szeliski, Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applica ons, Springer. 5. Horn, Berthold K. P. Robot Vision. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/McGraw-Hill.

CSMC0023: MOBILE AND CELLULAR NETWORK SECURITY (4 credits - 60 hours) Objective: The basic objective of this course is to provide introductory knowledge of mobile system architecture as well as cellular architecture with different application. Then it emphasizes on the vulnerabilities in cellular and mobile services. Then it includes wireless security, mobile IP security and discuss about 802.11 network structure. This course also gives idea on MANETs and some secure protocol of MANETs and their application in MANETs security. Module I: Introduction (10 Hours) Mobile system Architectures, Overview of Mobile cellular systems, GSM and UMTS Security and A acks(GSM security Features and GSM Security Mechanisms), Authen ca on and key Agreement, Radio Link Encryp on, Temporary ID Management, Algorithm Implementa on(A3,A5,A8 ), Network and Over-Air a ack on GSM, Enhanced Authen ca on and keying, Vulnerabili es in 3G services. Module II: Vulnerability in cellular Services and Mobile Security (15 Hours) SMS and related A acks, Cellular data services and a acks, VoIP services and a acks, Cellular Jamming A acks, Control channel hiding and Control channel access, Resilience Metric, Iden fica on of compromised users, SIP(session ini a on Protocol), Cellular IP mul media(IMS-IP Mul media Subsystems), VoIP security, VoIP security vulnerabili es, Billing A ack, SSL, Mul -factor Authen ca on, Secure programming prac ces, Establishing a threat model. Module III: Overview of Wireless Security, Mobile IP Security and 802.11 (15 Hours) Cellular and WLAN systems, primary WLAN security issues, wireless access threats, wireless security services, NAC Architecture, Subscrip on-Based systems, Hotspots, Wifi and Wimax, Mobile IP en es and rela onships, IP tunneling, Care-of Address, Insider A acks on Mobile IP, Mobile Node DoS a ack, Replay a ack, Session-stealing a ack, Firewalls, A acks on 802.11(DoS), Greedy MAC behavior. Module IV: Ad Hoc Network Security, Secure MANET Routing (20 Hours) Ad Hoc network security, Security in MANET, PHY, MAC, NET, misbehavior, Cross-Layer Approaches, Role of loca on in MANET, A acks on loca on, Trust and reputa on in MANET, MANET rou ng challenges, A acks on MANET rou ng, Secure Distance Vector Rou ng, SAODV, ARAN, Hybrid systems, Mesh security, Loca on security and privacy, Mi ga ng Traceability, Related case studies Suggested Research papers This course will be based primarily on research papers. Students are expected to read a number of research papers in the area of Mobile and cellular network security. 1. V.Bharghavan, “Secure Wireless LAN’s” in Proceedings ACM Conference on Computer and Communica ons Security ,1994. 2. Y. Zhang and W.Lee, “Intrusion detec on in wireless ad hoc networks” in IEEE/ACM MobiCom Proc, 2000. 3. C. Perkings ,”IP mobility support” IETF RFC 2002, Oct 1996 and revised in September 2002. 4. Lucio Fuentelsaz et al ,” The evolu on of mobile communica ons in Europe: The transi on from the second to the third genera on” in Elseiver, 2008. 5. Toshio Miki and Narumi Umeda,”The overview of the 4th Genera on Mobile Communica on System”,in IEEE,2005. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|109

6.

Al-Sakib khan Pathan ,Hyung-Woo Lee and Choong Seon Hong ,”Security in Wireless Sensor Networks: Issues and Challenges” ,ISBN 89-5519-129-4.

Suggested Readings The following suggested readings are recommended for background knowledge. 1. James D. Solomon, Mobile IP: The Internet Unplugged, Pren ce Hall. 2. Frank Adelstein, Sandeep K.S. Gupta, Golden G. Richard III, and Loren Schwiebert, Fundamentals of Mobile and Pervasive Compu ng 3. Noureddine Boudriga, Security of Mobile Communica ons 4. LeventeBu yán and Jean-Pierre Hubaux, Security and Coopera on in Wireless Networks, 2008. [Available Online] 5. Himanshu Dwivedi, Chris Clark, and David Thiel, Mobile Applica on Security 6. David Tse and Pramod Viswanath, Fundamentals of Wireless Communica on [Available Online] 7. David B. Johnson. Mobile IP in the Current and Future Internet, Tutorial for MobiCom 8. Charles Perkins, “Mobile Networking with Mobile IP”, IEEE Internet Compu ng, 2(1):58-69, January/February 1998

CSNS0024: NETWORK SECURITY AND FORENSICS (3 credits – 45 hours) Objective: The objective of this course is to familiarize the student with the different network security forensic techniques using tools and available data sets. Module I: Email security and Firewalls (10 Hours) IPSec Protocol - IP Authen ca on Header - IP ESP - Key Management Protocol for IPSec. Transport layer Security: SSL protocol, Cryptographic Computa ons – TLS Protocol.PGP - S/MIME - Internet Firewalls for Trusted System: Roles of Firewalls – Firewall related terminology- Types of Firewalls Firewall designs - SET for E-Commerce Transac ons Module II: Introduction to Computer Forensics (10 Hours) Computer Forensics Fundamentals – Types of Computer Forensics – Forensics Technology and Systems - Understanding Computer Inves ga on – Data Acquisi on, Processing Crime and Incident Scenes – Valida ng Forensics Data, Email Inves ga ons Cell Phone and Mobile Devices Forensics Module III: Footprinting, Social Engineering and Data Security (10 Hours) Web Tools for Footprin ng, Conduc ng Compe ve Intelligence, Google Hacking, Scanning, Enumera on, Steganography – Methods, Firewall and Honeypots, IDS AND IPS, Web Filtering, Vulnerability, Penetra on Tes ng, Session Hijacking, Reverse Engineering, Incident Handling and Response, Bluetooth Hacking. Module IV: Pervasive Computing(15 Hours) Pervasive compu ng infrastructure-applica ons- Device Technology - Hardware, Human-machine Interfaces, Biometrics, and Opera ng systems– Device Connec vity –Protocols, Security, and Device Management- Pervasive Web Applica on architecture-Access from PCs and PDAs - Access via WAP Suggested Readings 1. Man Young Rhee, “Internet Security: Cryptographic Principles”, “Algorithms and Protocols”, Wiley Publica ons. 2. Nelson, Phillips, Enfinger, Steuart, “Computer Forensics and Inves ga ons”,Cengage Learning, India Edi on. 3. John R.Vacca, “Computer Forensics”, Firewall Media, 2005. 4. Richard E.Smith, “Internet Cryptography”, Pearson Educa on, 3rd Edi on. 5. Marjie T.Britz, “Computer Forensics and CyberCrime: An Introduc on”, Pearson Educa on 6. Michael T. Simpson, Kent Backman, James E. “Corley, Hands-On Ethical Hacking and Network Defense”, Second Edi on, CENGAGE Learning 7. Steven DeFino, Barry Kaufman, Nick Valenteen, “Official Cer fied Ethical Hacker Review Guide”, CENGAGE Learning, 2009-11-01. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|110

8.

Patrick Engebretson, “The Basics of Hacking and Penetra on Tes ng: Ethical Hacking and Penetra on Tes ng Made Easy”, Syngress Basics Series – Elsevier, August 4, 2011. 9. Whitaker and Newman, “ Penetra on Tes ng and Network Defense” , Cisco Press, Indianapolis, IN, 2006. 10. Jochen Burkhardt, Pervasive Compu ng: Technology and Architecture of Mobile Internet Applica ons, Addison-Wesley Professional; 3rd edi on, 2007

CSDS0025: DATA STRUCTURES USING C (4 credits - 60 hours) Objective: The objective of the course is to learn how to create data structures to represent a collection of similar data and solve problems using C language. After completion of this course, a student will be able to ● Understand and use the process of abstraction using a C programming language ● Implement various data structures viz. Stacks, Queues, Linked Lists, Trees and Graphs ● Understand various searching and sorting techniques. Module I: Arrays and Lists (16 Hours) a) Data Type, Abstract Data Type, Data Structure, Fundamental and Derived Data Types, Array as a data structure, Representa on of arrays: single and mul dimensional, Address calcula on using column and row major ordering; inser on and dele on in arrays; use of arrays for matrix representa on and manipula on (addi on, mul plica on). b) Linked List as a data structure; opera ons on lists; singly linked list (with one or two external pointers), doubly linked list, circular list; use of linked lists for polynomial representa on and manipula on (addi on and mul plica on), and sparse matrix representa on and manipula on (inpu ng, adding, and displaying in matrix form) . Module II: Stacks and Queues (14 Hours) Stacks and Queues as data structures; implementa on of stacks and queues using arrays and linked lists; Circular Queue, Priority Queue; Applica on of stacks: Conversion of infix (containing arithme c operators including exponen al operator, and parenthesis) to pos ix and prefix expressions; evalua on of pos ix expression. Module III: Trees and Graphs (18 Hours) a) Binary Trees and General Trees, Representa on of trees using linked lists, Binary tree traversal methods, recursive and non-recursive algorithms for traversal methods, Binary search trees (crea on, inser on and dele on of a node), Height balanced (AVL) binary trees (construct and traverse an AVL tree), mul -way search trees (construc on and traversal); B-tree (construc on and traversal of a B-tree of given order) b) Introducing Graphs; Graph representa on: Adjacency matrix, adjacency lists, incidence matrix; Traversal schemes: Depth first search, Breadth first search Module IV: Searching and Sorting (12 Hours) Linear and binary search, Indexed search; Hashing, Hash Func ons (division method, mid square method, folding), Sor ng algorithms: Inser on, Selec on, Bubble, Quick, Merge, Radix. Suggested Readings 1. Lipschutz, S., Theory and Problems of Data Structures (Interna onal Edi on), Schaum’s Outline Series, New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill. 2. Kanetkar, Y. P., Data Structures Through C Language, New Delhi: BPB Publica ons. 3. Cha opadhyay, S.; D. G. Das dar; M. Cha opdhyay, Data Structures Through C Language, New Delhi: BPB Publica ons.

CSNW0026: COMPUTER NETWORK FUNDAMENTALS (3 Credits - 45 Hours) Objective: The objective of this course is to make the students understand basic terminologies of ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|111

computer network along with their types, mode of communication, models, transmission media, connecting devices. It also emphasizes to make the students aware about network security and basic conception of World Wide Web. Module I (15 Hours) Computer Network: Defini on, Goals, Applica ons, Structure, Components, Topology, Types of Topology, Types of Networks (LAN, MAN, WAN, Internet), Broadcast and Point-To-Point Networks, Communica ons Types (Synchronous, Asynchronous), Modes of Communica on, Topology, Client/Server architecture, Network Models, Design issues of the layer, Protocol Hierarchy, ISO-OSI Reference Model (Func ons of each layer),Terminology, SAP, Connec on Oriented and connec onless services, Peer En es, TCP/IP model, Layers, Ports, Protocol Stack, Comparison of ISO-OSI and TCP/IP Model Module II (10 Hours) Transmission Media, Classes of Transmission Media, Guided Media: Coaxial Cable, Twisted Pair, Fiber Op cs Cable, Connectors. Unguided Media (Wireless) Electromagne c Spectrum for Wireless Communica on, Propaga on Methods (Ground, Sky, Line-of-Sight), Wireless Transmission, Radio Waves, Infrared, Microwave, Wireless LANs Architecture, MAC Sublayer, Frame Format, Frame Types, Bluetooth Architecture. Module III (10 Hours) Analog and Digital Signals, Data Encoding, Parallel and Serial Transmission, Network Connec vity Devices, Categories of Connec vity Devices, Passive and Ac ve Hubs, Repeaters, Bridges, Switches (2-Layer Switch, 3-Layer Switch (Router)), Gateways, Network Interface Cards (NIC), Internetworking Principles. Module IV (10 Hours) Network Security : Defini on, Network Security Requirements and A acks, Network Security Devices (firewalls, Proxy Server), Encryp on and Digital Signatures, Internet Basics, Concept of Intranet and Extranet, Web Server, World Wide Web (WWW) Architecture, Web Documents, Search Engines, Internet Service Providers (ISP). Suggested Readings 1. Andrew S. Tannenbaum, “Computer Networks”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited New Delhi. 2. Behrouz A. Forouzan, “Data Communica ons and Networking”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited New Delhi. 3. William Stallings, “Data and Computer Communica ons”, Pearson Educa on Asia.

CSWT0027: WEB TECHNOLOGIES (4 credits-60 Hours) Objective: The course provides an introduction to the fundamentals and basic requirements of web technologies. After completion of this course, students should be able to design and implement a website on their own by including client-side and server-side technologies. Finally, the course also provides a basic knowledge of querying web databases to support a website having back-end information. Module I: Basic Internet-related Terms and Static Web Development (18 Hours) a) Basic Terms: History of the Internet and the World Wide Web; W3C (World Wide Web Consor um); Levels of Internet Connec vity (Dial-up, Leased Line, DSL, VSAT); Requirements for Internet Connec vity; Search Engines, News-group, voice and video conferencing, E-mail and its Protocols; Web Portal; Different types of browsers (IE, Firefox, Chrome); URLs, Domain names b) Sta c Web Development: Introduc on to XHTML; HTML vs. XHTML, XHTML comments; Basic Tags-XHTML, HEAD, TITLE, BODY; Paragraph Tag, Horizontal Rule Tag, Headings Tags, Blockquote Tag, Lists, Linking, Images, Tables, FONT Tag, PRE, DIV and SPAN tags; other different forma ng tags; Forms; Frames ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|112

Module II: CSS, DHTML and JavaScript (18 Hours) a) Cascading Style Sheets: Types of Style Sheets-Inline, Embedded, and External; Conflic ng Styles; Use of CSS for posi oning elements, Background, and Text flow, CSS Box Model, CSS Borders and Outlines, Style class and Pseudo-class, CSS Image Gallery b) DHTML: Introduc on to DHTML and JavaScript, JavaScript vs. VBScript, Adding script to documents, Data types, operators, variables, input and output statements, Built in func ons, Arrays, If statement, Switch statement, Looping statements, Loops, JavaScript Form Valida on, Events in JavaScript Module III: Website Design Considerations and XML (10 Hours) a) Website Design Considera ons: Planning to design a website, sitemaps, top-down vs. bo om up approach, Crea ng a Compa ble web site for different color depths, resolu ons, and browser considera ons, valida ng a website b) XML: Introduc on to XML; Structuring Data; XML Namespaces; Document Type Defini ons and Schemas; XML Parser; Document Object Model; Extensible Stylesheet Language (XSL) Module IV: Web Servers and PHP (14 Hours) a) Web servers: Need of a web server; System Architecture of a Web server; HTTP Request Types; Client-side Scrip ng versus Server-side Scrip ng; Accessing Web servers; Various web servers-Microso IIS, Apache, NGINX, LAMP, WAMP b) PHP: Introduc on to PHP; PHP Data Types; Control Structures; Func ons; Strings; Arrays Suggested Readings 1. Deitel and Deitel, Internet and World Wide Web: How to Program, 4th Edi on, Pren ce Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. , New Delhi, 2009. 2. E. A. Meyer, CSS The Definite Guide, 3rd Edi on, O’Reily. 3. Douglas E. Comer, The Internet Book: Everything you need to know about Computer Networking and how the Internet works, 3rd Edi on, Pren ce Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi 4. R. Lerdorf, K. Tatroe, P. MacIntyre, Programming PHP, 3rd Edi on, O’Reily. 5. T. McNavage, JavaScript for Absolute Beginners, Apress, 2010.

CSCD0028 : DIGITAL COMPUTER DESIGN (3 credits – 45 hours) Objective: The objective of the course is to introduce the fundamental concepts of digital systems and basic tools used in the design and implementation of digital circuits. Module I: Data representation and arithmetic operations (5 Hours) Introduc on, numbering systems, decimal to binary conversion, binary coded decimal numbers, hamming code for error correc on, alphanumeric codes. Module II: Algebra for Digital systems (8 Hours) Binary addi on, binary subtrac on, complement representa on of numbers, addi on/subtrac on of numbers in 1’s complement Nota on, addi on/subtrac on of numbers in 2’s complement Nota on, binary mul plica on, mul plica on of signed numbers, binary division, arithme c with binary coded decimal numbers, representa on of integers, Floa ng point representa on of numbers, Floa ng point arithme c. Module III: Logic gates and Boolean Algebra (7 Hours) Introduc on to Basic logic gates (AND, OR, NOT, NOR, NAND), Truth tables, simplifica on of truth tables, the K-map method, SOP and POS simplifica ons, Quine-McCluskey tabula on method. Module IV: Combinational logic and Sequential logic (15 Hours) a) Combina onal logic: Introduc on, Combina onal circuits, Analysis procedure, design procedure Binary Adder-Subtractor, Decimal adder, binary mul plier, Magnitude comparator, decoders, encoders, mul plexers, HDL models and Combina onal Circuits b) Sequen al logic: Introduc on, Sequen al circuits, Storage elements: Latches, Storage elements: Flip-flops, Analysis of clocked sequen al circuits, State reduc on and Assignment, Design procedure. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|113

Module V: Digital integrated circuits (10 Hours) Introduc on, Special characteris cs, Bipolar-Transistor characteris cs, RTL and DTL circuits, Transistor- Transistor Logic, Emi er-Coupled logic, Metal-oxide semiconductor, complementary MOS, CMOS transmission gate circuits, Switch-level Modeling with HDL Module VI: Memories (5 Hours) Memory types and terminology, read only memory, Semiconductor RAMs, Non-vola le RAMs, Sequen al memories, Programmable logic Devices, Magne c memories, Op cal disk memory, Charge coupled devices. Suggested Readings 1. M.Morris Mano, Digital Logic and Computer Design, Pearson Educa on, 2009 2. V.Rajaraman, An Introduc on to Digital Computer Design, 5th ed., PHI 3. R. P Jain,Modern Digital Electronics, 4th ed.,TMH 4. William Stallings, Computer Organiza on, PHI

CSOJ0029: OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING USING JAVA (3 credits – 45 hours) Objective: The course is designed to impart the knowledge and skill required to solve real world problem using object-oriented approach utilizing Java language constructs. This course covers the two main parts of Java i.e. Java Language and Java Library (JDK 5). After completion of the course, a student is expected to be able to: ● Do object Oriented Programming using Java ● Implement Exception handling and create applets in Java. ● Create Java I/O Applications and Applets. ● Set up a GUI using Swing components. Module I: Core Java Programming (12 hours) a) Java Overview: Genesis, Java Philosophy, Java and Internet, Object-Oriented Programming features, Java Applet and Applica on, Java Environment and Java Development Kit (JDK) and Java Standard Library (JSL) b) Java language fundamentals: The scope and life me of variable, Type conversion and cas ng, Control statements, Arrays c) Classes and objects: The this keyword, Garbage collec on, Overloading constructor, Using object as parameters, Argument passing, Returning objects, Recursion, Introducing Access control (public, private and protected), sta c, final, nested classes, String class, Command-line argument. Module II: Inheritance, Exception handling, and Applets (10 hours) a) Inheritance: Member access and inheritance, method overriding, dynamic method dispatch, using abstract classes, using final with inheritance, the Object class; Packages, Interface, classpath b) Excep on handling: Fundamentals, Excep on types, Java’s built-in excep ons, user defined excep ons. c) I/O Basics: Streams, the stream classes, the predefined streams, Reading console input, wri ng console output. Module III: String handling, Utility classes, java.lang and java.io (12 hours) a) String handling: String constructors, methods for character extrac on, string searching and comparison, data conversion using valueof(), StringBuffer b) Exploring java.lang: Simple type wrappers, System class, class Class, Math func ons c) The u lity classes: Vector, Stack, HashTable, StringTokenizer, Bitset, Date, Calendar, GregorianCalendar, Random, Observable d) Input/Output - Exploring java.io: The java.io classes and interface, File class and methods for crea ng, renaming, lis ng and dele ng files and directories, I/O stream classes. Module IV: Applet class and Swing (11 hours) a) The Applet class: applet architecture, passing parameters to applets, getDocumentBase, ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|114

b) c)

getCodeBase, and showDocument, AppletContext and AudioClip interfaces, Graphics class and methods for drawing lines, rectangles, polygons and ovals Swing: Component and Container classes, Layout managers (FlowLayout, GridLayout, BorderLayout), Handling events, Adapter classes, Anonymous inner classes Swing GUI components : JLabel, JTextField, JTextArea, JBu on, JCheckBox, JRadioBu on, JList, JComboBox, JScrollBar, JScrollPane, JToolTip, JPanel, JFrame (f) Menus: JmenuBar, JMenu, JMenuItem, JSeparator.

Suggested Readings 1. Deitel, H. M.; P. J. Deitel, Java : How To Program (Sixth Edi on), New Delhi: Pren ce-Hall India 2. Schildt, H., The Complete Reference Java 2 (Fi h Edi on), New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill 3. Russel, Java Programming for the absolute Beginner , New Delhi: Pren ce-Hall India 4. Hanagan D., Java Examples in a Nutshell (Third Edi on), New Delhi: O’ Reilly

CSCG0030: COMPUTER GRAPHICS (3 credits – 45 hours) Objective: Computer graphics is one of the most exciting and rapidly growing computer fields. It has got numerous areas of applications such as user interface, data visualization, television commercials, motion pictures, etc. This paper is meant to give the students knowledge of hardware, graphics concepts and algorithms to implement the concepts. Module I (7 Hours) Overview of Graphics Systems : Video Display Devices, Refresh cathode-ray Tubes, Raster Scan Display, Random Scan Display Color CRT Monitor, Direct View Storage Tubes, Flat panel Display, Three Dimensional Viewing Devices, Stereoscopic and Virtual-Reality Systems, Raster Scan Systems Video Controller, Raster Scan Display Processor, Random-Scan Systems, Graphics Monitors and Worksta ons, Input Devices, Hard Copy Devices, Graphics So ware, Coordinate Representa ons, Graphics Func ons, So ware Standards, PHIGS Worksta ons. Module II (10 Hours) Output Primi ves: Points and Lines, Line Drawing Algorithms, Loading the Frame Buffer, Line Func ons, Circle –genera ng Algorithms, Ellipse-genera ng Algorithms, Other Curves, Conic Sec ons, Polynomial and Spline Curves, Parallel Curve Algorithms, Curve Func ons, Pixel Address and Object Geometry Screen Grid Coordinate, Maintaining Geometric Proper es of Displayed Objects, Filled-Area Primi ves, Scan-line polygon Fill Algorithm, Inside Outside Test, Scan –Line Fill of Curved Boundary Areas, Boundary Fill Algorithm, Flood Fill Algorithm, Fill-Area Func ons, Cell Array, Character Genera ons. Module III (10 Hours) Two- Dimensional Geometric Transforma ons : Basic Transforma ons: Transla ons, Rota ons, Scaling; Matrix Representa ons and Homogeneous Coordinates, Composite Transforma ons: Transla ons, Rota ons, Scaling, General Pivot Point Rota ons, General Fixed Point Scaling, General Scaling Direc ons, Concatena on Proper es, General Composite Transforma ons and Computa onal Efficiency, Other Transforma ons: Reflec ons, Shear; Transforma ons Between Coordinate Systems, Affine Transforma ons, Transforma on Func ons, Raster Method for Transforma ons. Module IV (10 Hours) Two-Dimensional Viewing: The Viewing Pipeline, Viewing Coordinate Reference Frame, Window-to-Viewport Coordinate Transforma ons. Two -Dimensional Viewing Func ons, Clipping Opera ons, Point Clipping, Line Clipping: Cohen-Sutherland Line Clipping, Liang-Barsky Line Clipping, Nicholl-Lee-Nicholl Line Clipping; Polygon Clipping: Sutherland-Hodgeman Polygon Clipping, Weiler-Atherton Polygon Clipping; Curve Clipping, Text Clipping, Exterior Clipping. Module V (8 Hours) Three Dimensional Concept and Some Object Representa on: Three-Dimensional Display Methods, ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|115

Parallel Projec ons, Perspec ve Projec ons, Depth Cueing, Visible Line and Surface, Iden fica on, Surface Rendering, Exploded and Cutway Views, Three-dimensional and Stereoscopic Views, Three Dimensional Graphic Packages, Polygon Surfaces, Polygon Tables, Place Equa ons, Polygon Meshes, Curved Line and Surfaces, Quadric Surfaces: Sphere, Ellipsoid, Torus, Superquadrics, Superellipse, Superellipsoid, Blobby Objects, Spline Representa ons, Interpola ons and Approxima ons Splines, Parametric Con nuity Condi ons, Geometric Con nuity Condi ons, Spline Specifica ons, Cubic Spline Interpola on Methods, Natural Cubic Splines, Hermite Interpola ons, Cardinal Splines, Kochanek-Bartels Splines, Bezier Curves, Proper es of Bezier Curves, Design Technique Using Bezier Curves, Cubic Bezier Curves, Bezier Surfaces. Suggested Readings 1. Donald Hearn and M Pauline Baker, Computer Graphics, 2nd Edi on, PHI, India. 2. R Plastock and G Kalley, Theory and Problems of Computer Graphics, 2nd Edi on, Schaum’s Series, Mc GrawHill. 3. J Foley and A Van Dam, S Feiner , J Huges., Computer Graphics : Principles and Prac ce, Addison – Wesley. 4. D Rogers and J Adams, Mathema cal Elements for Computer Graphics, 2nd Edi on, McGraw Hill, Interna onal Edi on.

CSDC0031: DATA COMMUNICATIONS AND NETWORKS I (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: Data communications and networking may be the fastest growing technologies in our culture today. One of the ramifications of that growth is a dramatic increase in the number of professionals where an understanding of these technologies is essential for success. This course deals with the introduction and the first two layers of the OSI model. The students, at the end of this course, will have a more than elementary idea about the technologies/protocols involved in the physical and data link layer, including the medium access control sublayer of the latter. Module I: Introduction to Computer Networks (6 Hours) Uses of Computer Networks; Wired and wireless Networks; Types of networks – LAN, MAN, WAN; Network Topology; OSI Reference Model – Outline, Protocol hierarchies, Design considera ons; TCP-IP Reference Model; ATM Reference Model; Comparison among these reference models; Examples- Internet, X.25, Frame Relay, ATM Module II: Physical Layer (17 Hours) Fourier Analysis (Qualita ve), Maximum data rate of a Channel, Bit rate and Baud; Baseband and Broadband; Guided Transmission Media- Magne c, Twisted pair, Coaxial cable, Fibre Op cs; Wireless transmission – Electromagne c Spectrum, Radio transmission, Microwave Transmission, Infrared transmission; Comparison among the different transmission media – guided and unguided; Communica on Satellite – LEO, MEO and GEO Satellite; Amplitude, Phase and Frequency modula on – QPSK, QAM, Frequency Division and Time Division Mul plexing – PCM, Delta Modula on, SONET; Circuit, Message and Packet Switching; Outline of PSTN, ADSL, WLL, AMPS, D-AMPS, GSM, CDMA Module III: Data Link Layer (17 Hours) Design Issues - Services provided to the higher layer, Framing, Error Control, Flow Control; Error Detec on and Correc on – Error Correc ng Codes, Error-Detec ng Codes; Elementary Data Link Protocols – Unrestricted simplex protocol, Simplex stop-and-wait protocol, Protocol for Noisy Channel; Sliding Window protocols – One bit sliding window, Go Back n protocol, Protocol using Selec ve Repeat; Examples – HDLC, Data Link Layer in the Internet, PPP Module IV: Medium Access Control Sublayer (20 Hours) Channel Alloca on Problem – Sta c and Dynamic channel alloca on; Mul ple access – Aloha, Slo ed Aloha, CSMA; Collision free protocols; Limited Conten on Protocols; Wireless LAN protocols – MACA, MACAW; IEEE Standard 802.3 – Ethernet, Cabling, Encoding, MAC Sublayer, Switched Ethernet, Fast Ethernet Gigabit Ethernet; IEEE Standard 802.11 – Protocol Stack, Physical Layer, MAC Sublayer, Frame Structure; IEEE Standard 802.16 – Protocol Stack, Physical Layer, MAC Sublayer, Frame ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|116

Structure; Bluetooth- Architecture, Applica on, Protocol Stack, Radio Layer, Baseband layer, Frame Structure; Bridges – Spanning tree bridges, Remote bridges Suggested Readings 1. Andrew S. Tenenbaum, Computer Networks, Fourth Edi on, Pren ce Hall of India, 2002 2. Behrouz A Forouzan, Data Communica on and Networking, Second Edi on, Tata McGraw Hill, 2000 3. William Stallings, Data and Computer Communica ons, Sixth Edi on, Pren ce Hall of India, 2000 4. Fred Halsall, Data Communica on, Computer Networks and Opens Systems, Fourth Edi on, Pearson Educa on, 2000

CSOS0032: OPERATING SYSTEMS (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: The main objective of this course is to introduce the students to a layer of software called Operating Systems, whose job is to manage all the devices of a computer system and provide user programs with a simple interface to the hardware. This course will familiarize the students with the concepts of processes, memory management, file management, Input/Output management and the potential problem of deadlocks. The students will also learn about the Linux operating system, which is a full-blown Unix clone and is fast gaining popularity worldwide. Module I: Concepts, Processes and Threads (14 Hours) Opera ng system as an Extended Machine and as a Resource Manager, Opera ng system concepts (Files, Deadlocks, Memory Management, Input/Output, Processes, The Shell, Security), The evolu on of Opera ng Systems (Serial Processing, Simple Batch Systems, Mul programmed Batch Systems, Mainframe Opera ng Systems, Server Opera ng Systems, Time Sharing Systems, Mul processor Opera ng Systems, Real-Time Systems, Embedded Opera ng Systems, Smart Card Opera ng), System Calls (Process Management, File Management, Directory management), Introduc on to Processes (The Process Model, Process Crea on, Process Termina on, Process Hierarchies, Process States, Implementa on of Processes, Process Control Block), Threads (The Thread Model, Thread Usage, Implemen ng Threads(In User Space and Kernel), Scheduler Ac va on, Pop Up Threads, Interprocess Communica on (Race condi ons, Cri cal Sec ons, Mutual Exclusion with Busy Wai ng, Sleep and wakeup, Semaphores, Mutexes, Monitors, Message Passing), Classical IPC problems (The Dining Philosophers Problem, The Sleeping Barber Problem), Process Scheduling (Scheduling in Batch Systems, Scheduling in Batch Systems, Scheduling in Interac ve Systems, Scheduling in Real-Time Systems, Thread Scheduling) Module II: Deadlocks and Memory Management (14 Hours) a) Resources, Deadlock (Condi ons for Deadlock, Deadlock modeling), Deadlock detec on and recovery, Deadlock avoidance, Deadlock preven on b) Memory management without swapping or paging (Monoprogramming without swapping or paging, Mul programming with fixed par ons, Reloca on and Protec on), Swapping, Virtual Memory (Paging, Page Tables), Page Replacement Algorithms (Not-recently-used, First in first out, Second Chance page replacement algorithm, The Clock Page Replacement Algorithm, Least Recently used page replacement algorithm, The Working Set Page Replacement Algorithm, Modeling Paging Algorithms (Belady’s Anomaly, Stack Algorithms, Predic ng page fault rates), Design issues for Paging Systems, Implementa on issues, Segmenta on (Implementa on of pure segmenta on, Segmenta on with Paging: MULTICS) Module III: Input/output and File Systems (16 Hours) a) Principles of I/O hardware (I/O devices, Device Controllers, Direct memory access), Principles of I/O so ware, I/O So ware Layers, Disks (Disk hardware, disk forma ng, disk arm scheduling algorithms, Error handling, Track-at-a- me caching, RAM disks) Clocks (Clock hardware, Clock so ware), Terminals (Terminal hardware, Input so ware, Output so ware) b) Files (File Naming, File structure, File types, File access, File a ributes, File opera ons, Memory mapped files), Directories, File System layout (Implemen ng files, Implemen ng directories, Shared files), Security (The security environment, Generic Security A acks, Design Principles For Security, ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|117

User Authen ca on), Protec on mechanisms (Protec on Domains, Access Control Lists, Capabili es, Mul level Security, Covert Channels), Type of File Systems (FAT, VFAT, FAT32, NTFS) Module IV: Introduction to Linux OS design – Case study (16 Hours) Overview of Unix, Processes in Unix (Fundamental Concepts, Process Management System Calls in Unix, Implementa on of Processes in Unix), Memory Management in Unix, Input/Output in Unix, The Unix File System, Security in Unix Suggested Readings 1. Andrew S Tanenbaum, Modern Opera ng Systems , (Second Ed.), Pren ce Hall of India, New Delhi, 2002 2. William Stallings, Opera ng Systems, Fourth Edi on, Pren ce Hall of India, New Delhi. 3. Silberschatz, Galvin, Opera ng System Concepts, Fi h Edi on, John Wiley and Sons (Asia) Pte Ltd. 4. HM Deitel, Opera ng Systems, Second Edi on, Pearson Educa on. 5. Pramod Chandra P. Bha , An Introduc on to Opera ng Systems Concept, Pren ce Hall of India. 6. Maurice J. Bach, The Design of the Unix Opera ng System, Pren ce Hall of India, New Delhi. 7. Kernighan and Pike, The Unix Programming Environment, Pren ce Hall of India, New Delhi.

CSDA0033: DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: The study of algorithms is at the heart of computer science. In recent years, a number of advances have been made in the field of designing of algorithms. This course is meant to give students an in-depth knowledge to analyze and design a better algorithm before its actual implementation. Module I (16 Hours) a) Models of Computa ons: Algorithms and their complexity, Random access machines, Computa onal complexity of RAM programs, A stored program model, Abstrac on of RAM, A primi ve model of computa on: Turing machine, Rela onship between Turing machine and RAM model. b) Algorithms Analysis Techniques: Efficiency of algorithms, Analysis of recursive programs, Solving recurrence equa ons, A General solu on for large class of recurrences. c) Algorithms Design Techniques: Data structures: List, queues and stacks; Set representa ons, Graphs, Trees, Divide-and-Conquer algorithms, Dynamic programming, Greedy algorithms, Backtracking, Local search algorithms, Balancing Module II (10 Hours) a) Sor ng and Order Sta s cs: The sor ng problem, Radix sor ng, Sor ng by comparison, Heapsort- an O(n logn) comparison sort, Quicksort- an O(n logn ) expected me sort, Order sta s cs, Expected me of order sta s cs. b) Data Structures for Set Manipula on Problems: Fundamental opera ons on set, Hashing, Binary search, Binary search trees, Op mal binary search trees, A simple-disjoint-set union algorithm, Tree structures for UNION-FIND problem, Applica on and extensions of the UNION-FIND algorithm, Balanced tree schemes, Dic onaries and priority queues, Mergeable heaps, Concatanable queues, Par oning. Module III (14 Hours) a) Algorithms on Graphs: Minimum-cost spanning trees, Depth-first search, Biconnec vity, Depth-first search of a directed graph, Strong connec vity, Path-finding problems, A transi ve closure algorithm, A shortest-path algorithm, Path problems and matrix mul plica on, Single –source problems, Dominators in a directed acyclic graph. b) Matrix Mul plica ons and Related Opera ons: Basics, Strassen’s matrix-mul plica on algorithm, Inversion of matrices, LUP decomposi on of matrices, Applica on of LUP decomposi on, Boolean matrix mul plica on. Module IV (10 Hours) a) NP-Complete Problems: Nondeterminis c Turing machine, The classes P and NP, Languages and problems, NP-completeness of the satsifiability problem, Addi onal NP-complete problem, ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|118

b)

Polynomial space-bound problems. Some Provably Intractable Problems: Complexity hierarchies, The space hierarchy for determinis c Turing machine. A problem requiring exponen al me and space, A non-elementary problem.

Module V (10 Hours) a) Data Structures and Algorithms for External Storage: A model for External computa on, External sor ng, Storing informa on in files, External search trees. b) Memory Management: The issues in memory management, Managing equal-sized blocks, Garbage collec on algorithms for equal-sized blocks, Storage alloca on for objects with mixed sizes, Buddy systems, Storage compac on. Suggested Readings 1. Alfred V Aho, John E Hopcro and Jeffrey D Ullman, The Design and Analysis of Computer Algorithms. Addision Wesley, 2001. ( Modules I, II, III and IV) 2. Alfred V Aho, John E Hopcro and Jeffrey D Ullman, Data Structures and Algorithms.. Addision Wesley, 2000. (Modules I and V) 3. Thomas H Corman, Charles E Leiserson, Ronald L Rivest and Clifford Stein, Introduc on to Algorithms, 2nd ed.. PHI, 2004. 4. V Manbar, Introduc on to Algorithms - A Crea ve Approach, Addision Wesley, 2000. 5. Ellis Harwitz, Sartaz Sahani, Fundamentals of Computer Algorithms.. ,Computer Science Press, 2000. 6. Peter Linz, An Introduc on to Formal Languages and Automata. Narosa Publishing House 2001.

CSPJ0034: PROGRAMMING THROUGH JAVA (4 credits–60 hours) Objective: The course is designed to impart the knowledge and skill required to solve real world problem using object-oriented approach utilizing Java language constructs. This course covers the two main parts of Java i.e. Java Language and Java Library (JDK 5). After completion of the course, a student is expected to be able to ● Do Object Oriented Programming using Java ● Implement Exception handling and Multithreading in Java. ● Create Java I/O Applications and Applets. ● Set up a GUI using Swing components ● Do Network Programming in Java. ● Access relational databases from Java program and use Java Beans and Servlets. Module I: Core Java Programming (14 Hours) a) Java Overview: Genesis, Java Philosophy, Java and Internet, Object-Oriented Programming features, Java Applet and Applica on, Java Environment and Java Development Kit (JDK) and Java Standard Library (JSL), b) Java language fundamentals: The scope and life me of variable, Type conversion and cas ng, Control statements, Arrays c) Classes and objects: The this keyword, Garbage collec on, Overloading constructor, Using object as parameters, Argument passing, Returning objects, Recursion, Introducing Access control (public, private and protected), sta c, final, nested classes, String class, Command-line argument Module II: Inheritance, Exception handling, Multithread and Applets (12 Hours) a) Inheritance: Member access and inheritance, method overriding, dynamic method dispatch, using abstract classes, using final with inheritance, the Object class; Packages, Interface, classpath b) Excep on handling: Fundamentals, Excep on types, Java’s built-in excep ons, user defined excep ons. c) Mul threaded Programming: The Java thread model (thread priori es, synchroniza on and inter-thread communica on); Deadlock, Thread Group d) I/O Basics : Streams, the stream classes, the predefined streams, Reading console input, wri ng console output, the transient and vola le modifiers, using instance of na ve methods

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|119

Module III String handling, Utility classes, java.lang and java.io (12 Hours) a) String handling: String constructors, methods for character extrac on, string searching and comparison, data conversion using valueof (), StringBuffer b) Exploring java.lang: Simple type wrappers, System class, class Class, Math func ons c) The u lity classes: Vector, Stack, HashTable, StringTokenizer, Bitset, Date, Calendar, GregorianCalendar, Random, Observable d) Input/Output - Exploring java.io: The java.io classes and interface, File class and methods for crea ng, renaming, lis ng and dele ng files and directories, I/O stream classes (FileInputSream, FileOutputStream, BufferedInputStream, BufferedOutputStream, PushBackInputStream, InputStreamReader, BufferedReader, BufferedWriter, PrintStream, RandomAccessFile) Module IV: Networking, Images, Applet class and Swing (12 Hours) a) Networking: Socket overview, Stream Sockets, Datagram sockets, Manipula ng URLs, Establishing a simple Server/Client using Stream Sockets, Connec onless Client/Server Interac on with Datagrams b) Images: File formats, image fundamentals, crea ng, loading and displaying images, ImageObserver, MediaTracker c) The Applet class: applet architecture, passing parameters to applets, getDocumentBase, getCodeBase, and showDocument, AppletContext and AudioClip interfaces, Graphics class and methods for drawing lines, rectangles, polygons and ovals i) Swing: Component and Container classes, Layout managers (FlowLayout, GridLayout, BorderLayout), Handling events, Adapter classes, Anonymous inner classes ii) Swing GUI components : JLabel, JTextField, JTextArea, JBu on, JCheckBox, JRadioBu on, JList, JComboBox, JScrollBar, JScrollPane, JToolTip, JPanel, JFrame iii) Menus: JmenuBar, JMenu, JMenuItem, JSeparator Module V: Java Beans, JDBC, Java Servlets (10 Hours) a) Java Beans: Introducing JavaBeans Concepts and Bean Development Kit (BDK), Using the Bean Box, Wri ng a simple Bean, Bean Proper es (simple proper es), Manipula ng events in the Bean Box b) Java database connec vity (JDBC): Introduc on to JDBC, type of JDBC connec vity, Establishing database connec ons, Accessing rela onal database from Java programs Suggested Readings 1. Deitel, H. M.; P. J. Deitel, Java : How To Program (Sixth Edi on), New Delhi: Pren ce-Hall India, 2005 2. Schildt, H., The Complete Reference Java 2 (Fi h Edi on), New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill, 2005 3. Moss, K., Java Servlets (Second Edi on), New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill 4. Russel, Java Programming for the absolute Beginner , New Delhi: Pren ce-Hall India 5. Hanagan D., Java Examples in a Nutshell (Third Edi on), New Delhi: O’ Reilly, 2001

CSOS0035: INTRODUCTION TO OPERATING SYSTEMS (4 credits -60 hours) Objective: To provide the basic functionalities and services provided by an operating system. This subject provides an overview of process management, memory management, deadlock, file system, input-output systems and protection and security. It give knowledge on existing common operating system like UNIX, Linux and Windows. Module I: Introduction to Operating systems (8 Hours) Defini on of Opera ng Systems, Func ons of Opera ng Systems, Types of Opera ng Systems: Batch, Mul programmed, Time sharing, Mul -Processor, Real- me and Distributed Opera ng Systems, Opera ng System Structures, Components and Services, System calls. Module II: Process Management (10 Hours) Process Concept-Defini on, Process States, Process Control Block, Process Schedulers- Short term, Medium term and Long term schedulers, Scheduling Algorithms - Preemp ve and Non-Preemp ve, Co-opera ng process, Threads, Inter-process communica on. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|120

Module III: Process Synchronization and Deadlock (12 Hours) Process Synchroniza on-the Cri cal Sec on Problem, Classical Problems of Synchroniza on, Semaphores. Deadlocks - Defini on of a Deadlock, System model, Characteriza on, Deadlock Handling-Preven on, Avoidance, Detec on and Recovery (Banker’s Algorithms and Resource Request Algorithm Module IV: Memory Management (10 Hours) Memory Management- Logical and Physical Address Space, Address Mapping, Swapping, Con guous alloca on, Paging, Segmenta on, Segmenta on with Paging. Virtual memory-Demand paging and its performance, Page replacement algorithms- FIFO and LRU, Thrashing. Module V: File and I/O System Management (12 Hours) a) File management (Systems, Secondary Storage Structure)-File Concepts, Access methods, Directory Structure, Protec on and consistency, Recovery. b) I/O System Management- Overview of I/O Systems, I/O Interface, Secondary Storage Structure-Disk Structure and Scheduling methods, Disk management, Swap – Space management. Module VI: Protection and Security (8 Hours) Goals of protec on, Domain Protec on, Access matrix, Security Problem, Authen ca on, Case Study of Windows and Linux Opera ng System. Suggested Readings 1. Abraham Silberschatz and Peter Baer Galvin, “Opera ng System Concepts”, 7th Edi on, Pearson Educa on, 2002. 2. Tannenbaum ,”Modern Opera ng Systems”, PHI 3. William Stallings, “Opera ng Systems”, 6th Edi on, Pearson Educa on, 2010. 4. Harvey M. Deitel, Opera ng Systems, Second Edi on, Pearson Educa on Pvt. Ltd. 5. Mandik and Donovan, Opera ng Systems, Mcgraw Hill.

CSSD0036: SYSTEM ANALYSIS AND DESIGN (4 credits - 60 hours) Objective: To provide various concepts of systems analysis and design. It will impart the knowledge and skills required for analysis, design, and development of an information system. Upon completion, students should be able to analyze a problem and design an appropriate solution using a combination of tools and techniques. Module I : Introduction to Information Systems (15 hours) Types of Informa on Systems, Architecture based Informa on systems - Centralized Systems, Distributed Systems. The concept of system analysis and design, the stakeholders and their role: Systems users, Systems owners, Systems designers, Systems builders, Systems analysts. Tools for system development - Analysis tools, Fact Finding Techniques, Design tools and Development tools. Determina on of system requirement, Ac vi es in requirement determina on. Fact Finding Techniques - Interview, Ques onnaire, Record review, Observa on. Module II: Structured analysis (18 hours) a) Methods and tools, Role of prototyping in the analysis. Tools and techniques for Modeling, Data flow diagram, Data dic onary, documen ng decisions and procedures - Decision trees and Decision tables, Structures English. System Flow Charts, Program Flow Charts. b) System Development Life Cycle, Phases of SDLC, SDLC models - Waterfall Model, Itera ve Model, Spiral Model, etc. Module III: The design concept of a system (15 hours) The Design phase, Elements of design- design of Input, the design of output, the design of files, the design of control and procedure, the design of database interac ons. Top down and Bo om up design. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|121

Module VI: Testing and Documentation (12 hours) Tes ng strategies, types of tes ng. User training, System audits. Documenta on, Program structured charts, So ware design and documenta on tools, structured flow charts. Selec on of Hardware and So ware, Categories of automated tools- Front-end tools, Back-end tools, integrated tools, Case Tools. Suggested Readings 1. System Analysis and design - Pree Gupta, Firewall media 2. Systems Analysis and Design, 9th Edi on Kenneth E. Kendall, Julie E. Kendall, Pearson 3. System Analysis and Design, Fi h Edi on by Roberta M. Roth, Barbara Haley Wixom, Alan Dennis, John Wiley and Sons 4. System Analysis and Design - Hitesh Gupta, India Book House Ltd 5. System Analysis And Design – V. K. Jain, Dreamtech Press

CSIG0037: INTRODUCTION TO GRAPHICS (2 credits - 30 hours) Objective: This course aims to give an overview of Computer Graphics System and to give the understanding the mathematics behind computers graphics and their implementation on computer. Module I (6 Hours) Introduc on to computer Graphics - Video display devices- Raster scan Systems -Random Scan Systems - Interac ve input devices - Hard copy devices - Graphics so ware - Output primi ves. Shadow Mask CRT. Module II (10 Hours) Line drawing algorithms-DDA, Bresenham, circle genera ng algorithms. Boundary Fill Algorithm, Flood Fill Algorithm. Two dimensional transforma on-transla on, scaling, rota on, reflec on, shear. Viewing Pipeline. Module III (14 Hours) Window to viewport co-ordinate transforma on, clipping opera ons: point clipping, line clipping. 3D transforma on and viewing: 3D transforma ons: transla on, rota on, scaling and other transforma ons. Rota on about an arbitrary axis in space, reflec on through an arbitrary plane; Projec on-parallel, perspec ve. Suggested Readings 1. Hearn, Baker, “ Computer Graphics ( C version 2 nd Ed.)” – Pearson educa on 2. Mukherjee Arup, Introduc on to Computer Graphics,PHI 3. D. F. Rogers, J. A. Adams, “ Mathema cal Elements for Computer Graphics – TMH 4. Buford J. K., “Mul media Systems” – Pearson Educa on

CSCO0038: COMPUTER ORGANISATION AND ARCHITECTURE (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: This course covers the organization of modern computer systems. It helps in learning how to program computers at the assembly level as well as how to design the main components of a Von Neumann computer system, including its instruction set architecture, data path, control unit, memory system, input/output interfaces, and system buses. Module I: Introduction (10 hours) Number representa on; fixed and floa ng point number representa on, IEEE standard for floa ng point representa on. Error detec on and correc on codes: Hamming code. Digital computer genera on, computer types and classifica ons, func onal units and their interconnec ons, buses, bus architecture, types of buses and bus arbitra on. Register, bus and memory transfer. Module II: Central Processing Unit (10 hours) Addi on and subtrac on of signed numbers, look ahead carry adders. Mul plica on: Signed ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|122

operand mul plica on, Booth’s Mul plica on Algorithm; Division Algorithm and array mul plier. Division and logic opera ons. Floa ng point arithme c opera on, Processor organiza on, general register organiza on, stack organiza on and addressing modes. Module III: Control Unit (10 hours) Instruc on types, formats, instruc on cycles and subcycles (fetch and execute etc), micro-opera ons, execu on of a complete instruc on. Hardware and microprogrammed control: microprogramme sequencing, wide branch addressing, and microinstruc on with next address field, pre-fetching microinstruc ons, concept of horizontal and ver cal microprogramming. Module IV: Memory (10 hours) Basic concept and hierarchy, semiconductor RAM memories, 2D and 2 1/2D memory organiza on. ROM memories. Cache memories: concept and design issues ( performance, address mapping and replacement) Auxiliary memories: magne c disk, magne c tape and op cal disks Virtual memory: concept implementa on. Module V: Input / Output (10 hours) Peripheral devices, I/O interface, I/O ports, Interrupts: interrupt hardware, types of interrupts and excep ons. Modes of Data Transfer: Programmed I/O, interrupt ini ated I/O and Direct Memory Access., I/O channels and processors. Serial Communica on: Synchronous and asynchronous communica on, standard communica on interfaces. Module VI: Pipelining (10 hours) Basic Concepts, performance, floa ng point arithme c, opera ons, instruc on pipelining in RISC, pipelining in computer arithme c, Data Hazard, Instruc on hazard, Influence on Instruc on set, datapath and controls considera on, Superscalar Opera on. Suggested Readings 1. M. Morris Mano, Computer System Architecture, PHI 2. William Stallings, Computer Organiza on, PHI 3. Vrunesic, Hamacher and Zaky, Computer Organiza on, TMH 4. Pa erson, Computer Organisa on and Design, Elsevier Pub. 2009 5. John P Hayes, Computer Organiza on, McGraw Hill 6. K.K Tripathi, Rajesh K. Gangawar, Microprocessor and its Applica ons, Acme Learning, New Delhi, 2010 7. Brey, Barry B, INTEL Microprocessors, PHI

CSDB0039: RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: The objectives for this course are to give students an in-depth understanding of the relational model for establishing fundamental skills with SQL and the operation of an RDBMS. The course also provides concept of data modelling, design and management for solving realistic problems. Module I (15 hours) a) Database System Architecture - Data Abstrac on, Data Independence, Data Defini ons and Data Manipula on Languages. b) Data models - En ty Rela onship(ER), Enhanced En ty Rela onship (EER): specializa on, Aggrega on, Mapping ER Model to Rela onal Model, Network. Rela onal and Object Oriented Data Models, Integrity Constraints and Data Manipula on Opera ons. Module II (22 hours) Rela on Query Languages, SQL queries fro retrieval and data changing commands, Rela onal Algebra, Tuple and Domain Rela onal Calculus, SQL and QBE. Rela onal Database Design: Domain and Data dependency, Armstrong’s Axioms, Normal Forms, Dependency Preserva on, Lossless design.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|123

Module III (8 hours) Query Processing and Op miza on: Evalua on of Rela onal Algebra Expressions, Query Equivalence, Join strategies, Query Op miza on Algorithms. Module IV (15 hours) a) Storage Strategies: Indices, B-Trees, Hashing, Transac on processing: Recovery and Concurrency Control, Locking and Timestamp based Schedulers, Mul version and Op mis c Concurrency Control Schemes. b) Advanced topics: Object-Oriented and Object Rela onal databases. Logical Databases, Web Databases, Distributed Databases, Data Warehouse and Data Mining. Suggested Readings 1. Ramez Elmasri and Shamkant B Navathe, Fundamentals of Database Systems, 5th Edi on, Pearson Educa on 2. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F Korth and S Sudarshan, Database System Concepts, 5th Edi on, Mc-Graw Hill. 3. C.J. Date, Introduc on to Database Systems, 8th ed., Pearson Educa on. 4. Bipin Desai, An introduc on to Database System, Galgo a Publica on.

CSSG0040: SYSTEM PROGRAMMING (3 credits – 45 hours) Objective: The course is aimed at presenting the programming concepts of several system software such as assembler, linker, loader, macro processor, and other software. Module I: Assemblers (12 hours) Overview of the assembly process, Machine dependent assembler features, Machine independent assembler features, Design of two pass assembler, single pass assembler. Module II: Loaders and linkers (13 hours) Loader func ons, program relocatability, absolute and bootstrap loader, Overview of linkage edi nglinking loader-Dynamic linking, Design of the linkage editor, study of executable linkable file, DLL. Module III: Macroprocessors (15 hours) Macro defini on and usage, two pass macro, one pass macro, Schema cs for Macro expansionGenera on of unique labels, Condi onal macro expansion, Recursive macro expansion, Macro with language interpreter. Module IV: Software tools (5 hours) Introduc on to so ware tools, text editor, Interpreter, Program generator, Debug monitor. Suggested Readings 1. John J. Donovan, Systems Programming, 1st ed., McGraw Hill. 2. Leland L. Beck, System So ware - An Introduc on to System Programming, 3rd ed., Pearson. 3. D.M.Dhamdhere, System Programming and Opera ng Systems, TMH. 4. P. Balakrishna Prasad, Opera ng Systems and system Programming, 2nd ed., Scitech.

CCSSE0041: SOFTWARE ENGINEERING (4 credits–60 hours) Objective: The field of software engineering aims to find answers to the many problems that software development project is likely to meet when constructing large software systems. The objective of this paper is to make students aware of the problems incurred by large-scale software development and the solutions proposed. It covers a framework for studying and evaluating software tools, and stresses the importance of theory in the development of software. Module I (10 Hours) a) The Product and The Process: The Product - Evolving Role of So ware, So ware (Characteris cs, ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|124

b)

c) d)

e)

Components and Applica ons; The Process – So ware Engineering A Layered Technology, The So ware Process, So ware Process Models, The Linear Sequen al Model, The Prototyping Model, The RAD Model, Evolu onary Process Models (The Incremental Model, The Spiral Model, The Component Assembly Model, The Concurrent Development Model), The Formal Methods Model, Fourth Genera on Techniques; Project Management Concepts – The Management Spectrum (People, The Problem, The Process and The Project); So ware Process and Project Metrics – Measures, Metrics and Indicators, Metrics in the Process and Project Domains, So ware Measurement, Reconciling Different Metrics Approaches, Metrics for So ware Quality; So ware Project Planning – Observa on on Es ma ng, Project Planning Objec ves, So ware Scope, Resources, Project Es ma on Technique – Empirical es ma on techniques (Expert Judgement Technique, Delphi Cost Es ma on), Heuris c es ma on techniques (COCOMO Model), Halstead So ware Science (An Analy cal Technique), The Make-Buy Decision;

Module II (10 Hours) a) Project Scheduling and Tracking - Basic Concepts, The Rela onship between People and Effort, Defining a Task set for the So ware Project, Selec ng So ware Engineering Tasks, Defining a Task Network, Scheduling, The Project Plan; b) So ware Projects Risks, Quality Assurance and Configura on Management: Risk ManagementReac ve Vs. Proac ve Risk Strategies, So ware Risk, Risk Iden fica on, Risk Projec on, Risk (Mi ga on, Monitoring and Management), Safety Risks and Hazards, The RMMM Plan; c) So ware Quality Assurance - Quality Concepts, The Quality Movement, So ware Quality Assurance, So ware Reviews, Formal Technical Reviews, Sta s cal Quality Assurance, So ware Reliability, The SQA Plan, The ISO 9000 Quality Standards; d) So ware Configura on Management - So ware Configura on Management, The SCM Process, Iden fica on of Objects in the So ware Configura on, Version Control, Change Control, Configura on Audit, Status Repor ng; e) System Engineering - Computer Based Systems, Product Engineering Module III (20 Hours) a) Analysis and Design: Analysis Concepts and Principles - Requirements Analysis, Communica on Techniques, Analysis Principles, So ware Prototyping, Specifica on, Specifica on Review; b) Analysis Modeling- The Elements of the Analysis Model, Data Modeling, Func onal Modeling and Informa on Flow, Behavioral Modeling, The Mechanics of Structured Analysis, The Data Dic onary; c) Design Concepts and Principles - So ware Design And So ware Engineering, The Design Process, Design Principles, Design Concepts, Effec ve Modular Design, Design Heuris c for Effec ve Modularity, The Design Model, Design Documenta on; d) Design Methods - Data Design, Architectural Design, The Architectural Design Process, Architectural Design Op miza on, Interface Design, Human-Computer Interface Design, Interface Design Guidelines, Procedural Design; e) Design For Real Time systems - Real Time Systems; f) Case studies on diagram - Use case, Class, Ac vity, Sequence Module IV (10 Hours) a) So ware Tes ng: So ware Tes ng Methods - So ware Tes ng Fundamentals, Test Case Design, White Box Tes ng, Basis Path Tes ng, Control Structure Tes ng, Black Box Tes ng, Tes ng for Specialized Environments; b) So ware Tes ng Strategies - A Strategic Approach to So ware Tes ng, Strategic Issues, Unit Tes ng, Integra on Tes ng, Valida on Tes ng, System Tes ng, The Art of Debugging; c) Technical Metrics For So ware - So ware Quality, A Framework For Technical So ware Metrics, Metrics for the Analysis Model, Metrics for the Design Model, Metrics for Source Code, Metrics for Tes ng, Metrics for Maintenance Module V (10 Hours) a) Object Oriented So ware Engineering: Object Oriented Concepts and Principles - The Object ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|125

b)

c) d) e) f) g)

Oriented Paradigm, Object Oriented Concepts, Iden fying the Elements of an Object Model, Management of Object Oriented So ware Projects Object Oriented Analysis - Object Oriented Analysis, Domain Analysis, Generic Components of the Object Oriented Analysis Model, The OOA Process, The Object Rela onship Model, The Object Behavior Model Object Oriented Design - Design for Object Oriented Systems, The Generic Components of the OO Design Model, The Systems Design Process, The Object Design Process, Design Pa erns, Object Oriented Programming Advanced Topics In So ware Engineering: Cleanroom So ware Engineering- The Cleanroom Approach, Func onal Specifica on, Design Refinement and Verifica on, Cleanroom Tes ng So ware Reuse - Management Issues, The Reuse Process, Domain Engineering, Building Reusable Components, Classifying and Retrieving Components, Economics of So ware Reuse Reengineering - So ware Reengineering, Reverse Engineering, Restructuring, Forward Engineering, Economics of Reengineering Computer Aided So ware Engineering - Case Defini on, Building Blocks of Case, Taxonomy of Case Tools, Integrated Case Environments, The Integra on Architecture, The Case Repository

Suggested Readings 1. Roger S. Pressman, So ware Engineering A Prac oner’s Approach, Fourth Edi on, Tata McGraw Hill. 2. Rajib Mall, Fundamentals of So ware Engineering, Second Edi on, Pren ce Hall of India Private Limited. 3. Ian Sommerville, So ware Engineering, Sixth Edi on, Addison Wesley, Pearson Educa on. 4. Carlo Ghezzi, Mehdi Jazayeri, Dino Mandrioli, Fundamentals Of So ware Engineering, Second Edi on, Pren ce Hall of India Private Limited, New Delhi, 2002. 5. Jeffrey A. Hoffer, Joey F. George, Joseph S. Valacich, Modern Systems Analysis and Design, Second Edi on, Pearson Educa on. 6. Richard E Fairley, So ware Engineering Concepts, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 1997. 7. Hans Van Vilet, So ware Engineering Principles and Prac ce, Second Edi on, John Wiley and Sons, Ltd.

CSDC0042: DATA COMMUNICATIONS and NETWORKS II AND NETWORK PROGRAMMING USING LINUX (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: This course, being a continuation of the course Data Communication and Networks I of the previous semester, builds on the concepts of data communications and computer network. It deals with the remaining three main layers – the Network layer, the Transport layer and the Application Layer. This paper also introduces the students to network security and cryptography. While the aforesaid topics are dealt for the theory part of this paper, the practical section deals with network programming. Module I (17 Hours) Network Layer : Design Issues – Store and forward packet switching, Services provided to higher layer, Connec on Oriented and Connec onless services, Virtual Circuits and Datagram subnets; Rou ng Algorithms – Shortest Path Rou ng, Flooding, Distance Vector Rou ng, Link State Rou ng, Hierarchical Rou ng, Broadcast Rou ng, Mul cast Rou ng, Rou ng for Mobile Hosts, Rou ng in Adhoc networks; Conges on Control Algorithms – General Principles, Conges on Preven on Policies, Conges on control in Virtual Circuit and Datagram Subnets, Load shedding, Ji er control, QoS, Leaky Bucket Algorithm, Token Bucket Algorithm, RSVP; Internetworking – Tunneling, Fragmenta on; Internet Protocol – IP addresses, Subnets, CIDR, Network address transla on,; Internet Control Protocol – ICMP, ARP, RARP, BOOTP, DHCP; Mobile IP – Rou ng Module II (17 hours) Transport Layer : Design Issues, Services presented to higher layers; Transport Service Primi ves; Berkeley Sockets; Transport protocols – Addressing, Connec on Establishment and Release, Flow ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|126

Control and Buffering, Mul plexing, Crash Recovery; Internet Transport Protocols: UDP – Remote Procedure Call, Real- me transport Protocol; TCP – Service Model, Protocol, Header, Connec on Establishment and Release, Connec on Management, Transmission Policy, Conges on Control, Timer Management Module III (10 Hours) Applica on Layer : Domain Name System – name space, resource records, name servers; Electronic Mail - architecture and services, user agent, Message formats – MIME, Message Transfer - SMTP, Message Delivery – POP3 and IMAP, Web mail Module IV (16 Hours) Network Security : Cryptography, Subs tu on Ciphers, Transposi on Ciphers, One me pads, Quantum Cryptography, Cryptographic principles; Symmetric Key Algorithms – Data Encryp on Standard, Advanced Encryp on Standard, Cipher Modes; Public Key Algorithms – RSA; Digital Signatures – Symmetric Key, Public Key, Message Digest, Birthday A ack; Communica on Security IPSec, Firewalls, Virtual Private Networks; Wireless Security – 802.11 Security, WAP Security; Authen ca on Protocols – Based on shared secret key, Deffie-Hellman Key Exchange, Key Distribu on Center, Kerberos, Public Key Suggested Readings 1. Andrew S. Tenenbaum, Computer Networks (Fourth Ed.), Pren ce Hall of India, 2002 2. W Richard Stevens, UNIX Network Programming – Volume I (2nd Ed.), Pren ce Hall of India, 2002 3. William Stallings, Data and Computer Communica ons (Sixth Ed.), Pren ce Hall of India, 2000 4. Fred Halsall, Data Communica on, Computer Networks and Opens Systems, (4th Ed.), Pearson Educa on, 2000 5. William Stallings, Cryptography and Networking Security - Principles and Prac ce, Pearson Educa on, 2000

CSDM0043: DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM II (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: The objective of this paper is to present to the students some advanced database management concepts like query procession and transaction procession. Also, an introduction to some emerging database management technologies like data mining, data warehousing, multimedia databases etc, is also included. Module I: Query Processing and Optimization (10 Hours) Query Processing: Overview of query processing, transla on of SQL queries into rela onal algebra, Algorithms for SELECT, JOIN, PROJECT and SET opera ons, pipelining of opera ons, heuris cs, selec vity and cost es mates in query op miza on Module II: Transaction Processing and Concurrency Control (25 Hours) a) Transac on Processing: Transac on, ACID proper es of transac on, transac on states, schedules, serializability, tests for serializability, recoverability, transac on defini on in SQL. b) Concurrency Control: Concurrent execu on of transac on, Lock-based techniques for concurrency control, Graph-based protocol, Timestamp based protocol, Deadlock, Deadlock preven on methods, Deadlock detec on Deadlock recovery Module III: Recovery and Security (10 Hours) a) Recovery system: Types of failure, types of storage, recovery and Atomicity, Log-based recovery, shadow paging, recovery with concurrent transac ons, buffer management, logical undo logging, transac on rollback, checkpoints, restart recovery, fuzzy checkpoin ng b) Security: Security and Integrity-security viola ons, authoriza on and views, gran ng of privileges, security specifica ons in SQL, encryp on, and sta s cal databases. Module IV: Database System Architectures and New Applications (Introduction)(15 Hours) Centralized Systems, Client-Server Systems, Parallel Systems, Distributed Systems, Decision-Support Systems, Data Mining Concepts- Associa on Rules, Classifica on, Clustering, Applica ons of Data ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|127

Mining, Commercial Data Mining Tools, Other Database Technologies ( introduc on)-Data Analysis, Data Warehousing, Spa al and Geographical Databases, Mul media Databases, Mobility and Personal Database. Suggested Readings 1. Silberschatz, HF Korth, S Sudarshan, Database System Concepts, Tata- McGraw Hill, 1997. 2. R Elmasri, SB Navathe, Fundamentals of Database Systems, Addisson, Wesley (Third Edi on) 2000. 3. DM Kroenke, Database Processing: Fundamentals, Design and Implementa on, Pren ce-Hall of India, (Eighth Edi on) 2002. 4. GW Hansen, JV Hansen, Database Management and Design, Pren ce-Hall of India, (2nd Edi on) 2001. 5. Thomas M Connolly, Carolyn E Begg, Database Systems, A Prac cal Approach to Design, Implementa on and Management, Addison Wesley Longman Ltd. 1999.

CSIT0044: INTERNET TECHNOLOGY AND APPLICATIONS (3 credits – 45 hours) Objective: The objective of the course is to familiarize the students with a discussion on Internet and its growth. It also provides the students a study on the basic services provided by the Internet. A familiarization on the markup languages, scripting languages and web application development are also being discussed to make the student competent to design websites. It has been taken into consideration that this paper assumes that the students must know well in advance about the various protocols of the Internet and the knowledge of HTML and databases. Module I: Introduction to Internet (9 Hours) History of the Internet; History of the World Wide Web; W3C (World Wide Web Consor um); Levels of Internet Connec vity (Dial-up, Leased Line, DSL, VSAT); Requirements for Internet connec vity; Use of Browsers; Different types of browsers (IE, Opera, Netscape, Firefox); Search engines; FTP; Electronic Mail; Instant Messaging; DHCP; DNS; HTTP; URL; Proxy Servers. Module II: Internet Markup Languages (12 Hours) a) XHTML: What is XHTML?; Components of XHTML; Elements of XHTML (Headers, Paragraphs, b) Linking, Images, Special Characters, Lists, Tables, Forms, Framesets) c) Cascading Style Sheets: Inline Styles; Embedded Style; Conflic ng Style; Linking External Styles; W3C CSS Valida on Service; Use of CSS (Posi oning Elements, Backgrounds, Text flow) d) XML: What is XML? Structuring Data; XML Namespaces; Document Type Defini ons and Schemas; XML Vocabularies; Document Object Model (DOM and its methods); Extensible StyleSheet Language (XSL) Module III: Web servers, Databases and Scripting Languages (12 Hours) a) Web servers: What is a web server; HTTP Request Types; System Architecture of a Web server; Client-side Scrip ng versus Server-side Scrip ng; Accessing Web servers; Apache Web Server. b) Databases: Introduc on to each one of the following: SQL, MYSQL, DBI c) Scrip ng Languages: Javascript: Operators, Data Types, Control Structures, Func ons, Arrays, String Manipula on. JQuery, ASP.NET. Introduc on to Perl and CGI (Common Gateway Interface). JSP: Introduc on; JSP Overview; Scrip ng; Standard Ac ons; Direc ves d) Java Servlets: Servlet overview and architecture, Servlet Interface and Servlet life cycle, H pServlet Class, H pServletRequest Interface, H pServletResponse Interface, Handling HTTP get Requests, Deploying a web applica on, Handling HTTP get requests containing data, Handling HTTP post requests Module IV: Web Application Development Using PHP (12 Hours) a) Web Site Design Considera ons: Using Logical Design: Planning your website, drawing a map, using a top-down approach, flexibility, other web design metaphors. Crea ng templates. Crea ng a Compa ble Design: Designing for different color depths, resolu ons, different browser considera ons, accommoda ng limited bandwith. Valida ng your work. b) PHP: Introduc on to PHP; Data Types; Control Structures; Func ons; Strings; Arrays; Querying Web ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|128

Databases using PHP; Wri ng to Web Databases; Errors, Debugging and Deployment; Repor ng in PHP; Valida on Techniques in PHP. Suggested Readings 1. Deitel and Deitel, Internet and World Wide Web: How to Program, 2nd Edi on, Pren ce Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. , New Delhi 2. Hugh E. Williams and David Lane, PHP and MySQL, 2nd Edi on, O’Reilly, Shroff Publishers and Distributors Pvt. Ltd. 3. Moss, K., Java Servlets (Second Edi on), New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill 4. Internet Complete, 2nd Edi on, BPB Publica ons., New Delhi 5. Douglas E. Comer, The Internet Book: Everything you need to know about Computer Networking and how the Internet works, 3rd Edi on, Pren ce Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi

CSEP0045: ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING (3 credits–45 hours) Objective: To help the student understand the conceptual elements of ERP and its theory and implementation. This is especially poignant in view of large number of organizations implementing ERP applications in recent years. The student will appreciate the impact that ERP brings into the daily operations of firms with respect to their productivity, integration, communication, etc. Module I: ERP Basics (15 hours) a) Evolu on and structure of ERP, ERP concepts, growth of the ERP market, conceptual model of ERP, 2- er and 3- er architecture, elements in ERP architecture, advantages/benefits of ERP, overview of an enterprise, integrated management informa on, business modeling, integrated data model b) ERP and related technologies: Business Process Reengineering (BPR), Management Informa on Systems (MIS), Decision Support Systems (DSS), Data Warehousing, Data Mining, Online Analy cal Processing (OLAP), Supply Chain Management. Module II: ERP Modules (9 hours) Item types in ERP, Manufacturing, distribu on and Financial requirements, item control module in ERP, Finance module, Manufacturing and Produc on Planning module, Sales and Distribu on module, Plant Maintenance module, Quality Management module, Materials Management module, Capital Requirement Planning module, Purchase Control module, Human Resources modules; concept of Bill of materials, concept of formula management. Module III: Profiling ERP Vendors (8 hours) a) SAP AG : R/3 –, overview of R/3 system, R/3 modules, R/3 and the internet b) BAAN : Baan ERP modules, Baan ERP Tools c) Oracle : Oracle modules – Financials, Human Resources, Projects, Manufacturing, Supply chain. d) PeopleSo : Accoun ng and control, Treasury Management, Performance Management, Sales and Logis cs, Procurement. Module IV: ERP Implementation Lifecycle (6 hours) Elements of implementa on methodology, Pre-evalua on Screening, Package evalua on, project planning phase, Gap Analysis, Business Process Re-engineering, configura on, Implementa on team training, tes ng, product migra on and support, Problems in ERP implementa on, cost of ERP. Module V Best Practices in ERP (7 hours) a) Concept of Best Prac ces, concept of Customer Order Decoupling Point(CODP), Demand Management – Sales and Opera ons Planning, ERP scenario in India, future direc ons in ERP. b) Case studies should also be introduced to highlight situa ons where ERP projects are implemented, and the success stories/benefits/difficul es of these implementa ons. Suggested Readings 1. O’Leary, Daniel E, Enterprise Resource Planning Systems: systems, life cycle, electronic commerce and risk, Cambridge University Press. 2. Alexis Leon, Enterprise Resource Planning, 14th reprint, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi 2005 ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|129

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. **

Rahul V Altekar, Enterprise Resource Planning (Theory and Prac ce), Pren ce Hall India, New Delhi 2004 Alexis Leon, ERP Demys fied, Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Co. Ltd, 2000 Kent Sandoe, Enterprise Integra on, John Wiley and Sons Garg and Venkitakrishnan, Enterprise Resource Planning : Concepts and Prac ce, 2nd edi on, Pren ce Hall India Garg and Venkitakrishnan, ERPWARE : ERP Implementa on Framework, Pren ce Hall India ERP – Concepts and Cases, ICFAI University Press, 2004 It will be more meaningful if the student(s) is/are actually given exposure to at least one of the various ERP products during the course of the semester.

CSSE0046: BASIC SOFTWARE ENGINEERING (4 credits - 60 hours) Objective: To provide ability analyze a scenario and produce a problem statement. The learners will be able to produce a conceptual solution which includes sample prototypes, domain models, and user stories. The learners will be able to describe the attributes and activities involved in software development process models and testing. Module I: Introduction (10 Hours) Problems and solu ons: Why so ware is developed. Problem and vision statements. Goals and objec ves. Defini ons and paradigms, A generic view of so ware engineering. So ware development life cycle, Role of quality, metrics and measurement. Module II: Requirements Analysis (15 Hours) The feasibility study, So ware Requirement Analysis and Specifica ons, work breakdown structure (WBS), Problem Analysis, Crea ng so ware requirement specifica on document (SRS). Module III: Designing Software applications (15 Hours) Process Models: How so ware is built. The fundamental design concept for data, architectural and procedural designs. Conceptual solu ons. Agile concept and User stories. Domain modeling with UML diagrams-Class diagram, Use cases etc, Object oriented design paradigm; Crea on of technical design document. Module IV: Software Implementation (10 Hours) The rela onship between design and implementa on, Implementa on, Coding the procedural design, Good coding style and review of correctness and readability. Module V: Software Testing and Maintenance (10 Hours) Strategies of so ware tes ng. Types of tes ng, func onal tes ng, valida on and verifica ons. Test Case Design. Maintenance as part of so ware evalua on, techniques and procedures for maintenance. Introduc on to configura on Management. The concept of CASE, green engineering. Suggested Readings 1. Sommerville, “So ware Engineering”, Addison Wesley. 2. Roger S.Pressman, “So ware Engineering–A Prac oner’s Approach”, McGraw Hill Companies. 3. Rajib Mall, Fundamentals of So ware Engineering, PHI.

CSMA0047: MICROPROCESSORS AND APPLICATIONS (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: This course helps to develop an in-depth understanding of the operation of microprocessors, assembly language programming and microprocessor interfacing techniques. The students will be able to design and implement microprocessor- based systems in both hardware and software and can apply this knowledge to more advanced structures. Module I: Introduction (12 hours) Microprocessor evolu on and types, microprocessor architecture and opera on of its components, ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|130

addressing modes, interrupts, data transfer schemes, instruc on and data flow, mer and ming diagram. Interfacing devices. Architectural advancement of microprocessor. Typical microprocessor development schemes. Module II: 8-bit Microprocessors (13 hours) 8-bit Microprocessors: Pin diagram and internal architecture of 8085 microprocessor, registers, ALU, Control and status, interrupt and machine cycle. Instruc on sets. Addressing modes. Instruc on formats Instruc on Classifica on: data transfer, arithme c opera ons, logical opera ons, branching opera ons, machine control and assembler direc ves. Module III: 16-bit Microprocessor (7 hours) Architecture of 8086 microprocessor: register organiza on, bus interface unit, execu on unit, memory addressing, and memory segmenta on. Opera ng modes. Instruc on sets, instruc on format, Types of instruc ons. Interrupts: hardware and so ware interrupts. Module IV: Programming (8 hours) Assembly language programming based on Intel 8085/8086. Instruc ons, data transfer, arithme c, logic, branch opera ons, looping, coun ng, indexing, programming techniques, counters and me delays, stacks and subrou nes, condi onal call and return instruc ons Module V: Peripheral Interfacing (15 hours) Peripheral Devices: 8237 DMA Controller, 8255 programmable peripheral interface, 8253/8254 programmable mer/counter, 8259 programmable interrupt controller, 8251 UART and RS232C. Module VI: Pentium processor (Only features) (5 hours) Introduc on to Pen um Processors, Memory system, I/O system, Pipelining, Floa ng point module, Cache structure, superscalar architecture. Suggested Readings 1. Gaonkar, Ramesh S, Microprocessor Architecture, Programming and Applica ons with 8085, Penram Interna onal Publishing. 2. Ray A K, Bhurchandi K M, Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals, TMH 3. Hall D V, Microprocessor Interfacing, TMH 4. Liu and Gibson G A, Microcomputer System: The 8086/8088 family, PHI 5. Aditya P Mathur, Introduc on to Microprocessor, TMH 6. Brey, Barry B, INTEL Microprocessors, PHI 7. Renu Singh and B.P.Singh, Microprocessor, Interfacing and Applica ons 8. M Rafiqzzaman, Microprocessors, Theory and Applica ons

CSOC0048: OPERATING SYSTEMS AND CONCEPTS (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: This course provides an overview of operating systems along with the concepts of process management, memory management, deadlocks, file systems and input-output systems. After completing this course, the student should be able to recognize the underlying concepts and principles of operating systems, understand the structure and components of traditional OSs and acquire skills to deal with common operating systems like UNIX, Linux and Windows. Module I (15 hours) a) Introduc on to opera ng systems, Simple batch system, Mul programming and me sharing systems, Personal computer systems, Parallel systems, Distributed systems and Real me systems. b) Opera ng system structures: System components, protec on system, OS services, System calls. c) Process management: Process concept, Process scheduling, Opera on on processes, Coopera ng processes, Interprocess communica on, Threads CPU scheduling: Basic concepts, scheduling criteria, scheduling algorithms. Module II (15 hours) a) Deadlocks: System model, Deadlock characteriza on methods for handling deadlocks, Deadlock ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|131

b) c)

preven on, Deadlock avoidance, Deadlock detec on, recovery from Deadlock. Memory Management: Background, Logical versus physical address space, Swapping, Con guous alloca on, Paging, Segmenta on. Virtual Memory: Background, Demand paging, Performance of demand paging, Page replacement, Page replacement algorithms, Alloca on of frames, Trashing.

Module III (15 hours) File-system Interface: File concept, Access methods, Alloca on methods, Directory implementa on, Recovery. Module IV (15 hours) a) I/O Systems: Overview, I/O hardware, Applica on of I/O interface, Kernel I/O - subsystem, Transforming I/O requests to hardware opera ons. b) Secondary storage structure: Disk structure, Disk scheduling, Disk management, Swap space management, Disk reliability, Case studies LINUX, WINDOW NT. Suggested Readings 1. Abraham Silberschatz, Peter Bear Galvin, Opera ng system concepts, Addison Wesley. 2. Madnik and Donovan, Opera ng systems, McGraw Hill. 3. Andrew, S. Tannenbaum, Modern opera ng system, PHI. 4. Harvey M. Deitel, Opera ng Systems, Second Edi on, Pearson Educa on Pvt. Ltd. 5. William Stallings, Opera ng Systems, Pren ce Hall of India. 6. Pramod Chandra P. Bha – An Introduc on to Opera ng Systems, Concepts and Prac ce, PHI.

CSFL0049: FORMAL LANGUAGE AND AUTOMATA THEORY (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: The purpose of this course is to understand the power and limitations of abstract computational devices and to study various models including finite automata, grammars, pushdown automata, and Turing machines. The course will help in study of methods for classifying computational devices according to their computational power, and tools which will allow ascertaining the capability of a device to solve a given computational problem. Module I: Theory of Automata (10 Hours) Defini on of an Automaton, Descrip on of a Finite Automaton, Transi on Systems, Proper es of Transi on Func ons, Acceptability of a String by a Finite Automaton, Nondeterminis c Finite State Machines, The Equivalence of DFA and NDFA, Mealy and Moore Models, Minimiza on of Finite Automata. Module II: Formal Languages, Regular Sets and Regular Grammars (15 Hours) Defini on of formal languages, Chomsky Classifica on of Languages, Languages and Their Rela on, Recursive and Recursively Enumerable Sets, Opera ons on Languages, Languages and Automata; Regular Expressions, Finite Automata and Regular Expressions, Pumping Lemma for Regular Sets, Applica on of Pumping Lemma, Regular Sets and Regular Grammars Exercises. Module III: Context-free Languages (17 Hours) Context-free Languages and Deriva on tree, Ambiguity in Context-free Grammars, Simplifica on of Context-free Grammars, Normal Forms for Context-free Grammars, Pumping Lemma for Context-free Languages, Decision Algorithms for Context-free Languages Exercises Module IV: Pushdown Automata Turing Machines and Linear Bounded Automata (18 Hours) Basic Defini ons, Acceptance by pda, Pushdown Automata and Context-free Languages, Parsing and Pushdown Automata; Turing machine Model, Representa on of Turing Machine, Language Acceptability by Turing Machines, Design of Turing Machines, Universal Turing Machine and Other Modifica on, The Model of Linear Bounded Automaton, Turing Machines and Type 0 Grammars, Linear Bounded Automata and Languages, Hal ng Problem of Turing Machines, NP-Completeness.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|132

Suggested Readings 1. K.L.P. Mishra, N. Chandrasekaran, Theory of Computer Science, BPB Publica on, Pren ce-Hall of India, Second Edi on. 2. H.R. Lewis and C.H.Papadimitriou, Elements of the Theory of Computa on, Second Edi on, Pren ce Hall of India. 3. H.E. Hopcra and J.D. Ullamn, Introduc on to Automata Theory, Languages and Computa on, Narosa Publica ons. 4. J.C. Mar n, Introduc on to Languages and the Theory of Automata, Tata McGraw-Hill Interna onal, 2003.. 5. C.H. Papadimitriou, Computa on Complexity, Addison-Wesley. 6. Linz Peter, An Introduc on to Formal Languages and Automata,Narosa. 7. Kain, Theory of Automata and Formal Language, McGraw Hill.

CSDC0050: DATA COMMUNICATION (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: The main objective of this course is to make the students understand the characteristics of signals propagated through different transmission media, including concepts of attenuation and noise, error-detection, and error-correction techniques and interfacing and synchronization issues. Module I (16 hours) a) Introduc on to data communica ons: A communica ons model, Data communica ons, Networking, Protocols and Protocol architecture, Characteris cs of data transmission: Concepts and Terminology, Analog and digital data transmission, Transmission impairments. b) Transmission media: Guided transmission media, Wireless transmission data encoding, Digital data-Digital signals, Digital data- Analog signals, Analog data-Digital signals, and Analog data-Analog signals. Module II (13 hours) Data communica on interface: Asynchronous and Synchronous transmission, Line configura ons, Interfacing. Data link control, Flow control, Error detec on, Error control, High-level data link control (HDLC), Other data link control protocols. Module III (16 hours) Data communica ons hardware: Terminals- Introduc on, Basic terminal components, Enhanced terminal components, General-purpose terminals, Remote job entry terminals, Transac on terminals, Clustering of terminal devices. Communica ons processing hardware introduc on, Switching processors, Mul drop lines, Mul plexers, Concentrators, Front-end processors. Module IV (15 hours) Modems: Network a achment and regula ons, Line condi oning and leased lines, Modems and modem circuits. Mul plexing: Frequency-division mul plexing, Synchronous me-division mul plexing: Characteris cs, TDM Link control, Digital carrier systems sta s cal me-division mul plexing: Characteris cs. Suggested Readings 1. William Stallings , Data and Computer Communica ons, Sixth Edi on, Pearson Educa on Asia. 2. Prakash C. Gupta , Data Communica ons and Computer Networks, PHI 3. B.A. Forouzan, Data Communica ons and Networking, TMH. 4. William L.Scweber, Data Communica on, McGraw Hill. 5. Tenenbaum, A. S., Computer Networks (Fourth Edi on), New Delhi: Pren ce-Hall India 6. Larry L. Peterson and Bruce S. Davie, Computer Networks: A systems approach, 3rd Edi on, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers. 7. Mary E.S. Loomis, Data Communica ons, PHI.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|133

CSIS0051: INFORMATION SYSTEM DESIGN (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: The course is aimed at familiarizing the student with the techniques, applications and control of modern information systems. The course will also provide working knowledge of the types of information systems and`` their strengths and weaknesses in solving various business and organization problems. It also gives the fundamentals of Rational Rose and skills of designing using Rose tools. Module I (10 hours) a) Introduc on to Informa on systems development: overview of system analysis and design, Categories of Informa on systems, Systems development strategies, Implementa on and evalua on, Tools for systems development, Informa on systems planning methodologies, Managing projectreview and selec on, Preliminary Inves ga on, Project feasibility, selec ng the project development strategy; b) Requirement analysis and determina ons: Ac vi es in requirements determina on, Fact finding techniques: Interview, ques onnaire, Record review, observa on, tools for documen ng procedures and decisions: Decision trees, Decision tables, Structured analysis, Dataflow analysis, Tools for dataflow strategy, Developing data flow diagrams, Leveling, Data dic onary. Module II (10 hours) Prototype development strategy: purpose of prototyping, steps in prototype method, use of prototypes, tools for prototyping, Prototyping strategies. Computer Aided System Tools: Benefits of computer Assisted Tools, Categories of computer assisted system Engineering (CASE) Tools. Module III (15 hours) System Design: Objec ves, Features to be designed, managing the design process, managing end-user development system Design of output, Design of input and control, Design of online dialogue, Design of files and databases. Module IV (15 hours) Fundamentals of Ra onal rose, Object oriented design using UML, Design of so ware development diagram using rose, Func onal Tes ng using rose Module V (10 hours) a) System Engineering and Quality assurance: Designing reliable and maintainable system, Program structure charts, So ware Modules, Coupling and Cohesion. b) So ware design and documenta on tools: Structured flowchart, HIPO, Warnier/Orr diagrams. Managing quality assurance, Assessing system Reliability, Tes ng strategies, Documenta on. Managing system implementa on: Training conversion methods, Data and file prepara on, and post implementa on review. Managing informa on system development: Es ma on and management of development me, Personnel and Development management, structured walkthroughs. c) Selec on of hardware and so ware: Hardware selec on, determining size and capacity requirements. Computer evalua on, Financial factors, Maintenance and support, So ware selec on. Suggested Readings 1. James A. Senn, Analysis and Design of Informa on Systems, Tata McGraw Hill 2. Essen als of Visual Modeling with UML 2.0, IBM Manual 3. Essen als of Ra onal So ware Architect, IBM Manual 4. Ram Bansal, Informa on Systems Analysis and Design A Modern Approach To Systems Development, New Age Interna onal. 5. Rajaraman, Analysis and Design of Informa on Systems, Pren ce Hall 6. A.M. Langer, Analysis and Design of Informa on Systems, Springer.

CSPA0052: PRINCIPLES OF ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: Artificial

Intelligence

has

embraced

the

larger

scientific

goal of constructing

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|134

information-processing theory of intelligence. If such a science of intelligence could be developed, it could guide the design of intelligent machines as well as explicate intelligent behaviour as it occurs in humans and other animals. This paper describes the fundamental AI ideas that underlie many of the AI applications and provides a base for understanding natural intelligence. Module I: General Issues and Overview of AI (12 Hours) Introduc on to AI: The AI problems, the underlying assump on, AI techniques, the level of the model, criteria for success, AI applica ons. problem solving, search and control strategies: defining the problem as a state space search, produc on systems, control strategies, breadth-first search, depth-first search, problem characteris cs, produc on system characteris cs, issues in the design of search programs. Module II: Search Strategies for AI Production Systems (16 Hours) Heuris c search techniques: generate-and-test, hill climbing, simple hill climbing, steepest-ascent hill climbing simulated annealing, best-first search, OR-graphs, the A* algorithm, problem reduc on, AND-OR graphs, the AO* algorithm, constraint sa sfac on, means-end analysis. game playing: overview, the minimax search procedure, adding alpha-beta cutoffs, addi onal refinements, itera ve deepening. Module III: Knowledge Representation (16 Hours) Knowledge representa on issues: representa ons and mappings, represen ng simple facts in logic, knowledge representa on a ributes, computable func ons and predicates, resolu on, conversion to clause form, the basics of resolu on, resolu on in proposi onal logic, procedural vs. declara ve knowledge, logic programming, forward vs. backward reasoning, matching, control knowledge. sta s cal reasoning: probability and Bayes’ theorem, certainty factors and rule-based systems, Bayesian networks, Dempster-Shafer theory, basic no ons and concepts of fuzzy sets, fuzzy set opera ons, informa on - based characteriza on of fuzzy sets, fuzzy rela ons and their calculus. Module IV: Advanced AI (16 Hours) Natural language processing: overview, morphological analysis, syntac c analysis, seman c analysis, discourse integra on, pragma c analysis, parsing techniques, top-down parsing, bo om-up parsing, augmented transi on networks (ATN). Learning: rote learning, learning by taking advice, learning by induc on, explana on-based learning. Expert system: represen ng and using domain knowledge, expert system shells, explana on, knowledge acquisi on. Suggested Readings 1. Rich, E.; K. Knight, Ar ficial Intelligence, (Second Edi on), New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill, 1997 2. Nilson, N. J., Principles of Ar ficial Intelligence, New Delhi: Narosa Publishing House, 2002 3. Pedrycz, W.; F. Gomide, An Introduc on to Fuzzy Sets: Analysis and Design, New Delhi: Pren ce-Hall India, 2004. 4. Winston, P. H., Ar ficial Intelligence, New Delhi: Pearson Educa on Asia, 2002 5. Charniak, E.; D. McDermo , Introduc on to Ar ficial Intelligence, New Delhi: Pearson Educa on, 2002 6. Russell, S.; P. Norvig, Ar ficial Intelligence: A Modern Approach (Second Edi on), New Jersey: Pren ce-Hall, 2003

CSET0053: EMERGING TRENDS IN CLOUD COMPUTING (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: The purpose of this course is to make the student of Computer Applications aware of the trends of changes in technologies, applications and systems in the world of Information Technology specially in areas of cloud computing and related Module I: E-Commerce and CRM (10 Hours) a) Model of E-Commerce, Applica on with respect to models, BPR and E-Commerce, Crea on of E-Commerce sites (ethics): com/edu/org sites, Introduc on to ERP Packages b) CRM-Sales, Marke ng and Service Management, What is BPO/BCP, Why it is required? Guidelines, ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|135

Merits/De-Merits, Call Center – brief perspec ve technology wise, Func oning, Ethics, Disaster Recovery Management, Case Study Module II: E-Banking Transactions, Content Management and Disseminations (10 Hours) a) Inter Banking, Intra Banking, Electronic Payments, (Payment – Gateway Example, Securi es in E-banking (SSL, Digital Signatures – Examples), Services Provided: ATM, Smart Card ECS(Electronic Clearing System),e.g. Telephone, Electricity Bills b) E-learning – Models WBT, CBT, Virtual Campus, LMS and LCMS, Video Conferencing, Cha ng Bulle ng, Building Online Community, Asynchronous/ Synchronous Learning, Case Study Module III: Introduction to cloud computing (16 hours) a) Introduc on to Cloud Compu ng, the Evolu on of Cloud Compu ng, Hardware Evolu on, Internet So ware Evolu on, Server Virtualiza on, Web Services Deliver from the Cloud, Communica on-as-a-Service, Infrastructure-as-a-Service, Monitoring-as-a-Service, Pla orm- asa-Service, So ware-as-a-Service, Building Cloud Network b) Data in the cloud: Rela onal databases, Cloud file systems: GFS and HDFS, BigTable, HBase and Dynamo. Map-Reduce and extensions: Parallel compu ng, The map-Reduce model, Parallel efficiency of Map-Reduce, Rela onal opera ons using Map-Reduce, Enterprise batch processing using Map-Reduce, Introduc on to cloud development, Example/Applica on of Map-reduce. Module IV: Security in Cloud (14 hours) Understanding Security Risks, Reducing Cloud Security Breaches, Implemen ng Iden ty Management, Benefits of iden ty management, Aspects of iden ty management, Playing Detec ve: Detec on and Forensics, Ac vity logs, HIPS and NIPS, Data audit, Encryp ng Data, Crea ng a Cloud Security Strategy Module V: Virtualization (10 hours) Virtualiza on and the Cloud: Visualizing Virtualiza on, Characteris cs ,Using a hypervisor in virtualiza on, Abstrac ng hardware assets, Managing Virtualiza on, Founda onal issues, Abstrac on layer, Provisioning so ware, Virtualizing storage, Hardware provisioning, Security issues, Taking Virtualiza on into the Cloud Suggested Readings 1. Arpita Gopal, Chandrani Singh, Emerging Trends in Informa on Technology, First edi on, Excel books, New Delhi 2. Cloud Compu ng for Dummies by Judith Hurwitz, R.Bloor, M.Kaufman, F.Halper, (Wiley India Edi on) 3. Enterprise Cloud Compu ng by Gautam Shroff,Cambridge 4. Cloud Security by Ronald Krutz and Russell Dean Vines, Wiley-India 5. Google Apps by Sco Granneman,Pearson 6. Cloud Security and Privacy by Tim Malhar, S.Kumaraswamy, S.La f (SPD,O’REILLY) 7. Cloud Compu ng : A Prac cal Approach, Anthony T Velte, et.al McGraw Hill, 8. Cloud Compu ng Bible by Barrie Sosinsky, Wiley India

CSCL0054: CYBERLAW and IT SECURITY (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: The objective of this course is to learn about IT security – threats, detection, laws and provisions. Module I (12 hours) Object and Scope of the IT Act - Genesis, Object, Scope of the Act. Encryp on -Symmetric Cryptography, Asymmetric Cryptography, RSA Algorithm, Public Key Encryp on Module II (14 hours) Digital Signature- Technology behind Digital Signature, Crea ng a Digital Signature, Verifying a Digital Signature, Digital Signature and PKI, Digital Signature and the Law. E-Governance and IT Act 2000Legal recogni on of electronic records, Legal recogni on of digital signature, Use of electronic records and digital signatures in Government and its agencies , Cer fying Authori es. Need of ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|136

Cer fying Authority and Power .Appointment, func on of Controller. Who can be a Cer fying Authority? Digital Signature Cer fica ons. Genera on, Suspension and Revoca on of Digital Signature Cer ficate. Module III (12 hours) Domain Name Disputes and Trademark Law: Concept of Domain Names, New Concepts in Trademark, Jurisprudence, Cyber squa ng, Reverse Hijacking, Meta tags, Framing, Spamming, Jurisdic on in Trademark Dispute Module IV (12 hours) Cyber Regula ons Appellate Tribunal: Establishment and Composi on Of Appellate Tribunal, Powers of Adjudica ng officer to Award Compensa on, Powers of Adjudica ng officer to impose Penalty. Module V (10 hours) The Cyber Crimes (S-65 to S-74): Tampering with Computer Source Documents(S-65), Hacking with Computer System(S-66), Publishing of Informa on Which is Obscene in Electronic Form(s-67), Offences: Breach of Confiden ality and Privacy (S-72), Offences : Related to Digital Signature Cer ficate(S-73 and S-74) Suggested Readings 1. Farooq Ahmad, Cyber Law in India, Pioneer Books 2. Vakul Sharma, Informa on Technology Law and Prac ce, Universal Law Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd. 3. Suresh T Vishwanathan, The Indian Cyber Law, Bharat Law house New Delhi. 4. P.M. Bakshi and R.K.Suri, Hand book of Cyber and E-commerce Laws, Bharat Law house New Delhi. 5. Rodney D. Ryder, Guide to Cyber Laws, Wadhwa and Company Nagpur. 6. The Informa on Technology Act, 2000, Bare Act, Professional Book Publishers, New Delhi.

CSEC0055: E-COMMERCE AND DATA SECURITY (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: The objective of the course is to introduce the main concepts related to electronic commerce (e-commerce), their forms common applications and the threat and vulnerabilities associated with them. The subject also introduces the security techniques that can be used to protect e-commerce transactions. Module I: Introduction to E-Commerce (15 hours) Defini on, Scope of E-Commerce, Hardware requirements, E- Commerce and Trade Cycle, Electronic Markets, Electronic Data Interchange and Internet Commerce. Business to Business E-Commerce: Electronic Markets, Electronic Data Interchange (EDI): Technology, Standards (UN/EDIFACT), Communica ons, Implementa ons, Agreements, Security, EDI and Business, Inter-Organiza onal E-commerce. Module II: Legal issues (20 hours) Risks - Paper Document vs. Electronic document, Authen ca on of Electronic document, Laws, Legal issues for Internet Commerce: Trademarks and Domain names, Copyright, Jurisdic on issues, Service provider liability, Enforceable online contract.Security Issues: Security Solu ons- Symmetric and Asymmetric Cryptosystems, RSA, DES, AES and Digital Signature, Protocols for secure messaging, Secure Electronic Transac on (SET) Protocol, Electronic cash over internet, Internet Security. Module III: Business to Consumer E-Commerce (10 hours) Consumer trade transac on, Internet, Page on the Web, Elements of E-Commerce with VB, ASP, SQL. Module IV: E-business (15 hours) Internet bookshops, So ware supplies and support, Electronic Newspapers, Internet Banking, Virtual Auc ons, Online Share Dealing, Gambling on the net, E-Diversity, Case studies through internet. Suggested Readings 1. D. Whitley, E-Commerce-Strategy, Technologies and Applica ons, TMH. 2. K.K.Bajaj, E-Commerce - The Cu ng Edge of Business, TMH. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|137

3. 4.

W. Clarke, E-Commerce through ASP, BPB. M.Reynolds, Beginning E-Commerce with VB, ASP, SQL Server 7.0 and MTS, Wrox.

CSDW0056: DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING (4 Credits – 60 hours) Objective: The main purpose of the course is to develop and gain an understanding of the principles, concepts, functions and uses of data warehouses, data modeling and data mining in business. Module I: Data warehousing (15 hours) Defini ons and characteris cs, Mul -dimensional data model, Warehouse schema. Data Marts: Data marts, types of data marts, loading a data mart, metadata, data model, maintenance, nature of data, so ware components; external data, reference data, performance issues, monitoring requirements and security in a data mart. Online Analy cal Processing: OLTP and OLAP systems, Data Modeling, LAP tools, State of the market, Arbor Essbase web, Microstrategy DSS web, Brio Technology, star schema for mul dimensional view, snowflake schema; OLAP tools. Module II: Developing a Data Warehouse (15 hours) Building of a Data Warehouse, Architectural strategies and organiza onal issues, design considera ons, data content, distribu on of data, Tools for Data Warehousing Data Mining: Defini ons; KDD (Knowledge Discovery database) versus Data Mining; DBMS versus Data Mining, Data Mining Techniques; Issues and challenges; Applica ons of Data Warehousing and Data mining in Government. Module III: Association Rules (20 hours) A priori algorithm, Par on algorithm, Dynamic inset coun ng algorithm, FP – tree growth algorithm; Generalized associa on rule. Clustering Techniques: Clustering paradigm, Par on algorithms, CLARA, CLARANS; Hierarchical clustering, DBSCAN, BIRCH, CURE; Categorical clustering, STIRR, ROCK, CACTUS. Decision Trees: Tree construc on principle, Best split, Spli ng indices, Spli ng criteria, Decision tree construc on with presor ng. Module IV: Web Mining (10 hours) Web content Mining, Web structure Mining, Web usage Mining, Text Mining. Temporal and Spa al Data Mining: Basic concepts of temporal data Mining, The GSP algorithm, SPADE, SPIRIT, WUM. Suggested Readings 1. C.S.R.Prabhu, Data Warehousing- Concepts, Techniques, Products, Applica on, PHI. 2. AK Pujari, Data Mining Techniques, Universi es Press. 3. Berson and S.J.Smith, Data Warehousing, Data Mining and OLAP, TMH. 4. M.H.Dunham, Data Mining Introductory and Advanced Topics, Pearson.

CSNS0057: COMPUTER NETWORKS (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: The course provides an understanding of the overriding principles of computer networking, including protocol design, protocol layering, algorithm design, and performance evaluation along with principles embodied in the protocols designed for the application layer, transport layer, network layer, and link layer of a networking stack. Module I (10 hours) Review of OSI, TCP/IP models, Switching Techniques: Circuit Switching, Switching Techniques: Packet Switching, Mul ple Accesses –RANDOM ACCESS-ALOHA, CSMA, CSMA/CD, CSMA/CA, Controlled Access, Channeliza on. Module II (12 hours) X.25, ATM, LAN - Ethernet IEEE 802.3 - IEEE 802.4 - IEEE 802.5 - IEEE 802.11 – FDDI - SONET – Bridges.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|138

Module III (15 hours) Network Layer: IP addressing methods, Subne ng, ARP, RARP, BOOTP, DHCP – Rou ng – Distance Vector Rou ng – Link State Rou ng – Routers. Module IV (12 hours) Transport layer: Du es of transport layer – Mul plexing – Demul plexing – Sockets – User Datagram Protocol (UDP) – Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) – Conges on Control – Quality of services (QOS) – Integrated Services. Module V (11 hours) Applica on Layer: Domain Name Space (DNS), EMAIL, Network Security-PLAYFAIR CIPHER, AES, DES, Public key cryptosystem and RSA, Message authen ca on code using Hash Func on, Introduc on to Kerberos. Suggested Readings 1. Andrew S. Tanenbaum , Computer Networks, PHI 2. Larry L. Peterson and Bruce S. Davie, Computer Networks –A system approach. 3. Behrouz A. Forouzan, Data communica on and Networking, Tata McGraw-Hill. 4. William Stallings, Data and Computer Communica on, Pearson Educa on. 5. James F. Kurose and Keith W. Ross, Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach Featuring the Internet, Pearson Educa on.

CSSD0058: SOFTWARE ENGINEERING AND DESIGNING CONCEPTS (3 credits – 45 hours) Objective: The objective of the course is to introduce the methodologies involved in the development and maintenance of software over its entire life cycle and make aware of different life cycle models, requirement dictation process, implementation and testing strategies and planning and management of software. Module I (12 hours) a) So ware Process: Introduc on –S/W Engineering Paradigm – life cycle models (water fall, incremental, spiral, WINWIN spiral, evolu onary, prototyping, object oriented), system engineering – computer based system – verifica on – valida on – life cycle process – development process –system engineering hierarchy. b) So ware Requirements: Func onal and non-func onal - user – system –requirement engineering process, feasibility studies – requirements – elicita on – valida on and management, so ware prototyping – prototyping in the so ware process – rapid prototyping techniques – user interface prototyping -S/W document. Analysis and modeling – data, func onal and behavioral models – structured analysis and data dic onary. Module II (5 hours) Design Concepts and Principles: Design process and concepts, modular design, design heuris c, design model and document. Architectural design – so ware architecture Module III (8 hours) Data design – architectural design – transform and transac on mapping, user interface design – user interface design principles. Real me systems - Real me so ware design – system design, real me execu ves – data acquisi on system - monitoring and control system. SCM – Need for SCM – Version control – Introduc on to SCM process – So ware configura on items. Introduc on- Use case diagram, Class diagram, Ac vity diagram and Sequence diagram. Module IV (10 hours) Tes ng: Taxonomy of so ware tes ng, Levels, test ac vi es, types of s/w test – black box tes ng –tes ng boundary condi ons – structural tes ng – test coverage criteria based on data flow mechanisms, regression tes ng – tes ng in the large. S/W tes ng strategies– strategic approach and issues, unit tes ng, integra on tes ng, valida on tes ng, system tes ng and debugging. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|139

Module V (10 hours) So ware Project Management: Measures and measurements – S/W complexity and science measure – size measure – data and logic structure measure – informa on flow measure. So ware cost es ma on – func on point models – COCOMO model- Delphi method. Defining a Task Network – Scheduling – Earned Value Analysis – Error Tracking - So ware changes – program evolu on dynamics – so ware maintenance – Architectural evolu on. Taxonomy of CASE tools. Suggested Readings 1. Roger S.Pressman, So ware Engineering- A prac oner’s Approach, MGH. 2. Ian Sommerville, So ware Engineering, Pearson Educa on. 3. Rajib Mall, Fundamentals of So ware Engineering–, PHI. 4. Ali Behforooz and Frederick J Hudson, So ware Engineering Fundamentals, Oxford University Press. 5. Pankaj Jalote, An Integrated Approach To So ware Engineering, Narosa 6. Ghezzi, C.; M. Jazayeri; D. Mandrioli, Fundamentals Of So ware Engineering (Second Edi on), New Delhi: Pren ce-Hall India, 2002 7. Fairley, R. E., So ware Engineering Concepts, New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill, 1997 8. Vilet, H. V., So ware Engineering Principles and Prac ce (Second Edi on), New York: John Wiley and Sons

CSAA0059: ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF ALGORITHMS (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: To create analytical skills, to enable the students to design algorithms for various applications and to analyze the algorithms with the objective to introduce mathematical aspects, design and analysis of algorithms. Module I (18 hours) a) Basic Concepts of Algorithms: Introduc on, No on of Algorithm, Fundamentals of Algorithmic Solving, Important Problem types, Fundamentals of the Analysis Framework – Asympto c Nota ons and Basic Efficiency Classes. b) Mathema cal Aspects and Analysis of Algorithms: Mathema cal Analysis of Non-recursive Algorithm, Mathema cal Analysis of Recursive Algorithm – Example: Fibonacci Numbers, Empirical Analysis of Algorithms, Algorithm Visualiza on. (12 hours) Module II (15 hours) Analysis of Sor ng and Searching Algorithms: Brute Force – Selec on Sort and Bubble Sort – Sequen al Search and Brute-force string matching – Divide and conquer – Merge sort – Quick Sort – Binary Search – Binary tree- Traversal and Related Proper es – Decrease and Conquer – Inser on Sort – Depth first Search and Breadth First Search. Module III (15 hours) Algorithmic Techniques: Transform and conquer – Presor ng – Balanced Search trees – AVL Trees – Heaps and Heap sort – Dynamic Programming – Warshall’s and Floyd’s Algorithm – Op mal Binary Search trees – Greedy Techniques – Prim’s Algorithm – Kruskal’s Algorithm – Dijkstra’s Algorithm – Huffman trees. Module IV (12 hours) Algorithm Design Methods: Backtracking – n-Queen’s Problem – Hamiltonian Circuit problem – Subset-Sum problem – Branch and bound – Assignment problem – Knapsack problem – Traveling salesman problem. Suggested Readings 1. T.H. Cormen, C.E. Leiserson, R.L. Rivest and C. Stein, Introduc on to Algorithms, PHI. 2. A.V.Aho, J.E. Hopcro and J.D.Ullman, The Design and Analysis Of Computer Algorithms, Pearson Educa on. 3. Anany Levi n, Introduc on to the Design and Analysis of Algorithm, Pearson Educa on. 4. Sara Baase and Allen Van Gelder, Computer Algorithms - Introduc on to Design and Analysis, ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|140

Pearson Educa on.

CSCD0060: COMPILER DESIGN (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: The objectives of the course are to understand, design and implement a lexical analyzer, a parser, and generation schemes and to understand optimization of codes and runtime environment. Module I (12 hours) Introduc on to compiling: Compilers – Analysis of the source program – Phases of a compiler – Cousins of the Compiler – Grouping of Phases – Compiler construc on tools – Lexical Analysis – Role of Lexical Analyzer – Input Buffering – Specifica on of Tokens. Module II (12 hours) Syntax Analysis: Role of the parser –Wri ng Grammars –Context-Free Grammars – Top Down parsing – Recursive Descent Parsing – Predic ve Parsing – Bo om-up parsing – Shi Reduce Parsing – Operator Precedent Parsing – LR Parsers – SLR Parser – Canonical LR Parser – LALR Parser. Syntax Directed transla on: Syntax Directed defini on, Construc on of syntax trees, Bo om Up Evalua on of S-A ributed Defini ons. Module III (20 hours) a) Intermediate Code Genera on: Intermediate languages – Declara ons – Assignment Statements – Boolean Expressions – Case Statements – Back patching – Procedure calls. b) Code Genera on: Issues in the design of code generator – The target machine – Run me Storage management – Basic Blocks and Flow Graphs – Next-use Informa on – A simple Code generator – DAG representa on of Basic Blocks – Peephole Op miza on. Module IV (16 hours) Code Op miza on and Run me Environments: Introduc on – Principal Sources of Op miza on – Op miza on of basic Blocks – Introduc on to Global Data Flow Analysis – Run me Environments – Source Language issues – Storage Organiza on – Storage Alloca on strategies – Access to non-local names – Parameter Passing. Suggested Readings 1. Compilers Principles, Techniques and Tools- Alfred Aho, Ravi Sethi, Jeffrey D Ullman, Pearson Educa on. 2. Introduc on to Compiler Techniques- J.P. Bennet, Tata McGraw-Hill. 3. Compiler Construc on: Principles and Prac ce- Kenneth C. Louden, Thompson. Learning. 4. Prac ce and Principles of Compiler Building with C- Henk Alblas and Albert Nymeyer, PHI.

CSAI0061: ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: The course objective is to make the students understand the principles of problem solving, search techniques and AI techniques for representation and manipulation of complex information and knowledge. The course also makes aware of several advanced AI applications and topics such as intelligent agents, planning and scheduling, machine learning and expert systems. Module I (15 hours) Overview of Ar ficial intelligence: Problems of AI, AI technique, Tic -Tac-Toe problem. Intelligent Agents: Agents and environment, nature of environment, structure of agents, goal based agents, u lity based agents, learning agents. Problem Solving: Problems, Problem Space and search: Defining the problem as state space search, produc on system, problem characteris cs, issues in the design of search programs. Search techniques: Solving problems by searching: Problem solving agents, searching for solu ons; uniform search strategies: breadth first search, depth first search, depth limited search, bidirec onal search, comparing uniform search strategies.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|141

Module II (18 hours) Greedy best-first search, A* search, memory bounded heuris c search: local search algorithms and op miza on problems: Hill climbing search, simulated annealing search, local beam search, gene c algorithms; constraint sa sfac on problems, local search for constraint sa sfac on problems. Adversarial search: Games, op mal decisions and strategies in games, the minimax search procedure, alpha-beta pruning, addi onal refinements, itera ve deepening. Knowledge and reasoning: Knowledge representa on issues, representa on and mapping, approaches to knowledge representa on, issues in knowledge representa on. Using predicate logic: Represen ng simple fact in logic, represen ng instant and ISA rela onship, computable func ons and predicates, resolu on, natural deduc on. Module III (15 hours) Represen ng knowledge using rules: Procedural versus declara ve knowledge, logic programming, forward versus backward reasoning, matching, control knowledge. Probabilis c reasoning: Represen ng knowledge in an uncertain domain, the seman cs of Bayesian networks, Dempster-Shafer theory, Fuzzy sets and fuzzy logics. Planning: Overview, components of a planning system, Goal stack planning, Hierarchical planning, other planning techniques. Natural Language processing: Introduc on, Syntac c processing, seman c analysis, discourse and pragma c processing. Module IV (12 hours) Learning: Forms of learning, induc ve learning, learning decision trees, explana on based learning, learning using relevance informa on, neural net learning and gene c learning. Expert Systems: Represen ng and using domain knowledge, expert system shells, knowledge acquisi on. Basic knowledge of programming language like Prolog and Lisp. Suggested Readings 1. Ritch and Knight, Ar ficial Intelligence, TMH. 2. S. Russel and P. Norvig, Ar ficial Intelligence A Modern Approach, Pearson. 3. Pa erson, Introduc on to Ar ficial Intelligence and Expert Systems, PHI. 4. S. Kaushik, Logic and Prolog Programming, New Age Interna onal.

CSGM0062: COMPUTER GRAPHICS AND MULTIMEDIA (3 credits – 45 hours) Objective: The objective of the course is to provide the understanding of the fundamental graphical operations and the implementation on computer, the mathematics behind computer graphics and to build a virtual environment and situation using animation and multimedia. Module I (10 hours) Introduc on to computer graphics and graphics systems: Overview of computer graphics, represen ng pictures, preparing, presen ng and interac ng with pictures for presenta ons; Visualiza on and image processing; RGB color model, direct coding, lookup table; storage tube graphics display, Raster scan display, 3D viewing devices, Plo ers, printers, digi zers, Light pens etc.; Ac ve and Passive graphics devices; Computer graphics so ware; Scan Conversion: Points and lines, Line drawing algorithms; DDA algorithm, Bresenham’s line algorithm, Circle genera on algorithm; Ellipse genera ng algorithm; scan line polygon, fill algorithm, boundary fill algorithm, flood fill algorithm. Module II (12 hours) 2D transforma on and viewing: Basic transforma ons: transla on, rota on, scaling ; Matrix representa ons and homogeneous coordinates, transforma ons between coordinate systems; reflec on shear; Transforma on of points, lines, parallel lines, intersec ng lines. Viewing pipeline, Window to viewport co-ordinate transforma on, clipping opera ons, point clipping, line clipping, clipping circles, polygons and ellipse. 3D transforma on and viewing: 3D transforma ons: transla on, rota on, scaling and other transforma ons. Rota on about an arbitrary axis in space, ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|142

reflec on through an arbitrary plane; general parallel projec on transforma on; clipping, viewport clipping, 3D viewing. Module III (10 hours) Curves: Curve representa on, surfaces, designs, Bezier curves, B-spline curves, end condi ons for periodic B- spline curves, ra onal B-spline curves. Hidden surfaces: Depth comparison, Z-buffer algorithm, Back face detec on, BSP tree method, the Printer’s algorithm, scan-line algorithm; Hidden line elimina on, wire frame methods, fractal - geometry. Color and shading models: Light and color model; interpola ve shading model, Texture. Module IV (13 hours) Introduc on to Mul media: Concepts, uses of mul media, hypertext and hypermedia. Image, video and audio standards. Audio: digital audio, MIDI, processing sound, sampling, compression. Video: MPEG compression standards, compression through spa al and temporal redundancy, inter-frame and intra-frame compression. Anima on: types, techniques, key frame anima on, u lity, morphing. Virtual Reality concepts. Suggested Readings 1. Hearn and Baker, Computer Graphics (C version 2nd Ed.), Pearson. 2. Mukherjee, Fundamentals of Computer graphics and Mul media, PHI. 3. D. F. Rogers, J. A. Adams, Mathema cal Elements for Computer Graphics, TMH. 4. J. K. Buford, Mul media Systems, Pearson Educa on

CSPM0063: PERSONAL AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: The course on mobile communications introduces the principles of mobile systems and its technical aspects and services. The evolution of services related to technical aspects is emphasized for both public and professional mobile telephony standards (GSM, UMTS, etc.). Indoor access standards as Wireless LAN and ad hoc networks based on Bluetooth are also considered in the frame of the migration to wireless of wired applications. The course also emphasizes on cellular networks. Module I: Introduction to Personal Communications Services (PCS) (12 hours) PCS Architecture, mobility management, Networks signaling, Global System for Mobile Communica on (GSM) System overview: GSM Architecture, Mobile management, Network signaling. General Packet Radio Services (GPRS): GPRS Architecture, GPRS Network Nodes. W-CDMA, CDMA, 3G services Module II: Wireless LANs (15 hours) Characteris cs, IEEE 802.11: Architecture, Physical Layer, MAC Layer, MAC Management, 802.11a and 802.1 1b. HIPERLAN: History, WATM, BRAN and HiperLAN2. Bluetooth: Architecture, Radio Layer, Baseband Layer, Link Management Protocol, L2CAP and Security. Module III: Mobile Transport and Network Layer (18 hours) Introduc on, Tradi onal TCP: Conges on Control, Slow Start, Fast Retransmit and Implica ons of Mobility. Classical TCP Improvements: Indirect TCP, Snooping TCP, Mobile TCP and Fast Retransmit. Mobile IP: Introduc on, IP Packet Delivery, Agent Discovery, Registra on, Tunneling and Encapsula on, Op miza ons and Reverse Tunneling. Mobile Ad-hoc Networks: Rou ng, Des na on Sequence Distance Vector, Dynamic Source Rou ng and Alterna ve Metrics. Module IV: Cellular Networks (15 hours) Cellular Concept, Frequency Reuse, Channel Alloca on Management, Call Setup, Loca on Management, Cell Handoffs, Interference: Co-channel and Adjacent Interference. System Capacity, Improving Cell Capacity and Coverage: Cell Spli ng, Sectoring, Repeaters and Microcell Zone Concept. Wireless Applica on Protocol: Introduc on, Protocol Stack, Connec ons. Suggested Readings 1. J. Schiller, Mobile Communica ons, Addison-Wesley. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|143

2. 3. 4.

T. S. Rappaport, Wireless Communica ons: Principle and Prac ces, Pearson. R. Pandya, Mobile and Personal Communica on Systems and Services, PHI. J.Burkhardt, Pervasive Compu ng: Technology and Architecture, Pearson.

CSIR0064: IMAGE PROCESSING AND PATTERN RECOGNITION (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: The objective of the course is to be familiar with Image acquisition, digital image representation, various image processing operations for improving image quality through enhancement,segmentation and representation. The course also focuses on pattern recognition and extraction of image features. Module I (15 hours) a) Introduc on: Background, Digital Image Representa on, Fundamental steps in Image Processing, Elements of Digital Image Processing - Image Acquisi on, Storage, Processing, Communica on, Display. b) Digital Image Forma on: A Simple Image Model, Geometric Model- Basic Transforma on (Transla on, Scaling, Rota on), Perspec ve Projec on, Sampling and Quan za on - Uniform and Non uniform. c) Mathema cal Preliminaries: Neighbour of pixels, Connec vity, Rela ons, Equivalence and Transi ve Closure; Distance Measures, Arithme c/Logic Opera ons, Fourier Transforma on, Proper es of The Two Dimensional Fourier Transform, Discrete Fourier Transform, Discrete Cosine and Sine Transform. Module II (20 hours) a) Image Enhancement Techniques: Spa al Domain methods: Basic grey level transforma on – Histogram equaliza on – Image subtrac on – Image averaging –Spa al filtering: Smoothing, sharpening filters – Laplacian filters – Frequency domain filters : Smoothing – Sharpening filters – Homomorphic filtering. b) Image Segmenta on and Representa on: Edge detec on – Thresholding - Region Based segmenta on – Boundary representa on: chair codes- Polygonal approxima on – Boundary segments – boundary descriptors: Simple descriptors-Fourier descriptors - Regional descriptors –Simple descriptors- Texture Module III (10 hours) Basic Concepts, Pa ern Recogni on Systems, Fundamental Problems in pa ern recogni on system design, Design concepts and Methodologies – Character recogni on – Speech recogni on – Fingerprint Recogni on – Pa ern Recogni on Model. Decision Func ons – Linear Decision func ons – Distance func ons. Minimum distance classifica on, clustering concepts, Cluster seeking algorithms, Maximum distance, K- means Algorithms. Module IV (10 hours) Bayes classifier, decision func on for Baye’s classifier, Baye’s Classifier for normal pa erns. Trainable pa ern classifiers - determinis c approach, percep on approach reward-punishment concept. Gradient approach- Gradient Descent algorithms, LMSE Algorithms, Mul category classifica on. Introduc on to sta s cal approach – stochas c approxima on methods Module V (5 hours) Introduc on to Image processing toolbox in MATLAB: MATLAB Basics, Image processing toolbox, Impor ng and displaying images, Conver ng between image types, Expor ng images, Impor ng and playing video files, obtaining pixel intensity values, Extrac ng a region of interest, Compu ng pixel sta s cs on a region of interest, Measuring object sizes, Preprocessing Images, Adjus ng image contrast, reducing noise in an image Using sliding neighborhood opera ons, Using block processing opera ons, Spa al Transforma on and Image Registra on, Geometric transforma ons, Edge and Line Detec on, Segmen ng object edges, Detec ng straight lines, performing batch analysis over sets of images, Detec ng circular objects, Color space transforma on, Color Segmenta on, Texture segmenta on, Texture based image classifica on, using morphological opera ons. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|144

Suggested Readings 1. R.C.Gonzalez and R.E.Wood, Digital Image Processing, Addison Wesley. 2. J.T. Tou, R.C. Gonzalez, Pa ern Recogni on Principles, Addison Wesley. 3. Anil Ku Jain, Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing, PHI. 4. B.Chanda and D.Du a, Digital Image Processing and Analysis, Pren ce Hall.

CSRE0065: REAL TIME AND EMBEDDED SYSTEMS (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: This course will discuss the design issues in an embedded system and the technologies needed to support such systems, with the focus on the software aspects. This course will discuss the design issues in an embedded system and technologies needed to support such systems. Module I (12 hours) Embedded Architecture: Embedded Computers, Characteris cs of Embedded Compu ng Applica ons, Challenges in Embedded Compu ng system design, embedded system design processRequirements, Specifica on, Architectural Design, Designing Hardware and So ware Components, System Integra on, Formalism for System Design-Structural Descrip on, Behavioral Descrip on, Design Example: Model Train Controller. Module II (18 hours) Embedded Processor and Compu ng Pla orm: ARM processor, processor and memory organiza on, Data opera ons, Flow of Control, SHARC processor- Memory organiza on, Data opera ons, Flow of Control, parallelism with instruc ons, CPU Bus configura on, ARM Bus, SHARC Bus, Memory devices, Input/output devices, Component interfacing, designing with microprocessor development and debugging, Design Example : Alarm Clock. Module III (10 hours) Networks: Distributed Embedded Architecture- Hardware and So ware Architectures, Networks for embedded systems- I2C, CAN Bus, SHARC link ports, Ethernet, Myrinet, Internet, Network-Based design- Communica on Analysis, system performance Analysis, Hardware pla orm design, Alloca on and scheduling, Design Example: Elevator Controller. Module IV (10 hours) Real-Time Characteris cs: Clock driven Approach, weighted round robin Approach, Priority driven Approach, Dynamic Versus Sta c systems, effec ve release mes and deadlines, Op mality of the Earliest deadline first (EDF) algorithm, challenges in valida ng ming constraints in priority driven systems, Off-line versus On- line scheduling. Module V (10 hours) System Design Techniques: Design Methodologies, Requirement Analysis, Specifica on, System Analysis and Architecture Design, Quality Assurance, Design Example: Telephone PBX- System Architecture, Ink jet printer- Hardware Design and So ware Design, Personal Digital Assistants, Set-top Boxes. Suggested Readings 1. Frank Vahid and Tony Givargis, Embedded System Design, John Wiley and sons, Inc. 2. Wayne Wolf, Computers as Components: Principles of Embedded Compu ng System Design, Morgan Kauffman publishers, 2001 3. Alan C. Shaw, Real-Time Systems and so ware, John Wiley and Sons Inc 4. Daniel W. Lewis, Fundamentals of Embedded So ware, Pearson 5. J. W. S. Liu, Real me Systems, Pearson 6. S. V. Iyer and P. Gupta, Embedded Real- me System Programming, TMH 7. David E. Simon, An Embedded System Primer, Addison-Wesley Publishers 8. Steve Heath, Embedded System Design, Bu erworth-Heinemann Publishers 9. Graham Wilson, Embedded System Computer Architecture, Bu erworth-Heinemann ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|145

CSAP0066: ADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND PARALLEL PROCESSING (3 credits – 45 hours) Objective: This course is intended to introduce the students to the field of modern computer architecture design stressing parallel processing techniques. The course is a comprehensive study of parallel processing techniques and their application from basic concepts to state-of-the-art parallel computer systems. Module I (12 hours) Introduc on to Parallel Processing: Shared Memory Mul processing, Distributed Memory, Parallel Processing Architectures- Introduc on-Parallelism in sequen al Machines, Abstract Model of Parallel Computer, Mul processor Architecture, Array Processors. Module II (10 hours) Pipelining and Super Scalar Techniques, Linear Pipeline Processors, Non-Linear Pipeline processors, Instruc on pipeline design, Arithme c pipeline Design, Super Scalar and Super pipeline Design. Module III (11 hours) Programmability Issues - An Overview, Opera ng system support, Types of Opera ng Systems, Parallel Programming models, So ware Tools-Data Dependency Analysis- Types of Dependencies, Program Transforma ons, Shared Memory Programming. Module IV (12 hours) Thread-based Implementa on, thread Management, A ributes of Threads, Mutual Exclusion with Threads, Mutex Usage of Threads, Thread implementa on, Events and Condi ons variables, Devia on Computa on with Threads, Java Threads, Distributed Compu ng: Message Passing Model, General Model, Programming Model, PVM-Algorithms for Parallel Machines, Debugging Parallel programming, Other Parallelism Paradigms.Analysis of parallel algorithm, Matrix opera ons Suggested Readings 1. Kai Hwang, Advanced Computer Architecture: Parallelism, Scalability, Programmability, McGraw Hill. 2. M. Sasikumar, D. Sikhare and P. Ravi Prakash, Introduc on to Parallel Processing, PHI. 3. W. Stallings, Computer Organiza on and Architecture, PHI. 4. K. Parthasarathy, Advanced Computer Architecture, Thomson Business Informa on.

CSET0067: EMERGING TRENDS IN COMPUTING- CLOUD COMPUTING (3 credits – 45 hours) Module I (10 hours) Introduc on to Cloud Compu ng, the Evolu on of Cloud Compu ng, Hardware Evolu on, Internet So ware Evolu on, Server Virtualiza on, Web Services Deliver from the Cloud, Communica onas-a-Service, Infrastructure-as-a-Service, Monitoring-as-a-Service, Pla orm-as-a-Service, So wareas- a-Service, Building Cloud Network Module II (13 hours) Data in the cloud: Rela onal databases, Cloud file systems: GFS and HDFS, BigTable, HBase and Dynamo. Map-Reduce and extensions: Parallel compu ng, The map-Reduce model, Parallel efficiency of Map-Reduce, Rela onal opera ons using Map-Reduce, Enterprise batch processing using Map-Reduce, Introduc on to cloud development, Example/Applica on of Map-reduce. Module III (14 hours) Pu ng Security on the Spot with Ques ons: Understanding Security Risks, Reducing Cloud Security Breaches, Implemen ng Iden ty Management, Benefits of iden ty management, Aspects of iden ty management, Playing Detec ve: Detec on and Forensics, Ac vity logs, HIPS and NIPS, Data audit, Encryp ng Data, Crea ng a Cloud Security Strategy Module IV (8 hours) Virtualiza on and the Cloud: Visualizing Virtualiza on, Characteris cs ,Using a hypervisor in ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|146

virtualiza on, Abstrac ng hardware assets, Managing Virtualiza on, Founda onal issues, Abstrac on layer, Provisioning so ware, Virtualizing storage, Hardware provisioning, Security issues, Taking Virtualiza on into the Cloud Suggested Readings 1. Cloud Compu ng for Dummies by Judith Hurwitz, R.Bloor, M.Kaufman, F.Halper, (Wiley India Edi on) 2. Enterprise Cloud Compu ng by Gautam Shroff,Cambridge 3. Cloud Security by Ronald Krutz and Russell Dean Vines, Wiley-India 4. Google Apps by Sco Granneman,Pearson 5. Cloud Security and Privacy by Tim Malhar, S.Kumaraswamy, S.La f (SPD,O’REILLY) 6. Cloud Compu ng : A Prac cal Approach, Anthony T Velte, et.al McGraw Hill, 7. Cloud Compu ng Bible by Barrie Sosinsky, Wiley India

CSDG0068: DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING (3 credits – 45 hours) Objective: This course provides an introduction to the fundamentals and structure of distributed computer systems including distributed memory, distributed file systems, distributed databases, security, protection and process management. Module I (10 hours) Fundamentals: Introduc on, Models and Features, Concept of distributed opera ng system, Issues in design of a distributed opera ng system. Message Passing: Good message passing system, IPC, Synchroniza on, Buffering, Mul -datagram messages, Encoding and decoding techniques, Process addressing, Failure handling, Group communica on; Remote procedure calls (RPC) - Models, Communica on protocols, RPC, Lightweight RPC. Module II (12 hours) Distributed Shared Memory: Architecture, Thrashing, Granularity, Advantages. Synchroniza on: Introduc on, Clock Synchroniza on, Event handling, Mutual Exclusion; Deadlock – Condi ons, Avoidance, Preven on, Recovery. Module III (11 hours) Resource and Process Management: Features of a good scheduling algorithm, Task assignment approach, Load balancing and load sharing approach, Introduc on to process management, Process migra on, Threads. Distributed File Systems: Introduc on, Features, Models, Accessing models; sharing Seman cs and caching schemes, replica on, Fault Tolerance, Atomic transac ons. Module IV (12 hours) Naming: Introduc on, Features, Fundamental Terminologies and concepts, System oriented names, Human oriented names, Name caches. Security: Poten al a acks to computer system, Cryptography, Authen ca on, digital signatures, Access Control. Suggested Readings 1. P.K.Sinha, Distributed Opera ng Systems: Concepts and Design, PHI. 2. A.S. Tanenbaum, Distributed Opera ng Systems, Pearson. 3. G. Coulouris, J. Dollimore and T. Kindberg, Distributed Systems: Concepts and Design, Pearson. 4. A. Silberschatz and P. Galvin, Opera ng System Concepts, John Wiley.

CSNC0069: NETWORK SECURITY AND CRYPTOGRAPHY (3 credits – 45 hours) Objective: The course is intended to understand network security threats and countermeasures, fundamentals of cryptography and techniques of key encryption, authentication, IP security, network security and web security. Module I (8 hours) Introduc on to the concepts of Security: Introduc on, The Need for Security, Security approaches, ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|147

Principles of Security, Types of A acks. Cryptographic Techniques: Introduc on, Plain Text and Cipher Text, Subs tu on Techniques, Transposi on Techniques, Encryp on and Decryp on, Symmetric and Asymmetric Key Cryptography, Steganography, Possible Types of a acks. Module II (15 hours) Computer Based Symmetric Key Cryptographic Algorithms: Introduc on, Algorithm Types and modes, An Overview of Symmetric Key Cryptography, Data Encryp on Standard (DES), Interna onal Data Encryp on Algorithm (IDEA), RC5, Blowfish, Advanced Encryp on Standard (AES).Computer Based Asymmetric Key Cryptographic Algorithms: Introduc on, Brief history of Asymmetric Key Cryptography, An Overview of Asymmetric Key Cryptography, the RSA Algorithm, Symmetric and Asymmetric Key Cryptography Together, Digital Signatures, Knapsack Algorithm. Module III (12 hours) Public Key Infrastructure: Introduc on, Digital Cer ficates,the PKIX, Public Key Cryptography Standards (PKCS) XML, PKI and Security. Internet Security Protocols: Basic Concepts, Secure Socket Layer (SSL), Secure Hyper Text Transfer Protocols (SHTTP), Time Stamping Protocol (TSP), Secure Electronic Transac on (SET), PGP, IPSec, 3-D Secure Protocol, Email Security, Security in GSM. Module IV (10 hours) User Authen ca on Mechanisms: Introduc on, Authen ca on Basics, Passwords, Authen ca on Tokens, Cer ficate-based Authen ca on, Biometric Authen ca on, Kerberos, Single Sign On (SSO) Approaches. Network and System Security: Brief Introduc on to TCP/IP, Vulnerability, Monitoring/Sniffing, Spoofing, Firewalls, Intrusion Detec on, others (DNS, DoS etc). Wireless Applica on Protocol (WAP), Security in UMTS. Introduc on to Opera ng System security: Computer systems overview, Buffer overflow. Introduc on to Securing UNIX. Suggested Readings 1. A. Kahate, Cryptography and Network Security, PHI. 2. W. Stallings, Cryptography and Network Security, PHI. 3. B. A. Forouzan, Cryptography and Network Security, McGraw Hill. 4. W. Stallings, Network Security Essen als: Applica ons and Standards, Pearson.

CSAO0070: CONCEPTS OF ADVANCED OPERATING SYSTEMS (3 credits – 45 hours) Objective: The objective of the course is to expose students to advanced concepts and design issues of operating systems which will give a basic understanding of the industry's leading advanced operating systems. Students should be able to identify each system and know the operational and administrative requirements of them. Module I (10 hours) Concepts of processes, Concurrent processes, Threads, Overview of different classical synchroniza on problems, Monitors, Communica ng Sequen al processes (CSP), Process deadlocks: Introduc on, causes of deadlocks, Deadlock handling strategies, Models of deadlock. Module II (11 hours) Distributed opera ng system: Architectures, Issues in Distributed opera ng systems, Limita ons of Distributed Systems, Lamport’s logical clock, Global states, Chandy-Lampert’s global state recording algorithm,Basic concepts of Distributed Mutual Exclusion, Lamport’s Algorithm, Ricart -AgrawalaAlgorithm;Basic concepts of Distributed deadlock detec on, Distributed File system, Architecture, Design issues, SUN Network File system, Basic concepts of Distributed shared memory, Basic concepts of Distributed Scheduling, Load balancing, Load sharing Module III (12 hours) Mul processor System: Mo va on, Classifica on, Mul processor Interconnec ons, Types, Mul processor OS func ons and requirements; Design and Implementa on Issue; Introduc on to parallel programming; Mul processor Synchroniza on. Performance, Coprocessors, RISC and data flow: Introduc on, Necessity, Measures, Techniques, Bo lenecks and Satura on, Feedback loops, ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|148

Coprocessors, RISC. Module IV (12 hours) Analy c Modeling: Introduc ons, Queuing Theory, Markov Process. Security and Protec on: Security-threats and goals, Penetra on a empts, Security Policies and mechanisms, Authen ca on, Protec ons and access control Formal models of protec on, Cryptography, worms and viruses. Suggested Readings 1. Milan Milenkovic, Opera ng Systems Concepts and Design, TMH. 2. H.M. Deitel, Opera ng System, Pearson. 3. M. Singhal and N. G. Shivaratri, Advanced Concepts in Opera ng Systems, TMH. 4. A. Silberschatz, P. B. Galvin and G. Gagne, Opera ng System Concepts, John Wiley and Sons.

CSIJ0071: INTRODUCTION TO JAVA PROGRAMMING (4 Credits–60 hours) Objective: The course is designed to impart the knowledge and skill required to solve real world problem using object-oriented approach utilizing Java language constructs. This course covers the two main parts of Java i.e. Java Language and Java Library (JDK 5). After completion of the course, a student is expected to be able to • Do Object Oriented Programming using Java • Implement Exception handling and Multithreading in Java. • Create Java Applets. • Set up a GUI using Swing components • Do Network Programming in Java. Module I: Java Fundamentals ( 16 hours) Genesis, Java Philosophy, Java & Internet, Object-Oriented Programming features, Java Applet and Applica on, Java Environment and Java Development Kit (JDK) and Java Standard Library (JSL),Tokens, Expressions, Using Data Types, Declara ons, Control Flow Module II: Java Classes, Packages and Interfaces, Java Streams ( 14 hours) a) Introduc on, Classes, Working with Objects, Packages, Inheritance, Interfaces b) Data Flow with Java Streams, Input Streams, Output Streams Module III: Exception Handling in Java and Java threads ( 10 hours) a) Introduc on, Excep on Methods, java.lang Excep ons b) Introduc on, Crea ng Threads, The Life Cycle of a Thread, Thread Methods, Using Threads, Synchroniza on of Threads Module IV: Java Applets ( 10 hours) Introduc on, Applet Examples, The java.applet.Applet Class, The Five Stages of an Applet's Life Cycle, Methods for Adding UI Components, Methods for Drawing and Event Handling Module V: Java AWT ( 10 hours) Introduc on, Swing Component and Container classes, Layout managers (FlowLayout, GridLayout, BorderLayout), Handling events, Adapter classes, Anonymous inner classes, Swing GUI components :JLabel, JTextField, JTextArea, JBu on, JCheckBox, JRadioBu on, JList, JComboBox, JScrollBar, JScrollPane, JToolTip, JPanel, JFrame, introduc on to database connec vity with JDBC. Suggested Readings 1. Deitel, H. M.; P. J. Deitel, Java : How To Program, New Delhi: Pren ce Hall India 2. Schildt, H., The Complete Reference Java 2 , New Delhi: Tata McGrawHill 3. Moss, K., Java Servlets , New Delhi Tata McGraw-Hill 4. Russell, Java Programming for the absolute Beginner , New Delhi: Pren ce-Hall India 5. Hanagan D., Java Examples in a Nutshell ,New Delhi: O’ Reilly

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|149

CSCL0072: CLOUD COMPUTING (4 Credits–60 hours) Objective: This course is designed to enable students ● To get acquaint with the latest computational model, i.e. cloud computing ● To understand the basic foundational elements of cloud computing ● To study details of Data storage in cloud, big data file handling and parallel computing basics ● To get familiarized with popular cloud platforms and applications Module I (15 hours) Introduc on to cloud compu ng, the evolu on of cloud compu ng, hardware evolu on, internet so ware evolu on, server virtualiza on, web services deliver from the cloud, communica on-as-a-service, infrastructure-as-a-service,monitoring-as-a-service, pla orm-as-aservice, so ware-as-a-service, building cloud network Module II (18 hours) Data in the cloud: Rela onal databases, Cloud file systems: GFS and HDFS, BigTable, HBase and Dynamo. Map-Reduce and extensions: Parallel compu ng, The map-Reduce model, Parallel efficiency of Map-Reduce, Rela onal opera ons using Map-Reduce, Enterprise batch processing using Map-Reduce, Introduc on to cloud development, Example/Applica on of Map-reduce. Module III (15 hours) Cloud security fundamentals, Vulnerability assessment tool for cloud, Privacy and Security in cloud, Cloud compu ng security architecture: Architectural Considera ons- General Issues, Trusted Cloud compu ng, Cloud compu ng security challenges: Virtualiza on security management virtual threats, VM Security Recommenda ons, Secure Execu on Environments and Communica ons in cloud. Module IV (12 hours) Issues in cloud compu ng, implemen ng real me applica on over cloud pla orm, Issues in Inter cloud environments, QOS Issues in Cloud, Dependability, data migra on, streaming in Cloud. Quality of Service (QoS) monitoring in a Cloud compu ng environment. Suggested Readings 1. Enterprise Cloud Compu ng by Gautam Shroff,Cambridge 2. Cloud Security by Ronald Krutz and Russell Dean Vines, Wiley-India 3. Cloud Compu ng for Dummies by Judith Hurwitz, R.Bloor, M.Kanfman, F.Halper, (Wiley India Edi on) 4. Google Apps by Sco Granneman, Pearson 5. Cloud Security and Privacy by Tim Malhar, S. Kumaraswamy, S.La f (SPD,O’REILLY) 6. Cloud Compu ng : A Prac cal Approach, Anthony T Velte, et.al McGraw Hill 7. Cloud Compu ng Bible by Barrie Sosinsky, Wiley India

CSNW0073: NETWORK SECURITY (4 Credits–60 hours) Objective: This course provides a beginners approach to understanding the basic security concepts in a Network along with different mitigation techniques of several attacks. After the completion of the course students will be able to understand security measures to be adopted in different devices and network applications used to interface with inter network. Module I (18 hours) Security A acks (Interrup on, Intercep on, Modifica on and Fabrica on), Security Services (Confiden ality, Authen ca on, Integrity, Non-repudia on, access Control and Availability) and Mechanisms, A model for Internetwork security, Internet Standards, Buffer overflow & format string vulnerabili es, TCP session hijacking, ARP a acks, route table modifica on, UDP hijacking, and man-in-the-middle a acks. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|150

Module II (18 hours) Conven onal Encryp on Principles, Conven onal encryp on algorithms, cipher block modes of opera on, loca on of encryp on devices, key distribu on Approaches of Message Authen ca on, Secure Hash Func ons and HMAC, Public key cryptography principles, public key cryptography algorithms, digital signatures, digital Cer ficates, Cer ficate Authority and key management Kerberos, X.509 Directory Authen ca on Service. Module III (12 hours) Email privacy: Pre y Good Privacy (PGP) and S/MIME.IP Security Overview, IP Security Architecture, Authen ca on Header, Encapsula ng Security Payload, Combining Security Associa ons and Key Management. Module IV (12 hours) Web Security Requirements, Secure Socket Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS), Secure Electronic Transac on (SET).Basic concepts of SNMP, SNMPv1 Community facility and SNMPv3. Intruders, Viruses and related threats. Firewall Design principles, Trusted Systems, Intrusion Detec on Systems, Ransomware and different types of Ransomware, Methodology of execu on of Ransomware. Suggested Readings 1. Network Security Essen als (Applica ons and Standards) by William Stallings Pearson Educa on. 2. Hack Proofing your network by Ryan Russell, Dan Kaminsky, Rain Forest Puppy, Joe Grand, David Ahmad, Hal Flynn Ido Dubrawsky, Steve W.Manzuik and Ryan Permeh, Wiley Dreamtech. 3. Network Security and Cryptography: Bernard Menezes, CENGAGE Learning. 4. Network Security - Private Communica on in a Public World by Charlie Kaufman, Radia Perlman and Mike Speciner, Pearson/PHI. 5. Cryptography and network Security, Third edi on, Stallings, PHI/Pearson 6. Principles of Informa on Security, Whitman, Cengage Learning. 7. Cryptography and Network Security, S.Bose , Pearson

CSMC0074: MOBILE COMMUNICATION (4 Credits–60 hours) Objective: The course on mobile communications introduces the principles of mobile systems and its technical aspects and services. The evolution of services related to technical aspects is emphasized for both public and professional mobile telephony standards. Indoor access standards as Wireless LAN and adhoc networks based on Bluetooth are also considered in the frame of the migration to wireless of wired applications. The course also emphasizes on cellular networks. Module I: Introduction to Personal Communications Services (PCS) (12 hours) Personal Communica ons Services (PCS): Architecture, Cellular Telephony, Coreless Telephony; Overview of AMPS, GSM, DAMPS, CDMA; 3G Wireless Systems Module II: Wireless LANs (15 hours) Infra-red vs. Radio Transmission, Infrastructure and Ad-hoc Network; IEEE 802.11: Architecture, Medium Access Control Layer, MAC Management, 802.11a, 802.11b; HIPERLAN: HIPERLAN 1, WATM, BRAN, HIPERLAN 2; Bluetooth Module III: Mobile Transport and Network Layer (18 hours) a) Mobile Transport Layer: Tradi onal TCP: Conges on Control, Slow Start, Fast Retransmission, Fast Recovery; Classical TCP Improvements: Indirect TCP, Snooping TCP, Mobile TCP, Fast Retransmission, Fast Recovery b) Mobile Network Layer: Mobile IP, Dynamic Host Configura on Protocol, Mobile ad-hoc networks Module IV: Cellular Networks (15 hours) Cellular Concept: Frequency Reuse, Channel Assignment Strategies, Handoff Strategies, Interference ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|151

and System Capacity, Improving Capacity in Cellular Systems, Cell Spli ng, Sectoring, Microcell Zone Concept Suggested Readings 1. J. Schiller, Mobile Communica ons, Addison-Wesley. 2. T. S. Rappaport, Wireless Communica ons: Principle and Prac ces, Pearson. 3. R. Pandya, Mobile and Personal Communica on Systems and Services, PHI. 4. J.Burkhardt, Pervasive Compu ng: Technology and Architecture, Pearson.

CSAD0075: ANDROID APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT FUNDAMENTALS (4 credits - 60 hours) Objective: This course is designed to enable students to get complete understanding of the android applications development. On completion of this course, students will be able to design, develop, debug and deploy various real-time applications. Module I: Get started (2 hours Theory and 8 hours Lab) a) Get started: Build your first app, Introduc on to Android, Create Your First Android App, Layouts, Views and Resources, Text and Scrolling Views. b) Ac vi es: Understanding Ac vi es and Intents, the Ac vity Lifecycle and Managing State, Ac vi es and Implicit Intents. c) Tes ng, debugging, and using support libraries: The Android Studio Debugger, Tes ng your App, The Android Support Library Module II: User experience (3 hours Theory and 10 hours Lab) a) User interac on: User Input Controls, Menus, Screen Naviga on, RecyclerView, b) Deligh ul user experience: Drawables, Styles, and Themes, Material Design, Providing Resources for Adap ve Layouts c) Tes ng your UI: Tes ng the User Interface Module III: Working in the background (2 hours Theory and 8 hours Lab) a) Background Tasks: AsyncTask and AsyncTaskLoader, Connect to the Internet, Broadcast Receivers, Services b) Triggering, scheduling and op mizing background tasks: No fica ons, Scheduling Alarms, Transferring Data Efficiently Module IV: All about data (4 hours Theory and 16 hours Lab) a) Preferences and Se ngs: Storing Data, Shared Preferences, App Se ngs b) Storing data using SQLite: SQLite Primer, SQLite Database, c) Sharing data with content providers: Share Data Through Content Providers d) Loading data using loaders: Loaders Module V: What's Next? (1 hour Theory and 6 hours Lab) a) Permissions, Performance and Security b) Firebase and AdMob c) Publish Suggested Readings 1. Android Developer Fundamentals Course – E-book by the Google Developer Training team. 2. The prac cal workbook: Android Developer Fundamentals Course—Prac cal’s E-book. 3. Slide decks & Videos of lectures for reference provided by Google.

CSRM0076: INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND STATISTICAL TOOLS (3 credits – 45 hours) Objective: Research is a tool which helps the student to identify, understand and solve management problems. Research improves one's decision making ability. The objective of this course is to create a scientific attitude towards understanding and solving a problem and to impart knowledge about tools ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|152

available for carrying out research. Module I: Research Methodology (20 Hours) a) Meaning, Objec ves and Mo va on in Research, types of Research, Research Approaches, Research Process, Validity and Reliability in Research, Obstacles in accep ng research. Problem Formula on, Hypothesis Formula on, types of Hypothesis, characteris cs of Good Hypothesis .Meaning and Significance of Research Designs, Features of a good research design, types of research design, contents of research design b) Census Vs. Sample - Steps in Sample Design, Determining the size of Sample. Sampling methods Simple Random Sampling, Stra fied Sampling, Systema c Sampling, Cluster Sampling, Selec ve Sampling. c) Data, Measurement and Scaling Techniques -Types of Data, Sources of Data – Primary and Secondary Data. Methods of collec ng the data. Tes ng the validity of the data. Measurement and scaling techniques, errors in measurement, tests of sound measurement, scaling and scale construc on techniques d) Ques onnaire, Presenta on and Report wri ng: Steps in Ques onnaire design, characteris cs of a good ques onnaire .Presenta on, Processing and Analysis and Interpreta on of Data. Report Wri ng – layout of a Research Report, Characteris cs of a good research report. Module II: Statistical Tools (25 Hours) a) Measures of Central Tendencies and Dispersions – Simple Numerical calcula ons for understanding the characteris c values b) Linear Correla on and Linear Regression – 2 Variables c) Associa on of A ributes – 2 A ributes Only 2 d) Tes ng of Hypothesis, Large Sample Tests, Small Sample Tests – t, F tests. χ2tests. e) Simula on Techniques Suggested Readings 1. C.R. Kothari, Research Methodology Methods and Techniques, New Age Interna onal 2. S.P. Gupta, Sta s cal Methods, Sultan Chand, New Delhi 3. William G. Zikmund, Business Research Methods, Thomson South-Western 4. Mark Balnaves and Peter Capu , Introduc on to Quan ta ve Research Methods, Sage Publica ons

CSCP6001: PROGRAMMING IN C LAB (2 credits) 1. Introduc on to OS: Linux/Unix, vi editor, file handling, directory structures, crea ng and edi ng simple C programs. 2. C programming using variables, assignment and simple arithme c expressions 3. If else 4. Switch-case statements 5. Break, con nue 6. Loops 7. Single and mul dimensional arrays 8. Func ons and recursion 9. Pointers, address operator, declaring pointers and opera ons on pointers 10. File handling in C. 11. Basic programming using C++ using concepts of Classes and Objects, data members and member func ons 12. Demonstra on of Data hiding, Data encapsula on, Inheritance, Polymorphism. E-resource for learning C, www.spoken-tutorial.org

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|153

CSPC6002: PROGRAMMING AND PROBLEM SOLVING THROUGH C LAB (2 credits) 1. C Fundamentals 2. Func ons, arrays and pointers 3. Structure and Union, Data files 4. VDU and Keyboard Basics 5. Graphics and Mouse programming

CSDL6003: DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN LAB ( 2 credits) 1. Study of the Truth tables of logic gates 2. Realiza on of half/full adder and half/full adder subtractor 3. Binary number to Gray code conversion and vice versa 4. Verify truth table of mul plexer and demul plexer 5. Verify truth table of one bit and four bit comparators 6. Verify truth table of flip-flops 7. Realiza on of 3-bit asynchronous counter and Mod-N counters 8. Realiza on of 3-bit synchronous counter 9. Realiza on of 2:4 decoder and 4:2 encoder 10. Simula on with VDHL a. Adders b. Subtractors c. Logic gates d. MUX and DEMUX

CSCF6006: COMPUTER FUNDAMENTALS LAB (2 credits) Module I: Word Processing a) Word Processing Basics: introduc on to office so ware; introduc on to word processing so ware; features and area of use; menus and commands; toolbars and bu ons; shortcut menus, wizards and templates; crea ng a new document; different page views and layouts; applying various text enhancements; working with styles, text a ributes; paragraph and page forma ng; text edi ng using various features ; bullets, numbering, auto forma ng, prin ng and various print op ons b) Advanced word processing features: spell check, thesaurus, find and replace; headers and footers; inser ng – page numbers, pictures, files, auto texts, symbols etc.; working with columns, tabs and indents; crea on and working with tables including conversion to and from text; margins and space management in document; adding references and graphics; mail merge, envelopes and mailing labels. impor ng and expor ng to and from various formats. Module II: Spreadsheet Introduc on and area of use; concepts of workbook and worksheets; using wizards; various dta types; using different features with data, cell and texts; inser ng, removing and resizing of columns and rows; working with data and ranges; different views of worksheets; column freezing, labels, hiding, spli ng etc.; using different features with data and text; use of formulas, calcula ons and func ons; cell forma ng including borders and shading; working with different chart types; prin ng of workbook and worksheets with various op ons. Module III: Presentation Introduc on and area of use; crea ng a new presenta on; working with presenta on; using wizards; slides and it's different views; inser ng, dele ng and copying of slides; working with notes, handouts, columns and lists; adding graphics, sounds and movies to a slide; working with objects; designing and presenta on of a slide show; prin ng presenta ons, notes, handouts with print ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|154

op ons. Module IV: UNIX Commands Basic unix commands (log in, create/delete files/directories, lis ng files/directories, changing permission of files/directories etc), file related commands, process related commands, i/o redirec on and piping, vi editor, gedit Suggested Readings 1. Manuals of the Office So ware 2. A. Mansoor, I.T. Tools and Applica ons, Pragya Publica ons, Matura 3. Yashwant Kanetkar, UNIX Shell Programming

CSDS6007: ADVANCED C AND DATA STRUCTURE LAB (2 credits) Solu on of problems on 1. Dynamic memory alloca on 2. Structures and pointers to structures 3. Arrays 4. Stacks and Stack applica on, Queues 5. Linked Lists, Circular and Doubly Linked Lists. 6. Binary Trees 7. Searching and data modifica on: Linear Search, Binary Search, Hashing. 8. Sor ng Techniques: Selec on, Inser on, Bubble, Merge, Heap, Quick, Radix, and Merge-Sort.

CSDS6008: DATA STRUCTURES USING C++ LAB (2 credits) Programs on 1. Arrays and Lists 2. Stacks and Queues 3. Linked Lists, Circular and Doubly Linked Lists. 4. Trees and Graphs 5. Searching and Sor ng techniques

CSOP6009: OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING AND DESIGN LAB (2 credits) Programs on 1. Concept of classes and objects, constructors and destructors 2. Use of memory management. 3. Inheritance 4. Virtual func ons 5. Using polymorphism – i) operator overloading ii) dynamic binding 6. Use of operator overloading. 7. Excep on handling and use of templates. 8. File handling in C++.

CSDM6010: DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS I LAB (2 credits) Module I: Query handling with SQL in Oracle 1. Crea on, altering and droping of tables and inser ng rows into a table (use of constraints while crea ng tables) examples using SELECT command.Queries using ANY, ALL, IN, EXISTS, NOTEXISTS, UNION, INTERSECT, Constraints. 2. Queries using Aggregate func ons (COUNT, SUM, AVG, MAX and MIN), GROUP BY, HAVING and Crea on and dropping of Views.Queries implemen ng various joins (le ,right,full ). Implemen on of complex queries: nested queries,sub queries. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|155

3.

Queries using Conversion func ons (to_char, to_number and to_date), string func ons (Concatena on, lpad, rpad, ltrim, rtrim, lower, upper, initcap, length, substr and instr), date func ons

Module II: PL/SQL Programming 1. Sysdate, next_day, add_months, last_day, months_between, least, greatest, trunc, round, to_char, to_date 2. i) Crea on of simple PL/SQL program which includes declara on sec on, executable sec on and excep on –Handling sec on (Ex. Student marks can be selected from the table and printed for those who secured first class and an excep on can be raised if no records were found) ii) Insert data into student table and use COMMIT, ROLLBACK and SAVEPOINT in PL/SQL block. 3. Develop a program that includes the features NESTED IF, CASE and CASE expression. 4. Program development using WHILE LOOPS, numeric FOR LOOPS, nested loops using ERROR Handling, BUILT-IN Excep ons, USE defined Excep ons, RAISE-APPLICATION ERROR. 5. Programs development using crea on of procedures, passing parameters IN and OUT of PROCEDURES. 6. Program development using crea on of stored func ons, invoke func ons in SQL Statements and write complex func ons. 7. Program development using crea on of package specifica on, package bodies, private objects, package variables and cursors and calling stored packages. 8. Develop programs using features parameters in a CURSOR, FOR UPDATE CURSOR, WHERE CURRENT of clause and CURSOR variables. 9. Develop Programs using BEFORE and AFTER Triggers, Row and Statement Triggers and INSTEAD OF Triggers E-resource for learning PHPMySQL, www.spoken-tutorial.org

CSOA6011: COMPUTER ORGANISATION AND ARCHITECTURE LAB (2 credits) 1. Some experiments using hardware trainer kits for floppy drive, dot matrix printer etc. 2. Dismantling and assembling a PC along with study of connec ons, ports, chipsets, SMPS etc. 3. Assembly language programming using IA32(gcc ) I. Introduc on gcc assembly programming II. Verifica on of Instruc on Set. III. Arithme c opera ons 4. Addi on, Subtrac on, Mul plica on and Division of two 8-bit numbers. 5. Mul byte Addi on and Subtrac on, Mul plica on and Division – Signed and unsigned Arithme c opera on, ASCII – arithme c opera on. 6. Logic opera ons – Shi and rotate – Conver ng packed BCD to unpacked BCD, BCD to ASCII conversion. 7. By using string opera on and Instruc on prefix: Move Block, Reverse string, Sor ng, Inser ng, Dele ng, Length of the string, String comparison. 8. DOS/BIOS programming: Reading keyboard (Buffered with and without echo) – Display characters, Strings.

CSDS6014: DATA STRUCTURES USING C LAB (2 Credits) Solu on of problems on 1. Arrays 2. Stacks and Stack Applica on, Queues 3. Linked Lists, Circular and Doubly Linked Lists 4. Binary Trees 5. Searching and data modifica on: Linear search, Binary search, Hashing 6. Sor ng Techniques: Selec on, Inser on, Bubble, Merge, Quick and Merge sort. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|156

CSNW6015: COMPUTER NETWORK FUNDAMENTALS LAB (2 Credits) 1. Basic Networking Commands and troubleshoo ng. 2. Introduc on and implementa on of LAN Trainer for various topologies and protocols simula on. 3. Programs using TCP Sockets (like date and me server and client, echo server and client, file transfer, etc.) 4. Programs using UDP Sockets (like simple DNS, file transfer, etc.) 5. Program to implement Remote Command Execu on. 6. Create HTTP socket for web page upload and download. 7. Perform a case study on the following rou ng algorithms to select the op mum network path for data transfer. i. Shortest path rou ng ii. Flooding iii. Distance vector Suggested Readings 1. Behrouz A. Forouzan, “TCP/IP Protocol Suite”, Tata McGraw Hill. 2. Laboratory Manual

CSWT6016: WEB TECHNOLOGIES LAB (2 credits) 1. Crea ng sta c websites involving various XHTML elements. 2. Designing web pages that use CSS for standard forma ng. 3. Designing websites that use JavaScript for crea ng interac ve web pages. 4. Designing web pages that use PHP for handling loops, strings and arrays.

CSOJ6017: OBJECT-ORIENTED PROGRAMMING USING JAVA LAB (2 credits) 1. Implement simple programs for core Java programming language constructs. 2. Implement a simple calculator in java using remote method invoca on. 3. Find the shortest path using Breadth First Search Algorithm using Java. 4. Create a new text editor like the notepad. 5. The reserva on system code which register a passenger for different categories. 6. Implement code that can find a file Located anywhere in your computer (Hard Drive). 7. Implement calculator with both Standard and Scien fic Mode. 8. Implement code to make a Ball move around in the window. E-resource for learning C++, Java, www.spoken-tutorial.org

CSOS6018: OPERATING SYSTEMS LAB (2 credits) 1. Introduc on to Linux 2. File System (Types of file, Filename, parent-child rela onship, absolute and rela ve pathname, file and directory permissions) Introduc on to vi editor (start vi, the three modes, create, save and open a text file, posi oning by character, posi oning by line, posi oning by word, posi oning in the word, posi oning on a numbered line, inser ng text, dele ng text), Simple Linux commands, Shell Programming 3. Semaphores, Shared Memory and Message Queues: Semaphore (Binary semaphore, Linux Semaphore Facili es, Using Semaphores), Shared Memory, Message Queues 4. Processes and Signals : Process Structure, Star ng a new Process, Replacing a Process Image, Duplica ng a Process Image, Wai ng for a process, Zombie Processes, Termina ng a Process, Signals (Signal handling, Sending signals, Signal interface, Signals sets). ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|157

5. 6.

POSIX Threads: Crea ng threads, Simultaneous execu on of threads, Synchroniza on and Cri cal sec ons, Synchroniza on with Semaphores, Synchroniza on with Mutexes, Thread A ributes, Cancelling a thread. Inter-Process Communica on: Pipes, Process Pipes, and The Pipe Call, Parent and Child processes, FIFOs (Accessing a FIFO, Opening a FIFO, Reading and Wri ng FIFO).

E-resource for learning Linux-Ubuntu, www.spoken-tutorial.org

CSDA6019: DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS LAB (2 credits) 1. Prove that bubble sort algorithm has me complexity (n2) by showing the graph nota on. 2. Implement the Dynamic programming technique and analyze the algorithm showing the graph nota on. 3. Implement the Greedy programming technique and analyze the algorithm showing the graph nota on. 4. Implement the Divide and Conquer technique and analyze the algorithm showing the graph nota on. 5. Design a small file compressor and de-compressor by using Huffman coding technique

CSPJ6020: PROGRAMMING THROUGH JAVA LAB (2 credits) 1. Implement a simple calculator in java using remote method invoca on 2. To find the shortest path using Breadth First Search Algorithm 3. To create a new text editor like the notepad 4. The reserva on system code which register a passenger for different categories. 5. This Code can find a file Located anywhere in your computer (Hard Drive). 6. Calculator with both Standard and Scien fic Mode 7. Program for Student Management 8. Calling Windows Run me Commands. 9. A Ball Moving round the window. 10. Travel agent 11. Hundred Year Calendar(2001-2100) 12. Program to create GUI for Bank Account Simula on. 13. Write the java source code for "the 8 Puzzle" program and the html Java applet to execute interac ve content on the World Wide Web. E-resource for learning Java, www.spoken-tutorial.org

CSCG6021: COMPUTER GRAPHICS (2 credits) 1. Algorithms discussed in the theory should be implemented using C/C++. 2. Graphics using OPEN GL: Introduc on to OPEN GL, Drawing lines, Drawing polylines, Drawing polygons, Drawing aligned rectangles, clipping a line, Drawing arcs, Drawing circles, Drawing 3D curves, Circles rolling around a circle. 3. GUI using X-Windows: X Windows, Xaw-an X Toolkit, Introduc on to Mo f.

CSRS6022: RESEARCH SEMINAR - MTECH (4 credits) Objective of the research Seminar is to conduct a research literature survey on a topic chosen. This will help the students to familiarize themselves with the current literature on recent trends in the chosen area. Tasks to be performed by the students will include ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|158

1. 2.

Literature survey on the chosen topic Presenta on on the chosen topic, comprising the following three components: a. Presenta on b. Report c. Viva Voce examina on

CSMP6023: PROJECT PHASE I - MTECH (12 credits) Objective: During this phase the student will start a research project applying the knowledge acquired during the first two semesters and also incorporating the recent trends in the chosen area. It should include phases of design, implementation and reporting. This project is to be executed individually within or outside the campus. The mode and components of evaluation and the weightages attached to them shall be published by the Department/Institute at the beginning of the semester E-resource for learning: LaTeX, www.spokentutorial.org

CSOS6024: INTRODUCTION TO OPERATING SYSTEMS LAB (2 credits) 1. Simple Unix-C programs: Programs using system calls, library func on calls to display and write strings on standard output device and files. 2. Programs using fork system call. 3. Programs for error repor ng using errno, perror() func ons. 4. Programs using pipes. 5. Shell programming. 6. Programs to simulate process scheduling- FCFS, SJF and Round Robin. 7. Programs to simulate page replacement algorithms-FIFO, LRU. 8. Programs to simulate free space management. 9. Programs to simulate deadlock detec on. 10. Study of file system-UNIX/FAT/NTFS E-resource for learning: Linux-Ubuntu, www.spoken-tutorial.org

CSIG6025: INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER GRAPHICS LAB (2 credits) 1. Learning graphics func ons in C,C++ 2. Digital Differen al Analyzer line drawing algorithm. 3. Bresenham’s line drawing algorithm. 4. Bresenham’s circle drawing algorithm. 5. Polygon filling algorithm (Flood Fill, Boundary Fill) 6. Cohen Sutherland clipping algorithm. 7. 2D Transforma ons such as transla on, rota on, scaling and shear.

CSCD6026: DIGITAL COMPUTER DESIGN LAB (2 credits) 1. To study the Truth tables of logic gates 2. To realize half/full adder and half/full adder subtractor 3. Simula on with VDHL i. Adders ii. Subtractors iii. Logic gates iv. MUX and DEMUX ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|159

CSCO6027: COMPUTER ORGANISATION AND ARCHITECTURE LAB (2 credits) (10 classes for 10 different Programs along with some hardware exposure) 1. Some experiments using hardware trainer kits for floppy drive, dot matrix printer etc. 2. Dismantling and assembling a PC along with study of connec ons, ports, chipsets, SMPS etc. 3. Assembly language programming using IA32(gcc ) i. Introduc on gcc assembly programming ii. Verifica on of Instruc on Set. iii. Arithme c opera ons a) Addi on, Subtrac on, Mul plica on and Division of two 8-bit numbers. b) Mul byte Addi on and Subtrac on, Mul plica on and Division – Signed and unsigned Arithme c opera on, ASCII – arithme c opera on. iv. Logic opera ons – Shi and rotate – Conver ng packed BCD to unpacked BCD, BCD to ASCII conversion. v. By using string opera on and Instruc on prefix: Move Block, Reverse string, Sor ng, Inser ng, Dele ng, Length of the string, String comparison. vi. DOS/BIOS programming: Reading keyboard (Buffered with and without echo) – Display characters, Strings.

CSSG6028: SYSTEM PROGRAMMING LAB (3 credits) 1. Design of a small Assembler 2. Design of loader. 3. Design of linker. 4. Design and implementa on of Macro-processor. 5. Study of Debugger (GDB)

CSDB6029: RDBMS LAB (2 credits) a) Programs to be created and executed on the following areas 1. Use of SQL Syntax: Inser on, Dele on Join), Upda ng using SQL. 2. Program segments in embedded SQL using C as host language to find average grade point of a student, etc. 3. Program for Log based data recovery technique. 4. Program on data recovery using check point technique. 5. Concurrency control problem using lock opera ons. 6. Use of package (ORACLE) for programming approaches. 7. Programs on JDBC/ODBC. b)

c)

PL/SQL Programming Language fundamentals 1. PL/SQL block structure, character set, iden fiers, literals, delimiters, comments, data types in Pl/SQL 2. Program structure- Condi onal constructs, itera ve constructs, excep on handling 3. SQL in PL/SQL - DML and Transac on Management (Commit and Rollback), Data Retrieval, Cursors (Explicit and Implicit), Error handling with cursors, Procedures, Func on, Triggers- crea ng and managing func ons, procedures. PHP, MYSQL

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|160

CSDC6030: DATA COMMUNICATION and NETWORKS II and NETWORK PROGRAMMINGUSING LINUX LAB (2 credits) Objective: Network programming involves writing programs that communicate with other programs across a computer network. Most operating systems provide pre-compiled programs that communicate across a network. This course envisages providing an introduction to such networking programming, whereby students will learn to write their own network programs. At the end of this course in network programming, the students are expected to have elementary ideas about the Barkeley sockets and their usage in setting up TCP and UDP communications. Module I a) Introduc on to Network Programming : Introduc on to Sockets; Address Structure – IPv4, IPv6; Value-Result Arguments; Byte Order Func ons; Byte Manipula on Func ons; inet_aton, inet_addr, inet_ntoa, inet_pton, inet_ntop, readn, wri en, readline, isfdtype func ons b) Elementary TCP Sockets : Introduc on; socket, connect, bind, listen, accept, fork, exec, close, getsockname, getpeername func ons; TCP Client Server example; signal, sigac on, wait, waitpid func ons; Connec on Termina on; SIGPIPE signal c) I/O Mul plexing : I/O models; select func on; Batch input; shutdown, pselect, poll func ons; Example – TCP Echo Server. d) Socket Op ons : getsockopt, setsockopt, fcult, ioclt func ons; Socket status – generic socket op ons e) Elementary UDP Sockets : Introduc on; recvfrom, sendto func ons; UDP Examples; connect func on with UDP; UDP socket receive buffer; Example – UDP Echo Server Module II a) Elementary Name and Address Conversion : Introduc on; gethostbyname func on; RES_USE_INET6 resolver op on; gethostbyaddr, uname, gethostname, getservbyname, getservbyport func ons. b) IPv4 and IPv6 Interoperability : Introduc on; IPv4 Client - IPv6 Server, IPv6 Client – IPv4 Server; IPv6 Address Tes ng Macros, IPV6_ADDRFORM. c) Advanced Name and Address Conversions : Introduc on; getaddrinfo, gai_strerror, freeaddrinfo, getnameinfo func ons; Reentrant func ons. d) Daemon Processes : Introduc on; syslogd daemon; syslog, daemon_init func ons; inetd daemon; daemon_inetd func on. Suggested Readings 1. W Richard Stevens, UNIX Network Programming – Volume I , Second Edi on, Pren ce Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 2002 2. Douglas E Comer, Internetworking with TCP/IP: Principles, Protocols, and Architectures – Volume I, Fourth Edi on, Pren ce Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. 3. Douglas E Comer, David L Stevens, Internetworking with TCP/IP: Design, Implementa on, and Internals – Volume II,Third Edi on, Pren ce Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. 4. Douglas E Comer, David L Stevens, Internetworking with TCP/IP: Client Server Programming and Applica ons – Volume III, Second Edi on, Pren ce Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.

CCSIT6031: INTERNET TECHNOLOGY AND APPLICATIONS LAB (2 credits) Module I a) XHTML:Components of XHTML; Elements of XHTML (Headers, Linking, Images, Special Characters, Lists, Tables, Forms, Framesets) b) Cascading Style Sheets: Inline Styles; Embedded Style; Conflic ng Style; Linking External Styles; W3C CSS Valida on Service; Use of CSS (Posi oning Elements, Backgrounds, Text flow) c) XML: XML Structuring Data; XML Namespaces; Document Type Defini ons and Schemas; XML Vocabularies; Document Object Model (DOM and its methods); Extensible StyleSheet Language (XSL) ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|161

Module II a) Web servers: HTTP Request Types; System Architecture of a Web server; Client-side Scrip ng versus Server-side Scrip ng; Accessing Web servers; Apache Web Server. b) Databases: Introduc on to each one of the following: SQL, MYSQL, DBI c) Scrip ng Languages: Javascript: Operators, Data Types, Control Structures, Func ons, Arrays, String Manipula on. VBScript Introduc on to Perl and CGI (Common Gateway Interface). JSP: Introduc on; JSP Overview; Scrip ng; Standard Ac ons; Direc ves d) Web Site Design Considera ons: Using Logical Design: Planning your website, drawing a map, using a top-down approach, flexibility, other web design metaphors. Crea ng templates. Crea ng a Compa ble Design: Designing for different color depths, resolu ons, different browser considera ons, accommoda ng limited bandwith. Valida ng your work. e) PHP: Introduc on to PHP; Data Types; Control Structures; Func ons; Strings; Arrays; Querying Web Databases using PHP; Wri ng to Web Databases; Errors, Debugging and Deployment; Repor ng in Suggested Readings 1. Deitel and Deitel, Internet and World Wide Web: How to Program, 2nd Edi on, Pren ce Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. , New Delhi 2. Hugh E. Williams and David Lane, PHP and MySQL, 2nd Edi on, O’Reilly, Shroff Publishers and Distributors Pvt. Ltd. 3. Internet Complete, 2nd Edi on, BPB Publica ons. , New Delhi 4. Douglas E. Comer, The Internet Book: Everything you need to know about Computer Networking and how the Internet works, 3rd Edi on, Pren ce Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi

CSDM6032: DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM II LAB (2 credits) Module I: PL/SQL Programming a) Language fundamentals - PL/SQL block structure, character set, iden fiers, literals, delimiters, comments, data types in PL/SQL b) Program Structure - Condi onal constructs, Itera ve constructs, Excep on handling c) SQL in PL/SQL- DML and Transac on Management (Commit and Rollback), Data Retrieval, Cursors (Explicit and Implicit), error handling with Cursors d) Procedures, Func ons, packages, Triggers- crea ng and managing func ons, procedures, packages and triggers e) Built-in func ons - String func ons (ascii, chr, concat, greatest, instr, least, length, lower, lpad, ltrim, replace, rpad, rtrim, substr, trim, upper) Numeric func ons ( bitand, ceil, exp, floor, ln, mod, power, round, sign, sqrt, trunk) , Date and me func ons ( add_months, current_date, current_ mestamp, last_day, months_between, next_day, round, sysdate, sys mestamp, trunk) Conversion func ons (to_number, to_char, cast, to_date, to_ mestamp) Module II: Forms Builder Components of applica on development in Oracle Forms (Form modules, menus, PL/SQL libraries, Object libraries, Database objects), components of a form module, crea ng single table forms, crea ng tabular forms, changing a ributes of form objects, valida ons, triggers, adding PL/SQL codes to triggers, crea ng master-details form, PL/SQL libraries, crea ng and adding library to modules, crea ng mul -canvas forms, error handling, crea ng mul -form applica ons, crea ng menus, adding PL/SQL code to menu items, adding libraries to a menu module, a aching menu to a form, proper es of menus, crea ng iconic toolbar, crea ng master-details iconic toolbar menu Module III: Reports Builder and Graphics Builder Features of the Report Builder, defining a data model for a report, specifying the layout of the report, specifying a run me parameter form for a report, using the Oracle reports interface, using the Reports Wizard, changing report a ributes, crea ng manual reports, crea ng master-detail reports, crea ng parameterized reports, running a report from a form, working with charts, tools available in the Graphics Builder, crea ng Graphs, embedding charts in forms and reports ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|162

Suggested Readings 1. Ivan Bayross, Commercial Applica on Development Using Oracle Developer 2000 Forms 6i, BPB Publica ons, 2nd Revised Edi on, 2005 2. John Day, Craig Van Slyke, Star ng out with Oracle, Dreamtech Press, 2004 3. Steven Feuerstein, Oracle PL/SQL Programming, O’Reilly Publica ons, 3rd Edi on.

CSMP6033: PROJECT PHASE II - MTECH CS (16 credits) Objective: During this phase the student will start a research project applying the knowledge acquired during the first two semesters and also incorporating the recent trends in the chosen area. It should include phases of design, implementation and reporting. This project is to be executed individually within or outside the campus. The mode and components of evaluation and the weightages attached to them shall be published by the Department/Institute at the beginning of the semester E-resource for learning: LaTeX, www.spokentutorial.org

CSSE6034: BASIC SOFTWARE ENGINEERING LAB (2 credits) A. Lab using IBM RSA tools B. Virtual lab Weblink: h p://iitkgp.vlab.co.in/?sub=38andamp;brch=204 Contents 1. Iden fying the requirements from problem statements 2. Es ma on of project metrics 3. Modeling Data Flow Diagrams 4. Development of User stories 5. Iden fying domain classes from the problem statements 6. Modeling UML use case diagram & capturing use case scenarios 7. Class diagram, Ac vity diagram etc 8. Designing test suite and tes ng

CSAI6036: ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE I LAB (2 credits) Tools: Common LISP and PROLOG Practical Assignments 1. DFS and BFS implementa on 2. Game playing: Single and two players (Using Heuris c func ons) 3. A* algorithm 4. Syntax checking for English sentences 5. Develop an Expert system

CSCN6037: COMPUTER NETWORKS AND INFORMATION SECURITY I: ADVANCED COMPUTER NETWORKS LAB (2 credits) Tools: NS2, MATLAB, Router, Switches etc Practical Assignments: 1. Network signal modula on using MATLAB 2. Rou ng protocol simula on using NS2 3. TCP conges on control analysis 4. Crea on and simula on of Ad hoc networks using NS2 ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|163

5. 6. 7.

Case study on applica on layer a acks Rou ng and WAN simula on VLAN crea on and link aggrega on

CSAI6039: ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE II LAB CSCN6040: COMPUTER NETWORKS AND INFORMATION SECURITY II LAB (2 credits) Objective: Lab assignments are assigned to students individually or in groups by the concerned faculty according to the chosen specialization subjects . The objective of the mini project is to train the students to design, simulate the system which will give them hands on experience in re-creating principals they have studied in their classes. The suggested tools or so ware to use during this project are (Specializa ons - So ware /Tools): 1. Ar ficial Intelligence (Natural Language Processing ) - NLTK, WORDNET, Prolog, LISP. 2. Computer Networks and Informa on Security: (Number Theory and Cryptography) - Snort 2.8, Engage Packet Builder, TcpDump, Honeynet Security Console, Kismet 3. MUX and DEMUX

CSAI6042: ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE III LAB CSCN6043: COMPUTER NETWORKS AND INFORMATION SECURITY III LAB (2 credits) Assignments are assigned to students individually or in groups by the concerned faculty as per the chosen specializa on subjects. The objec ve of the mini project is to train the students to design, simulate the system which will give them hands on experience in re-crea ng principals they have studied in their classes. The suggested tools or so ware to use during this project are (Specializa ons - So ware/ Tools): a) b)

Ar ficial Intelligence (Computer Vision And Image Analysis) - MATLAB, OpenCV, JIPT, etc. Computer Networks and Informa on Security (Network Security and Forensics) - NS2, GloMoSim, Packet tracer, OMNeT++, OPNE, etc.

CSDE6044: DATA ENGINEERING IV LAB CSAI6045: ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE IV LAB CSCN6046: COMPUTER NETWORKS AND INFORMATION SECURITY IV LAB (2 credits) This lab will be treated as a Mini project and assigned to students individually by the Department under the supervision of the designated faculty member. The objec ve of this mini project is to train students to develop a model in the chosen specialized subject using the related tools learned in previous semesters.

CSMA6047: MICROPROCESSORS AND APPLICATIONS LAB (2 credits) Laboratory course will be based on 8051 microcontroller. 1. Study of 8051 microcontroller architecture 2. Study of assembly language and embedded C for 8051 3. To perform interfacing of LED. 4. To perform interfacing of LCD 5. To perform interfacing of stepper motor 6. To perform interfacing of speaker. 7. To perform serial transfer of data from PC and microcontroller board. Suggested Readings 1. Kenneth Ayala, The 8051 Microcontroller, 3rd edi on, ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|164

CSOC6048: OPERATING SYSTEMS AND CONCEPTS LAB (2 credits) 1. Simple Unix-C programs: Programs using system calls, library func on calls to display and write strings on standard output device and files. 2. Programs using fork system calls. 3. Programs for error repor ng using errno, perror( ) func on. 4. Programs using pipes. 5. Shell programming. 6. Programs to simulate process scheduling like FCFS, Shortest Job First and Round Robin. 7. Programs to simulate page replacement algorithms like FIFO, Op mal and LRU. 8. Programs to simulate free space management. 9. Programs to simulate virtual memory. 10. Programs to simulate deadlock detec on. 11. Study of file systems: UNIX/FAT/NTFS. 12. Study of Windows registry. E-resource for learning Linux-Ubuntu, www.spoken-tutorial.org

CSDC6049: DATA COMMUNICATION LAB (2 credits) 1. PC-to-PC communica ons under WinXP/Win98 direct cable connec on with null modem a) Using serial ports and RS-232 C cable connec on, and b) Using parallel ports and direct parallel cable connec on. 2. PC-to-PC communica ons under WinXP/Win98 dial-up networking with modem and 4-line exchange. 3. PC-to-PC communica ons under WinXP/Win98 hyper terminal with modem and 4-line exchange. 4. Simple file transfer between two systems (without protocols): By opening socket connec on to a server on one system and sending a file from one system to another. 5. Wri ng a Chat applica on: a) One-One: By opening socket connec on and displaying what is wri en by one party to the other. b) Many-Many (Broad cast): Each client opens a socket connec on to the chat server and writes to the socket. Whatever is wri en by one party can be seen by all other par es. 6. Introduc on to Packet Tracer 7. Simula on of Telnet: Provide a user interface to contact well-known ports, so that client-server interac on can be seen by the user. 8. TFTP- Client: To develop a TFTP client for file transfer. 9. HTTP-Server: Develop a HTTP server to implement the commands – GET, POST, HEAD, DELETE.The server must handle mul ple clients. Suggested Reading 1. Networking and Data Communica ons Laboratory manual, Frances S. Grodzinsky, PH, 1999.

BTCSMI6050: MINI PROJECT I (2 credits) Mini projects are assigned to students individually or in groups by the Department under the supervision of the designated faculty member. The objec ve of the mini project is to train the students to create Industry oriented so ware or hardware applica ons in his/her field of interest.

CSPA6051: PRINCIPLES OF ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE LAB (2 credits) List of Experiments 1. Write a LISP Program to solve the water-jug problem using heuris c func on. 2. Create a compound object using Turbo Prolog. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|165

3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Write a Prolog Program to show the advantage and disadvantage of green and red cuts. Write a prolog program to use of BEST-FIRST SEARCH applied to the eight puzzle problem. Implementa on of the problem solving strategies: Forward Chaining, Backward Chaining, Problem Reduc on. Write a LISP Program to implement the STEEPEST-ASCENT HILL CLIMBING. Write a PROLOG Program to implement COUNTE PROPAGATION NETWORK.

CSRM6052: INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND STATISTICAL TOOLS LAB (2 credits) 1. To conduct a small research project in group and apply the knowledge about research methodology 2. Use of SPSS, SCILAB/ MATLAB -Sta s cal Tool Box, etc. for Data Analysis is recommended.

CSMN6053: MINOR PROJECT - MCA (4 credits) Objective: The objective of the Minor project is to consolidate the concepts and practices that were learned during the course and to serve as a record of competence. It should enable a student to apply concretely in a small package the concepts gained from Software Engineering. E-resource for learning LaTeX, www.spoken-tutorial.org

CSNS6054: COMPUTER NETWORKS LAB (2 credits) 1. Introduc on to a) Network Components such as GATEWAYS, ROUTER, Switches, etc. b) Various Network So ware, service and applica on c) Network Trouble shoo ng. 2. LAN with bus/star (switch or hub) topology with a minimum of two systems 3. Performance Evalua on of Error and Flow control protocol using LAN trainer. 4. Socket Programming (java or c). a) Implementa on of Protocol- ALOHA, CSMA/CD, CSMA/CA b) Implementa on of Applica ons using socket i. Telnet Client ii. FTP Client iii. HTTP Client 5. Introduc on to Network Simulator (NS) a) Implementa on and Analysis of protocol 6. Modeling of Network Architecture for an Organiza on (Project)

CSCD6055: COMPILER DESIGN LAB (2 credits) 1. Introduc on to LEX and YACC. Preferable on UNIX but any other version is also acceptable. 2. Wri ng simple scanner for accep ng and valida ng floa ng point numbers and fixed point numbers 3. Wri ng simple scanners for tokenizing C or BASIC programs. The Program will output the list of token to a file and classify them by type of token 4. Wri ng a program to pick out comments in a C ++ program or a JAVA Program 5. Developing a rudimentary C Preprocessor capable of handling the “define, ifdef, ifndef, include” direc ves. More ambi ous students can implement subs tu on of Macros with arguments. 6. Conver ng simple finite Automata into program.

CSAA6056: ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF ALGORITHMS LAB (2 credits) 1. Using Graph nota on to prove that bubble sort algorithm has me complexity (n^2) ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|166

2. 3. 4. 5.

Implement the Dynamic programming technique and analyze the algorithm using the graph nota on. Implement the Greedy programming technique and analyze the algorithm using the graph nota on. Implement the Divide and Conquer technique and analyze the algorithm using the graph nota on. Design a small file compressor and de-compressor by using Huffman coding technique

CSMI6057: MINI PROJECT II (2 credits) Mini projects are assigned to students individually or in groups by the Department under the supervision of the designated faculty member. The objec ve of the mini project is to train the students to create Industry oriented so ware or hardware applica ons in his/her field of interest. The mini projects taken up by the students in the sixth semester are expected to be more advanced than the projects taken up in the fi h semester.

CSMP6058: MAJOR PROJECT - MCA (12 credits) Objective: The primary objective of the Major Project is to enable students to have a thorough understanding of the theoretical principles learnt in earlier five semesters through a prolonged practical experience. The major project is oriented towards developing requisite skills, knowledge of latest technologies and an entrepreneurial attitude in a student which are needed to make an effective start as a computer/IT professional.

CSAI6059: ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE LAB (2 Credits) List of Experiments 1. Write a LISP Program to solve the water-jug problem using heuris c func on. 2. Create a compound object using Turbo Prolog. 3. Write a Prolog Program to show the advantage and disadvantage of green and red cuts. 4. Write a prolog program to use of BEST-FIRST SEARCH applied to the eight puzzle problem. 5. Implementa on of the problem solving strategies: Forward Chaining, Backward Chaining, Problem Reduc on. 6. Write a Lisp Program to implement the STEEPEST-ASCENT HILL CLIMBING. 7. Write a Prolog Program to implement COUNTE PROPAGATION NETWORK.

CSGM6060: COMPUTER GRAPHICS AND MULTIMEDIA LAB (2 Credits) COMPUTER GRAPHICS Mandatory exercises 1. Learning graphics func ons in C, C++. 2. Bresenham’s line drawing algorithm. 3. DDA line drawing algorithm. 4. Polygon filling algorithm (FLOODFILL / SEEDFILL) 5. Cohen-Sutherland clipping algorithm. 6. 3D Transforma ons such as transla on, rota on and scaling. Any One exercise from the following 7. Reflec on of a given point about a given axis. 8. Polygon clipping using Sutherland Hodgeman algorithm. Any One exercise from the following 9. A straight line, rota ng about the perimeter of a given circle. 10. Z-buffer algorithm for hidden surface elimina on. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|167

MULTIMEDIA 1. To visualize projec ons of 3D images. 2. To convert between color models. 3. To implement text compression algorithm. 4. To implement image compression algorithm. 5. To perform anima on using any Anima on so ware. 6. To perform basic opera ons on image using any image edi ng so ware. 7. Mul media Sound: Create 2 soundtracks and 2 EFX sounds for a project. 8. Digital Video: Use video capture to digi ze video shoot or another video source to create short produc on (15-45 seconds). E-resource for learning Blender, GIMP, www.spoken-tutorial.org

CSTS6061: TRAINING SEMINAR (2 credits) Objective: During the semester break at the end of the third year, students are required to undergo an Industrial Training. The purpose of the Industrial Training is to expose students to real-life industry situations, so that they may be able to apply the engineering knowledge and skills that they have gained through class-room teaching and lab activities, in an on-the-job situation. After the period of training, students are to present their experience in the form of reports and seminar presentations. Students will be evaluated on the seminar, viva voce examination and written reports.

CSMP6062: MAJOR PROJECT (PHASE I) (4 credits) During the last year of their study, B. Tech. students are required to take up a major project. This may be an individual project or a group project. The Major Project is an integral learning experience that encourages students to break away from the compartmentaliza on of the different courses they have studied during the three years of their study and aims to provide opportuni es to explore the inter-rela onships and inter-connectedness of the various courses and gather them together into a single learning experience. The major project focuses upon the following: ● Interdisciplinary: The major project provides a pla orm for students to apply the knowledge and skills acquired from different courses. ● Collabora on: It encourages students to work in groups over an extended period of me. They clarify the task, plan their work, share the responsibili es and work towards the successful comple on of the project. ● Process and Product: Project work focuses on both process and product. The process would include collabora on, gathering and processing of informa on. The product may take the form of a working model, a complete so ware package, etc. ● Wri en and Oral presenta on: Project work provides students with opportuni es to present their findings as a wri en thesis in a prescribed format and orally with an intended audience and purpose in mind. During the first phase in the seventh semester, students are expected to choose the project, prepare a synopsis under the guidance of a project supervisor appointed by the department, present the synopsis to the commi ee set up for the purpose, get approval for the synopsis and start the project work. Students are expected to submit weekly ac vity reports and present a progress seminar during this phase. They will also undergo a viva voce examina on, in which they will be examined on all the basic areas of the discipline in which they have chosen their project. E-resource for learning LaTeX, www.spoken-tutorial.org ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|168

CSMP6063: MAJOR PROJECT (PHASE II) AND VIVA VOCE (8 credits) During the second phase students are expected to focus on the process and comple on of the projects and prepare project reports under the guidance of the Supervisors. Internal assessment shall be done by the DPEC and the external assessment shall be done by the external examiner(s) assisted by the DPEC and the supervisor. The modality and components of the internal assessment and their weightages shall be no fied at the beginning of each semester. The External assessment shall have the following components: • Project Implementa on : 40 marks • Seminar presenta on : 20 marks • Viva voce examina on : 20 marks • Project documenta on : 20 marks

CSIJ6064: INTRODUCTION TO JAVA PROGRAMMING LAB (2 Credits) 1. Java Fundamentals using Data Types, Declara ons, Control Flow 2. Java Classes and Java Packages 3. Java Interfaces and Java Streams 4. Java Excep on Handling 5. Java Threads 6. Java Applets 7. Java AWT E-resource for learning Java, www.spoken-tutorial.org

CSMI6065: MINI PROJECT - BCA (4 credits) Mini projects are assigned to students in groups by the Department under the supervision of the designated faculty member. The objec ve of the mini project is to train the students to create Industry oriented so ware or hardware applica ons in his/her field of interest.

CSMP6066: MAJOR PROJECT - BCA (16 credits) Objective: The primary objective of the Major Project is to enable students to have a thorough understanding of the theoretical principles learnt in earlier five semesters through a prolonged practical experience. The major project is oriented towards developing requisite skills, knowledge of latest technologies and an entrepreneurial attitude in a student which are needed to make an effective start as a computer/IT professional.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|169

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING Our vision: To cul vate na on builders, with scien fic and engineering exper se and moral integrity, commi ed to the upli ment of society.

Our Mission: To provide young and enthusias c minds with sound theore cal and prac cal knowledge in electronics and communica on technologies, so that they grow into competent individuals, capable of • Conver ng ideas into reality • Standing up to challenges to lead from the front and provide progressive solu ons • Contribu ng towards the growth and development of new technologies • Crea ng a posi ve impact on global society, contribu ng towards the welfare of mankind

Program Educational Objectives, Department of ECE, 1. 2. 3.

To create highly professional graduates with sound knowledge in the field of Electronics and Communica on engineering through quality educa on. To cater to global technological needs and to contribute to the industry by delivering the exper se acquired, through problem solving and working on need based projects. To groom young minds with a strong sense of commitment towards the be erment of society and the environment.

DETAILED SYLLABUS ECBE0001: BASIC ELECTRONICS (4 credits – 60 hours) Objectives: As a first course in Electronics, this course is intended to give a preliminary understanding of the world of Electronics - Semiconducting materials and basic devices, simple circuits and systems. It will also serve to create a better appreciation of going digital and to generate continued interest in the course. Module I: Introduction to circuit elements (4 hours) Voltage and Current sources- Independent and dependent sources, resistors, capacitors and inductors Module II: Semiconductor Diodes (12 hours) a) Semiconductor Concepts: Intrinsic semiconductor materials, energy levels, mobility, conduc vity, N and P-type, concept of hole, majority and minority carriers, mechanism of current flow; b) Semiconductor Diode: PN junc on, forward bias condi on, reverse bias condi on, V-I characteris cs, diode equa on, Silicon vs Germanium, DC resistance levels, AC resistance, simplified equivalent circuit of a diode, applica on of diode as rec fier, clipper and clamper; Special purpose diode characteris cs and applica ons: Zener diode, photo diode, varactor diode, Light Emi ng Diode, Scho ky diode, tunnel diode. Module III: Transistors (20 hours) a) Bipolar Junc on Transistors: Transistor – construc on, opera on and configura on, V-I characteris cs, Biasing, DC load line analysis, analysis of CE amplifier and emi er follower; b) Field-Effect Transistors: FET – construc on, opera on and configura on, V-I characteris cs; types of MOSFET, V-I characteris cs, DC-biasing, DC load line analysis; basic configura on of MOS amplifier. Module IV: Operational Amplifiers (6 hours) Opera onal Amplifiers: The ideal OpAmp and its parameters, inver ng and non-inver ng configura ons, equivalent circuit model, OpAmp applica on in integra on, differen a on and ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|170

summing circuits, OpAmp as differen al amplifier Module V: Digital Electronics (7 hours) Digital Electronics: Number system representa on and conversion, binary arithme c, Boolean algebra. Logic gates – AND, OR, NAND, NOR, EX-OR, realiza on of Boolean expressions using gates, general idea about half adder and full adder; flip-flops. Module VI: Introduction to Communication and Electronic Measurements (11 hours) a) Principle of Communica on: Introduc on to signals, block diagram of communica on system; modula on– AM, FM and PM and de-modula on of AM signal, effect of noise; b) Fibre Op cs Communica on: a simplified fibre op c communica on system, principle of opera on, advantages. c) Electronic Instruments: oscilloscope, me base, displaying a waveform in oscilloscope Suggested Readings 1. Cha opadhyay and Rakshit, Electronics Fundamentals and Applica ons, 10th Edi on, New Age Interna onal (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2007. 2. Boylestead and Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and Circuits Theory, 9th Edi on, Pren ce Hall India, 2007. 3. Salivahanan et al., Electronic Devices and Circuits, 2nd Edi on, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2008. 4. Sedra and Smith, Microelectronic Circuits, 5th Edi on, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2007 5. R. P. Jain, Modern Digital Electronics, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2008. 6. Donald P Leach, Albert Paul Malvino and Goutam Saha, Digital Principles and Applica ons, 6th Edi on, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2006.

ECDP0002: DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING (4 credits - 60 hours) Objectives: This course is intended to make the students learn the essential advanced topics in digital signal processing that are necessary for successful post graduate-level research. The course includes a review of the linear constant-coefficient system properties covered in an undergraduate DSP course, and then examines a variety of filter structures, time-varying and adaptive systems, fast algorithms, and other topics relevant to the research areas of the students. Module I: Review of Digital Signal and Systems (15 hours) a) Discrete me signals and its classifica on, discrete me systems and its classifica on. b) The Z-transform, Proper es of Z-transform, Inverse Z-transform, applica on of Z-transform. c) Analysis and response of Discrete LTI system, Recursive and non Recursive LTI system, Constant coefficient difference equa ons and their solu on, impulse response of LTI system and structure of LTI system. d) Fast Fourier Transform: Discrete Time Fourier Transform, Discrete Fourier Transform, Radix-2 FFT algorithm-Decima on in me (DIT) and Decima on in frequency (DIF) algorithm. Module II: Filters and Classifiers (16 hours) a) Design of FIR and IIR filters, Implementa on of discrete me system structure to realize FIR and IIR filters. b) Introduc on to adap ve signal processing, FIR adap ve filters, steepest descent adap ve filter, LMS algorithm, convergence of LMS algorithms, Applica on: noise cancella on, channel equaliza on, adap ve recursive filters , recursive least squares. c) Mul rate system – decima on and interpola on, quadrature – mirror filters. Module III: Effects of finite word length in digital systems (14 hours) Introduc on; Representa on of numbers- fixed point, floa ng point; Rounding and Trunca on Errors; Quan za on Effects in ADC and DAC processes; Noise power from a digital system; Coefficient quan za on effects in direct form realiza on of IIR and FIR systems; Roundoff effects in Digital filter structures. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|171

Module IV: Wavelet Transforms (15 hours) Fourier Transform : Its power and Limita ons, Short Time Fourier Transform, The Gabor Transform, Discrete Time Fourier Transform and filter banks, Con nuous Wavelet Transform, Wavelet Transform Ideal Case, Perfect Reconstruc on Filter Banks and wavelets, Recursive mul -resolu on decomposi on, Haar Wavelet, Daubechies Wavelet. Suggested Readings 1. Proakis and Manolakis, Digital Signal Processing, 4th Edi on, Pren ce Hall, 2007 2. Monson H. Hayes Sta s cal Digital Signal Processing and Modeling, Wiley, 2002 3. B. Yegnanarayana, Ar ficial Neural Networks, Pren ce Hall of India, 1999 4. S. Haykin, Neural Networks – A Comprehensive Founda on, Pren ce Hall, 1998. 5. S. Salivahanan, Digital Signal Processing, TMH.

ECFT0003: MICROELECTRONICS FABRICATION TECHNOLOGY (3 credits - 45 hours) Objectives: This course serves as an introduction to basic processes used in the fabrication of semiconductor devices and integrated circuits. The objective is to develop the background knowledge necessary to understand the state-of-the-art semiconductor technology related to device fabrication processes. Module I: Semiconductor Processing Technology (8 hours) An Introduc on to Microelectronic Fabrica on, Roadmap of semiconductor manufacturing, Semiconductor Materials and Process Chemicals, Crystal Growth and Wafer Prepara on, Contamina on Control Module II: Overview of Wafer Fabrication (12 hours) Phase Diagrams and Solid Solubility, Basic Wafer Fabrica on Opera ons, Hot Processing and Ion Implanta on, Construc on of a Semiconductor Circuit, Chip Terminology, Process Yields Module III: Principles of Microelectronics Fabrication (7 hours) Oxida on, Rapid Thermal Processing, Photolithography Module IV: Photolithographic Processes (6 hours) Op cal Lithography, Photo resists, Non op cal Lithographic Techniques Module V: Processing of thin films (8 hours) Vacuum Science and Plasmas, Etching, Physical Deposi on: Evapora on and Spu ering, Chemical Vapor Deposi on, Epitaxial Growth, Device Isola on, Contacts, and Metalliza on, Fundamentals of MEMS and NEMS Module VI: Overview of Wafer Fabrication (4 hours) The Business of Wafer Fabrica on, Semiconductor Devices and IC Forma on, Integrated Circuit Types, Chip Packaging Suggested Readings 1. S. A. Campbell, The Science and Engineering of Microelectronics Fabrica on, Oxford University Press, Second Edi on, 2001 2. Stephen A. Campbell, Fabrica on Engineering at the Micro and Nanoscale, Oxford University press, 2007 3. R.C. Jaeger, Introduc on To Microelectronics Fabrica on, 2nd Edi on (ISBN: 0201444941), 2001 4. P. V. Zant, Microchip Fabrica on: A Prac cal Guide to Semiconductor Processing, 3rd Edi on, Semiconductor Services, 2000 (ISBN: 0071356363) 5. Marc J. Madou, Fundamentals of Microfabrica on: The Science of Miniaturiza on, 2nd Edi on (ISBN: 0849308267), 2002

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|172

Journals and Magazines 1. IEEE Circuits and Devices Magazine 2. IEE Electronics Le ers 3. IEEE Transac ons on Circuits and Systems

ECCI0004:DIGITAL COMMUNICATION AND INFORMATION SYSTEMS (3 credits - 45 hours) Objectives: This course is aimed at introducing to the student the advanced theory of Digital Communication. The course will provide in-depth knowledge of communication fundamentals, which include different digital modulation techniques, linear filtering techniques, spread spectrum modulation and information theory. Module I (17 hours) Digital Modula on Techniques: ASK, FSK, BPSK, QPSK, DPSK, FQPSK, QAM, M-QAM, OFDM, Op mum Receiver for Signals Corrupted by AWGN, Performance of the Op mum Receiver for Memory-less Modula on, Op mum Receiver for CPM Signals, Op mum Receiver for Signals with Random Phase in AWGN Channel. Module II (6 hours) Communica on through band limited linear filter channels: Op mum receiver for channels with ISI and AWGN, Linear equaliza on, Decision-feedback equaliza on, reduced complexity ML detectors, Itera ve equaliza on and decoding-Turbo equaliza on. Module III (5 hours) Spread Spectrum Signals for Digital Communica on: Model of Spread Spectrum Digital Communica on System, Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum Signals, Frequency-Hopped Spread Spectrum Signals, CDMA, me-hopping SS, Synchroniza on of SS systems. Module IV (17 hours) Informa on Theory and Coding: Entropy, Source coding theorem, Huffman coding, mutual Informa on, channel models, channel capacity and bounds on communica on, differen al entropy, Coding and decoding of Linear Block code, cyclic code, convolu on code, BCH codes, Reed-Solomon codes, Trellis and Turbo codes. Suggested Readings 1. John G. Proakis, Digital Communica ons, 4th edi on, McGraw Hill, 2001. 2. Stephen G. Wilson, Digital Modula on and Coding, Pearson Educa on (Asia) Pte. Ltd, 2003. 3. Simon Haykin, Digital Communica ons, John Wiley and sons. 4. Wayne Tomasi, Advanced Electronic Communica on Systems, 4th Edi on Pearson Educa on Asia. 5. B.P. Lathi, Modern Digital and Analog Communica on Systems, Oxford University Press.

ECOE0005: OPTICAL ELECTRONICS (3 credits - 45 hours) Objectives: The course gives the fundamentals of Optical Electronics which includes modulation of light, Lasers, photodetectors and Holography. This course will from the basic for optical devices and optical communication. Module I (10 hrs) Modula on of light: ellip cal polariza on, birefringence, op cal ac vity, electroop c effect, Kerr modulators, magneto-op c effect, acousto-op c effect and non-linear op cs, Mach-Zehnder interferometer modulator and switch, op cal direc onal coupler Module II (15 hrs) a) Lasers I: Emission and absorp on of radia on, Einstein rela ons, popula on inversion, threshold condi ons, pumping threshold condi ons, Laser modes Classes of Laser. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|173

b)

Lasers II: Single mode opera on, Frequency stabiliza on, Mode locking, Q switching, Laser applica on, Laser induced nuclear fusion.

Module III (12 hrs) Photodetectors: Photon devices; photoemissive devices vacuum photodiode, photomul pliers, noise in photomul pliers, photoconduc ve detectors, noise in photoconduc ve detectors, Characteris cs of par cular photoconduc ve materials, junc on detectors, detector arrays, Detector performance parameters. Module IV (8 hrs) Holography: Introduc on, basic principle, , applica ons of holography , coherence requirement, resolu on. Display devices: LED materials, construc on response mes of LED, LED drive circuitry plasma displays, Liquid Crystal Displays, Numeric displays. Suggested Readings 1. J. Wilson and J.F.B. Hawkes, Optoelectronics, an Introduc on, Pren ce Hall of India Private Ltd. 2. Ajoy Ghatak and K. Thyagarajan, Op cal Electronics, Cambridge University Press. 3. B.P Pal (ed), Fiber Op cs - Fundamentals of Fibre Op cs in Telecommunica ons and Sensor Systems, New Age Interna onal (P) Ltd. New Delhi. 4. Yariv, Op cal Electronics, Oxford University Press.

ECES0006: EMBEDDED SYSTEMS AND APPLICATIONS (3 credits – 45 hours) Objectives: The course helps to develop an in-depth understanding of the operation of microcontrollers, assembly language programming and microcontroller interfacing techniques. The students will be able to design and implement microcontroller based systems in both hardware and software and can apply this knowledge to more advanced structures. Module I (7 hours) Introduc on: History of Microcontrollers and Microprocessors. Differences between Microcontrollers and Microprocessors, Introduc on to MPU of different categories- such as Microcontroller-8051, AVR, PIC, etc., their specific features, advantages. Module II (10 hours) Microcontroller 8051: Introduc on, MCS-51 Architecture, Registers, organiza on.

I/O

Ports, Memory

Module III (12 hours) Assembly / C Programming of Microcontroller 8051: Instruc ons, Addressing modes, Arithme cal, Logical, Jumps, Loops and Call etc., Interrupts Timers/ Counters and Serial Communica ons. Module IV (8 hours) Applica on of MCS-51: Interfacing 7-segment display, LCD, Key board, ADC etc. Development of instrumenta on system such as temperature, pressure, flow, frequency, pulse width, voltage, rpm, pH etc. monitoring. Genera on of PWM wave. Data- logger, alarm enunciators, PID controller, programmable controller and interlock control. Module V (8 hours) Introduc on to PIC microcontrollers: Architecture, Mid-Range instruc on Set, Power Input and Decoupling, Reset, Watchdog Timer, System Clock/Oscillators. Suggested Readings 1. Mazidi and J. G. Mazidi, The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems, Pearson 2. A V Deshmukh, Microcontrollers : Theory and Applica ons, Pearson 3. Subrata Ghosal, 8051 Microcontroller-Internals, Instruc ons, Programming and Interfacing, Pearson 4. Md Ali Mazidi, Rolin D. Mc-Kindly and Janice Gillis e The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|174

5. 6.

System Using Assembly and C Lyla B. Das, Embedded Systems-An Integrated Approach, Pearson Relevant Data Sheets

ECSP0007: STATISTICAL SIGNAL PROCESSING (3 credits - 45 hours) Objectives: The main objective of this course is to provide the platform for the research in the field of signal processing specially in the field of machine learning, speech and pattern recognition etc. The course contains random variable, random process, nonparametric and parametric Spectral Estimation, Estimation principle and its application, adaptive filter and Spectral analysis. Module I (10 Hours) Review of random variables and Random process: Discrete and Con nuous Random Variables, Distribu on and density func ons, moments; Vector-space representa on of Random variables, Central Limit theorem, sta onary processes, autocorrela on and auto covariance func ons, Spectral representa on of random signals, Wiener Khinchin theorem, Proper es of power spectral density, Gaussian Process and White noise process, Linear System with random input, Spectral factoriza on theorem and its importance, innova on process and whitening filter, Random signal modeling: MA(q), AR(q) , ARMA(q) models. Module II (5 Hours) Op mal linear filtering: Overview of Non Parametric Spectral es ma on Techniques; Parametric Spectral Es ma on with emphasis on AR process Modeling; Yule Walker Equa on and Levison Durbin Algorithm, La ce filter (Derived from Levison Durbin Algorithm) Module III (15 Hours) a) Es ma on Theory: Principle of es ma on and applica ons, Proper es of es mates, unbiased and consistent es mators, Minimum Variance Unbiased Es mates (MVUE), Maximum likelihood es ma on; Bayes cost method Bayes es ma on criterion -Mean square error criterion; Uniform cost func on; absolute value cost func on; MMSE, Mean Absolute error, MAP es ma on. b) Proper es of es mators: Bias, Efficiency, Cramer Rao bound Asympto c proper es; Sensi vity and error analysis. c) Es ma on of signal in presence of White Gaussian Noise (WGN) Linear Minimum Mean-Square Error (LMMSE) Filtering: Wiener Hoff Equa on FIR Wiener filter, IIR Wiener filter Linear Predic on of Signals, Forward and Backward Predic ons. Module IV (6 Hours) a) Adap ve filters: Adap ve systems - defini ons and characteris cs - applica ons - proper es and examples. Steepest Descent Algorithm Convergence characteris cs; LMS algorithm, convergence, RLS algorithm. b) Kalman filtering: State-space model and the op mal state es ma on problem, discrete Kalman filter, con nuous- me Kalman filter, extended Kalman filter. Module V (9 Hours) Spectral analysis: Es mated autocorrela on func on, periodogram, Averaging the periodogram (Bartle Method), Welch modifica on, Blackman and Tukey method of smoothing periodogram, Parametric method, AR(p) spectral es ma on and detec on of Harmonic signals, MUSIC algorithm. Suggested Readings 1. M. Hayes, Sta s cal Digital Signal Processing and Modeling, John Wiley and Sons. 2. Steven Kay, Fundamentals of Sta s cal Signal Processing, Vol I: Es ma on Theory, Vol II: Detec on Theory, Pren ce Hall. 3. M.D. Srinath, P.K. Rajasekaran and R. Viswanathan: Sta s cal Signal Processing with Applica ons, PHI. 4. D.G. Manolakis, V.K. Ingle and S.M. Kogon: Sta s cal and Adap ve Signal Processing, McGraw Hill. 5. Simon Haykin, Adap ve Filter Theory, Pren ce Hall. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|175

ECWC0008: WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (4 credits - 60 hours) Objectives: This course is intended to make the students learn the essential advanced topics in wireless communication that are necessary for successful post graduate-level research. The course includes an introduction of wireless communication and cellular concepts, and then examines a variety of phenomenon related to mobile radio propagation, modulations and diversity techniques and other advanced topics relevant to the research areas of the students. Module I: Introduction to Wireless Mobile Communication System and Cellular Concepts (11 Hours) a) History and evolu on of mobile radio systems; Types of mobile wireless services/systems, Paging, Satellite systems, Standards, Future trends in personal wireless systems, Second genera on (2G) Cellular Network, Introduc on to third genera on (3G) Wireless Network. b) Cellular concept and frequency reuse, Channel assignment and Handoff Strategies,Interference and system capacity, Trunking and Grade of Service, Improving Coverage and Capacity in Cellular Systems. Module II: Mobile Radio Propagation (15 Hours) a) Free space propaga on model, basic propaga on mechanisms, reflec on, ground reflec on model, diffrac on, and sca ering, Prac cal link budget design, outdoor and indoor propaga on models. b) Small scale mul path propaga on: Impulse response model of a mul path channel, small scale mul path measurements, parameters of mobile mul path channels, types of small scale fading, Fading effect due to Doppler Spread, Sta s cal models for mul path fading channels. Module III: Performance of digital modulation over wireless channels and signal processing (20 Hours) a) Overview of analog and digital modula on techniques. Performance of various modula on techniques-Spectral efficiency, mobile radio interference: co-channel and adjacent-channel interference, intermodula on, inter-symbol and simulcast interference; frequency plans: channelized schemes and frequency reuse, spread spectrum and frequency hopping, Error-rate, Power Amplifica on. b) Linear and nonlinear Equaliza on, Realiza on of Independent Fading Paths: Receiver Diversity, Selec on Combining, Threshold Combining, Maximal-Ra o Combining, Equal Gain Combining, Transmi er Diversity-Channel known at Transmi er, Channel unknown at Transmi er; The Alamou Scheme; basic concepts of RAKE receivers, Coding techniques for mobile communica ons. Module IV: Wireless System Examples and Design Issues (14 Hours) a) Mul ple Access Techniques: Frequency division mul ple access, me division mul ple access, code division mul ple access, space division mul ple access. Opera onal systems, Wireless networking, design issues in personal wireless systems; Cellular CDMA: narrow band and wide band signal propaga on, spread spectrum techniques, capaci es of mul ple access schemes; micro cell systems: conven onal cellular system, micro cell system design, capacity analysis. b) MIMO and mul carrier modula on: Narrowband MIMO model, parallel decomposi on of MIMO channel, MIMO channel capacity, MIMO diversity gain, data transmission using mul ple carriers, mul carrier modula on with overlapping sub channels, mi ga on of subcarrier fading, basic concepts of OFDM. Suggested Readings 1. K.Feher, Wireless digital communica ons, PHI 2. T. S. Rappaport, Wireless Digital Communica ons Principles and Prac ce, Pearson Educa on 3. W. C. Y. Lee, Mobile Communica ons Engineering: Theory And Applica ons, McGraw Hill 4. J Schiller, Mobile Communica ons, Pearson Educa on 5. W Stallings, Wireless Communica ons and Networks, Pearson Educa on 6. X Wang, H V Poor,Wireless Communica on Systems, Pearson Educa on 7. A Goldsmith, Wireless Communica ons, Cambridge University Press, 2005 8. R Pandya, Mobile and Personal Communica on Systems and Services, Pren ce Hall of India, 2002 ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|176

ECNE0009: NANOTECHNOLOGY AND NANOELECTRONICS (3 Credits - 45 hours) Objectives: This course will introduce the students to Nanotechnology. The course is designed to build up a basic understanding of the nano concepts. It will provide the students the knowledge of synthesis of nanomaterials, their characterization techniques as well as touch upon some applications of nanotechnology. This course will also introduce the students to nano and molecular electronics. Module I (8 Hours) Basics of Nanotechnology: History, Proper es of Nanomaterials, Difference between Bulk and Nanomaterial, Molecular building blocks for nanostructure systems, Forces between atoms and molecules - Par cles and grain boundaries – strong Intermolecular forces – Electrosta c and Vander Waals forces between surfaces, Proper es of nanomaterials. Module II (8 Hours) Physics of nanomaterials: Atomic scale structure of nanopar cles, nanotubes, nanowires, nanodots etc.; electronic and op cal characteris c proper es of quantum dots, quantum wires and quantum wells; concept of quantum confinement: 0D, 1D and 2D nanostructures; Size effects – Frac on of Surface Atoms, specific Surface Energy and Surface Stress. Nanofluidics, Nanophotonics, Nanothermodynamics, Plasmonics – plasmons and surface plasmons, SPR, Core-shell quantum dots and quantum- dot-quantum wells. Module III (10 Hours) Synthesis and Characteriza on of nanomaterials: Top down approach, Lithography – electron beam and ion beam techniques, Etching – wet and dry etching, Bo om up approach - Solvent based and template based synthesis, other important synthesis methods like CVD, PVD etc.; Doping, Nuclea on, Growth and Stability of colloidal nanopar cles, concept of self-assembly. Characteriza on methods: Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM), Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM), Atomic Force Microscopy (AFM), X-ray diffrac on spectroscopy (XRD), Op cal characteriza on. Module IV (12 Hours) Fundamentals of Nanoelectronics: Quantum par cles, Quantum mechanics of electrons, Free and confined electrons, Band theory of solids, Single electron/few electron devices, Coulomb blockade, Semiconductor quantum wells, quantum wires and quantum dots, Nanosensors, Photonic crystals, Nanopiezotronics. Module V (7 Hours) Molecular Electronics: Electronic and optoelectronic proper es of molecular materials, Electrodes and contacts, func ons, molecular electronic devices, elementary circuits using organic molecules, Organic materials based rec fying diode switches, TFTs, OLEDs, OTFTs, logic switches. Suggested Readings 1. G. L. Hornyak, J. Du a, H. F. Tibbals, A. Rao Introduc on to nanoscience, CRC Press 2. G. L. Hornyak, J. Du a, H. F. Tibbals, A.Rao Introduc on to nanotechnology CRC Press 3. T. Pradeep, Nano: The Essen als McGraw Hill 4. G. W. Hanson, Fundamentals of Nanoelectronics, Pearson 5. D. Maclurcan and N. Radywyl (Eds.) Nanotechnology and Global Sustainability CRC Press 6. E. Lich ouse, J. Shwarzbauer, D. Robert, Environmental Chemistry for a Sustainable World, Vol.2 Springer Verlag

ECOC0010: OPTICAL FIBRE COMMUNICATION AND NETWORKS (4 credits - 60 hours) Objectives: The content of the course is designed to introduce the students to fiber-optic communication technology while considering the latest development in the field of fiber optics communication and networking. Technical concepts which are at the core of design, implementation and research will be ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|177

discussed during this course in a manner that is conducive to understanding general concepts as well as latest development. Module I (12 hours) Introduc on, Ray theory transmission, Total internal reflec on, Acceptance angle, Numerical aperture, Skew rays, Electromagne c mode theory of op cal propaga on, EM waves, modes in planar guide, phase and group velocity, cylindrical fibers, SM fibers. Mode volume, single and mul mode fibre, cut off wavelength, mode field diameter. Graded Index fiber. Different types of polariza on maintaining fiber, high birefringent fibers, single polariza on single mode fibres, applica ons. Fabrica on techniques of op cal fibers, mul component technology and vapour deposi on Methods. Module II (10 hours) Transmission characteris cs of op cal fibers: A enua on, Material absorp on losses in silica glass fibers, Linear and Nonlinear Sca ering losses, Fiber Bend losses, Midband and farband infra red transmission, Intra and inter Modal Dispersion, Over all Fiber Dispersion Polariza on, nonlinear Phenomena. Op cal fiber connectors, Fiber alignment and Joint Losses Fiber Splices, Fiber connectors, Expanded Beam Connectors, Fiber Couplers. Module III (8 hours) Fiber Op cs Receiver and Measurements: Fundamental receiver opera on, Pre amplifiers, Error sources, Receiver Configura on, Probability of Error, Quantum limit. Characteriza on of mul mode fiber and single mode fiber, measurement techniques of RIP, geometrical measurement, numerical aperture, a enua on. Module IV (10 hours) An overview of fiber Nonlineari es. Op cal Networking Components: First and second genera on op cal networks. Components: couplers, isolators, circulators, mul plexers, filters, amplifiers, switches and wavelength converters. Module V (8 hours) Sonet and SDH Networks: Integra on of TDM signals, Layers, Framing, Transport overhead, Alarms, Mul plexing, Network elements, Topologies, Protec on architectures, Ring architectures, Network Management; Introduc on to Network topologies and wavelength rou ng networks. Module VI (12 hours) High Capacity Networks: SDM, TDM, and WDM approaches, Applica on areas, Op cal TDM Networks: Mul plexing and Demul plexing, Synchroniza on, Broadcast networks, Switch-based networks, OTDM test beds. Suggested Readings 1. B.P Pal (ed), Fundamentals of Fibre Op cs in Telecommunica ons and Sensor System, New Age interna onal (P) Ltd., New Delhi. 2. K. Thyagarajan and A. Ghatak, Fiber Op cs Essen als, Wiley Survival Guide in Engineering and Science, John Wiley and Sons. 3. John A. Buck, Fundamentals of Op cal Fiber, Wiley Series in Pure and Applied Op cs (Volume 1), Wiley and Sons. 4. Rajiv Ramaswami and Kumar Sivarajan, Op cal Networks: A prac cal perspec ve, Morgan Kaufmann. 5. Vivek Alwayn, Op cal Network Design and Implementa on, Pearson Educa on. 6. Hussein T. Mou ah and Pin-Han Ho, Op cal Networks: Architecture and Survivability, Kluwer Academic Publishers. 7. Biswanath Mukherjee, Op cal Communica on Networks, McGraw Hill. 8. G Keiser, Op cal Fiber Communica on,McGraw Hill. 9. J.M.S Senior, Op cal Fiber Communica on, PHI 10. G.P. Agarwal, Fiber op c communica on systems, John Wiley and Sons, New York. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|178

ECOI0011: OPTOELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTATION (3 credits - 45 hours) Objectives: This course in optoelectronic instrumentation is an advanced course which guides the M Tech student into the world of optical fibres and the use of fibre optic sensors in instrumentation. It also introduces the student to instrumentation using lasers in a variety of areas, including medicine. Module I: Optical Sources and Detectors (17 Hours) a) Op cal Sources: Blackbody radia on, Kirchhoff’ law, emi ance, thermal radia on from metals, dielectrics and gasses, natural sources, energy balance, incandescent sources, Source polariza on, selec on of sources, Luminescent radia on, LEDs : LED materials, construc on, structure, characteris cs, response mes of LED, efficiency, Injec on Laser diode structure and working, comparison between LED and ILD. b) Op cal Detectors: Introduc on, defini ons, basic detec on mechanisms. Noise: Defini ons and calcula ons, Noise sources, combina ons. Photon detectors - quantum detec on mechanisms, photo-emissive, photovoltaic and photoconduc ve, Performance limits of detectors. Module II: Fiber Optic Sensors in Measurement (15 Hours) Intensity modulated Op cal fiber sensors: reflec ve fiber op c sensors, Evanescent- wave Fiber sensors, Fiber op c refractometers, distributed sensing with fiber op cs. Interferometric Op cal fiber Sensors: basic principle, applica on, components for interferometric sensor Fiber op c instrumenta on system, Fiber op c sensors Different types of modulators, Applica on in instrumenta on, Interferometric method of measurement of length, Measurement of pressure, temperature, current, voltage, liquid level and strain. Module III: Lasers in Measurements and Testing (10 Hours) Laser for measurement of distance, length, velocity, accelera on, current, voltage and atmospheric effect, material processing, laser hea ng, welding, mel ng and trimming of materials, removal and vaporiza on. Medical applica ons of lasers: laser and ssue interac on - Laser instruments for surgery. Module IV: Applications of Holography in measurement and testing (3 Hours) Holography: Basic principle, Holographic interferometry and applica ons; Holography for nondestruc ve tes ng, Holographic components Suggested Readings 1. B.P. Pal, Fundamentals of Fiber op cs in Telecommunica on and Sensor systems, New Age Interna onal Pvt. Ltd 2. John F Ready, Industrial applica ons of lasers, Academic press. 3. Jasprit Singh, Semi-conductor Optoelectronics, McGraw Hill. 4. Silvano Dona , Electro-op cal Instrumenta on Sensing and Measurement with Laser, Pren ce Hall. 5. I A. Ghatak and K. Thyagarajan, Introduc on to Fiber Op cs, Cambridge Univ. Press

ECES0012: EMBEDDED SYSTEMS AND APPLICATIONS II (4 credits - 60 hours) Objectives: The objective of this course is to expose the students to the features of advanced microcontrollers such as PIC and AVR. In this course students are introduced to the architecture, programming and interfacing of all these microcontrollers. Industrial applications of these microcontrollers are also introduced in this course. Module I: PIC Microcontroller (10 Hours) Overview of PIC Microcontrollers, PIC16CXX Series: Architecture, Memory Organiza on, Registers, Oscillator Connec ons, Reset Ac ons, I/O ports, Interrupt, Timers, ADC, Watch Dog mer, Instruc on Set

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|179

Module II: PIC16F8XX Series (15 Hours) a) Architecture, Memory Organiza on, Registers, Oscillator Connec ons, I/O ports, Interrupt, Timers, ADC, Instruc on Set, Capture/Compare/PWM Module, MSSP Module, USART, Watch Dog Timer. b) Assembly Language Programming using PIC16CXX and PIC16F8XX Module III: PIC24FXX Family Microcontroller (15 Hours) Architecture, Memory Organiza on, Registers, Oscillator Connec ons, I/O ports, Interrupt, Timers, Watch Dog mer, ADC, PWM, Serial Communica ons, Programming using Embedded C. Module IV: AVR Microcontroller ( 20 Hours) a) Introduc on, History, Importance of AVR, Naming Conven on of AVR, Mega AVR Series. b) ATMega8 Microcontroller: Architecture, Pin Diagram, Memory Organiza on, Registers, Oscillator Connec ons, I/O ports, Interrupt, Timers, ADC, Watch Dog mer. c) ATMega16 Microcontroller: Architecture, Pin Diagram, Memory Organiza on, Registers, Oscillator Connec ons, I/O ports, Interrupt, Timers, ADC, Watch Dog mer. d) Programming using ATMega8 and ATMega16. Suggested Readings 1. A. V. Deshmukh, Microcontroller: Theory and Applica ons, TMG, 1st Edi on 2. Md. Ali Mazidi, Rolin D. Mckinlay, Danny Causey, PIC Microcontroller and Embedded Systems: Using Assembly and C, Pearson, 1st Edi on 3. Md. Ali Mazidi, Sarmad Naimi, Sepehr Naimi, The AVR Microcontroller and Embedded Systems: Using Assembly and C, Pearson, 1st Edi on 4. Relevant Data Sheets

ECDP0013: DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSOR (3 credits - 45 hours) Objectives: This course aims at providing a framework to understand the hardware implementation of the digital signal processing algorithm. It will help to develop in depth knowledge of VLSI design for DSP algorithm and their various trade off in speed, power etc. Module I: Introduction (10 Hours) a) Basic features, requirements, Introduc on to DSP systems: Representa on of DSP algorithms; b) Computa onal characteris cs of DSP algorithms and applica ons; Influence of Digital Signal processing in defining generic instruc on-set architecture for DSPs. Module II: Design requirement of DSPs (12 Hours) Mul plier, MAC, ALU, Shi ers. High throughput, Data address generator, Program sequencer, Memory Issue, low cost, low power, small code size, embedded applica ons. Techniques for enhancing computa onal throughput: parallelism and pipelining. Module III: Basic Architecture of DSP Processors (10 Hours) a) Data-path of DSPs- Mul ple on-chip memories and buses, dedicated address generator units, specialized processing units and on-chip peripherals for communica on and control; b) Control-unit of DSPs- pipelined instruc on execu on, specialized hardware for zero-overhead looping, interrupts; Introduc on to so ware development for the DSP system Module IV: DSP Processor families (8 Hours) a) Architecture of Texas Instruments fixed-point and floa ng-point DSPs: brief descrip on of TMS320 C5x /C54x/C3x DSPs; Programmer’s model. b) Architecture of Analog Devices fixed-point and floa ng-point DSPs: brief descrip on of ADSP 218x / 2106x DSPs; Programmer’s model. c) Advanced DSPs: TI’s TMS 320C6x, ADI’s Tiger-SHARC, Lucent Technologies’ DSP 16000 VLIW processors.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|180

Module V: Applications (5 Hours) Applica on of DSPs for signal processing, communica on and mul media. Suggested Readings 1. Kuo and Gan, Digital Signal Processors, Pearson Educa on 2. P. Pirsch, Architectures for Digital Signal Processing, John Wiley 3. R. J. Higgins, Digital Signal Processing in VLSI, Pren ce-Hall 4. Texas Instruments TMSC5x, C54x and C6x Users Manuals. 5. Analog Devices ADSP 2100-family and 2106x-family Users Manuals.

ECIS0014: DIGITAL IMAGE AND SIGNAL PROCESSING (4 credits - 60 hours) Objectives: The objectives of the course are to introduce the fundamentals of digital image and speech processing, analyze operations on images such as image enhancement, image restoration, edge detection, image compression, and analyze the basic subject related to speech processing such as discrete time and continuous time signals, linear time-invariant systems, convolution, Z-transform etc. and linear predictive speech coding. Module I (10 hours) Different stages of Image processing and Analysis Scheme, Components of Image Processing System. A Review of various Mathema cal Transforms; Image Digi za on: A review of Sampling and quan za on processes. A digital image, Some basic rela onship between pixels: Neighbour of pixels, Adjacency, Connec vity, Regions, Boundaries, Distance Measures. Intensity Transforms: Image Nega ves, Log Transform, Power Law Transforma on, Piecewise linear Transforma on func on. Module II (10 hours) Histogram Processing, Fundamentals of Spa al Filtering: Mechanics of spa al Filtering, Spa al Correla on and Convolu on, Spa al Filter Mask, Smoothing Filtering Mask, Sharpening Filtering Mask, Median Filtering, Filtering in Frequency domain. Module III (20 hours) Image Restora on: A model of image degrada on, Es ma on of degrada on func on, Inverse Filtering, Minimum Mean – Square Error Restora on, Image Compression: Coding Redundancy, Interpixel Redundancy, Psychovisual Redundancy, Schema c diagram of Data Compression Procedure, Lossless and Lossy compression, Morphological Image Processing: Dila on, Erosion, Combining Dila on and Erosion, The Hit or Miss Transforma on, Image Segmenta on: Point Detec on, Line Detec on, Edge Detec on, Thresholding and Region Growing based Segmenta on, Introduc on to Mul -resolu on image processing. Module IV (10 hours) The Fundamentals of Digital Speech Processing. A Review of Discrete-Time Signal and Systems, the Z-transform. Time–Domain Methods for Speech Processing. Time-Dependent Processing of speech, short- me energy and Average Magnitude, Short me Average Zero-crossing Rate. Module V (10 hours) Block diagram of Simplified Model for Speech Produc on. Basic Principles of Linear Predic ve Analysis- The Autocorrela on Method, Cepstral Analysis, MFCC, Digital Speech Processing for Man-Machine Communica on by voice. Speaker Recogni on Systems, speaker verifica on and speaker Iden fica on Systems. Suggested Readings 1. R.C.Gonzalez and R.E.Woods, Digital Image Processing, Pearson. 2. Anil K. Jain, Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing, PHI. 3. B.Chanda and D.Du Majumdar, Digital Image Processing and Analysis, PHI. 4. L.R.Rabinu and R.W Schafer, Digital Processing of Speech Signals, Pearson. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|181

5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

L.Rabiner and B-H Juang, Fundamentals of Speech Recogni on, Pearson. M Nixon and A S Aguado, Feature Extrac on and Image Processing for Computer Vision, Elsevier. J. R. Parker, Algorithms for Image Processing and Computer Vision, Wiley. L.R.Rabinu and R.W Schafer, Theory and Applica ons of Digital Speech Processing, Pearson. B Gold, N Morgan and D Ellis, Speech and Audio Signal Processing: Processing and Percep on of Speech and Music, Wiley.

ECDC0015: ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS (5 credits – 75 hours) Objectives: This course will provide an introduction to the basic principles of electronic circuit design and electronic devices. The student will develop the ability to apply basic engineering sciences to the design, analyses and operation of electronics devices and circuits and problem solving skills of electronic circuits. The course will also help in understanding the operation of simple devices such as p-n junctions. More complex devices such as Field Effect Transistors (FETs), Bipolar Junction Transistors (BJTs) and Optoelectronic devices will also be covered. Module I (16 hours) Semiconductors: Semiconductor Physics, Crystal La ce, Energy band theory of Solids, Conductors, Semiconductors and Insulators, Direct and Indirect bandgap semiconductor. Intrinsic and Extrinsic semiconductor Fermi Dirac Equa ons, Density of states in an energy band. Fermi factor and Fermi level. Degenerate and Non-degenerate Semiconductor, Compensated semiconductor, varia on of carrier concentra on at different temperature: Complete Ioniza on and Freeze out. Effect of temperature on Fermi level. Carrier Transport phenomenon: Carrier dri : electron and hole mobility, dri current density, Conduc vity, Carrier diffusion, diffusion current, total current density, Einstein Equa on, Con nuity Equa on, Hall Effect, Work func on of a metal, metal–metal junc on contact poten al. Semiconductor junc on with no bias, forward bias and reverse bias condi ons. Deple on width, Junc on capacitance, junc on breakdown. Module II (20 hours) a) PN Junc on diodes: PN junc on as a diode, Energy Band in PN junc on diode, dri and diffusion currents in PN junc on diode, V-I characteris cs, Diode equa on. Diode resistance, Transi on capacitance and diffusion capacitance, loadline analysis. Applica ons of Diode: Half-wave and full-wave rec fiers, voltage mul pliers, clipper, clamper; zero crossing detector. b) Special purpose diodes: Construc on, Principle of opera on, applica on and characteris cs of Zener diode, Scho ky diode, Varactor diode, Tunnel diode, PIN diode, LED, photo diode, Avalanche Photo diode. Module III (17 hours) Bipolar Junc on Transistor: Transistor introduc on with applica ons, Transistor Inverter and Transistor Switch, Early Effect, Thermal runaway. Eber’s Moll model, Characteris cs of current flow across base region of transistor. BJT as an amplifier: Graphical analysis (DC and AC load line), Qpoint. Biasing and Stabiliza on: Fixed bias, Poten al-divider bias. Collector feedback Bias etc. Bias Stabiliza on and stability factor. Classes of amplifiers, Small signal modeling and analysis: Hybrid model and analysis. Parameter conversion for three transistor configura ons. Compound configura ons: Darlington pair, cascade and cascode connec on; Frequency Response of an amplifier Miller Effect ; phototransistors. Module IV (7 hours) Feedback amplifiers: Concept of feedback, advantages of nega ve feedback; Topological classifica on (Voltage series; Voltage shunt, Current series, Current shunt), Effect of feedback on input and output resistances, Bandwidth of amplifier. Module V (15 hours) Field Effect Transistors(FET): JFET, MOSFET, CMOS. Biasing and Stabiliza on of Q-point, Small signal modeling and analysis of FETs. CMOS inverter; square wave tes ng of amplifiers. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|182

Suggested Readings 1. Robert L. Boylestad and Lowis Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, Pearson Educa on, New Delhi 2. Jacob Millman, Christos C Halkias and Satyabrata Jit, Millman’s Electronic Devices and Circuits, 2nd Edi on,Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi. 3. S Salivahanan, N Suresh Kumar and A Vallavaraj, Electronic Devices and Circuits, 2 ed., Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008 4. Streetman and Banerjee, Solid State Electronic Devices, Pren ce Hall, New Delhi 5. David A. Bell, Electronic Devices and Circuits, 4th Edi on, Oxford University Press 6. Jacob Millman, Christos C Halkias, Integrated Electronics, McGraw Hill Int. students Edi on. 7. R.S.Sedha, Applied Electronics, Mul color Illustra ve Edi on, SChand, New Delhi. 8. Donald A. Neamen, Semiconductor Physics and Devices, 3rd Edi on, Tata McGraw Hill 9. P. Ramesh Babu, Electronic Devices and Circuits, Scitech Publica ons Pvt. Ltd.

ECSS0016: SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS (3 credits – 45 hours) Objectives: The objective of this course on Signals and Systems is to acquaint the student with the various types of signals which form the basis electronic communication and to provide the theoretical background necessary to understand the working of any electronic communication system. Module I (7 hours) Introduc on to Signals and Systems: Signals- basic defini ons. Classifica on of signals - Con nuous me(CT) signals ,Discrete me(DT)signals - Impulse, Step, Ramp, Exponen al, Gate, Signum and Rectangular. Classifica on of CT and DT signals – Periodic and Aperiodic, random and determinis c, Energy and power, even and odd signals. Opera ons: me shi ing, me scaling, me reversal, and their combina ons. Systems and their classifica on. System Proper es. Module II (8 hours) Linear Time Invariant(LTI) Systems: Linearity, me invariance, causality and stability. LTI-CT SYSTEMS-Differen al equa on, Block diagram representa on, Impulse response, Convolu on integral. LTI-DT SYSTEMS– Difference equa ons, Block diagram representa on, Impulse response, Convolu on sum, Proper es of LTI systems and Frequency response. Module III (15 hours) a) Fourier analysis: Con nuous Time Fourier analysis – Representa on of periodic signals by Fourier series. Representa on of aperiodic signals by Fourier transform. Proper es of Fourier Transform and Frequency domain analysis of CT LTI system . Discrete Time Fourier analysis – DT Fourier series and DT Fourier transform. Frequency domain analysis of DT LTI systems b) Sampling : Sampling theorem. Aliasing, rela on between CT and DT Fourier transforms. Module IV (15 hours) a) Laplace transform: Defini on and proper es. Methods of inversion. Analysis of CT LTI system using Laplace transform. b) Z-transform: Defini on and proper es. The region of convergence. Inversion of Z-transforms. Analysis of DT LTI system using z-transform. Suggested Readings 1. V. Oppenheim, A. S. Willsky, with S. H. Nawab, Signals and Systems, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi 2. P Ramesh Babu, R AnandaNatarajan, Signals and Systems, SciTech Publica ons, 2006 3. B.P. Lathi, Signals Processing and Linear Systems, Oxford University Press, 1st Indian Edi on, 2006. 4. A.Nagoor Kani, Signals and Systems,Tata Mc Graw Hill.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|183

ECAE0017: ANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS (4 credits – 60 hours) Objectives: The course provides basic analog electronic circuit design techniques and analytical skills using diodes, op-amps, FETs and BJTs. The student will develop ability to apply basic engineering sciences to the design, analysis and operation of electronics devices and circuits and problem solving skills of electronic circuits. Module I (10 hours) a) PN junc on: PN junc on as a diode, dri and diffusion currents in PN junc on diode, V-I characteris cs, Diode resistance, Transi on, capacitance and diffusion capacitance; Applica on in rec fier with filter b) Special purpose diodes and applica ons: Zener diodes, LED, Photo diode, Scho ky diode, Opto-coupler, regulator. Module II (20 hours) a) Bipolar Junc on Transistor: PNP and NPN transistors. Characteris cs of current flow across base region of transistor, BJT as an amplifier: Graphical analysis (DC and AC load line), Q- point, Biasing and stabiliza on, small signal analysis, h-parameter model and analysis of CE configura on b) Field Effect Transistors: JFET, MOSFET, CMOS. Biasing and Stabiliza on of Q-point, small signal analysis JFET amplifiers, Enhancement Mode MOSFET amplifier, Deple on mode MOSFET amplifiers, CMOS inverter. Module III (20 hours) a) Thyristors: Four layer diode, SCR, Photo SCR, Gate controlled switch, Silicon controlled switch, Diac, Triac, UJT; b) Op-Amp: Ideal opera onal Amplifiers: Differen al and common mode opera on, Op-Amp basics, Equivalent circuit analysis of Inver ng and Non-inver ng Op-Amp circuits, Input impedance. Op-Amp specifica ons, DC offset parameters, frequency parameters, gain-bandwidth, Op-Amp applica ons in constant gain mul plier, Voltage summing, Integrator, Differen ator and Controlled sources. Instrumenta on Amplifier,Ac ve filters: Low, High and bandpass; c) 555 Timer: Block diagram, Monostable opera on, Astable opera on, Voltage controlled oscillator, Ramp generator. Module IV (10 hours) a) Regulated Power supply: Voltage feedback regula on, Current limi ng characteris cs, Power supply characteris cs, 3 terminal IC regulators, Current boosters, Switching regulators b) Digital Instruments: Digital Voltmeter, Digital storage oscilloscope. Suggested Readings 1. Robert L. Boylestad and Lowis Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, Pearson Educa on, New Delhi 2. Jacob Millman, Christos C Halkias and Satyabrata Jit, Millman’s Electronic Devices and Circuits, 2nd Edi on,Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi. 3. S Salivahanan, N Suresh Kumar and A Vallavaraj, Electronic Devices and Circuits, 2 ed., Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008 4. Streetman and Banerjee, Solid State Electronic Devices, Pren ce Hall, New Delhi 5. David A. Bell, Electronic Devices and Circuits, 4th Edi on, Pren ce Hall of India, New Delhi, 6. Jacob Millman, Christos C Halkias, Integrated Electronics, McGraw Hill Int. students Edi on.

ECDL0018: DIGITAL ELECTRONICS AND LOGIC DESIGN (4 credits – 60 hours) Objectives: The objectives of this course are to introduce the concept of digital and binary systems and give students the concept of digital electronics. The course also provides fundamental concepts used in the design of digital systems the basic tools for the design and implementation of digital circuits, modules ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|184

and subsystems. Module I: Number System and codes (12 hours) a) Decimal, Binary, Octal, Hexa-decimal number system, Conversion of numbers from a number system to another, complement method of subtrac on, 9's and 10's complement method, 1's and 2's complement method, Floa ng point numbers. Weighted and Non-weighted code, Self complemen ng course, cyclic course, 8421 BCD code, XS-3 code, Gray code, Binary to Gray conversion, Gray to Binary conversion, Parity bit and its importance in error detec ng. b) Logic Gates and Boolean Algebra : AND, OR, NOR, NOT, NAND, X-OR, Inhibit circuits, Axioms and laws of Boolean algebra, D'Morgans theorem, Duality, Reduc on of boolean expression, conver ng AND/OR/INVERT logic to NAND/NOR logic Module II: Simplification of Boolean expressions (20 hours) a) Expansion of a Boolean expression to SOP and POS form, Minimiza on of POS and SOP expressions for 2 to 6 variables, Don't care condi ons, Combina onal logic, Quine-McClusky methods. b) Combina onal Logic : The Half-adder, The Full-adder, The Half-subtractor, The Full-Subtractor, Parallel Binary Adders, The Look-Ahead Carry Adder, IC Parallel Adders, Two's Complement Addi on And Subtrac on Using Parallel Adders, Serial Adders, BCD adder, Binary Mul pliers, Code converters, Parity bit Generators/Checkers, Comparators, IC comparators, Decoders, BCD to 7Segment Decoders, Encoders, Priority Encoders, Mul plexers, Applica ons of Mul plexer, Demul plexers Module III: Sequential Logic (20 hours) a) S-R Flip-flop, JK Flip-flop, D Flip-flop, T Flip-flop, Edge-Triggered Flip-flop, Master-slave Flip-flop, Applica ons of Flip-flops. Serial-in Serial-out Shi register, Serial-in Parallel-out Shi register, Parallel-in Serial-out Shi register, Parallel-in Parallel-out Shi register, Bidirec onal shi register, Universal shi register, Dynamic shi register, Applica ons of shi registers. b) Asynchronous counter, Design of Asynchronous counter, Decoding of Ripple counters, Synchronous counters, Design of Synchronous counter. c) Logic Families: Digital IC specifica on terminology, Logic families, TTL, Open collector gate, TTL subfamilies, IIL, ECL, MOS, CMOS, Dynamic MOS Logic. Module IV: Memories (8 hours) Memory types and terminology, Read Only memory, Semiconductor RAMs, Non-vola le RAMs, Sequen al memories, Programmable logic Devices, Magne c memories, Op cal Disk memory, Charge Coupled Devices. Suggested Readings 1. M. Morris Mano, Digital Logic and Computer Design, Pearson Educa on,2009 2. A. Anand Kumar, Fundamentals of Digital Circuits, 2nd Ed., PHI 3. B. Somanathan Nair, Digital Electronics and Logic Design, 1st Ed., PHI. 4. R.P. Jain, Modern Digital Electronics, 4th Ed., TMH.

ECAC0019: ANALOG INTEGRATED CIRCUITS (4 credits – 60 hours) Objectives: To understand the basic concepts in the design of electronic circuits using Linear Integrated Circuits and their application in the processing of analog signals. The course also helps in learning the linear and non-linear applications of operational amplifiers (OpAmps), the theory and applications of analog multipliers, ADC and DAC and a few special function integrated circuits. Module I (15 Hours) a) Power Amplifiers: Introduc on and classifica on, Class A, Class B, Complementary Symmetry Push Pull amplifier, Class C, distor on in amplifiers. b) Tuned Amplifiers: Introduc on and classifica on, Capacitance Coupled tuned amplifier, Stagger tuned amplifier. c) Oscillators: Introduc on and classifica on, General form of LC oscillator, e.g. Hartley oscillator, ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|185

Colpi s oscillator, RC phase shi oscillator, Wein Bridge oscillator, Crystal oscillator. Module II (10 Hours) a) Differen al amplifier: Dual input balanced output and unbalanced output with AC and DC analysis. b) Opera onal amplifier (OpAmp): Introduc on, Basic building blocks of op-amp, Ideal OpAmp equivalent circuits, transfer curve, open loop Opamp configura on, open loop inver ng, non-inver ng and differen al amplifiers, closed loop configura on, virtual ground concept. c) Prac cal OpAmp: 741 IC, Input resistance, input capacitance, input bias current, input offset voltage, input offset current, CMRR, SVRR, Slew rate, frequency response, offset voltage adjustment, output voltage swing, power consump on, gain bandwidth product, 741 data sheet. Module III (8 Hours) OpAmp with different Feedback configura ons: Nega ve feedback Concept, Amplifiers: Voltage Series, Voltage Shunt, Current Series, Current Shunt, Deriva on of Parameters: Voltage gain with feedback, Input impedance and output impedance with feedback, Non linear distor on, Bandwidth, output offset voltage with feedback. Module IV (12 Hours) Opamp applica ons(Linear and Non-linear): Inver ng, Non-inver ng and Differen al amplifier, Adder - Subtractor, Integrator - Differen ator, Instrumenta on Amplifier, Log - An log amplifier, Comparator – Zero crossing detector, Schmi trigger and its applica on, Astable and Monostable mul vibrator, Triangular and Saw tooth wave generator, Sample and Hold circuit, Precision rec fiers. Fixed voltage regulators using opamp, 317. Module V (15 Hours) a) Ac ve Filters: Transfer func ons – LPF, HPF, BPF, BRF and All Pass Filter. Approxima on methods – Bu erworth, Chebyshev Filter. Filter orders Ist and IInd order, Switched Capaci ve Filters. b) Specialized ICs: 555 Timer architecture and applica ons (Monostable and Astable mul vibrator) linear me base generator, VCO architecture and applica ons, PLL-architecture and applica ons. c) A/D and D/A Converter: DAC (Weighted-R, R-2R Networks), ADCs (Dual slope, counter type, successive approxima on and flash type). Suggested Readings 1. Ramakant A. Gayakwad, Op-Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits, 4th Edi on, PHI. 2. Jacob Millman, Christos C Halkias and Satyabrata Jit, Millman’s Electronic Devices and Circuits, 2nd Edi on,Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi. 3. S. Salivahanan, V.S.K. Bhaaskaran, Linear Integrated Circuits, Tata McGraw Hill. 4. K.Lal Kishore, Opera onal Amplifiers and Linear Integrated Circuits, Pearson Educa on. 5. R.F. Coughlin, Op-amps and Linear Integrated Circuits, 6th ed., Pearson Educa on. 6. Sargio Franko, Design with opera onal Amplifiers Analog ICs, McGraw Hill.

ECCT0020 : COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES (3 credits – 45 hours) Objectives: This course which deals with signals and different techniques of electronic communication of signals serves as an introductory course in communication to the Computer Science student. The purpose is to enable such a student to use this knowledge in designing digital communication techniques. Module I (8 hours) Introduc on to signals – signal and its classifica on, generalized Fourier series and its proper es, Fourier Transform and its proper es, Inverse Fourier Transform, transmission of signals through linear system, distor on-less transmission and signal distor on or channel, power spectral density, energy spectral density, correla on and convolu on. Module II (17 hours) Modula on, need for modula on and its types, amplitude modula on, genera on and detec on, AM, DSB-SC and VSB, introduc on to AM receivers and transmi ers. Angle modula on – Frequency and phase modula on, rela onship between FM and PM waves, genera on and detec on of FM – ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|186

NBFM and WBFM, introduc on to FM transmi ers. Module III (8 hours) Pulse modula on – sampling of analog signal, sampling theorem, PAM - genera on and detec on, PPM and PDM and its genera on, PCM, quan za on, PCM systems, Encoder-decoder, TDM and FDM. Module IV (12 hours) Digital modula on – binary communica on, on-off keying, frequency shi keying (FSK), phase shi keying (PSK), introduc on to microwave communica on, satellite communica on and RADAR. Suggested Readings 1. George Kennedy, Electronic Communica on Systems, McGraw Hill 2. Taub and Schilling, Principles of Communica on Systems, TMH 3. BP Lathi, Modern Digital and Analog Communica on Systems, Oxford University Press. 4. Roddy Coolen, Communica on Systems, PHI 5. R Singh, S Sapre, Communica on Systems : Analog and Digital, TMH

ECMM0021: MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS (4 credits – 60 hours) Objectives: The course helps the student to develop an in-depth understanding of the operation of microprocessors and basics of microcontrollers, assembly language programming and microprocessor interfacing techniques. The students will be able to design and implement microprocessor-based systems in both hardware and software and can apply this knowledge to more advanced structures. Module I (20 hours) a) Microprocessor Architecture: History and evolu on, types of microprocessors, introduc on to microprocessor and microcomputer architecture, block diagram of 8085, Register organiza on, ALU, control unit, Timing and control module, Pins and signals, Memory Organiza on, Memory and I/O Addressing b) Instruc on set and assembly language programming of 8085: Instruc on cycle, machine cycles,Instruc on set of 8085, Assembly language programming using 8085 instruc on set, use of stack and subrou ne. Module II (13 hours) Interrupts: Interrupt in 8085, RST Instruc ons, Issues in implemen ng interrupt, mul ple interrupts and priori es, Daisy Chaining, Interrupt handling in 8085, Enabling, Disabling and masking of interrupts, Programming interrupt controller: 8259 Module III (15 hours) Data Transfer Techniques: Data transfer techniques, Serial I/O using SID, SOD, Parallel Data transfer using 8155, Asynchronous and synchronous data transfer using 8251A, Programming peripheral interface: 8255, Programming DMA controller: 8257; Microprocessor Interfacing techniques: Interfacing memory and I/O devices, interfacing a LED and seven segment displays, interfacing A/D converter, D/A converter, Interfacing and refreshing dynamic RAMs, Interfacing a keyboard Module IV (12 hours) Microcontroller (Architecture and Programming): Introduc on to 8051 Microcontrollers (Architecture, Pin descrip on), 8051 addressing modes instruc on set of 8051, 8051 Assembly level language programming Suggested Readings 1. R.S. Gaonkar, Microprocessor Architecture, Programming and Applica on with 8085, Pengram 2. Mazidi J Gillispie and Mazidi M Ali, The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems, Pearson 3. P.K. Ghosh and P.R. Sridhar, 0000 to 8085 - Introduc on to Microprocessor for Scien sts and Engineers, PHI 4. A.V. Deshmukh, Microcontroller, TMH ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|187

5. 6.

YU-Cheng Liu and Glenn A Gibson, Microprocessor System, Architecture, Programming and Design Barry B Brey, The Intel Microprocessor, Architecture, Programming and interfacing

ECDP0022: DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING (3 credits – 45 hours) Objectives: The course aims at providing a framework to understand various aspects of digital signal processing and will deal with the design methodology of digital FIR and IIR filters along with various signals, discrete time systems and transforms. Module I (12 hours) a) Discrete me signals: Elementary examples, classifica on- periodic and aperiodic Signals energy and power signals, Even and odd signals. b) Discrete me system : Block diagram representa on of discrete me systems, classifica on of discrete me systems –sta c and dynamic, me variant and me-invariant, linear and non-linear, casual and an -casual, stable and unstable. c) Analysis and response (convolu on sum) of discrete - me linear LTI system, Recursive and non-recursive discrete me system. Constant coefficient differences equa ons and their solu ons, impulse response of LTI system, Structures of LTI systems, Recursive and non-recursive realiza on of FIR system, Correla on of discrete me Signal. Module II (11 hours) a) The Z-transform and one-sided Z-transform, Proper es of Z-transform, inverse of the Z-transform, Solu on of difference equa ons. b) The Discrete Fourier Transform- The DFT and IDFT, rela onship, DFT with Z-transform, the DFT as a linear transforma on, Rela onship of DFT with Z-transform, Proper es of DFT: periodicity, linearity, summery and me reversal of a sequence. c) Circular convolu on, Circular correla on, Circular correc on by convolu on method, Linear convolu on by overlap save methods and by overlap add method, Circular convolu on and correla on by DFT method, Overlap add and save filtering by DFT method. Module III (11 hours) a) Fast Fourier Transform: Opera on counts by direct copula on of DFT, Radix-2 FFT algorithmDecima on –in- me (DIT) and Decima on In Frequency (DIF) algorithm, Efficient computa on DFT of two real sequences, Efficient computa on of DFT of a 2 N-pt real sequences. b) Design of Digital Filters: Casually and its implica on, Design of linear phase FIR filters using different windows. Design of IIR filters- Impulse Invariance method and bilinear transforma on method. Module IV (11 hours) a) Implementa on of discrete me system structure of FIR systems – Direct form, cascaded form. Structure IIR Systems - Direct form I and II realiza ons. b) Introduc on to Digital Signal Processor – characteris cs of digital signal processor. Suggested Readings 1. J. G. Proakis and D. G. Manolakis, Digital Signal Processing – Principles, Algorithms and Applica ons, Pearson. 2. SK Mitra, Digital Signal Processing, Pearson 3. P Ramesh Babu, Digital Signal Processing, SciTech 4. S. Salivahanan, Digital Signal Processing, TMH 5. J. R. Johnson, Introduc on of Digital Signal Processing, PHI. 6. Emmanuel C Ifeachor and Barrie W. Jervis, Digital Signal Processing: A Prac cal Approach, Pearson Educa on.

ECAC0023: ANALOG COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES (4 credits – 60 hours) Objectives: This course is intended to make the student understand the basic concepts of analog ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|188

communication systems covering basic Fourier techniques and the use of these techniques in the analysis and design of communication systems. The subject covers time domain and frequency domain analysis of amplitude modulation (AM), frequency modulation (FM) and concept of noise. Module I (7 hours) a) Introduc on - Communica on process, sources of informa on, communica on channels; Modula on- types and need, block diagram of communica on system b) Energy and power signals Parseval’s Theorem: Power spectral density and Energy spectral density, correla on between waveforms: Auto and cross correla on Module II (25 hours) a) Amplitude modula on:Introduc on, Double side band suppressed carrier modula on (DSB-SC): Introduc on, Time-Domain descrip on, Frequency-Domain representa on, Genera on of DSBSC waves: balanced modulator, ring modulator. Coherent detec on of DSBSC modulated waves. b) Double side band with carrier modula on (DSB-AM):Introduc on Time-Domain descrip on, Frequency – Domain descrip on. Genera on of AM wave: square law modulator, switching modulator. Detec on of AM waves: square law detector, envelop detector; Quadrature Amplitude Modula on (QAM) c) Single Side band suppressed carrier modula on (SSB-SC): Introduc on, Hilbert transform, proper es of Hilbert transform, Convolu on, Time-Domain descrip on, Frequency-Domain representa on, Genera on of SSBSC waves: Phase discrimina on method, Frequency discrimina on method; Detec on of SSB-SC waves: Coherent detec on, carrier re-inser on method d) Ves gle Side Band modula on (VSB): Introduc on, Time-Domain descrip on, Frequency-Domain representa on, Genera on of VSB waves: Phase discrimina on method; Detec on of VSB waves: Coherent detec on. e) AM transmi ers: Low level and high level modula on, AM receivers: TRF receivers, Superheterodyne receivers Module III (15 hours) a) Angle modula on: General form of angle modula on, types of angle modula on, Frequency Modula on, Single and mul -tone frequency modula on, Spectrum Analysis of Sinusoidal FM Wave, Narrow band FM, Bessel’s func on, Wide band FM, Transmission bandwidth of FM wave, Genera on of FM Waves: Direct and Indirect methods, pre-emphasis and de-emphasis Filters, Demodula on of FM waves using PLL-FM demodulator, Comparison of AM and FM, Frequency Division Mul plexing. b) Introduc on to Pulse modula on Module IV (13 hours) Noise: Internal and External Noise and their different types, noise in cascaded amplifiers, Signal to Noise ra o, Noise figure, Noise figure from equivalent noise resistance, Noise Temperature, Noise figure for cascaded amplifiers, Equivalent circuit of a noisy resistor, Power of a thermal noise voltage, Noise power density in RLC circuit. Noise in AM and FM systems. Suggested Readings 1. R.P. Singh and S.D. Sapre, Communica on Systems Analog and Digital, Tata McGraw Hill 2. P. Chakrabar , Analog Communica on Systems, Dhanpat Rai and Co. 3. Chandra Sekar, Analog Communica on, Oxford. 4. B.P. Lathi, Modern Digital and Analogue Communica on Systems, Oxford University Press. 5. Taub and Schilling, Principles of Communica on Systems, TMH. 6. Simon Haykin, Communica on Systems, John Wiley and Sons. 7. Leon W. Couch, Digital and Analog Communica on Systems, Pearson Educa on Pvt. Ltd.

ECME0024: MICROWAVE ENGINEERING (3 credits – 45 hours) Objectives: The course provides an introduction to microwave theory and techniques, including network theory, transmission lines, passive devices and active devices. The course also describes the microwave ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|189

sources, propagation and measurement. Module I (13 hours) High Frequency Transmission lines and Wave guides: The Distributed Circuit model for a Transmission line. Wave propaga on. The lossless line. Field Analysis of Co-ax Transmission Lines. R, L. C. G parameters of Co-ax and Two wire Transmission Lines. Terminated lossless transmission line. Transmission line as circuit element. The Smith Chart. Solu on of Transmission line problems using Smith Chart. Single Stub and Double Stub matching. Lowloss line. Module II (10 hours) Wave guides: Rectangular waveguide, Field solu on for TE and TM modes, Field pa erns power flow through waveguide. A enua on due to conductor and dielectric losses. Design of Rectangular waveguide to support Dominant TE10 mode Cylindrical waveguide - Dominant Mode. Design of Cylindrical Waveguide to support Dominant TE11 mode. TEM mode in Co-ax line. Module III (8 hours) a) Microwave Resonator: Rectangular Waveguide Cavi es. Resonant frequencies and of Cavity Suppor ng. Dominant mode only. Excita on of waveguide and Resonators. b) Waveguide Components: Introduc on and basic Proper es of Power Dividers(All types of Tee junc ons), N–port microwave network, sca ering parameters (S – parameters), Direc onal Couplers, Isolators and Circulators Module IV (14 hours) Microwave Sources: Transferred Electron Devices: Introduc on and principle of opera on of Gunn Diode, Gunn Oscillator Principle and performance Simple Analysis Electron – field interac on. Avalanche Transit Time Devices: Introduc on and principle of opera on of IMPATT and TRAPATT Diodes. Reflex Klystron oscillator: Velocity Modula on. Electronic Admi ance. Power Output and Frequency vs Reflector Voltage. Square-wave modula on; Mul cavity Magnetron: Principle of Opera on, Rota ng Field. II-mode of Opera on, Frequency of Oscilla on. The Ordinary type (O-Type) Traveling wave Tube - Construc onal features, Principle of Opera on as an amplifier; Mixer: Linear Mixer Opera on. Suggested Readings 1. D. M. Pozor, Microwave Engineering, John Willy and Sons. 2. Herbert J. Reich, J.G. Skalnik, P.F. Ordung and H.L. Krauss, Principles of Microwave Engineering, CBS. 3. Samuel Y., Liao, Microwave Device and Circuit, 3rd Edi on, Perason 4. R.E. Collin, Founda ons for Microwave Engineering, IEEE Press, John Wiley.

ECSP0025: SIGNAL PROCESSING (4 credits – 60 hours) Objectives: The course aims at providing a framework to understand various aspects of signal processing. The course introduces the student to signals and system and deals with the design methodology of digital FIR and IIR filters along with various signals, discrete time systems and transforms. Module I (16 Hours) a) Introduc on to signals and system, Con nuous me and Discrete me signal, different classifica on of con nuous and discrete me signals, different opera ons on signals. b) System - introduc on, classifica on of system based on system proper es for both con nuous and discrete me system, LTI system, impulse response and unit step response, convolu on integral and convolu on sum, proper es of LTI system, block diagram representa on of system. Module II (20 Hours) a) Laplace transforms and its proper es, Inverse Laplace transform, Laplace transform in system analysis, Z-transform and its proper es, R.O.C, rela on between s plane and z plane, inverse z transform, Z-transform in system analysis, transfer func on, poles and zeroes, linear phase system. b) Fourier analysis, con nuous me Fourier series and con nuous me Fourier transform, proper es, inverse Fourier transform, cross correla on, auto-correla on, energy spectral density, power ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|190

spectral density, rela on between Fourier transform and Laplace transform. Module II (10 Hours) a) Fourier analysis of discrete me signal-Discrete Fourier series and its proper es, Discrete Time Fourier transform (DTFT) and its proper es, DFT and its proper es, Circular convolu on and Circular correla on, FFT- DIT and DIF Algorithm. b) Sampling theorem, aliasing, and spectrum of sampled signal. Module IV (14 Hours) a) FIR and IIR system, realiza on of discrete me FIR and IIR system-structure of FIR systems – Direct form, cascaded form, parallel form and transpose form. b) Design of linear phase FIR filters using different windows. Design of IIR filters- Impulse Invariance method, bilinear transforma on method, matched Z-transform method and backward difference technique. Suggested Readings 1. Proakis and Manolakis, Digital signal Processing, PHI. 2. S.K.Mitra, Digital signal Processing, Pearson. 3. Poornachandra and Sashikala, Digital signal Processing, TMH. 4. P. Rameshbabu, Digital signal Processing, SCITECH.

ECAP0026: ANTENNA AND WAVE PROPAGATION (3 credits – 45 hours) Objectives: This subject is aimed at providing basic knowledge on the theory of radiation of antenna, types of antenna and propagation characteristics and their applications in communication engineering. Module I (11 hours) a) Physical concept of radia on in single wire, two wire, and dipole, Current distribu on on a thin wire antenna. b) Fundamental Parameters of Antenna: Radia on pa ern, Radia on Power Density, Radia on intensity, Direc vity, Gain, Antenna efficiency, Beamwidth, Bandwidth, Polarisa on, Antenna Input Impedance, Elementary idea about self and mutual impedance, Radia on efficiency, Effec ve aperture, Antenna Temperature. c) Linear Wire Antennas: Retarded poten al, Infinitesimal dipole, Current distribu on of short dipole and half wave dipole, Far-field, Radia ng near-field and reac ve near-field region, Monopole and Half wave dipole. Module II (15 hours) a) Antenna Arrays: Array of two point sources, Array factor, n-element linear array with uniform amplitude and spacing, Analysis of Broadside array, Ordinary end-fire array, n-element linear array with non-uniform spacing, Analysis of Binomial and Dolph-Tschebyscheff array, Scanning Array, Superdirec ve array; Yagi Uda antenna, Loop antenna. b) Aperture Antennas: Field Equivalence principle, Rectangular and circular aperture antennas, Slot Antenna, Horn antenna, Paraboloid Reflector antenna – Simple Analysis, Types, Radia on Pa ern, Gain and Bandwidth measurement of the given antennas. c) Microwave Measurement: Measurement of Admi ance. Measurement of Gain of a Horn Antenna Module III (10 hours) Radia on Mechanism from patch; Excita on techniques; Microstrip dipole; Rectangular patch, Circular patch, input impedance of rectangular and circular patch antenna. Microstrip array and feed network; Applica on of microstrip array antennas. Smart Antennas: Concept and benefits; Fixed weight beamforming basics, Adap ve beamforming. Basics of UWB antennas. Module IV (9 hours) Ground wave Propaga on: Friis Free space equa on, Reflec on from earth’s surface, Surface and Space wave propaga on for ver cal and horizontal dipole, Field strength of Space wave, Range of space wave propaga on, Effec ve earth’s radius. Ionospheric Propaga on: Structure of ionosphere, ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|191

propaga on of radio waves through ionosphere , Cri cal frequency, Maximum usable frequency, Op mum working frequency, lowest usable high frequency, virtual height, Skip Distance, Effect of earth’s magne c field. Microwave Propaga on: Line of sight propaga on. A enua on of Microwaves by Atmospheric gases, Water Vapour and Precipitates. Suggested Readings 1. C.A. Balanis, Antenna Theory, John Wiley and sons. 2. J.D. Krauss, Antenna Theory, McGraw Hill. 3. K.D.Prasad, Antenna and Wave Propaga on, Satya Prakashan. 4. E.C. Jordan, Electromagne cs and radia ng systems, PHI. 5. R.E. Collins, Antenna and radio wave propaga on, McGraw Hill. 6. M Sachidananda, AR Harish, Antennas and Wave Propaga on, Oxford University Press, 2007.

ECVD0027: VLSI DESIGN (4 Credits – 60 hours) Objectives: The objective of this course is to deal with the study of the technology and building blocks of integrated circuits including salient features of digital circuits, structured systems and design automation in the field of VLSI. The scope of this course includes an introduction to practical considerations and design of integrated circuits. Module I (15 hours) Introduc on, Historical perspec ve, Introduc on to IC Fabrica on Techniques, VLSI design methodologies, VLSI design flow, Design hierarchy, Design Style. Introduc on to CAD technology. The Bipolar Technology, Fabrica on of BJT. Fabrica on of MOSFETS, NMOS fabrica on, CMOS n-well process. MOS Transistor, MOS transistor under external bias, Structure and Opera on of MOSFET (Threshold Voltage), MOSFET V-I Characteris cs (Gradual Channel Approxima on, Channel Length Modula on, Substrate bias effect and Measurement of Parameters), MOSFET scaling and small geometry effects. MOSFET capacitances (Oxide Related Capacitance and Junc on Capacitance). Modeling of MOS Transistors- Basic concept the SPICE level-1 models, the level –2 and level –3 model equa ons. Module II (15 hours) MOS Inverters: Sta c characteris cs- voltage transfer characteris cs, Noise Immunity and Noise Margins, Power and Area Considera ons, Speed of opera on, Inverters with resis ve load and with n-type MOSFET load, CMOS inverter and characteris cs. Switching characteris cs and interconnect effects: Delay me defini ons and calcula on, inverter design with delay constraints, es ma on of parasi c switching power dissipa on of CMOS inverters. Module III (15 hours) a) Combina onal MOS logic circuits, CMOS logic circuits, state style, Complex logic circuits, pass transistor logic, Sequen al logic circuit – introduc on, SR latch, clocked latch and flip-flop circuits, CMOS D latch and edge triggered flip-flop. Design considera ons (Layer Representa on), Design Style (S ck Diagrams), Design Rules. b) Dynamics logic circuits: Dynamic logic, basic principles, high performance dynamics CMOS circuits, Dynamic RAM, SRAM, flash memory. Module IV (15 hours) a) Systems design method, Design strategies, combina onal and Sequen al module, ROM implementa on, PLDs, PLA, PAL, Sequen al System design, State Machines (Mealy Circuit and Moore Circuit) Concept of FPGA, Standard cell based design, Design capture tools, Hardware defini on languages such as VHDL and packages. Xilinx (introduc on), b) Introduc on to IRSIM and GOSPL (open source packages), Design verifica on and tes ng, Simula on at various levels including ming verifica on, Faults models. Design strategies for tes ng chip level and system level test techniques.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|192

Suggested Readings 1. S.M. Kang and Y. Leblebici, CMOS Digital integrated Circuits: Analysis and Design, TMH. 2. Perry, VHDL Programming by Example, TMH. 3. Rabeyet. al, Digital Integrated Circuits: A Design Perspec ve, Pearson. 4. R.A. Geiger, P.E. Allen et al, VLSI Design Techniques for Analog and Digital Circuits, McGraw Hill.

ECCT0028: DIGITAL COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES (4 credits – 60 hours) Objectives: This course is aimed at introducing to the student the fundamentals of the theory of Communication, in particular of Digital Communication. The course will provide in-depth knowledge of communication fundamentals, which include probability, random variables, stochastic processes, digital signals and their characteristics, baseband and bandpass digital communications, performance of digital transmission in the presence of noise and optimum detection of digital signals and performance measures. Module I (14 hours) a) Sampling theorem, Signal reconstruc on, Prac cal difficul es. The treachery of aliasing, The an aliasing filter, Discrete Fourier Transform, Applica on of sampling theorem: PAM, PWM and PPM signals. b) Pulse Code Modula on: Quan za on of Signals, Quan za on error. Non-uniform quan za on. The Compander, The encoder, Transmission bandwidth and output SNR, ATI carrier system: c) Synchronizing and Signaling, Differen al PCM, Delta modula on, Adap ve Delta modula on, Output SNR, Comparison with PCM. Module II (14 hours) a) Digital modula on techniques: Genera on, Transmission, Recep on, Spectrum and Geometrical representa on in the signal space of BPSK, DPSK, Differen ally-encoded PSK, QPSK, π/4 QPSK, M-ary PSK, BFSK, M-ary FSK, and Minimum Shi ing Keying (MSK). b) Introduc on to BOC modula on c) Noise in PCM and DM: Calcula on of quan za on noise power, Output signal power, and the thermal noise power. d) Output SNR of PCM using different modula on techniques. Output SNR of DM. Module III (16 hours) a) Principles of digital data transmission: A digital communica on system. Line coding-Various line codes. Polar signaling ON-OFF. Signaling, Bipolar signaling. Pulse shaping; Scrambling. Regenera ve repeater – Preamplifier, Equalizer. Eye diagram. A baseband signal receiver. Peak signal to RMS Noise output voltage ra o, Probability of error. The op mum filter. b) White Noise: The matched filter- probability of error of the matched filter coherent recep on. Applica on to phase shi keying Quadrature Phase PSK (QPSK). Use of signal space to calculate Pe. Error probability calcula on for BPSK and BFSK. Module IV (16 hours) The concept of amount of informa on, Average informa on, Entropy- Shanon-Fano algorithm, Shanon’s Theoerm- channel capacity, Bandwidth - S/ N trade-off, Use of orthogonal signals to a ain Shannon’s limit, Efficiency of orthogonal signal transmission, Coding- Parity Checkbit coding for error detec on, Hamming distance, Upper bounds of probability of error with coding, Block codes Coding and decoding algebraic codes: Hadamard code, Hamming code, Convolu onal coding, Reed Solomon coding , Turbo Coding - Code genera on and Decoding. Concept of Low power communica on (Green Communica on), Spread spectrum modula on, Defini on, PN sequence – Genera on and Detec on, Concept of Low power communica on (Green Communica on). Suggested Readings 1. Simon Haykin, Communica on Systems, John Wiley and Sons. 2. Taub and Schilling, Principles of Communica on Systems, Tata Mc Graw Hill. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|193

3. 4.

Leon W. Couch-II, Digital and Analogue Communica on System, Pearson. B.P. Lathi, Modern Digital and Analogue Communica on Systems, OUP.

ECAM0029: ADVANCED MICROPROCESSORS AND EMBEDDED SYSTEMS (3 credits – 45 hours) Objectives: The objective of the course is to expose the students to the features of advanced microprocessors like 8086, 80386, and Pentium processors and to introduce the architecture, programming, and interfacing of the microcontroller 8051. Module I (11 hours) a) Some general concept related to higher level processor: pipelining, memory management(physical memory ,virtual memory), mode of opera on(real and protected),descriptor tables, memory segmenta on, paging, super scalar technology b) Intel 8086(16 bit): Introduc on: pins and signal descrip on, Architecture, Bus ming, minimum mode 8086, maximum mode 8086. Mul processor: parallel processing; Instruc on sets of 8086: Instruc on formats, Addressing modes, Instruc on set: Data transfer Instruc on, Arithme c and logic instruc on and program control instruc ons. Assembly language program, itera ve procedure, recursive procedure, parameter passing, 8086-memory interface. Memory management; 8086 Interrupts, 8087 Math coprocessor. Module II (13 hours) Intel 80286 Microprocessor: pins and signal descrip on, Architecture, memory management and protec on, memory and I/O device Interface; The 80386 and 80486 Microprocessor (32 bits): Introduc on to 80386 Microprocessor, 80386 Registers, Memory management, protected mode of opera on, paging technique, virtual 8086 mode, Brief introduc on to 80387 co processor, Introduc on to 80486 Microprocessor. Module III (11 hours) The Pen um Microprocessor (64 bit): Introduc on to Pen um processor, system architecture, memory system, I/O system, branch predic on logic, Floa ng-point module, cache structure, super scalar architecture, Introduc on to Pen um II processor, Pen um III and Pen um 4. Module IV (10 hours) Embedded systems: 8051 interrupt, I/O port programming, interfacing to 8255, 8051 Interfacing with 8255, 8051 Interfacing with External ROM, Interfacing ADC and DAC to 8051, Interfacing a stepper motor with 8051, Introduc on to 16- bit microcontroller Suggested Readings 1. Barry B. Brey, The Intel Microprocessor (Architecture, programming and interfacing), Pearson. 2. Douglas V. Hall, Microprocessor and Interfacing, TMH. 3. M. A. Mazidi, J. Mazidi J. G. Mazidi, The 8051 Micro controller and Embedded systems, Pearson. 4. A.K.Roy and K.M. Bhurchandi, Advanced Microprocessor and peripherals (Architecture, programming and interfacing), TMH.

ECBC0030: BASIC COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS (3 credits – 45 hours) Objectives: This course is intended as a base course to introduce the student to core areas other than Electronic communication, to basic communication systems. It introduces a student to Signals and different types of modulation. On completion of the course a student should be able to undertake other courses which have elements of Communication Techniques included in them. Module I (6 hours) a) Review of signals and systems and Fourier analysis. b) Introduc on to Probability and Random process, Random variables, distribu on and density func ons. Sta s cal averages, Power spectral density, Energy spectral density, Correla on and convolu on, Review of signals and systems and Fourier analysis. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|194

Module II (17 hours) a) Modula on, need for modula on and its types, Amplitude modula on, genera on and detec on of AM, DSB-SC, SSB-SC and VSB, Introduc on to AM receivers and transmi ers, super heterodyne receiver. b) Angle modula on- Frequency and phase modula on, Rela onship between FM and PM waves, Genera on and detec on of FM – NBFM and WBFM, Introduc on to FM transmi ers. Noise in AM and FM. Module III (10 hours) a) Pulse Modula on- Sampling of analog signal, Sampling theorem, PAM-genera on and detec on, PPM and PDM and its genera on, quan za on, PCM, PCM systems, Encoder-decoder, DPCM, DM and ADM, TDM and FDM. b) Baseband binary PAM systems. Intersymbol interference (ISI). Nyquists's criterion for distor onless baseband binary transmission. Nyquist and Raised Cosine Pulses. Square- root Spli ng of the Nyquist Pulse. Baseband M-ary, PAM systems. Op mum detec on. Matched filters, correla on receivers. Module IV (12 hours) a) Digital Modula on- Binary communica on, On-Off Keying and ASK, Frequency Shi Keying (FSK), Phase shi keying (PSK) and QPSK. b) Detec on of binary signals, Mul symbol signaling, Quadrature Amplitude Modula on (QAM). Introduc on to Informa on theory and coding Suggested Readings 1. George Kennedy, Electronic Communica on Systems, McGraw Hill. 2. Taub and Schilling, Principles of Communica on Systems, TMH. 3. B.P.Lathi, Modern Digital and Analog Communica on Systems, Oxford University Press. 4. Roddy Coolen, Communica on Systems, PHI.

ECFS0031: FIBER OPTIC AND SATELLITE COMMUNICATION (4 credits – 60 hours) Objectives: This course aims at providing a comprehensive introduction to communication systems which include fiber-optic communication technology, satellite communication and multiple access. The course is designed for the students to develop a good understanding of the physical aspect of the technology necessary for them to evaluate and design communication systems. Module I: Introduction (20 hours) Block diagram of op cal fiber communica on system, Advantages of op cal fiber communica on; Op cal fiber waveguides: structure of op cal wave guide, light propaga on in op cal fiber using ray theory, acceptance angle, numerical aperture, skew rays, wave theory for op cal propaga on, modes in a planar and cylindrical guide, mode volume, single mode fibers, cutoff wavelength, mode field diameter, effec ve refrac ve index and group and mode delay factor for single mode fiber. Transmission Characteris cs of Op cal fiber, A enua on in op cal fibers, intrinsic and extrinsic absorp on, linear and nonlinear sca ering losses, fiber bend losses; Dispersion and pulse broadening, intramodal and intermodal dispersion for step and graded index fibers, modal noise, over all fiber dispersion for mul mode and monomode fiber, dispersion shi ed fibers, modal birefringence and polariza on maintaining fibers Module II: Optical Sources (22 hours) LED, Typical GaAIAs p-n junc on double hetrostructure, Fabrica on of LEDs; Typical Spectral pa ern, Modula on of an LED, Laser diodes: Principle of Opera on, Typical Construc onal features Radia on Pa ern, Modula on Laser diode, Typical Manufactures specifica ons of LED and LASER, Power Lunching and Coupling; Source to fiber power launching, Coupling Power Calcula on, Lensing Scheme for improvement of coupling. Fiber-to-fiber Connectors loss. Techniques of Splicing, Splicing loss; Photo Detectors: p-n, PIN and ADP Photodetectors, Responsivity and Bandwidth of diodes. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|195

Noise in PDs. Equivalent Circuits. SNR. Op cal amplifiers; Op cal Receiver: Receiver Configura on Sensi vity and Bandwidth of Receiver Bit Error Rate. Op cal fiber communica on systems: Principal components of an op cal fiber communica on system, source lamina ons, op cal transmi er circuits, LED and laser drive circuits, op cal receiver block diagram, Direct intercity and sub-carrier intensity modula on using AM, FM and PM. Module III: Orbital Mechanics (10 hours) Determina on of Orbital Parameters, look angle of a geosta onary Satellite from Earth. Launches and Launch Vehicle, Placing Satellite into Geo-sta onary Orbit; Satellite Subsystems: A brief Descrip on of AOCS, TTC and M and Power System. Descrip on of Communica on System – Transponders; Satellite Antennas: Basic Antennas Types and Rela onship; Satellite Link: Basic Transmission Theory, System Noise Temperature and G/T Ra o; G/T Ra o for Earth sta on. Module IV: Impactor Satellite: Earth Links (8 hours) A enua on, Depolariza on, Ionospheric and Troposhric effects; mul ple access: Comprehensive study on FDMA, TDMA and CDMA, Spread Spectrum Transmission and Recep on.Introduc on to BOC modula on. Suggested Readings 1. Djafar K. Mynbaev, Fibre-Op cs Communica ons Technology, Pearson Educa on. 2. J.M.S. Senior, Op cal fiber Communica on, PHI. 3. G. Keiser, Op cal Fiber Communica on, McGraw Hill. 4. T. Pra , C. Bos an and J. Allnu , Satellite Communica on, John Wiley Co. 5. H. Kolimbins, Digital Communica on with Satellite and Fiberop c Applica on, PHI. 6. W. Tomasi, Advanced Electronic Communica on System, Pearson Educa on.

ECTS0032: TELECOMMUNICATION SWITCHING AND SYSTEMS (4 credits – 60 hours) Objectives: The objective of the course is to provide modern evaluation and implementation procedures in the area of telecommunication services and networks which will help the students to model and design telecommunication/data networks using up-to-date techniques. Various telecommunication and data networking concepts including signaling techniques, public switched data networks, ISDN and DSL are introduced. Module I: Telecommunication switching systems ( 20 hours) Introduc on, Elements of switching systems, switching network configura on, principles of cross bar switching. Electronic space division switching, Time division switching, Combina on switching. Module II: Telephone networks (15 hours) Subscriber loop systems, switching hierarchy and rou ng, transmission plan, numbering plan, charging plans. Signaling techniques: In channel signaling, common channel signaling. Network traffic load and parameters, grade of service and blocking probability. Module III: Data communication networks (15 hours) Introduc on, network architecture, layered network architecture, protocols, data communica ons hardware, data communica on circuits. Public switched data networks, connec on oriented and connec onless service, Circuit Switching, packet switching and virtual circuit switching concepts, OSI reference model, LAN, WAN, MAN and Internet. Repeaters, Bridges, Routers and gateways. Module IV: Integrated services digital network (ISDN) (10 hours) Introduc on, mo va on, ISDN architecture, ISDN interfaces, func onal grouping, reference points, protocol architecture, signaling, numbering, addressing, BISDN. DSL Technology: ADSL, Cable Modem, Tradi onal Cable Networks, HFC Networks, Sharing, CM and CMTS and DOCSIS. SONET: Devices, Frame, Frame Transmission, Synchronous Transport Signals, STS I, Virtual Tributaries and Higher rate of service.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|196

Suggested Readings 1. T. Viswanath, Tele communica on switching system and networks, PHI. 2. W. Tomasi, Advanced electronic communica ons systems, PHI. 3. J E Flood, Telecommunica on switching, Traffic and Networks, Pearson Educa on. 4. B.A. Forouzan, Data Communica on and Networking, TMH.

ECIP0033: DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING (4 credits – 60 hours) Objectives: This course’s objectives are to introduce the students to the fundamentals of digital image processing, analyze operations on images such as image enhancement, image restoration, Image Segmentation, image compression, colour Image Processing etc. The students would be encouraged to develop the image processing tools from scratch, rather than using any image processing library functions. Module I (12 hours) Different stages of Image processing, Components of Image Processing System. Elements of visual percep on, 2D Fourier Transform and proper es; Image Digi za on: A review of Sampling and quan za on processes, Image transforms: Unitary and orthogonal transforms, 2D DFT, Discrete cosine transform (DCT) and proper es, 2D DCT, KL transform. Module II (20 hours) Some basic rela onship between pixels: Neighbour of pixels, Adjacency, Connec vity, Regions, Boundaries, and Distance Measures. Intensity Transforms: Image Nega ves, Log Transform, Power Law Transforma on, Piecewise linear Transforma on func on, Histogram Processing, Fundamentals of Spa al Filtering: Mechanics of spa al Filtering, 2D linear systems, Spa al Correla on and Convolu on, Spa al Filter Mask, Smoothing Filtering Mask, Sharpening Filtering Mask. Salt and pepper noise and median filters; Filtering in Frequency domain. Module III (20 hours) Image Restora on: A model of image degrada on, Es ma on of degrada on func on, Inverse Filtering, Minimum Mean – Square Error Restora on, Image Compression: Coding Redundancy, Interpixel Redundancy, Psychovisual Redundancy, Schema c diagram of Data Compression Procedure, Lossless and Lossy compression, Hufman coding, transform coding; Morphological Image Processing: Dila on, Erosion, Combining Dila on and Erosion, The Hit or Miss Transforma on. Module IV (8 hours) Image Segmenta on: Point Detec on, Line Detec on, Edge Detec on, Thresholding and Region Growing based Segmenta on. Colour Image Processing: Colour Fundamentals, RGB, HSV, CMY colour model, Basic of Colour Image Processing, Intensity Clour Slicing. Intensity to colour Transforma on. Suggested Readings 1. R.C.Gonzalez and R.E.Woods, Digital Image Processing, Pearson. 2. K. Jain, Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing, Pearson. 3. B.Chanda and D.Du Majumdar, Digital Image Processing and Analysis, PHI.

ECME0034: MICROELECTRONICS (4 credits – 60 hours) Objectives: This course introduces basic semiconductor material and semiconductor junction properties. It also introduces basic processes used in fabricating semiconductor devices and integrated circuits. The objective is to develop the background knowledge necessary to understand semiconductor physics and state-of-the-art semiconductor technology related to device fabrication processes. Knowledge on semiconductor devices is a pre-requisite.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|197

Module I: Semiconductor Crystals (7 hours) Semiconductor material types – crystalline, amorphous and polycrystalline; Crystal structure – la ce and unit cells, Cubic la ces – SCC, BCC, FCC structures, la ce constants, Planes and direc ons, Miller indices. Module II: Quantum Theory (8 hours) The photoelectric effect, Atomic spectra, Probability and uncertainty principle Schrodinger wave equa on, poten al well problem, quantum effect and quantum tunneling; Pauli exclusion principle. Module III: Band Theory (15 hours) Energy bands in solids, electron wave func on, wave vector, (E, k) diagram, direct and indirect semiconductors, Effec ve mass, density of states, Fermi-Dirac distribu on, carrier concentra on; op cal absorp on, photoluminescence, cathodoluminescence, electroluminescence; Direct and indirect recombina on, trapping, quasi-fermi levels, Diffusion and dri in carriers, diffusion length, contact poten al, junc on space charge, minority and majority carrier currents, Stored charges and me varia on, reverse recovery, Junc on capacitance, graded junc ons, metal-semiconductor junc ons, hetero-junc ons. Module IV: Semiconductor Processing Technology (10 Hours) An Introduc on to Microelectronic Fabrica on, Roadmap of semiconductor manufacturing, Semiconductor Materials and Process Chemicals, Crystal Structure, Crystal Growth and Wafer Prepara on, Contamina on Control; Overview of Wafer Fabrica on - Basic Wafer Fabrica on Opera ons, Hot Processing and Ion Implanta on, Construc on of a Semiconductor Circuit, Chip Terminology, Process Yields. Module V: Principles of Microelectronics Fabrication (10 Hours) Oxida on, Rapid Thermal Processing, Photolithography; Photolithographic Processes - Op cal Lithography, Photoresists, Non-op cal Lithographic Techniques. Module VI: Processing of Thin Films (10 Hours) Vacuum Science and Plasmas, Etching, Physical Deposi on: Evapora on and Spu ering, Chemical Vapor Deposi on, Epitaxial Growth, Device Isola on, Contacts, and Metalliza on; Overview of Wafer Fabrica on - The Business of Wafer Fabrica on, Semiconductor Devices and IC Forma on, Integrated Circuit Types, Chip Packaging. Suggested Readings 1. Adel S. Sedra, Kenneth C. Smith, Microelectronic Circuits, sixth edi on, 2010. 2. Stephen A. Campbell, The Science and Engineering of Microelectronics Fabrica on, Oxford University Press, Second Edi on, 2001 3. Ben G. Streetman, Solid State Electronic Devices, Pren ce Hall, 1980. 4. Stephen A. Campbell, Fabrica on Engineering at the Micro and Nanoscale, Oxford University press, 2007 5. R.C. Jaeger, Introduc on to Microelectronics Fabrica on, 2nd Edi on (ISBN: 0201444941), 2001 6. PV Zant, Microchip Fabrica on: A Prac cal Guide to Semiconductor Processing, 3rd Edi on, Semiconductor Services, 2000 (ISBN: 0071356363) 7. Marc J. Madou, Fundamentals of Microfabrica on: The Science of Miniaturiza on, 2nd Edi on (ISBN: 0849308267), 2002

ECES0035: EMBEDDED SYSTEMS AND APPLICATIONS (4 credits – 60 hours) Objectives: The course helps to develop an in-depth understanding of the operation of different types of microcontrollers . It also covers assembly language programming and interfacing techniques using different types of microcontrollers. The students will be able to design and implement microcontroller-based systems in both hardware and software and can apply this knowledge to more advanced structures. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|198

Module I (15 hours) Overview and prac cal aspects of embedded systems, Hardware descrip on of 8051, Programming of 8051, Serial port programming, Interrupt programming, Timer and Counter, RTOS for 8051, Keypad Interfacing, DIP switch interfacing, Design of a traffic light controller system using 8051 Module II (12 hours) Pin diagram and architecture of 8096, Memory Organiza on, Addressing mode and interrupts, instruc on set of 8096, programming of 8096, design of a numeric machine using 8096 Module III (8 hours) Introduc on to PIC microcontrollers: Architecture, Architecture Differences, Mid-Range instruc on Set, Power Input and Decoupling, Reset, Watchdog Timer, System Clock/Oscillators Module IV (15 hours) Registers, Parallel Input Output, Interrupts, Prescaler , Mid-Range Built-In EEPROM Flash Access,TMR1 and TMR2 Serial I/0, Analog I/0, Parallel Slave Port (PSP), External Memory Connec ons ,In-Circuit Serial Programming (ISCP), Assembly Language Programming, Hex File Format, Code-Protect,Features,INTERFACING TO LEDs, LCDs Module V (10 hours) ARM Processor Fundamentals: Processor architecture and organiza on, 3-stage pipeline ARM organiza on, 5-stage pipeline ARM organiza on, ARM instruc on execu on, Instruc on set design, The ARM coprocessor interface. The Reduced Instruc on Set Computer. The Acorn RISC Machine, Architecture, Instruc on set of ARM Suggested Readings 1. M. A. Mazidi, J.G. Mazidi, R.D. McKinlay, The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded systems, Pren ce Hall, 2nd Edi on. 2. Myke Predko, Programming and Customizing the 8051 Microcontroller, McGraw Hill. 3. Schultz Thomas W.C and 8051 4. David Calcu Fred Cowan Parchizadeh, 8051 Microcontrollers an Applica ons-Based Introduc on, Elsevier. 5. H.W Huang, Delmar, PIC Microcontroller, CENGAGE Learning, 2007. 6. J B Peatman, Design with PIC Microcontrollers, Pren ce Hall. 7. Andrew N. Sloss, Dominic Symes, Chris Wright ARM system developers guide designing and op mizing system so ware 8. ARM system onchip architecture, Steve Ferber

ECLV0036: LOW POWER VLSI DESIGN (4 credits – 60 hours) Objectives: The objective of the course is to learn basic ideas, concepts, theory and methods of low power VLSI design and also to gain experience with techniques and tools. Module I (17 hours) Introduc on: Need for low power VLSI chips, Sources of power dissipa on on Digital Integrated circuits. Emerging Low power approaches, Physics of power dissipa on in CMOS devices: MIS structure, long channel MOSFET, Leakage current in deep submicrometer transistors, weak inversion, punchthrough, Device and Technology Impact on Low Power: Dynamic dissipa on in CMOS, Load Capacitance, Transistor sizing and gate oxide thickness, Impact of technology Scaling, Technology and Device innova on. Module II (15 hours) Power es ma on, Simula on Power analysis: SPICE circuit simulators, gate level logic simula on, capaci ve power es ma on, sta c state power, gate level capacitance es ma on, architecture level analysis, data correla on analysis in DSP systems, Monte Carlo simula on; Probabilis c power analysis: Random logic signals, probability and frequency, probabilis c power analysis techniques, ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|199

signal entropy. Low Power Design; Circuit level: Power consump on in circuits. Flip Flops and Latches design, high capacitance nodes, low power digital cells library Module III (15 hours) Logic level: Gate reorganiza on, signal ga ng, logic encoding, state machine encoding, pre-computa on logic; Low power Architecture and Systems: Power and performance management, switching ac vity reduc on, parallel architecture with voltage reduc on, flow graph transforma on, low power arithme c components, low power sta c RAM architecture, 4T SRAM, 6T SRAM, Banked organiza on of SRAM. Module IV (13 hours) Low power Clock Distribu on: Power dissipa on in clock distribu on, power reduc on in clock networks, clock ga ng reduced clock swing, oscillator circuit for clock genera on, Frequency division and mul plica on, CMOS floa ng, low power bus, Variable-threshold-voltage CMOS (VTCMOS) approach, Mul -threshold-voltage CMOS (MTCMOS) approach, Adiaba c Switching Circuits, Ba ery-aware Synthesis, Varia on tolerant design, power efficiency of adiaba c logic, pass transistor synthesis. Suggested Readings 1. G.K. Yeap and F.N. Najm, Prac cal Low Power Digital VLSI Design, World Scien fic. 2. K. Roy and S. Prasad, Low-Power CMOS VLSI Circuit Design, Wiley. 3. J.M. Rabaey and M. Pedram, Low Power Design Methodologies, Kluwer Academic Publishers. 4. W. Nebel and J. Mermet, Low Power Design in Deep Sub-micron Electronics, Kluwer Academic Publishers.

ECCC0037: COMPUTER COMMUNICATION (4 credits - 60 hours) Objectives: The course is intended at understanding the principles and practice of designing, building, and operating computer networks, particularly the Internet. Module I (15 hours) Overview of Data Communica ons and Networking: Protocols and Architecture: ISO-OSI, TCP/IP, Data Transmission, Transmission Media: Guided Media, Unguided media (wireless); Data encoding schemes (in brief), Brief idea about spread spectrum technique; Mul plexing-FDM, TDM, ADSL. Module II (20 hours) Data Link Layer: Flow Control, Error detec on and Error Control HDLC, Point-to- Point Protocol: PPP Mul ple Access Techniques: Random Access, Controlled Access, Channeliza on. Switching Techniques: Circuit switching, Packet Switching, Rou ng and rou ng algorithms Message Switching; Wired LAN: IEEE standard, LAN, MAN and WAN Technology, LAN system – Ethernet; ATM, Wireless LANs: IEEE 802.11, Bluetooth virtual circuits, Brief Idea about Switches and Routers. Module III (15 hours) Network Layer: Addressing, IPv4, IPv6, Address mapping, ICMP and Rou ng; Transport Layer: UDP, TCP, Conges on control. Module IV (10 hours) Applica on Layer: Client Server Model, Domain Name System (DNS): Electronic Mail (SMTP) and file transfer (FTP) HTTP and WWW. Network management (SNMP), VOIP and Brief idea about ISDN Suggested Readings 1. W. Stallings, Principles of Data Communica on and Networking, PHI. 2. B. A. Forouzan, Data Communica ons and Networking, TMH. 3. L.L. Peterson and B.S.Davis, Computer Networks: A System Approach, Elsevier. 4. A.S. Tannenbaum, Computer Networks, PHI.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|200

ECMC0038: MOBILE COMMUNICATION (4 Credits - 60 hours) Objectives: The course introduces the principles of mobile systems and its most important technical aspects and services and emphasizes on both public and professional mobile telephony standards, spread spectrum technology, wireless networks while migrating from wired to wireless applications. Module I: The Cellular Concept (15 hours) A brief introduc on to Mobile Telephony, Technologies and Choices; Cellular Concept- System Design: Fundamentals- Frequency reuse, Channel Assignment, Handoff Strategies, Interferences and System Capacity, Trunking and Grade of Service; Improving coverage and capacity in Cellular Systems – Cell Spli ng, Sectoring, Repeaters and Range Extension, Microcell and Picocell Zone Concept. Antennas for Base Sta on and hand held Cellular phone. Module II: Mobile Radio Propagation: Large-Scale path loss (15 hours) Free space propaga on model, Ground Reflec on Model, Diffrac on, Sca ering. Outdoor propaga on Model – Okumura Model; Indoor Propaga on Model: Par on loses, Long distance Path loss Model; Small Scale Fading and Mul path fading, Doppler Shi . Types of Small Scale Fading and their effect on received signal; Modula on Techniques: FM for Analogue. FM Detec on Techniques- PLL and Quadrature Detec on. Digital Modula on: π /4 QPSK and MSK, GMSK. Module III: Modulation Techniques for Mobile Radio (20 hours) Spread Spectrum Techniques: DS-SS and FH-SS. Performances of FM, π /4 QPSK and MSK in Fading and Interference; fundamentals of Equaliza on, Adap ve Equalizer. Diversity Techniques-Space, frequency Polariza on and Time Diversity; Access Techniques: Frequency Division Mul ple Access (FDMA), Time Division Mul ple Access (TDMA), Spread; Spectrum Mul ple Access-Frequency Hopped Mul ple Access (FHMA), Code Division Mul ple Access (CDMA). Frequency and Channel specifica on for CDMA Digital Cellular Standard (IS-95). Module IV: Wireless Systems and Standards (10 hours) Wireless Networking: Various Genera ons of Wireless Networks, Fixed Network Transmission Hierarchy, Traffic Rou ng in Wireless Networks- Circuit Switching, Packet Switching. The X. 25 Protocol; Global System for Mobile (GSM): features, architecture, channel types, Frame Structure in GSM. Signal processing in GSM. Suggested Readings 1. T.S. Rappaport, Wireless Communica on, Pearson. 2. W.Y. Lee, Mobile Communica on Engineering, McGraw Hill. 3. J.Schiller, Mobile Communica on, Pearson. 4. W.Y. Lee, Mobile Cellular Communica ons, McGraw Hill.

ECOD0039: OPTOELECTRONIC DEVICES (3 credits - 45 hours) Objectives: The course is intended to give the students an exposure to the design criteria for semiconductor optical sources including light emitting diodes and laser diodes, optical detectors, amplifiers and connectors for a variety of applications. Module I (15 hours) Sources: Light Emi ng Diodes (LEDs), LED Structures, LED types, Fabrica on of LED, Light Source Materials, Internal Quantum Efficiency, Modula on Capacity, Transient Response, Power – Bandwidth Product, Laser Diodes, Laser Diode Modes and Threshold Condi ons, Single mode opera on, Mode locking, Q-switching, Holography, Resonant Frequencies, Laser Diode Structures and Radia on Pa erns, Single Mode Lasers, Modula on of Laser Diodes, Temperature Effects, Light Source Linearity, Modal Par onand Reflec on Noise.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|201

Module II (10 hours) Detectors: PIN Photo-Detector, Avalanche Photodiodes, Photo-Detector Noise, Noise Sources, Signal-to-Noise Ra o, Deple on Layer Photocurrent, Response Time, Avalanche Mul plica on Noise, Temperature Effects on Avalanche Gain, Photodiode Materials. Module III (10 hours) Amplifiers and Switches: Op cal Amplifiers, Semiconductor Laser Amplifiers, Fiber Amplifiers, Rare Erbium Doped Fiber Amplifiers, Raman Fiber Amplifiers, Brillion Fiber Amplifiers, Amplifier Gain, Noise Figure, Bandwidth, Photonic Switching, Integrated Op cal Switches. Module IV (10 hours) Connectors and Couplers: Cylindrical Ferrule Connector, Bi-Conical Ferrule Connectors, Double Eccentric Connectors, Duplex Fiber Connectors, Expanded Beam Connectors, Beam Spli er, Three Port Couplers, Four Port Couplers, Direc onal Couplers, Star Couplers, Lenses for Coupling Improvement. Suggested Readings 1. J. Wilson, J.F.B. Hawkes, Optoelectronics - An Introduc on, Pren ce Hall of India Private Limited. 2. G. Keiser, Op cal Fiber Communica ons, McGraw Hill. 3. D.K. Mynbaev and L.L.Scheiner, Fiber Op c Communica ons Technology, Pearson. 4. S.K. Sarkar, Op cal Fibers and Fiber Op c communica on system, S.Chand and Co. 5. J.C. Palais, Fiber Op c Communica ons, Pearson.

ECSP0040: SPEECH PROCESSING (3 credits – 45 hours) Objectives: The objectives of this course are to introduce the fundamentals of digital speech processing, analyze the basic subject related to speech processing such as discrete time and continuous time signals, linear time-invariant systems, convolution, Z-transform etc., Models for Speech Production, Complete Model of Auditory Processing, Digital Representation of speech, Cepstrum Analysis of Speech Signal, linear predictive speech coding, Feature Extraction, speaker verification and speaker Identification Systems. Module I (12 hours) The Fundamentals of Digital Speech Processing; A Review of Discrete-Time Signal and Systems, the Z-transform, the DFT, Fundamental of Digital Filters, FIR system, IIR Systems, Phone c Representa on of Speech, Models for Speech Produc on, the human Ear, percep on of loudness, cri cal bands, pitch percep on, auditory masking, complete model of auditory processing. Module II (10 hours) Time–Domain Methods for Speech Processing; Time-Dependent Processing of speech, short- me energy and Average Magnitude, short me average Zero-crossing rate; Digital Representa on of speech Waveform Sampling speech signals, sta s cal model, instantaneous quan za on, instantaneous companding, quan za on for op mum SNR, adap ve quan za on, feed-forward feedback adap ons. Module III (7 hours) Defini on of the Cepstrum and Complex Cepstrum, the Short-Time Cepstrum, Computa on of the Cepstrum, Short-Time Homomorphic Filtering of Speech, Applica on to Pitch Detec on, Applica ons to Pa ern Recogni on, The Role of the Cepstrum. Module IV (16 hours) Block diagram of Simplified Model for Speech Produc on; Basic Principles of Linear Predic ve Analysis- the Auto Correla on Method, Cepstral Analysis; The Predic on Error Signal. Digital Speech Processing for Man-Machine Communica on by voice. Speaker Recogni on Systems- Pre-emphasis, Normaliza on, Frame blocking, Windowing, Feature Extrac on (LPC, PCA, MFCC), Vector quan za on, speaker verifica on and speaker Iden fica on Systems. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|202

Suggested Readings 1. L.Rabiner and B-H Juang, Fundamentals of Speech Recogni on, Pearson. 2. L.R.Rabinu and R.W Schafer, Digital Processing of Speech Signals, Pearson. 3. D. Jurafsky and J H Mar n, Speech and Language Processing, Pearson. 4. L.R.Rabinu and R.W Schafer, Theory and Applica ons of Digital Speech Processing, Pearson. 5. B Gold, N Morgan and D Ellis, Speech and Audio Signal Processing: Processing and Percep on of Speech and Music, Wiley.

ECNT0041: INTRODUCTION TO NANOTECHNOLOGY (3 credits – 45 hours) Objectives: This course will introduce the students to Nanotechnology. The course is designed to build up a basic understanding of the nano concepts. It will provide the students the knowledge of synthesis of nanomaterials, their characterization techniques as well as touch upon some applications of nanotechnology. Module I (10 hours) Basics of Nanotechnology: Importance of Nanotechnology, History of Nanotechnology, Proper es of Nanomaterials, Difference between Bulk and Nanomaterial, Molecular building blocks for nanostructure systems, Forces between atoms and molecules - Par cles and grain boundaries – strong Intermolecular forces – Electrosta c and Vander Waals forces between surfaces. Module II (12 hours) Physics of nanomaterials: Atomic scale structure of nanopar cles, nanotubes, nanowires, nanodots etc.; electronic and op cal characteris c proper es of quantum dots, quantum wires and quantum wells; concept of quantum confinement: 0D, 1D and 2D nanostructures; Size effects – Frac on of Surface Atoms – specific Surface Energy and Surface Stress. Nanofluidics, Nanophotonics, Nanothermodynamics, Plasmonics – plasmons and surface plasmons, SPR, Core-shell quantum dots and quantum-dot-quantum wells. Module III (12 hours) Synthesis/fabrica on techniques of nanomaterials: Top down approach, Lithography – electron beam and ion beam techniques,Etching – wet and dry etching, Bo om up approach - Solvent based and template based synthesis, other important synthesis methods like CVD, PVD etc.; Doping, Nuclea on, Growth and Stability of colloidal nanopar cles, concept of self- assembly. Add some lab component Module IV (5 hours) Characteriza on methods: Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM), Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM), Atomic Force Microscopy (AFM), X-ray diffrac on spectroscopy (XRD) Module V (6 hours) Applica ons: Nanosensors and nanoelectronics, Micro and Nano electromechanical systems, Photonic crystals, Nanopiezotronics. Suggested Readings 1. G. L. Hornyak, J. Du a, H. F. Tibbals, A. Rao Introduc on to nanoscience CRC Press 2. G. L. Hornyak, J. Du a, H. F. Tibbals, A.Rao Introduc on to nanotechnology CRC Press 3. T. Pradeep, Nano: The Essen als McGraw Hill 4. D. Maclurcan and N. Radywyl (Eds.) Nanotechnology and Global Sustainability CRC Press 5. E. Lich ouse, J. Shwarzbauer, D. Robert, Environmental Chemistry for a Sustainable World Vol.2 Springer Verlag

ECDP6002:DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB (2 credits) Write Matlab code for the following: ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|203

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.

Genera on of various unitary signals. Sampling and see the effect of aliasing. Calculate linear convolu on of two sequences. Circular convolu on of two sequences. Obtain correla on of two sequences. DFT of a signal. Obtain FFT (decima on in me) of a signal. Calculate FFT (decima on in Frequency) of a signal. Design various FIR filters. Design various IIR filters. Find Discrete Wavelet Transform of a sequence.

Suggested Readings 1. John G. Proakis, Digital Communica ons, 4th edi on, McGraw Hill, 2001. 2. Stephen G. Wilson, Digital Modula on and Coding, Pearson Educa on (Asia) Pte. Ltd, 2003. 3. Simon Haykin, Digital communica ons, John Wiley and sons. 4. Wayne Tomasi, Advanced Electronic communica on systems, 4th Edi on Pearson Educa on Asia. 5 B.P.Lathi, Modern digital and analog communica on systems , Oxford University Press.

ECRS6003: RESEARCH SEMINAR I - MTECH (2 credits) Objectives: The objective of the Research Seminar is to conduct a research literature survey which may lead to the development of a proposed project model to be executed during the last two semesters of the M. Tech programme. This will help the students to familiarize themselves with the current literature on recent trends in the chosen area. Tasks to be performed by the students will include 1. Literature survey on a chosen topic 2. Presenta on on the chosen topic, comprising the following three components: a. Presenta on b. Report c. Viva voce examina on

ECNE6004: NANOTECHNOLOGY LAB (2 credits) 1. Calculate molarity for different solu ons. Learn to use the scien fic balance (adjustments, taring, etc.) 2. Prepare stock solu on of the following (100 ml) i. 10mM Zn(NO3)2 . 6H2O ii. 10mM 100ml C6H12N4 iii. 25 mM Na3C6H5O7 3. Synthesize ZnO nanopar cles using hydrothermal process. 4. Perform seeding of pre-synthesized ZnO nanopar cles on glass substrate. Also perform direct seeding of ZnO par cles on glass substrate by thermal oxida on. 5. Grow ZnO nanorods on glass substrate hydrothermally. 6. Synthesize ZnS nanopar cles using hydrothermal process. 7. Synthesize manganese doped ZnS nanopar cles using hydrothermal process. 8. Make film of ZnO nanopar cles on glass substrate using the LBL machine. 9. Use Super-hydrophobicity tes ng machine to find out the roll-off and contact angle of a nanopar cle coated surface. 10. Synthesize CdS nanopar cles using hydrothermal process. Observe colour varia ons with size when illuminated with UV light. 11 Synthesize gold nanopar cles using Turkevitch process.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|204

ECDC6006: ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS LAB (2 credits) 1. To Study the Characteris cs of Zener Diodes. 2. Sta c Characteris cs of a Bipolar Junc on Transistor – a) CE Mode and b) CB Mode 3. Transistor as a switch. 4. To Study The Characteris cs of JFET. 5. Series voltage Regulator. 6. Design of Power supplies: Rec fier (capacitor filter), voltage doubler / quadrupler. 7. LDR and Phototransistor. 8. Design of amplifiers: Transistor amplifiers with and without feedback. 9. Differen al amplifiers. 10. Design of oscillators(using PSpice).

ECAE6007 : ANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT LAB (2 credits) 1. To Study the Characteris cs of Zener Diodes. 2. Sta c Characteris cs of a Bipolar Junc on Transistor (CE Mode) 3. To Study The Characteris cs of JFET 4. Series voltage Regulator . 5. Design of amplifiers: Transistor amplifiers with and without feedback. 6. Inver ng and non-inver ng op-amps 7. Op-amp linear applica ons: adders, subtractors. 8. Op-amp based ac ve filters. 9. 555 mer applica ons.

ECRS6008: RESEARCH SEMINAR II - MTECH (4 credits) Tasks to be performed by the students during this research Seminar include 1. Prepara on of the Project Proposal that will be developed during semesters 3 and 4 and/or extensive literature survey leading to the project proposal 2. Presenta on on the proposed proposal comprising the following three components: a. Presenta on b. Report c. Viva Voce Examina on 3. Extra credits will be given for any publica on during this phase.

ECMP6009:PROJECT PHASE I - MTECH (12 credits) Objectives: During this phase the student will start a research project applying the knowledge acquired during the first two semesters and also incorporating the recent trends in the chosen area. It should include phases of design, implementation and reporting. This project is to be executed individually within or outside the campus. The mode and components of evaluation and the weightages attached to them shall be published by the Department/Institute at the beginning of the semester E-resource for learning: LaTeX, www.spokentutorial.org

ECDL6010 : DIGITAL ELECTRONICS AND LOGIC DESIGN LAB (2 credits) 1. To study and verify the truth table of logic gates. 2. To realize half/full adder and half/full subtractor. 3. To convert given binary numbers to gray codes. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|205

4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.

To verify the truth table of MUX and DEMUX. To verify the truth table of one bit and four bit comparators using logic Gates. To study shi register in all its modes i.e. SIPO/SISO, PISO/PIPO. Realiza on of 3-bit Asynchronous counter and Mod-N counter design Realiza on of 3-bit synchronous counter design. Truth table verifica on of Flip-Flops: (i) RS-Type, (ii) D- Type, (iii) T- Type, (iv) J-K Master Slave Realiza on of 2:4 decoder and 4:2 encoder design. Design and tes ng of Ring counter/ Johnson counter.

ECAC6011 : ANALOG INTEGRATED CIRCUITS LAB (2 credits) Any ten or more experiments from the following are to be performed depending on the no of laboratory classes. 1. Inver ng, Non Inver ng amplifier using op-amp 2. Adder – Subtractor using op-amp 3. Integrator – Differen ator using op-amp 4. Comparator – Zero crossing detector using op-amp 5. Schmi trigger using op-amp 6. Triangular wave generator using op-amp 7. Monostable or Astable mul vibrator using op-amp 8. Ac ve Filters– LPF 1st and 2nd order using op-amp 9. Ac ve Filters- HPF 1st and 2nd order using op-amp 10. Digital to analog converter using op-amp 11. Analog to Digital converter using op-amp. 12. 555 Timer applica on as monostable or astable mul vibrator 13. Instrumenta on amplifier 14. RC phase shi oscillator using op-amp 15. Wein Bridge oscillator using op-amp

ECMI6012 : MINI PROJECT I (2 credits) Mini projects of the fourth semester are assigned to students individually or in groups by the Department under the supervision of the designated faculty member. The objec ve of this mini project is to train the students to design, simulate or study mini electronic or communica on systems which will give them hands on experience in re-crea ng the principles they have studied in their engineering classes.

ECMP6013: PROJECT PHASE II - MTECH (16 credits) Objective: During this phase the student will carry forward and complete the work that they have started in Phase I. It is expected that the student will publish at least one research paper in a well-known journal to augment their work during this phase. Published papers will carry extra weightage during evaluation. The mode and components of evaluation and the weightages attached to them shall be published by the Department at the beginning of the semester. E-resource for learning: LaTeX, www.spokentutorial.org

ECOE6014: OPTICAL ELECTRONICS LAB (2 credits) 1. To study experimentally the Electro Op c effect using He –Ne laser and Lithium Niobate crystal. 2. To measure the wavelength of He-Ne Laser light using Fresnel Biprism. 3. To measure the width of a single slit using diffrac on. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|206

4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

To measure the diameter of thin wire using diffrac on. To measure the Separa on of two pin holes using diffrac on. To measure Brewster angle of a glass plate and its refrac ve index To study and Produce circularly polarized light by Fresnel Rhomb To measure the number of lines in a transmission gra ng. To measure the wavelength of He – Ne Laser light using a gra ng.

ECES6015: EMBEDDED SYSTEM AND APPLICATION LAB (2 credits) 1. Introduc on to development board (8051) 2. LED and its pa ern 3. Seven segment display 4. LCD interfacing 5. Keyboard interfacing. 6. ADC and DAC interfacing 7. Motor driver 8. Relay Driver 9. Serial communica on 10. Assignment based on above men oned experiments.

ECSP6016: STATISTICAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB (2 credits) The experiment has to be in MATLAB or with any other such tool. 1. Frequency interpreta on of Random Process. 2. Realiza on of filters (FIR, IIR, Innova on Filter, whitening filter) 3. Wold’s Decomposi on 4. Autocorrela on and PSD of AR, MA and ARMA process 5. Realiza on of op mal filters. 6. LPC 7. LMS, NLMS, RLS algorithm.

ECCM6017: OPTICAL COMMUNICATION LAB (2 credits) 1. Se ng up Fiber Op c Analog Link using 650 nm wavelength LED 2. Study of Bending Loss over Op cal Fiber 3. Study of radia on pa ern of LED 4. Se ng up an AC characteris cs of an Intensity Modula on LASER and Fiber Op cs system 5. Se ng up an analog Time Division Mul plexed and Demul plexed signal 6. Se ng up the Frequency Modula on Technique 7. Study of Pulse Wide Modula on 8. Bit Rate Measurement 9. Se ng up of Fiber Op cs voice link using IM/FM/PWM Technique. 10. Study of various types of losses that occur in op cal fibers and measure the loss in dB of op cal fiber patch cords individually and also connected in tandem using an in-line adaptor. 11. Computer to Computer communica on using RS232 interface via Fiber Op c Link. 12. Study of the performance of an analog and digital, free space communica on system.

ECSA6018: EMBEDDED SYSTEMS AND APPLICATIONS LAB (2 credits) 1. Introduc on to MPLAB and Embedded C. 2. LED interfacing with PIC Microcontroller 3. 7 Segment display interfacing with PIC Microcontroller 4. LCD interfacing with PIC Microcontroller ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|207

5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

Keyboard interfacing with PIC Microcontroller ADC and DAC interfacing with PIC Microcontroller Serial Communica on using PIC Microcontroller Timer using PIC Microcontroller Interrupt using PIC Microcontroller Basic programming using AVR Microcontroller

ECDS6019: DIGITAL IMAGE AND SPEECH PROCESSING LAB (2 credits) Objectives: This course’s objectives are to learn how to perform fundamentals of digital image processing operations such as conversion from RGB to Gray, implementation of various image filtering operations, edge detection operations and some important operations used in Speech Processing using Matlab. 1. Read a colour image. Convert the RGB Image into gray. And then resize the gray Image into smaller size image. Find out the nega ve of a given image. 2. Read a colour image. Convert the RGB Image into gray. Perform gamma correc on, log transforma on and power law transforma on on the gray image. 3. Perform 2D convolu on between two matrices. 4. Perform Low Pass Filter on a gray image. 5. Perform High Pass Filter and Median filter on a gray image. 6. Perform edge detec on on a gray image using sobel, Prewi , Roberts and Laplacian Operator. 7. Take a speech signal as an input and find out the Short Time Energy of the signal. 8. Take a speech signal as an input and find out the Short Time Average Magnitude of the signal. 9. Take a speech signal as an input and find out the Short Time Average Zero Crossing Rate of the signal. 10. Find out the MFCC of a speech signal.

ECMM6020: MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS LAB (2 credits) 1. Introduc on to 8085 kit and simulator. 2. Addi on and Subtrac on of two 8 –bit numbers without using H-L pair and with H-L pair. 3. Decimal Addi on of two 8-bit numbers using DAA and without DAA Opera on 4. Mul plica on of two 8-bit numbers. 5. Perform AND, OR, NOT, rotate and shi opera on on an 8 bit number. 6. Find the Largest number and smallest number in an Array. 7. Arrange an array in ascending order. 8. Addi on of 10 bytes data. 9. Search a bytefrom an array 10. Binary to Gray and Gray to Binary Conversion. 11. Find one’s complement and two’s complement of an 8 bit no. 12. To generate Fibonacci Series up to 10th term. 13. To count the number of 1’s and 0’s `in a Register. 14. Interfacing with Traffic Light controller and Stepper motor Controller. 15. Interfacing with 8 channels 8- bit ADC Card and Dual channel 8- bit DAC Card.

ECAC6021: ANALOG COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES LAB (2 credits) 1. Realiza on of “Colpi Oscillator” using BJT (Bipolar junc on Transistor). 2. Realiza on of “Hartley Oscillator” using BJT (Bipolar junc on Transistor). 3. Realiza on of “Amplitude Modula on Circuit”. 4. Realiza on of “Envelope Detector Circuit” which is used to envelope an AM signal. 5. Realiza on of “Band pass and Band reject filter”. 6. To Study the Characteris c of Single Sideband AM Modula on. 7. To Study Armstrong Frequency Modulator.(using both discrete circuit and kit) ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|208

8. To Study the Frequency Division Mul plexing/De-mul plexing with Sinusoidal Wave. 9. To Study Pulse Width Modula on using IC-555 Timer. 10. To Study the Measurement of Noise Figure.

ECDP6022: DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB (2 credits) At least eight experiments are to be performed from the following. 1. Different types of Signal genera on using MATLAB. (Both con nuous and discrete.) 2. Linear Convolu on of sequences. (Without using the inbuilt func on (conv) available in MATLAB.) 3. Circular Convolu on of two Sequences. Comparision of result with the result obtained from Linear convolu on. 4. i) Finding Auto correla on of a sequence ii) Finding cross correla on of 2 sequences iii) Finding power spectral density of a sequence. 5. Finding linear convolu on of periodic sequences using DFT and IDFT. 6. Implementa on of FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) algorithm i) Decima on in Tane (DIT) ii) Decema on in Frequency (DIF) 7. Design of FIR filter (lowpass, highpass, bandpass). Using windowing technique (harming window, haming window, rectangular window, Kaiser window) 8. Design of IIR filter. (Design of Bu erworth Filter Design of Chebyshev filter). 9. Convolu on of long dura on sequences using overlap add, overlap save meter. 10. Working with a DSP processor. (fixed point -TMS320C-5X / Floa ng point ) series. 11. Implement convolu on (Linear and circular convolu on) 12. FIR and IIR implementa on.

ECMI6023: MINI PROJECT II (2 credits) Mini projects are assigned to students individually or in groups by the Department under the supervision of the designated faculty member. The objec ve of the mini project is to train the students to design, simulate or study mini electronic or communica on systems which will give them hands on experience in re-crea ng the principles they have studied in their engineering classes. Mini projects executed during the fi h semester must display a greater maturity of knowledge than those in the fourth semester.

ECVD6024 : VLSI DESIGN LAB (2 credits) 1. Code the behavior of AND, OR, NOT, NAND, NOR, Ex-OR and Ex-NOR. Repeat the experiment using FPGA board. 2. Behavioral, Structural and Dataflow modeling of Half-Adder. Repeat the experiment using FPGA board. 3. Code the behavioral modeling of Half-Adder in VHDL and use this behavioral model to implement structural modeling of Full-Adder. Repeat the experiment using FPGA board. 4. Code the behavioral modeling of Full-Adder in VHDL and use this behavioral model to implement structural modeling of 4-bit parallel adder. Repeat the experiment using FPGA board. 5. Code the behavioral modeling of 4-bit carry look ahead adder in VHDL. Repeat the experiment using FPGA board. 6. Code the behavioral modeling of 4:1 mul plexer in VHDL and use this model to implement 8:1 mul plexer. Repeat the experiment using FPGA board. 7. Code the behavioral modeling of RS Flip-Flop and modify it to J-K, D and Master Slave J-K Flip-Flop. Repeat the experiment using FPGA board. 8. Code the behavioral modeling of 4-bit binary up-down counter in VHDL. Repeat the experiment using FPGA board. 9. Code the behavioral modeling of 4-bit shi register in VHDL. Repeat the experiment using FPGA ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|209

board. 10. Code the structural modeling of4-bit synchronous counter. Repeat the experiment using FPGA board. 11. Code the generic modeling of all the gates. Repeat the experiment using FPGA board. 12. Design a state machine for a 4-bit pa ern iden fier. Pa ern to be iden fied is 0110. Overlap pa ern is permi ed. Output will be 1 for every pa ern to be matched.

ECCT6025: DIGITAL COMMUNICATION LAB (2 credits) 1. To study and implement PPM using IC555 Timer. 2. Study of PCM using Time Division Mul plexing (Trainer based and Matlab Simula on). 3. Design and study of a sample and hold circuit . 4. Study of Delta Modula on and Adap ve Delta Modula on. 5. Genera on of ASK Modula on and Demodula on. 6. Genera on of FSK Modula on and Demodula on. 7. Genera on of PSK and DPSK Signals. 8. Study of QPSK Modula on and Demodula on. 9. Design of a Block Code Encoder. (6, 3)/ (7, 4) Block Code. 10. Design of a PN Sequence Generator. 11. Simula on of all above experiments using MATLAB. (Assignment).

ECME6026: MICROWAVE AND ANTENNA ENGINEERING LAB (2 credits) 1. V-I characteris cs of Gunn Diode. 2. Study the characteris cs of Square Wave Modula on of Reflex- Klystron tube for NV-9000 . 3. Determine the frequency and wavelength in a rectangular wave guide working on TE10 mode. 4. Determine the SWR and Reflec on Co-efficient. 5. Study the func on of the Mul -hole Direc onal Coupler. 6. Study of Sca ering parameters of Circulator. 7. Study of Sca ering parameters of E-plane Tee and H-plane Tee. 8. Study of Sca ering parameters of Magic Tee 9. Study of the Reciprocity theorem for antennas, the varia on in the radia on strength at a given distance from the antenna and to perform Polarisa on test. 10. Study the Radia on Pa ern for Yagi-UDA folded dipole antenna and the Simple dipole λ/2 antenna. (Following experiments are to be simulated in Matlab) 11. Create a default open ended rectangular waveguide. Vary its proper es and display it. Plot the E and H field distribu on of this waveguide at 2.1GHz. 12. Create a dipole antenna of length 3m and width 0.5m and then plot its radia on pa ern in both polar and rectangular co-ordinate system. Visualize 2D slices from 3D data. Also calculate the HPBW and FNBW from the plot. 13. Create and view a default horn antenna. Vary its proper es and plot its radia on pa ern. Also calculate the HPBW and FNBW from the plot. 14. Create a default linear antenna array using dipole antenna as individual element. Visualize the geometry of the array, the radia on pa ern, direc vity and current distribu on.

ECAM6027: EMBEDDED SYSTEMS LAB (2 credits) 1. Introduc on to 8051 micro controller boards and AVR Micro controller boards. 2. Introduc on to 8086 and 8051 microcontroller simulator. 3. ALP to display a message without array and using array. 4. ALP to transfer one byte and two byte nos. from one set of memory loca on to another using 8086. 5. ALP to add, subtracts, mul ply and divide of one byte and two byte nos. using 8086. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|210

6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

ALP to rotate, AND, OR, NOT of one byte and two byte nos. using 8086. ALP to find some mathema cal expression using 8086. ALP to transfer one byte and two byte nos. from one set of memory loca on to another using 8051. ALP to add, subtracts, mul ply and divide of one byte and two byte nos. using 8051. ALP to rotate, AND, OR, NOT of one byte and two byte nos. using 8051. ALP to find some mathema cal expression using 8051. ALP using Recursive and itera ve procedure, mers using 8086. ALP to interface LEDs, 7 Segment display and LCD using 8051. ALP to On/off DIP switches using 8051. ALP to interface ADC and DAC using 8051.

ECSP6028 : SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB (2 Credits) At least eight experiments are to be performed from the following. 1. Different types of Signal genera on using MATLAB. (both con nuous and discrete.) 2. Linear Convolu on of sequences. (Without using the inbuilt func on (conv) available in MATLAB.) 3. Circular Convolu on of two Sequences Compression of result with the result obtained from Linear convolu on. 4. Socket Programming (java or c). i) Finding Auto correla on of a sequence ii) Finding cross correla on of 2 sequences iii) Finding power spectral density of a sequence. 5. Finding the convolu on of periodic sequence using DFT and IDFT. 6. Implementa on of FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) algorithm i) Decima on in Tane (DIT) ii) Decema on in Frequency (DIF) 7. Design of FIR filter (lowpass, highpass,bandpass). Using windowing technique (harming window, haming, window rectangular window, Kaiser window. 8. Design of IIR filter. (Design of Bu erworth Filter Design of Chebyshev filter). 9. Convolu on of long dura on sequences using overlap add, overlapsave meter. 10. Working with a DSP processor. (fixed point -TMS320C-5X / Floa ng point ) series. i) Implement convolu on (Linear and circular convolu on) ii) FIR and IIR implementa on.

ECMI6029: MINI PROJECT III (2 credits) Mini projects are assigned to students individually or in groups by the Department under the supervision of the designated faculty member. The objec ve of the mini project is to train the students to design, simulate or study mini electronic or communica on systems which will give them hands on experience in re-crea ng the principles they have studied in their engineering classes. The mini projects taken up in the sixth semester are expected to be more advanced than the mini projects taken up in previous semesters.

ECOP6030: FIBER OPTIC COMMUNICATION LAB (2 credits) 1. Se ng up a fiber op c analog link using 650nm wavelength LED 2. Se ng up a fiber op c analog Link using 950 nm wavelength LED 3. Se ng up the frequency modula on technique. 4. Study of bending loss over op cal fiber. 5. Study of numerical aperture of an op cal fiber. 6. Se ng up an analog me division mul plexed and de-mul plexed through op cal fiber communica on link. 7. Study of the characteris cs of laser diodes. 8. Op cal Power (Po) of laser diode vs. laser diode forward current (IF). ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|211

9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

Monitor photo diode current (IM) vs. laser op cal power output (Po). Study of radia on pa ern of LED. Study of Pulse Wide Modula on technique through op cal fiber link Se ng up of fibre-op c link in op cal bench Measuring the refrac ve index of glass using Brewster’s Angle

ECTS6031: TRAINING SEMINAR (2 credits) Objective: During the semester break at the end of the third year, students are required to undergo an Industrial Training. The purpose of the Industrial Training is to expose students to real-life industry situations, so that they may be able to apply the engineering knowledge and skills that they have gained through class-room teaching and lab activities, in an on-the-job situation. After the period of training, students are to present their experience in the form of reports and seminar presentations. Students will be evaluated on the basis of seminar, viva voce examination and written reports.

ECMP6032: MAJOR PROJECT (PHASE I) (4 credits) During the last year of their study, B. Tech. students are required to take up a major project. This may be an individual project or a group project. The Major Project is an integral learning experience that encourages students to break away from the compartmentaliza on of the different courses they have studied during the three years of their study and aims to provide opportuni es to explore the inter-rela onships and inter-connectedness of the various courses and gather them together into a single learning experience. The major project focuses upon the following: ● Interdisciplinary: The major project provides a pla orm for students to apply the knowledge and skills acquired from different courses. ● Collabora on: It encourages students to work in groups over an extended period of me. They clarify the task, plan their work, share the responsibili es and work towards the successful comple on of the project. ● Process and Product: Project work focuses on both process and product. The process would include collabora on, gathering and processing of informa on. The product may take the form of a working model, a complete so ware package, etc. ● Wri en and Oral presenta on: Project work provides students with opportuni es to present their findings as a wri en thesis in a prescribed format and orally with an intended audience and purpose in mind. During the first phase in the seventh semester, students are expected to choose the project, prepare a synopsis under the guidance of a project supervisor appointed by the department, present the synopsis to the commi ee set up for the purpose, get approval for the synopsis and start the project work. Students are expected to submit weekly ac vity reports and present a progress seminar during this phase. They will also undergo a viva voce examina on, in which they will be examined on all the basic areas of the discipline in which they have chosen their project E-resource for learning LaTeX, www.spoken-tutorial.org

ECMP6033: MAJOR PROJECT (PHASE II) AND VIVA VOCE (8 credits) During the second phase students are expected to focus on process and comple on of the projects and prepare project reports under the guidance of the Supervisors. The internal assessments shall be evaluated by the DPEC and the external assessment shall be done by the external examiner(s) assisted by the DPEC and the supervisor. The modality and components of the internal assessment and their ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|212

weightages shall be no fied at the beginning of each semester. The External assessment shall have the following components: ● Project Implementa on: 40 marks ● Seminar presenta on: 20 marks ● Viva voce examina on: 20 marks ● Project documenta on: 20 marks

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|213

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING Vision To be a centre of technological excellence for outstanding educa on and research in electrical and electronics engineering, contribu ng to the world socially commi ed engineers capable of accep ng the con nuous challenges of technological advancements.

Mission The department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering of Don Bosco College of Engineering and Technology, School of Technology, Assam Don Bosco University seeks to: 1. Achieve excellence in teaching, research, prac ce and extension ac vi es in the fields of Engineering in general and Electrical and Electronics Engineering in par cular. 2. Provide a strong founda on for the students to make them professionally competent for industry and research. 3. Create an environment for the holis c development of individuals, encouraging them to serve the society with commitment and integrity. 4. Offer necessary support and guidance to individuals to shape their ideas into reality.

Programme Educational Objectives (PEOs) (i) To create an environment, give opportunity and also encourage the individuals to build a strong founda on of Electrical and Electronics Engineering as well as in elated interdisciplinary fields of study, to be able to contribute to the need of the industry and the society at large. (ii) To make students capable of genera ng ideas, apply their knowledge and analyse the situa ons for execu ng live projects in Electrical and Electronics Engineering, with modern tools, equipment and so ware. (iii) To inculcate the habit of teamwork and infuse management skills in the students for their future professional life. (iv) To guide students to become ethical professionals in their own fields of work and be conscious about the effect of technology on the environment.

DETAILED SYLLABUS EEBE0001: BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: This is a foundation course, the purpose of which is to understand the basic principles underlying the behaviour of electric circuits and electrical machines, generation, transmission and distribution of electrical energy. Module I: DC Networks (18 hours) DC Networks: Defini ons of ac ve, passive, linear, non-linear circuit elements and networks; Kirchoff’s Law, nodal and mesh analysis, voltage and current sources, dependent sources, star-delta conversion; network theorems – Superposi on, Thevenin’s, Norton’s and maximum power transfer theorems; transients in RL, RC circuits with DC excita on. Module II: Single Phase AC circuits (13 hours) Single Phase AC circuits: single phase EMF genera on, average and effec ve values of sinusoids, concept of capaci ve and induc ve reactances, j-opera ons, complex representa on of impedance, phasor-diagram, power factor, power in complex nota on, solu on of series and parallel circuits, introduc on to resonance in series RLC circuits.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|214

Module III: Three phase AC circuits (8 hours) Three phase AC circuits: Three phase EMF genera on, delta and star connec ons, line and phase quan es, power in three-phase balanced circuits, solu on of three-phase circuit with balanced load. Module IV: Magnetic Circuits (6 hours) Magne c circuits: B-H curve, Hysteresis, Permeability and Reluctance, solu on of simple magne c circuits, Hysteresis and Eddy current losses, Iron loss. Module V: DC Machines, Transformers and AC Machines (6 hours) a) DC Machines: Principle of opera on of generators and motors, EMF equa on, methods of excita on. b) Transformers: Construc on and principle of opera on of a single-phase transformer, EMF equa on Module VI: Measuring Instruments (7 hours) Measuring Instruments: Construc on and principle of opera on of permanent magnet moving coil, moving iron, ammeters and voltmeters. Module VII: Basics of Electrical Installations (2 hours) Domes c wiring; Types of cables (names only); Circuit layouts-single-phase AC mains to DB. Suggested Readings 1. Abhijit Chakrabarty et. al, Basic Electrical Engineering. Tata McGraw-Hill, New-Delhi, 2008. 2. V.K. Mehta and Rohit Mehta, Principles of Electrical Engineering, S. Chand Publishers, New-Delhi, 2008 3. B. L. Thereja et.al, A Textbook of Electrical Technology, Vol. I, S. Chand Publishers, New-Delhi, 2008. 4. R. Anand Natarajan, P. Ramesh Babu, Basic Electrical Engineering, , Scitech Publishers, July 2009. 5. C. L. Wadhwa, Basic Electrical Engineering, New Age interna onal Publishers. 6. J. B. Gupta, Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering, Katson Books. 7. Vincent Del Toro, Electrical Engineering Fundamentals, Pren ce Hall, 2002. 8. T. K. Nagsarkar and M. S. Sukhija, Basic Electrical Engineering, Second Edi on, Oxford University Press.

EEAP0002: ADVANCED POWER ELECTRONICS (3 credits - 45 hours) Objective: The use of semiconductor devices has pervaded the industrial applications relating to the field of Electrical, Electronics, Instrumentation and Control Engineering. Power-electronic components find their use in low as well as high power applications. The purpose of this course is to provide a good understanding of the power-electronic components and the behavior of power-electronic controllers by systematically presenting the various advanced aspects of semiconductor devices and power controllers. Module I: Power devices (15 hours) Review of line commutated converters, inverters, voltage control and Power factor improvement. Power Devices: BJT, MOSFET, IGBT and GTO - opera ng characteris cs and gate drive requirements and circuits. Switched - mode rec fier: various power circuit configura ons and wave shaping techniques. Synchronous link rec fiers: power circuit configura ons, control techniques, applica ons of converters in load compensa on, series compensators, and mul level converters. Module II: Inverters (15 hours) Voltage source inverters- single phase and six step inverters, voltage control and PWM strategies, and implementa on aspects, modifica on of power circuit for four quadrant opera on. Current source inverters- single phase and three phase power circuit configura on and analysis. Load commutated inverters- principle of opera on, modifica on of power circuit configura on for low frequency opera on. Phase Controllers.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|215

Module III: Converters (15 hours) Principles of opera on of non-isolated DC-DC converter: buck, boost, buck-boost, Cuk, flyback, forward, push-pull, half bridge, full bridge & isolated Cuk Converters etc. Input & output filter design, mul -output opera on of isolated converters, MMF equa ons, Principles of control pulse genera on: PWM & PFM. Modelling of the converters using state averaging techniques, Small signal analysis of DC-DC converters and closed loop control. Suggested Readings 1. N. Mohan, T.M. Undeland and W.P. Robbins, Power Electronics: converters, applica ons and design, John Wiley and Sons. 2. M.H. Rashid, Power Electronics, Pren ce Hall of India. 3. B.K. Bose, Power Electronics and A.C. Drives, Pren ce Hall. 4. L. Umanand, Power Electronics: essen als and applica on, Wiley. 5. R.W. Ericson, Fundamentals of Power Electronics, Chapman & Hall. 6. P. T. Krein, Elements of Power Electronics, Oxford Press.

EESP0003: SWITCHGEAR AND ADVANCED POWER SYSTEM PROTECTION (3 credits - 45 hours) Objective: In the present scenario, the deregulated energy market is under competitive environment. To compete with the rivals, market driven power utilities are being forced to improve their productivity and efficiency. System availability needs to be kept very high to ensure maximum continuity of electrical supply with minimum damage to life, equipment and property. This is only possible, if a dedicated and smart control and protection system is present. This course aims at introducing the students to the various advanced topics of switchgear and power system protection. Module I: Circuit Breakers (15 hours) The electric arc and circuit-breaker. Establishing an arc, discharge characteris c of arc, long arc, short arc, energy transfer between electric field and the arc column, energy transfer out of the column. Theories of arc interrup on - restriking voltage and energy balance theories and their applica ons. Switchgear installa on and criteria for selec on. Circuit breaker ra ngs, principles of ac circuit breaking, current chopping, switching of capaci ve currents. Kilometric faults, resistance switching, dc current interrup on. Principles of fusegear. Salient features and characteris cs of different arc interrup ng media – air, oil, air-blast, SF6, and vacuum. Module II: Protective Relays (20 hours) a) General philosophy of protec on-Characteris c func on of protec ve relays, basic relay elements and relay terminology, basic construc on of sta c relays, non-cri cal switching circuits. b) Protec ve relays: protec on of generators, transformer protec on, magne zing inrush current, applica on and connec on of transformer differen al relays, transformer over current protec on. Bus protec on, Techniques applicable for line protec on: long EHV line protec on, local and remote backup protec on, breaker failure protec on. c) Placement of reactors in power system- Transformer tap changing, Protec on of boosters capacitors in an interconnected power system. Module III: Digital Protection (10 hours) Digital signal processing: digital filtering in protec on relays, numeric protec on, tes ng Digital filtering in protec on relays, digital data transmission, relay hardware, relay algorithms, concepts of modern coordinated control system. Suggested Readings 1. C. H. Flurscheim., Power Circuit Breaker Theory and Design, Peter Peregrinus Ltd. 2. J.L. Blackburn, Protec ve Relaying – Principles and Applica ons, Marcel Dekkar, INC, New York. 3. B. Ram and Vishwakarma, Power System Protec on and Switchgear, TATA McGraw Hill. 4. Y.G. Paithankar, S.R. Bhide, Fundamental of Power System Protec on, PHI. 5. T.S.M. Rao, Power System Protec on – Sta c Relays, Tata McGraw Hill. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|216

6. 7. 8. 9.

S.P. Patra, S.K. Basu and S. Choudhary, Power System Protec on, Oxford IBH Pub. B. Ravindernath and M. Chander, Power System Protec on and Switchgear, Wiley Eastern Ltd. K. Regaller, Current Interrup on in High Voltage Networks, Plenum Press. Stanley, H. Horowitz, Protec ve relaying for power systems II, IEEE Press.

EEAE0004: APPLICATIONS OF POWER ELECTRONICS IN POWER SYSTEMS (3 credits - 45 hours) Objective: This course gives an introduction to the fundamental concepts of high voltage dc transmission systems and technology of flexible ac transmission systems to enhance controllability and power transfer capability in ac systems, involves applications of power electronics in power systems in the range of a few tens to hundred megawatts to improve reliability of power supply and opens up new opportunities for controlling power and enhancing the usable capacity of present, as well as new and upgraded lines. Module I: HVDC (10 hours) Need for HVDC, AC vs. DC: Compara ve advantages. Converters and their characteris cs. Control of the converters (CC and CEA), Parallel and series opera on of converters. Equivalence of a dc system in an ac system. Per unit systems. AC-DC load flow analysis Module II: FACTS Controllers (20 hours) Steady state and dynamic problems in AC systems. Flexible AC transmission systems (FACTS). Principles of series and shunt compensa on. Descrip on of sta c VAR compensators (SVC), Thyristor Controlled series compensators (TCSC), Sta c voltage and phase angle regulators: TCVR and TCPAR, Sta c condenser (STATCON), Thyristor Switched series capacitor (TSSC), Sta c synchronous series compensator (SSSC) and Unified power flow controller (UPFC), Interline Power Flow Controller (IPFC). Module II: Power Quality (15 hours) Control strategies to improve system stability.; Power Quality problems in distribu on systems, harmonics, harmonics crea ng loads, modelling, harmonic propaga on, Series and parallel resonances, harmonic power flow, Mi ga on of harmonics, filters, passive filters, Ac ve filters, shunt, series hybrid filters, voltage sags and swells, voltage flicker. Mi ga on of power quality problems using power electronic condi oners. IEEE standards: Shunt Compensator and series compensator. Suggested Readings 1. N.G. Hingorani, L. Gyugyi, Understanding FACTS: Concepts and Technology of flexible ac transmission system, Wiley. 2. E.W. Kimbark, Direct current Transmission, Vol. I, Wiley Interscience. 3. J. Arrillaga, High Voltage Direct Current Transmission, Peter Peregrines. 4. K.R. Padiyar, HVDC Power Transmission Systems, New Age Interna onal (P) Ltd., Publishers. 5. Y.H. Song and A.T. Johns, Flexible ac transmission systems (FACTS), Ins tu on of Electrical Engineers Press, London. 6. K.R. Padiyar, FACTS controllers for transmission and Distribu on systems, New Age interna onal Publishers. 7. J. Arrillaga, C.P. Arnold and B.J. Harker, Computer Modelling of Electrical Power Systems, John Wiley & Sons. 8. G.T. Heydt, Power Quality, Stars in a Circle Publica ons, Indiana. 9. T.J.E. Miller, Sta c Reac ve Power Compensa on, John Wiley and Sons, New York. 10. R.M. Mathur and R.K. Varma, Thyristor - based FACTS controllers for Electrical transmission systems, John Wiley & Sons.

EECS0005: ADVANCED CONTROL SYSTEMS (3 credits - 45 hours) Objective: The objective of this course is to present in detail different topics of advance control engineering like various representation of control system, concept of feedback, design of controller, ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|217

different models and the stability of different control system. Module I: Introduction (8 hours) Introductory matrix algebra and linear vector space, State space representa on of systems, lineariza on, solu on of state equa ons. Evalua on of state transi on matrix (STM). Simula on of state equa on using SCILAB SCICOS/XCOS program. Module II: System representation and transformation (9 hours) Similarity transforma on and invariance of system proper es due to similarity transforma ons, minimal realiza on of SISO, SIMO, MISO transfer func on, discre sa on of a con nuous me state space model, convert state space model to transfer func on model using Fadeeva algorithm. Module III: Feedback control (10 hours) Fundamental theorem of feedback control, Controllability and controllable canonical form. Pole assignment by state feedback using Ackermann’s formula. Controllable canonical form and numerically stable method based on controllable Hessenberg form. Algebraic Ricca equa on using Eigenvalue and Eigenvector methods, itera ve method and numerically stable algorithm. Module IV: Controller design (8 hours) Controller design using output feedback. Observability and observable canonical forms. Design of full order observer using Ackermann’s formula, observable canonical form, observable Hessenberg canonical form, and Bassgura algorithm. Duality. Module V: Observability based controller (10 hours) Observer based controller design. Reduced order observer design. Internal stability of a system. Stability in the sense of Liapunov, Asympto c stability of linear me invariant con nuous and discrete me systems. Solu on of Liapunov type equa on. Model decomposi on and decoupling by state feedback. Disturbance rejec on. Sensi vity and complementary sensi vity func ons, internal model control (IMC). Suggested Readings 1. N.N. Nise, Control System Engineering, 5e, Willey & Sons. 2. B.C. Kuo, Automa c Control System, 4e, Pren ce Hall. 3. W.A. Wolowich, Automa c Control Systems, Basic Analysis and Design, Indian Edi on, Oxford University Press. 4. K. Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, 5e, Pren ce Hall.

EEIN0006: INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION (3 credits - 45 hours) Objective: The objective of this course is to impart knowledge of different control elements of a control system used in industries. It mainly discusses controllers of different types, their implementation, their characteristics, and various modes of operation Module I: Signal Conditioning (10 Hours) Introduc on to Signal Condi oning, Analog-Digital Signal conversions, Process control principles, Iden fica on of elements, Block diagram, The loop Control system, evalua on stability, Regula on-Evalua on criteria, Cyclic response. Module II: Final Control Element (12 Hours) Final Control Element: Final control opera on, Signal conversions- Analog electrical signal, Digital electrical signals, Direct ac on – Pneuma c signals; Actuators, Electrical actuators, Pneuma c actuators; Control elements – Fluid valves- Signal condi oning of transducers, Temperature transducers, Flow transducers. Module III: Industrial Electronics (13 Hours) Power diode – Power transistor – Power MOSFET – SCR – TRIAC – GTO – IGBT MCT –Protec on of power devices. Block diagram of closed loop speed control of DC motors, Necessity of inner current ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|218

control loop, current sensing, Block diagrams including rec fier and inverter for speed control of AC motors (frequency control only) Module IV: Control Methods (10 Hours) Control Loop Characteris cs: Control system configura ons- Cascade control, Mul variable control, Feed forward control, Split range control, Inferen al control, Adap ve control. Control system quality – Loop disturbance, Op mum control, Measure of quality, Stability; Process loop tuning. Suggested Readings 1. M. H. Rashid, “Power Electronics Circuits, Devices and Applica on”, PHI. 2. G. M. Chute and R. D. Chute, “ Electronics in Industry”, McGraw Hill Ltd, Tokyo. 3. C.D. Johnson, Process Control Instrumenta on Technology, Pearson Educa on. 4. C.D. Johnson, Microprocessors in Process Control, PHI. 5. G. Stephanopoulos, Chemical Process Control, Pren ce-Hall Interna onal. 6. S.E. LeBlanc, D.R. Coughanowr, Process Analysis and Control, McGraw-Hill Higher Educa on. 7. P.B. Deshpande and R.H. Ash, Elements of Computer Process Control with Advanced Control Applica ons, Instrument Society of America, Pren ce Hall. 8. J.K. Paul, Real- Time microcomputer control of Industrial processes, Kluwer Publica ons, Netherlands. 9. S. K. Singh, Computer Aided Process Control, PHI. 10. D.E. Seborg, T.F. Edgar, D.A. Mellichamp, Process Dynamics and Control, Wiley India.

EEOT0007: OPTIMIZATION THEORY AND APPLICATIONS (3 credits-45 hours) Objective:This subject introduces optimization theory and its importance in solving of engineering problems. Students can learn linear and nonlinear programming, constrained and unconstrained optimization in this subject. Module I:Introduction and Linear Programming (18 hours) a) Importance in solving system engineering problems, Convex sets and func ons, affine and convex sets, suppor ng and separa ng hyper planes, dual cones and generalized inequali es. b) Introduc on to Linear Programming problem- Formula on, Simplex Method, Dual Simplex Method, Sensi vity Analysis, Duality in Programming. Module II: Introduction to Nonlinear Programming (10 hours) Unconstrained op miza on-formula on of quadra c op miza on problems, gradient descent and steepest descent methods; Quasi-Newton Method, Fibonacci & golden sec on, Quadra c Interpola on method. Module III: Constrained Optimization (10 hours) Direct op miza on, Cu ng plane methods, methods of feasible direc on, analy c center cu ng plane methods, Mul -objec ve op miza on-Gene c Algorithm and Par cle swarm op miza on, Kuhn-Tucker condi ons. Module IV: Dynamic Programming (7 hours) Principle of op mality, recursive equa on approach, applica on to shortest route, Cargo Loading, alloca on & produc on, schedule problems. Suggested Readings 1. S. S. Rao, Op miza on theory and applica ons, Wiley Eastern Ltd. 2. K. V. Mi al, Op miza on methods, Wiley Eastern Ltd. 3. R. Fletcher, Prac cal Op miza on, John Wiley and Sons, New York. 4. M. S. Bazaraa , H. D. Sherali and C. She y , Nonlinear Programming, Theory and Algorithms, John Wiley and Sons, New York. 5. N. A. Kheir, System modeling and computer simula on, Marcel Decker, New York. 6. G.A Korn., Interac ve Dynamic System Simula on, McGraw Hill, N.Y. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|219

EEES0008: EMBEDDED SYSTEMS AND APPLICATIONS (4 credits - 60 hours) Objective: This subject gives an introduction to basics of various types of microcontroller. Also it teaches Assembly as well as C programming of microcontroller 8051 and applications of microcontroller in different measurement systems. Module I: Introduction (11 Hours) History of Microcontroller and microprocessor, Difference between Microcontroller and microprocessor, Introduc on to MPU of different categories- such as Microcontroller- 8051, AVR etc, their specific features, advantages. Module II: Microcontroller 8051 (9 Hours) Introduc on, MCS-51 Architecture, Registers, interrupts, Timer and Serial input/out.

I/O

Ports, Memory organiza on, Hardware

Module III: Assembly/ C Programming of Microcontroller 8051 (10 Hours) Instruc ons- Addressing modes, Arithme cal, Logical Jumps. Loops and Call etc., Interrupts, Timers/ Counters and Serial Communica ons. Module IV: Application of MCS-51 (20 Hours) Interfacing 7-segment display. LCD, Keyboard, principle DAC and ADC using ladder network. Mul -channel programmable parallel data BUS ADC, Mul -channel programmable SPI base ADC. Basic features of an embedded system used for real- me prac cal applica on. Data- logger. Development of instrumenta on system for measurement of - light intensity, temperature, pressure, flow, frequency, pulse width, voltage, angular speed, pH etc. Genera on of PWM wave. PID controller, analy cal instruments such as Sequen al control and interlock control. Module V: Introduction to AVR ATmega 16/32 (10 Hours) Basic port opera on, configura on in-built ADC for sampling analog signal, serial data communica on through TxD and RxD and fundamental of mer opera ons. Suggested Readings 1. A.V. Deshmukh , Microcontrollers : Theory and Applica ons, Tata McGraw-Hill. 2. Md A. Mazidi, J.G. Mazidi and R.D. McKinlay, The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded system using assembly and C, Pearson Educa on India. 3. Md A. Mazidi, Sarmad Naimi, Sepehr Naimi, The AVR Microcontroller and Embedded using assembly and C, Pren ce Hall.

EEED0009: ADVANCED ELECTRIC DRIVES (3 credits - 45 hours) Objective: This course helps in the detailed analysis of AC and DC drives and control with converters, cyclo-converter and choppers and voltage control of AC motor drives along with stability considerations and application. Module I: Modeling of Machines (11 Hours) Generalized theory and Kron’s primi ve machine model, Modeling of dc machines, Modeling of induc on machine, Modeling of synchronous machine, Reference frame theory and per unit system. Module II: Induction motor control (12 Hours) Control of Induc on Motor Drive, Scalar control of induc on motor, Principle of vector control and field orienta on, Sensorless control and flux observers, Direct torque and flux control of induc on motor, Mul level converter- fed induc on motor drive, U lity friendly induc on motor drive. Module III: Control of synchronous motor (12 Hours) Control of synchronous motor, Self-controlled synchronous motor, Vector control of synchronous motor; Cycloconverter-fed synchronous motor drive, Control of synchronous reluctance motor. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|220

Module IV: Control of special motors (10 Hours) Control of Special Electric Machines; Permanent magnet synchronous motor. Suggested Readings 1. R. Krishnan, Electric Motor Drives: Modeling analysis and control, Pren ce hall of India. 2. B.K. Bose, Power Electronics and AC drives, Pren ce Hall of India. 3. P. Vas, Vector Control of A.C machines, Clarendon Press, Oxford. 4. H. Leonhard, Control of Electric Drives, Springer, Verilog. 5. T.J.E. Miller, Brushless permanent magnet and reluctance motor drives, Clarendon Press, Oxford. 6. N. Mohan, Advanced Electric Drives: Analysis, Control, and Modeling Using MATLAB/Simulink, Wiley. 7. S.K. Pillai, A First Course on Electrical Drives, New Age Interna onal. 8. S.K. Pillai, Basics of Electrical Drives, New Academic Science

EEAP0010: ADVANCED POWER SYSTEM ANALYSIS (3 credits - 45 hours) Objective: This course gives an introduction to the fundamental concepts related to the design, analysis of modern power generation systems and their operation in economic mode, develops awareness of the technical problems associated with operation of such systems and their control, analytical and numerical modeling skills for handling particular problems. Module I: Bus Matrices (12 hours) Building algorithm for bus impedance matrix, Modifica on of bus impedance matrix for change of reference bus for network changes, Forma on of bus admi ance matrix and modifica on, Gauss elimina on, Node elimina on (Kron reduc on), Sparsity, Calcula on of Z bus elements for Y bus. Z -matrix for short circuit studies Module II: Optimal power flow (12 hours) Introduc on, Linear programming and nonlinear programming techniques to op mal power flow problems, Control of ac ve and reac ve power, reac ve power op miza on, Security and con ngency studies. Module III: Hydrothermal Scheduling (13 hours) Economic load dispatch in thermal and hydro thermal system; Hydroelectric plant model. Energy scheduling, Incremental water rate. Coordina on equa ons for short-range hydrothermal scheduling with fixed head hydro plant. Computa onal flow-chart. Op mal scheduling of hydrothermal system using discre za on and gradient vector approach. Module IV: Unit Commitment and State Estimation (8 hours) a) Unit commitment problem. Solu on of the problem by priority list scheduling and using dynamic programming principle. b) Introduc on to state es ma on, maximum likelihood weighted least square error es ma on, State es mate of an AC network. Suggested Readings 1. G.W. Stagg and A.H EI-Abaid, Computer methods in Power system analysis, McGraw Hill, New York. 2. G. L. Kusic, Computer-Aided Power System Analysis, Pren ce Hall of India, New Delhi. 3. I.J. Nagrath and D.P. Kothari, Modern Power System Analysis, TMH, New Delhi. 4. B. R. Gupta, Genera on of Electrical Energy, S. Chand & Co. Ltd. N. Delhi 5. J.J. Grainger and W. D. Stevenson, Power System Analysis, McGraw Hill, New York. 6. A. J. Wood and W.F. Wollenberg, Power Genera on, Opera on, and Control, 2nd Edn., John Wiley & Sons, New York. 7. O. I. Elgerd, Electric Energy Systems Theory: An Introduc on, McGraw Hill, New York. 8. P.S.R. Murty, Power System Opera on and Control, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|221

9. R. Bergen, Vijay Vi al, Power Systems Analysis, Pren ce Hall of India, New Delhi 10. M.A. Pai, Computer Techniques in Power System Analysis, Tata McGraw hill, New Delhi.

EEIC0011: POWER SYSTEM INTERCONNECTION AND CONTROL (3 credits - 45 hours) Objective: The objective of this course is to learn about power system operation and control as well as different constraint aspects of generation of electrical energy. Also knowledge about operation of restructured power systems is important for understanding electric utilities and deregulation. This course also aims at this aspect of power system economics towards designing markets for electricity. Module I: Power System Operation (14 hours) Control of voltage, frequency and e-line power flows, Q-v and P-f control loops. Mechanism of real and reac ve power control. Load frequency control problem. Models of various subsystems of a genera ng unit.Governor characteris cs.Steady-state and dynamic analysis. Types of Automa c load frequency controls for interconnected power systems, types of energy interchange. Module II: Voltage and reactive power control (12 hours) Posi ve and nega ve reac ve power, power factor improvement, Var requirements during peak and off-peak hours, Line voltage regula on and compensa on, Sources of VARS: Var genera on by synchronous machines, Automa c excita on control (IEEE type 1)- sta c and dynamic responses, Shunt compensa on by SVS, Series compensa on, Shunt reactor, synchronous condensers, FACTS controllers. Voltage control using tap changing and regula ng transformer, Excita on systems: requirements, types- ac, dc and sta c types; Automa c Voltage Regulators- du es, quali es, principle of opera on and types. Module III: Modelling of Turbine, Generator and Automatic Controllers (11 hours) Steam turbine model, governor model; Modelling of generator for steady state condi ons: Alternator parallel opera on-effect of change in excita on, change in steam supply, sharing of load; Synchronizing current and power; swing equa on; Generator Model for load frequency control; Computer control of power system: hardware and so ware requirement,Data acquisi on, SCADA. Module IV: Power System Restructuring (8 hours) Fundamentals of restructured system, Market Architecture, Deregula on,Power system restructuring models based on energy trading and contractual arrangements, Different ISO models,Transmission Pricing in a restructured electricity market, Conges on Management: typesprice area based, ATC based and OPF based, Inter zonal and intra zonal conges on management, ATC, ABT,Ancillary Services in restructured electricity market. Suggested Readings 1. P.S.R.Murty, Power System Opera on and Control, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi. 2. L.L. Lai, Power System Restructuring and Deregula on: Trading, Performance and Informa on Technology, John Wiley and Sons. 3. B.R. Gupta, Genera on of Electrical Energy, S. Chand & Co. Ltd. N. Delhi. 4. B.R. Gupta, Er. VandanaSinghal, Power System Opera on and Control, S. Chand & Co. Ltd. N. Delhi. 5. P. Venkatesh, B.V. Manikandan, S. Charles Raja, A. Srinivasan, Electrical Power System, PHI Learning Private Limited. 6. Lorrin Philipson, H. Lee Willis, Understanding electric u li es and de-regula on, Marcel Dekker Pub. 7. Steven Sto , Power system economics: designing markets for electricity, John Wiley and Sons. 8. Kankar Bha acharya, Jaap E. Daadler, Math H.J. Boolen, Opera on of restructured power systems, Kluwer Academic Pub. 9. Mohammad Shahidehpour, Muwaffaq Alomoush, Restructured electrical power systems: opera on, trading and vola lity, Marcel Dekker Pub.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|222

EEAI0012: ADVANCED INSTRUMENTATION (3 credits - 45 hours) Objective: The objective of this course is to teach the general concept of measurement system. It gives knowledge of different types of sensors, transmitter and their design. Also it introduces the students to virtual instruments, Data acquisition system, and graphical user interface (GUI) Module I: Introduction (12 Hours) General concepts and terminology of measurement systems, sta c and dynamic characteris cs, errors, standards and calibra on. Least square calibra on curves, Calibra on accuracy, installed accuracy, Effect of measurement error on quality control decision in manufacturing, sta c sensi vity. Computer aided calibra on and measurement, Generalized Mathema cal modeling of instruments, Classifica on of instruments based on their order, response of instruments to standard test input (Step, Impulse, ramp), frequency response studies. Module II: Sensors and Transmitters (11 Hours) Sensors, Thermal sensors; Metal resistance versus temperature devices; Resistance temperature detectors, Characteris cs of thermistor and thermocouple, Design considera ons of thermal sensors. Introduc on to transmi ers, Two wire and four wire transmi ers, Smart and intelligent transmi ers, Design of transmi ers. Module III: Signal conditioning, Data acquisition and transmission (12 Hours) Cable transmission of analog voltage and current signals, Cable transmission of digital data, Fiber op c data transmission, Radio telemetry, Synchro posi on repeater systems, Slip rings and rotary transformers. Engineered data acquisi on and processing Systems. Versa le modular system emphasizing analog signal processing; Instrument inter connec on systems, Sensor based computerized data system, Computer aided experimenta on, Condi onal descrip on of the computer system. Module IV: Virtual Instrumentation (10 Hours) Historical perspec ve, Advantages, Block diagram and architecture of a virtual instrument, Data flow techniques, Graphical programming in data flow, Comparison with conven onal programming, Development of virtual Instrument using Graphical User Interface (GUI). Suggested Readings 1. E.O. Doebelin, Measurement Systems - Applica on and Design, Fi h Edi on, Tata Mc-Graw-Hill Interna onal Edi on, New York. 2. D.E. Seborg, T.F. Edgar, D.A. MelliChamp, Process Dynamics and Control, Second Edi on, Wiley-India. 3. J.P. Bentley, Principles of Measurement Systems, Third Edi on, Addison Wesley Longman Ltd., U.K. 4. C.D. Johnson, Process Control Instrumenta on Technology, Eighth Edi on, Pearson Pren ce Hall. 5. L.K. Wells & J. Travis, LabVIEW for everyone, Pren ce Hall, New Jersey.

EEOC0013: OPTIMAL CONTROL SYSTEMS (3 credits - 45 hours) Objective: The objective of this subject is to introduce the students to different optimal control theory, computational methods in optimal control and application of mathematical programming to practical problems. Module I: Introduction (10 Hours) Sta c and dynamic op miza on. Parameter op miza on. Problem formula on, state variable representa on of systems, performance measures for op mal control problems, selec ng a performance measure, examples. Module II: Calculus of Variations (12 Hours) Problems of Lagrange, Mayer and Bolza. Euler - Language equa on and transversality condi ons, Lagrange mul piliers. Pontryagin’s maximum principle theory; applica on to minimum me, energy ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|223

and control effort problems and terminal control problem. Module III: Dynamic programming (13 Hours) Belaman’s principle of op mality, mul stage decision processes. Applica on to op mal Control; Linear regulator problem: matrix Ricca equa on and its solu on, tracking problem. Module IV: Computational methods (10 Hours) Computa onal methods in op mal control, applica on of mathema cal programming, Singular perturba ons, prac cal examples. Suggested Readings 1. D.E. Kirk, Op mal Control Theory, Pren ce-Hall. 2. A.P. Sage and C.C. White II, Op mum Systems Control, 2nd ED., Pren ce- Hall. 3. D. Tabak and B.C. Kuo, Op mal Control by Mathema cal Programming, Pren ce Hall. 4. B.D.O. Anderson and J.B. Moore, Linear Op mal Control, Pren ce-Hall.

EEPI0014: PROCESS CONTROL INSTRUMENTATION (3 credits - 45 hours) Objective: The objective of this course is to introduce different process modeling, nonlinear process control, controller characteristics. Also it introduces computer control, direct digital control, and supervisory control as part of advanced process control Module I: Process modeling (10 hours) Introduc on to Process control and process instrumenta on , Hierarchies in process control systems. Theore cal models, Transfer func on, State space models, Time series models, Development of empirical models from process data, Chemical reactor modeling. Module II: Introduction to Nonlinear process control (14 hours) Model Reference Nonlinear Controller (MRNC) - MRNC incorpora ng integral and deriva ve ac ons - MRNC for systems with rela ve order two or higher, Series cascade control of nonlinear systems, parallel cascade control of nonlinear systems, Control of nonlinear , non-minimum phase systems with input mul plici es. Parallel cascade control of non-minimum phase systems with input mul plici es- control of nonlinear systems with significant actuator dynamics, Control of nonlinear systems with actuator delay, nonlinear control of mul variable systems with input or output constraints, problems. Module III: Introduction to controller characteristics (9 hours) Process characteris cs, process equa on, process load, process lag, self-regula on, control system parameters, error, variable range, control parameter range, control lag, dead me, cycling, controller modes, discon nuous controller modes, two-posi on modes, mul posi on mode, floa ng control mode, con nuous controller modes, composite controller modes. Module IV: Advanced process control (12 hours) Mul -loop and mul variable control, Process Interac ons, Singular value analysis, Tuning of mul loop PID control systems. Decoupling control. Computer control of processes: Direct Digital Control (DDC), Supervisory Control and advanced control strategies. Suggested Readings 1. M. Chidambaram, Nonlinear Process Control, New Age Interna onal (P) limited publishers, New Delhi. 2. D.C. Johnson, Instrumenta on Technology, (7th Edi on), Pren ce Hall India. 3. Ernest O. Doebelin, Measurement system Applica on and Design, McGraw Hill Interna onal Edi ons. 4. D.E. Seborg, T.F. Edgar and D.A. Mellichamp, Process Dynamics and Control, John Wiley. 5. Sherman, R.E. (Ed), Analy cal instrumenta on, Instrument Society of America Publica on. 6. F.G. Shinskey, Process Control Systems: Applica ons, Design and Tuning (3rd Edi on), McGraw Hill Book Co. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|224

7. 8.

B.W. Beque e, Process control: modeling, design, and simula on, Pren ce Hall PTR. K. Krishnaswamy, Process Control, New Age Interna onal.

EECN0015: CIRCUIT THEORY AND NETWORKS (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: The objective of this course is to understand the physical laws that govern the response of circuits and networks. The student should obtain equations to solve circuits in steady and in transitory state through the application of mathematical and software tools. Module I (18 hours) a) Different types of systems and networks: Con nuous and Discrete, Fixed and Time varying, Linear and Non-linear, Lumped and distributed, Passive and Ac ve Networks and Systems; b) Network theorems and their applica ons in circuit analysis, Formula on of network equa ons, Source transforma ons, Loop variable analysis and node variable analysis. Module II (16 hours) a) Laplace transform of impulse and sinusoidal steps waveforms for RL, RC, LC and RLC Circuits. b) Fourier series and Fourier Transform. c) Transient analysis of different electrical circuits with and without ini al condi ons d) Three-phase circuit fundamentals Module III (18 hours) a) Graph of network, concept of tree branch, tree link. Incidence matrix, Tie-set matrix and loop currents, Cut set matrix and node pair poten als. b) Two port networks, Open circuit Impedance and Short circuit admi ance parameters, Transmission parameters, hybrid parameters, and their inter-rela ons. Module IV (8 hours) a) Indefinite admi ance matrix - their applica ons to the analysis of ac ve network, Ac ve filter analysis and synthesis using opera onal amplifier, resonance. b) Coupled circuits: analysis of coupled circuits, self and mutual inductance, coefficient of coupling. Suggested Readings 1. D Roy Choudhury, Networks and Systems, New Age Interna onal 2. Abhijit Chakrabar , Circuit Theory (Analysis and Synthesis), Dhanpat Rai and Co., New Delhi 3. ME Van Valkenburg, Network Analysis, Pren ce Hall 4. Joseph Administer, Electric Circuits, Schaum’s Outline Series 5. David A Bell, Electric Circuits, PHI 6. MS Shukhija and TK Nagsarkar, Circuits and Networks, Oxford University Press, 2010 7. William H. Hayt Jr., Jack E. Kemmerly, Steven M. Durbin, Engineering Circuit Analysis, TMH.

EEMS0016: ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC MATERIALS (3 credits – 45 hours) Objective: The course is aimed at imparting knowledge of various types of materials that is being used for electrical and electronic equipment. Various properties of the materials will be discussed which will enable engineers to decide on appropriate selection and use of material for desired application. Module I: Introduction to Electrical and Electronic Materials (15 hours) Engineering materials, Classifica on, proper es, Energy bond descrip on. Conduc ve materials: Ohm's law and relaxa on me of electrons: relaxa on me, collision me and mean free path. Electric sca ering and resis vity of metals, Heat developed in current carrying conductor, thermal conduc vity of metals, Superconduc vity, cryoconductors. Module II: Dielectric properties in static field (15 hours) Polariza on and its mechanism, dielectric constant of monoatomic gases a) dielectric breakdown in liquids: colloidal theory, Bubble theory, Breakdown due to liquid globules ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|225

b) c) d)

dielectric breakdown of solids: Intrinsic breakdown, Frochlich's theory, Theory of Van Hippel, Thermal and discharge breakdown dielectric breakdown in gases : Growth of current, breakdown mechanism, electron ioniza on coefficient, secondary ioniza on coefficient, Townsend's criterion Dielectric proper es in alterna ng field: Frequency dependence of electronic polarisiblity, ionic polariza on as func on of frequency, complex dielectric constant of non dipolar solids, dielectric losses.

Module III: Insulating materials (7 hours) Dielectric gases, liquid insula ng materials, solid insula ng materials, modern trends in electrical insulators, insula on measurement, electric strength of liquids, factor influencing the characteris cs of insula ng system. Effect of moisture on insula ng system. Insula ng materials for electric and electronic equipments. Module IV: Magnetic properties of materials (8 hours) Magne c material classifica on, origin of permanent magne c dipole, Dimagne sm, Paramagne sm, ferromagne c domains, Magnetostric on, factor affec ng permeability and hysteresis loss, an ferromagne sm, ferrimane sm, magne c resonance Suggested Readings 1. CS Indulkar, S Thiruvengadam, An Introduc on to Electrical Materials, S Chand Publica ons, New Delhi 2. SP Seth and PV Gutpa, A Course in Electrical Engineering Materials, Dhanpat Rai Publica ons, New Delhi 3. A. J. Dekker, Electric Engineering Materials, Pren ce Hall. 4. S.K.Bha acharya, Electrical and Electronic Engineering Materials, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi. 5. S.M. Dhir, Electronic Components and Materials, Tata Mc Graw Hill, New Delhi. 6. J. Allison, Electronic Engineering Materials and Devices, McGraw Hill.

EEMT0017: ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY (3 Credits – 45 hours) Objective: The aim of the course is to introduce students to electromagnetic theory including vector differential and integral operators, electrostatics, magnetostatics and related applications. Module I (14 hours) a) The coordinate systems, rectangular, cylindrical, and Spherical coordinate system. Coordinate transforma on. Gradient of a scalar field, Divergence of a vector field and Curl of a vector field. Their physical interpreta on. The Laplacian. Divergence theorem, Stokes’ theorem. Useful vector iden fies. b) Electrosta cs: The experimental law of Coulomb, Electric field intensity. Field due to a line charge, Sheet Charge and con nuous volume charge distribu on. Electric flux and flux density; Gauss’s law. Applica on of Gauss’s law. Energy and Poten al . The poten al gradient. The Electric dipole. The equipoten al surfaces. Energy stored in an electrosta c field. Boundary condi ons. Capacitors and Capacitances. Poisson’s and Laplace’s equa ons. Solu ons of simple boundary value problems. Method of images. Module II (10 hours) a) Steady electric currents: Current densi es, Resistance of a conductor; The equa on of con nuity. Joules law. Boundary condi ons for current densi es. The EMF. b) Magnetosta cs: The Biot-Savart law. Amperes’ force law. Torque exerted on a current carrying loop by a magne c field. Gauss’s law for magne c fields. Magne c vector poten al. Magne c field intensity and Ampere’s circuital law. Boundary condi ons. Magne c materials. Energy in magne c field. Magne c circuits. Applica on to cathode ray oscilloscope. Module III (15 hours) a) Faraday’s Law of Induc on, Self and Mutual inductance. Maxwell’s equa ons from Ampere’s and ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|226

b)

c)

Gauss’s laws. Maxwell’s equa ons in differen al and integral forms, Equa on of con nuity. Concept of displacement current. Electromagne c boundary condi ons. Poyn ng’s theorem, TimeHarmonic EM fields. Applica on to transformer. Plane wave Propaga on: Helmholtz wave equa on. Plane wave solu on. Plane wave propaga on in lossless and lossy dielectric medium and conduc ng medium. Plane wave in good conductor, surface resistance, depth of penetra on. Polariza on of EM wave - Linear, Circular and Ellip cal polariza on. Normal and Oblique incidence of linearly Polarized wave at the plane boundary of a perfect conductor, Dielectric- Dielectric Interface. Reflec on and Transmission coefficient for parallel and perpendicular polariza ons, Brewstr angle.

Module IV (6 hours) Antennas: Physical concept of radia on from an antenna. Wave equa ons in terms of poten al func ons. The concept of retarded vector poten al. Hertzian Dipole: near zone fields, Radia on fields, Radia on resistance, Direc ve gain and direc vity. A magne c dipole. A short dipole antenna. The Half wave Dipole Antenna. Monopole Antenna. Pa ern Mul plica on Antenna Arrays, Linear Arrays. Receiving Antennas. Suggested Readings 1. W.H. Hayt, Engineering Electromagne cs, TMH 2. T.V.S. Arunmurthy, Electromagne c Fields (Theory and Problems), S.Chand 3. P.V. Gupta, Introductory Course in Electromagne c Fields, Dhanpat Rai and Co., 2007 4. S.P. Seth, Elements of Electro Magne c Fields, Dhanpat Rai Publica ons 5. Constan ne A Balamis, Antenna Theory: Analysis and Design, 3rd Ed., Wiley

EEEI0018: ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTATION AND MEASUREMENTS (4 credits - 60 hours) Objective: The course is aimed at introducing the concept of measurement and the related instrumentation requirement as a vital ingredient of electronics and communication engineering to learn basic concepts of electronic measurements, importance of signal generators and signal analyzers in measurements and relevance of digital instruments in measurements. Module I (14 hours) a) Performance characteris cs of instruments, Sta c characteris cs, Accuracy, Resolu on, Precision, Expected value, Error, Sensi vity. Errors in Measurement, Dynamic Characteris cs-speed of response, Fidelity, Lag and Dynamic error. DC Voltmeters - Mul range, Range extension/Solid state and differen al voltmeters, AC voltmeters - mul range, range extension, shunt. Thermocouple type RF ammeter, Ohmmeters series type, and shunt type, Mul meter for Voltage, Current and resistance measurements. b) Signal Generator - fixed and variable, AF oscillators, Standard and AF sine and square wave signal generators, Func on Generators, Square pulse, Random noise, sweep, Arbitrary waveform. Module II (16 hours) a) Wave Analyzers, Harmonic Distor on Analyzers, Spectrum Analyzers, Digital Fourier Analyzers. b) Oscilloscopes CRT features, ver cal amplifiers, horizontal deflec on system, sweep, trigger pulse, delay line, sync selector circuits, simple CRO, triggered sweep CRO, Dual beam CRO, Measurement of amplitude and frequency. Module III (16 hours) a) Dual trace oscilloscope, sampling oscilloscope, storage oscilloscope, digital readout oscilloscope, digital storage oscilloscope, Lissajous method of frequency measurement, standard specifica ons of CRO, probes for CRO- Ac ve and Passive, a enuator type, Frequency counter, Time and Period measurement. b) AC Bridges- Measurement of inductance- Maxwell’s bridge, Anderson bridge. Measurement of capacitance - Schearing Bridge. Wheatstone bridge. Wien Bridge, Errors and precau ons in using bridges. Q-meter. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|227

Module IV (14 hours) a) Transducers- ac ve and passive transducers : Resistance, Capacitance, inductance; Strain gauges, LVDT, Piezo Electric transducers, Resistance Thermometers, Thermocouples, Thermistors, Sensistors. b) Measurement of physical parameters force, pressure, velocity, humidity, moisture, speed, proximity and displacement. Data acquisi on systems. Suggested Readings 1. A.K. Sawhney, Electrical and Electronic Measurement and Instrumenta on, Dhanpat Rai, 2009 2. A.D. Helfrick and W.D. Cooper, Modern Electronic Instrumenta on and Measurement Techniques, 1st Ed., PHI 3. H. S. Kalsi, Electronic Instrumenta on, TMH India 4. D. Patranabis, Sensors and Transducers, 2nd Ed., PHI. 5. David A. Bell, Electronic Instrumenta on and Measurements, 2nd Ed., PHI.

EEMN0019 : ELECTRO-MECHANICAL ENERGY CONVERSION I (4 Credits – 60 hours) Objective: The objective of this course is to combine mechanics with the fundamentals of electricity and magnetism to apply mathematics, science, and engineering knowledge to the electromechanical energy conversion devices. Further the course aims at understanding electromechanical energy conversion principles and to identify, formulate, and solve electromechanical device problems. Module I: Principles of Electro-mechanical Energy Conversion (6 hours) Introduc on, Flow of Energy in Electromechanical Devices, Energy in magne c systems (defining energy and Coenergy), Dynamic equa on of a simple system, Singly Excited Systems; determina on of mechanical force, mechanical energy, torque equa on, Doubly excited Systems; Energy stored in magne c field, electromagne c torque. Module II: Transformers (14 hours) a) Single phase transformer : construc on, ideal transformer, equivalent circuit, losses and efficiency, all-day efficiency, tes ng of transformers regula on of transformers. b) Auto Transformer : single phase auto transformer, volt-amp rela on, efficiency, conversion of a two-winding transformer to an auto transformer, saving in conductor material, advantages, disadvantages and applica ons of auto transformers. Module III: D.C. Generators (20 hours) Construc on of DC Machines, Armature winding, Emf equa on, classifica on of DC generators on the basis of excita on, Armature Reac on, Commuta on, Interpoles and Compensa ng Windings, Performance Characteris cs of D.C. generators, regula on of DC generators. Module IV: D.C. Motors (20 hours) Performance Characteris cs of D.C. motors, Star ng of D.C. motors; Concept of star ng (3 point and 4 point starters), torque equa on, armature torque and shi torque, Speed control of D.C. motors; Field Control, armature control and Voltage Control (Ward Lenonard method), Electrical braking, Efficiency and Tes ng of D.C. machines (Hopkinson’s and Swinburn’s Test). Suggested Readings 1. P.S. Bimbhra, Electrical Machines, 17th edi ons, Khanna Publishers 2. P.S. Bimbhra, Generalised Theory of Electrical Machines, Khanna Publishers 3. BL Thereja, AK Thereja, A Textbook of Electrical Technology, Vol II, S Chand. 4. I.J. Nagrath, D.P. Kothari, Electrical Machines, Third edi on, TMH 5. Parker Smith, Problems in Electrical Engineering, CBS Publishers and distributors 6. J.B. Gupta, Theory and Performance of Electrical Machines, S.K. Kataria and Sons 7. V.K. Mehta, Principles of Electrical Machines, S. Chand and Company.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|228

EELM0020 : ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENTS (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: This subject is aimed at familiarizing the students with the principle, construction and uses of instruments utilized for the measurement of Current, Voltage, Power, Frequency and Phase beside the measurement of passive elements. Module I (20 hours) a) Error Analysis in Measurements: Source of error – Instruments errors – Human errors – Environmental errors – Combina on of errors – Mean and variance – Standard devia on – Limits of error. b) General features: Construc on and principle of opera on of moving coil, moving iron, Dynamometer, Induc on type, Thermal and Rec fier type deflec ng instruments. Deflec ng, controlling and damping torques, extension of instrument ranges using shunts, mul pliers and instrument transformers. Measurement of low, medium and high resistances, Kelvins double bridge, mul meters, megger, localiza on of cable faults, loss of charge method. c) Performance characteris cs of instruments, sta c characteris cs, accuracy, resolu on, precision, expected value, sensi vity; dynamic characteris cs – speed of response, fidelity, lag and dynamic error. Module II (18 hours) D.C. and A.C. poten ometers, Measurement of high voltage, Electrosta c instruments, measurement of inductances, capacitance and frequency by A.C. Bridges: Maxwell’s bridge – Hay’s bridge, Wien’s bridge, Anderson Bridge, High voltage Schering Bridge. Measurement of power in polyphase circuits, various wa meter connec ons. A.C. and D.C. energy meters. Special meters – power factor meter, frequency meter, q-meter Module III (8 hours) a) C.R.O. construc on and principle measurement of voltage, current, frequency and phase by oscilloscope, poten ometric recorders b) Electronic voltmeters – analog and digital. Digital mul meters, Audio oscillators, signal generators and frequency counter. Module IV (14 hours) a) Instrument Transformers: Principle of Current and Poten al transformers- Phasor diagram – nominal ra o – phase angle error, Ra o error – Construc onal Features and applica ons. b) Transducer: Electrical transducer, resis ve transducer, thermistor, strain gauges, induc ve transducer, LVDT, piezoelectric transducer, temperature transducers. Suggested Readings 1. A.K. Sawhney, Electrical and Electronic Measurement and Instrumenta on, Dhanpat Rai, 2009 2. Golding Wides, Measuring Instruments and Measurements, Wheeler 3. H.S. Kalsi, Electronic Instrumenta on, TMH India 4 . A.D. Helfrick and W.D. Cooper, Modern Electronic Instrumenta on and Measurement techniques, 1st ed., PHI. 5 . D. Patranabis, Sensors and Transducers, 2nd ed., PHI

EEEM0021 : ELECTRICAL MACHINES (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: This course on Electrical Machines, generally offered for students who do not major in Electrical Engineering, is an introductory course in electro-mechanical energy conversion devices. This course gives an introduction to DC as well as AC machines and transformers, to enable the students to use this knowledge for applying to situations arising in their disciplines. Module I: D.C. Machines (15 hours) Construc onal details, emf equa on, Methods of excita on, Self and separately excited generators, ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|229

Characteris cs of series, shunt and compound generators, Principle of opera on of D.C. motor, Back emf and torque equa on, Characteris cs of series, shunt and compound motors, Star ng of D.C. motors, Types of starters, Tes ng, Hopkinson’s test and Swinburne’s test, Speed control of D.C. shunt motors. Module II: Transformers (18 hours) Construc onal details, Principle of opera on, emf equa on, Transforma on ra o, Transformer on no load, Parameters referred to HV/LV windings, Equivalent circuit, Transformer on load, Regula on, Tes ng – Load test, open circuit and short circuit tests, Efficiency of Transformers, All day efficiency, Auto Transformers, Introduc on to 3-phase transformers. Module III: Induction Motors (15 hours) Construc on, Types, Principle of opera on of three-phase induc on motors, Torque-slip Characteris cs, Equivalent circuit and performance, Losses and Efficiency, Star ng and speed control, Single-phase induc on motors. Module IV: Synchronous and Special Machines (12 hours) Construc on of synchronous machines, Types, Induced emf, Voltage regula on; Brushless alternators, 3-phase synchronous motor, Stepper motor, Servo motor, techo generators, brushless dc motors. Suggested Readings 1. BL Thereja, AK Thereja, A Textbook of Electrical Technology, Vol II, S Chand. 2. P.S. Bimbhra, Electrical Machines, 17th edi on, Khanna Publishers 3. P.S. Bimbhra, Generalised Theory of Electrical Machines, Khanna Publishers 4. I.J. Nagrath, D.P. Kothari, Electrical Machines, Third edi on, TMH 5. Parker Smith, Problems in Electrical Engineering, CBS Publishers and distributors 6. J.B. Gupta, Theory and Performance of Electrical Machines, S.K. Kataria and Sons

EECE0022: CONTROL SYSTEM ENGINEERING (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: To familiarize the students with concepts related to the operation analysis and stabilization of closed loop and open loop control systems using various control techniques. The course is also aimed at developing knowledge on various controllers and digital control system. Module I (16 hours) Basic concepts of control systems, Open and closed loop systems; Mathema cal model of physical systems, transfer func on, block diagram algebra, signal flow graph (SFG), Mason’s gain formula, applica on of SFG to control systems; Feedback theory: Types of feedbacks, effect of degenera ve feedback on control system, regenera ve feedback; Components: A.C. Servo motor, DC servo motor, AC tacho meter, synchro, amplidyne, stepper motor. State space model, state variable i/p and o/p, con nuous me model, state equa ons. Module II (17 hours) Time domain analysis: Standard test signals: Step, ramp, parabolic and impulse signals. Time response of first and second order systems to unit step and unit ramp inputs. Time response of second order systems to unit step input. Time response specifica ons. Steady state errors and error constants of different types of control systems. Concepts of stability: Necessary condi ons of stability, Hurwitz stability criterion, Routh stability criterion, applica on of Routh stability criterion to linear feedback systems, rela ve stability Root locus techniques: Root locus concepts, rules for construc on of root loci, determina on of roots from root locus, root contours. Systems with transporta on lag. Module III (20 hours) a) Frequency domain analysis: Introduc on, Bode plots, determina on of stability from Bode plots, polar plots, Nyquist stability criterion, applica on of Nyquist stability criterion to linear feedback systems. Closed loop frequency response: Constant M circles, constant N circles, use of Nicolas chart ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|230

b)

Controllers: Introduc on, Propor onal, deriva ve and integral control ac ons, P, PI and PID controllers and their applica ons to feedback control systems, Zeigler- Nichols method of tuning PID controllers for known dynamic model of the plant.

Module IV (7 hours) State variable analysis: Introduc on, concept of state variables, state vector, input and output vector, general state model representa on of linear me invariant, SISO and MIMO systems and their block diagram representa ons, state model representa ons of physical systems Suggested Readings 1. Benjamin C Kuo, Automa c Control System, 7 ed, PHI 2. L. J. Nagrath, M. Gopal, Control Systems Engineering, New Age Interna onal. 3. K. Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, PHI. 4. R. Anandanatarajan, P. Ramesh Babu, Control Systems Engineering, Scitech Publica ons. 5. D. Roy Choudhury, Modern Control Engineering, PHI. 6. BS Manke, Linear Control System, Khanna Publishers 7. Eronini I. Umez-Eronini, System Dynamics and Control, PWS Publishing, CL-Engineering.

EEMN0023: ELECTRO-MECHANICAL ENERGY CONVERSION II (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: The course is aimed to introduce electro-mechanical energy conversion principles and three-phase systems, induction, and synchronous machines and the power systems employing these devices. Module I (13 hours) Synchronous Machine I: Construc onal features, Armature winding, EMF equa on, Winding coefficients, Equivalent circuit and phasor diagram, Armature reac on, O.C. and S.C. tests, Voltage Regula on using Synchronous Impedance method, MMF Method, Po er’s Triangle Method, Parallel opera on of synchronous generators, opera on on infinite bus, synchronizing power and torque coefficient. Module II (10 hours) a) Synchronous Machine II: Two reac on theory, Power flow equa ons of cylindrical and salient pole machines, Opera ng characteris cs. b) Synchronous motor: Star ng methods, Effect of varying field current at different loads, V- Curves, Hun ng and damping, Synchronous condenser. Module III (17 hours) a) Transformer-I: Three phase transformer Construc on, Three – phase unit transformer and Bank of three single phase transformers with their advantages, Three-phase transformer Groups (Phasor groups) and their connec ons, Y-∆ connec on, Open delta connec on, Three-phase/ 2 phase Sco connec on and its applica on. b) Transformer-II: Sumpner’s test, All day efficiency, polarity test Excita on Phenomenon in Transformers, Harmonics in Single phase and 3-phase transformers, Parallel opera on and load sharing of Single phase and three phase transformers, Three winding transformers, Ter ary winding c) Three phase Induc on Machine-I: Construc onal features, Rota ng magne c field, Principle of opera on, Phasor diagram, Equivalent circuit, Torque and power equa ons, Torque-slip characteris cs, No load and blocked rotor tests, efficiency, Induc on generator. Module IV (20 hours) a) Three phase Induc on Machine-II: Star ng, Deep bar and double cage rotors, Cogging and Crawling, Speed control (with and without emf injec on in rotor circuit.) b) Single phase Induc on Motor: Double revolving field theory, Equivalent circuit, No load and blocked rotor tests, Star ng methods, repulsion motor. AC Commutator Motors: Universal motor, Single phase a.c. series compensated motor, Stepper motors. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|231

Suggested Readings 1. P.S. Bimbhra, Electrical Machines, 17th edi ons, Khanna Publishers 2. P.S. Bimbhra, Generalised Theory of Electrical Machines, Khanna Publishers 3. I.J. Nagrath, D.P. Kothari, Electrical Machines, Third edi on, TMH 4. Parker Smith, Problems in Electrical Engineering, CBS Publishers and distributors 5. J.B. Gupta, Theory and Performance of Electrical Machines, S.K. Kataria and Sons

EEPS0024: ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS I (3 credits – 45 hours) Objective: This is a basic course which aims to make students aware of the basic concepts of electrical power systems and spells out the various components of an electrical power system. This course will be a stepping stone to other courses in power systems such as Power System Operation and Control, Electrical Power System II, etc. Module I (20 hours) a) Line Constants: Introduc on to power system, Single line diagram. Resistance – Conductor materials. ACSR, expanded ACSR, hollow and bundle conductors. Use of standard wire tables. Inductance - Inductance of solid cylindrical conductor, composite conductor. Concept of G.M.D. Inductance of single conductor with ground return, 2-conductor single phase line, inductance of three phase single circuit and double circuit lines with symmetrical and unsymmetrical spacing. Skin effect and proximity effect. Bundle conductors. Internal impedance of conductor. Bessel real and Bessel imaginary. Capacitance- Capacitance of isolated conductor, 2-conductor single phase line, three phase single circuit and double circuit lines with symmetrical and unsymmetrical spacing. Method of image and effect of ground. Charging current. b) Performance of Lines: Representa on of lines, short transmission lines, medium length lines, long transmission lines, ABCD constants, Ferran effect. Module II (10 hours) a) Insulators: Different types of insulators. Leakage path, wet flashover and dry flashover distances, poten al distribu on over a string of suspension insulators, Methods of equalizing the poten al. String efficiency. b) Cables: Insula ng materials. Construc on of single core and mul -core cables, Armouring, laying and join ng. H.V cables: pressure cables- oil filled and gas filled cables. Stress and capacitance of single core cable, most economical size of conductor. Capacitance and inter-sheath grading. Dielectric stress in bushing insulator. Capacitance and stress in 3 core cable, sheath effects, sheath current, insula on resistance, breakdown voltage and mechanism of breakdown. Thermal characteris cs of cables. Module III (15 hours) a) Neutral grounding: Effec vely grounded system. Under grounded system. Arching ground. Methods of neutral grounding. Resonant grounding (Peterson coil). Earthing transformer. Generator neutral breaker. Grounding prac ce as per Indian electricity rules. Equipment grounding. b) Circuit breakers: Fuses: Func on: Important terms and classifica on. HRC fuses: Characteris cs and advantages. Time delay fuse. Switchgears: Func ons, principles of circuit breaking. DC and AC circuit breaking. Arc voltage and current waveforms. Restriking and recovery voltages, Current zero pause. Current chopping, capaci ve current breaking. AC circuit breaker ra ngs. Arc in oil, arc irrup on theories and processes. Bulk oil CB and MOCB, air circuit breaker, air –blast CBs. Vacuum and SF6 CBs. Tes ng of circuit breakers. c) Sta c Substa on: Classifica on. Interconnec on of substa ons, Necessity. Func on and arrangement of substa on equipment. Layout diagram- single line diagram with different bus-bar arrangements. Current limi ng reactors: Types and construc on, substa on grounding. Suggested Readings 1. C.L. Wadhwa, Electrical Power Systems, Fourth edi on, New Age Interna onal Publishers 2. BR Gupta, Power System Analysis and Design, S. Chand ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|232

3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

D.P. Kothari, I.J. Nagrath, Power System Engineering, Second edi on, TMH VK Mehta, Principles of Power System, S. Chand W.D. Stevenson Jr., Elements of Power System Analysis, Mc Graw Hill O.I. Elgerd, Electric Energy System Theory, Mc Graw Hill Allen J. Wood, Brune F. Wollenberg, Power Genera on, Opera on and Control, 2/e, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

EEPE0025: POWER ELECTRONICS (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: The course helps to develop an in-depth understanding of power electronic circuits for voltage and current control and protection and helps in learning switching characteristics of transistors and SCRs, triggering methods of SCR, and study of power supplies to electronic devices. Module I (15 hours) a) Power Electronic Devices: Thyristor- SCR, Construc on, Gate Characteris cs, Turn-on and Turn-off mechanisms, Device ra ngs; Gate Triggering Circuits; Series and Parallel opera on of Thyristors. b) Phase Controlled Thyristors, Inverter Grade Thyristors, ASCR, RCT, DIAC, TRIAC, SUS, SBS, SCS, LASCR, Power MOSFET, IGBT, GTO, MCT, IGCT, MTO, ETO, PIC, Silicon Carbide Devices. Module II (15 hours) a) Controlled Rec fiers- Half controlled and full controlled, Single Phase and Three phase rec fiers. b) Dual converters - Ideal and prac cal, Non-circula ng and circula ng current mode. c) Choppers - Configura on, Jones and Morgan Chopper, A.C. Choppers, Mul phase choppers, Flyback converters, Buck, Boost, Buk-Boost and Cuk converters. Module III (15 hours) a) Inverters- Half Bridge and Full Bridge inverters, PWM inverter, Three phase inverters, Series and Parallel inverters, Current source inverters; Cycloconverters; AC Regulators. b) Resonant Converters- Zero voltage and zero current switching, load resonant converter, resonant switch converter. Module IV (15 hours) a) Protec on and Cooling of Power Switching Devices; Control of D.C. and A.C. drives. b) Applica ons of Power Electronics- UPS, SMPS, HVDC, SVAR compensators, RF hea ng, Welding, Lamp ballast, Ba ery charger, Emergency ligh ng system, Sta c Circuit Breaker etc. Suggested Readings 1. M.D. Singh, K.B. Khanchandani, Power Electronics, 2/e, TMH 2. V.R. Moorthi, Power Electronics - Devices, Circuits and Industrial Applica ons, 1/e, Oxford University Press 3. M.R. Rashid, Power Electronic Circuits, Devices and Applica ons, Third Edi on, PHI 4. N. Mohan, T.M. Underloned and W.P. Robbins, Power Electronic Converters, Applica ons and Design, John Wiley and Sons

EEPD0026 : POWER ELECTRONICS AND DRIVES (4 credits - 60 hours) Objective: The course helps to develop an in-depth understanding of power electronic circuits for voltage and current control and protection and helps in learning switching characteristics of transistors and SCRs, triggering methods of SCR, and study of power supplies to electronic devices. Module I (15 hours) a) Power Semiconductor Devices: Power diodes, Power Transistors and Thyristors, Sta c V-I Characteris cs of SCR, TRIAC, GTO and IGBT, Turn-On and Turn-OFF Mechanism of SCR, its gate characteris cs, Device Specifica on and ra ng, series and parallel opera on, thyristor protec on circuits, design of snubber circuit. b) Triggering Circuits: Types of triggering schemes: DC, AC and pulsed triggering, UJT triggering ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|233

c)

scheme, R-C triggering scheme, cosine – law triggering scheme. Commuta on: Principle of natural commuta on and forced commuta on, circuits for forced commuta on (Resonant commuta on, voltage commuta on, current commuta on, load commuta on).

Module II (15 hours) a) Control Rec fiers (AC to DC Converter) : Single Phase- Circuit Configura on and Principle of opera on of half wave, full wave controlled rec fiers (full converters and semi converters) wave form of voltage and current at the output and across the thyristor for R-L and R-L-E load, effect of source inductance, importance of freewheeling diode for induc ve loads. Input power factor for Rand R-L load, Ripple factor. Average output voltage and currents. b) Three Phase Controlled Rec fiers: Half wave and full wave full controlled bridge rec fiers. Three phase semi-converters, average output voltage and current for R and R-L load. Module III (15 hours) a) Inverters (DC to AC Converters): Single Phase – Series Inverters: Circuit descrip on and principle of opera on for simple and improved circuit. Parallel inverter: Basic circuit descrip on and principle of opera on without and with feedback diodes. b) Bridge Inverters: Principle of opera on : Principle of opera on of modified Mc Murray and Mc Murray Bedford inverters. Concept of voltage source inverter and current- source inverter. c) Three Phase Inverters: Concept of three phase bridge inverters, principle of opera on (180° conduc on mode and 120° conduc on mode), wave form of output voltage and current for R and RL load. Module IV (15 hours) a) DC Choppers: Basic Principles of class A, B, C, D, E Choppers, voltage commuted chopper, current commutated chopper and load commutated chopper. Jones Chopper and Morgan Chopper. b) Cyclo Converter (Single Phase): Basic Principle of Single phase Mid Point Cyclo Converters and brides types cyclo converters. c) Applica on: Over voltage protec on, zero voltage switch, integral cycle triggering (or Burst Firing), Uninterrup ble power supply (UPS), Arc welding, HVDC transmission. Suggested Readings 1. Singh and Kanchandani, Power Electronics, TMH. 2. M. H. Rashid, Power Electronics Circuits, Devices and Applica ons, PHI. 3. Vithayathil, Power Electronics – Principles and Applica ons, McGraw-Hill. 4. Lander, Power Electronics, McGraw-Hill.

EEPS0027: ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS II (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: This is an advanced course in Electrical Power Systems and builds upon an earlier course, which is a pre-requisite for this course. This course studies in detail HVDC Transmission, design of transmission lines, voltage protection, load flows and distribution systems, among other things. Module I (8 hours) HVDC Transmission: Rec fica on, Inversion, Kinds of D.C. links, Parallel and Series connec on of Thyristors, Power flow, Parallel opera on of D.C. links with A.C. network, Ground return, Circuit breaking, Advantages and disadvantages, Economic distance for d.c. transmission. Module II (8 hours) a) Corona: Cri cal disrup ve voltage, Corona loss, Line design based on Corona, Disadvantages of Corona, Radio interference, Induc ve interference between power and communica on lines. b) Mechanical design of transmission lines: Catenary curve, sag calcula ons, stringing chart, sag template, equivalent span, stringing of conductors, vibra on dampers. Module III (15 hours) a) Symmetrical components and fault calcula ons: 3-phase systems, Posi ve, Nega ve and Zero ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|234

b)

sequence components, Sequence impedances, fault calcula ons, sequence network equa ons, L-G faults, Faults on Power Systems, Phase shi Δ-Y Transformers, Reactors, Short-Circuit capacity of a Bus. Travelling waves and voltage control

Module IV (15 hours) a) Load Flows: Bus classifica on, Nodal admi ance matrix, Load flow equa ons, Itera ve methods, N-R method, Line flow equa ons, Fast-decoupled load flow b) Economic Load Dispatch: System constraints, Economic dispatch, Op mum load dispatch, Exact transmission loss formula, Automa c load dispatching, PLCC. Module V (14 hours) a) Distribu on System: Effect of System voltage on transmission efficiency. Economic choice of conductor size, Kelvin’s law, types of distributors and feeders (radial and ring), voltage drop and load calcula on for concentrated and distributed loads. b) Power system synchronous stability : the swing equa on, equal area criterion, cri cal clearing angle. Suggested Readings 1. C.L. Wadhwa, Electrical Power Systems, Fourth edi on, New Age Interna onal Publishers. 2. D.P. Kothari, I.J. Nagrath, Power System Engineering, Second edi on, Tata McGraw Hill. 3. W.D. Stevenson Jr., Elements of Power System Analysis, Mc Graw Hill. 4. O.I. Elgerd, Electric Energy System Theory, Mc Graw Hill. 5. Allen J. Wood, Brune F. Wollenberg, Power Genera on, Opera on and Control, 2/e, John Wiley and Sons, Inc. 6. B.J. Cory, B.M. Weedy, Electric Power System, 4/e, John Wiley and Sons Inc.

EEHV0028: HIGH VOLTAGE ENGINEERING (3 credits – 45 hours) Objective: The subject helps in the detailed analysis of breakdown that occur in gaseous, liquids and solid dielectrics and information about generation and measurement of High voltage and current along with High voltage testing methods. Module I (15 hours) a) Introduc on: Electric Field Stresses, Gas/Vacuum as Insulator, Liquid Dielectrics, Solids and Composites, Es ma on and Control of Electric Stress, Numerical methods for electric field computa on, Surge voltages, their distribu on and control, Applica ons of insula ng materials in transformers, rota ng machines, circuit breakers, cable power capacitors and bushings. b) Breakdown in Gaseous and Liquid Dielectrics: Gases as insula ng media, collision process, Ioniza on process, Townsend’s criteria of breakdown in gases, Paschen’s law. Liquid as Insulator, pure and commercial liquids, breakdown in pure and commercial liquids. Module II (8 hours) a) Breakdown in Solid Dielectrics: Intrinsic breakdown, electromechanical breakdown, thermal breakdown, breakdown of solid dielectrics in prac ce, Breakdown in composite dielectrics, solid dielectrics used in prac ce. b) Genera on of High Voltages and Currents: Genera on of High Direct Current Voltages, Genera on of High alterna ng voltages, Genera on of Impulse Voltages, Genera on of Impulse currents, Tripping and control of impulse generators. Module III (12 hours) a) Measurement of High Voltages and Currents: Measurement of High Direct Current voltages, Measurement of High Voltages alterna ng and impulse, Measurement of High Currents-direct, alterna ng and Impulse, Oscilloscope for impulse voltage and current measurements. b) Over Voltage Phenomenon and Insula on Coordina on: Natural causes for over voltages – Lightning phenomenon, Overvoltage due to switching surges, system faults and other abnormal condi ons, Principles of Insula on Coordina on on High voltage and Extra High Voltage power systems. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|235

Module IV (10 hours) a) Non-Destruc ve Tes ng of Material and Electrical Apparatus: Measurement of D.C Resis vity, Measurement of Dielectric Constant and loss factor, Par al discharge measurements. b) High Voltage Tes ng of Electrical Apparatus: Tes ng of Insulators and bushings, Tes ng of Isolators and circuit breakers, Tes ng of cables, Tes ng of Transformers, Tes ng of Surge Arresters, Radio Interference measurements. Suggested Readings 1. M.S.Naidu and V. Kamaraju, High Voltage Engineering, TMH. 2. E.Kuffel, W.S.Zaengl, J.Kuffel, High Voltage Engineering:Fundamentals, Elsevier. 3. C.L.Wadhwa, High Voltage Engineering, New Age Interna onals. 4. Ravindra Arora, Wolfgang Mosch, High Voltage Insula on Engineering, NAI.

EECE0029: ADVANCED CONTROL SYSTEM ENGINEERING (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: This course presents advanced control concepts and techniques in terms of state space, describing function, phase plane and stability analysis including controllability and observability. It also deals with modern control and optimal control systems. Module I: Sampled Data Systems (10 hours) Sampling process, mathema cal analysis of sampling process, applica on of Laplace transform. Reconstruc on of sampled signal,zero order, first order hold. Z-transform defini on, evalua on of Z-transform, inverse Z-transform, pulse transfer func on, limita ons of Z-transform, state variable formula on of discrete me systems, solu on of discrete me state equa ons. Stability defini on, Jury's test of stability, extension of Routh-Hurwitz criterion to discrete me systems. Module II: State Space Analysis (15 hours) a) State Space Representa on, Solu on of State Equa on, State Transi on Matrix, Canonical Forms – Controllable Canonical Form, Observable Canonical Form, Jordan Canonical Form. b) Controllability and Observability: Tests for controllability and observability for con nuous me systems – Time varying case, minimum energy control, me invariant case, Principle of Duality, Controllability and observability form Jordan canonical form and other canonical forms. Module III: Describing Function Analysis (13 hours) a) Introduc on to nonlinear systems, Types of nonlineari es, describing func ons, describing func on analysis of nonlinear control systems. b) Phase-Plane Analysis: Introduc on to phase-plane analysis, Method of Isoclines for Construc ng Trajectories, singular points, phase-plane analysis of nonlinear control systems. Module IV: Stability Analysis (12 hours) a) Stability in the sense of Lyapunov., Lyapunov’s stability and Lypanov’s instability theorems. Direct method of Lypanov for the Linear and Nonlinear con nuous me autonomous systems. b) Modal Control: Effect of state feedback on controllability and observability, Design of State Feedback Control through Pole placement. Full order observer and reduced order observer. Module V (10 hours) a) Calculus of Varia ons : Minimiza on of func onals of single func on, Constrained minimiza on. Minimum principle. Control variable inequality constraints. Control and state variable inequality constraints. Euler-Lagrangine Equa on. b) Op mal Control: Formula on of op mal control problem. Minimum me, Minimum energy, minimum fuel problems. State regulator problem. Output regulator problem. Tracking problem, Con nuous-Time Linear Regulators. Suggested Readings 1. M. Gopal, Modern Control System Theory, New Age Interna onal. 2. K. Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, PHI. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|236

3. 4. 5. 6.

I.J. Nagarath, M.Gopal, Control Systems Engineering, NAI. Stainslaw H. Zak, Systems and Control, Oxford Press. M. Gopal, Digital Control and State Variable Methods, Tata McGraw-Hill. K. Ogata, Discrete-Time Control Systems, Pearson.

EEPP0030: POWER SYSTEM PROTECTION (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: This course introduces the basic theory, construction, usage of current and voltage transformers, relays and circuit breakers. This course introduces the protection systems used for electric machines, transformers, bus-bars, overhead and underground lines, and for over- voltages. Module I (15 hours) Faults on power system and their classifica on, evolu on of a power system, protec on system a ributes, system transducer, principles of power system protec on, over current protec on: over current relay, IDMT and DTOC relays, Direc onal over-current relays, Feeder protec on. Module II (15 hours) Different Protec on: Simple differen al protec on, Zone of protec on, Percentage differen al relay, Earth Leakage protec on; Transformer Protec on: Over current protec on, Differen al protec on of single and three phase transformers, Star-delta and Delta star connec ons, Harmonic restraint for magne zing inrush; Inter-turn and incipient faults in transformers, Busbar protec on. Module III (15 hours) Distance relaying: Introduc on, impedance, Reactance, and MHO relays, Three stepped distance protec on, Carrier added protec on of transmission lines; Generators protec on: Stator and rotor faults, Abnormal opera ng condi ons, Generator, differen al protec on, earth fault relays. Module IV (15 hours) Sta c comparators as relays, Amplitude and phase comparators, Synthesis of distance relaying using sta c comparators, electronic circuits for Sta c relays; Microprocessor based numerical protec on, Digital filtering, Numerical overcurrent, differen al, and distance protec on, effect of CT and PT satura on’s on Numerical relays. Suggested Readings 1. Sunil S Rao, Switchgear Protec on and Power Systems, Khanna Publishers 2. JB Gupta, Switchgear and Protec on, SK Kataria and Sons 3. Y.G. Paithankar, S.R. Bhide, Fundamental of Power System Protec on, PHI. 4. P.M. Anderson, Power System Protec on, Wiley-IEEE Press.

EEPE0031: POWER PLANT ENGINEERING (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: The course provides students with a broad understanding of electricity generation by conversion of various forms of energy to electrical energy and associated technology, operation and decision making on power plants. Module I: Hydel Power (16 hours) Introduc on to different sources of energy and general discussion on their applica on to genera on. Hydel power: Hydrology - Catchment area of a reservoir and es ma on of amount of water collected due to annual rainfall, flow curve and flow dura on curve of a river and es ma on of amount stored in a reservoir formed by a dam across the river, elementary idea about Earthen and Concrete dam. Turbines- Opera onal principle of Kaplan. and Francis turbine and Pelton wheel, specific speed, workdone and efficiency. Hydroplant - head gate, perstock, surge tank, scroll case, dra tube and tailrace, classifica on of plants, turbines for different heads, plant capacity as a base load and peakload sta on, plant auxiliaries.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|237

Module II: Thermal Power (16 hours) Overall plant components in Block dams indica ng the air, circuit, coal and ash circuit, water and steam circuit, cooling water circuit; various types of steam turbines, ash and coal handling system, elementary idea about a water tube boiler, Super heater, Reheaters, Economiser air preheater dust collec on, dra fans and chimney; condensers, feed water heaters, evaporate and makeup water, bleeding of steam; cooling water system; Governors, plant layout and sta on auxiliaries. Module III: Nuclear Power (16 hours) Introduc on to fission and fusion, reactor construc on, controlled chain reac on, opera onal control of reactors, Brief study of various types of reactors (Boiling water, pressurised water, sodium graphite, breeder) layout of nuclear power plant. Electrical System: Different types of alternators, methods of cooling; Excita on system - Sha mounted D. C. generator, elements of sta c and brush less excita on, field flashing, AVR - magne c amplifier and thyrister convertor types. Main transformer, unit transformer and sta on reserve transformer. Commissioning tests of alternators and transformers. Module IV (12 hours) Choice of size and number of genera ng units - Review of the terms maximum demand, load factor, diversity factor, plant capacity and use factor, load and load dura on curve and their effect on the genera ng capacity. Reserve units (hot, cold and spinning reserve) Effect of power factor on the genera ng capacity and economy. Different types of power tariffs. Brief idea about na onal grid and its opera onal problems. Suggested Readings 1. P.K. Nag, Power Plant Engineering, 3/e, TMH 2. GK Nagpal, Power Plant Engineering, Khanna Publishers 3. BR Gupta, Genera on of Electrical Energy, S Chand and Company 4. M.V Despande, Elements of Electrical Power System Design, A. H. Wheeler. 5. B.G.A. Skro zki and W.A.Vopat, Power Sta on Engineering And Economy, TMH. 6. S. L. Uppal, Electrical Power, Khanna Publishers.

EEUE0032: UTILIZATION OF ELECTRICAL ENERGY (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: This course deals with the fundamentals of illumination and its classification and the electric heating and welding. It is a detailed study of all varieties of electric drives and their application to electrical traction systems. Module I (15 hours) a) Electric drives: Type of electric drives, Types of motor used in electric drives, Choice of motor, Speed control, Temperature rise, Applica ons of Electric drives, Advantages and disadvantages of electric drives, Types of industrial loads- con nuous, intermi ent and variable loads, load equaliza on. b) Electric hea ng: Advantages and methods of electric hea ng, Resistance hea ng, induc on hea ng and dielectric hea ng, Industrial applica ons. Module II (15 hours) a) Electric welding: Resistance and arc welding, electric welding equipment, Comparison between A.C. and D.C. Welding. b) Illumina on fundamentals: Introduc on, terms used in illumina on, Laws of illumina on, Polar curves, Photometry, integra ng sphere, Sources of light. Module III (15 hours) a) Illumina on methods: Discharge lamps, MV and SV lamps – comparison between tungsten filament lamps and fluorescent tubes, Basic principles of light control, Types and design of ligh ng and flood ligh ng. b) Electric trac on-I: System of electric trac on and track electrifica on. Review of exis ng electric trac on systems in India. Special features of trac on motor, Methods of electric braking-plugging ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|238

rheosta c braking and regenera ve braking. Module IV (15 hours) a) Electric trac on-II: Mechanics of train movement. Speed- me curves for different services – trapezoidal and quadrilateral speed me curves. b) Electric trac on-III: Calcula ons of trac ve effort, power, specific energy consump on for given run, Effect of varying accelera on and braking retarda on, Adhesive weight and braking retarda on adhesive weight and coefficient of adhesion. Suggested Readings 1. E. Openshaw Taylor, U lisa on of Electric Energy, Orient Longman. 2. Partab, Art and Science of U liza on of Electrical Energy, Dhanpat Rai and Sons. 3. N.V. Suryanarayana, U liza on of Electrical Power including Electric drives and Electric trac on, New Age Interna onal. 4. C.L. Wadhwa, Genera on, Distribu on and U liza on of electrical Energy, New Age Interna onal.

EEED0033: ELECTRICAL DRIVES (4 Credits – 60 hours) Objective: This course provides a good knowledge on AC and DC drives including control of DC motor drives with converters and choppers and voltage control of AC motor drives along with stability considerations and applications. Module I: Introduction To Electrical Drives and Its Dynamics (15 hours) Electrical drives, Advantages of electrical drives, Parts of electrical drives, choice of electrical drives, Dynamics of electrical drives, Fundamental torque equa on, speed-torque conven ons and mul -quadrant opera on. Equivalent values of drive parameters, components of load torques, nature and classifica on of load torques, calcula on of me and energy loss in transient opera ons, steady state stability, load equaliza on. Selec on of motor power ra ng: Thermal model of motor for hea ng and cooling, Classes of motor duty, determina on of motor ra ng. Module II: DC Motor Drives (15 hours) Star ng braking, transient analysis, single phase fully controlled rec fier, control of separately excited dc motor, Single-phase half controlled rec fier control of separately excited dc motor.Three phase fully controlled rec fier – control of separately excited dc motor, three phase half controlled rec fier – control of separately excited dc motor, mul -quadrant opera on of separately excited dc motor fed from fully controlled rec fier. Control of dc series motor, chopper controlled dc drives for separately excited dc motor and series motor. Module III: Induction Motor Drives (15 hours) Opera on with unbalanced source voltage and single phasing, opera on with unbalanced rotor impedances, analysis of induc on motor fed from non-sinusoidal voltage supply, star ng braking, transient analysis. Stator voltage control: Variable voltage and variable frequency control, voltage source inverter control, closed loop control, current source inverter control, rotor resistance control, slip power recovery, speed control of single phase induc on motors. Module IV: Synchronous Motor Drives (10 hours) Opera on from fixed frequency supply, synchronous motor variable speed drives, and variable frequency control of mul ple synchronous motors. Self-controlled synchronous motor drive employing load commutated thyristor inverter. Module IV: Industrial Drives (5 hours) Steel mill drives, cement mill drives, paper mill drives and sugar mill drives. Microprocessor for control of electric drives. Suggested Readings 1. G.K. Dubey, Fundamentals of Electrical Drives, Narosa 2. S.K. Pillai, A First Course On Electric Drives, Wiley Eastern Ltd. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|239

3. 4. 5. 6.

N.K. De and P.K. Sen, Electrical Drives, PHI. V. Subrahmanyam, Electric drives, TMH. M.H. Rashid, Power Electronics and AC drives, Pearson. B.K. Bose, Modern Power Electronics and AC drives, Pearson.

EEAM0034: ENERGY AUDIT AND MANAGEMENT (3 credits – 45 hours) Objective: The objective of the course is to introduce energy audit need, measurement, energy performance diagnosis and analysis and carry out financial analysis and cost prediction for energy saving. The course also addresses energy management issues in various sectors. Module I (8 hours) Need for Energy Conserva on, standards and prac ces in energy conserva on; Energy Audit: Principles of energy audit, preliminary energy audit and detailed energy audit. Procedures for carrying out energy audit. Energy- produc on rela onship, specific energy consump on, least square method, Cusum technique, data energy flow diagram. Sankey diagram. Instruments used for energy audit. Module II (15 hours) Thermal Energy Audit: Purpose, Methodology with respect to process Industries - Power plants and Boilers. Steam System - Losses in Boiler, Methodology of Upgrading Boiler Performance; Energy conserva on in Pumps, Fans and Compressors, Air condi oning and refrigera on systems, Steam Traps-Types, Func on, Necessity; Electrical Energy Audit: Poten al areas for Electrical Energy Conserva on in Various Industries-Energy Management Opportuni es in Electrical Hea ng, Ligh ng system, Cable selec on - Energy Efficient Motors - Factors involved in determina on of Motor Efficiency Module III (12 hours) Concept of energy management: Energy inputs in industrial, residen al, commercial, agriculture and public sectors, Comparison of different energy inputs on the basis of availability, storage feasibility, cost (per unit output) etc. Electrical Energy Management- energy Accoun ng, Measurement and management of power factor, voltage profile, current energy requirement, power demand monitoring, target se ng. Module IV (10 hours) Concept of Supply Side Management and Demand Side Management (DSM), Load Management, Voltage profile management from receiving end. Methods of implemen ng DSM. Advantages of DSM to consumers, u lity and society; Simple payback period analysis, advantages and limita ons of payback period. Time value of money, net present value method. Internal rate of return method, profitability index for cost benefit ra o. Suggested Readings 1. S.C. Tripathy, Electric Energy U liza on and Conserva on, TMH. 2. C.B. Smith, Energy Management Principles, Pergamon Press. 3. S. Rao, Energy Technology- Non-conven onal Renewable and Conven onal, Khanna Publishers. 4. P.R. Trivedi and K.R. Jolka, Energy Management, Commonwealth Publica on.

EEOC0035: POWER SYSTEM OPERATION AND CONTROL (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: This course aims at making the student aware of the basic concepts of power systems and spells out the constraints in power system operation. The course also covers principles of frequency control, voltage and power flow control and economic operation of power systems. Module I (10 hours) Fundamental of power System: concepts or real and reac ve powers, Complex power per unit representa on of power system. Transmission capacity, series and shunt compensa on, Load ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|240

characteris cs, Real power balance and its effect on system frequency, Load frequency mechanism, reac ve power balance and its effect on system voltage, on load tap changing transformer and regula ng of transformer, Introduc on to FACT devices. Module II (10 hours) Load Flow Analysis – The sta c load flow equa on (SLFE), Defini on of the load flow problem, Network model formula on, A load flow sample study, Computa onal aspects of the load flow problem, effect of regula on transformers. Module III (10 hours) Load frequency Control: Dynamic incremental state variable, PF versus QV control MW frequency of an individual generator, modeling of speed governing system, Turbine, Division of power system into control areas, P-F control of single control area and two are control, Economic dispatch controller. Module IV (15 hours) a) Economic Opera on of Power System : Distor on of load between units within a plant, Transmission losses as func on of plant genera on, Calcula on of loss coefficients, Distribu on of loads between plants with special reference to steam and hydel plants, Automa c load dispatching, Unit commitment b) Power System Stability: Steady state stability, transient stability, Swing equa on, Equal area criterion for stability. Suggested Readings 1. CL Wadhwa, Electrical Power Systems, New Age Interna onal 2. Hadi Saadat, Power System Analysis, TMH. 3. B. R. Gupta, Power System Analysis and Design, S. Chand and Co. 4. O.I. Elgerd, An introduc on to Electric Energy System Theory, TMH. 5. W.D. Stevenson, Elements of Power System Analysis, TMH. 6. PSR Murty, Opera on and Control in power system, BS Publica ons 7. WD Stevenson, Elements of power system analysis, TMH Publica ons 8. J Wood and BF Wollenburg, Power genera on opera on and control, John Wiley & Sons.

EEBE6001: BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING LAB (2 credits) List of experiments 1. Calibra on of ammeter 2. Calibra on of voltmeter 3. Calibra on of milliammeter as a voltmeter 4. Calibra on of millivoltmeter as an ammeter 5. Measurement of ohmic and effec ve resistance 6. Measurement of power and power factor of a single-phase circuit 7. a) Experimental study of R-L series circuit b) Experimental study of R-L-C series circuit 8. Experimental study of R-L-C parallel circuit 9. Wiring of staircase switch 10. Introduc on to domes c wiring/ func oning of li

EERS6003: RESEARCH SEMINAR I - MTECH (2 credits) Objective of the Research Seminar is to conduct a research literature survey which may lead to the development of a proposed project model to be executed during the last two semesters of the M. Tech programme. This will help the students to familiarize themselves with the current literature on recent trends in the chosen area. Tasks to be performed by the students will include 1. Literature survey on a chosen topic ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|241

2.

Presenta on on the chosen topic, comprising the following three components: a. Presenta on b. Report c. Viva voce examina on

EECN6005: CIRCUITS AND NETWORKS LAB (2 credits) (At least 8 experiments should be conducted) 1. Transient response in R-C network 2. Determina on of impedance (Z) parameters of two port network 3. Determina on of admi ance (Y) parameters of two port network 4. Frequency response of LP and HP filters 5. Verifica on of Millman’s theorem 6. Verifica on of superposi on theorem 7. Verifica on of reciprocity theorem 8. Verifica on of Thevenin’s theorem 9. Verifica on of maximum power transfer theorem 10. Introduc on to Sci-Lab 11. Verifica on of network theorems using Sci-Lab

EERS6006: RESEARCH SEMINAR II - MTECH (4 credits) Tasks to be performed by the students during this research Seminar include 1. Prepara on of the Project Proposal that will be developed during semesters 3 and 4 and/or extensive literature survey leading to the project proposal 2. Presenta on on the proposed proposal comprising the following three components: a. Presenta on b. Report c. Viva Voce Examina on 3. Extra credits will be given for any publica on during this phase.

EEMP6007: PROJECT PHASE I - MTECH (12 credits) Objective: During this phase the student will start a research project applying the knowledge acquired during the first two semesters and also incorporating the recent trends in the chosen area. It should include phases of design, implementation and reporting. This project is to be executed individually within or outside the campus. The mode and components of evaluation and the weightages attached to them shall be published by the Department/Institute at the beginning of the semester E-resource for learning: LaTeX, www.spokentutorial.org

EEEI6008: ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTATION AND MEASUREMENTS LAB (2 credits) List of Experiments: 1. Extension of range of Ammeter. 2. Extension of range of Voltmeter. 3. Measurement of frequency using Lissajous Pa ern. 4. Measurement of phase-angle using Lissajous Pa ern. 5. Measurement of resistance by Wheatstone bridge method. 6. Study of Maxwell bridge circuit. 7. Measurement of frequency by Wien Bridge using Oscilloscope. 8. Measurement of Inductance by Anderson Bridge. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|242

9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.

Study of schering bridge circuit. Measurement of Capacitance by De Sauty Bridge. Study of transducers (RTD/Thermistor/Thermocouple). Study of energy meter. Measurement of power by wa meter method. Measurement of resistance by ammeter voltmeter method.

EEMN6009: ELECTROMECHANICAL ENERGY CONVERSION LAB I (2 credits) (At least eight experiments are to be performed from the following) 1. To obtain magne za on characteris cs of a d.c. shunt generator 2. To obtain load characteris cs of a d.c. compound generator (a) Cumula vely compounded (b) Differen ally compounded 3. To obtain load characteris cs of a dc shunt generator 4. To obtain load characteris cs of a dc series generator 5. To obtain efficiency of a dc shunt machine using Swinburn’s test 6. To perform Hopkinson’s test and determine losses and efficiency of DC machine 7. To obtain speed-torque characteris cs of a dc shunt motor 8. To obtain speed control of dc shunt motor using (a) armature resistance control (b) field control 9 . To obtain speed control of dc separately excited motor using Ward Leonard method 10. To study polarity and ra o test of single phase transformers 11. To obtain efficiency and voltage regula on of a single phase transformer by Sumpner’ s test

EELM6010: ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENT LAB (2 credits) (Any 8 experiments may be conducted) 1. Study the construc on of PMMC, Dynamometer, Electro thermal and Rec fier type instrument, Oscilloscope and digital mul meter. 2. Calibrate moving iron and electrodynamometer type ammeter/voltmeter by poten ometer. 3. Calibrate dynamometer type Wa meter by poten ometer. 4. Calibrate A.C. energy meter. 5. Measure the resis vity of material using Kelvin Double Bridge. 6. Measurement of Power using Instrument transformer. 7. Measurement of Power in Polyphase circuits. 8. Measurement of Frequency by Wien Bridge using Oscilloscope. 9. Measurement of Inductance by Anderson Bridge. 10. Measurement of Capacitance by De Sauty Bridge. 11. Measurement of inductance by Maxwell’s inductance Bridge 12. Measurement of resistance using Wheatstone Bridge 13. Measurement of inductance and Q-factor by Maxwell’s capacitance Bridge 14. Measurement of capacitance using Schering Bridge. 15. Characteris c of filament lamp

EEMI6011: MINI PROJECT I (2 credits) Mini projects taken up in the fourth semester are assigned to students individually or in groups by the Department under the supervision of the designated faculty member. The objec ve of this mini project is to train the students to design, simulate or study mini electrical or electronic systems which will give them hands on experience in re-crea ng the principles they have studied in their engineering classes.

EEEM6012: ELECTRICAL MACHINES LAB (2 credits) 1. To obtain magne za on characteris cs of a d.c. shunt generator ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|243

2. 3. 4. 5.

To obtain load characteris cs of a dc shunt generator To obtain efficiency of a dc shunt machine using Swinburn’s test To obtain speed-torque characteris cs of a dc shunt motor To obtain speed control of dc shunt motor using (i) armature resistance control (ii) field control 6. To obtain efficiency and voltage regula on of a single phase transformer by Sumpner’ s test 7. To perform no load and blocked rotor tests on a three phase squirrel cage induc on motor and determine equivalent circuit. 8. To perform load test on a three phase induc on motor and draw: (i) Torque -speed characteris cs (ii) Power factor-line current characteris cs 9. To perform open circuit and short circuit tests on a three phase alternator and determine voltage regula on at full load and at unity, 0.8 lagging and leading power factors by (i) EMF method (ii) MMF method 10. To study speed control of three phase induc on motor by keeping V/f ra o constant. 11. To study speed control of three phase induc on motor by varying supply voltage.

EEPS6013: POWER SYSTEM AND POWER ELECTRONICS SIMULATION LAB (2 credits) Objective: The objective of the course is to simulate, model, design and develop various circuits and systems in electrical power systems and power electronics. 1. Transmission Line parameters a) Computa on of inductance of overhead transmission line b) Computa on of Capacitance of overhead transmission line 2. Voltage distribu on and string efficiency of overhead line insulators 3. Forma on of Y-bus matrix by a) Direct inspec on method b) Singular transforma on method c) Bus building algorithm method 4. Forma on of z-bus matrix by bus building algorithm 5. Fault Analysis 6. Load Flow Analysis a) Solu on of Load Flow using Newton-raphson Method b) Solu on of Load Flow using Fast-decoupled Method 7. Study of the triggering of scr using ujt 8. Study of the triggering of scr using 555 ic 9. Study of the triggering of scr using op-amp 741 ic 10. Study of the single phase pwm inverter using mosfet and igbt

EECS6014: CONTROL SYSTEM SIMULATION LAB (2 credits) Objective: The objective of the course is to simulate, model, design and develop different control systems. 1. Simula ng the system- step & sine test. 2. Simula ng discrete me systems. 3. State space representa on. 4. Mul ple subsystems and block diagram reduc on. 5. Finding steady state error. 6. Design of P, PI, PD and PID controllers. 7. Implementa on of algorithms for mul variable systems for pole placement 8. Observer design 9. Stability computa ons 10. Solu ons of Lyapunov and Rica equa ons ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|244

EESE6015: POWER SYSTEM AND POWER ELECTRONICS LAB (2 credits) Objective: The objective of the course is to design, develop and test various circuits and systems in electrical power systems and power electronics. 1. Transient stability of power systems a. Transient and small signal stability analysis: single-machine infinite bus system. b. Transient stability analysis of mul machine power systems. 2. Load frequency dynamics of single and two area power system 3. Reac ve power control by a. Series compensa on b. Shunt compensa on c. Facts devices d. Sta c var systems 4. Economic load dispatch 5. Over current relay tes ng system a. To plot idmt characteris cs of ocr. b. To perform experiment on definite/ instantaneous mode se ng of the relay. 6. Characteris cs of a differen al relay a. To plot characteris cs of % biased differen al relay (merz-price method). b. Pick up test for differen al relay. 7. Transformer differen al protec on tes ng a. For transformer in zone trips fault. b. For transformer out zone or non-trip faults. 8. To develop the state space model of an rlc circuit. 9. To develop the state space model of buck converter. 10. To determine by using simula on the load voltage and load current graph for α=100, 500 and 900 of a. Single phase half wave rec fier. b. Single phase full wave rec fier. 11. To determine by using simula on the load voltage and load current graph for α=100, 500 and 900 of a. Single phase half wave inverter. b. Single phase full wave inverter. 12. To find the power absorbed by the load, the power lost in the line and the efficiency of the pfc circuit.

EECI6016: CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION ENGINEERING LAB (2 credits) Objective: The objective of the course is to design, develop and test various circuits and systems in Control and Instrumentation Engineering. 1. Synchro characteris cs and synchro systems. 2. Experiments on Level Process Control Sta on 3. Micro-processor based wave form genera on 4. Micro-processor based stepper motor control 5. AC servo system – closed loop posi on control and closed loop velocity control. 6. Compensators – design, simula on and hardware implementa on 7. Thermistor characteris cs and lineariza on, Thermocouple 8. RTD- 3 wire and 4 wire, IC temperature sensor 9. Capaci ve transducer 10. LDR and photo diodes

EEMP6017: PROJECT PHASE II - MTECH Objective: During this phase the student will carry forward and complete the work that they have started in Phase I. It is expected that the student will publish at least one research paper in a well-known journal ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|245

to augment their work during this phase. Published papers will carry extra weightage during evaluation. The mode and components of evaluation and the weightages attached to them shall be published by the Department at the beginning of the semester. E-resource for learning: LaTeX, www.spokentutorial.org

EECE6018: CONTROL AND SIMULATION LAB (2 credits) So ware based experiments (Use MATLAB, SCILAB, LABVIEW so ware, etc.) 1. To determine me domain response of a second order systems for step input and obtain performance parameters. 2. To convert transfer func on of a system into state space form and vice-versa. 3. Transfer func on of DC motor. 4. To plot root locus diagram of an open loop transfer func on 5. To determine range of gain ‘k’ for stability using root locus. 6. To plot a Bode diagram of an open loop transfer func on and examine the stability of the closed loop system. 7. To draw a Nyquist plot of an open loop transfer func on and examine the stability of the closed loop system. 8. Effect of feedback on DC servo motor. 9. Solu on of state equa on using ODE45 and lsim. 10. To study behaviour of separately excited dc motor in open loop and closed loop condi ons at various loads.

EEMN6019: ELECTROMECHANICAL ENERGY CONVERSION LAB II (2 credits) At least eight experiments are to be performed from the following, out of which there should be at least two so ware based experiments. 1. To perform no load and blocked rotor tests on a three phase squirrel cage induc on motor and determine equivalent circuit. 2. To perform load test on a three phase induc on motor and draw: (i) Torque -speed characteris cs (ii) Power factor-line current characteris cs 3. To perform no load and blocked rotor tests on a single phase induc on motor and determine equivalent circuit. 4. To study speed control of three phase induc on motor by keeping V/f ra o constant. 5. To study speed control of three phase induc on motor by varying supply voltage. 6. To perform open circuit and short circuit tests on a three phase alternator and determine voltage regula on at full load and at unity, 0.8 lagging and leading power factors by (i) EMF method (ii) MMF method. 7. To determine V-curves and inverted V-curves of a three phase synchronous motor. 8. To determine Xd and Xq of a three phase salient pole synchronous machine using the slip test and draw the power-angle curve. 9. To study synchroniza on of an alternator with the infinite bus by using: (i) dark lamp method (ii) two bright and one dark lamp method. 10. Sco connec on of 3-phase transformer 11. Load test of 3-phase transformer 12. Load test on a 3-phase slip-ring induc on motor So ware based experiments (Develop Computer Program in ‘C’ language or use Scilab/MATLAB or other so ware) 13. To determine speed-torque characteris cs of three phase slip ring induc on motor and study the effect of including resistance, or capacitance in the rotor circuit. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|246

14. No load and block rotor test of single phase induc on motor. 15. To determine speed-torque characteris cs of a three phase induc on motor by (i) keeping v/f ra o constant (ii) increasing frequency at the rated voltage. 16. Draw O.C. and S.C. characteris cs of a three phase alternator from the experimental data and determine voltage regula on at full load, and unity, 0.8 lagging and leading power factors. 17. To determine steady state performance of a three phase induc on motor using equivalent circuit.

EEMI6020: MINI PROJECT II (2 credits) Mini projects are assigned to students individually or in groups by the Department under the supervision of the designated faculty member. The objec ve of the mini project is to train the students to design, simulate or study mini electrical or electronic systems which will give them hands on experience in re-crea ng the principles they have studied in their engineering classes. Mini projects executed during the fi h semester must display a greater maturity of knowledge than those in the fourth semester.

EEPD6021: POWER ELECTRONICS AND DRIVES LAB (2 credits) Any 10 out of the following to be performed 1. Study of the half-wave controlled rec fier with resis ve load. 2. Study of the half-wave controlled rec fier with R-L load. 3. Study of fully controlled bridge rec fier with resis ve load. 4. Study of fully controlled bridge rec fier with R-L load. 5. Study of the characteris cs of DIAC and plo ng of its V-I characteris cs curve. 6. Study of the characteris cs of UJT. 7. Study of the full-wave controlled rec fier (mid-point configura on) with resis ve load. 8. Study of the full-wave controlled rec fier (mid-point configura on) with R-L load. 9. Study of the resistor triggering circuit. 10. Study of the resistor capacitor triggering circuit (half-wave). 11. Study of voltage-commutated chopper.

EEMI6022: MINI PROJECT III (2 credits) Mini projects are assigned to students individually or in groups by the Department under the supervision of the designated faculty member. The objec ve of the mini project is to train the students to design, simulate or study mini electrical or electronic systems which will give them hands on experience in re-crea ng the principles they have studied in their engineering classes. The mini projects taken up in the sixth semester are expected to be more advanced than the mini projects taken up in previous semesters.

EECE6023: CONTROL SYSTEM ENGINEERING LAB (2 credits) 1. Effect of P, PD, PI, PID Controller on a second order systems. 2. To study P, PI and PID temperature controller for an oven and compare their performance. 3. To study and calibrate temperature using resistance temperature detector (RTD) 4. To study DC posi on control system. 5. To study synchro-transmi er and receiver and obtain output V/S input characteris cs. 6. To determine speed-torque characteris cs of an ac servomotor. 7. To study performance of servo voltage stabilizer at various loads using load bank. 8. To test controllability and observability using SCILAB func ons 9. To design Lag, Lead and Lag-Lead compensators using SCILAB (both Analog and Digital version) 10. To design controller gains using pole placement.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|247

EETS6024: TRAINING SEMINAR (2 credits) Objective: During the semester break at the end of the third year, students are required to undergo an Industrial Training. The purpose of the Industrial Training is to expose students to real-life industry situations, so that they may be able to apply the engineering knowledge and skills that they have gained through class-room teaching and lab activities, in an on-the-job situation. After the period of training, students are to present their experience in the form of reports and seminar presentations. Students will be evaluated on the seminar, viva voce examination and written reports.

EEMP6025: MAJOR PROJECT (PHASE I) (4 credits) During the last year of their study, B. Tech. students are required to take up a major project. This may be an individual project or a group project. The Major Project is an integral learning experience that encourages students to break away from the compartmentaliza on of the different courses they have studied during the three years of their study and aims to provide opportuni es to explore the inter-rela onships and inter-connectedness of the various courses and gather them together into a single learning experience. The major project focuses upon the following: ● Interdisciplinary: The major project provides a pla orm for students to apply the knowledge and skills acquired from different courses. ● Collabora on: It encourages students to work in groups over an extended period of me. They clarify the task, plan their work, share the responsibili es and work towards the successful comple on of the project. ● Process and Product: Project work focuses on both process and product. The process would include collabora on, gathering and processing of informa on. The product may take the form of a working model, a complete so ware package, etc. ● Wri en and Oral presenta on: Project work provides students with opportuni es to present their findings as a wri en thesis in a prescribed format and orally with an intended audience and purpose in mind. During the first phase in the seventh semester, students are expected to choose the project, prepare a synopsis under the guidance of a project supervisor appointed by the department, present the synopsis to the commi ee set up for the purpose, get approval for the synopsis and start the project work. Students are expected to submit weekly ac vity reports and present a progress seminar during this phase. They will also undergo a viva voce examina on, in which they will be examined on all the basic areas of the discipline in which they have chosen their project. E-resource for learning LaTeX, www.spoken-tutorial.org

EEMP6026: MAJOR PROJECT (PHASE II) AND VIVA VOCE (8 credits) During the second phase students are expected to focus on process and comple on of the projects and prepare project reports under the guidance of the Supervisors. The internal assessments shall be evaluated by the DPEC and the external assessment shall be done by the external examiner(s) assisted by the DPEC and the supervisor. The modality and components of the internal assessment and their weightages shall be no fied at the beginning of each semester. The External assessment shall have the following components: ● Project Implementa on: 40 marks ● Seminar presenta on: 20 marks ● Viva voce examina on: 20 marks ● Project documenta on: 20 marks ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|248

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING Vision To be a recognized leader in Civil Engineering educa on and learning experiences providing state of the art educa on guided by innova ve research and consultancy, inclusive technology and managerial skills for industry as well as societal needs towards sustainable development.

Mission ● ● ●

To make the department a centre of excellence in Civil Engineering educa on which equips students with a strong conceptual founda on coupled with prac cal insight to meet the global industrial and environmental challenges. To produce spiritually inspired, socially commi ed and intellectually competent professionals of high calibre and strong ethical principles to serve the society and na on through team work and societal leadership. To establish the department as a recognized centre of research for developing sustainable solu ons to engineering problems by providing knowledge base and consultancy services to the community.

Program Educational Objectives (PEOs) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

To equip the students with necessary technical skills and professional exper se that make them competent for immediate employment or to pursue postgraduate studies in Civil Engineering disciplines. To produce graduates who are spiritually mo vated for life-long learning and morally commi ed for successful careers as civil engineers, managers, administrators, educators, engineering consultants and entrepreneurs. To enhance students’ abili es to iden fy and take up project and research topics which would be highly useful for the society considering the present environmental and industrial needs of the country. To make the students able to communicate their innova ve ideas to be effec ve in collabora on with other civil engineering teams that will make them achieve leadership posi on to solve different challenges of civil engineering problems. To develop a sense of understanding of the mul disciplinary approach and an ability to relate engineering issues to the broader context of individual and society for sustainable development.

DETAILED SYLLABUS CVPM0001: PROJECT MANAGEMENT IN CONSTRUCTION (4 credits - 60 hours) Objectives: To understand the effect of management for project organization, design of construction process, labor, materials and equipment utilization and to study the various management techniques for successful completion of construction projects. Module I (15 Hours) Basic concepts in the development of construc on plans, Choice of technology and construc on method, Defining work tasks, Defining precedence rela onship among ac vi es, es ma ng ac vity dura ons and resource requirements Module II (15 Hours) Work-study, work breakdown structure, Time es mates, Applica ons of CPM/PERT, sta s cal concepts, Man, Material, Machinery, Money op miza on, scheduling, monitoring, upda ng Module III (15 Hours) Cost func ons, me-cost trade off, resource planning- levelling and alloca on, Resources - based ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|249

networks, crashing, master networks, interface ac vi es and dependencies, line of balancing techniques Module IV (15 Hours) Material management-purchases management and inventory control, ABC analysis, Human Resource Management Suggested Readings 1. Chitkara. K.K, Construc on Project Management: Planning Scheduling and Control, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi 2. Calin M. Popescu, Chotchal Charoenngam, Project Planning, Scheduling and Control in Construc on: An Encyclopaedia of Terms and Applica ons, Wiley, New York 3. Chris Hendrickson and Tung Au, Project Management for Construc on - Fundamental Concepts for Owners, Engineers, Architects and Builders, Pren ce Hall Pi sburgh, 2000 4. Moder, J., C. Phillips and E. Davis, Project Management with CPM, PERT and Precedence Diagramming, Van Nostrand Reinhold Company, Third Edi on, 1983 5. Willis, E. M., Scheduling Construc on Projects, John Wiley and Sons, 1986 6. Halpin, D. W.,Financial and Cost Concepts for Construc on Management, John Wiley and Sons. New York

CVCE0002: CONSTRUCTION METHODS AND EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT (4 credits - 60 hours) Objectives: To enable the students in selecting the construction equipment appropriate to tasks, estimate equipment ownership and operating costs to schedule activities and to understand issues pertaining to construction methods, equipment usage and management. Module I (8 Hours) Planning process for equipment methods, cost related to construc on equipment (owning and opera ng), calcula on of cost and deprecia on, Replacement procedure and life of equipment Module II (10 Hours) Engineering fundamentals of moving earth, rolling resistance, effect of grade and trac ve effort, effect of grade on performance of IC engines, earth moving, excava ng and li ing equipment selec on, Bulldozers, front end loaders, scrapers, trucks, excavators, back hoes, front shovels, cranes and forkli s; piles and pile driving equipment Module III (6 Hours) Produc on of crushed stone aggregate, concre ng equipment, Asphalt mix produc on and placement, asphalt plants, and paving equipment Module IV (18 Hours) Es ma ng and op mizing construc on equipment system produc vity, Peurifoy’s method, of op mizing produc vity, Phelp’s method, op mizing hauling system based on loading facility, Es ma on of equipment produc vity, mathema cal models, simula ons Module V (18 Hours) Scheduling equipment intensive horizontal construc on projects- linear scheduling methodsprecedence diagramming method, developing equipment resources packages, Scheduling li ing equipment for ver cal construc on, equipment financing decision, financing methods, rental and lease contract considera ons Suggested Readings 1. Robertwade Brown, “Prac cal Founda on Engineering Hand Book”, McGraw Hill Publica ons 2. Patrick Powers .J, “Construc on Dewatering: New Methods and Applica ons”, John Wiley and Sons 3. Jerry Irvine, “Advanced Construc on Techniques”, CA Rockers, 1984 4. Peurifoy, R.L., Ledbe er, W.B. and Schexnayder.C, “Construc on Planning Equipment and Methods”, McGraw Hill ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|250

5. 6. 7.

Sharma S.C., “Construc on Equipment and Management”, Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 1988 Deodhar, S.V. “Construc on Equipment and Job Planning”, Khanna Publishers Delhi, 1988 Dr. Mahesh Varma, “Construc on Equipment and its Planning and Applica on”, Metropolitan Book Company, New Delhi

CVIP0004: INFRASTRUCTURE PLANNING (4 credits - 60 hours) Objectives: This course intends to introduce the students to various terms and components of infrastructure planning particularly in an urban setting. Important aspects such as water supply, sanitation, waste management, transport planning and management are taken to exemplify the management issues. Module I: Role of Infrastructure in Development (8 Hours) a) Elements of Infrastructure (physical, social, u li es and services), Basic defini ons, concepts, significance and importance. b) Data required for provision and planning of urban networks and services, Resource analysis, provision of infrastructure and land requirements. Module II: Planning and Management of Water, Sanitation and Stormwater (20 Hours) a) Water – Sources, treatment and storage, transporta on and distribu on, quality, distribu on networks, water harves ng, recycling and reuse, norms and standards of provision, ins tu onal arrangements. b) Sanita on – Points of genera on, collec on, treatment, disposal, norms and standards, grey water disposal, DEWATS, ins tu onal arrangements. c) Stormwater – Rainfall data interpreta on, points of water stagna on, system of natural drains, surface topography and soil characteris cs, groundwater replenishment, storm water collec on and disposal, norms and standards, ins tu onal arrangements. Module III: Planning and Management of Municipal Wastes, Power and Fire (15 Hours) a) Municipal wastes, genera on, typology, quan ty, collec on, storage, transporta on, treatment, disposal, recycling and reuse, wealth from waste, norms and standards, ins tu onal arrangements. b) Sources of power procurement, distribu on networks, demand assessment, norms and standards, planning provisions and management issues. c) Fire, history of fire hazards, vulnerable loca ons, methods of firefigh ng. Module IV: Transport Infrastructure Planning, Management and Design (12 Hours) a) Types of transport systems, evolu on of transport modes, urban form and transport pa erns, land use, transport cycle, concept of accessibility, hierarchy, capacity and geometric design elements of roads and intersec ons. b) Basic principles of transport infrastructure design, Traffic and transporta on surveys and studies, traffic and travel characteris cs, Urban transport planning process – stages, study area, zoning, data base, concept of trip genera on, environment and safety issues. Module V: Life Cycle Analysis (5 Hours) Mul -criteria analysis for comparison of infrastructure alterna ves, Procurement strategies, Scheduling and management of planning ac vi es. Suggested Readings 1. Sameer Kochhar, Deepak B. Phatak, H. Krishnamurthy, Gursharan Dhanjal, “Infrastructure and Governance”, Academic Founda on, New Delhi. 2. S. Mukherjee and D. Chakraborty, “Environmental Scenario in India”, Routledge, London 3. Mohinder Singh and L. R. Kadiyali, “Crisis in Road Transport”, Konark Publishers Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi 4. N. N. Bandela, D. G. Tare, “Municipal Solid Waste Management”, B. R. Publishing. 5. J. A. Nathanson, P. E. John, N. R. Brisbane, “Basic Environmental Technology: Water Supply, Waste Disposal and Pollu on Control”, John Wiley and Sons. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|251

CVSM0006: STRUCTURAL MASONRY (3 credits - 45 hours) Objectives: To understand the behavior of masonry structures under gravity and lateral loads, design masonry structures for gravity, wind and seismic loads, design masonry infill as shear walls for lateral action and to apply strengthening techniques for repair and rehabilitation of masonry structures. Module I (10 Hours) Introduc on, Masonry units, materials and types, Strength of Masonry in Compression, Behaviour of Masonry under compression, strength and elas c proper es, influence of masonry unit and mortar characteris cs, effect of masonry unit height on compressive strength, influence of masonry bonding pa erns on strength, predic on of strength of masonry in Indian context, failure theories of masonry under compression, Effects of slenderness and eccentricity, effect of rate of absorp on, effect of curing, effect of ageing, workmanship on compressive strength Module II (10 Hours) Flexural and shear bond, flexural strength and shear strength, Bond between masonry unit and mortar, tests for determining flexural and shear bond strengths, factors affec ng bond strength, effect of bond strength on compressive strength, orthotropic strength proper es of masonry in flexure, shear strength of masonry, test procedures for evalua ng flexural and shear strength, Permissible stresses, Permissible compressive stress, stress reduc on and shape reduc on factors, increase in permissible stresses for eccentric ver cal and lateral loads, permissible tensile and shear stresses Module III (15 Hours) Design of load bearing masonry buildings, Permissible compressive stress, stress reduc on and shape reduc on factors, increase in permissible stresses for eccentric ver cal and lateral loads, permissible tensile and shear stresses, Effec ve height of walls and columns, opening in walls, effec ve length, effec ve thickness, slenderness ra o, eccentricity, load dispersion, arching ac on, lintels, Wall carrying axial load, eccentric load with different eccentricity ra os, wall with openings, freestanding wall, Design of load bearing masonry for buildings up to 3 to 8 storeys using BIS codal provisions Module IV (10 Hours) Earthquake resistant masonry buildings, Behaviour of masonry during earthquakes, concepts and design procedure for earthquake resistant masonry, BIS codal provisions, Masonry arches, domes and vaults, Components and classifica on of masonry arches, domes and vaults, historical buildings, construc on procedure Suggested Readings 1. Hendry A. W., “Structural Masonry”Macmillan Educa on Ltd., 2nd edi on 2. Steven Sahlin, “Structural Masonry”Thomas Telford 3. Cur n, “Design of Reinforced and Pre-stressed Masonry”,Pren ce Hall 4. Dayaratnam P,“Brick and Reinforced Brick Structures” Oxford and IBH Publica ons

CVFI0008: FINANCING INFRASTRUCTURE PROJECTS (4 credits - 60 hours) Objectives: Any civil engineer involved in the task of infrastructure project planning and execution should have understanding of the various aspects of financing these projects. This course introduces some important facets in this direction so as to make the students conversant with the subject. Module I: Introduction to Infrastructure Financing (3 Hours) Role of governments in financing infrastructure projects, Economic mul plier effects of infrastructure

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|252

Module II: Public Private Partnerships – Procurement Process (15 Hours) Means of financing - public finance and private finance, Procurement of infrastructure projects through Public Private Partnership route, Types of PPP models, Contractual structure of PPP projects, Value for money evalua on, Lifecycle of PPP projects, PPP procurement process Module III: Concession – Design and Award (12 Hours) Concession for infrastructure - Design and award, Alloca on of responsibili es, Price se ng, Penal es and bonuses, Dispute resolu on, Case studies Module IV: Risk Management of Infrastructure Projects (12 Hours) Risk management of infrastructure projects, Risk associated with various infrastructure projects, Risk iden fica on techniques, Risk alloca on frameworks, Risk mi ga on strategies Module V: Project Finance (15 Hours) Financing infrastructure projects with private capital, Introduc on to project finance concept, Analysing project viability, Designing security arrangements, structuring the project, preparing project financing plan Module VI: Ratings of Infrastructure Projects (3 Hours) Role of credit ra ngs in financing infrastructure projects, ra ng frameworks used by na onal and interna onal credit agencies, Case studies Suggested Readings 1. A. Akintoye, M. Beck, and C. Hardcastle, “Public Private Partnerships - Managing Risks and Opportuni es”, Oxford: Blackwell Science Limited. 2. J. D. Finnerty, “Project Financing – Asset Based Financial Engineering”, New York: John Wiley and Sons, Inc. 3. T. Merna and C. Njiru, “Financing Infrastructure Projects (First Edi on)”, London: Thomas Telford. 4. P. K. Nevi and F. J. Fabozzi, “Project Financing (7th Edi on)”, London, UK: Euromoney Books. 5. G. Raghuram, R. Jain, S. Sinha, P. Pangotra and S. Morris, “Infrastructure Development and Financing: Towards a Public-Private Partnership”, MacMillan. 6. R. Tinsley, “Project Finance in Asia Pacific: Prac cal Case Studies”, London, UK: Euromoney Books. 7. C. Walker and A. J. Smith, “Priva zed Infrastructure: The Build Operate Transfer Approach”, London: Thomas Telford. 8. E. R. Yescombe, “Principles of Project Finance”, California: Academic Press. 9. L. Kurowski and D. Sussman, “Investment Project Design - A Guide to Financial and Economic Analysis with Constraints”, New Jersey: John Wiley and Sons. 10. F. Pretorius, P. Lejot, A. McInnis, D. Arner and B. F. C. Hsu, “Project Finance for Construc on and Infrastructure: Principles and Case Studies”, Oxford: Blackwell Publishing. 11. B. Weber and H. W. Alfen, “Infrastructure as an Asset Class – Investment Strategies, Project Finance and PPP”, West Sussex: John Wiley and Sons.

CVCT0009: ADVANCED CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY (4 credits - 60 hours) Objectives: This course introduces the basic and neo-construction materials as components of concrete which have been further extended towards design, manufacture and placement techniques. It also adds special varieties of concrete to give exposure on the latest trends. Module I: Constituent Materials (18 Hours) Aggregate: Classifica on, Tes ng of Aggregates, Fibers, Cement, Grade of Cement, Chemical composi on, Hydra on of Cement, Structure of hydrated Cement, Special Cement, Water, Chemicals and Minerals Admixtures: Water reducers, air entrainers, set controllers, specialty admixtures – structure, proper es and effects on concrete proper es, Introduc on to supplementary cemen ng materials and pozzolans, Fly ash, blast furnace slag, silica fume, and metakaolin - their produc on, proper es and effects on concrete proper es, other mineral addi ves - reac ve and inert. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|253

Module II: Concrete Production and Properties (6 Hours) Batching of ingredients, mixing, transport and placement, Consolida on, finishing and curing of concrete, ini al and final set – significance and measurement. Engineering proper es of concrete, Compressive strength and parameters affec ng it, Tensile strength - direct and indirect, Modulus of elas city and Poisson's ra o, Stress strain response of concrete. Module III: Principles of Concrete Mix Design (6 Hours) Basic principles and Methods of Concrete mix design, Design of high strength concrete, IS method, ACI method, new approaches based on rheology and par cle packing. Module IV: Modern Trends in Concrete Manufacture (15 Hours) Modern trends in concrete manufacture and placement techniques, Methods of transporta on, Placing and curing, extreme weather concre ng, special concre ng methods, Vacuum dewatering of concrete, underwater concre ng. Module V: Special Concretes (15 Hours) Proper es and applica ons of High performance concrete, reac ve powder concrete, Lightweight, heavyweight and mass concrete, fibre reinforced concrete, self-compac ng concrete, Fly ash Concrete, Fibre reinforced Concrete, Polymer Concrete, Epoxy resins and screeds for rehabilita on – proper es and applica on, Emerging trends in replacement of fine aggregates. Suggested Readings 1. N. Krishnaraju, “Advanced Concrete Technology”, CBS Publishers. 2. A. M. Nevile, “Concrete Technology”, Pren ce Hall, New York. 3. A. R. Santhakumar, “Concrete Technology”, World Rights Publisher. 4. Newman, John and Ban Sang Choo, "Advanced Concrete Technology - Concrete Proper es", Elsevier. 5. V. M. Malhotra and A. A. Ramezaniaanpour, "Fly Ash in Concrete", Canmet. 6. S. Popovics, "Fundamentals of Portland Cement Concrete: A Quan ta ve Approach Vol. 1 Fresh Concrete" John Wiley and Sons. 7. P. Schiessl, "Corrosion of Steel in Concrete" Chapman and Hall.

CVTE0010: ADVANCED TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING (3 credits - 45 hours) Objectives: The objective of this course is to lay a solid foundation of transportation system planning, traffic engineering, transport economics and modern construction techniques adopted in transportation engineering as a whole by providing general concepts of planning, functional design, traffic operation and management of roads and their networks and other facilities in road transportation system. Module I: Urban Transportation Systems Planning (15 Hours) Urban Transporta on Planning Process, Urban Travel and Transporta on Systems Characteris cs, Travel Demands Forecas ng, trip genera on, trip distribu on, modal split and traffic assignment, Land use/ Transporta on systems, Introduc on to Urban Mass Transporta on Systems. Module II: Traffic Engineering (12 Hours) Driver behaviour, traffic informa on and control systems, traffic studies - volume, speed and delay studies, elements of traffic flow theory, characteris cs of uninterrupted traffic, Capacity and LOS of Uninterrupted facili es, characteris cs of interrupted traffic, traffic characteris cs at unsignalised intersec ons, design of signalized intersec ons, capacity and LOS of signalized intersec ons, actuated signal control, signal coordina on. Module III: Transport Economics (8 Hours) Economic Evalua on of Transporta on Plans, Vehicle Opera ng Costs, Value of Travel Time Savings, Accident Costs, Traffic Conges on, Traffic Restraints and Road Pricing.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|254

Module IV: Advanced Construction Techniques in Transportation Engineering (10 Hours) Introduc on to Modern Construc on Techniques in Transporta on Engineering, New Road Construc on Concepts, Reliable Infrastructure, Green Infrastructure, Introduc on to Mul -modal and mul -level design models of streets, Air purifica on by pavement blocks, NOx reduc on by pavement blocks, Development of high performance under layers with low cost materials and higher percentage of re-use. Suggested Readings 1. L. R. Kadiyali, “Traffic Engineering and Transport Planning”, Khanna Publica on. 2. P. Chakroborty and A. Das, “Principles of Transporta on Engineering”, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd. 3. S. K. Khanna and C. E. G Justo, “Highway Engineering”, Nem Chand and Bros, Roorkee. 4. S. P. Bindra, “A Course in Highway Engineering”, Dhanpat Rai Publica ons. 5. G. V. Rao, “Transporta on Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill.

CVHR0011: STRUCTURAL HEALTH MONITORING AND REHABILITATION OF STRUCTURES (3 credits - 45 hours) Objectives: To make the students gain knowledge on the quality of concrete, durability aspects, causes of deterioration, assessment of distressed structures, repairing and retrofitting of structures and demolition procedures. Module I: Application of SHM in Civil Engineering (5 Hours) Introduc on to capaci ve methods, capaci ve probe for concrete, SHM of a bridge, Applica on of external post tensioned cables, monitoring historical buildings. Module II: Non-Destructive Testing of Concrete Structures (14 Hours) Introduc on to NDT, Situa ons and contexts where NDT is needed, classifica on of NDT procedures, visual inspec on, half-cell electrical poten al methods, Schmidt Rebound hammer test, resis vity measurement, electromagne c methods, radiographic tes ng, ultrasonic tes ng infrared thermography, ground penetra ng radar, radio isotope gauges, other methods. Module III: Condition Survey and NDE of Concrete Structures (12 Hours) Defini on and objec ve of condi on survey, stages of condi on survey (Preliminary, Planning, Inspec on, and Tes ng stages), possible defects in concrete structures, quality control of concrete structures, NDT as an op on for Non-destruc ve evalua on of (NDE) of concrete structures, Case studies of a few NDT procedures on concrete structures. Module IV: Rehabilitation and Retrofitting of Structures (14 Hours) Repair, rehabilita on and retrofi ng of structures, Damage assessment of concrete/steel structures, materials and methods for repairs and rehabilita on, Damage assessment and Evalua on models, Damage tes ng methods, Importance of re-analysis, execu on of rehabilita on strategy, case studies. Suggested Readings 1. Daniel Balageas, Claus-Peter Fritzen, Alfredo Güemes, “Structural Health Monitoring”, John Wiley and Sons. 2. Douglas E Adams, “Health Monitoring of Structural Materials and Components - Methods with Applica ons”, John Wiley and Sons. 3. J.P. Ou, H. Li and Z.D. Duan, “Structural Health Monitoring and Intelligent Infrastructure”, Vol-1, Taylor and Francis Group, London, U.K. 4. K. Ravishankar, T.S. Krishnamoorthy, “Structural Health Monitoring, Repair and Rehabilita on of Concrete Structures”, Allied Publishers. 5. R.N. Raika, “Diagnosis and Treatment of Structures in Distress R and D Centre”, Structural Designers and Consultants, New Bombay, India. 6. V.K. Raina, “Concrete Bridge Prac ce Construc on, Maintenance and Rehabilita on”, 2nd Edi on, Shroff Publishers and Distributors. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|255

7. 8.

W.H. Ransom, “Building Failures, Diagnosis and Avoidance”, 2nd Edi on, E. and FN Spon Publishers. Handbook on ‘Seismic Retrofi ng of Buildings’ Published CPWD, Indian Building Congress in Associa on with IIT Madras, Narosa Publishing House.

CVSM0012: STRENGTH OF MATERIALS (4 credits – 60 hours) Objectives: This course deals with understanding the behavior of civil engineering materials and structural components under the action of external loads, which forms the first step towards designing any civil engineering structure. Module I (16 hours) a) Simple stresses and Strains: Stress, strain, type of stresses, stress-strain curve, elas c limit, Hooke’s law, elas c constants and their rela onships, bars of uniform sec ons, bars of varying sec ons, bars of composite sec ons, compound bars, elonga on due to self weight, bars of uniform strength, temperature stresses. b) Strain Energy and Impact loading: Strain energy, stresses under gradual, sudden and impact loadings. Strain energy due to shear. c) Compound stresses and strains: Stresses on inclined plane due to uniaxial stress state, due to simple shear, due to biaxial stress state, due to combined normal and shear stresses, Mohr Circle of Stress, principal stresses and principal planes. Module II (14 hours) Bending moments and Shear forces: Types of load, types of support, SF and BM, sign conven on, SF and BM diagrams for can lever, simply supported and overhanging beams, point of Contra- flexure, rela onship between rate of loading, SF and BM. Module III (16 hours) Stresses in beams: Theory of simple bending, assump ons, neutral axis and moment of resistance, Bending stress- its distribu on, sec on modulus, composite beams, rela ve efficiency of beam sec on, shear stress distribu on in beams, shear centre, Direct and bending stress- stress distribu on for an eccentrically loaded rectangular sec on. Module IV (14 hours) a) Torsional stresses in sha s: Analysis of torsional stresses, combined bending and torsion, equivalent bending moment and torque. b) Cylindrical Shells: Thin cylinders - circumferen al and longitudinal stresses. Deriva on of formulae for radial and hoop stresses for thick cylinders, spherical shells. Suggested Readings 1. S. Ramamrutham, Strength of Materials, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company (P) Ltd. 2. Dr. R. K. Bansal, A Textbook of Strength of Materials, Laxmi Publica ons (P) Ltd. 3. R. K. Rajput, Strength of Materials, S. Chand and Company Ltd. 4. S. S. Bhavika , Strength of Materials, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. 5. Beer and Johnston, Mechanics of Materials, Tata McGraw-Hill 6. G. H. Ryder, Strength of Materials, ELBS and MacMillan.

CVFM0013: FLUID MECHANICS (4 credits – 60 hours) Objectives: This course is fundamental to the understanding of the flow behavior of fluid, basically water in a guided regime. Flow of water is very important in many settings in which Civil Engineering is involved and so the study of Fluid Mechanics becomes very important to the student of Civil Engineering. Module I (8 hours) Fluid sta cs: Important physical proper es: density, specific weight, viscosity, surface tension, capillarity, compressibility, vapor pressure, Classifica on of fluids-ideal and real fluid, non-Newtonian fluids. Pressure at a point-Pascal’s Law, pressure varia on in a sta c fluid. Scales of ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|256

Pressure-absolute and gauge pressure, Measurement of pressure-manometers, Forces on submerged plane and curved surfaces, Buoyant Force- centre of buoyancy, metacentre, determina on of metacentric height, Equilibrium of floa ng and submerged bodies. Module II (15 hours) a) Fluid kinema cs: Study of fluid mo on-Lagrangian and Eulerian descrip ons, con nuity equa on, Types and states of mo on- steady and unsteady, uniform and non-uniform, laminar and turbulent flow, compressible and incompressible flows, one, two and three dimensional flows, stream func on and velocity poten al, flow net. b) Fluid dynamics: Euler’s equa on of mo on, energy equa on and Bernoulli’s equa on and its applica on-venturimeter, orifice meter, Pitot tube, Momentum equa on and its applica on to simple problems. Module III (12 hours) a) Flow through Openings: Orifices, Mouthpieces, orifice coefficients. b) Notches and Weirs: Rectangular, triangular and trapezoidal notches and weirs, Francis’s formula with end contrac on, suppressed weir, Cipolle weir, submerged weir, broad crested weir. Module IV (16 hours) a) Viscous or Laminar flow: Laminar flow through circular pipes, parallel plates, Kine c Energy Correc on and Momentum, Power Absorbed in Viscous flow, Loss of Head due to Fric on in Viscous flow, measurement of viscosity. b) Turbulent flow: Reynolds’ experiment, laws of fluid fric on, Shear stresses, establishment of flow, types of boundaries, Prandtl mixing length concept, velocity distribu on, mean velocity and resistance to flow in smooth and rough pipes. Module V (9 hours) Flow through pipes: Losses in pipe flow-major loss (Loss due to fric on)-Darcy Weisbach equa on, minor losses, Hydraulic gradient lines, Total Energy lines. Flow through Syphon, pipes in series and parallel, Equivalent pipe, branched pipes, me of emptying a reservoir through pipe. Power transmi ed through pipes, nozzles. Water Hammer in pipes. Pipe Network, Hardy Cross Method. Suggested Readings 1. Dr. R. K. Bansal, A Textbook of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, Laxmi Publica ons (P) Ltd. 2. Yunus A. Cengel, John M. Cimbala, Fluid Mechanics, McGraw-Hill Companies 3. Frank White, Fluid Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill Educa on Pvt. Ltd. 4. K.L. Kumar, Fluid Mechanics, S. Chand and Co.

CVES0014: ENGINEERING SURVEY I (4 credits – 60 hours) Objectives: This first course in Engineering Survey gives an introduction to various methods of engineering survey along with an exposure to the different survey equipment used by civil engineers. Module I (12 hours) a) Chain and compass traversing: Introduc on, func ons of traverse, types of traverse, terms related to traversing: meridian, bearing (types and conversions), declina on, calcula on of interior angles of a closed traverse from bearings, traverse computa ons: la tudes and departures, closing error and its correc ons, balancing a traverse by Bowditch’s graphical rule b) Plane table surveying: Principles, merits and demerits, equipment and accessories, methods of loca ng details - radia on, intersec on and resec on, traversing, two and three point problem Module II (14 hours) a) Leveling: Classifica on, Defini on of terms, principles of leveling, types of levels, leveling staffs, balancing of sights, distance of visible horizon, Profile and Cross-sec on leveling, fly leveling, reciprocal leveling, Trigonometric leveling, Precise leveling, booking and reduc on in field book. Errors in leveling, effect of curvature and refrac on. b) Contouring: Contour, contour interval, horizontal equivalent, contour gradient, factors affec ng ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|257

contour interval, characteris cs of contours, direct and indirect methods of contouring, uses of contour maps. Module III (12 hours) a) Theodolite: Measurement of horizontal angle and ver cal angles, - method of repe on and reitera on, sources of errors, temporary and permanent adjustments, checks in traversing, omi ed measurements. Various types of Theodolite - Vernier, Micro-op c and Electronic. Traversing by Theodolite. b) Tacheometry: General principles of stadia system, analy c lens, determina on of tacheometric constants, inclined sights with staff ver cal, inclined sight with staff normal to the line of sight, tangen al system. Module IV (10 hours) a) Computa on of Area and Volume: Units and conversion factor, Area by Mid-ordinate, Average-ordinate, Trapezoidal and Simpson’s Rule, Formulae for circula on of Cross-Sec onal Area, Formulae for calcula on of volume. b) Se ng out Works: Se ng out of buildings, bridges, Reconnaissance and Preliminary survey. Module V (12 hrs) Curve Surveying: Introduc on, Defini on of Different terms, Types of Horizontal Curves, Elements of Simple Circular Curve, Se ng out of Circular Curve by Chain and Tape, Se ng out of Circular Curve by Rankine’s Method, Transi on Curve and its characteris c proper es, Combina on of Transi on and Circular Curve, Combina on of Ver cal curve – computa on for se ng out by Tangent Correc on Suggested Readings 1. Dr. B. C. Punmia, Surveying Vol. – IandII, Laxmi Publica ons (P) Ltd. 2. R. Subramanian, Surveying and Levelling, Oxford University Press. 3. Arora, Surveying, Standard Book House.

CVSB0015: STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS OF BUILDING (4 credits – 60 hours) Objectives: This course encompasses the study of various structural components constituting different types of buildings, the understanding of which is a prime requisite to conceive and construct a civil engineering structure. Module I: Building Materials A (18 hours) Cement Concrete: Proper es of building materials like duc lity, strength, s ffness, durability, hardness, toughness and weakness of material, Cement (Chemical composi on, manufacturing, physical characteris cs, hydra on, proper es of cement compounds, types of cement, grade, tests on cement), Coarse and Fine aggregates (Test for Aggregates, Influence of aggregate on proper es of Concrete and Mortar, Selec on of aggregate), Fresh Concrete (Batching, Mixing, Workability, Effect of Admixture), Hardened Concrete (Mechanical proper es of Hardened Concrete, Water-cement ra o, Porosity, Curing, Durability of Concrete), High Performance Concrete, Concept of Concrete Mix design, Nominal Mix with reference to IS Code recommenda ons, Design Mix. Module II: Building Materials B (10 hours) a) Metals: Steel for reinforced concrete and prestressed concrete construc on, structural steel sec ons. b) Deteriora on of building materials: Corrosion, chloride and sulphate a ack on concrete, alkali aggregate reac on, acid aggregate reac ons. c) Other Materials: Asbestos, Glass, Paints and Varnishes. Module III: Building Construction A (14 hours) Principles of planning: Orienta on and Func onal planning of a Building, Types of Building, Building Bye-Laws, Dead and Live loads. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|258

Module IV: Building Construction B (18 hours) a) Brick and stone masonry: Types and bonds in brick work, Reinforced brick work, Defects in brick masonry, Classifica ons of stone masonry, Lintels and Arches. Scaffolding b) Par on and cavity walls: Types of non bearing par on- brick par ons, mber par ons and glass par ons, construc on of masonry cavity walls. c) Founda on: Func ons, types of shallow and deep founda ons, feature of shallow founda on, founda ons in water logged areas, masonry wall founda on. d) Roofs: Types of roofs, various roof trusses-king post truss, queen post truss and simple steel roof trusses. e) Floors: Brick floors, cement concrete floors, terrazzo flooring, mosaic floorings, and led flooring. f) Staircase: Types and planning of staircase g) Doors and Windows: Loca ons and types of door movement, various types of doors and windows, fixtures and fasteners for doors, fixing ven lators. h) Miscellaneous: Damp proofing, Termite proofing, Acous cs, Sound Insula on and Fire Protec on. Suggested Readings 1. B.C. Punmia, Building Construc on, Laxmi Publica on. 2. Gurucharan Singh, Building Planning, Design and Scheduling, Standard Publica on Distributors. 3. S.C. Rangwala, Engineering Materials, Charotar Publica on. 4. M. Chakraborty, Civil Engineering Drawing, Third Edi on, Bhak Vedanta book trust. 5. R. S. Malik, G. S. Meo, Civil Engineering Drawing, New Asian Publishers. 6. V. B. Sikka, A Course in Civil Engineering Drawing, S. K. Kataria and Sons. 7. Na onal building Code of India, 1984, BIS, 2002. 8. Building Bye Laws, Guwaha Municipal Development Authority.

CVSA0016: STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS I (4 credits - 60 hours) Objective: This course is in continuation of the course Strength of Materials dealt with in an earlier semester and deals with understanding the behavior of components of civil engineering structures under the action of external loads. This forms the first step towards designing any civil engineering structure. Module I (12 hours) Deflec on of beams: Beam Differen al Equa on. Slope and Deflec on at a point, for can lever and simply supported beams, Double Integra on Method, Macaulay's Method, Moment Area Method, Mohr's theorem, rela on between maximum bending stress and maximum deflec on, Strain Energy due to bending, Cas gliano's First Theorem, Conjugate Beam Method, Principle of virtual work, Maxwell's Reciprocal Deflec on Theorem Module II (20 hours) a) Analysis of sta cally determinate structures: Analysis of Trusses. Deflec on of truss joints, adop ng Maxwell's method of reciprocal deflec on b) Sta cally Indeterminate Structures: Sta c and Kinema c Indeterminacies, order of Redundancy. Strain energy method, Analysis of frames with one or two redundant members using Cas gliano's 2nd theorem. Lack of fit and temperature effect c) Fixed and Con nuous beams: Analysis of Propped Can lever and Fixed Beams subjected to various types of loading. Effect of fixity. Moment Area Method. Analysis of Con nuous beams, Clapeyron’s Three Moment Method Module III (20 hours) a) Moment Distribu on Method: S ffness of a member, Rela ve S ffness and Distribu on factors. Applica on of Moment Distribu on for the analysis of Con nuous Beams with Simply Supported ends, Fixed Ends and Sinking supports. Analysis of Frames with and without sway b) Slope Deflec on Method: Formula on of the Slope Deflec on Method. Applica on of Slope Deflec on Method for the analysis of con nuous beams and portal frames with only horizontal and ver cal members ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|259

c)

Kani’s Method: Rota on factors, Applica on for the analysis of Con nuous Beams with Simply Supported ends, Fixed Ends and sinking supports, Analysis of Frames with and without sway

Module IV (8 hours) Column and Struts: Slenderness ra o, short and long columns, combined bending and direct Stresses, resultant stresses for rectangular column subjected to eccentric load, limit of eccentricity for no tension, crippling load, Euler’s theory, Rankine’s formula, Straight line and parabolic formula Suggested Readings 1 S. Ramamrutham, Theory of Structures, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company (P) Ltd. 2 S. Ramamrutham, Strength of Materials, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company (P) Ltd. 3 Prof. V.N. Vazirani, Analysis of Structures Vol. IandII, Khanna Publishers 4 Dr. R. K. Bansal, A Textbook of Strength of Materials, Laxmi Publica ons (P) Ltd. 5 B. C. Punmia, Theory of Structures, Laxmi Publica ons

CVHM0017: HYDRAULICS AND HYDRAULIC MACHINES (4 credits - 60 hours) Objective: This course deals with the practical aspects of flow of water, which form the basis of analysis and design of hydraulic structures and machines. Module I (12 hours) Dimensional and Model Analysis: Dimensional Homogeneity, Methods of dimensional analysis, Rayleigh’s method, Buckingham’s π-theorem, Important dimensionless parameter and their significance, Applica on of dimensional analysis to fluid flow problems, Model Analysis, Similitude, Types of forces ac ng in a moving fluid, Dimensionless Numbers, Model Laws, Classifica on of Models Module II (16 hours) a) Boundary Layer Theory: Boundary layer thickness- displacement, momentum and energy thickness, Laminar and turbulent boundary layer along a flat plate- momentum integral equa on; Laminar sub-layer. Drag force on flat plate due to Boundary Layer b) Forces on Submerged Bodies: Force exerted by a flowing fluid on a sta onary body, expression for drag and li , terminal velocity of a body Module III (16 hours) Open Channel flow: Channel sec on- We ed perimeter, hydraulic radius, slope; Chezy’s and Manning’s formula, Economic sec on. Normal depth, specific energy, cri cal depth and cri cal velocity, prisma c and non-prisma c channel sec on, types of bed slope. Gradually varied flow-surface profile, equa on of gradually varied flow-direct step method, backwater curve, rapidly varied flow-hydraulic jump in horizontal rectangular channel, depth and length of jump, loss of energy Module IV (16 hours) a) Impact of Jet: Impulse momentum principle, force of jet on fixed, hinged and moving, ver cal and inclined flat plate. Force of jet on moving curved plate, water wheel and radial rota ng curved vanes b) Turbines: Classifica on, Impulse and reac on turbines, work done, power and efficiencies, Pelton wheel, Francis turbine, Kaplan turbine, dra tube, unit quan es, specific speed. Characteris c Curves of Hydraulic Turbines c) Pumps: Centrifugal pump- velocity triangle, work done, manometric head, efficiency, minimum star ng speed, mul stage pump. Reciproca ng pump, main parts, working, discharge, indicator diagram, effects of accelera on and fric on, Air vessels Suggested Readings 1 Dr. R. K. Bansal, A Textbook of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, Laxmi Publica ons (P) Ltd. 2 Yunus A. Cengel, John M. Cimbala, Fluid Mechanics, McGraw-Hill Companies 3 Frank White, Fluid Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill Educa on Pvt. Ltd. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|260

4

K.L. Kumar, Fluid Mechanics, S. Chand and Co.

CVES0018: ENGINEERING SURVEY II (4 credits-60 hours) Objective: This course in Engineering Survey gives an introduction to various methods of engineering survey along with an exposure to the different survey equipment used by civil engineers. Module I (30 hours) a) Triangula on: Classifica ons of Triangula on System, Triangula on Figures, Strength of figure, Rou ne of Triangula on Survey. Intervisibility and height of sta on, Signal – Types – phase of signal, Baseline – Selec on of site, Baseline measurement, correc on to Tape measurements, Extension of short base, Satellite sta on and Reduc on to centre, Introduc on to Trilatera on – its comparison with triangula on, Introduc on to EDM and Total Sta on, Eleva on of Geode c Points – special features of precise leveling work b) Theory of Errors: Error, Accuracy and Precision, Types of Errors, Laws of Accidental Error, Law of Weight, Principle of Least Squares, Determina on of Probable Error c) Triangula on Adjustments: Sta on Adjustment – Correc ons to observed angles at a sta on using distribu on of error, normal equa on, method of difference and method of correlates d) Figure Adjustments: Adjustment of angles of a triangle using normal equa on method. Adjustment of Geode c Triangle – general rules for applying correc on to the three angles, Calcula on of Spherical Excess, computa on of the sides of a Geode c Triangle, Adjustment of a Chain of Triangles, Adjustment of a Geode c Quadrilateral by Approximate Method. Module II (18 hours) a) Field Astronomy: Astronomical Coordinate Systems, rela onship between Coordinates, Star at Horizon, Prime Ver cal, Elonga on and Culmina on, Circumpolar Stars, Astronomical Triangle, Napier’s rules and its use to calculate coordinates b) Map projec ons: Map-Fundamental Characteris cs, types, Geographic Coordinate system, S.O.I. scheme of Map Indexing. Map projec on-An ideal map projec on, Classifica on of map projec on, Factor influencing choice of suitable map projec ons. Introduc on to Global Posi oning System and Geographical Informa on System. Module III (12 hours) a) Aerial Photogrammetry: Introduc on and Types of photograph, Defini on of Basic terminology, Ver cal Photograph-Determina on of scale, flying height, distance between points, Relief displacement-es ma on of height from relief displacement. Stereoscopic viewing-Meaning, Ideal condi ons, Stereoscopic fusion and percep on of depth, parallax and its measurement, Parallax equa on for es ma ng eleva on of a point, Difference in eleva on by stereoscopic parallax, Computa on of Flight Planning. b) Introduc on to remote sensing: Components of a Remote Sensing System, Electromagne c Spectra, Ac ve and passive remote sensing, Satellite pla orm, sun synchronous and Geosta onary. Satellite data products-Hand copy-Panchroma c and FCC, Visual interpreta on keys, Digital interpreta on of image, broad type of computer assisted opera ons, Introduc on to use of remote sensing data. Suggested Readings 1 Dr. B. C. Punmia, Surveying Vol. – II and III, Laxmi Publica ons (P) Ltd. 2 K.R. Arrora, Surveying Vol. – II and III, Standard Book House. 3 N.N. Basak, Surveying and Levelling, Tata McGraw-Hill. 4 R. Subramanian, Surveying and Levelling, Oxford University Press. 5 Satheesh Gopi, R. Sathikumar and N. Madhu, Advanced Surveying, Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd. 6 Thomas M. Lillesand, Ralph W. Kiefer; Remote Sensing and Image Interpreta on, John Wiley and Sons, New York.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|261

CVEG0019: ENGINEERING GEOLOGY (3 credits - 45 hours) Objective: Planning, design and construction of foundation of civil engineering structures need clear understanding of the underlying geology. This course will provide essential inputs to the students in this regard. Module I (8 hours) General Geology: Branches and scope of geology, surface features and internal structure of the Earth. Weathering of rocks – Agents and kinds of weathering. Forma on of Soil, Soil Profile. Geological work of Natural Agencies – Wind, Running Water, Subsurface Water, Glaciers and Oceans. Module II (14 hours) a) Mineralogy: Defini on of crystal and mineral, study of the structure, physical, op cal and chemical proper es and occurrence of Quartz, Feldspar, Mica, Carbonate, Amphibole and Pyroxene group of minerals. Structure of clay minerals - Kaolinite, Illite and Montmorillonite b) Petrology: Mode of forma on of igneous, metamorphic and sedimentary rocks- their occurrences, forms, texture and structure, classifica ons, mineralogical composi ons and Engineering Importance. Engineering proper es of rocks – Compressive strength, tensile strength, porosity, permeability, specific gravity, abrasive resistance. Rock quarrying with par cular reference to rock blas ng and few related numerical problems Module III (16 hours) a) Structural geology: Primary and Secondary Structures of Rocks, Strike and Dip, out crops, volcanoes, overlaps, inliers and outliers, types and classifica on, causes of forma on of folds, faults, joints, unconformi es and their recogni on in the field. Importance of geological structures in Engineering. Stra graphy of India (a general idea). b) Applied Geology and Geological inves ga on: Geological and geophysical inves ga ons in major Civil Engineering Projects. Geological studies for Dams and reservoir sites, Geological studies for selec on of tunnels and underground excava ons. Rock Explora on by Direct Penetra on – Core Boring (Rock Quality Designa on). Geophysical methods as applied to civil engineering for subsurface analysis (Electrical, Seismic, Magne c and Gravita onal Methods). Introduc on to applica ons of remote sensing in geological studies Module IV (7 hours) Earthquake: Tectonic ac vi es, seismic waves and seismographs, seismogram, depth of focus, magnitude and intensity, Distribu on of Earthquakes in the world and India, Precau on and Significance in Civil Engineering Suggested Readings 1 Parbin Singh, Engineering and General Geology, S.K. Kataria and Sons 2 P. K. Mukherjee, A Textbook of Geology, The World Press Pvt. Ltd. 3 Dr. B. P. Verma, Rock Mechanics for Engineers, Khanna Publishers 4 F. G. Bell, Fundamentals of Engineering Geology, BPB Publica ons 5 Marland P. Billings, Structural Geology, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd. 6 D Venkat Reddy, Engineering Geology, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.

CVRT0020: RURAL CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY (4 credits-60 hours) Objective: Through this course, the students will be given an exposure related to appropriate technology in the area of housing, water supply, sanitation, rural roads construction and minor irrigation works, etc. Module I (8 Hours) Rural development planning and concept of appropriate technology: Scope, development plans, various approaches to rural development planning, concept of appropriate technology in rural ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|262

development, role of civil engineering in rural development, organiza onal structures and management, rural development programme/projects. Module II (16 Hours) Rural Housing: Low cost construc on materials for housing, low cost housing designs - architectural considera ons for individual and group housing; composite materials - ferro-cement and fly ash, autoclaved calcium silicate bricks and soil-stabilized unburnt brick; plinth protec on of mud walls; design considera on and construc on of non-erodible mud plaster, water-proof and fire-retardant roof treatment for thatch roofs, pre-cast stone masonry block walling scheme, rat-trap bond for walls; prefab brick , panels for roof, ferro-cement flooring / roofing units, thin R.C. ribbed slab for floors and roofs, pre-cast R.C. channel , Unit for flooring/roofing scheme, pre-cast R.C. cored unit for flooring/roofing scheme, pre-cast R.C. plank flooring/ roofing scheme-Pan roofing scheme;-glued plywood web beams and roof panels; manual and power scaffold hoist, li ing device for prefab components; solar passive building design; building economics and management. Module III (14 Hours) Water Supply and Rural Sanita on: Epidemiology, Sources of water, BIS and WHO water standards, Quality, Storage and distribu on for rural water supply works, basic design principles of treatment low cost water treatment technologies, Hand pumps - types, installa on and opera on, maintenance of Mark-II hand pumps, conserva on of water, rainwater harves ng, drainage in rural areas, design of low cost waste disposal systems, design and construc on of low cost latrines - 2 pit pour flush water seal, Ven lated Improved Pit latrines, sep c tank etc., Biogas technology, low cost community and individual Garbage disposal systems, recycling of organic/agricultural wastes, development of village ponds, Ferro-cement water storage tanks and latrines, ca le shed management, sewage farming standards for disposal and use for irriga on Module IV (12 Hours) a) Low Cost Roads and Transport: Broad categories of Pavement Layers, types of Granular Sub-Bases and Bases, Bituminous Construc on, Surface Treatments for roads in rural areas, Detailed features and Quality Control of Modified Penetra on Macadam, Soil Stabiliza on, Lime, Lime-Fly ash and Cement Treated Course, Crusher-run-Macadam, Use of local materials b) Flexible Pavement: Design factors, Basic Principles, Guidelines for Surfacing of Rural Roads, CBR method for Design of Flexible Pavement Module V (10 Hours) Low Cost Irriga on: Design Considera on and construc on of tube-well, drip and sprinkler irriga on systems, water logging, reclama on of land, watershed and catchment area development, problems and features of watershed management, management plans, watershed structures Suggested Readings 1. A. G. Madhov Rao, D. S. Ramachandra Murthy, Appropriate Technologies for low cost Housing, Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt .Ltd. 2. Advances in Building Materials and Construc on, CBRI, Roorkee 3. C. Satyanarayana Murthy, Design of Minor Irriga on and Canal Structures, Wiley Eastern Ltd. 4. Document on Rural Road Development in India Volume 1and 2, Central Road Research Ins tute, New Delhi. 5. B Wa , Ferro cement Water Tanks and their Construc on, Intermediate Technology Publica ons Ltd., London 6. GB Rai, Non-Conven onal Energy Sources, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi 7. Biogas Slurry U liza on, Consor um on Rural Technology (CORT), New Delhi 8. Bindeshwas Pathak, Sulabh Shauchalays, Hand Flush Water Seal Latrine, Sulabh Interna onal, Patna 9. Bindeshwas Pathak, Sulabh Shauchalays – A Study of Directed Chough, Sulabh Interna onal; Gandhi Marg, Patna 10. E ler and Steel, Municipal and Rural Sanita on, McGraw Hill Book, Inc. Company, New York 11. Fores, B. Wright, Rural Water Supply and Sanita on, Wiley Eastern Private Ltd. New Delhi 12. S.K. Sharma, Principles and Prac ce of Irriga on Engineering, S. Chand and Company Ltd. New Delhi ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|263

CVFM0021: FINITE ELEMENT METHODS (3 credits - 45 hours) Objective: The objective of the course is to apprise the students about the basics of the Finite Element Technique, a numerical tool for the solution of different classes of problems in Civil Engineering. It is intended to cover the analysis methodologies for 1-D, 2-D and 3-D problems with the advantages and disadvantages clearly spelt out. It is expected that once the students are exposed to the course, they will be in a position to develop computer code for any physical problem using Finite Element techniques. Module I (5 Hours) Introduction to Finite Element Analysis: Introduc on, Basic Concepts of Finite Element Analysis, Introduc on to Elas city, Steps in Finite Element Analysis Module II (12 Hours) a) Finite Element Formulation Techniques: Virtual Work and Varia onal Principle, Galerkin Method, Finite Element Method, Displacement Approach, S ffness Matrix and Boundary Condi ons b) Coordinates and Elements: Natural Coordinates, Triangular Elements, Rectangular Elements, Lagrange and Serendipity Elements, Solid Elements, Isoparametric Formula on, S ffness Matrix of Isoparametric Elements, Numerical Integra on: One Dimensional, Numerical Integra on: Two and Three Dimensional, Worked out Examples Module III (8 Hours) Analysis of Frame Structures: S ffness of Truss Members, Analysis of Truss, S ffness of Beam Members, Finite Element Analysis of Con nuous Beam, Plane Frame Analysis, Analysis of Grid and Space Frame Module IV (15 Hours) a) Finite Element Method (FEM) for Two and Three Dimensional Solids: Constant Strain Triangle, Linear Strain Triangle, Rectangular Elements, Lecture, Numerical Evalua on of Element S ffness, Computa on of Stresses, Geometric Nonlinearity and Sta c Condensa on, Axisymmetric Element, Finite Element Formula on of Axisymmetric Element, Finite Element Formula on for 3 Dimensional Elements, Worked out Examples b) FEM for Plates and Shells: Introduc on to Plate Bending Problems, Finite Element, Analysis of Thin Plate, Finite Element Analysis of Thick Plate, Finite Element Analysis of Skew Plate, Introduc on to Finite Strip Method, Finite Element, Analysis of Shell Module V (5 Hours) Additional Applications of FEM: Finite Elements for Elas c Stability, Finite Elements in Fluid Mechanics, Dynamic Analysis, Suggested Readings 1. C. S. Krishnamoorthy, Finite Element Analysis, Tata McGraw-Hill 2. David V. Hu on, Fundamentals of Finite Element Analysis, McGraw Hill 3. Erik G. Thompson, Introduc on to the Finite Element Method: Theory, Programming and Applica ons, John Wiley 4. H. C. Mar n and G. F. Carey, Introduc on to Finite Element Analysis - Theory and Applica on, New York, McGraw-Hill 5. K. J. Bathe, Finite Element Procedures, Pren ce-Hall of India, New Delhi, India 6. M. Mukhopadhyay, Matrix, Finite Element, Computer and Structural Analysis, Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, India 7. O. C. Zienkiewicz and Y. K. Cheung, The Finite Element Method in Structural and Solid Mechanics, McGraw Hill, London 8. R. D. Cook, Concepts and Applica ons of Finite Element Analysis, Wiley 9. S. S. Rao, Finite Element Analysis, Elsevier Bu erworth-Heinemann 10. W. Weaver Jr. and J. M. Gere, Matrix Analysis of Framed Structure, CBS Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi, India ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|264

CVSA0022: STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS II (4 credits — 60 hours) Objective: This course is in continuation with the courses of Strength of Materials and Analysis of structures I dealt with in earlier semesters and deals with understanding the behavior of components of civil engineering structures under the action of external loads. This forms a key step towards designing any civil engineering structure. Module I (20 hours) a) Arches: i) Analysis of three hinged arches: Circular arches, parabolic arches, and arches with supports at different levels, temperature effect on three hinged arches ii) Analysis of two hinged arches: circular arches, parabolic arches, effect of rib shortening, temperature stresses, analysis of fixed arches: elas c centre method, effect of temperature change and yielding of supports b) Cable and suspension Bridges: Cables under point load, uniformly distributed load, stresses in cables and shape of cable under self-weight, temperature stresses, three hinged s ffening girder and two hinged s ffening girder Module II (10 hours) Unsymmetrical bending: Introduc on to centroidal principal axes of sec ons, principal moment of iner a, bending stresses in beam subjected to unsymmetrical bending, shear centre, shear centre for channel, angles and z-sec ons Module III (10 hours) Analysis of beams curved in plan: Analysis of circular beam loaded uniformly and supported on symmetrically placed columns, semi-circular beam simply supported on three supports equally spaced, semi-circular beams fixed at two ends and subjected to central concentrated load Module IV (20 hours) a) moving loads and influence lines: Applica on to determinate structures-influence lines for support reac ons, shear force, bending moment for beams, trusses, 3-hinged arch, suspension bridges b) Muller-Breslau’s principles: Influence lines for sta cally indeterminate beams, influence lines for support reac ons, bending moment, shear force in propped can lever, two span con nuous beams and for two hinged arch Suggested Readings 1. S. Ramamrutham, Theory of Structures, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company (P) Ltd. 2. S. Ramamrutham, Strength of Materials, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company (P) Ltd. 3. Prof. V.N. Vazirani, Analysis of Structures Vol. I and II, Khanna Publishers 4. Dr. R. K. Bansal, Textbook of Strength of Materials, Laxmi Publica ons (P) Ltd. 5. B. C. Punmia, Theory of Structures, Laxmi Publica ons

CVDS0023: DESIGN OF STRUCTURES I (4 credits — 60 hours) Objective: This is the first course of design of structures which deals with all fundamental concepts of R.C.C design. RCC has been the predominant structural entity in the present day civil engineering constructions; hence the importance. Module I (24 hours) a) Introduc on: Different design philosophies, principles of working stress and limit state methods (limit state method in detail) b) Beams: Analysis of singly and doubly reinforced beams of rectangular and flanged sec ons, design for bending, compression, shear and torsion – design of singly and doubly reinforced beams of rectangular and flanged sec ons using limit state method, design of con nuous beams, limit state of serviceability – deflec ons and cracking ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|265

Module II (10 hours) Columns: Effec ve lengths, design of short columns and long columns with axial loads, uniaxial moment and biaxial moments - use of SP–16 charts Module III (16 hours) a) Slabs: Design of one way, two way, con nuous and can lever slabs, design of flat slab b) Staircases: Design of straight flight and dog-legged staircases Module IV (10 Hours) Foo ngs : Design of isolated foo ngs- axial and eccentric loading- design of combined foo ngsrectangular and trapezoidal foo ngs, design of strap foo ng, design of Piles. Suggested Readings 1. IS 456-2000- Code of prac ce for R.C.C design. 2. S. Unnikrishna Pillai and Devadas Menon, Reinforced Concrete Design, Tata McGraw- Hill 3. S. Ramamrutham and R.Narayan,Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company (P) Ltd. 4. P. C. Varghese, Limit State Design of Reinforced Concrete, Pren ce Hall of India Ltd 5. N. Krishnaraju, Structural Design and Drawing - Reinforced Concrete and Steel, Universi es Press Ltd. 6. Dr. B.C Punmia, Ashok Kr Jain and Arun Kr Jain ,Reinforced Concrete Structures Vol. I- Laxmi Publica ons 7. S.S. Bhavika , Design of R.C.C structural Elements Vol. I-New age interna onal publishers. 8. H. Mehra and V. N Vazirani, Limit State Design, Khanna Publishers

CVGE0024: GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING I (4 credits — 60 hours) Objective: Knowing the composition and characteristics of soil mass is of paramount importance for any Civil Engineer in order to estimate and predict its behavior. This course deals with estimating behavior of soil in quantitative matter which is a prerequisite for designing foundation of any structure. Module I (10 hours) Forma on of soil, types of soil deposits based on origin, phase–rela onships, index proper es, par cle size distribu on: sieve analysis, iden fica on and classifica on of soils, consistency of clays: A erberg limits and, plas city, sensi vity and thixotropy, clay minerals – montmorillonite, elite and kaolinite, fabric and structure, classifica on of rocks, RQD, RMR system Module II (15 hours) a) Permeability of soils: Darcy’s law – factors affec ng permeability - constant head and falling head permeability tests - average permeability of stra fied deposits b) Principle of effec ve stress: Total, neutral and effec ve stress varia on diagrams, quick sand condi on, cri cal hydraulic gradient c) Seepage through soils: Laplace equa on, flow nets–construc on of flow net, defini on of phrea c line and exit gradient, applica ons of flow net Module III (15 hours) a) Compac on of soils: Factors affec ng compac on, compac on test, op mum moisture content and zero air void line, field methods of control of compac on, methods of compac on of various types of deposits in field. b) Compressibility and consolida on of soils: Introduc on to the process of consolida on (spring-piston analogy), e-p curves, methods of es ma ng preconsolida on pressure, over consolida on ra o, Terzaghi’s theory of one dimensional consolida on, consolida on test and determina on of Cv, mv and Cc, primary and secondary consolida on, compression characteris cs of clays and se lement analysis of clays and sands.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|266

Module IV (20 hours) a) Shear strength of soils: Stress at a point, Mohr’s stress circle, Mohr-coulomb failure criteria, defini on of stress path, shear tes ng of soil - direct shear, unconfined compression, vane shear, triaxial, undrained and drained strengths, shear characteris c of sand, normally loaded and over consolidated clays, Skempton’s pore pressure parameters b) Stability of slopes: Finite and infinite slopes, concept of factor of safety, Swedish method, fric on circle method, Taylor’s stability number and chart, effect of submergence, steady seepage and sudden drawdown condi ons Suggested Readings 1. Gopal Ranjan and A.S.R Rao, Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics, New age interna onal publishers 2. B.C Punmia, Ashok Kr Jain and Arun Kr Jain, Soil Mechanics and Founda ons, Laxmi publica ons 3. K.R. Arora, Geotechnical Engineering, Standard Publishers Distributors, New Delhi, 2006 4. Alam Singh, Modern Geotechnical Engineering-CBS publishers and distributors 5. Terzaghi and Peck, Soil Mechanics in Engineering Prac ce – John Wiley and Sons, New York, 196

CVTE0025: TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING I (4 credits — 60 hours) Objective: This course introduces Transportation Engineering, a core civil engineering practice in the field with prime focus on the highway engineering sector. On completion a student should be competent enough for planning and designing of different types of roads with necessary quality control in road construction and maintenance. Module I Planning, surveys and geometric design (24 hours) a) Introduc on: Role of transporta on, modes of transporta on - advantages and limita ons b) Transporta on planning: Need, objec ves, hierarchy of plans, salient points of 20 year road development plans in India, road development plan - vision:2021, brief introduc on to IRC, NHAI, PMGSY c) Surveys and inves ga ons: Various types of surveys with importance of each, route loca on survey characteris cs of ideal alignment, engineering survey-map study, reconnaissance, preliminary surveys, final loca on and detailed survey d) Traffic surveys: Traffic flow characteris cs, traffic volume, speed and delay study, origin and des na on study, axle load survey e) Geometric design: Design controls and criteria, highway cross sec on elements - sight distance, right-of-way, roadway width, kerbs, camber, super-eleva on, horizontal and ver cal alignment, widening on curves, gradients, summit curve and valley curve, road intersec ons - intersec on at grade, e.g., channelized and un-channelized rotary, grade separated intersec ons Module II Highway materials and design (20 hours) a) Materials: Subgrade soil, various classifica ons, strength of soil subgrade - direct shear test, C.B.R. test, plate load test, tests on aggregates and bituminous binder, IS and IRC specifica ons, bituminous materials, tar and new materials b) Pavement design: Func ons of pavement, types of pavement and their comparison, factors to be considered in design - design wheel load, ESWL, repe on of loads, strength characteris cs c) Design of flexible pavement: Standard methods: GI method, CBR method, triaxial method, McLeod method, I.R.C. guidelines d) Design of rigid pavement: Factors affec ng design, Westergaard’s analysis of stresses, temperature stresses, cri cal combina on of stresses, structural components of rigid pavement, general design considera ons and IRC guidelines Module III Highway construction and maintenance (16 hours) a) General process of highway construc on: Excava on, embankment prepara on, compac on of subgrade, construc on of WBM and bituminous roads, types of bituminous courses b) Construc on of cement concrete roads: Concrete mix design, construc on of dry lean concrete sub-base (DLC), an fric on layer, manual construc on method, equipment-based technique using ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|267

c)

slip-forms, construc on of joints using dowels and e bars, use of admixtures and addi ves in concrete Highway maintenance: Pavement evalua on by present serviceability index, Bankelman beam method and dynamic cone penetrometer test, maintenance of gravel roads, WBM roads, bituminous surface and cement concrete surface

Suggested Readings 1. Khanna S.K. and Justo C.E.G., Highway Engineering, Nem Chand and Bros, Roorkee 2. Kadiayali L.R and Lal N.B, Principles and Prac ces of Highway Engineering, Khanna Publishers 3. Bindra S.P, A course in Highway Engineering, Dhanpat Rai Publica ons 4. Rao, G. V, Transporta on Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill 5. Kadiayali L. R, Traffic Engineering and Transport Planning, Khanna Publica on

CVEE0026: ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING I (4 credits - 60 hours) Objectives: Starting with an introductory lesson on environment vis-a-vis pollution of its components, this course basically deals with various issues related to water supply to community which constitutes a prime area of practice for civil engineers. Module I (6 hours) a) Man and environment: Health and environment, interdisciplinary nature of environment, brief introduc on to air, water and land pollu ons b) Natural resources of environment: Water supply system, its objec ves and components Module II (26 hours) a) Water quan ty: Various demands of water, design period, popula on forecas ng, per-capita consump on – recommended rates, factors affec ng consump on, varia on of demand and its impact and design of water supply system, fire demand b) Water quality: Impuri es of water and water borne diseases, water analysis physical, chemical and bacteriological, sampling method, water quality tests and standards c) Treatment of water: Methods, purposes, sequence of treatments, aera on, sedimenta on – plain and with coagula on, coagulants and their dosage, feeding units, mixing basins and floccula on units, sedimenta on tanks and their design, filtra on – principle, type of filters, slow and rapid sand filters, pressure, diatomite and mul media filters d) Other treatments of water: Disinfec on, necessity of chlorina ng - chlorine dose, break point chlorina on, feeding units, Ozonisa on, hardness and so ening of water, lime process, lime and soda ash process, base exchange process, removal of taste and odour, iron and manganese, swimming pool water treatment Module III (20 hours) a) Intake works and conveyance of water: River, reservoir and canal intakes, selec on of intake, rising main – type of conduits, capacity and design, pipe flow formulae, different types of pipe materials and pipe joints, pumps – types and selec on of pumps b) Distribu on system: Introduc on, general requirements, classifica on, gravity system, direct pumping system, system with pumping and storage, methods of supply, available pressure in distribu on system, storage and distribu on reservoirs, layout and design of distribu on system, equivalent pipe method, Hardy Cross method c) Maintenance of distribu on system: detec on of leakage and wastage and their preven on d) Plumbing of buildings for water supply: Services connec on, water storage, system of water supply in buildings, plumbing system, detec on and remedies of defects in plumbing system, building drainage (traps) Module IV (8 hours) Introduc on to Land Pollu on and Noise Pollu on: Source, characteris cs, problems, methods of management ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|268

Suggested Readings 1. K.N. Duggal, Elements of Environmental Engineering, S. Chand and company Ltd. 2. S. K. Garg, Water Supply Engineering, Khanna Publishers. 3. Dr. B.C. Punmia, Water Supply Engineering, Laxmi Publica ons Pvt. Ltd. 4. Dr. P.N. Modi, Water Supply Engineering, Standard Book House, New Delhi. 5. Metcalf and Eddy , Waste Water Engineering, Tata McGraw hill Publishing Co. Ltd 6. G. S. Birdie, Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company

CVSA0027: STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS III (4 credits — 60 hours) Objectives: This course is in continuation with the courses of Structural Analysis I and II dealt with in earlier semesters, and emphasizes on various methods of static and dynamic analyses of different structures under vertical and horizontal loading. This forms a key step towards designing any engineering structure. Module I: Approximate Analysis of Multi-Storey Frames (20 hours) Approximate Analysis of Mul -Storey frames subjected to Ver cal Loads, Method of Subs tute Frames; Analysis of Building Frames subjected to Horizontal Loads, Portal Method and Can lever Method Module II: Matrix Analysis of Framed Structures (18 hours) Basic concepts of Structural Analysis, Deforma on in Framed Structures, Equilibrium, Compa bility, Sta c and Kinema c Indeterminacy, Ac on and Displacement Equa ons, Principle of Superposi on, Equivalent joint loads, Energy Concepts, Virtual Work, Flexibility and S ffness Matrices and their deriva on and applica on, Local and global s ffness matrices, rela onship between flexibility and s ffness matrix Module III: Plastic Method of Analysis (15 hours) Introduc on, plas c moment of iner a, plas c sec on modulus, characteris c of plas c hinge, concept of Moment Redistribu on, Sta c and kinema c method, combined mechanism for plas c collapse loads of beams, single bay two storey and two bay two storey portal frames, simple pitch roof frame, deflec on at point of collapse Module IV: Dynamic Analysis (7 hours) Introduc on, Degrees of freedom, Damping, Free Vibra on, Natural frequency, Forced vibra on, Simple Structures with single and two degrees of freedom Suggested Readings 1. V. N. Vazirani, M. M. Ratwani and S. K. Duggal, Analysis of Structures, Volume I and II, Khanna Publishers 2. R. Vaidyanathan and P. Perumal, Structural Analysis, Volume I and II, Laxmi Publica ons 3. Thandavamoorthy, Structural Analysis, Oxford Press 4. Gupta, Pandit and Gupta, Theory of Structures, McGraw Hill 5. B. C. Punmia, Theory of Structures, Laxmi Publica ons 6. S. Ramamrutham, Theory of Structures, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company (P) Ltd. 7. V. K. M. Selvam, Fundamentals of Limit Analysis of Structures, Dhanpat Rai Publica ons

CVDS0028: DESIGN OF STRUCTURES II (4 credits — 60 hours) Objectives: This is the second course of design of structures which deals with the basic concepts and their applications in the field of design of steel structures. Keeping in mind the skyrocketing trend of application of steel as a construction material in present day construction engineering, this course is intended to be the stepping stone for the students to the modern construction industry.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|269

Module I (4 hours) Introduc on and Design Approach: Proper es of Structural Steel, I. S. Rolled Sec ons, I. S. Specifica ons, Factor of Safety, Permissible and Working Stresses, Plas c Method, Limit State Design Method, Introduc on to Elas c Method Module II (16 hours) Connec ons: Type of Connec ons, Bolted and Welded Connec ons, Strength and Efficiency of Bolted and Welded Joints, Design of Bolted Joints - Lap and Bu Joint, Modes of Failure of a Bolted Joint, Advantages and Disadvantages of Welded Joints, Design of Fillet and Bu Welds, Design of Eccentric Connec ons, Gusset Plate and Bracket Connec on Module III (20 hours) a) Tension Members: Net Sec onal Area, Permissible Stress, Design of Axially Loaded Tension Member, Design of Member Subjected to Axial Tension and Bending, Splicing of Tension Members b) Compression Members: Modes of Failure of a Column, Buckling Failure: Euler’s Theory, Effec ve Length, Slenderness Ra o, Design Formula: I.S. Code Formula, Design of Compression Members, Simple Struts, Design of Concentrically and Eccentrically Loaded Built-Up Compression Members, Laced and Ba ened Columns, Secondary Design Considera on, Column Splicing Module IV (20 hours) a) Beams: Design Procedure, Simple and Built-Up Beams, Laterally Restrained and Unrestrained Beams, Plate Girder: Plate Thickness, Web Crippling, Web Buckling, Connec ons and Curtailment of Flange Plates b) Beam Column: Eccentricity of Load, Interac on Formulae, Design Procedure c) Column Base: Centrally and Eccentrically Loaded Base Plate Design, Flat Slab Base, Gusseted Base, Grillage Founda on Suggested Readings 1. IS 800:2007-Code of prac ce for Steel Design 2. N. Subramanian, Design of Steel Structures, Oxford University Press. 3. S.S. Bhavika , Design of Steel Structures, I.K. Interna onal Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. 4. L.S. Negi, Design of Steel Structures, Tata McGraw Hill Educa on 5. S. Ramamrutham, Design of Steel Structures, Dhanpat Rai Publica ons 6. Dr. B.C. Punmia, Ashok Kumar Jain, Arun Kumar Jain, Design of Steel Structures, Laxmi Publica ons

CVGE0029: GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING II (4 credits — 60 hours) Objectives: This course is in continuation with the course of Geotechnical Engineering I and deals with different types of foundation system and retaining structures, their analysis and geotechnical design, bearing and settlement behaviour under vertical stresses as well as various techniques of soil improvement. Students are expected to earn capability of making appropriate decision as regards type of foundation based on prevailing ground condition. Module I (20 hours) a) Ver cal Stresses: Introduc on, Boussinesque and Westergaard’s formula and Newmark’s chart, ver cal stress distribu on beneath loaded areas and stress distribu on diagrams. b) Earth Pressures and Retaining Walls: Introduc on, Earth pressure at rest, Rankine and Coulomb’s theories for ac ve and passive states, influence of surcharge, water table, wall fric on and deforma on on earth pressure, Culmann’s graphical method, point of applica on, Design considera ons for Retaining walls. Module II (25 hours) a) Introduc on: Classifica on of founda on types and principles of selec on. b) Shallow Founda ons: General Requirements for sa sfactory ac on of foo ngs. c) Bearing Capacity: Terzaghi’s theory, factors affec ng bearing capacity, influence of eccentric and inclined loads, determina on of allowable bearing pressure and propor oning of foo ng on clay ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|270

d)

e)

and sand Se lement: Immediate and consolida on se lements, compression characteris cs of clays and se lement analysis of clays and sands, limits of se lement, correc on for rigidity and three dimensional consolida on effects, se lement of founda on in sand and clay. Deep Founda ons: Uses and types of piles; Bearing capacity of single pile in clay and sand, Engineering News and Hiley’s formula, Indian standard pile load test, group ac on, nega ve skin fric on, Se lement of pile groups Piers and caisson founda ons, elements of well founda on, depth of well founda on, list of forces ac ng on well, remedial measures for shi s and lts of well, permissible values

Module III (7 hours) Machine Founda ons: Types of machine founda ons, modes of vibra on of a block founda on, degrees of freedom of a block founda on, design criteria of a reciproca ng machine founda on. Module IV (8 hours) a) Soil Explora on: Purpose, methods of soil explora on, methods of boring, soil samples and samplers, penetra on and sounding tests, plate load test, geophysical methods, site inves ga on Reports. b) Introduc on to ground improvement techniques including use of geosynthe cs and geotex les Suggested Readings 1. Gopal Ranjan, A.S.R Rao, Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics, New Age Interna onal Publishers 2. V. N. S. Murthy, Geotechnical Engineering, Marcel Dekker, Inc. 3. Dr. B.C. Punmia, Ashok Kr Jain and Arun Kr Jain, Soil Mechanics and Founda ons, Laxmi Publica ons 4. P. Purushothama Raj,Soil Mechanics and Founda on Engineering, Pearson

CVEE0030: ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING II (3 credits — 45 hours) Objectives: This course is in continuation with the course of Environmental Engineering I dealt with in previous semester and aimed at familiarizing the students with collection and characterization of wastewater samples, their treatment and disposal, wastewater treatment processes-chemical and biological and their applications in order to make them competent to understand and handle problems caused by sewage, sewerage and other types of water pollution. Module I (8 hours) a) Introduc on: Wastewater Genera on and sources, Sanita on, sewage, sewer, sewerage, method of water collec on conservancy and water carriage system, sewerage system types, selec on of a system. b) Waste water flow : Quan ty of sanitary sewage, infiltra on of water, varia on in flow and its impact on wastewater system, quan ty of stormwater, ra onal method, me of concentra on, rainfall intensity dura on rela onship, Empirical formula. Module II (5 hours) Sewage Characteris cs: Effluent Standards, Important parameters and their significance BOD, COD, DO nitrogen, test -physical, chemical and biological Module III (12 hours) Wastewater Collec on: Sewerage system, Hydraulic flow of sewers, principle of lay out and planning shapes of sewers design of sewers, self-cleansing velocity and slopes, construc on and tes ng of sewers line, sewers materials, joints and appurtenances, maintenance of sewerage system. Module IV (12 hours) Wastewater Treatment: Objec ves, methods and their sequence and efficiencies, primary treatment- screening, grit removal, scum removal, primary treatment, sedimenta on, secondary biological treatment- trickling filter, circula on, ac vated sludge process: sludge diges on and disposal.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|271

Module V (8 hours) Waste Water Disposal and Reclama on and Reuse of Sewage: Disposal by dilu on, Self-purifica on of surface water bodies, Oxygen sag curve, disposal by irriga on, sewage farming, sewage sickness, sep c tank and its general features, working principle and design considera on: Inhoff tank, oxida on pond, aerated lagoon etc. Suggested Readings 1. BC Punmia, Wastewater Engineering, Laxmi Publica ons Pvt. Ltd. 2. Howard S. Peavy, Environmental Engineering , McGraw Hill 3. K. N Duggal, Elements of Environmental Engineering, S Chand And Company Ltd. 4. G.S Birdie, Water supply and Sanitary Engineering , Dhanpat Rai Publishing company

CVHW0031: HYDROLOGY AND WATERSHED MANAGEMENT (4 credits — 60 hours) Objectives: This course deals with key features of hydrological science including precipitation data analysis, rainfall – runoff analysis, ground water hydrology, introduction to hydrographs and flood routing, hydrological design, risk analysis and uncertainty. It also familiarizes the students with important aspects of river engineering and flood management. Module I (12 Hours) a) Introduc on: Hydrology- defini on and scope, hydrologic cycle and its components. b) Precipita on: Forms, type and forma on of precipita on, measurement of rainfall, analysis of rainfall data, correc on of deficiencies in rainfall data, double mass curve, average rainfall over area, DAD analysis c) Evapora on: Defini on, factors affec ng, measurement (Class A pan). Es ma on using empirical methods (Meyer‘s and Rohwer‘s equa on), Evapora on control. Evapo-transpira on- Defini on, factors affec ng, measurement, es ma on (Blaney Criddle method) Infiltra on - Defini on, factors affec ng, measurement (double ring infiltrometer), infiltra on indices, Horton‘s equa on of Infiltra on Module II (22 Hours) a) Stream gauging, measurement of stream stage, es ma on and measurement of stream discharge, ra ng curve. b) Runoff, Hydrograph and Flood rou ng: Runoff components, factors affec ng runoff, hydrograph and its components, base flow separa on, Use of ra onal method, hydrograph method, unit hydrograph– concept, deriva on, limita ons and use, S- hydrograph and its uses. c) Defini on of Flood Rou ng, storage equa on, reservoir rou ng and channel rou ng, Hydrologic models, Frequency Analysis and Frequency Distribu on Models, Rainfall Intensity- Dura on and Frequency (Return Period) Rela onships. Time Series analysis, determina on of trend component, periodic component and stochas c component Module III (7 Hours) Ground Water hydrology: Occurrence of groundwater, soil-water rela onship, Aquifers, movement of groundwater, Darcy’s law, yield from wells for confined and unconfined aquifers, yield of an open well. Module IV (12 Hours) a) Flood Management and River Engineering: Basics of river engineering, river survey, protec on by embankment, dyke, bank protec on, types of bank protec on and channel improvement works. b) Flood control methods: Structural and nonstructural measures, flood plain Zoning, flood disaster monitoring and mi ga on procedure, methods of forecas ng, engineering methods for flood figh ng. Module V (7 Hours) Soil erosion process, types of erosion, factors affec ng erosion, assessment of erosion, modelling erosion using USLE, RUSLE Methods of controlling soil erosion by vegeta ve prac ce, mechanical ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|272

prac ce, erosion control in torrents and gullies, soil conserva on prac ces Suggested Readings 1. K Subramanya, “Engineering Hydrology”, Tata McGraw-Hill 2. S. K. Garg, “Irriga on Engineering and Hydraulic Structures”, Khanna Publishers 3. S.N. Ghosh, “Flood Control and Drainage Engineering” 4. G. Das, “Hydrology and soil Conserva on Engineering”.

CVEC0032: ESTIMATION AND COSTING (4 credits — 60 hours) Objectives: This subject will introduce the students to the basics of estimation of quantity and cost of civil engineering projects including the methods of tendering and contracting. It also deals with the valuation of properties. Module I (8 hours) a) Introduc on: Purpose and types of es mates, standard methods of es ma ng b) Specifica on: Aims of specifica on, types, open specifica on, general specifica on of different class buildings, detail specifica on of various items of works Module II (24 hours) a) Building es mate: Methods of building es mate, items of work, es mate of earthwork, P.C.C., R.C.C. brickwork, opening, flooring, finishing, roofing, plumbing b) Road es mate: Es mate of earthwork for different roads, es mate of new road, railway track, culverts, bridges Module III (6 hours) a) Rate analysis: Purpose, factors affec ng rate analysis, overhead costs, rate analysis of material, rate analysis of labour for different items b) Schedule of rates: Assam schedule of rates, CPWD schedule of rates, schedule of rates for different items, carriage, bill of quan es Module IV (16 hours) a) Introduc on to valua on: Purpose, income, outgoings, scrap value, salvage value, market value, book value, capitalized value, sinking fund, year’s purchase, deprecia on, obsolescence, annuity b) Valua on process: Present day cost, different methods of valua on, valua on according to purpose c) Lease and rent: Mortgage lease, types of lease, valua on of leasehold proper es, types of rent, security, rate statement, rate fixa on for government buildings Module V (6 hours) Tendering and contract: Tendering - purpose and methods, types of tenders, specifica ons, no ce invi ng tender, prequalifica on, pretender conference, tender documents, acceptance and selec on criteria, elements of contract as per India contract Act 1872, types of contrac ng systems, sub-contract, contract law, disputes and arbitra ons Suggested Readings 1. Prof. B.N.Du a, Es ma on and Cos ng in Civil Engineering, UBS Publishers’ Distribu on (P) Ltd. 2. M. Chakrabor , Es ma ng, Cos ng, Specifica on and Valua on in Civil Engineering, Self-Published 3. Prof V.N. Vazirani and S.P. Chandola, Civil Engineering Es ma ng, Cos ng and Valua on, Khanna Publishers 4. G. S. Birdie, Textbook of Es ma ng and Cos ng, Dhanpat Rai Publica ons

CVIG0033: IRRIGATION ENGINEERING (4 credits — 60 hours) Objectives: This course emphasizes in providing a comprehensive knowledge of different irrigation practices needed by civil engineers. It provides information about different irrigation activities, their application and advantages. The course further deals with theory and design of different hydrological ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|273

structures. Further it briefly discusses about important soil - water relationship. Module I (14 Hours) Introduc on: Defini on, necessity, benefits, ill effects of irriga on, types and different methods of irriga on and their applica on, major irriga on projects in India Module II (20 Hours) Soil water-plant rela onship and water requirement of crops: Soil water classifica ons, field capacity, wil ng point, available moisture, soil fer lity manure and fer lizer, crop rota on, func ons of soil water, crop seasons, consump ve use – evapotranspira on, measurements, command area, delta, duty, base period kor depth, kor period, irriga on requirements, depth and frequency of irriga on, factors affec ng water requirements, principal crops of India, irriga on efficiencies Module III (18 Hours) a) Canal design: Canal sec on and bed slope, design of lined and rigid boundary canal – Manning’s equa on, design of alluvial canals – Kennedy’s and Lacey’s silt theories, their limita ons b) Canal headworks: Basic of layout and components of storage and diversion head works, concept of weirs, barrage, spillways and head regulator, sill excluder c) Regula on works: Canal falls – necessity, loca on and various types d) Cross drainage works: Necessity, types – aqueducts, super passages, level crossing, selec on of suitable types Module IV (8 Hours) Soil proper es and fer lity and land reclama on: Land reclama on, soil characteris cs, characteris cs and factors affec ng fer lity of soils, purposes, methods, descrip on of land and reclama on processes Suggested Readings 1. N. N Basak, Irriga on Engineering, Tata McGraw Hills Educa on 2. S. R Sahasrabudhe, Irriga on Engineering, Katson Books 3. S. K. Garg, Irriga on Engineering and Hydraulic Structures, Khanna Publishers

CVEG0034: EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING (4 credits — 60 hours) Objectives: The main objective of this course is to illustrate the fundamentals of structural and soil dynamics so as to foresee the potential consequences of strong earthquakes on urban areas and civil infrastructure. The course deals with the problems and solutions in attaining efficient earthquake-resistant structures and facilities. This course will be a stepping stone towards designing, constructing and maintaining structures to perform at earthquake exposure up to the expectations and in compliance with building codes. Module I (8 Hours) Introduc on: Earthquake - magnitude and intensity, ground mo ons, wave propaga on parameters - peak ground accelera on, velocity and displacement, epicentre and hypocentre, focus of earthquake, recording of ground mo ons - sensors Module II: Analysis and design for earthquake effects (14 Hours) a) Structural dynamics – SDOF systems, equa on of mo ons, free and forced vibra ons, damping, response spectrum, MDOF systems b) Earthquake analysis - idealiza on of structures, equivalent force concepts, equivalent seismic lateral loads using seismic coefficient method, response spectrum analysis, use of IS 1893-2002 for analysis and design of building structures c) Introduc on to seismic design of bridges, dams, industrial structures and retaining walls Module III: Earthquake resistant construction (22 Hours) a) Earthquake resistant design philosophy, concept of duc lity in structures, duc le detailing requirements, codal provisions for duc le detailing (specific reference to IS: 13920-1993), specific ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|274

b)

reference to IS: 4326 for earthquake resistant construc on of non-engineered buildings Earthquake behaviour of buildings, so storey effect in RC mul storied buildings, earthquake behaviour of masonry structures, repair and rehabilita on of RC structures, earthquake protec on of non-structural elements in buildings

Module IV: Soil dynamics and soil structure interaction (10 hours) Introduc on of soil structure interac on (SSI), its effects and modeling, theory of soil liquefac on, liquefac on poten al, criteria for liquefac on, factors affec ng liquefac on, evalua on of zone and resistance against liquefac on: Seed and Idriss (1971) method, examples, an -liquefac on measures Module V (6 hours) Earthquake risk mi ga on: Earthquake risk mi ga on, earthquake policy and disaster mi ga on review of damage during past earthquake natural disaster mi ga on, lessons from past disasters, social and economic aspects, preparedness, public policies and role of engineers, strategies for quality control, vulnerability assessment of structures, retrofi ng and strengthening of buildings and bridges, seismic micro-zona on Suggested Readings 1. Manish Shrikhande and Pankaj, Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures, Phi Learning, 2006 2. Vinod Hosur, Earthquake-Resistant Design of Building Structures, Wiley and Sons 3. Anil K. Chopra, Dynamics of Structures Theory and Applica on to Earthquake Engineering, Pearson Educa on Singapore Pte Ltd. 4. Sekaran Rajasekaran, Structural Dynamics of Earthquake Engineering: Theory and Applica on, Woodhead Publishing Limited

CVTE0035: TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING II (4 credits — 60 hours) Objectives: This course is in continuation with the course of Transportation Engineering I with prime focus on various aspects of different modes of transportation like railways, airways and waterways. On completion a student should be competent enough in the planning and design of railways, airport and harbour engineering. Module I: Introduction to railways, its component parts and its function (16 hours) Introduc on with various aspects of railway engineering, permanent way component parts and its func ons, various types of rails, func ons, creep in rails, creep measurement, coning of wheels, rail fixa ons, sleepers - various types, merits and demerits, ballast – various types and subgrade prepara on Module II: Railway alignment and geometric design (14 hours) Alignment, supereleva on, nega ve supereleva on, cant deficiency, example problems, points and crossings, layout of le hand and right hand turnouts, construc on and maintenance of permanent way, appurtenant works, containeriza on Module III: Airport engineering (12 hours) Introduc on to air transporta on, history and interna onal organiza ons role in development of airports, aircra types and its characteris cs, general layout of an airport and its component parts, site selec on of airports as per ICAO, orienta on of runway by wind rose diagrams, basic runway length determina on, correc ons to basic runway length, geometric design, types of airports as per landing and take-off and dimensions Module IV: Water transportation (12 hours) Introduc on: inland water and ocean water transporta on, purpose, classifica on and salient features of harbours, ports and docks, layout of a harbour, requirements of a good port, typical construc on of a dock, break waters – necessity, ver cal wall and mound breakwaters

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|275

Module V: Introduction to tunneling (6 hours) Necessity of tunnels, classifica on, alignment and surveys, various methods of tunneling, tunnel lining, ven la on and drainage in tunnels Suggested Readings 1. S. P. Arora, S. C. Saxena, A Textbook of Railway Engineering, Dhanpat Rai Publica ons 2. S. Chandra and M. M. Agarwal, Railway Engineering, University Press, New Delhi 3. S. C. Rangwala, Principles of Railway Engineering, Charotar Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. 4. S. K. Khanna, M. G. Arora and S. S. Jain, Airport Planning and Design, Nem Chand and Bros. Roorkee 5. R. Horonjeff and F. X. McKelvey, Planning and Design of Airports, McGraw-Hill 6. H. P. Oza and G. H. Oza, Dock and Harbour Engineering, Charotar Publishing House Pvt. Ltd

CVGO0036: ELEMENTS OF GEOINFORMATICS (3 credits — 45 hours) Objectives: This elective course is designed to familiarize the students with the modern tools of Geoinformatics viz., remote sensing (RS) and geographical information system (GIS) which are useful for analysis and interpretation of occurrences on the earth’s surface. Satellite remote sensing in optical bands has been introduced in more detail. Foundation of GIS will help the students to go ahead for using this tool in decision making and Bio-physical modelling. Module I: Basics of Geoinformatics (8 hours) a) Map basics: defini on of map and fundamental characteris cs, types of map, scale of a map and its representa ons, map projec on – meaning, types and characteris cs of each b) Coordinates system: geoid and reference ellipsoid, geographic coordinate system - projected coordinate, DEM - meaning and use, geo-referencing of map and image - its meaning and necessity, global posi oning system (GPS) - important features and use Module II: Foundation of remote sensing (10 hours) a) Basics - defini on, remote sensing system, passive and ac ve remote sensing, electromagne c spectrum, atmospheric window, relevant radia on principles, Stefan – Boltzmann law, Wien’s displacement law, interac on of EMR with atmosphere and earth surface features, spectral signature, atmospheric and geometric influence of spectral response pa erns b) Data acquisi on and visual interpreta on: types of satellites, characteris c differences of op cal and microwave data, mul -spectral and hyper-spectral data, data acquisi on in op cal bands - along track and across track scanning, examples of LANDSAT, SPOT and IRS, data acquisi on in microwave bands, advantages and limita ons - salient features of few satellites with microwave sensors such as RISAT, ERS etc., types of mul -spectral data products, hard copy and digital image (panchroma c, true colour and FCC etc.) visual interpreta on of image - important keys, ground truth verifica on Module III: Digital analysis and interpretation of satellite image (17 hours) a) Introduc on to the broad types of computer assisted operators b) Image rec fica on and restora on - geometric correc on, resampling using nearest neighbour, bilinear interpola on and cubic convolu on, radiometric correc on due to sun eleva on and earth-sun distance, noise removal c) Image enhancements – level slicing, contrast stretching, spa al filtering, convolu on, edge enhancements, and spectral ra os, vegeta on indices d) Image classifica on - supervised, unsupervised and hybrid i) Supervised classifica on: Minimum distance, parallelepiped and maximum likelihood classifica on ii) Unsupervised: K means classifier, fuzzy classifica on of mixed pixels, classifica on using A.N.N. iii) Classifica on accuracy assessment - error matrix, producer’s accuracy, user’s accuracy, KHAT index iv) Data merging - mul -temporal merging, mul -sensor data merging, change detec on procedures, biophysical modelling ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|276

Module IV: Introduction to geographic information system (GIS) (10 hours) Defini on of GIS, comparison of GIS with CAD, GIS architecture, components of a GIS – hardware, so ware, data, people, methods, GIS data type – spa al and a ribute, spa al data types – point, line and polygon, raster and vector representa on of data GIS workflow diagram with explana on, fundamental opera on of GIS, applica on of GIS – few examples Suggested Readings 1. T.M. Lillisand and R.W. Kiefer, Remote Sensing and Image Interpreta on, John Wiley and Sons, New York 2. Satheesh Gopi, R. Sathikumar, N. Madhu, Advanced Surveying – Total Sta on, GIS and Remote Sensing, Pearson Educa on 3. Paul Longely, M.F. Goodchild, et al., Geographical Informa on System, Volume I and II, John Wiley and Sons, Inc. 1999 4. J. B. Cambell, Introduc on to Remote Sensing, Taylor and Francis, London, 1996 5. F.F. Sabins, Remote Sensing: Principles and Interpreta on, W.H. Freeman and Company, New York, 1997 6. Jensen, J.R., Remote Sensing of the Environment – An Earth Resources Perspec ve, Pearson Educa on, Inc. (Singapore) Pvt. Ltd., Indian edi on, Delhi, 2000 7. George Joseph, Fundamentals of Remote Sensing, Universi es press (India) Pte Ltd., Hyderabad, 2003

CVOF0037: OPEN CHANNEL FLOW (Credits — 45 hours) Objectives: This course provides a basic understanding of the flow of water in open channels which is highly essential in planning, design and operation of water resource systems such as single and multi-purpose river valley development projects for irrigation, flood control, power generation etc. Module I (20 Hours) a) Basic principles : Open channel, types and sec on elements, classifica on of flow, basic equa ons, velocity co efficient, pressure distribu on and specific force b) Uniform flow in rigid boundary channels : Boundary shear, flow over sca ered roughness elements, Chezy’s equa on, Manning’s equa on, other resistance formulae, equivalent roughness, channel conveyance, sec on factor – curves for rectangular and trapezoidal channels, flow in a circular channel, rela on between conveyance and depth Module II (8 Hours) Energy depth rela onship : Specific energy, cri cal depth, specific energy curve, cri cal depth computa on, control sec on, applica on of specific energy and cri cal depth concepts, channel transi ons Module III (10 Hours) Gradually varied flow : Governing equa on and its limita ons, water surface profiles – classifica on and characteris cs, flow profiles on mild, steep, cri cal, horizontal and adverse slopes, computa on of G.V.F. in prisma c and non-prisma c channels by direct step method and by numerical method, delivery of channels Module IV (7 Hours) Rapidly varied flow-hydraulic jump : Types of jump, hydraulic jump in horizontal and sloping rectangular channels, loca on and length of jump on horizontal floor, forced hydraulic jump, jump in expanding rectangular channels, energy loss and applica on of hydraulic jump Suggested Readings 1. K. Subramanya, Flow In Open Channels 3rd Edi on, Tata McGraw Hill Educa on Private Limited 2. M. M. Das, Open Channel Flow, PHI Learning Private Limited 3. Rajesh Srivastava, Flow through Open Channels, Oxford University Press ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|277

CVDS0038: DESIGN OF STRUCTURES III (5 credits - 75 hours) Objectives: This is the third course of design of structures which deals with the concepts of analysis and design of some advanced R.C.C and steel structures viz. bridges, prestressed concrete, overhead water tanks, girders, industrial buildings and tubular structures. Module I (30 hours) a) General considera on of bridges: Types of bridges, economic spans, selec on of suitable types of bridges b) Loads and their distribu on: IRC loads, Railway loads, military loading classes, analysis of deck slab for wheel loads, load distribu on among various longitudinal beams of a bridge c) Design of super-structure: R.C.C. Tee Beam Bridge, balanced can lever bridge, Pra truss steel bridge d) Design of sub-structure: Various types of bearing and design, different types of founda on design Module II (20 hours) a) Prestressed concrete: Concept of Prestressing materials for Prestressed concrete, I.S. specifica ons; Analysis of Prestressed-resultant stress at sec on, Thrust line, load balancing concept, stress in tendons, Design of simple sec on b) Deflec on of prestressed concrete Beams: Factors influencing deflec on, Deflec on of uncracked and cracked members, Long me deflec on, codal prac ces c) Design of prestressed concrete sec ons: Design for flexure, shear, axial force, bond and bearing. Design of pre-tensioned members d) Transfer of prestress: Transfer by bond, transmission length, code provision for bond and Transmission length Module III (13 hours) Water Tank: Circular and rectangular tanks, Intze type tank, column-brace type staging; Elevated steel water tank: Rectangular pressed steel tank, staging and foo ng Module IV (12 hours) Plate girder and gantry girder; Industrial Building: Elements of an industrial building, structural framing, Bracing; Tubular structures: Behaviour of tubular sec ons, combined stresses and connec ons Suggested Readings 1. N. Krishna Raju, Design of Bridges, 4th Edi on, Oxford and Ibh Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd 2. Jagadeesh and Jayram, Design of Bridge Structures, PHI Learning Private Ltd 3. Johnson Victor, Essen als of Bridge Engineering, 6th Edi on, Oxford and Ibh Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd 4. G. S. Pandit, Prestressed Concrete 1st Edi on, CBS Publisher 5. N. Rajagopalan, Prestressed Concrete, Narosa Book Distributors Pvt. Ltd 6. Naaman A. E., Prestressed Concrete Analysis and Design Fundamentals, McGraw Hill 7. S. Ramamrutham, Prestressed Concrete, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company 8. Ram Chandra, Design of Steel Structures (Volume I and 2), Standard Book House-Delhi 9. S. Ramamrutham, Design of Steel Structures, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company 10. S. Ramamrutham, Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company

CVWE0039: WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING (4 credits — 60 hours) Objectives: This course comprehensively offers a broad coverage of pertinent topics concerning water resource engineering and combines the fundamentals of hydrology and hydraulic structures, river engineering and river training works together with a basic insight into water power engineering. Module I (20 hours) a) Introduc on: Fields of water resources engineering; problems of water resources engineering, ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|278

b)

c)

economics in water resources engineering, Social aspects of water resources engineering, planning of water resources projects, the future of water resources engineering. Reservoirs: Purpose, physical characteris cs of reservoir, storage capacity determina on from the site, reservoir site selec on, life storage capacity by mass curve method, reservoir sedimenta on, trap efficiency, distribu on of sediment in a reservoir, useful life of reservoir, reservoir opera on, reservoir sedimenta on control, reservoir yield, economic height of a dam, reservoir working table Dams and embankments: Elements of gravity, arch and earth dams, selec on of sites, stability analysis, embankments – materials of construc on, typical sec ons, effec veness and side effects.

Module II (20 hours) a) Introduc on to River Engineering: Types of rivers-Perennial, flushy and virgin rivers; incised, boulder, flood plain, delta and dal rivers; aggrading, degrading, meandering and braided rivers. b) Sediment transport: Sediments – bed load, suspended load and wash load; riverbank erosion, incipient mo on, mode of sediment transport – rolling, sliding, salta on and suspension; introduc on to theories of sediment transport including Shield’s Theory. c) Regimes of flow: Defini on, descrip on of regimes of flow: plane bed, ripples, dunes, transi on and an -dunes; predic on of regimes of flow d) River training: Defini on, objec ves, classifica on – high water, low water and mean water river training; river training works – marginal embankment, spurs, guide bank, porcupines, bank pitching and revetment, cut off, pitched island, sills and bo om paneling, bandalling Module III (20 hours) a) Introduc on to Water Power Engineering: Energy, work and power; water energy, hydropower and other powers, their rela ve merits, comparison of hydro, thermal and nuclear power b) Es ma on of available power: Flow and power dura on curves, firm power, secondary power, dump power, load distribu on – base load, peak load factor, capacity factor, pondage, storage, mass curve – determina on of reservoir yield and capacity. c) Types of hydropower plants: High, medium and low head plants; runoff river plants, storage plants, diversion canal plants, pumped storage plants, dal power plants; base load and peak load plants; concentrated fall and divided fall developments, components of hydropower schemes, general layout of hydropower plan with all its components d) Water Conveyance: Intakes – types, trash rack, control gates; canals, fore bay, tunnels, pipes e) Penstock: Design criteria, economic diameter, anchor, blocks, water hammer analysis – Alleviels equa on, resonance f) Surge Tanks: Func ons, types, design criteria, stability analysis g) Power House: Components, general layout – surface and underground power houses Suggested Readings 1. Larry W. Mays, Water Resources Engineering, Wiley India Pvt Ltd 2. P.N. Modi, Irriga on Water Resources and Water Power Engineering 7th Edi on, Standard Publishers Distributors 3. K R Arora, Irriga on Water Power And Water Resource Engineering, Standard Publishers Distributors 4. B. C. Punmia, Irriga on and Water Power Engineering, Laxmi Publica ons 5. S. K. Garg, Hydrology and Water Resources Engineering, Khanna Publishers

CVCM0040: CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT (2 credits — 30 hours) Objectives: The main aim of this paper is to give the students basic knowledge about management related to execution of civil engineering projects, contracts, work networks, equipment, etc. which are very essential from a practical point of view. Module I (5 hours) Introduc on to construc on management: Construc on industry and its prac ces. Civil Engineering and management as business management, construc on management and sustainability, methodology of system design and techniques in construc on ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|279

Module II (15 hours) Construc on Planning and Management: Introduc on to bar charts and its limita ons, Time, Cost and research management of projects for planning, Scheduling, Control and forecas ng using networks with CPM/PERT, Probabilis c assessment of project comple on me, introduc on to risk management and safety engineering in construc on Module III (10 hours) Role of equipment in modern construc on industries: Selec on, Planning and Cost of equipment, Earthmoving, Excava ng, Hauling, Compac ng, Drilling and Blas ng, Grou ng, Conveying and Dewatering equipment, intensive construc ons, typical and special equipment for civil engineering structures such as-roads, bridge, mul storied buildings and towers Suggested Readings 1. B. M. Dhir and P.S. Gahlot, Construc on Planning and Management, P. S. New Age Interna onal Publisher 2. Prof. Harbhajan Singh, Construc on Project Management, ISBN: 978818247386; Jain Book Agency 3. Dr. B.C. Punmia, Project Planning And Control With PERT And CPM; Laxmi Publica ons 4. M. R. Sharma, Fundamentals of Construc on Planning and Management; S.K. Kataria and Sons 5. D. Lal, Construc on Management and P.W.D. Accounts; S.K. Kataria and Sons

CVDM0041: DISASTER MANAGEMENT (3 credits-45 hours) Objective: This course provides the students with a broad understanding of various disasters which they will come across throughout their engineering career and to familiarize them with the role of Civil Engineers in tackling the disasters for avoiding catastrophe. Module I (12 hours) a) Defini on and descrip on of disaster, hazard, emergency, vulnerability, risk and disaster management; Iden fica on and descrip on of the types of natural and manmade disasters, important phases of Disaster Management Cycle b) Natural Hazards: causes, distribu on pa ern, consequences and mi ga on measures for earthquake, tsunami, cyclone, flood, landslide, drought c) Man-made hazards: causes, consequences, mi ga on measures for various industrial hazards/disasters d) Inter-rela onship between Disasters and Development: Factors affec ng vulnerabili es, Impacts (including social, economic, poli cal, environmental, health, psychosocial); Differen al impacts - in terms of caste, class, gender, age, loca on, disability; impact of development projects such as dams, embankments, changes in land-use, etc. Module II (24 hours) Construc on of infrastructure with high natural disaster resistance a) Flooding resistance: Water ght building construc on, building eleva on, dry flood proofing, wet flood proofing and use of flood walls b) Earth quake resistance: Use of energy dissipa ng devices, Braced structure frames, Moment resis ng frames, Base Isola on c) Hurricane and Typhoon resistance: Use of hurricane straps to strengthen connec ons, Impact resistant doors and windows, Braced roof trusses and cables d) Land-slide resistance: Soil reinforcement using geosynthe c materials, construc on channels, drainage systems, deflec on systems, deflec on walls e) Retrofi ng of structures in post disaster situa on: Retrofit of non-engineered building, historic buildings, bridges and buildings Module III (4 hours) Case Studies: Lessons and experiences from various important disasters with specific reference to Civil Engineering ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|280

Module IV (5 hours) Preparedness for natural disasters in urban areas, Disaster planning in public health Suggested Readings 1. Dr. Indu Prakash, 1994, Disaster Management, Rastriya Prahari Prakashan, Sahibabad, Ghaziabad. 2. Dr. Jagbir Singh, Disaster Management Future Challenges and Opportuni es, I.K. Interna onal 3. Arvind Kumar, Disaster Management-Recent Approaches, Anmol Publica ons 4. V. K. Sharma (Editor), 1995, Disaster Management, Indian Ins tute of Public Administra on, New Delhi. 5. U.R. Rao, Space Technology for Sustainable Development, Tata McGraw Hill. 6. S.B. Verma, Risk Management, Jain Book Depot 7. Mohiuddin Ali Khan, Earthquake-Resistant Structures: Design, Build, and Retrofit. Bu erworthHeinemann.

CVAF0042: ADVANCED FOUNDATION ENGINEERING (3 credits - 45 hours) Objective: This subject is in continuation with the courses of geotechnical engineering offered in the previous semester and mainly deals with the geotechnical proportioning as well as structural design of various deep and shallow foundation structures as per the Indian Standard Codal provisions. Module I Foundation Design-General Principles (5 Hours) Types of founda ons and selec on of type of founda on, basic requirements of a founda on, computa on of loads, design steps Module II Shallow Foundation (20 Hours) a) Determina on of allowable bearing pressure of foo ngs in clay and sand soil, Propor oning of single isolated foo ng, considera ons for propor oning of groups of foo ngs for equal se lements, Structural design of strip foo ngs, isolated foo ngs, combined foo ngs: rectangular and trapezoidal b) Ra in clay and sand, Suitability for ra , determina on of safe bearing capacity and allowable bearing pressure, Structural design of ra by conven onal (rigid) method as per IS: code of prac ce Module III Pile Foundation (12 Hours) Determina on of allowable load on single pile and pile groups in clay and sand, pile group propor oning, Structural design of pile, pile groups and pile cap, Introduc on to micro piles and laterally loaded piles Module IV Elements of Bridge Substructure (8 Hours) Forces on bridge substructure (IRC and IRS specifica on), well founda on with components only, design considera ons for different components of a well founda on Suggested Readings 1 S. Saran, Analysis and Design of Founda ons, IK Interna onal Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi 2. P. C. Varghese, Design of Reinforced Concrete Founda ons, Phi Learning Private Ltd. 3. Satyendra Mi al, Pile Founda ons Design and Construc on 1st Edi on, CBS Publisher 4. Joseph E. Bowles, Founda on Analysis and Design, McGraw-Hill educa on India Pvt. Ltd - New Delhi

CVED6001: ENGINEERING DRAWING I (2 credits) Objective: Drawing is accepted as the language of engineering. It has to be mastered before anyone continues to study engineering. Unlike other languages, however, it calls for preciseness, accuracy and neatness so that it can be understood equally well by everyone in the line from higher executive to the worker on the shop floor, and that there is no ambiguity in its interpretation. Module I Lettering Single-stroke ver cal and inclined alphabets (Upper case and lower case, A-Z), Single-stroke ver cal and inclined numerals (0-9). ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|281

Module II Scales Defini on of Engineer’s scale, Graphical scale, Representa ve Factor. construc on of plain scales, Diagonal Scales, Compara ve scales, Vernier Scales and Scale of Chords. Module III Curves used in Engineering Practice Construc on of ellipse (General Method, Arcs of Circle Method, Concentric Circles Method), Parabola, Hyperbola, Cycloid, Trochoid, Involute from a circle and a square, Logarithmic or Equiangular Spiral. Tangents and Normals to the various curves. Module IV Projection of points and Straight Lines Principle of projec on, Methods of Projec on, Planes of Projec on, Four Quadrants, Reference line. Projec on of points situated in the first quadrant, second quadrant, third quadrant and fourth quadrant respec vely. Projec on of lines parallel to both planes. traces of a line, methods of determining traces of line. Module V Projection of Planes Projec on of Planes such as triangle, quadrilateral, regular polygon, circle. Projec on of Planes perpendicular to one plane and parallel to the other plane, perpendicular to one plane and inclined to the other plane, inclined to both planes. Suggested Readings 1. Bha N. D, Panchal. V.M., Engineering Drawing, Charotar Publishing House, Anand, 2001. 2. Shah M.B., Rana B.C., Engineering Drawing, Pearson Educa on, New Delhi, 2007. 3. Narayana K. L. and Kannaiah P, Engineering Graphics, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2006. 4. Luzzader Warren J., Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing, Pren ce Hall of India, New Delhi 1995. 5. Jolhe D. A., Engineering Drawing, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2008. 6. Siddique A.N., Khan Zahid and Ahmed Mukhter, Engineering Drawing, Pren ce Hall of India, 2008.

CVED6002: ENGINEERING DRAWING II (2 credits) Objectives: After understanding and practice of the basic elements of Engineering Drawing in the first semester, students are needed to be exposed to various aspects graphics in order to make them competent for drawing as well as understanding as needed in real life situation Module I Orthographic Projection First Angle and Third Angle Projec on of Standard Solids Cas ngs of various shapes. Symbols for methods of projec on. Conversion of Pictorial Views into Orthographic Views. B.I.S. code of prac ce. Module II Projection of Solids Projec on of Simple Solids such as tetrahedron, cube, right regular prism, pyramid, cylinder, cone etc. with the axis parallel to both the planes, axis perpendicular to the H.P., axis perpendicular to the V.P., axis inclined to one of the reference planes and parallel to other. Module III Isometric Projection Isometric axes, lines and planes. Isometric scale, Isometric Projec on and Isometric View. Isometric Projec on of Standard Plane Figures and Solids. Module IV Perspective Projection Visual ray method, Vanishing point method, Perspec ve projec on of simple objects. Module V Computer Aided drafting (using any drafting package) Basic opera on of dra ing package, use of various commands for drawing, dimensioning, edi ng, saving and prin ng/plo ng. Applica on of the package to produce two dimensional figures and three dimensional solids.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|282

Term work The term work shall consist of four A4 (420x594) or half imperial size drawing sheets and two computer outputs using any dra ing package as detailed below: 1. Sheet no 1: Orthographic projec ons: Three problems on 1st angle projec on and 1 problem on 3rd angle projec on 2. Sheet no 2: Projec on of solids: two problems on projec on of solids 3. Sheet no 3: Isometric projec on: Three problems on isometric projec ons of different types of solids. 4. Sheet no 4: Perspec ve projec ons: Two problems on visual ray method and two problems on vanishing point method. a) Computer aided dra ing assignment no 1: Basic opera ons of dra ing package, use of various commands for drawing. Applica on of the package to produce basic elements/components of two dimensional figures and three dimensional solids. b) Computer aided dra ing assignment no. 2: construc on of two dimensional figures and three dimensional solids. Suggested Readings 1. Bha N.D, Panchal V.M., Engineering Drawing, Charotar Publishing Housing, Anand (India) 2. Shah M.B., Rana B.C., Engineering Drawing, Pearson Educa on. 3. Narayan K.L.,and Kannaiah P., Engineering Graphics, Tata Mc Graw Hill 4. Luzzader Warren J., Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing, Pren ce Hall of India 5. Jolhe D.A., Engineering Drawing, Tata Mc Graw Hill 6. Frederick E. Giesecke, Alva Mitchell and others, Principles of Engineering Graphics, Maxwell McMillan 7. Siddique A.N., Khan Zahid and Ahmed Mukhter, Engineering Drawing, Pren ce Hall of India.

CVCE6003: CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE LABORATORY (2 Credits) Objectives: To provide a foundation for understanding the application of construction engineering and management by giving students an opportunity to experience the construction engineering and management softwares through hands-on experience in this laboratory course. Drawing building plans (2D), eleva on, sec on and isometric views, Road work - longitudinal and cross sec on, plan including drainage, culvert detailing etc., Structural Detailing of a building and founda on, column, beam, slab, stair case etc. - longitudinal and cross sec on using AUTOCAD, Elas c analysis, Non-linear analysis, contact surface problems analysis, Dam analysis and Soil structure interac on analysis using STAAD Pro. and ABAQUS, project management using MS Project/MS Visio/Primavera.

CVCT6004: CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY LAB (2 credits) 1. Tests on cement i) Standard consistency of cement ii) Ini al and final se ng me of cement iii) Compressive strength of cement iv) Fineness of cement 2. Tests on aggregates (Fine aggregate and coarse aggregate) i) Par cle size distribu on and grading ii) Fineness modulus, bulk density, void ra o and porosity iii) Bulking of fine aggregate iv) Specific gravity and water absorp on test of aggregate 3. Tests on fresh concrete i) Slump test ii) Compac on factor test ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|283

4.

5. 6.

iii) Vee- bee test iv) Flow test Tests on hardened concrete i) Compressive strength of concrete ii) Flexural Strength of Concrete (UTM) Tests on bricks i) Compressive strength of burnt bricks ii) Water absorp on tests on bricks Test on steel i) Tensile strength of steel (UTM test)

CVED6005: CIVIL ENGINEERING DRAWING (2 credits) Objectives: Preparation of structural drawings with regard to civil engineering structures is a mandatory requirement for not only expressing an idea or plan on paper, but also indispensable for executing any construction activity. This course deals with hands on training to focus on the fundamental aspects to be considered for preparing civil engineering drawings. 1. Details of Doors, windows: Glazed and paneled doors standard sizes. Glazed and paneled windows standard sizes, special windows and ven lators. 2. Stair case: Drawings of dog-legged, open well RCC staircase for an office residence building; plan and eleva on of straight run, quarter turn, dog-legged and open well RCC stair cases. 3. Founda on: Spread founda on for walls, and columns of brick masonry, foo ng for an RCC Column. 4. Roofs and Trusses: Types of sloping roofs, lean-to roofs; pitched roofs (showing gabled ends and hipped ends); Kingpost and Queen post trusses. 5. Building Drawing: A simple two-roomed official building and mul -storeyed residen al building plan, front and sec onal eleva ons. 6. Use of Computer Aided So ware Packages: Building drawing Assignments.

CVEM6006: ENGINEERING MECHANICS LAB (2 credits) The following experiments are to be performed: 1. Determina on of co-efficient of fric on between two given surfaces 2. Determina on of the posi on of the centroid of the given areas 3. Determina on of moment of iner a of the fly wheel 4. Verifica on of triangle law of forces 5. Verifica on of polygon law of forces 6. Determina on of efficiency of screw jack 7. Worm and worm wheel experiment 8. To verify the law of moment of force for a simply supported beam 9. To determine the bending moment at a sec on for a simply supported beam

CVFM6007: FLUID MECHANICS LAB (2 credits) 1. Study of Fluid Pressure distribu on on immersed bodies. 2. Determina on of Meta-Centric Height and Stability of floa ng bodies. 3. Experimental verifica on of Bernoulli's Equa on. 4. Study of Discharge through Orifices using Orifice meter Apparatus. 5. Study of Discharge over Different Notches. 6. Study of different types of pipe-flow using Reynolds’s Apparatus. 7. Determina on of Fric on Factor in pipes using pipe fric on apparatus. 8. Study of Impact of Jet on Vanes. 9. Study of flow in Open Channels using Open Channel Til ng Flume, Flow over Weirs, Hydraulic jump ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|284

CVES6008: ENGINEERING SURVEY LAB I (2 credits) 1. Direct Ranging and Indirect Ranging. 2. Chain Triangula on. 3. Closed compass traversing to plot the exis ng layout of a built-up area. 4. Fly leveling to determine eleva on difference between two well separated points. 5. Profile and Cross-sec onal leveling with Levelling Instrument. 6. Plane table traversing. 7. Direct Contouring using Indian Tangent Clinometer and Plane Table. 8. Indirect Contouring by the method of Grids. 9. Measure the horizontal angle using a Theodolite, by the method of repe on.

CVEG6009: ENGINEERING GEOLOGY LAB (2 credits) 1. Megascopic study of minerals including ore minerals. 2. Megascopic study of rocks-Igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic. 3. Study of crystal systems with the help of crystal models. 4. Microscopic study of mineral specimens. 5. Microscopic study of rock specimens. 6. Exercises in geological maps: drawing sec ons, and interpreta on of geological structures. Dip and strike problems. 7. Use of Clinometer compass and Brunton compass for measurement of dip and strike of forma ons. 8. Field trip and field report – 10% weightage.

CVRS6010: RESEARCH SEMINAR - MTECH (4 credits) Objectives: Students will acquire a clear concept of the work they will be doing in the last two semesters in their project work. Students may select a topic for their seminar preferably in the same area as that of their project. Seminar includes review of literatures related to the project, recent development and line of action. Seminar will be evaluated by their report, presentation and Viva Voce.

CVMP6011: PROJECT PHASE I - MTECH (12 credits) Objectives: During this phase the student will start a research project applying the knowledge acquired during the first two semesters and also incorporating the recent trends in the chosen area. It should include phases of analyses and design, implementation and reporting. This project is to be executed individually within or outside the campus. The mode and components of evaluation and the weightages attached to them shall be published by the Department during the semester.

CVMP6012: PROJECT PHASE II - MTECH (16 credits) Objectives: During this phase the student will carry forward and complete the work that they have started in Phase I. It is expected that the student will publish at least one research paper in a well-known journal to augment their work during this phase. Published papers will carry extra weightage during evaluation. The mode and components of evaluation and the weightages attached to them shall be published by the Department at the beginning of the semester.

CVGE6013: GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING LAB (2 credits) 1. Liquid Limit test of soil by Cone Penetrometer Apparatus and Casagrande Apparatus. 2. Plas c limit of soil ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|285

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.

Sieve analysis of soil Moisture content of by oven dry method. Dry Density of soil by sand replacement method. Dry Density of soil by core cu er method. Direct shear test of soil. Unconfined compression test of soil. Proctor’s Compac on test of soil. Permeability test of soil. Consolida on test of soil. Triaxial test of soil.

CVES6014: ENGINEERING SURVEY LAB II (2 credits) 1. Measurement of angle by method of repe on and reitera on using theodolite 2. Traversing with theodolite – open and closed traverse 3. Se ng out of circular curve using chain and tape 4. Se ng out of circular curve using theodolite – one theodolite and two theodolite method 5. Trigonometric levelling 6. Route alignment of an open traverse 7. Introduc on to total sta on

CVMI6015: MINI PROJECT (2 credits) Objectives: Mini Projects are assigned to students individually or in groups by the department under the supervision of designated faculty members. The primary objective of the Mini Project is to enable students to have a thorough understanding of the theoretical principles learnt in earlier four semesters through a prolonged practical experience. Collectively the students will get to know about multiple areas of Civil Engineering analysis and design procedures and the methods of reporting in standard format.

CVTE6016: TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING LAB (2 Credits) 1. To determine the IMPACT VALUE of coarse aggregates by use of IMPACT MACHINE. 2. To determine the ABRASION VALUE of coarse aggregates by use of LOS ANGELES MACHINE. 3. To determine the Flakiness Index and Elonga on Index of coarse aggregates. 4. To determine the MARSHALL STABILITY of Bitumen mix. 5. To determine the SOFTENING POINT of Bitumen. 6. To determine the DUCTILITY of Bitumen. 7. To determine the Specific Gravity of Bitumen. 8. To determine the Penetra on of Bitumen. 9. To determine the CALIFORNIA BEARING RATIO of soil.

CVEE6017: ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING LAB (2 Credits) 1. To determine the pH of a water sample 2. To determine the turbidity of a water sample 3. To determine the hardness of a water sample 4. To determine the chloride of a water sample 5. To determine the alkalinity of a water sample 6. To determine the total solids of a water sample 7. Jar test for coagula on studies 8. To determine the DO and BOD of a water sample 9. To determine the COD of a water sample ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|286

Suggested Readings 1. Clair N. Sawyer, Chemistry for Environmental Engineering and Science, Tata McGraw Hill Educa on Private Limited.

CVCS6018: COMPREHENSIVE SURVEYING CAMP (2 Credits) Objectives: The purpose of Comprehensive Surveying Camp is to enable students to undergo rigorous field exercises. All the theories and practices of earlier semesters will be integrated to make students confident of handling any real life surveying and mapping tasks.

CVMN6019: MINOR PROJECT (2 credits) Objectives: This is in continuation with the minor project in last semester where students will be given some field related analysis and design work to give them exposure towards real use of their acquired knowledge. Collectively the students will get to know about multiple areas of Civil Engineering analysis and design procedures and the methods of reporting in standard format.

CVCA6020: COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN CIVIL ENGINEERING (2 credits) Objectives: This laboratory course is introduced to familiarize the students with a number of Civil Engineering software packages so as to equip them with necessary know-how for their use in actual field. Students will also be able to use this knowledge in carrying out their minor and major projects. In this course the students will be exposed to different tools to acquire hands-on experience for: ● 3D model genera on, analysis and mul -material design of any type of structure including buildings, water tanks, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, founda ons, airport hangers and much more. All the steps involved in structural analysis and design of concrete and steel will be covered. ● Elementary features of solving slope stability and related geotechnical and geo-environmental analyses. ● Geospa al raster data processing to prepare, display and enhance digital images for mapping use in geographic informa on system (GIS) or in computer-aided design (CAD) so ware and to perform numerous opera ons on an image and generate an answer to specific geographical ques ons.

CVTS6021:TRAINING SEMINAR (2 credits) Objectives: During the semester break at the end of the third year, the students are required to undergo an industrial training. The purpose of the industrial training is to expose students to real-life industry situations, so that they may be able to able to apply the engineering knowledge and skills that they have gained through classroom teaching and lab activities, in an on-the-job situation. After the period of training, students are required to present their experience in the form of reports and seminar presentations. Students will be evaluated on the seminar, viva-voce examination and written reports.

CVMP6022: MAJOR PROJECT (PHASE I) (4 credits) Objectives: To develop the capacity of the students to convert theoretical knowledge base to practical systems for performing creative tasks and analysis and hence suggest solutions to problems pertaining to civil engineering. Each student group consisting of not more than 5 members is expected to plan, analyse and design a multi-storeyed building and verify the work with a design and analysis software package. During the first phase of the Major Project students will iden fy and plan a mul -storeyed building, prepare the drawings and perform gravity analysis followed by seismic analysis. There will be two ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|287

progress seminars - a er the planning and a er the seismic analysis, which will be evaluated by a panel of internal examiners.

CVMP6023: MAJOR PROJECT (PHASE II) (8 credits) Objectives: During the second phase of the Major Project, students will compile the analyses performed in the first phase. They will work out the design details, and design the load carrying members of the frame with detailing. This will be followed by verification of the analysis and design using a software package. The project work will be concluded with quantity estimation and preparation of report. The internal assessment shall be evaluated by the DPEC and the external assessment shall be done by the external examiner(s) assisted by the DPEC and the supervisor. The modality and components of the internal assessment and their weightages shall be notified at the beginning of each semester. Project implementa on and documenta on: 70 Viva voce examina on: 20 Seminar presenta on: 10

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|288

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Vision To establish the department as a hub of quality technical educa on and research for aiding the industry and to strive for the upli ment of the North East Region and na on as a whole.

Mission 1. 2. 3. 4.

To train the youth to be intellectually competent with strong fundamentals in Mechanical engineering. To create an environment for carrying out fundamentals and interdisciplinary research to address the future needs and challenges of a society and the industry. To cul vate strong moral values and professional ethics to build them as responsible and environmentally conscious ci zens. To mo vate, nourish and mould the students to be dynamic leader and entrepreneurs.

Program educational objectives (PEOs) 1. 2. 3. 4.

To develop the ability to design a system, component or process to meet the social and industrial requirements within realis c constraints. To achieve high level of technical exper se through extensive project work, experiments, industrial visits and regular symposiums. To inculcate professional ethics, leadership quali es and inherent crea ve ins ncts in students. To encourage lifelong learning and to foster the ability to func on on mul disciplinary teams.

DETAILED SYLLABUS MNEM0001: ENGINEERING MECHANICS (3 credits – 45 hours) Objective: The main objective of this course is to develop the ability of the engineering students to analyze any engineering problem in a simple and logical manner, and apply a few well-understood basic principles to obtain a solution. Module I : Statics (10 hours) Force, moment and couple, Resultant of forces, Forces in space, Equilibrium, FBD, General equa ons of equilibrium, Analysis of forces in perfect frames, Module II: Statics and Introduction to Strength of Materials (11 hours) Types of supports, loads, beams, Determina on of reac ons of supports for various types of loads on beam. Simple stress and strain. Module III: Statics (continued) (6 hours) Center of parallel forces and Center of gravity, Centroid of composite plane figures and curves. Moment of iner a of a plane area. Module IV: Statics (continued) (6 hours) Fric on - Introduc on to dry fric on, laws of fric on, fric on of simple machines - inclined planes, screw jacks. Module V: Dynamics (Rectilinear motion) (6 hours) Rec linear transla on - Kinema cs - Principles of Dynamics - Momentum and impulse, work and energy - impact.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|289

Module VI: Dynamics (Curvilinear Motion) (6 hours) a) Curvilinear transla on - Kinema cs - Equa on of mo on - principle for curvilinear mo on. b) Kine cs of rota on of rigid body. Illustrations 1. Moment of Iner a (Flywheel). 2. Verifica on of law of parallelogram of forces. 3. Polygon of forces. 4. Tension Bench. 5. Fric on (Sliding board/ plank). 6. Young's Modulus Suggested Readings 1. R.S.Khurmi, A Textbook of Engineering Mechanics, 20th Revised Edi on, S Chand and Company Ltd., New Delhi 2. Beer. F.P., Johnston, Vector Mechanics for Engineers, Vol I- Sta cs, Vol II- Dynamics, 3rd Edi on, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2000. 3. Bhavika S.S., Engineering Mechanics, 3rd Edi on, New Age Interna onal Publishers, New Delhi, 2008 4. Bansal. R. K., Engineering Mechanics, Laxmi Publica on. 5. Shames. Irving. H, Rao. G. Krishno Mohana, Engineering Mechanics, PHI Publica on. 6. Hibbler. R. C., Engineering Mechanics, Vol I and II, Pearson Press, 2002. 7. Ali Hassan, R.A. Khan, Fundamentals of Engineering Mechanics, 1st Edi on,Acme Learning, New Delhi, 2010.

MNEM0002: ELEMENTS OF MECHANICAL AND CIVIL ENGINEERING (4 credits - 60 hours) Objective: This course deals with understanding the basic concepts ideas of Civil engineering and Mechanical engineering to give exposure to realities existing in these foremost and parent engineering. Module I Thermodynamics (12 Hours) a) Fundamental concepts and defini ons: Thermodynamics system, surrounding and boundary, thermodynamic proper es, path, processes and cycle, Macroscopic and Microscopic approach, Thermodynamic equilibrium, Pressure and Temperature, Zeroth Law of Thermodynamic. b) Work transfer: Displacement work, path func on, point func on, Work done for constant volume, constant pressure, isothermal, adiaba c and polytropic processes, Internal energy, enthalpy specific heat at constant pressure and volume. c) First Law of Thermodynamic and its applica on to non-steady flow systems, Steady flow energy equa on, Limita on of First Law of Thermodynamic, Second Law of Thermodynamic, Clausius and Kelvin Planck Statements, concept of Entropy, Rankine cycle. Module II: Fluid Mechanics (6 Hours) Fundamental Concepts: Defini ons of different types of fluids, Classifica on of fluids, Proper es of fluids: Density, Viscosity, Surface tension, Capillary effect, Vapour Pressure, Classifica on of flows, Newton’s law of Viscosity, Pascal’s law, Pressure varia on with depth, Manometers and its classifica on. Module III: Manufacturing Technology (6 hours) Fundamental Concepts: Types of materials: Ferrous metals, Non-Ferrous Metals, Alloys and Composites, Different Metal Forming Techniques, Cas ng, Welding. Module IV: Theory of Machines (6 Hours) Types of Belts and Gears, Transmission of Power by Belts and Gear Trains, Simple Belt Drive and Simple Gear, Drive, Velocity Ra o.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|290

Module V: Surveying (10 Hours) a) Introduc on to Surveying: Defini on of surveying, Principles of surveying, object and classifica on of surveying. Scales and Maps. b) Chain Surveying: Different types of Chains and Tapes, measurement by tape and chain, errors in chain and tape measurements and their correc ons and adjustment, chaining on flat and sloping ground, obstacle in chaining, direct and indirect methods of ranging. c) Compass Surveying: Bearings and meridians, Types of Bearings, prisma c compass, surveyors compass, angular measurement, true north and magne c north, magne c declina on, local a rac on and its correc on, La tude and Departure, Compass traversing. Module VI: Transportation Engineering (5 Hours) Roadways, Railways, Airport (Indica ve Introduc on), Classifica on of Roads in India, Types of pavements, Flexible, Rigid and Semi Rigid, Ideal Cross Sec on, Defini on of Basic Terms, Introduc on to Earth, Gravel, WBM and Bituminous Road. Module VII: Building Materials (15 Hours) Defini ons of Physical and Mechanical Proper es, Stones: Classifica on of Rocks, Test for Stones, A ri on Test, Crushing Test, Hardness test, Quali es of good building Stone, Bricks: Manufacturing Process, Composi on of good Brick Earth and Harmful ingredients, Kiln, Quali es of Good Bricks, Test for bricks, Classifica on of Bricks, Cement: Manufacturing process, composi on and Harmful ingredients, Physical Proper es and Test for Cement, Varie es of Cement, Aggregates: Sand, Classifica on and test, Grading, Mortar and Cement Concrete, Propor oning, Water Cement Ra o, Workability: Slump test, Placing of Concrete, Curing, Compressive Strength and tes ng, RCC works, Timber: Methods of Seasoning and Preserva on, Defects in mber, Steel: Proper es, Market forms of Steel, Other Materials: Ceramics, Paints, Varnishes and Distempers, Plas cs, Latest trends in Building Material (indica ve introduc on). Suggested Readings 1. Nag P. K., Engineering Thermodynamics, 4th Edi on, Tata McGraw Hill. 2. Cha opadhyay, P., Engineering Thermodynamics,2nd Edi on, Oxford. 3. Domkundwar S., Kothandaraman C.P.,A Course in Thermal Engineering, 6th Edi on, Dhanpat Rai & Co (p) Ltd. 4. Khurmi R. S., A Text Book of Engineering Mechanics, 20th Edi on, S. Chand. 5. Rangwala, Building Materials 6. S.K. Duggal, Building Materials 7. Dr. B. C. Punmia, Surveying Vol I 8. S. K. Khanna, C. E. G. Justo, Highway Engineering.

MNFM0003: FLUID MECHANICS (4 credits — 60 hours) Objective: This is an introductory course in the mechanics of fluid motion. It is designed to establish fundamental knowledge of basic fluid mechanics and address specific topics relevant to simple applications involving fluids. Module I: Fluid statics (12 hours) Proper es of fluids, classifica on fluids, Pascal law, Pressure measurement manometer, types of manometer and its applica on, Forces on submerged plane and curved surfaces, buoyant force, metacentre, centre of buoyancy, equilibrium of floa ng and submerged body. Module II: Fluid kinematics (12 hours) Lagrangian and Eulerian descrip ons, Types of fluid flow: steady, unsteady, uniform, non uniform, laminar, turbulent , compressible, incompressible, rota onal, irrota onal, one, two, three dimensional flows, Con nuity equa on for three dimensions, velocity, accelera on, Velocity poten al func on, stream func on, flow net, Vortex flow. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|291

Module III: Fluid dynamics (12 hours) Euler equa on of mo on, Bernoulli’s equa on, energy equa on, Venturimeter, orificemeter and pitot tube, Momentum equa on and its applica on, Navier Stokes equa on. Module IV: Dimensional and model analysis (12 hours) Dimensional homogeneity, Rayleigh’s method, Buckingham’s pi theorem and its applica on. Model analysis: Geometric, Kinema c, Dynamic similarity, Dimensionless numbers etc. Module V: Orifice, Notches and Weirs (12 hours) Flow through orifices and mouthpieces, orifice coefficients Notch and Weirs: types of notch and weirs and applica on. Suggested Readings 1. F M White, Fluid Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill 2. Sukumar Pa , Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, Tata McGraw Hill 3. R. K. Bansal, A Text Book of Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machine, Laxmi Publica on 4. Ojah, Berndtsson, Fluid Mechanics & Machinery, Oxford 5. Y. A. Cengel, Fluid Mechanics Fundamentals & Applica ons, Tata McGraw Hill

MNEM0004: ENGINEERING MATERIALS (3 credits - 45 hours) Objective: This course provides the introduction of the fundamentals of Material Science and Metallurgy to undergraduate students. The objective of the course is to understand the basic principles of material science and metallurgy. It includes mechanical testing to determine mechanical properties. It also includes various heat treatments, various engineering materials and their applications. Module I: Nature of Metals and Alloys (9 hours) Disloca on theory of slippage, strain hardening; Crystal defects and their effects on plas c deforma on i.e. descrip on of point, line and surface defects; Plas c deforma on in polycrystalline metals; Cold working - recovery, recrystalliza on, grain growth and hot working; Strengthening mechanisms in metals - solid solu on strengthening, Strain hardening; Dispersion and precipita on hardening, phase transforma on. Module II: Properties of Metals and Testing (9 hours) Tension test, engineering and true stress-strain curves, evalua on of proper es, duc lity, bri leness and toughness; Types of engineering stress-strain curve, compression test; Hardness tests- Brinell hardness Test, Poldi hardness Test, Rockwell hardness Test , Vickers hardness Test; Durometers, micro-hardness Rela on among the various hardness test and hardness to tensile strength; Impact test- charpy and izod impact test; Fa gue and creep test; Non-destruc ve test of metals-dye penetra on test, magne c par cle test; Ultrasonic tes ng, radiography and eddy current tes ng Module III: Ferrous Metals and its Alloys (9 hours) Iron, allotropy, cooling curves and volume changes of iron; Iron-carbon equilibrium dig., cri cal temperatures, various phase reac ons, solubility of carbon in iron; Microstructures of slowly cooled steels; Non - equilibrium of cooling of steels; ast Irons- types like gray cast iron, nodular cast iron; Austempered cast iron, white cast iron, malleable C .I .; Effects of various parameters on structure and proper es of C.I. like carbon equivalent, cooling rate during eutec c reac on and alloying addi ons; Proper es, composi ons, applica ons and specifica ons of C.I. Module IV: Heat Treatments (9 hours) Introduc on and principles of heat treatment of steels, processing heat treatments for steels like full annealing, normalizing, process and stress relief anneal, spheroidiza on. Heat treatments for non-ferrous metals; Strengthening heat treatments for steels, isothermal transforma on diagram; Tempering of martensite, con nuous cooling transforma ons; Jominy test for hardenability and its considera ons. Quench media, austempering and martempering; Surface hardening of steelsflame, induc on , laser and electron beam hardening; Pack, gas and liquid carburizing, nitriding, ion; ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|292

nitriding; Heat treatment furnaces and atmospheres, classifica on of furnaces; Heat treatment and energy and controlled atmospheres. Module V: Alloy Steels and Advanced Materials (9 hours) Alloy steels – Limita on of plain carbon steels, effects of major alloying elements in steels; Classifica on of alloying elements, examples of alloy steels; Stainless steels –classifica on, heat treatment of stainless steels; Tool steels-classifica on, cold work and hot work tool steels; High speed tool steels , heat treatment of high speed tool steel, special purpose tool steels; Introduc on of Advanced materials- types and proper es of composite materials; High temperature materials; Engineering ceramics Suggested Readings 1. Callister, Materials Science & Engineering, Wiley 2. V. Radhavan, Materials Science & Engineering, PHI 3. Narula, Materials Science, Tata McGraw Hill 4. B. Zakharov, Heat Treatment of Metals, CBS 5. R. K. Rajput, Materials Science & Engineering, Katson

MNMT0005: MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY I (4 credits-60 hours) Objective: There are various processes in manufacturing for conversion of raw material into final products. The basic knowledge of these processes is essential for engineering students. This course provides students with an integrated treatment of the analysis of the manufacturing processes. Module I (12 hours) a) Geometry of single point cu ng tool: Tool in hand system, ASA and ORS, Tool signature. b) The Lathe machine, lathe opera ons and applica on of lathe, lathe accessories and a achments, mechanism of lathe, Lathe machine’s tools and types, Machining Time, depth of cut of lathe Capstan and Turret lathe, Drilling machine, types of drilling machine and applica on, drilling machine tools and nomenclature, machining mes in drilling, cu ng speed of drilling boring machine, Boring tools. Module II (12 hours) Shaper machine, types of shapers, Shaper mechanism, Planing machine, types of planning machine, cu ng speed, depth of cut and machining me of shaper and planer, Slo ng machine, types of slo ng machine, Grinding machine, grinding wheels, Abrasives of grinder, mechanics of grinding process, Milling machine, types of milling machine, milling mechanism, milling a achments milling opera ons, milling tools, cu ng speed, depth of cut, machining me. Broaching machine, Broaching methods Module III (12 hours) Pa ern materials, Pa ern making tools, types of pa erns, Pa ern making allowances. Moulding tools and equipments, types moulding sand, grain shape and size of sand, sand addi ves, proper es of moulding sand, moulding processes Module IV (12 hours) weldability, types of welding, arc welding and equipments, gas welding and equipments. Resistance welding, Thermit welding, solid state welding, Brazing and Soldering. Module V (12 hours) Metal used in sheet metal work, tool, sheet metal opera ons, Sheet metal joints and allowances. Suggested Readings 1. BS Raghuwanshi, A Course in Workshop Technology, Vol 1 and Vol 2, Dhanpat Rai 2. Hajra Choudhury, Elements of workshop Technology, Vol.1 and Vol.2, MPP 3. W Chapman, Workshop Technology, Part 1 and Part 2, Elsevier 4. PC Sarma, A Text Book of Produc on Engineering, S Chand ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|293

5. 6.

PC Sarma, A Text Book of Produc on Technology, S Chand OP Khanna, Foundry technology, Dhanpat Rai

MNTD0006: THERMODYNAMICS (4 credits-60 hours) Objective: Introduce students to thermodynamic terminology and concepts. To familiarize students with some common equipment used in energy systems and to reinforce students' knowledge and use of problem solving methods by solving a variety of thermodynamic process and systems applications. Module I (8 hours) Introduc on to 1st law and its applica on to Steady flow energy equa ons in Nozzle, Thro ling device, Turbine, Compressor, Condenser, Boiler etc. Introduc on to 2nd law: Heat engine, reversed heat engine and efficiency, refrigerator, heat pump and COP, Carton’s theorem and Corollary of carton’ theorem, Absolute thermodynamic temperature scale Module II (8 hours) Entropy, Clausius theorem, temperature entropy plot, Inequality of Clausius, Entropy principle and its applica ons, Entropy changes for closed system: Isobaric, Isochoric, Isothermal,Adiaba c and Polytropic processes. Availability and irreversibility. Module III (12 hours) Boiler, Classifica on of Boilers, Fire tube and Water tube, Cochran, Lancashire, Locomo ve, Babcock and Wilcox. Industrial boiler: Packaged water tube boiler, Fluidized bed boiler. High Pressure boiler. Boiler Moun ngs and their func ons. Boiler Accessories and its func ons. Module IV (12 hours) Proper es of steam: Phase transforma on, Steam genera on, Thermodynamic proper es of steam, proper es of wet and superheated steam, Steam table and mollier diagram. Vapour power cycles: Carnot cycle, Rankine cycle, Modified Rankine cycle, Reheat cycle, Regenera ve cycle, Binary cycle Module V (12 hours) Introduc on steam engine: simple steam engine plant, working of steam engine, Theore cal and actual indicator diagram, Indicated power of steam engine, efficiencies of steam engine. Steam Nozzles: types of nozzle, flow of steam through nozzle, expansion of steam considering fric on, general rela on between area, velocity, pressure in nozzle flow Module VI (8 hours) Air standard cycles: assump ons, O o cycle, diesel, dual cycles their efficiencies and mean effec ve pressure. Comparison in between O o, Diesel and Dual cycle. Lenoir cycle, Atkinson cycle,Brayton cycle, S rling cycle. Suggested Readings 1. R.K Rajput, Thermal Engineering, Laxmi publica on 2. Dom Kundwar, A course in Thermal Engineering, Dhanpat Rai 3. P K Nag, Engineering Thermodynamics, Tata McGraw Hill 4. Y.A. Cengel, Themodynamics - An Engineering Approach, Tata McGraw Hill 5. K.K.Ramalingam, Steam Tables, Scitech

MNTM0007: THEORY OF MACHINES (4 credits - 60 hours) Objective: To deepen understanding of kinematics analysis as an essential element of the design process Develop skills in analytical, graphical, and numerical methods for calculating kinematics and dynamics of machine elements. Module I (10 hours) Kinema cs : Mechanism and Machine, Links, Kinema c pairs, Degree of freedom, Kinema c Chain, Binary, Ternary, Quaternary Links and Joints, Inversions of Mechanisms, Different Types of Kinema c ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|294

Chains and their Inversions. Module II (10 hours) Mechanisms with Lower Pairs: Pantograph, Straight Line Mechanisms, Approximate Straight Line Mo on Mechanism: Wa ’s Straight mechanism, Modified Sco -Russel Mechanism, Gross-Hopper Mechanism, Tehebicheff’s Mechanism, Robert’s Mechanism, Applica on of Straight Line Mo on in Engine indicators: Simplex indicator, Crosby indicator, Thomson Indicator, Double McInnes Indicator, Steering gears: Davis Steering gear, Ackermann Steering gear, Universal Hook’s Joint. Module III (15 hours) Velocity and Accelera on in Mechanisms: Instantaneous centre method, Analysis of reciproca ng Engine Mechanism by Instantaneous centre method, Analysis of four bar mechanism by instantaneous method, Method and types of instantaneous centres in a mechanism, Method for loca ng an instantaneous centre. Rela ve Velocity method, Veloci es in four bar chain, Veloci es in slider crank chain; Simple velocity and accelera on diagrams; rubbing velocity at pin joints; Accelera on of a body moving along circular path, Accelera on diagram for a link and slider crank mechanism, Coriolis accelera on component. Module IV (15 hours) a) Gears and Gear Trains: Classifica on of gears, Defini on of terms used in gears, Law of gearing or condi on for constant velocity ra o of gear wheels, velocity of sliding, Forms of Teeth, Cycloid profile teeth, Length of path of contact, length of arc of contact, Number of pairs of teeth in contact, Interference in involute gears, Minimum number of teeth required on the pinion in order to avoid interference, Minimum number of teeth required on the wheel in order to avoid interference, Helical gears, spiral gears. b) Types of gear trains: simple gear train, compound gear train, Reverted gear train, Epicyclic gear train, Velocity ra o of gear train, Sun and planet gear, Torque and tooth loads in epicyclic gear train. Module V (10 hours) Belt Drive: Belt and Rope Drives and their classifica ons, Rela ons for torque, maximum power transmission, length of open and cross belts, belt slip, crowning of pulley. Suggested Readings 1. SS Ra an, Theory of Machines, Tata Mc Graw hill publica ons. 2. RK Bansal, Theory of Machines, Laxmi publica ons. 3. J. Lal, Theory of Machines, Metropolitan Books Ltd. 4. J.J.Uicker, Jr, G.R.Pennock and J.E. Shigley, Theory of Machines and Mechanisms (3rd edi on), Oxford University Press. 5. V.P. Singh, Theory of Machines. 6. A. Shariff, Theory of Machines.

MNTF0008: THEORY OF FLUID FLOW (4 credits - 60 hours) Objective: This course is fundamental to the understanding the flow behaviour of fluid. Theory of Fluid Flow is very important in various fields of Mechanical Engineering. Module I (13 hours) Laminar flow, through circular pipes, parallel plates, Velocity distribu on,mean velocity, velocity profile Kine c energy factor and momentum, Head loss due to fric on. Module II (13 hours) Turbulent flow: Reynold’s experiment, laws of fluid fric on, shear stress, types of boundary, Prandtl length concept, velocity distribu on, mean velocity, velocity profile, resistance to flow in smooth and rough pipes , Darcy Weisbach equa on Module III (12 hours) Boundary layer flow: Laminar boundary layer, Turbulent boundary layer, Laminar sub layer, ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|295

Boundary layer thickness, displacement thickness, momentum thickness , energy thickness. Module IV (12 hours) Compressible flow: basic equa on for compressible flow for isothermal and isentropic process, velocity of sound: sub sonic, sonic,supersonic flow, propaga on of pressure waves in compressible flow, Stagna on proper es, compressibility correc on factor in the measurement of air speed; area – velocity rela onship for compressible flow through a variable area duct, mass flow rate through a duct, cri cal condi on and choking; flow through convergent-divergent nozzle. Module V (10 hours) a) Flow around submerged bodies- Introduc on to concept and expression of drag and li ,pressure drag and fric on drag, Streamlined and Bluff bodies b) Fluidiza on, Fluidized bed and its applica ons. Suggested Readings 1. Sukumar Pa , Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machines, Tata McGraw Hill 2. Dr.R.K. Bansal, Textbook of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, Laxmi Publica ons 3. R.K Rajput, Text book on Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machines”, S. Chand 4. S. M. Yahya, Fundamental of Compressible Flow, New Age 5. F.M White, Viscous Fluid Flow, McGraw Hill

MNSM0009: STRENGTH OF MATERIALS (4 credits - 60 hours) Objective: This course is a foundation to many advanced techniques that allow engineers to design structures, predict failures and understand the physical properties of materials. The purpose is to develop the theoretical basis, derive the theories of strength of materials using sound mathematical principles and enable students to systematically solve engineering problems. Module I: Stresses and Strains (15 hours) a) Simple Stresses and Strains: Concept and types of Stresses and Strains, Poisson’s ra o, stresses and strains in simple and compound bars, stress-strain diagrams, Hook's law, elas c constants and their rela onships, thermal stresses and strains in simple and compound bars. b) Compound Stresses and Strains: Concept of surface and volumetric strains, two dimensional stress system, conjugate shear stress at a point on a plane, principal stresses and strains and principal planes, Mohr’s circle of stresses. Module II: Shear Force and Bending Moment (10 hours) Defini ons, SF and BM diagrams for can levers, simply supported beams with and without overhang and calcula on of maximum SF and BM and the point of contraflexure under (i) concentrated loads, (ii) uniformly distributed loads(UDL) over whole span or a certain span, (iii) combina on of concentrated loads and UDL, (iv) uniformly varying loads(UVL); applica on of bending moments, rela on between bending moment, shear force and load. Module III: Torsion (10 hours) Defini on of Torsion, torsion in thin circular tube, solid and hollow circular sha s, tapered sha , stepped sha and composite circular sha s, combined bending and torsion, equivalent torque, effect of end thrust. Module IV: Bending, Shear Stresses and Deflection of Beams (15 hours) Bending stresses in beams with deriva on and applica on to beams of circular, rectangular, I, T and channel sec ons, composite beams, shear stresses in beams with combined bending, torsion and axial loading of beams, deflec on of a beam by (i) double integra on method, (ii) Macaulay's method, (iii) Moment Area method. Module V: Columns and Struts (10 hours) Combined bending and direct stress, middle third and middle quarter rules. Struts with different end condi ons. Euler’s theory and experimental results, Rankine Gardon formulae, Examples of ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|296

columns in mechanical equipments and machines. Suggested Readings 1. R. K Bansal “ Strength of Materials” Laxmi Publica on. 2. B. C. Punmia et. al., "Mechanics of Materials", Laxmi Publica ons (P) Ltd. 3. Beer and Johnston, “Mechanics of Materials”, Pren ce hall India 4. R.K Rajput, “Strength of Materials”, SK Kataria and Sons, Delhi 5. Timoshenko S.P; “Elements of Strength of Materials”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi 6. Ramamrutham, S “Strength of Materials”, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, Delhi 7. Kazimi S.M.A, “Solid Mechanics”, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Co; New Delhi.

MNHM0010: HYDRAULICS MACHINERY (3 credits – 45 hours) Objective: The course familiarises students with basic facts relating to working principles of hydraulic machines and equipment used in all industrial fields. It deals with pumps, hydraulic motors, water turbines and fluid mechanisms such as hydraulic elements, hydraulic transmissions and couplings. Module I: Impact of free jets (10 hours) Force exerted on sta onary flat plate held normal to jet and inclined to jet, force exerted on curved plate, force exerted on moving flat plate normal to jet and moving inclined to the direc on of the jet, jet propulsion of jet Module II: Hydraulic Turbines (10 hours) Classifica on of hydraulic turbines, Impulse and reac on turbines, Pelton wheel, work done and efficiency of Pelton wheel, Francis turbine, propeller turbine and Kaplan turbine, dra tube , specific speed, performance characteris cs of hydraulic turbines, cavita on Module III: Centrifugal pumps (10 hours) Classifica on of centrifugal pumps, working principles and head of centrifugal pumps, losses and efficiencies of centrifugal pumps, effect of varia on of discharge on efficiency, mul stage centrifugal pumps, characteris cs of centrifugal pumps, Net Posi ve Suc on Head, cavita on and priming of centrifugal pumps. Module IV: Reciprocating pumps (10 hours) Classifica on of reciproca ng pumps, working principles of reciproca ng pumps, discharge, work done, power for reciproca ng pumps, single ac ng and double ac ng reciproca ng pumps, slip, indicator diagram, air vessels. Module V: Miscellaneous hydraulic machines (5 hours) Hydraulic accumulator, hydraulic intensifier, hydraulic press, hydraulic crane, hydraulic li , hydraulic ram, hydraulic coupling, hydraulic torque converter, jet pump, submergeable pump. Suggested Readings 1. R.K Rajput, Text book on hydraulic machines, S.Chand. 2. Dr.R.K. Bansal, Textbook of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, Laxmi publica on. 3. Jagadish Lal, Fluid machines Including Fluid mechanics, Metropolitan Book Co. 4. P.N Modi and S.M Seth, Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics, Standard Book House.

MNDM0011: DYNAMICS OF MACHINES (4 credits - 60 hours) Objective: To understand the fundamentals of the theory of kinematics and dynamics of machines as well as to understand techniques for studying motion of machines and their components. Module I: Cams (12 Hours) Types of followers, Nomenclature of followers, Mo on of follower, Simple harmonic mo on of follower, Uniform accelera on and retarda on, Cycloidal mo on, cam profile construc on, cam profile for roller followers. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|297

Module II: Balancing of Rotating Masses (12 Hours) Sta c and dynamic balancing. Balancing of single rota ng mass by balancing masses in same plane and in different planes. Balancing of several rota ng masses by balancing masses in same plane and in different planes. Module III: Balancing of Reciprocating Masses (12 Hours) Balancing of reciproca ng engine, Par al balancing of primary force, Par al balancing of locomo ves, Varia on of trac ve force, swaying couple, hammer blow, coupled locomo ve, primary balance of mul -cylinder inline engine, Secondary balance of mul -cylinder inline engines, Method of direct and reverse cranks. Module IV: Governors (12 Hours) Types of Governor, Wa Governor, Porter governor, Proell Governor, Hartnell Governor, Wilson-Hartnell governor, Sensi vity, Stability, Isochronism, Hun ng, Governor Effort and Power, controlling force. Module V: Flywheel (12 Hours) Fluctua ons of energy, Co-efficient of fluctua on of energy and speed, func on of flywheel. Suggested Readings 1. Ra an S.S., Theory of Machines, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 3rd Edi on, 2009. 2. Amitabha Ghosh and Ashok kumar Mallik , Theory of Mechanisms and Machines, Third Edi on Affiliated East-West Press. 3. J. Lal, Theory of Machines, Metropolitan Books Ltd. 4. Joseph Edward Shigley and John Joseph Uicker, Theory of Machines and Mechanisms, Jr. Second Edi on, MGH, New York

MNMT0012: MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY II (4 credits - 60 hours) Objective: There are various processes in manufacturing for conversion of raw material into final products. The basic knowledge of these processes is essential for engineering students. This course provides students with a further treatment of the analysis of the manufacturing processes. Module I: Mechanics of metal cutting (14 hours) Reference to ASA and ORS, Mechanism of chip forma on, Type of chips. Orthogonal and oblique machining, Chip thickness ra o - velocity rela onship, Stress, Strain and Strain rate, Merchant Circle Diagram, Measurement of cu ng forces, Cu ng variables and factors affec ng them. Cu ng Tool Materials. Tool wears and Tool life, Basic causes, Progressive tool wears, Tool life, Variables affec ng the tool life, Taylor’s tool life equa on. Machinability, Defini on, Techniques for improving Machinability. Tool nomenclature Module II: Heat Generation and Cutting Temperature in Machining (10 hours) Heat genera on in machining - Loca on, causes, effects of cu ng temperature on job and tool, varia on of machining parameters and control of cu ng temperature, cu ng fluids – Types and applica ons. Module III: CNC Machines (12 hours) Introduc on – working principle, coordinate system in CNC Machine Tools, path control, point to point, con nuous, machining centers, part programming- manual, Computer Assisted Part Programming (CAPP), G codes and M codes, CNC program for opera ons, turning, drilling, threading, canned cycle opera ons. Module IV: Non-conventional Machining (12 hours) Need for non-conven onal Machining, principles of opera on - machine setups, applica ons, merits and demerits of (a) Abrasive Jet Machining, (b) Ultrasonic Machining, (c) Electrochemical ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|298

Machining, (d) Electro-discharge Machining, (e) Laser Beam Machining, (f) Electron Beam Machining. Compara ve study of the above processes. Module V: Jigs and Fixtures (12 hours) Introduc on, elements of jigs and fixtures, principle of loca on, loca ng methods and devices, design principle for loca on; Clamping, principles for clamping, clamping devices; Indexing jigs and fixtures, indexing devices, fool-proofing. Suggested Readings 1. A.B.Cha opadhyay, Machining and Machine Tools, Wiley India Pvt Ltd 2. P.N. Rao, Manufacturing Technology, Tata McGraw Hill 3. G.K. Lal, Introduc on to Machining Science, New Age Interna onal Limited 4. P.H. Joshi, Jigs and Fixtures, Tata McGraw Hill 5. Amitabha Ghosh and Ashok Kumar M allick, Manufacturing Science, East West Press 6. P.K. Mishra, Non-Conven onal Machining, Narosa Publishing House.

MNAT0013: APPLIED THERMODYNAMICS (3 credits - 45 hours) Objective: This course is designed to introduce basic application of thermodynamic systems such as turbine, compressor refrigerator and air condition and their application in real life situations. The course will help students to understand the dynamics of energy through the air, gas or other media; calibration of measuring instruments and build students’ ability to solve thermodynamic problems. Module I: Steam Turbine and Steam Condenser (11 hours) Classifica on, Flow of steam through impulse and reac on turbines, Velocity diagrams, Compounding of steam turbines, Losses in steam turbine. Steam condenser-introduc on and classifica on, Func on of steam condenser, Elements of a condenser plant, sources of air in condenser, effects of air leakage in condenser, vacuum and condenser efficiency. Module II: Air Compressor (12 hours) Introduc on; Reciproca ng type – Single stage and mul -stage, Compression ra o and volumetric efficiency, effect of clearance, compressor efficiencies. Methods for improving thermal efficiencies. Compressor work and power. Intercooler and a er-cooler. Rotary compressors: Classifica on, Centrifugal compressors: theory of opera ons, impeller and diffuser, impeller work; efficiency. Rotary Vs Reciproca ng compressor. Module III: Gas Turbine and Jet Propulsion (12 hours) a) Gas turbine: introduc on and classifica on, constant pressure combus on gas turbine , thermal and compressor efficiency, method of improving thermal efficiency of open cycle gas turbine, constant volume combus on gas turbine. b) Jet propulsion: introduc on and classifica on, thrust, thrust power, propulsive efficiency and thermal efficiency. Module IV: Refrigeration and Air Conditioning (10 hours) Fundamentals of refrigera on, C.O.P, reversed Carnot cycle, reversed Brayton cycle, simple vapour compression cycle, actual vapour compression cycle, volumetric efficiency, simple vapour absorp on system. Introduc on to psychometry and its proper es, psychometric rela on, psychometric chart and processes. Suggested Readings 1. R. K Rajput, Thermal Engineering, Laxmi publica on 2. Domkundwar, A course in Thermal Engineering, Dhanpat Rai and Co (P) Ltd. 3. K. K. Ramalingam, Steam Tables, Scitech 4. Onkar Singh, Applied Thermodynamics, New Age.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|299

MNMD0014: MACHINE DESIGN I (4 credits - 60 hours) Objective: To make students learn about various design considerations and accordingly their applications into the design field. Afterwards, students will be able to have proper conceptualization of designing the essential machine components like screws, shafts, couplings, gears, joints, springs etc., under different safety limitations. Module I: Introduction to design (10 hours) Overview and need of design, Design procedures, Engineering materials and their proper es, Material selec ons and design considera ons, BIS standards, Tolerances and Fits. Module II: Design against static load (10 hours) Modes of failure, Factor of safety, Stress-strain, Design of co er and knuckle joints, Theories of failure: Maximum normal-stress theory, Maximum shear-stress theory and Distor on-energy theory. Module III: Design against fluctuating load (10 hours) Stress concentra on, Modes of failure, Fluctua ng stresses, Fa gue failure and S-N diagram, Notch sensi vity, Soderberg, Goodman and Gerber diagrams, modified Goodman diagrams, Fa gue design under combined stresses. Module IV: Shafts, keys, Joints and couplings, Springs (20 hours) a) Power Screw: Forms of threads, self locking screw, efficiency of screw. Threaded fasteners: I.S.O. Metric screw thread, Bolted joint in tension, Torque required for bolt ghtening. b) Permanent Joints: Design of Riveted joints and welded joints and their strength. c) Sha s, keys and couplings: Design of sha subjected to bending, torsion, axial and combined loading, keys, co er and Knuckle joint. d) Springs: Helical springs, Leaf springs, Spring materials, Design against sta c and fluctua ng load. Module V: Brakes and clutches (10 hours) a) Brakes: Types of brakes, Energy absorbed by the brakes, Design of Block, band and disc brakes. b) Clutches: Classifica on, applica on and design of fric on clutches, Disc or Plate clutches, Cone clutches, Centrifugal clutches. Suggested Readings 1. V. B. Bhandari, Design of Machine Elements, Tata McGraw Hill Publica ons. 2. J.E. Shigley et al., Mechanical Engineering Design, Tata McGraw-Hill Publica ons 3. P. C. Gope, Machine Design: Fundamentals and Applica ons, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd. 4. U. C. Jindal, Machine Design, Pearson Educa on. 5. K Mahadevan et. al., Design Data Handbook, CBS Publishers and Distributors Pvt. Ltd. 6. V. B. Bhandari, Machine Design: Data book, Tata McGraw Hill Publica ons. 7. Design Data: Data book of Engineers, PSG College Kalaikathir Achchagam, Coimbatore.

MNOR0015: OPERATIONS RESEARCH (4 credits - 60 hours) Objective: Operations Research can be described as a scientific approach to the solution of problems in the management of complex systems. In a rapidly changing environment an understanding is sought which will facilitate the choice and the implementation of more effective solutions which, typically, may involve complex interactions among people, materials and money. Module I: Introduction to Linear Programming ( 15 hours) Introduc on to linear programming - formula on, graphical method, Simplex method and its applica ons, ini al basic feasible solu on, op mality test, Big M method and Two Phase method. Module II: Special topics in Linear Programming (15 hours) Duality in linear programming, the dual simplex method, the revised simplex method, sensi vity analysis of linear programming, Goal programming, and Integer programming. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|300

Module III: The Transportation Model and The Assignment Model (15 hours) a) Formula on and solu on of Transporta on Model, North-west Corner method, Vogel’s approxima on method, stepping stone method, modified distribu on method, degeneracy in Transporta on problem, least me transporta on problems, b) Mathema cal representa on and solu on of assignment model, Hungarian method. Module IV: Sequencing Problem, Replacement Analysis and Queueing Model (15 hours) Assump ons in sequencing problem, processing of n jobs through one machine, two machines and three machines, processing of two jobs through m machines. Replacement of items whose maintenance and repairing cost increase with me, i) ignoring changes in the value of money, ii) value of money changes with me; replacement of items that fail suddenly. Introduc on to Queueing Model. Suggested Readings 1. C. Mohan, “Op miza on Techniques” New Age 2. D. S. Hira and P.K. Gupta, “Opera ons Research”S. Chand 3. J.K. Sarma“Opera ons Research “Macmillan 4. Taha “ Opera on Research an introduc on”Pearson 5. Billey Gillet “Opera ons Research” PHI 6. N.G Nair “Opera ons Research” Dhanpat Rai Publica on 7. Pablo Pedvegal “ Introduc on to Op miza on” New Age.

MNMM0016: MECHANICAL MEASUREMENT (3 credits - 45 hours) Objective: This course provides an introduction to the fundamentals of mechanical measurement devices and their use in mechanical field. Module I: Principles and characteristics of Measurement systems (7 Hours) Defini on, significance of measurement, generalized measurement system, defini ons and concept of accuracy, precision, calibra on, threshold, sensi vity, hysteresis, repeatability, linearity, loading effect, system response- mes delay. Errors in measurement, classifica on of errors. Module II: Transducer (5 Hours) Transducer, LVDT transfer efficiency, Primary and secondary transducers, electrical, mechanical, electronic transducer, advantages of each type of transducers. Module III : Measurement of pressure and flow (10 Hours) Introduc on to pressure measurement, Manometer, types of manometer, Mechanical gauges pressure, electrical pressure transducers, measurement of high pressure. Measurement of low pressure - Mcleod gauge, ioniza on gauges pirani gauges. Introduc on to flow measurement, rotameter, elbow meter, electromagne c flow meter, hot wire anemometer, ultrasonic flow meter, Hydrometer. Module IV: Measurement of force, torque velocity and acceleration (10 Hours) Principle, analy cal balance, pla orm balance, proving ring. Torque measurement – Rope brake, Prony brake, hydraulic dynamometer, eddy current dynamometer, mechanical tachometer, piezoelectric accelerometer and dynamometer. Module V: Temperature and strain measurement (13 Hours) Resistance thermometers, thermocouple, law of thermocouple, materials used for construc on, pyrometer, op cal pyrometer, Strain gauge, prepara on and moun ng of strain gauges, gauge factor, methods of strain measurement. Suggested Readings 1. R.K.Rajput, Mechanical measurements and Instrumenta on, S.K.Kataria and Sons publishers, New Delhi ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|301

2. 3. 4.

A.K. Sawhney, A Course in Mechanical Measurement & Instrumenta on, Dhanpat Rai Publica on, New Delhi R. S. Sirohi, Mechanical Measurement, New Age Publica ons, New Delhi D. S. Kumar, Mechanical Measurement and Control, Metropolitan Books Co. Pvt. Ltd.

MNHM0017: HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER (5 credits - 75 hours) Objective: The topic of heat transfer has enormous applications in mechanical engineering, ranging from cooling of microelectronics to design of jet engines and operation of nuclear power plants. In this course, students will learn heat transfer and its different modes and application. Module I: Introduction and Basic Concepts (5 hours) a) Introduc on Applica on areas of heat transfer, Modes and Laws of heat transfer. b) Introduc on to mass transfer. Fick's law of diffusion. Module II: Conduction (20 hours) a) Three dimensional heat conduc on equa on in Cartesian coordinates and its simplified equa ons, thermal conduc vity, thermal diffusivity. b) One dimensional steady state heat conduc on without heat genera on: Heat conduc on in plane wall, composite slab, composite cylinder, composite sphere, electrical analogy, concept of thermal resistance and conductance, three dimensional heat conduc on equa ons in cylindrical and spherical coordinates and its reduc on to one dimensional form, cri cal radius of insula on for cylinders and spheres, cri cal thickness of Insula on. c) One dimensional steady state heat conduc on with heat genera on: Heat conduc on with uniform heat genera on in plane wall, cylinder and sphere with different boundary condi ons. d) Transient heat conduc on: Validity and criteria of lumped system analysis, Biot and Fourier number, Time constant and response of thermocouple. Module III: Convection (15 hours) a) Fundamentals of convec on: Mechanism of natural and forced convec on, local and average heat transfer coefficient, concept of velocity and thermal boundary layers. b) Forced convec on: Dimensionless numbers and their physical significance, empirical correla ons for external and internal flow for both laminar and turbulent flows. c) Natural convec on: Introduc on, dimensionless numbers and their physical significance, empirical correla ons for natural convec on. Module IV: Boundary Conditions and Extended Surfaces (15 hours) Boundary and ini al condi ons: Temperature boundary condi on, heat flux boundary condi on, convec on boundary condi on, radia on boundary condi on. Heat transfer through extended surface: Types of fins, Governing Equa on for constant cross sec onal area fins, solu on for infinitely long and adequately long (with insulated end) fins and short fins, efficiency and effec veness of fins. Module V: Radiation (10 hours) Thermal Radia on: Fundamental concepts of radia on, different laws of radia on, Radia on shape factor, Heat exchange by radia on between two black and diffuse gray surfaces, Radia on shields. Module VI: Heat Exchangers and Phase Change Phenomena on Heat exchangers (10 hours) Classifica on and applica ons, heat exchanger analysis –LMTD for parallel and counterflow heat exchanger, effec veness–NTU method for parallel and counterflow heat exchanger, introduc on to cross flow heat exchanger, LMTD correc on factor. Condensa on and Boiling: Boiling heat transfer, types of boiling, pool boiling curve and forced boiling phenomenon, condensa on heat transfer, filmwise and dropwise condensa on . Suggested Readings 1. R.C. Sachdeva, Fundamental of Engineering Heat and Mass Transfer, New Age Publica ons, New Delhi ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|302

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

F. P. Incropera, D.P. Dewi , Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, John Wiley and Sons, New Jersey Y. A. Cengel and A.J. Ghajar, Heat and Mass Transfer Fundamentals and Applica ons, Tata McGraw Hill Educa on Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi S.P. Sukhatme, A Textbook on Heat Transfer, Universi es Press, Hyderabad A.F. Mills, Basic Heat and Mass Transfer, Pearson Educa on M.N. Ozisik, Heat and Mass transfer - A Basic Approach, Tata McGraw-Hill P. S. Ghoshdas dar, Heat Transfer, Oxford University Press, New Delhi C. P. Kothandaraman, Fundamentals of Heat & Mass Transfer, New Age Publishers, New Delhi

MNMD0018: MACHINE DESIGN II (4 credits - 60 hours) Objective: This course is a further extension of Machine Design I. The objective is to make students able to perform modifications in design which could meet the requirement standards for safe machine elements. The applications of empirical as well as standard equations with available design data will help students understand practical design engineering. Module I: Bearings (15 hours) Types of bearings, Ball and roller bearings, Journal bearings, Sta c and dynamic load carrying capacity, Load life rela onship, Taper roller bearings, Bearing lubrica on and moun ng. Module II: Belt and chain drive (10 hours) a) Design of belt drive: geometrical rela onships, analysis, condi on for maximum power, V belts. b) Design of chain drive: geometrical rela onships, sprocket wheels, design of chain drive. Module III: Gears (20 hours) a) Design of Spur gears: classifica on, selec on of material, force analysis, gear tooth failures, beam strength of spur gear tooth, wear strength. b) Design of Helical gears: virtual teeth and tooth propor ons, force analysis, beam strength of helical gear tooth, effec ve load, wear strength. c) Design of Bevel gears: force analysis, beam strength, wear strength, effec ve load. d) Design of Worm gears: propor ons of worm gears, force analysis, fric on in worm gears, strength ra ng and wear ra ng of worm gears. Module IV: Flywheels and IC engine components (15 hours) a) Design of Flywheels: Turning moment diagram, solid disk flywheel, rimmed flywheel. b) Design of IC engine components: cylinder, piston, connec ng rod, cranksha , valves. Suggested Readings 1. V. B. Bhandari, Design of Machine Elements, Tata McGraw Hill Publica ons. 2. J.E. Shigley et al., Mechanical Engineering Design, Tata McGraw-Hill Publica ons. 3. P. C. Gope, Machine Design: Fundamentals and Applica ons, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd. 4. U. C. Jindal, Machine Design, Pearson Educa on. 5. K Mahadevan et. al., Design Data Handbook, CBS Publishers and Distributors Pvt. Ltd. 6. V. B. Bhandari, Machine Design: Data book, Tata McGraw Hill Publica ons. 7. Design Data: Data book of Engineers, PSG college kalaikathir achchagam, coimbatore

MNMT0019: ENGINEERING METROLOGY (3 credits - 45 hours) Objective: The science of precision measurement is called Metrology. The aim of this course is to develop knowledge and skills regarding various measuring instruments among the students. The subject imparts knowledge about process control and quality control by making measurements and inspection of various parameters. Module I: Standards of Measurements (10 Hours) Defini on and objec ves of metrology, Standards of length - Interna onal prototype meter, Imperial ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|303

standard yard, Wavelength standard, sub division of standard, line and end standard, calibra on of end bars (Numerical), Slip gauges, wringing phenomena. Module II: System of Limits, Fits and Tolerance and Gauging (12 Hours) a) Defini on of tolerance, Specifica on in assembly, Principle of interchangeability and selec ve assembly, Indian standards (IS 919-1963) - Concept of Limits of size and tolerances, compound tolerance, accumula on of tolerances, Natural tolerance and process capability, geometrical tolerance, posi onal tolerances; defini on of fits, types of fits and their designa on. Hole basis system, sha basis system. b) Classifica on of gauges, brief concept of design of gauges (Taylor’s principles), Wear allowances on gauges, Types of gauges - Plain plug gauge, ring gauge, snap gauge, limit gauge and gauge materials. Module III: Comparators and Angular measurement (10 Hours) a) Introduc on to comparators, characteris cs, classifica on of comparators, mechanical comparators - Johnson Mikrokator, sigma comparators, dial indicator; op cal comparator - principles, Zeiss ultra op meter; pneuma c comparators - back pressure gauges, solex comparators. b) Angular measurements, bevel protractor, sine principle and use of sine bars, sine centre, use of angle gauges, clinometers, profile projector. Module IV: Interferometer and screw thread, gear measurement and surface texture (13 Hours) a) Interferometer, principle of interference, gauge interferometer, Laser interferometer, Op cal flats, use of op cal flat, autocollimator. b) Terminology of screw threads, measurement of major diameter, minor diameter, pitch, angle and effec ve diameter of screw threads by 2-wire and 3-wire methods, best size wire. Tool maker’s microscope. c) Gear tooth terminology, use of gear tooth Vernier caliper and micrometer. d) Meaning of surface texture, order of geometrical irregulari es, es ma on of surface roughness, measurement of roughness by Stylus equipment. Suggested Readings 1. R. K Jain, Engineering Metrology, Khanna publishers, New Delhi 2. M.Mahajan, A Text book of Metrology, Dhanpat Rai and Co Ltd, New Delhi 3. N.V. Raghavendra, Engineering Metrology and Measurement, Oxford University Press, New Delhi 4. Anand Kr. Beroor, Metrology and Measurement, Tata McGraw-Hill Publica ons, New Delhi

MNMS0020: MANUFACTURING METHODS (4 credits - 60 hours) Objective:The objective of this subject is to make the reader familiarize with different manufacturing processes and their underlying principles and make them understand the importance of manufacturing for humankind. This course provides the knowledge of different non-subtractive manufacturing methods with special emphasize on metal casting, metal forming and powder metallurgy and their associated processes. After successfully completing the course, the reader will be able to distinguish between various manufacturing processes and select the best suited method for manufacturing as per their special need & availability. Module I: Metal casting and allied processes (10 hours) Introduc on: Solidifica on behaviour in cas ng, Centreline shrinkage, Compara ve study of different mel ng furnaces. Special cas ng methods, Permanent mould cas ng , Pressure Die cas ng, Hot chamber, Cold chamber, Air blown methods, Low pressure Die cas ng, Con nuous cas ng. Non-metallic mould cas ng, Centrifugal cas ng, Investment cas ng. Cas ng defects, their causes and remedies, Inspec on. Module II: Metal forming and press work (14 hours) a) Introduc on: Classifica on, Hot, Cold and Warm working, Variables affec ng mechanical working process. b) Rolling: Principle, Condi on for con nuous rolling, Forces ac ng on metal during rolling, Types of ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|304

c)

d)

e)

rolling mills, Roll pass design, Roll Piercing. Forging: Forgeability, Forgeable materials, Metallurgy of Forging, Classifica on, Hand forging opera ons, Forging hammers, Drop forging, Press forging, machine forging, Forging Defects, Die design considera ons. Extrusion: Classifica on, Principle of opera ons, Varia on of ram pressure with ram travel, Principle of opera ons of Hydrosta c extrusion, side extrusion, impact and Hooker’s extrusion. Wire, Rod and Tube drawing, Principle and Opera on. Press Work: Introduc on, Different types of Press and Selec on of Presses, Press Opera ons –Main parts of power press, Feeding mechanism, Press working dies, Principles and Opera ons of Cu ng/Shearing and Deep drawing opera ons, Cu ng and drawing dies, Design considera ons.

Module III: High Energy Rate Forming (HERF) (6 hours) Introduc on, Reasons that prompted transi on to HERF, Classifica on , Principles and opera ons of Explosive Forming, Electro-hydraulic Forming, Electro-magne c forming. Module IV: Thread and Gear Manufacturing (16 hours) a) Produc on of Screw Threads:- Possible Methods and Their Characteris cs: Cas ng, Forming (Rolling), Machining, Grinding, Near net shape produc on by investment cas ng and injec on moulding, Non-conven onal processes. b) Produc on of gears: Cas ng, Rolling, Blanking, Injec on moulding, Extrusion, Wire EDM; Machining:- (Form cu er methods such as Shaping, planing and slo ng, milling , gear shaping by machining, broaching), and Genera on methods such as Rack cu er, gear shaping by genera on, gear hobbing). Gear finishing (Gear shaving, rolling, burnishing, grinding, and lapping). Module V: Powder Metallurgy (7 hours) Introduc on, Applica ons of P/M, Powder Characteris cs, Powder produc on methods, Mixing and Blending, Brique ng techniques, Sintering, Infiltra on and Impregna on. Cemented carbides. Advantages and Disadvantages of P/M. Module VI: Surface Finishing Operations (7 hours) Introduc on, Classifica on, Principle and Opera ons of Lapping, Honing, Super finishing, Polishing, Buffing, Tumbling and Burnishing, Introduc on to some advanced (Nano) finishing opera ons like AFF, MRAFF etc. Suggested Readings 1. P N Rao, “ Manufacturing Technology,” Vol 1-, McGraw Hill Educa on 2. Amitabha Ghosh and Asok Kumar Mallick, “ Manufacturing Science,” East West Press 3. P.C. Sharma, “Produc on Engineering ,” S. Chand & Company Ltd. 4. Dr. R. Narayanasamy, “ Metal Forming Technology,” Ahuja Book Co. Pvt. Ltd. 5. G.E. Dieter, “Mechanical Metallurgy,” McGraw Hill Publica on. 6. Produc on Techology P.C. Sharma 7. Rajput R. K., A textbook of manufacturing technology, Laxmi Publica ons (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2007. 8. Produc on Technology – HMT handbook 9. Manufacturing Processes by B.H. Amsteal, Philip F. Ostwald & Myron L. Begeman, John Wiley & Sons.

MNIC0021: INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES (4 credits - 60 hours) Objective: This course studies the fundamentals of how the design and operation of internal combustion engines affect their performance, operation, fuel requirements, and environmental impact. Topics include fluid flow, thermodynamics, combustion, heat transfer and friction phenomena, and fuel properties, with reference to engine power, efficiency, and emissions. Module I: Air-standard cycle and performance of I C Engines (15 hours) Basic types of engines, Engine components and Basic engine nomenclature, I.C. Engine Classifica on, 4-stroke and 2-stroke engines, Comparison of S.I. and C.I. engines, performance ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|305

parameter, air standard cycle- O o cycle, Diesel cycle and Dual Cycle, Comparison of O o, Diesel and Dual Combus on Cycles, Atkinson Cycle, fuel air cycles, effect of varia on of specific heats, fuel-air ra o, compression ra o and dissocia on,. Actual cycles, losses in actual cycle, Performance parameter: BHP, IHP, Mechanical Efficiency, BSFC and Methods for their measurement. Module II: Carburettor, Diesel Injection and Ignition Systems (15 hours) a) Elementary carbure or, complete carbure or, air fuel ra o, stoichiometric ra o, Spark plug, Magneto and ba ery igni on system, fuel pump, drawbacks of carbure or and introduc on of mul -point fuel injec on. b) Diesel injec on system, fuel pump, injectors and nozzles. c) Firing order, Igni on ming, valve ming diagram. Module III: Combustion, Supercharging (15 hours) a) Combus on in S.I and C.I engines, Parameters influencing combus on, Detona on and knocking in S.I. and C.I. engines and their preven on, Combus on chamber types, Basic principles of combus on chamber in I.C. engines, b) Supercharging, Thermodynamic cycle with supercharging, Supercharging power, Supercharging of I.C. engines, Effect of supercharging on performance of the engine, Turbocharging, Module IV: Lubrication system, Cooling system and Fuels of I.C. Engines (15 hours) a) Lubrica on of I.C. engines, proper es of lubrica ng oils, lubrica ng systems, b) Cooling of I.C engines, air and water cooling systems c) Classifica on and desirable characteris cs of I.C. engine fuels, Ra ng of S.I. and C.I. engine fuels: Octane number (RON and MON), Cetane number, CFR engine, Alterna ve fuels (liquid, gaseous, etc.) d) Greenhouse gases and Exhaust emissions from I. C. engines (Pollutants: CO, HC, NOx, and PM) e) Environmental effects of I. C. engine exhaust pollutants, Introduc on to Cataly c converters and other technological changes in I C engines for control. Suggested Readings 1. M.L. Mathur and R. P. Sharma, “Internal Combus on Engine,” Dhanpat Rai company Ltd. 2. R.K. Rajput, “Internal Combus on Engine” , Laxmi publica on. 3. S.K. Agrawal, “Internal combus on engine”, New age 4. V. Ganesan, “Internal combus on engine”, Tata McGrew Hill.

MNVC0022: VIBRATION OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS AND CONTROL (4 credits - 60 hours) Objective: This subject introduces the students to the various types of Mechanical vibrations and different types of machine component failures due to vibrations. Students will be familiarized with different types of vibration isolation and the mathematical modelling. Also the control systems engineering part aims at application of control theory to design systems with desired behaviours. Module I: Introduction (10 hours) Defini on, types of vibra on:- Free and Forced vibra on, Damped (viscous) and Undamped vibra on; degrees of freedom (DOF), beats, mathema cal models, displacement, velocity and accelera on, Resonance, Whirling of sha s. Module II: Free Vibrations (15 hours) a) Undamped free vibra on: Deriva on of differen al equa on by equilibrium method and energy method, Newton's 2nd law method, Solu ons to differen al equa ons of single degree and 2 degree of freedom system, mode shapes. b) Damped free vibra on: Introduc on, free vibra on with viscous damping- overdamped, underdamped and cri cally damped system, logarithmic decrement, Coulomb damping. Module III: Forced Vibrations (15 hours) a) Introduc on, Response under a periodic force for first order and second order systems, resonance, vibra on isola on and force transmissibility, vibra on absorbers. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|306

b)

Mul degree of freedom systems: equa ons of mo on, matrix methods, eigenvalue problems.

Module IV: Control systems engineering (20 hours) Introduc on, transfer func on, mathema cal modelling of physical systems, feedback systems, Laplace transforms, block diagrams, signal flow graphs. Controllers: propor onal, integral, PI, PD and PID controllers. Stability analysis: Routh-Hurwitz stability criteria, rela ve stability. Root locus technique, Hydraulic, pneuma c and electronic controllers. Vibra on Isola on, Vibra on Absorber and tuning. Suggested Readings 1. V. P. Singh, “Mechanical Vibra ons,” Dhanpat Rai & Co. (P) Ltd. 2. G. K. Grover, “Mechanical Vibra ons,” Nem chand and Brothers. 3. S. S. Rao., “Mechanical Vibra ons,” Pearson Educa on. 4. S. Salivahan et. al., “Control Systems Engineering,” Pearson Educa on.

MNNM0023: NUMERICAL METHODS IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (3 Credits - 45 Hours) Objective: To learn and understand the various numerical approximation methods used to solve different types of equations, which are used to model mechanical engineering phenomena. The subject gives an insight into how real life problems in the field of engineering are solved. Module I (15 Hours) Taylor's Series; Roots of equa ons: The Bisec on Method, The False Posi on Method, Simple Fixed Point Itera on, Newton Raphson method, Secant method. Roots of polynomials: Muller’s and Bairstow’s Method. Sets of Linear algebraic equa ons: Gauss Elimina on method, Gauss Jordan elimina on method, LU Decomposi on method, Matrix Inversion method, Gauss Siedel itera on method. Numerical Integra on: Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s 1/3rd Rule, Simpson’s 3/8th rule, Ordinary Differen al Equa ons: Euler’s method, Runge Ku a Methods. Module II (15 Hours) Numerical solu ons to Par al Differen al Equa ons using Finite Difference Method (FDM): Ellip c Equa ons, Parabolic equa ons. Curve Fi ng: Least Squares Regression, Interpola on. Module III (15 Hours) Basic finite element concepts - Basic ideas in a finite element solu on, General finite element solu on procedure, Applica on of Finite element concepts to 1D and 2D problems. Finite volume method: Conceptual Basics and Illustra ons through 1-D Steady State Problems. Suggested Readings 1. Steven C. Chapra et al, “Numerical Methods for Engineers”, Tata McGraw Hills Publica on. 2. Dr. B. S. Grewal, “Numerical Methods in Engineering and Science with Programs in C and C+ +”, Khanna Publica ons. 3. Bha , M.A., “Fundamental Finite Element Analysis and Applica ons: with Mathema ca and Matlab Computa ons”, Wiley, 2005.

MNPP0024: POWER PLANT ENGINEERING (3 credits - 45 hours) Objective: This course will enable students to study the preliminary design of the major systems of conventional fossil-fuel steam-cycle, nuclear, gas turbine, combined cycle, hydro, wind, geothermal, solar, and alternate power plants. It will also make the students aware regarding the economic, environmental, and regulatory issues related to power generation. Module I: Introduction and Economics of Power Plant Generation (5 hours) Introduc on to different power plants, Load dura on curves, Loca on of power Plants, Power plant economics and Indian energy scenario.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|307

Module II: Steam Power Plant (15 hours) Introduc on, Rankine cycle, Carnot cycle, Rehea ng of steam, Regenera on, Steam power plant appraisal, Deaera on, Typical layout of steam power plant, Efficiencies in steam power plant, Cogenera on of power and process heat, Combined cycle power genera on, Different types of fuel used for steam genera on, Draught system, Natural Draught, Mechanical Draught. Module III: Gas Turbine Power Plant and Diesel Electric Power Plant (10 hours) a) Introduc on, Classifica on of different gas turbine power plants, Analysis of closed cycle and open cycle constant pressure gas turbine plant, Reheat, Intercooling and regenera on cycle, components of gas turbine plants, Semi-closed gas turbine plant, gas turbine fuels and gas turbine materials. b) Introduc on, Applica on of diesel engines in power field, Advantages and disadvantages of diesel engine power plant, General layout, Performance characteris cs, Supercharging. Module IV: Hydro-Electric Power Plant and Nuclear Power Plant (10 hours) a) Introduc on, Classifica on of hydro-electric power plant, Site selec on, Elements of hydro-electric power plant, Advantages of hydro-electric power plant, Classifica on of hydraulic turbines and its selec on, Hydrographs, Flow dura on curves. b) Introduc on to nuclear engineering, Types of nuclear reactors, Pressurized water reactor, Boiling water reactor, CANDU reactor, Gas-cooled reactor, Liquid metal fast breeder reactor, India‘s nuclear power programme. Module V: Non- Conventional Power plants (5 hours) Prospect of renewable energy source, Types of non-conven onal power plants, solar plants, Wind power plants, Bio-mass plants, Geo-thermal power plant, Tidal powerplant. Suggested Readings 1. P. K. Nag, “Power Plant Engineering” Tata McGraw-Hill. 2. S.C. Arora and S. Domkundar, “A course in Power Plant Engineering” Dhanpat Rai ,Publica on. 3. R.K.Rajput, “Power Plant Engineering”, Laxmi Publishers. 4. Black and Veatch, “ Powerplant Engineering” ,McGraw-Hill.

MNIE0025: INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING (5 credits - 75 hours) Objective: The objectives of the Industrial Engineering program are: to graduate well rounded Industrial Engineers who are prepared for employment , to graduate Industrial engineers who have a strong sense of professionalism, with respect for fellow workers and their profession; and to provide graduates with a set of skills that will allow them to grow professionally and provide service and leadership in their careers. Module I: Work Study and Ergonomics (15 hours) a) Introduc on to work study, Scope of Work study (Mo on/Method study and Work measurement). b) Method study: Meaning, Process charts and diagrams, ASME symbols, Check lists and examples for developing be er methods from exis ng methods; c) Micro mo on study: Meaning and scope, Therbligs, use of mo on camera in micro mo on study, SIMO chart. d) Mo on economy: Meaning, Principles related to (i) Workplace layout (ii) Design of tools and equipments and (iii) Use of human body. e) Ergonomics (Human factors engineering): Meaning, Characteris cs (Cogni ve ergonomics and Physical ergonomics), Introduc on ONLY to Anthropometry, Biomechanics and Musculoskeletal Disorders (MSD) such as CTS (Carpal Tunnel Syndrome) and RSI (Repe ve Stress Injury); Preven ve measures by ergonomic designs. f) Work measurement: Meaning, Methods such as (i) Stopwatch me study (ii) Work sampling (iii) Normal me, Ra ng factor (RF), allowances and determina on of Standard Time. Module II: Plant Location and Facility Layout (15 hours) a) Meaning of plant loca on, factors affec ng loca on decisions, loca on theory, Qualita ve models ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|308

b) c) d)

and semi quan ta ve models: Brown and Gibbs model, Break-Even analysis model, single facility loca on problems and mul -facility loca on problems. Meaning of plant/facility layout, Need for layout study, factors influencing plant layout, objec ons of good facility layout, Types of plant layout; Systema c Layout Planning (SLP) Group Technology (GT), Flexible Manufacturing Systems (FMS) and flexible layout and Computer integrated manufacturing (CIM). Line balancing: objec ves, solu on of Assembly Line Balancing (ALB) problems by: Largest Candidate Rule and RPW methods.

Module III: Product development and Design (8 hours) a) Meaning of product, product life cycle (PLC) and product mix. b) Decision to be taken during product development and design. Procedure for product development and design. c) Value of a product: its meaning, Value analysis: its objec ves, procedure: Simplifica on and Standardiza on. Module IV: Production planning and Inventory Control (12 hours) a) Meaning and objec ves of produc on planning and control. Func on of produc on planning and control, various steps in produc on planning and control (PPC) b) Technological Forecas ng – its meaning and scope, Qualita ve and quan ta ve methods of forecas ng and their scope in engineering industries. c) Introduc on to MRP and MRP II, evolu on from Materials Requirement Planning (MRP) to Manufacturing Resource Planning (MRP II). Enterprise resource planning (ERP). d) Inventory Management: Meaning of inventory, Necessity for maintaining inventory, Inventory classifica on, Meaning of inventory control, Costs associated with inventory system, Analysis of determinis c inventory model, Just in Time (JIT) and Kanban systems. Module V: Quality Engineering (10 hours) a) Meaning of quality, Objec ves of quality control b) Meaning of Total Quality and Total quality management (TQM) c) Sta s cal quality control: Meaning and tools; d) Reliability engineering: Meaning of reliability, series and parallel systems, design of for reliability. e) Introduc on to "TRIZ", the Russian acronym for the "Theory of Inven ve Problem Solving." Module VI: Maintenance Engineering and Networks Analysis for project management (15 hours) a) Meaning and types of maintenance: Breakdown, Scheduled, Preven ve and Predic ve maintenance and their suitability, standards of maintenance. b) (i) Meaning of project management and its objec ves, Network development technique (Arrow diagram and AON diagram) for determina on of cri cal path (CP), earliest and latest dates/ mes. (ii) PERT model: characteris cs, probability density func on used for PERT ac vi es, probability density func on used for the CP, Calcula on of Expected length of CP and its standard devia on, calcula on of probability of comple on of a PERT project (iii) CPM model: characteris cs, difference with PERT, direct and indirect costs, concept of crashing (cost me trade off). Suggested Readings 1. Barnes R. M, “Mo on and Time Study- Design and Measurement of of Work” Wiley India Pvt. Ltd. 2. Bridger R.S, “ Introduc on to Ergonomics” McGraw Hill. 3. Telsang M, “ Industrial Engineering” S. Chand. 4. Panneerselvam R. “ Produc on and Opera on management” Pren ce Hall of India. 5. Billington P.J, Mc Leavey D. W and Narasimhan S. L. “Produc on Planning and Inventory Control” Pren ce Hall of India. 6. Jhamb L.C ,“ Produc on Planning and Control” Everest Publishing House. 7. Eilon S, “ Element of Produc on Planning and Control” Mc Millan. 8. Buffa E.S and Sarin R. K, “Modern Produc on and Opera on Management” John Wiley. 9. Deb Tanmoy, “ Maintenance Management and Engineering” Ane Books Pvt Ltd. 10. Ebeling C.E, “ An Introduc on To Reliability and Maintaibaility Engineering” Mc Graw Hill. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|309

11. Besterfiled D. H, “Total Quality Control” Pearson. 12. Sharma S.K, “Industrial Engineering and Organiza on Management” S. K. Kataria and Sons.

MNRA0026: REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING (4 credits-60 hours) Objective: The objective is to study the characteristics and engineering design of heating, ventilating, air conditioning and refrigeration (HVAC and R) systems. This course will enable students to design efficient and effective solutions. Module I: Introduction and Principles of Refrigeration (10 hours) Concept of thro ling, Joule-thomson effect, Concepts of Refrigera on and Air condi oning. Difference between engine, refrigerator and heat pump. COP, power consump on of a refrigera ng machine, Heat pump vs electric resistance heater. Module II: Gas Cycle Refrigeration and Vapour Compression Systems (15 hours) a) Simple cycles – Carnot and Bell-Coleman; Aircra refrigera ng system – simple, boot-strap, regenera on, reduced ambient; Actual cycles, DART. b) Analysis of simple cycles, representa on of T-S, p-h charts; methods of improving COP; Devia ons of actual cycles from theore cal cycles. Compound compression with liquid flash cooler, flash inter-cooler mul ple systems – COP, power required. Module III: Vapour Absorption System and Refrigerants (10 hours) a) Vapour Absorp on Refrigera on System (VARS): Advantages of VARS over VCRS. Working principle of simple VARS, prac cal VARS. Limita ons of VARS, maximum COP of a VARS, Lithium-bromide water System; Aqua-ammonia systems. b) Nomenclature, classifica on, desirable proper es. Important refrigerants and their comparisons, selec on of refrigerants. Module IV: Psychrometry and psychrometric processes (10 hours) Basic defini ons and principles related to Psychrometric ; Psychrometric Charts and Their Uses; adiaba c satura on and enthalpy devia on. Adiaba c mixing of air stream. Constant sensible heat and latent heat processes, Total heat process, sensible heat factors, grand sensible heat ra o lines, apparatus dew points, Bypass factors, Air washer humidifying efficiency, Summer Air condi oning, Winter Air condi oning. Module V: Load Analysis, Comfort air-conditioning and Duct Design (15 hours) Cooling load es mate, hea ng load es mate, high latent cooling load applica on, Air temperature, human health, body temperature regula on, comfort indices, comfort charts and their limita ons, Different methods of duct design such as velocity reduc on, equal fric on sta c regain, distribu on of air in rooms. Suggested Readings 1. C.P.Arora, ”Refrigera on and Air Condi oning” Tata McGraw-Hill. 2. Manohar Prasad, ”Refrigera on and Air Condi oning” New Age Interna onal Publishers. 3. R. K Rajput, “A textbook of Refrigera on and Air Condi oning,” S K Kataria and Sons 4. Domkundwar, “A course in Thermal Engineering,” Dhanpat Rai and Co (P) Ltd. 5. Onkar Singh, “ Applied Thermodynamics,” New Age. 6. Psychrometry chart

MNDM0027: COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING (3 Credits - 45 Hours) Objective: To provide a holistic approach in learning through well designed course involving fundamental concepts and state-of-the-art techniques in the field of CAD/CAM. To equip students, with knowledge and skill to undertake, design, analysis, evaluation of system, processes and components of computer aided and manufacturing. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|310

Module I: Introduction (9 hours) Introduc on to CAD/CAM, need, advantages, Fundamentals of design process, stages in design process and product development cycle, Computers in design applica ons, role of computers in industrial manufacturing, components of CAD/CAM/CAE systems, Computer configura on for CAD applica ons, CAD so ware, defini on of system so ware and applica on so ware, CAD database and structure, coordinate systems in CAD: WCS, UCS, SCS, Typical Product Life Cycle Module II: Geometric Transformations (10 hours) Intro to Rigid body transforma on, affine transforma on and general transforma ons; Basic transforma ons: Transla on, Rota on, Scaling, Reflec on and Shear; Introduc on to Homogeneous coordinate representa on: 2D and 3D; Concatenated transforma on. Module III: Geometric modeling (10 hours) a) 3D wire frame modeling, wire frame en es- defini ons interpola on and approxima on curves, concept of parametric and nonparametric representa on of curves, curve fi ng techniques, defini ons of cubic spline and Bezier, B-spline. b) Surface modeling: Algebraic and geometric form, parametric space of surface, blending func ons, Reparametriza on of a surface patch, subdividing, cylindrical surface, ruled surface, surface of revolu on, spherical surface, Composite surface, Bezier surface, B-spline surface. c) Solid modeling: Defini on of cell composi on and spa al occupancy enumera on, sweep representa on, construc ve solid geometry, boundary representa ons. Module IV: NC Part Programming and Robotics (9 hours) a) Introduc on to NC, CNC, DNC; NC coordinate system; Introduc on to NC part programming: manual part programming, computer assisted part programming (APT language), advantages and limita ons of programming methods. b) Introduc on to Robo cs: Robot defini on, origin and characteris cs; History of robo cs; Asimov’s laws of robo cs, types of robots, specifica ons and applica ons, advantages and limita ons, Introduc on to robot anatomy. Module V: Group Technology and Flexible Manufacturing System (7 hours) Group technology and flexible manufacturing system: Part families, parts classifica on and coding, produc on flow analysis, machine cell design, FMS worksta ons, Material handling and storage system, Computer control system, planning the FMS, analysis methods for flexible manufacturing system, Applica on of Group technology and FMS. Suggested Readings 1. Mickel P.Groover, “Automa on, produc on systems and computer Integrated manufacturing”, 3rd edi on, PHI. 2. Ibrahim Zeid., “CAD/CAM Theory and prac ce” Tata Mcgraw Hill educa on private limited. 3. David D Bedworth, “Computer Integrated design and Manufacturing,” McGraw Hill Interna onal 4. P. N. Rao, “CAD/CAM Principles and Applica ons”, Tata McGraw Hill 5. Dr.K.C.Jain, Sanjay Jain, “Principles of Automa on and Advanced Manufacturing Systems,”, Khanna Publishers. 5. K. Lalit Narayan et al. “Computer aided design and manufacturing.” PHI

MNAE0028: AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING (3 credits - 45 hours) Objective: This course is an introduction to the description and working of various mechanical parts of an automotive vehicle. After learning the course students will be able to understand the usage of mechanical components and their assembly. As there is a growing demand for design and development of modern environment friendly vehicles, this course serves as an introduction to enable students to develop better technologies.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|311

Module I: Automobile components (9 hours) a) History and development of Automobiles, classifica on, layout of various components in an automobile, design considera ons and materials. b) Various parts: chassis, frame and body, aerodynamic considera ons, c) Various types of engines: Iden fica on of petrol, diesel, gas and hybrid engines, Inline, Radial and V engines, Overhead Camsha (OHC) engine, CRDI engine, Introduc on to Single point injec on or Thro le Body injec on (TBI) engine and Mul point Injec on (MPI) engine. d) Tyres (with tube and tubeless, radial) and spark plugs (heat range, hot and cold). Module II: Transmission System (9 hours) a) Clutch: types and working. b) Gearbox: classifica on, sliding mesh, constant mesh and synchro-mesh gear boxes, Gear shi ing mechanism. c) Manual transmission, Automa c transmission: torque converters, epicyclic gear train, freewheeling mechanism, propeller sha and universal joint. Final drive: rear axle, moun ng methods, differen al mechanism. Module III: Suspension system (9 hours) a) History, func ons and requirements, elements of a suspension system, loads and characteris cs. b) Springs: leaf, coil and torsion bar, air springs. c) Shock absorbers: dampers. Different types of suspension systems. Wheels and tyres. Module IV: Automotive mechanisms and systems (14 hours) a) Steering mechanism: func on and requirements, layout of steering system, front axle and stub axles, steering linkages, cornering force and self righ ng torque, power steering. b) Braking mechanism: func on and requirements, classifica on, mechanical and hydraulic brakes, air brake, brake efficiency. An lock braking systems (ABS). c) Four wheel drive mechanism, variable valve ming (VVT) technology, d) Cooling and Lubrica on systems, SAE grades for lubricant oils used. e) Exhaust system and Emission control system. f) Vehicle safety systems. Module IV: Introduction to Eco-friendly Vehicles a) Electric and hybrid vehicles b) Fuel cell operated vehicles Suggested Readings 1. P. S. Gill, Automobile Engineering I and II, S. K. Kataria and sons. 2. D. S. Kumar, Automobile Engineering, S. K. Kataria and sons. 3. K. K. Jain, R. B. Asthana, Automobile Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill publishing co. Ltd. 4. R K. Rajput, A Textbook of Automobile Engineering, Laxmi Publica ons (P) Ltd.

MNWP6001: WORKSHOP PRACTICE I (2 credits) Objective: The prime objective of this course to introduce various machines, parts, tools widely used in manufacturing industries and to make engineering students familiar with the basics of workshop technology. 1.

2. 3.

Machine shop:Introduc on to Machining Science, Geometry of Single point cu ng tool, cu ng fluid, cu ng tool materials; Demonstra on of Lathe machine, Shaper machine, Drilling machine and Grinding machine Job: To do turning, knurling, facing opera ons etc., on Lathe Machine. Carpentry shop: Use of carpentry hand tools and equipments. Study of carpentry Joints Job: to make a Tee- joint or Cross-joint using wooden workpiece Bench work and fi ng shop: Use of hand tools in fi ng shop, different types of files and measuring ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|312

4. 5.

instruments Job: To make a paper weight of Mild Steel Slab. Black Smithy and forging shop: Use of forging equipments and tools, firing in the Furnace. Job: To make Mild Steel Chisel Welding shop: Introduc on to welding - Arc welding, Gas welding Job: To make lap joint in arc welding.

Suggested Readings 1. Ali Hasan and R.A Khan, Manufacturing Processes Workshop Prac ce, 1ed, Scitech Publica on, Pvt Ltd 2. R. S. Khurmi and J. K. Gupta, A text of Workshop Technology (Manufacturing processes), S. Chand

MNEM6002: ENGINEERING MECHANICS LAB (2 credits) The following experiments are to be performed: 1. Determina on of Coefficient of Fric on between two given surfaces. 2. Determina on of the posi on of the Centroid of the given areas. 3. Determina on of Moment of Iner a of the Fly Wheel. 4. Verifica on of Triangle Law of Forces. 5. Verifica on of Polygon Law of Forces. 6. Determina on of efficiency of Screw Jack. 7. Worm and Worm wheel experiment. 8. To verify the law of moment of force for a simply supported beam. 9. To determine the Bending Moment at a sec on for a simply supported beam.

MNWP6003: WORKSHOP PRACTICE II (2 credits) Prac cal Hands-on Training covering salient features of following Modules Module I Turning - Taper turning using tailstock offset method and taper turning a achment Eccentric external turning using a four jaw chuck. Module II Boring - Using a boring tool – both concentric and eccentric. Boring using a boring bar in a centre lathe. Square and hexagonal hole drilling using die-sinking EDM. Module III Grinding- Cylindrical grinding using grinding a achment in a centre lathe. Module IV Thread Cu ng- Internal and external thread cu ng using a single point cu ng tool. Module V Gears - Cu ng teeth of spur gears using form milling cu er in a universal milling machine, Gear hobbing, Gear shaping. Module VI Welding - Introduc on. Edge/Joint prepara on in welding and joining using shielded metal arc welding. Hands-on prac ce on metal inert gas welding (MIG) or gas metal arc welding. Hands-on prac ce on tungsten inert gas welding (TIG) or gas tungsten arc welding. Hands-on prac ce on spot welding. Hands-on prac ce on submerged arc welding Suggested Readings 1. B.S.Raghuwanshi, A Course in Workshop Technology, Vol 1 and Vol 2 Dhanpat Rai 2. Hajra choudhury, Elements of workshop Technology, Vol.1 and Vol.2, MPP 3. W. Chapman, Workshop Technology, Part 1 and Part 2, Elsevier ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|313

4. 5. 6.

P.C Sarma, A Text Book of Produc on Engineering, S Chand PC Sarma, A Text Book of Produc on technology, S Chand O P Khanna, Foundry technology, Dhanpat Rai

MNTD6004: THERMODYNAMICS LAB (2 credits) 1. Demonstra on of Cochran Boiler 2. Demonstra on of Babcock Wilcox Boiler 3. Demonstra on of Lancashire Boiler 4. Demonstra on of Boiler Moun ngs a. Spring loaded safety valve b. Feed check valve c. Blow off Cock d. Fusible Plug e. Pressure Gauge 5. Demonstra on (Sec onal) of 2 stroke petrol engine 6. Demonstra on (Sec onal) of 2 stroke diesel engine 7. Demonstra on (Sec onal) of 4 stroke petrol engine 8. Demonstra on (Sec onal) of 4 stroke diesel engine 9. Demonstra on of a gas turbine 10. Demonstra on of a steam engine or a locomo ve boiler

MNDG6005: MACHINE DRAWING AND COMPUTER GRAPHICS LAB (3 credits) 1.

Review (1 lab) Orthographic projec on, missing lines, interpreta on of views and sec oning.

2.

Part and Assembly drawing (2 labs) Introduc on, assemblies drawing of stuffing box, steam engine cross head, air valve, late tailstock, gate valve, screw jack, connec ng rods, spark plug, tool post, safety valves etc. Drawing exercises.

3.

Specification of Materials (1 lab) Engineering materials, code designa on of steels, copper and aluminum and its alloys.

4.

Limits, Tolerance and fits (1 lab) Introduc on, Limit systems, tolerance, fits, Drawings and exercises

5.

Surface Roughness (1 lab) Introduc on, surface roughness, machining symbols, indica on of surface roughness, drawing exercises

6.

Production Drawing (2 labs) Introduc ons to developing and reading of produc on drawing of simple machine elements like helical gear, bevel gear, flange, pinion sha , connec ng rod, cranksha , belt pulley, piston details etc. Idea about tool drawing.

7.

Computer Aided Drafting (3 labs) Introduc on, input, output devices, introduc on to dra ing so ware like AutoCAD, basic commands and development of simple 2D and 3D drawings.

Suggested Readings 1. N.D. Bha , Machine Drawing, Charotar Book Stall, Anand, 1996. 2. N. Sidheswar, P. Kanniah and V.V.S. Sastry, Machine Drawing, Tata McGraw Hill, 1983. 3. SP 46: 1988 Engineering Drawing Prac ce for School and Colleges. Bureau of Indian Standards

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|314

MNET6006: ENGINEERING MATERIALS LAB (2 credits) 1. To study the Impact tes ng machine and perform the Izod Impact tests. 2. To study the Impact tes ng machine and perform the Charpy Impact tests. 3. To study the Universal tes ng machine and perform the tensile test. 4. To study the torsion tes ng machine and perform the torsion test. 5. To study the fa gue tes ng machine and perform rota ng beam fa gue test 6. To study the spring tes ng machine and perform the compression test on open coil helical spring. 7. To perform compression tests on UTM. 8. To study the Brinell hardness tes ng machine & perform the Brinell hardness test. 9. To study the Rockwell hardness tes ng machine & perform the Rockwell hardness test. 10. To study the Vickers hardness tes ng machine & perform the Vicker hardness test 11. Compara ve study of microstructures of different given specimens (mild steel, gray C.I., brass, copper etc.)

MNFM6007: FLUID MECHANICS LAB (2 credits) 1. Study of hydrosta c force 2. Determina on of MetaCentric height and stability of floa ng bodies 3. Experimental verifica on of Bernoulli’s theorem 4. Study of discharge through orifices using orifice meter 5. Study of discharge over different notches 6. Study of different types of flow using Reynolds apparatus 7. Study of impact of jet on vanes 8. Determina on of Dynamic Viscosity of fluid 9. Laminar flow apparatus 10. Pitot tube setup 11. To determine the coefficient of discharge using Venturimeter 12. Free vortex apparatus and Forced vortex apparatus E-resource for learning OpenFOAM, www.spoken-tutorial.org

MNTM6008: THEORY OF MACHINES LAB (2 credits) List of Experiments for Theory of Machines Lab 1. Study of various types of Kinema c links, pairs, chains and Mechanisms. 2. Study of inversions of four bar Mechanisms, Single and double slider crank mechanisms. 3. Study of various types of cam and follower arrangement. 4. Study of gyroscope and gyroscopic effect/couple. 5. Study of various types of gears – Helical, cross helical, worm, bevel gear. 6. Study of various types of gear trains – simple, compound, reverted, epicyclic and differen al. 7. Study of different types of brakes and dynamometers. 8. Determina on of the sleeve li for various speeds of a Hartnell governor. 9. To plot follower displacement vs Cam rota on for various cam follower systems. 10. Inves ga on of balancing of rota ng mass.

MNAT6009: APPLIED THERMODYNAMICS LAB (2 credits) List of Experiments for Applied Thermodynamics Lab 1. Determina on of dryness frac on of combined separa ng and thro ling calorimeter 2. Study working model of steam turbine ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|315

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

To determine the coefficient of performance of refrigera on system Study and performance test of single ac ng air compression Study and performance test of rotary compression Study and performance test of condenser unit Study and performance test of air condi on unit To analyse the humidifica on hea ng, cooling and dehumidifica on process and plot them on psychrometric charts To determine the bypass factor of cooling and hea ng coils of air condi oner

MNHY6010: HYDRAULICS LAB (2 credits) 1. Hydraulic ram tes ng rig 2. Submersible pump tes ng rig 3. Reciproca ng pump tes ng rig 4. Centrifugal pump tes ng rig 5. Francis turbine tes ng rig 6. Pelton turbine tes ng rig 7. Demonstra on of Kaplan turbine

MNMI6011: MINI PROJECT I (2 credits) Objective: The mini project is the first step to prepare the students for the major project. It should enable the students to apply the subject knowledge they gained and to develop their ideas in the different areas such as fluid and thermal, Design and Manufacturing under the guidance of expert and dedicated faculty members.

MNHM6012: HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER LAB (2 credits) Any eight experiments(1-11) from the following list 1. Determina on of Thermal Conduc vity of metal rod 2. Determina on of Thermal Conduc vity of insula ng powder 3. Determina on of Thermal Conduc vity of Composite wall 4. Determina on of heat transfer coefficient in Natural Convec on 5. Determina on of heat transfer coefficient in Forced Convec on 6. Determina on of temperature distribu on, fin efficiency in Natural / Forced Convec on 7. Determina on of Emissivity of a Test surface 8. Determina on of Stefan Boltzmann Constant 9. Determina on of effec veness of heat exchanger 10. Study of pool boiling phenomenon and determina on of cri cal heat flux 11. Determina on of equivalent thermal conduc vity of heat pipe

MNMM6013: ENGINEERING METROLOGY AND MEASUREMENT LAB (2 credits) 1. Use of Vernier caliper, micrometer, depth gauge and height gauge –source of error in Measurement ideas on range, precision and accuracy/Calibra on of Vernier / Micrometer / Dial Gauge 2. Study of Slip gauges and their use in linear measurements 3. Ideas on tolerance allowance, limits, fits. 4. Dial gauges their use in the measurement of small linear displacements, parallelism and concentricity. 5. Measurement of Angle using Sine bar 6. Study of Measurement of surface roughness, surface roughness parameters, surface finish evalua on 7. Measurement of straightness and flatness ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|316

8.

Op cal Profile Projector

MNMD6014: MACHINE DESIGN AND DRAWING LAB (2 credits) To design and draw (At least 5) of the following components under different safety limita ons. 1. Screws 2. Sha s 3. Couplings 4. Gears 5. Joints 6. Springs 7. I.C. Engine parts.

MNMN6015: MINOR PROJECT (2 credits) The minor project is a step to prepare the student for the major project. It enables the student to apply the subject knowledge that they have gained and to develop their ideas in the different areas of mechanical engineering fields such as Thermal, Design, Fluid machinery, Manufacturing and Mechanical systems under the guidance of faculty members.

MNVC6016: VIBRATION OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS AND CONTROL LAB (2 credits) Perform any 8 experiments from the following 1. To find the natural frequency of simple pendulum 2. To find the natural frequency of compound pendulum 3. To determine radius of Gyra on “K” of given pendulum. 4. To study the free vibra on and to determine the natural frequency of vibra on of Two-Rotor system. 5. To study the torsional vibra on and to determine the natural frequency vibra on of single rotor system. 6. Study of longitudinal vibra on and to determine the frequency of vibra on. 7. To study the damped torsional vibra on and determine the damping coefficient. 8. Determina on of whirling speed of sha s 9. To determine the s ffness of spring mass damper system. 10. Determina on of Natural Frequencies of Free Damped Oscilla ons. 11. Determina on of the Amplitude of Forced Damped Oscilla ons.

MNIC6017: INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE LAB (2 credits) Perform any 8 experiments from the following 1. Study of Carburetor 2. Study of Fuel pump and injector 3. Study of Igni on System 4. Test on single cylinder Petrol engine for determina on of power. 5. To prepare heat balance sheet on mul -cylinder diesel engine / petrol engine. 6. Test on variable compression ra o engine. 7. To prepare variable speed performance test of a mul -cylinder /single cylinder petrol engine / diesel engine and prepare the curve (i) bhp, ihp, p Vs Speed (ii) Volumetric efficiency & indicated specific fuel consump on Vs Speed. 8. To study and draw the valve ming diagram four stroke, single – cylinder diesel engine. 9. Assignment on any one advanced technology related to I.C. Engine. 10. Assignment on alterna ve fuels used in I.C. Engine. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|317

MNTS6018: TRAINING SEMINAR (2 credits) Objective: During the semester break at the end of the third year, students are required to undergo an Industrial Training. The purpose of the Industrial Training is to expose students to real-life industry situations, so that they may be able to apply the engineering knowledge and skills that they have gained through classroom teaching and lab activities, in an on-the-job situation. After the period of training, students are to present their experience in the form of reports and seminar presentations. Students will be evaluated on the seminar, viva voce examination and written reports.

MNMP6019: MAJOR PROJECT (PHASE I) (4 credits) The major project phase I requires an understanding of core concepts including mechanics, kinematics, thermodynamics, materials science, etc. students will learn to use these core principles along with tools like computer-aided design, ABAQUS, ANSYS to design and analyze manufacturing plants, industrial equipment and machinery, refrigeration and air conditioning systems, transport systems, aircraft, watercraft, robotics, medical devices, and others under the guidance of faculty members.

MNMP6020: MAJOR PROJECT (PHASE II) AND VIVA VOCE (8 credits) The major project phase II involves the students in realising their goal towards fulfilling the identified problem from the first phase of the major project. Accordingly students will design/fabricate/analyse whichever is/are needed. The complete report of the work in proper format is prepared and finally the work is evaluated. The modality and components of the internal assessment and their weightages shall be notified at the beginning of each semester.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|318

SCHOOL OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION EDLR0007: LEADERSHIP AND SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (3 credits – 45 hours) Objective: This course in Leadership and Social Responsibility, offers the students a landscape to reconnoitre and construct a foundation of leadership through fundamental theories of leadership by understanding the dynamic nature of human behaviour, advancement in Information and Communication Technology, change in values, cultures and relationships, and blurring of international borders. Students will be challenged to develop skills required to build immediate, extended and virtual communities that support a sustainable equitable world. A special emphasis is given to leadership as relationships between and among people and systems. Module I (13 hours) Understanding leadership and Social responsibility; Construc on of leadership styles; Theories of leadership and concepts of management; Individual social responsibility; corporate social responsibility. Module II (10 hours) Leadership and Management Issues; Leadership: A Bridge to improved prac ce; Leadership: Changing roles; Social engagement; The Daily disciplines of Leadership; How to improve achievement; Staff mo va on, performance and Personal organiza on. Module III (12 hours) Leadership and decision making; The ra onal actor; Organiza onal behaviour; Decision making process; Tac cs for improving managerial decision making; what inhibits and misleads decision makers; Key steps in decision making; Techniques that support the decision process; Just leadership. Module IV (10 hours) Leadership and implanta on; Formula ng policy; Complexity of joint ac ons; Economic theory and program implementa on; Implanta on as explora on; Volunteerism; social entrepreneurship Suggested Readings 1. Bass, B. M. (1998). Transforma onal leadership: Industry, military, and educa onal impact, Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. 2. David, B. (2009). Leadership in Organiza ons There Is a Difference between Leaders and Managers. New York: University Press Of America 3. Friedman, A. A. (2004). Beyond mediocrity: transforma onal leadership within a transac onal framework. Interna onal Journal of Leadership in Educa on, 7(3), 203-224. doi:10.1080/ 1360312042000213877 4. Fullan, M. (2005). Leadership and sustainability. New Delhi: Sage publica on Ltd. 5. Kouzes, J.M., & Posner, B.Z. (2002). The leadership challenge. San Francisco, CA: Jossey- Bass. 6. Lee G. & Bolman,T. (2008). Deal Reframing Organiza ons Ar stry, Choice, and Leadership. San Francisco: Jossey- Bass. 7. Rogers, C. (2012). Transi on, self-regula on, independent learning and goal theory. Psychology Of Educa on Review, 36(2), 26-31. 8. Starra , R. (2004). Ethical Leadership. San Francisco: Jossey- Bass 9. Williams, M. (2006) Leadership for leaders. New Delhi: Vinod Vasishtha

EDFE0011: PHILOSOPHICAL FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION (4 credits - 60 Hours) Objective: In this course on Philosophy of Education, students will explore Eastern and Western philosophies of human flourishing, dilemmas in contemporary education, and certain specific Indian philosophical thoughts. Students will encounter the philosophical underpinnings that help educators navigate through the truly difficult historical situation of 21st century education. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|319

Module I: Nature and Scope of Education Educa on as a science and Educa on as a social process; Nature of Knowledge and theories of knowledge; Role of Philosophy in Educa on; Aims of educa on – individual, social, voca onal and democra c; Formal, informal, and non-formal agencies of educa on; Rela on between school and society. Module II: Indian Schools of Thought As ka and Nas ka; Sankhya, yoga, Nyaya, Visheshika, Mimamsa, and Vedanta; Buddhism, Jainism, Carvaka – with special reference to theories of knowledge. Module III: Western Philosophical Thought Some major schools; Naturalism, Idealism, Ra onalism, Pragma sm, Realism, Logical posi vism, Empiricism, Existen alism, Marxism and Post modernism - Their educa onal implica ons with special reference to epistemology, axiology and the process of educa on. Module IV: Modern Indian Thinkers Vivekananda, Tagore, Gandhi, Aurobindo, J. Krishnamurty, Radhakrishnan; Nature of Knowledge and theories of knowledge; Social Philosophy of Educa on – Freedom, Equality, Democracy and Responsibility; Indigenous philosophy with special reference to northeast India Module V: Functions of education Individual development; Transmission of cultural heritage; Acquisi on of skills; Acquisi on and genera on of human values; Social cohesion; A prac cal approach to philosophy of educa on. Suggested Readings 1. Bailin, S., and Siegel, H. (2003). Cri cal thinking. The Blackwell guide to the philosophy of educa on, 181-193. 2. Barrow, Robin. (1988). Chapter 1: the concept of educa on. Ch 2: knowledge and curriculum. An introduc on to Philosophy of Educa on, London: Routledge. 3. Biesta, G. (2010). 'This is My Truth, Tell Me Yours'. Deconstruc ve pragma sm as a philosophy for educa on. Educa onal Philosophy and Theory, 42(7), 710-727. doi:10.1111/j.1469-5812.2008.00422.x 4. Bredo, E. (2010). Mead's Philosophy of Educa on. Curriculum Inquiry, 40(2), 317-334. doi:10.1111/j.1467-873X.2010.00484.x 5. Brown, L.M. (1970). Aims of Educa on, New York: Teachers College Press. 6. Brubacher, John. (1970). Modern Philosophies of Educa on, New Delhi: TATA McGraw-Hill publishing company Ltd. 7. Carr. Brian and Mahalingam. Indira. (1998). Part II and III, Companion Encyclopedia of Asian Philosophy. London and New York: Routeldge. 8. Cohen, B. (1983).Means and Ends in Educa on, London: George Allen and Unwin. 9. Dewey, J. (1966). Democracy and Educa on and Introduc on into Philosophy of Educa on, New York: The Free Press 10. Freire, P. (1971). Pedagogy of the oppressed. New York: Herder And Herder. 11. Hamm C. M. (1989). Chapter 3, An Analysis of the Concept of Educa on. 31-40. RoutledgeFalmer London and New York. 12. Hamm, C.M. (1989). Philosophical issues in educa on: An introduc on, Chapter 1, The nature of philosophical inquiry into educa onal discourse. 1-14. 13. Kamii, Constance. (1984). Autonomy: the aim of educa on as envisioned by Piaget. The Phi Delta Kappan, Vol. 65, No. 6, 410-415 14. Kazepides, T. (1979). Human nature in its educa onal dimensions. Journal of philosophy of Educa on, Vol.13, 55-63. 15. Lal. B.K. (1973). Contemporary Indian Philosophy. Delhi: Mo tal Banarasidass 16. Lipman, M. (2003). Thinking in educa on. Cambridge University Press 17. Morris, V. (1966). Existen alism in Educa on, New York: Harper and Row. 18. Peters, R. S. (Ed.). (2010). The concept of educa on (interna onal library of the philosophy of ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|320

educa on volume 17). Routledge. Radhakrishnan. S. (2008). Indian Philosophy. Vol. 1. 2nd edn. USA: Oxford University Press. Radhakrishnan. S. (2008). Indian Philosophy. Vol. 2. 2nd edn. USA: Oxford University Press. Saksena. Kishore. (1970). Essays in Indian Philosophy. Honolulu: Universi es of Hawaii Press. Sidorkin, A. M. (2011). On the Essence of Educa on. Studies In Philosophy and Educa on, 30(5), 521-527. doi:10.1007/s11217-011-9258-3 23. Smith, Philip. (1965). Philosophy of Educa on, New York: Haper and Row. 24. White, J. (2010). Elusive rivalry? Concep ons of the philosophy of educa on. Ethics and Educa on, 5(2), 135-145. doi:10.1080/17449642.2010.516134 25. Winch, C., and Gingell, J. (1999). Key concepts in the philosophy of educa on. Psychology Press. 19. 20. 21. 22.

EDEP0012: FUNDAMENTALS OF EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY (4 credits - 60 Hours) Objective: This course provides an overview of contemporary theories of learning, cognitive development, and memory. Besides these the study will include significant aspects of human development from conception through adolescence, emotional growth, personality, intellectual capacity and the acquisition, and development of language. Module I : Foundations of Psychology Defini ons of psychology, Historical antecedents of psychology and trends in 21st Century; Psychology: Its meaning, nature, methods and scope; func ons of educa onal psychology; Stages of human development; stage specific characteris cs and developmental tasks; Adolescence in Indian context – characteris cs and problems of adolescents; their needs; Educa onal Psychology: Concept, concerns and scope of educa onal psychology; Contribu on of psychology to educa on; Nature of psychology and learners. Module II: Development of Human Behaviour Human Development and growth: Concept, principles, sequen al stages of development; factors influencing development and their rela ve role; general characteris cs and problems of each stage. Theories of Personality; Theories of Piaget and Bruner – major concepts and stages and implica ons for educa on; Indian theories of Psychological Development. Module III: Learning and Memory Theories of Learning: Concept, kinds, levels of learning various view points on learning; Gagne’s condi ons of learning; cogni ve view point and informa on processing; issues related to learning; Educa onal implica ons of the view points on learning; Encoding and remembering, different forms of memory, theories of forge ng. Module IV: Thinking and Problem Solving Defini ons of thinking and problem solving; Piaget’s theory of cogni ve; Group Dynamics: Group process, Interpersonal rela ons, Sociometric grouping; Social emo onal climate of the classroom and its influence of teacher characteris cs; Adolescence – Psychological characteris cs and problem of adolescents; role of educa on in solving their problems. Module V: Motivation and Personality Individual Difference: Concept of intra and inter differences: Intelligence and cogni ve abili es, iden fica on fostering; Crea vity – Nature, Process, Iden fica on, fostering and Guiding crea ve children; Mo va on Cycles; Interests, a tude and values; Adjustment of teaching – learning process to suit individual differences – learning styles and teaching strategies; Atkinson’s Theory of Achievement Mo va on; Maslow’s Self-actualiza on Theory; Tolman’s Sign Gestalt Theory; Gagne’s Hierarchical Theory of Learning Suggested Readings 1. Atkinson, J.W. and Feather, N.T. (1960). A Theory of Achievement Mo va on, New York: Wiley Publishers. 2. Bhatnagar, S. (2002). Advanced Educa onal Psychology, Agra: Bhargava Book House. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|321

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24.

Chand, T. (2002). Educa onal Psychology, Agra: Bhargava Book House. Crow, R.B. and Crow, A. (1964). Educa onal Psychology, New Delhi: Eurasia Publishing House. Dececee, .J.P. (1970). The Psychology of Learning and Instruc on, New Delhi: Pren ce Hall. Dhir, R.N. (2002). Educa onal Psychology, Chandigarh: Abhishek Publica on. Ewen R. B. (2010). An Introduc on to the theories of personality, 7th Edi on. New York: Psychology press. Forsyth, D. R. (2006). Group Dynamics. Fi h Edi on. USA: Wadsworth, Cengage Learning. Gagne, R.M. (1976). The Condi ons of Learning (2nd edi on), New York: Rinehart and Winston. Guilford, J.P. (1967). The Nature of Human Intelligence, New York: McGraw Hill. Hulac, D. M., and Benson, N. (2011). Ge ng Students to Work Smarter and Harder: Decreasing Off-Task Behavior Through Interpersonal Techniques. School Psychology Forum,5(1), 29-36. Judd, C.H. (2002). Educa onal Psychology, Guwaha : Nivedita DK Distribu ons. Kuppuswamy, B. (1963). Advanced Educa onal Psychology, Jalandhar: Jalandhar University Publica ons. McLaren, C., Edwards, G., Ruddick, S., Zabjek, K., and McKeever, P. (2011). Kindergarten kids in mo on: Rethinking inclusive classrooms for op mal learning. Educa onal and Child Psychology, 28(1), 100-113. Mukunda, K. V. (2009). What did you ask at school today? A handbook of child learning. Noida, UP: HarperCollins, 371 Putwain, D. W., and Symes, W. (2011). Teachers' use of fear appeals in the Mathema cs classroom: Worrying or mo va ng students? Bri sh Journal of Educa onal Psychology, 81(3), 456-474. doi:10.1348/2044-8279.002005 Rao, K.R., Parajpe, A.C. and Dalal, A.K. (Ed). (2008). Handbook of Indian Psychology, New Delhi: Cambridge University Press India. Reynolds, W. M and Miller, G. E. (2003). Current perspec ves in Educa onal Psychology. In Handbook of Psychology Vol. VII (ed.) Irving B. Weiner. Canada: John Wiley and Sons, Inc. Rogers, C. (2012). Transi on, self-regula on, independent learning and goal theory. Psychology Of Educa on Review, 36(2), 26-31. Sahoo, F.M. (2002). Psychology in Indian Context, Agra: Bhargava Book House. Sharma, R.N. (2002). Educa onal Psychology, Guwaha : DVS Publica on. Sternberg, R.J (2003). Contemporary Theories of Intelligence. In Handbook of Psychology Vol. VII (ed.) Irving B. Weiner. Canada: John Wiley and Sons, Inc. Swiderski, S. M. (2011). Transforming Principles into Prac ce: Using Cogni ve Ac ve Learning Strategies in the High School Classroom. Clearing House, 84(6), 239-243. doi:10.1080/00098655.2011.590549 Weinstein, C., Acee, T. W., and JaeHak, J. (2011). Self-regula on and learning strategies. New Direc ons For Teaching and Learning, 2011(126), 45-53. doi:10.1002/tl.443

EDTE0013: EMERGING TRENDS IN EDUCATION (3 Credits - 45 Hours) Objectives: ● To impart in students the knowledge of the contemporary issues in education. ● To acquaint students with the information related to recent techniques in Education. ● To make students aware of the various challenges and hurdles faced by the Educational Institutions. Module I: Recent Pedagogical and Delivery Techniques (10 Hours) Distance Educa on – Purposes, func ons, organiza on and management of Distance Educa on Programme; e-learning – Nature, Characteris cs, Models, Styles, Arrangement for e-learning in an educa onal ins tu on; Virtual Classrooms – Modus operandi, Advantages and Limita ons. Teleconferencing and Videoconferencing – Meaning, types, Educa onal Advantages. Modali es of teaching- teaching as different from indoctrina on, instruc ons, condi oning and training; stages of teaching – pre-ac ve, interac ve and postac ve; teaching at different levels – memory, understanding and reflec ve levels; models of teaching; Modifica on of teaching behavior: Micro ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|322

teaching, Flanders Interac on Analysis and simula on Module II: Recent Techniques in Education (10 Hours) Language laboratory - Need, Types, Func oning, Uses and Applica ons. Team Teaching-Meaning, Defini on, Objec ves, Principles, Types, Organiza on, Procedure and steps, Advantages and Limita ons. Co-opera ve learning and collabora ve learning-Key elements-Implemen ng the elements Module III: Autonomy, Accountability and Accreditation (8 Hours) Autonomy-Meaning, Need, Academic, Administra ve and Financial Autonomy, Objec ves, Salient Features, Advantages of Autonomous colleges. Accountability and Accredita on; Accredita on process, Assessment and Accredita on –NAAC, NBA-ISO, Accredita on and Cer fica on Module IV: Challenges in School Education (10 Hours) Current student related Challenges: Parental Involvement, Drugs and Violence, School safety. Current Teacher related challenges: Diverse learning needs, Quality and expecta ons, Pupil-Teacher ra o. Teacher mentee /mentor programs. Current School related challenges- Technology issues, Bullying, harassment and ragging. Module V: Learning Environment in Educational Institutions (7 Hours) The concept of Ins tu onal environment, The classroom learning environment- Disciplinary problems, The effects of the Ins tu onal environment on Academic performance, Punishment and its effects. Crea ng Trustworthy school environments. Guidance and Counselling. Suggested Readings 1. Associates, A. F. (2000). Leading Academic Change: Essen al Roles for Departmental Chairs. San Francisco: Jossey -Bass Publishers. 2. Associates, H. D. (2000). Higher Educa on in the Era of Digital Compe on – Choice and Challenges. Modison: WI Atwood Publishing. 3. Associa on of Indian Universi es. Priva za on of Higher Educa on. 2003 4. Associa on of Indian Universi es: Accountability and Autonomy in Higher Educa on. 1998 5. Associa on of Indian Universi es: Excellence in Achieving Social Relevance in Higher Educa on. 1993 6. Chauhan, S.S (2004) Innova ons in Teaching Learning Process. New Delhi, Vikas Publica on 7. Gandhi, M.M (2013). Autonomy and Accountability in Higher Educa on- An Indian Perspec ve. IOSR Journal of Research and Method in Educa on. Vol. 3, Issue 5 (Nov-December) pp. 33-37. Retrieved from h p://www.iosrjournals.org/iosr-jrme/papers/Vol-3%20Issue-5/F0353337.pdf?id=7370 8. Govindasamy, T. (2001). Successful implementa on of e-learning: Pedagogical considera ons. The internet and higher educa on, 4(3), 287-299. 9. Haynes, N. M. (1996). Crea ng safe and caring school communi es: Comer school development program schools. Journal of Negro Educa on, 308-314. 10. Hernes, G and Mar n, M. (eds) (2008). Accredita on and the global Higher educa on market. UNESCO: Interna onal Ins tute for Educa onal Planning. Retrieved from h p://unesdoc.unesco.org /images/0016/001635/163514e.pdf. Accessed on 19 July, 2016. 11. Holmberg, B. (2005). Theory and Prac ce of Distance Educa on. 2nd Edi on. Routledge. 12. Mangal, S.K (2005) Essen als of Educa onal Technology. Ludhiana, Tandon Publica ons. 13. McIsaac, M. S. and Gunawardena, C. N. (2005). Distance Educa on. Retrieved from h p://www.aect.org / edtech /ed1/pdf/13.pdf. Accessed on 19 July, 2016. 14. Mehta, R. (2004). Crisis in Higher Educa on. Delhi : Kalpaz Publica ons. 15. Ministry of Human Resource Development Department of Secondary and Higher Educa on (2005).Report of the Government of India Central Advisory Board of Educa on (CABE) Commi ee On Autonomy of Higher Educa on Ins tu ons. Retrieved from h p://mhrd.gov.in/sites/upload_files /mhrd/files/document-reports/Autonomy HEI.pdf. Accessed on 19 July, 2016. 16. Narkhede, S. (2001). Challenges of higher Educa on in India. New Delhi: Sarup and Sons. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|323

17. Pollack, I., and Sundermann, C. (2001). Crea ng safe schools: A comprehensive approach. Juvenile Jus ce, 8(1), 13-20. 18. Purushotham, H.R (2009). Team Teaching: An Alterna ve to Lecture Fa gue. Edutracks, 9(1), 5-7 19. Singh, A. and G.D.Sharma. (1989). Higher Educa on in India: The Ins tu onal Context (ed.), New Delhi: Konarch

EDDE0014: HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF EDUCATION IN INDIA (3 Credits - 45 Hours) Objectives: ● To develop in the students an understanding of the progress of education in ancient India- Vedic and Buddhist Education ● To develop in the students an understanding of the progress of education in medieval IndiaIslamic education ● To impart knowledge about the various committees and commissions formed for the progress of education during the pre- and post-Independent India. ● To impart knowledge about the various Government policies related to Education Module I: Ancient Indian Education (8 Hours) Fundamentals of Ancient Indian Educa on, Salient features, purpose of studying Vedas, Relevance of Ancient Indian educa on in the 21st Century. Chief Characteris cs of Vedic Educa onal System; Educa on in post Vedic (Buddhist) period – features. Female educa on; Swardhyaya (Self-Learning), Du es of teachers and students in Vedic and post Vedic period, Introduc on to Islamic Educa on, State patronage and Growth of educa on, Primary Educa on (Maktabs), Higher Educa on (Madarsas), Female Educa on, Student and Teacher rela onship. Module II: Education during Pre Independent India (13 Hours) Angliciza on of Educa on 1836-1855- Exponents of Oriental Educa on, The Anglicists, Macaulay‘s Minutes and its effect, Wood’s Despatch – 1854, India Educa on Commission regarding Primary, Secondary and University Educa on, The University Commission (1902), The Hartog Commi ee (1928-29), The Filtra on Theory of Educa on. Important Development in Educa on during 1921-1931- Inter University Board, Establishment of new Universi es, Teachers Training, Technical Educa on. Module III: Education during Post Independent India (14 Hours) Various Commission and policies in Educa on - Secondary Educa on Commission 1953, Educa on Commission 1964-66, Na onal Policy on Educa on 1986, Ramamurthy Review Commi ee 1990, Na onal Commission on Teacher 1999, Na onal house Commi ee 2004; problems of Indian Educa on- Wastage and Stagna on, Examina on Reform, Inclusive Educa on and Educa on of the Marginalized. Module IV: Current Government Policies (10 Hours) Unni Krishnan commission, DPEP, Na onal policy on ICT,Na onal Commission Report, Panchayat Raj Act, Rashtriya Madhyamik Shiksha Abhiyan, Rashtriya Uchchatar Shiksha Abhiyan ,SSA, RTE, Right to Informa on Act, Total Literacy Campaign,NAEP,Na onal Knowledge Commission, Educa on for all,NAS,SPQEM etc. Suggested Readings 1. Acharya, P. (1978). Indigenous vernacular educa on in pre-Bri sh era: Tradi ons and problems. Economic and poli cal weekly, 1981-1988. 2. Dash, M. (2000), Educa on in India: Problems and Perspec ves, Eastern Book Corpora on 3. Ghosh, S. C. (2007), History of Educa on in India, Eastern Book Corpora on. 4. Govt. of India, report of the University Educa on Commission,(1949) Vol -I, Simla. 5. Jain, M. (2003), History in the New NCERT Textbooks Fallacies in the IIIC Report, Delhi NCERT. 6. Lall, M. (2005), The Challenges for India‘s Educa on System, Chatham House: London 7. M.H.R.D, Report of the University Educa on Commission (1948), Ministry of Educa on, New Delhi, Govt. of India. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|324

8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18.

M.H.R.D. Challenges of Educa on (1985). A policy perspec ve, Ministry of Educa on, New Delhi, Govt. of India. M.H.R.D. Report of the Secondary Educa on Commission (1952). Ministry of Educa on, New Delhi, Govt. of India. Mookerji, R. K. (1990), Ancient Indian Educa on: Brahmanical and Buddhist, Delhi, Mo lal Banasidass Publishers. Niak J.P. (1963) The role of govt. of India, Ministry of Educa on. Nurullah S., Naik J.P. and Oad L.K. (1970). A student history of educa on in India, Mumbai: McMillan and Co. Ramchandra, P. and Ramkumar V. (2005), Educa on in India. Eastern Book Corpora on. Rawat, P. L. (1956), History of Indian Educa on: Ancient to Modern, Delhi Bharat Publica on. h p://mhrd.gov.in/sites/upload_files/mhrd/files/document-reports/NPE86-mod92.pdf h p://www.teindia.nic.in/Files/Reports/CCR/Yash%20Pal_commi e_report_lwb.pdf h p://ncte-india.org/ncte_new/pdf/NCFTE_2010.pdf h p://www.ncert.nic.in/rightside/links/pdf/framework/english/nf2005.pdf

EDET0015: EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY (3 Credits - 45 Hours) Objectives: The aims of this course on Educational Technology are ● To impart to the students an understanding of the Concept, Scope and Significance of Educational Technology in the Education System. ● To describe the Teaching Models and explain the concept of instructional design ● To describe the application of programmed instruction in the teaching-learning process. ● To impart the knowledge and understanding of the methods of ICT integration and other advanced techniques of instruction in education. ● To develop an insight into the multimedia applications in teaching learning. Module I: Educational Technology and ICT (13 Hours) Meaning, nature and scope; Historical perspec ve of Educa onal Technology; approachesSo ware, hardware and system; Concept of ICT- Informa on Technology, Communica on Technology and Instruc onal Technology; Need and significance of ICT in Educa on; Emerging trends in Educa onal Technology. Concept of communica on and principles; Models and Barriers to communica on; classroom communica on - interac on, verbal and non-verbal; Mass Media and mul media approach. Module II: Designing Instructional System and Programme Instruction (12 Hours) Formula on of instruc onal objec ves; task analysis; instruc onal strategies: lecture, team teaching, discussion, seminar, tutorials, Programme instruc on: origin and types, development of programme instruc onal material, Computer Assisted Instruc on, mul media presenta on Module III: Emerging Trends in Educational Technology (10 Hours) Distance Educa on; Open learning system; Evalua on and Educa onal Technology; New technologies- Videotapes, Radio, Teleconferencing, CCTV, INSAT, EDUSAT, Internet, Broadband; Resource centre for Educa onal Technology: CIET, UGC, IGNOU, NIOS, etc… Module IV: Emerging Educational Technology (10 Hours) 3D prin ng, mobile learning, Gamifica on, Flipped, blended learning/classrooms, Cloud compu ng, Massive open online course (MOOCs), Flashnotes, Virtual Reality, Wearables, etc Suggested Readings 1. Ahalt, S. (2015). Ten Emerging Educa onal Technology. Renci White paper Series, Vol. 3, No. 1 pp. 1-18. 2. Barle David (1960), The Process of Communica on, Holt andRinerhart New York. 3. Bha a, R.L. and Ahuja, B.N. Educa onal Technology. New Delhi: Surjeet Publica ons. 4. Bha a B.D. and Sharma, S.R. (1992). Educa onal Technology- Concept and Techniques, Kanishka Pub. House New Delhi. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|325

5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19.

Dale Edgar (1961) Audio Visual Methods in Teaching, Holt Rinehart and Einston, New York. Das R.C. (1993) Educa onal Technology-A basic Text, Sterling, New Delhi. Dhand,H., Techniques of Teaching, APH Publishing Corpora on. Hoo , M. V. (2008). Mobile, Wireless, connected informa on clouds and learning. Emerging technologies for learning. Vol. 3.pp. 30-46. Jangira N.K. and Ajit Singh (1982), Core Teaching Skills: The Micro Teaching Approach, NCERT, New Delhi. Joyce, and B Weil, Models of Teaching, Pren ce Hall, New Jersey. Mangal S.K. Founda ons of Educa onal Technology, Prakash Brothers Ludhiana. McIsaac, M. S. and Gunawardena, C. N. (2005). Distance Educa on. Retrieved from h p://www.aect.org /edtech/ed1/pdf/13.pdf. Accessed on 19 July, 2016. Nayak, A.K. Classroom Teaching Methods and Prac ces: APH, Publishing Corpora on. Passi, B.K (1976) Becoming Be er Teacher, Micro Teaching Approach, Sahita Mudranalya, Ahmedabad. Sechdeva, M.S. A New Approach to Educa onal Technology, Vinod Publica ons. Sharma R.A. Technological Founda ons of Educa onal Publica ons Meerut. Sharma, R.A. (1983) Technology of Teaching: Interna onal Publishing House. Venkataiah: Educa onal Technology, APH Publishing Corpora on New Delhi. Walia. J.S. Essen als of Instruc onal Technology; Paul Publishers Punjab.

EDPC0016: PEACE EDUCATION AND CONFLICT MANAGEMENT (3 credits - 45 Hours) Objectives: To enable students ● To understand the importance and relevance of peace education ● To comprehend the concept of peace as held by different thinkers and other religious beliefs ● To bring awareness of the modes and methods for conflict management ● To familiarize with global issues and peace movements Module I: Understanding peace as a dynamic social reality (10 hours) Peace – meaning, nature; theories of peace – democra c peace and ac ve peace; religious beliefs and peace – Buddhism, Islam, Hinduism and Chris anity Module II: Philosophy of peace and peace education (10 hours) Montessori, Freire, the Dalai Lama, Gandhi, Krishna murthy, Aurobindo and Tagore; Concept and scope of peace educa on; peace teacher, peace method and other enabling prac ces for a culture of peace in an educa onal se ng Module III: Conflict management and its methods and modes (9 hours) Meaning, types, levels and reasons for conflict; approaches to the study of conflict; methods and modes of conflict resolu on - media on, nego a on, diplomacy, coercive methods; crea ve peace building, cross cultural methods Module IV: Global issues and peace movements (8 hours) Human rights, preserva on of ecology, popula on control, economic exploita on, depriva on, equitable economic world order; non-alignment movement, campaign for nuclear disarmament and role of world organiza ons in promo ng peace Suggested Readings 1. Dalai Lama (1998). The joy of living and dying in peace. (ed.) Donald S. Lopez. Jr. Dharamsala: Tibetan and Archives. 2. Diwahar, R. R.,and Agarwal, M. (Ed). (1984). Peace educa on. New Delhi: Gandhi Marg. 3. Doyle, M. W. (2012). Liberal peace: Selected essays. London and New York: Routledge. 4. Duckworth, C. (2006). Teaching peace: a dialogue on the Montessori method. Journal of Peace Educa on, 3(1), 39-53. 5. Fountain, S. (1999). Peace educa on in UNICEF. New York: UNICEF. 6. Gat, A. (2005). The Democra c peace theory reframed: The impact of modernity. World Poli cs, ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|326

7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18.

58, pp. 73-100. Girard, K. (1995). Preparing teachers for conflict resolu on in the schools. Washington, DC: ERIC Clearinghouse on Teaching and Teacher Educa on Heopper, B (2002). Peace educa on and years 1to 10 studies of society and environment key learning Area. Queensland: Queensland School Curriculum Council. Johan, G. (1996). Peace by peaceful means. New Delhi: Sage Publica on. Krishnamur , J. (n.y). Educa on and Significance of life. Retrieved from h p://www.jkrishnamur .org/krishnamur -teachings/view-text.php? d=51&chid=66876. Layne, C. (1994). Kant or Cant: The Myth of the Democra c Peace. Interna onal Security, Vol. 19. Issue 2, pp. 5-49. Montessori, M. (1943). Peace and Educa on. India: The Theosophical Publishing House. Morrison, M. L. (2003). Peace Educa on. Australia: McFarland Nair, G. (1997). Peace educa on and conflict Resolu on in school. Health Administrator Vol. XVII, Number 1:38-42. Pant, D. and Gula , S (2014). Ways to peace: a resource book for teachers. New Delhi: Na onal Council of Educa onal Research and Training. Salomon, G., & Nevo, B. (2002). Peace Educa on: The Concept, Principles, and Prac ces around the World. London: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Sheean, V. (1955). Mahatma Gandhi, a great life in brief. New Delhi: Random House. UNESCO. (2005). Peace Educa on: Framework for Teacher Educa on. New Delhi: UNESCO

EDSF0017: SOCIOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION (4 Credits - 60 hours) Objective: This course in sociological foundation of education probes into educational systems of past and present, to comprehend the relationship between education and social change. Education is inseparable from society. Emerging theories, methodologies and policies of society play a vital role in forming an understanding of contemporary education and determining its future. Besides teaching and learning, educational institutions are crucial for shaping the broader society. To understand this it is important to consider the relationships within and outside the educational institutions and between various stakeholders. The sociological perspective will enable students to have a better grasp of the larger social reality that affect educational institutions and their mission. Module l: Concept and Approaches (10 Hours) Educa on from a sociological point of view – func onalism, structuralism, system approaches to educa on and a cri cal evalua on of these approaches; transi on from pre-capitalist to capitalist social forma ons and its impact on educa onal structure and func on; educa on and social groups, educa on in a mul -cultural context. Module ll: Theoretical Perspective of Educational Sociology (15 Hours) Theore cal approaches to educa onal sociology and their relevance in present day scenario - stand point theory, theory of social learning by Bandura, social realism, cri cal theory, ra onal choice theory, human capital theory, conflict theory. Module Ill: School as a Social Institution (15 Hours) School as a social ins tu on, school as an organiza on; hierarchy of authority and their func ons in school, unpacking schools` social contexts - contexts and factors shaping differences in schooling and schooling outcomes, schools as sites for social development, school choice, social mobility by means of educa on; organisa onal climate types, classroom climate and its impact. Module IV: Cross-National Perspectives on the Sociology of Education (10 Hours) a) Culture - conceptual understanding of culture, developing intercultural competency through educa on, culture and personality, educa on for cross-na onal understanding; b) Educa on beyond geographical barriers - distance educa on, online cer fica on courses, student and faculty exchange programmes, curriculum goals for crea ng globally competent students.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|327

Module V: Schooling in the Context of Globalization and National Policies (10 Hours) Central policies of educa on, priva za on of educa on, sanskri sa on and westerniza on of society and role of educa on, conceptualizing moderniza on from educa onal point of view, present educa on system and sociological issues - primary level, secondary level, higher educa onal level. Suggested Readings 1. Below, S. V., Powell, J. J., & Roberts, L. W. (2013). Educa onal Systems and Rising Inequality: Eastern Germany a er Unifica on. Sociology of Educa on, 86(4), 362-375. 2. Bills (2013). 2013. Sociology of Educa on reviewer awards. Sociology of Educa on, 86(4). 3. Binder, A. J. (2013). Sociology of Educa on's Cultural, Organiza onal, and Societal Turn. Sociology of Educa on, 86(4), 282-283. 4. Bose, S. (2012). A Contextual Analysis of Gender Disparity in Educa on in India: Women's Status and Community. Sociological Perspec ves, 55(1), 67-91. 5. Brown, F.J. Educa onal Sociology, Pren ce Hall of India, New Delhi. 6. Clinard, M. B., & Elder, J. W. (1965). Sociology in India: A Study in the Sociology of Knowledge. American Sociological Review, 30(4), 581-587. 7. Damle, Y. B. (1974). Sociology in India: its teaching and status. Interna onal Social Science Journal, 26(2), 343-348. 8. Goel, S. K. (1990). Educa on, Training, and Rehabilita on of the Handicapped in India. Retrospect and Prospect. Educa on & Society, 8(1), 21-29. 9. Harding, 0. J. (2011). Rethinking the Cultural Context of Schooling Decisionism Disadvantaged Neighborhoods: From Deviant Subculture to Cultural Heterogeneity. Sociology of Educa on, 84(4), 322-339. 10. Hodkinson, A., & Devarakonda, C. (2009). Concep ons of inclusion and inclusive educa on: A cri cal examina on of the perspec ves and prac ces of teachers in India, Research in Educa on, (82), 85-99. 11. MacIver and Page- Society: An Introductory Analysis, Macmillan. 12. Nakamura, T. (2013). Sociologiza on, Pedagogiza on, and Resociologiza on: Has the Post-war Japanese Sociology of Educa on Suffered from the Galapagos Syndrome? Interna onal Journal of Japanese Sociology, 22(1), 64-79. 13. Sharma, C. L. (1990). Crisis of Character in India: The Need for Moral Educa on. Educa on & Society, 8(1), 64-73. 14. Smith R. Eliot et al, (2000). Social Psychology. U.S.A.: Taylor and Francis. 15. Von Below, Powell, J. W., & Roberts, L. W. (2013). Educa onal Systems and Rising Inequality: Eastern Germany a er Unifica on. Sociology of Educa on, 86(4), 362-375. 16. Wright, R. (2014). The Fourth Sociology and Music Educa on: Towards Sociology of Integra on. Ac on, Cri cism, and Theory for Music Educa on, 13(1), 12-39.

EDTK0018: THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (3 Credits - 45 Hours) Objective:The course aims at developing educational practitioners who can facilitate the process of knowledge construction, organisation of the curriculum and make a significant contribution in learner’s experiences towards ‘learning to learn’. The modules highlight not only the concepts to be discussed but also the abilities to be nurtured. Learners will be able to ● Appreciate the different ‘forms of understanding’. ● Derive key principles for teaching-learning experiences in each of the discipline. ● Analyse the classroom interactions through the lens of ‘critical pedagogy’. ● Critically review the textbooks with the lens of ‘knowledge’ and ‘power’. Throughout the course dialogic method of teaching will be used so that students can experience constructivist way of teaching and learning. Students will be required to present and initiate dialogue. Module I: Introduction to knowledge and Forms of Understanding (12 Hours) Difference in Belief, assump ons, informa on, and Knowledge. Knowledge as true jus fied belief. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|328

Sources of knowledge, types of knowledge, forms of understanding/ different kinds of knowledge and their valida on processes, role of learner (knower) in knowledge construc on. Reviewing how students learnt subjects in school and college and critically analyse the processes through the lens of ‘knowledge’. Module II: Facilitating knowledge construction (12 Hours) Nature, process of construc on, pedagogy (andragogy) and assessment of: Mathema cal knowledge, Knowledge of science; Knowledge of humani es and social sciences; Aesthe cs Dialogue on ‘knowledge claims’ and ‘validation’ of the claims in each of the disciplines. Module III: Understanding Curriculum (10 Hours) Curriculum framework, curriculum and syllabus. Process of/approaches to curriculum organisa on and development; principles for selec on of content and processes. With reference to school, college and university curricula - Study of NCF 2005, NCERT syllabi for school education, curricular documents of degree courses. Module IV: Knowledge and power (11 Hours) Knowledge and power-Dominance, inclusion and exclusion of knowledge in curriculum and text books. Academic knowledge and everyday knowledge; Knowledge of the marginalised, indigenous knowledge. Critical study of text books – NCERT, state board text books, text books for colleges. Suggested Readings 1. Dhankar, Rohit. Aims of Educa on to classroom – mapping the field of curriculum. 2. Hirst, P.H., Realms of meaning and forms of knowledge in ‘Knowledge and Curriculum’ A collec on of philosophical papers, Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1974 3. Kumar, Krishna. (1992). What is worth teaching? Orient Blackswan. 4. Nambissan, Geetha. B. (2000). ‘Iden ty, Exclusion and the Educa on of Tribal Communi es’. In Rekha Wazir (Ed.) The Gender Gap in Basic Educa on: NGOs as Change Agents. New Delhi: Sage 5. NCERT (2006). Posi on papers on Science, Language, Social Science, Mathema cs, Assessment.NCERT, New Delhi 6. Noah, Lemos. (2007). An Introduc on to the Theory of Knowledge.Cambridge. 7. Sarangpani, Padma. Construc ng school knowledge. 8. Saxena, Sadhana (2007). ‘Educa on of the Masses in India: A Cri cal Enquiry’. In Krishna Kumar and Joachim Oesterheld (Eds.) Educa on and Social Change in South Asia. New Delhi: Orient Longman. 9. Batra, P. (2010). The Contested Terrain of School Social Science.Learning Curve. Bangalore: Azim Premji Founda on. 10. Carr, D. ‘Knowledge and curriculum: four dogmas of child-centred educa on’, Journal of Philosophy of Educa on, vol. 22, 1988, pp. 151–62. 11. Carr, D., ‘The logic of knowing how and ability’, Mind, vol. 88, 1979, pp. 394–409. 12. Ge er, E.L. (1967). Is jus fied true belief knowledge? in A. Phillips-Griffiths (ed.), Knowledge and Belief, Oxford, Oxford University Press. 13. Lawton, D. (1975). Class, Culture and the Curriculum, London, Routledge. 14. Mehlinger, H. D. (ed). (1981). UNESCO Handbook of Social Studies. France: UNESCO Publica ons 15. Mukherjee, A. (2010). The Nature of mathema cs and its rela on to school educa on. Learning Curve XIV, pp. 16-22. 16. Mukherjee, A. (2005). Methods of enquiry in science, Proceedings of the Interna onal Seminar on Science Educa on. VidyaBhawan Educa on Resource Centre, Udaipur. 17. Winch, P., The Idea of a Social Science and Its Rela on to Philosophy, London, Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1958. 18. Young, M.F.D. (ed.), Knowledge and Control, London, Collier-MacMillan, 1971.

EDEL0019: DEVELOPING EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP (3 Credits - 45 Hours) Objectives: This course aims at developing the concepts and skills required to understand, appreciate and ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|329

make informed choices required for leading educational endeavours. The modules highlight not only the concepts to be discussed but also the abilities to be nurtured. The objectives of the course are to enable students to: ● Understand specific nature and attributes of educational processes, institutions and system. ● craft the vision, goals and strategy for the educational institution in the light of democratic values, larger societal aims and context. ● anlayse the various roles and responsibilities of an educational leader. It is recommended that dialogic pedagogy be used and students are required to bring in their personal experiences, initiate dialogue and build theories. Teachers would problematize, provide space for dialogue, provide resources and help the students understand finer nuances. Module I: Education system and institutions (15 Hours) a) Educa on as an ideal (What is educa on? Aims of educa on). Educa on as a system. School as a social ins tu on. b) Decentralisa on of Educa on: Educa on- a concurrent subject in the Cons tu on. Structure of the educa onal system in India. Study of the structure at the state level. Linkages within the system. c) Roles and responsibili es of the personnel involved: Teacher as an academic leader, Head teacher as a school leader, CRC, BEO, DEO, DIET Principal, SCERT Director, NCERT Director, Panchaya Raj Ins tu ons. Reflecting on one’s own experiences of schooling to understand school as a social institution, nature of relationships among the various stakeholders in the school and overarching values as stated by the school. Module II: Stakeholder collaboration (10 Hours) a) Parent, learners, community, teachers as stakeholders: their expecta ons and roles. Ensuring their par cipa on. Analysis of research on impact of stakeholder participation, challenges and principles for successful collaboration. Module III: Leadership for Inclusion (10 Hours) a) School Culture: Meaning and components. Hidden curriculum. b) Zones of exclusion. Analysing curriculum-content and pedagogy - to cri cally examine school processes. Iden fying school processes that cause exclusion. Synthesizing principles of inclusive institutional culture. Module IV: Constructing ‘Educational Leadership’ (15 Hours) a) Leadership for quality educa on, equity and inclusion, con nuous professional development of teachers, crea on of learning communi es, ensuring autonomy of learners, teachers and other staff, contextualisa on of the curriculum. b) Cra ing vision and mission for an educa onal ins tu on. Cri cal review of the vision based on the parameters of educa onal aims, ideals of administra on and values of democra c society. Assess an educational issue to arrive at a strategic principles, action plans, resource management to address the issue. Suggested Readings 1. Apple, M. W., & Beane, J. A. (1995). Democra c schools. Associa on for Supervision and Curriculum Development, 1250 North Pi Street, Alexandria, VA 22314 (Stock No. 1-95052; $14.95).. 2. Batra, S. (2003).From School Inspec on to School Support. In Sood, N. (ed). Management of School Educa on in India. NIEPA: New Delhi. 2. Early, P., and Weindling, D. (2004). 3. Cheney, G. R., Ruzzi, B. B., & Muralidharan, K. (2005).A profile of the Indian educa on system. Prepared for the New Commission on the Skills of the American Workforce. 4. Dewey, J. (1916). Democracy and Educa on. New York: Macmillan. 5. Fullan, M. (1993). Why Teachers Must Become Change Agents. In Educa onal Leadership, 50 (6). 6. Govinda, R. (2001). Capacity Building for Educa onal Governance at Local Levels. Paper presented at the Interna onal Consulta on on Educa onal Governance at Local Levels. Held at UNESCO, Paris 27-28 February 2001. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|330

7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.

NCERT.(2006). posi on paper on aims of educa on. New Delhi: NCERT Preamble to the Cons tu on of India concerning values for teachers School as a social ins tu on, Andre Baitelle. Sheshagiri K.M. Decentralisa on of Educa on in India: Reflec ons from Kerala and Rajasthan. Wren, D. J. (1999). School culture: Exploring the hidden curriculum. Adolescence, 34(135), 593. A Changing Discourse: From Management to Leadership. In Early, P. and Weindling, D. (ed). Understanding School Leadership. Paul Chapman Publica ons: UK. Senge, P. M. (1990). Organiza ons as learning communi es. Pollard, A. (2002). Reflec ve Teaching. Con nuum: London. Chapters – 1,8,9. 39 Hargreaves, A. (2000).Teachers and Teaching: History and Prac ce, Vol. 6, No. 2, 2000 Four Ages of Professionalism and Professional Learning

EDDL0020: HUMAN DEVELOPMENT AND LEARNING (3 credits - 45 hours) Objectives: The purpose of the course is to give a comprehensive idea of the developmental, socio-cultural and environmental influences on the child’s overall personality formation. It also provides students an idea on the process of adjustment and specific disabilities encountered by children at various stages. The overall learning is to enable students: ● To understand the various developmental aspects of children. ● To understand the stages of growth, maturation and development and it’s certain specific theories. ● To develop an understanding about the factors to enable effective learning. ● To understand adjustment as a process and the mechanism involved in effective adjustment. ● To understand the differently abled children and the various kinds of learning difficulties. Module I: Understanding Child and Childhood (10 hours) Importance of understanding child and childhood, capabili es of children belonging to different socio-economic and cultural backgrounds, idea of mul ple childhood, nature-nurture debate, language development, learning and acquisi on, promo ng autonomy in children, development of case studies of children belonging to different backgrounds Module II: Development and Learning (10 hours) Stages of development, growth and matura on, Adolescence: why it is a sensi ve period, the importance of recognizing issues related to adolescence. Erikson’s stages of psycho-social development, Vygotsky’s theory on social construc vism, concept of tools, zone of proximal development, Piaget and Vygotsky debate. Developing a personal narra ve of experiences of adolescence Module III: Enabling learning (10 hours) Bronfenbrenner’s ecological systems, theory of development, social context of learning, enabling school environment, promo ng independence of thought and ac on, paren ng at different stages of development: Students analyze views of parents on paren ng and child care prac ces. Quality frameworks. Module IV: Psychology of Adjustment and Adjustment Mechanisms (6 hours) Adjustment as a process; a theory of cogni ve adapta on. frustra on and conflict; causes of maladjustment; contribu on of Freud, Adler, Jung and Neo-Freudians to understand maladjustment, adjustment mechanisms. conflicts and defence mechanism, mental hygiene. Module V: Differently-abled persons and learning (9 hours) Understanding differently abled persons; educa onal implica ons: ADHD, au sm, dyslexia. juvenile delinquency. Develop a detailed discussion paper on various kinds of learning difficul es. Suggested Readings 1. Arkoff & Abe. (1968). ‘ Adjustment and Mental Health’ .New York, McGraw- Hill ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|331

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19.

Bjorklund, D. (2010). ‘Child and Adolescence Development-an integrated approach’. Blasi Wadsworth Cengage Learning Publica ons. Bronfenbrenner,Urie. (1979). ‘The ecology of human development’ .Harvard University Press Cambridge. Crow & Crow. (1956). ‘Understanding Our Behavior’ .N.Y.Alfred A Knoff Publica ons. Erickson ,H.Erik. (1993). ‘Childhood and Society’. W.W.Norton Publica on. Erickson ,H.Erik. (2005) . ‘Stages of Psycho social Development’. Green Verlag, Gmb Freud,S. (1938). ‘Psychopathology of Everyday Life-The Basic Wri ngs of Sigmund Freud’.New York, Modern Library. Kostelnik, J.M.,Gregory,M.K.,Soderman. K.A., & Whiren, P.A. (2012).‘Guiding children’s social development and learning’. Wadsworth Cengage Learning Publica ons Kozulin A.,Gindis,B.,Ageyev.,S.V & Miller,M.S(2003): ‘Vygotsky’s Educa onal Theory in Cultural context’. Cambridge University Press. Lahner, George. (1964). ‘The Dynamics of Personal Adjustment’ .New Jersey: Pren ce –Hall. Lerner, J. (1985). ‘Learning Disabili es-Diagnosis and Teaching Strategies’ .Boston Honghton Miffin. Lock, A & Strong, T. (2010). ‘Social Construc onism – Sources and S rrings in Theory and Prac ce’. Cambridge University Press Mangal, S.K. (2010). ‘Educa ng Excep onal Children-An Introduc on to Special Educa on’ .PHI Learning Private Limited,Delhi Mangal, S.K. (1987). ‘Abnormal Psychology’ N.D-Sterling Publica ons (revised edi on) Mangal, S.K. (2002). ‘Advanced Educa onal Psychology’. PHI Learning Private Limited,Delhi, McLounghlin, J.A and Ne ck, A. (1983). ‘Defining Learning Disabili es- A new and co-opera ve direc on ’.Journal of Learning disabili es. Newman,M.B & Newman,R.P. (2006). ‘Development through Life-A psycho-social approach’.12th edi on, Cengage Learning Stamford. Sinha, AKP, Singh, R.P. (1971). ‘Manual for Adjustment, Inventory for College Students’. Agra, Na onal Psychology Corpora on. Telford, C.W & Sawrey,J.M. (1967): ‘The Excep onal Individuals’ .New Jersey,Pren ce-Hall.

EDCI0021: CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT AND INSTRUCTION (3 credits - 45 hours) Objective: This course will explore the various types of curriculum and the relevance of its study. It will help to understand how curriculum takes a shape, how curricular decisions impact students in particular and the society in general. The objectives of the course are to enable students to understand how the pattern of education changes with time influenced by thinkers, to identify the various resources that can make impact in curriculum design, how different ideas are embodied in the existing curriculum and how different agendas are permeated through curriculum and to discern how to look for change and develop a curriculum of their own to meet educational and organizational goals. Module I: Understanding curriculum (6 hours) Contemporary defini on of curriculum; curriculum criteria, curriculum goals and values, basic principles of curriculum and instruc on Brainstorming session on the issues and trends of school/college curriculum Module II: Philosophical underpinnings of curriculum (15 hours) Curriculum types and Models of teaching: Social, Informa on Processing, Personalist, and Behavioral, Child-Centered, Society-Centered, Knowledge-Centered, or Eclec c; Goals and Philosophies of Educa on across changing educa on paradigms - Idealism, Realism, Perennialism, Essen alism, Experimentalism, Existen alism, Construc vism and Reconstruc vism Analysis of the philosophical underpinnings of the present day curriculum Module III: Approaches to curriculum development (10 hours) Tagore, Gandhi, Krishnamurthy, Plato, Dewey, Montessori, Don Bosco, Freire, Detailed discussion on the pedagogical approach of one of the above thinkers ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|332

Module IV: Curriculum development frameworks in 21st Century (6 hours) NCTE Framework for 21st Century Curriculum and Assessment; UNESCO - A Futures Perspec ve in the Curriculum, Learning Environment, Skills, Assessment, Professional Development; Curriculum and Future - Concepts from Social Sciences A review of the NCTE framework for 21st century Curriculum and Assessment Module V: Curriculum development and assessment (8 hours) Developing a curriculum document: Approach and organiza on, stages of curriculum development, guidelines of statutory bodies with regard to curriculum development – UGC, NCTE, NCF; Curriculum integra on: disciplines, media and technology; evalua ng and assessing a curriculum; Models of curriculum; Curriculum implementa on - Factors influencing curriculum implementa on Suggested Readings 1. Do rens, R. The Meaning of the Terms Curriculum and Syllabus, in The Primary School Curriculum, (France: UNESCO) pp79-89. 2. Dewey, J. The School and Society in Society and Educa on, Introduc on by Philip W. Jackson (Chicago: The University of Chicago Press) 3. Pring, R. Curriculum Integra on in The Curriculum: Content, Design and Development (ed), (London Ins tute of Educa on Bulle n, Spring). pp- 4-8. 4. Tyler Ralph, W. Basic Principles of Curriculum and Instruc on. (University of Chicago Press). 5. Vallance, E. Hiding the Hidden Curriculum in Curriculum Theory Network. Stanford University 4:1, pp 5-21 6. Kumar, Krishna. Origins of India’s ‘Textbook Culture from Compara ve Educa on Review 32(4) pp 452-464. 7. Bruner, J. Folk Pedagogies. In Leach, Jenny and Moon, Bob (eds) Learners and Pedagogy (pp4-20). London: Paul Chapman Publishing in Associa on with the Open University. 8. Keddie, Nell. Classroom Knowledge in Young, M.F. D. (ed), Knowledge and Control. (London: Collier Macmillan) 9. Coleman, J. The Concept of Equality of Educa onal Opportunity in Equality and Achievement in Educa on. (Boulder: Westview Press) 10. Winch, C. Construc ng Worthwhile Curricula in Quality and Educa on (Oxford: Blackwell) pp45-56 11. Akkari, A. Socializa on, Learning and Basic Educa on in Islamic Contexts in Educa onal Theories and Prac ces from Majority World (ed), Sage, New Delhi, pp220-244. 12. Bernstein, B. Class and Pedagogies: Visible and Invisible in Karabel and Hasley (ed) Power and Ideology in Educa on. (Oxford University Press) 13. Hoare. Q and Smith G. N. On Educa on in Selec on from The Prison Notebook of Antonio Gramsci (ed). (India: Orient Longman Pvt Ltd) 14. Freire, Paulo chapter 2 Pedagogy of the Oppressed (New York: Seabury Press) 15. Educa on for Poor: Quality and Relevance? Bri sh Journal of Sociology of Educa on 13(4) 16. Kohlberg, L and Meyer, R. Development as the Aim of Educa on Harvard Educa on review 42(4) 17. Tanner, Laurel N. The Meaning of Curriculum in Dewey’s Laboratory School (1896-1904) Journal of Curriculum Studies, 23(2) 101-117 18. Kumar, K. What is Worth Teaching? In What is Worth Teaching (Hyderabad, Orient Longman)

EDTP0022: PRINCIPLES AND TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING AND PEDAGOGY (3 Credits - 45 hours) Objective: The course on Principles and Techniques of Teaching and Pedagogy introduces the students to the concept, nature and scope of teaching. It also acquaints them with the principles, levels, strategies and skills of teaching. It will enable the students to understand the process of teaching and its various components. The theoretical perspective of teaching will help them in constructing the foundation of teaching while the models of teaching will guide them in practical aspects of teaching. Knowing the storehouse of teaching methods will enable the students to use them judiciously and wisely. Pedagogy will enable the students to understand teaching as an art and science. The students will also be able to update themselves with the innovative pedagogies. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|333

Module l: Concept and aspects of teaching (10 hours) Teaching: Concept, nature and scope; Teaching competency: Understanding the child, understanding the subject, contextualiza on, punctuality, regularity, integrity, humility, accountability, humanism, empathy, enthusiasm; Skills of teaching: Explaining, ques oning, s mulus varia on, reinforcement, achieving closure, etc.; Integra on of different teaching skills and Strategies of teaching: Autocra c, Permissive, Democra c. Study the biographies of famous teachers and develop teacher profiles within historical and contemporary perspectives. Module ll: Theories and models of teaching (10 hours) Principles and maxims of teaching; Theories of teaching: behaviourism, cogni vism, construc vism, co-opera ve approach; Models of teaching: informa on processing models, social models, behavioural models and personal models Demonstration on models of teaching by students Module III: Teaching Methods (15 hours) Teacher-centred methods: lecture, demonstra on, team-teaching, mastery learning strategy; Learner-centred methods: programmed learning, personalized system of instruc on, problem solving method; Ac vity-centred methods: seminar, workshops, peer-tutoring, group discussion, projects, heuris c method, panel discussion, brainstorming, symposium and role-play; Teaching aids: significance, types and uses Classroom teaching practice Module IV: Recent developments in Pedagogy (10 hours) Pedagogy: concept and significance; History of pedagogy: Indian, Greek and Roman history of pedagogy; Innova ve pedagogy: crossover learning, learning through argumenta on, incidental learning, learning by doing, embodied learning; Pedagogical approaches for diversity in society and its interface with the classroom Analysis of teaching in a real classroom situation Suggested Readings 1. Aggarwal, J. C. Principles, methods and techniques of teaching. Delhi: Vikas Pub House. 2. Anderson. L. W.et al. Interna onal Encyclopedia of Teaching and Training Educa on, Pergmon press. 3. Joyce, B. & Weil, M. Models of teaching. New Delhi: Pren ce Hall. 4. Jangira, N. K.Professional Encultura on: Innova ve Experiments in Teaching and Training, New Delhi; Bookworth of India. 5. Ashton-Warner, S. Teacher. New York: Simon & Schuster. 6. Hall, G. E. & Quinn, L. F. & Gollnick, D. M. Introduc on to Teaching: Making a Difference in Student Learning. Sage Publisher. 7. Puri, U. Teaching Techniques. ND: Pragun. 8. Sharma, B. L. & Saxena B. M. Methods of Teaching. Meerut: R. Lall. 9. Sharma, T. R. & Bhargava, R. Modern Teaching Aids. Agra: HP Bhargav Books.

EDTE0023: TEACHER EDUCATION (3 Credits - 45 hours) Objectives: The course in teacher education is designed to familiarize the students with the fundamentals of teacher education and the changes that were brought about as a result of the changes in the educational scenario. It will also enable the students to understand the concept and structure of teacher education, teaching as a profession and provide insight into the developments and trends in teacher education. Module I: Concept and Fundamentals of Teacher Education (13 hours) Meaning, nature and scope of teacher educa on; Aims and objec ves of teacher educa on; Historical perspec ves of teacher educa on - Kothari Commission, Na onal Commission on Teachers (1983-85), NPE (1986), Revised POA ( 1992 ); Recent developments in teacher educa on ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|334

NCF 2005, NKC 2007 & NCFTE 2009. History and status of Teacher Educa on in North East India. Problems and issues of Teacher Educa on in N.E. India. Comparative analysis of Teacher education in the past and present. Module II: Teaching as a Profession (12 hours) Approaches to teacher educa on: Behaviouris c and construc vist approaches; Modifica on of teaching behaviour: Simulated teaching, Flanders’ Interac on Analysis; Performance appraisal of teacher; Teacher effec veness; Code of conduct and ethics in teacher educa on. Classroom observation and analysis using Flanders’ Interaction Analysis Module III: Structure of Teacher Education Programmes (10 hours) Role of professional organiza ons and bodies of Teacher Educa on; Pre-service and In- service teacher educa on; Teacher educa on by open and distance learning; Role of different agencies in quality assurance – MHRD, UGC, NCERT, NCTE, SCERT, NAAC, RIE, SIE, IASE, UGC-HRDC Analysis of a distance learning teacher education programme Module IV: Recent trends in Teacher Education (10 hours) Internship, Prac ce teaching for developing an effec ve teacher, Integrated Teacher educa on programme; Ac on research; ICT in teacher educa on; preparing teachers for inclusive classrooms; Issues and challenges in teacher educa on. Analyse the course structure of an integrated teacher education programme. Suggested Readings 1. Aggarwal J.C.Teacher educa on, theory and prac ces. New Delhi: Doaba Home. 2. Altekur. A.S. Educa on in ancient India. Banaras: Nand kishore Bros. 3. Anderson.L.W.et al. Interna onal Encyclopedia of Teaching and Training Educa on. Pergmon press. 4. Biddle, B.J., and Ellena. Contemporary research on teacher-effec veness. 5. Buch. M.B. First survey of research in Educa on. Baroda: SERD. 6. Buch.M.B. Second survey of research in Educa on. Baroda: SERD. 7. Buch.M.B. Reading in in-service educa on. Sardar Patel Palasane, M.M. University. 8. Dunkin Michael J. The interna onal encyclopedia of teaching and teacher educa on, Pergmon educa on forum, Vol 4 no 12, New York. 9. Harvilas, S. and Naik .J.P. A history of educa on in India. Bombay: Macmillan and co. 10. Hi lilman, D.R. A model for a competency based teacher prepara on in Program-teacher educa on Forum, vol 4 no 12, New York. 11. Jangira N.K. Teacher training and teacher effec veness an experience in Teaching. New Delhi: Na onal Publishing House. 12. Kumar. T. P. Teacher educa on. APH Publishing Corpora on. 13. NCERT 1968: The Third Indian year book on educa on. New Delhi: NCERT. 14. NCTE, Teacher educa on curriculum (1978): A Framework. New Delhi: NCERT. 15. Shrimali .K.L. Be er teacher Educa on. New Delhi: Ministry of educa on Govt. of India.

EDME0024: MEASUREMENT AND EVALUATION IN EDUCATION (3 credits - 45 hrs) Objectives: The course aims at providing fundamental knowledge and skills on measurement and evaluation in education. It will also help the students to understand and evolve suitable and appropriate evaluation strategies while assessing performance. The course will acquaint the students with the functions, problems and current trends in educational measurement and enable them to develop basic skills and competencies in the use of various types of evaluation and assessment tools and techniques, their administration, analysis, interpretation, reporting and feedback and to construct a standardized test. Module I: Educational Measurement (7 hours) Overview of measurement and assessment; Types of measurement - psychological and physical; Func ons of measurement - Prognosis, Diagnosis, Research; Scales of measurement, Proper es and Types - Nominal, Ordinal, Equal interval, Ra o; General problems of measurement; High stakes' ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|335

tes ng, Performance and por olio assessment. Critical evaluation of the current trends in educational measurement Module II: Dimensions of Educational measurement and Evaluation (10 hours) Diagnos c, Ap tude, Achievement, Intelligence; Mode of assessment - formal, informal, forma ve, summa ve, con nuous, terminal, process, product, internal and external; Process of assessment Teacher-made test, standardized test, Norm reference test and criterion reference test. Review of Standford-Binet Test and General Aptitude Test Battery (GATB) Module III: Reliability and Validity of a Test (8 hours) a) Overview of reliability - Methods of es ma ng reliability with computa on - test retests method, Equivalent forms method, Split half method, Kuder-Richardson method; Inter-rater consistency; Interpre ng reliability coefficient; factors influencing reliability measures. b) Nature of validity, major considera ons in valida on – content considera on, construct considera on, test-criterion rela onship, considera on of consequences; Methods of es ma ng validity; factors influencing validity; Rela onship between reliability and validity. Practice session on estimating reliability and validity Module IV: Tools and techniques for educational measurement (10 hours) Overview of construc ng various types of objec ve tests; Guidelines for wri ng objec ve test items; Essay ques ons: forms, uses, guidelines for construc ng, scoring criteria. Interpre ve exercises: nature, forms, and uses of the interpre ve exercises, Advantages and limita ons Administration of a group test of intelligence using a standardized tool Module V: Standardization of a test (10 hours) Planning the test: Determining the objec ve and test specifica on, preparing the preliminary format - wri ng, arrangement, review and edi ng of test items; tryout of the test - administra on, scoring and item analysis; preparing the final form of the test - selec on of items, fixing the me limit, direc on to the examinee, prepara on of scoring key; administra on of the final form of the test - determining validity, reliability, norms, standard scores; manual of the test, interpreta on of test results, characteris cs and uses of standardized test. Students will prepare, administer and standardize a test, following the set procedures of standardization of a test Suggested Readings 1. Gregory, R. J. Psychological tes ng: History, principles and applica on. Delhi: Pearson Educa on pvt. Ltd. 2. Kaplan, R.M. & Saccuzzo, D. P. Psychological tes ng: Principles, applica ons, and issues. Kundli Haryana: Thomson Wadsworth. 3. Kubiszyn, T. & Borich, G. Educa onal tes ng and measurement: Classroom applica on and prac ce. Kundli Haryana: John Wiley &Sons, Inc. 4. Linn, R. L. & Gronlund, N. E. Measurement and assessment in teaching. New Delhi: Pearson Educa on. 5. Sharma, R. A. Essen als of measurement in educa on and psychology. Meerut: R. Lall Book Depot. 6. Sidhu, K. S. New approaches to measurement and evalua on. New Delhi: Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd. 7. Ebel, R. L. & Frisbie, D. A. Essen als of educa onal measurement. New Delhi: Pren ce-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. 8. Patel, R. N. Educa onal evalua on theory and prac ce. Mumbai, India: Himalaya Publishing House Pvt., Ltd. 9. Singh, A. K. Tests, measurements, and research methods in behavioural sciences. Patna: Bhara Bhawan Publishers and Distributors. 10. Swain, S. K., Pradhan, C., & Khatoi, P. K. Educa onal measurement sta s cs and guidance. New Delhi: Kalyani Publishers.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|336

EDPL0025: EDUCATIONAL LAW AND GOVERNMENT POLICY (4 credits - 60 Hours) Objective: The course on Educational Law and Government Policy provides students a foundation to understand the legal, ethical, and policy dimensions of education. It offers an introductory survey of government policy issues, commission reports and laws governing schools with a special emphasis on case law. Detailed discussions will be held on constitutional provisions related to education and minority issues while understanding RTE, RTI and other relevant laws and ordinances. Module I (10 Hours) Jurisprudence, Provisions of criminal and civil laws pertaining to educa onal ins tu ons; FIR; Arrest; Bail; Deten on; Search. Module II (15 Hours) Relevant provisions from the cons tu on of India rela ng to educa on; Minority ins tu on Act; Fundamental Rights (Ar cle 13, 15, 21A, 28 & 30); Fundamental Du es 51A; Direc ve Principles of State Policy (37); Fi h and sixth schedule provisions. Module III (5 Hours) Landmark judgments related to educa on Module IV (15 Hours) Government policies, commissions and recommenda ons; The Panchayats Act (243B, G); The Municipali es Act (243Q, W); Fi h and sixth schedule provisions Module V (15 Hours) The Right of Children to Free and Compulsory Educa on (RTE) Act, 2009; Right to Informa on (RTI) Act 2005; North-Eastern educa on code Suggested Readings 1. Ci zen’s charter 2. Jain, M. P. Indian Cons tu onal Law. Jain Book house. Delhi 3. Na onal Policy on Educa on 1986 4. Pandey, J.N. Cons tu onal Law. Jain Book house. Delhi 5. Report to the People on Educa on 2010-11 (MHRD) 6. Sadgopal, A. Right to educa on vs. right to educa on act. Social Scien st, 38(9/12), 17-50. h p://eoc.du.ac.in/RTE%20-%20 no fied.pdf

EDFM0026: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT AND ACCOUNTING (3 Credits - 45 hours) Objective: The purpose of this course is to provide students with working knowledge of accounts and finance in relation to education. The course will prepare students to understand taxation regulations related to education. Module I: Introduction Evalua on of Financial Accoun ng; Difference between Accoun ng and Book Keeping; Accoun ng Concepts; Principles, Bases and Policies. Module II: Journal Double Entry Accoun ng; Journal; Pos ng; Ledger. Module III: Balance Sheet Trial Balance; Final Account – Trading Account, Profit And Loss Account, Receipt And Payment Account; Income Expenditure Accounts; Balance Sheets. Module IV: Financial Management Decision Making; Meaning and Scope; Cost Analysis; Budgetary Control; Standard Cos ng; Financial Analysis; Relevant Cost; Management Accoun ng Framework; Func on of Management Accoun ng; ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|337

Internal Audit; School Accoun ng and Audi ng; Investment. Module V: Taxation Management Basic Concepts; Deduc on from Gross Total Salaries; Income From House, Property; Profits and Gains of Business and Profession; Capital Gains; Income from other Sources; Set off and Carry Forward of Losses; Assessment of Individuals and Computa on of Tax at Source, Assessment of Companies and Fringe Benefit and Service Tax. VAT/ GST. Suggested Readings 1. Block, S. B., G. A. Hirt, & B. R. Danielsen. Founda ons of Financial Management. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill/Irwin. 2. Das, K.R., Sinha, K.M., & Choudhury, P. Theory and prac ce of bookkeeping and accountancy. Guwaha : lawyers book stall. 3. Lal, J & Srivastva, S. Financial Accoun ng: Principles & Prac ces. New Delhi: Chand Publica ons. 4. Wilson, M. Advanced Accountancy. Chennai: Scitech Publica ons.

EDLE0027: LIFE SPAN DEVELOPMENT AND EDUCATION (3 Credits - 45 hours) Objectives: This paper gives an overview of cognitive, emotional, psycho-sexual, social and moral development during the lifespan of an individual. Various theories of understanding human development are presented and discussed with a view to enable students to understand human growth and development and the role of education in holistic development of an individual. Module I: Introduction to Life Span Development (8 hours) Life Span Perspec ve: Importance of studying Life-Span Development, Characteris cs of life-span development, Nature of Development, Scope of Life span development. Theories of Development (Brief discussion of all theories), Influence of Socializa on and Development. Analyze the role of education in socialization and development of the child. Module II: Biological Bases of Human Development and Anatomy of the Nervous system (14 hours) The Evolu onary perspec ve and Heredity-Environment Correla ons, gene c founda on, Concep on, effect of Teratogens on Prenatal Development, Neonatal health - Low birth weight, Neonatal Assessment; Neuron: Structure, types and func ons. Structure of the nervous system, physiological basis of the ac on poten al (neural response); Structure and func on of the brain: fore brain, mid brain, hind brain, cerebral cortex, temporal, parietal and occipital lobes; prefrontal cortex. The effect of hormones on the nervous system. Debate on heredity and environment: essential factors affecting human development. Module III: Physical development across life span (11 hours) Physical growth during childhood, adolescence and old-age brain development across life span, Bio-Psycho-Social health model, aging, biological theories of aging and death. Discussion on educational implications of stages of physical development Module IV: Emotional and Moral Development (12 hours) a) Development of Emo on, Temperament, A achment, Love, in macy, sexuality, self-iden ty, gender iden ty and personality across the life span. b) Theories of moral development. Changes in moral reasoning (Kohlberg’s Theory). Development of values, Religion, Spirituality and Meaning in Life, Fowler’s Theory ‘Emotions are springs of human actions’- A group discussion on teachers’ role in bringing about balanced emotional development of students Suggested Readings 1. Allyn and Bacon, S. M. An introduc on to Physiological Psychology. USA: Random House 2. Berk, L.E. Child Development. New Delhi: Pren ce Hall. 3. Bhaskar, R. Fundamentals of child psychology. Delhi: Swas k Publishers and Distributers 4. Carlson, N.R. Physiology of behaviour. Boston 5. Cha erje,C., Suhita, P., Priyadarshi,C. and Vijayaraghavan, M.(Eds). Discourses on Aging and Dying. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|338

6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.

Los Angeles: Sage Hurlock, E.B. Child development. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited Hurlock, E.B. A Life-Span Approach. New Delhi :Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited Leukel, F. Introduc on to physiological psychology. New Delhi: CPS Publishers Mallon, B. Dying, death and grief, working with adult bereavement. Los Angeles: Sage Mishra, A.K. Psychology of Aging. Jaipur: Sublime Publica ons Morgan, T.H and Steller, A.(1965).Physiological Psychology. New York: McGraw Hill Santrock, J.W. Life –Span development. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill Santrock,J.W. Child Development. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill Edi on Sharma,R. N. and Sharma, R. Child Psychology. New Delhi: Atlan c

EDLI0028: LEARNING AND INDIVIDUAL DIFFERENCES (3 Credits - 45 hours) Objectives: The course on Learning and Individual Difference provides the students an understanding of the concept of learning, its nature, scope, types and styles. It acquaints the students with the factors influencing learning. It introduces the students to the concept of Transfer of Learning, its types, theories and the educational implications of transfer of learning. It also provides insights to the students on individual difference, its determinants, types and its implications on learning in particular and educational programme as a whole. Module l: Understanding Learning (10 hours) Learning: Concept and Scope; Nature of learning: learning as a process and learning as an outcome; Laws of learning; Types of learning: factual, associa ons, conceptual, procedural, generaliza ons, principles and rules; Methods of effec ve learning; Learning curves - Types, features and its educa onal implica ons; Plateaus in Learning; Learning styles. Students analyze their own learning styles Module ll: Factors Influencing Learning (12 hours) Factors influencing learning - Intellectual, Emo onal, Physical and Social; Concept and nature of a en on, determinants of a en on, rela onship with interest; Concept, nature and types of mo va on – intrinsic, extrinsic and achievement; Learning and matura on; Learning to think, reason and solve problems Discuss the role of teacher in addressing various factors influencing learning Module III: Transfer of learning (10 hours) Transfer of learning - Concept, Importance, Nature; Types of transfer of learning; Theories of transfer of learning - Theory of mental discipline, Theory of iden cal elements, Theory of generaliza on and theory of ideals; Methods of enhancing transfer of learning Developing a narrative of personal experiences on the basis of transfer of learning in various situations Module IV: Individual Difference (13 hours) Concept of individual difference; Dimensions of individual difference; Determinants: Role of heredity and environment, their inter-rela onship; Types/varie es of individual differences Physical, mental, motor, emo onal, interest and ap tude, a tudes, social and moral development. Individual difference and educa on; Influence of individual differences on learning outcomes; Provisions for individual differences in educa onal ins tu ons; Implica ons of individual differences for organizing educa onal programmes Sharing session on the problems and issues related to individual differences as faced by the students Suggested Readings 1. Bhatnagar, S. Advanced Educa onal Psychology. Agra: Bhargava Book House. 2. Chand, T. Educa onal Psychology. Agra: Bhargava Book House. 3. Crow, R.B. & Crow, A. Educa onal Psychology. New Delhi: Eurasia Publishing House. 4. Dececee, J. P. The Psychology of Learning & Instruc on. New Delhi, Pren ce Hall. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|339

5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18.

Dhir, R.N. Educa onal Psychology. Chandigarh: Abhishek Publica on. Driscoll, M. P. Psychology of Learning for Instruc on. Boston, Allyn and Bacon Gagne, R. M. The Condi ons of Learning. New York, Rinehart &Winston Guilford, J.P. The Nature of Human Intelligence. New York: McGraw Hill. Hall, C & Hall, E. Human rela ons in educa on. Routledge. Holt, J. How children fail? Penguin. Hulac, D. M., & Benson, N. Ge ng Students to Work Smarter and Harder: Decreasing Off-Task Behaviour through Interpersonal Techniques. School Psychology Forum,5(1), 29-36. Judd, C.H. Educa onal Psychology, Guwaha : Nivedita DK Distribu ons. Kumar, K. What is worth teaching? Orient Black Swan. Kuppuswamy, B. Advanced Educa onal Psychology. Jalandhar: Jalandhar University M. Gauvain & M. Cole, (Eds). Readings on the development of children. New York: W. H. Freeman & Co. Mangal, S. K. Essen als of Teaching Learning and Informa on Technology. Ludhiana: Tandon Publishers. Mangal,S.K. Advanced Educa onal Psychology. New Delhi: Pren ce hall of India. Vygotsky, L. Interac on between learning and development. In Gauvain and Cole (Eds) Readings on the development of children. New York: Scien fic American books.

EDFE0101: FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION (4 credits – 60 hours) Objectives: This course on Foundations of Education aims at ● Acquainting students with the meaning, aims and objectives of education ● Providing the students with a holistic view of the forms and bases of education ● Helping them to identify the various dimensions of education and educational institutions ● Helping them to understand the importance and needs of child-centred education and the various methods of education Module I: Meaning, Aims and Objective of Education (16 hours) Educa on: meaning, concept, nature and Func ons - Narrow and broader concepts of educa on. Educa on as a process, a product and a discipline. Aims of educa on – individual, social and na onal aims. Objec ves of Educa on – Four pillars of educa on (Delor’s Report: Learning to Know, Learning to Be, Learning to Do, and Learning to Live Together). Module II: Forms and Bases of Education (15 hours) a) Forms of Educa on: Formal educa on, Informal educa on and non-formal Educa on – Meaning, concepts, nature and importance b) Bases of Educa on: philosophical, psychological, sociological and biological Module III: Dimensions of Education (14 hours) The learner, the teacher-quali es and responsibili es; curriculum and co-curricular ac vi es meaning and modern concept, need and importance; Educa onal Ins tu ons – school, family and social ins tu ons, religious ins tu ons, state, etc. – their roles in educa on. Module IV: Child-Centrism in Education and Educational Methods (15 hours) Prac ces and significance of child centered educa on; Play and play-way in educa on Kindergarten, Montessori, basic educa on and project method. Suggested Readings 1. Aggarwal, J.C. (2017). Theory and Principles of Educa on. New Delhi: Vikas Publishing. 2. Chakraborty. J.C (1982). Modern Educa on: Its aims and principles. Calcu a: S.Chakraborty. 3. Chandra, S.S. and Sharma, R.K (2004). Principles of Educa on. New Delhi: Atlan c Publisher. 4. Chaube. S.P and Chaube, A. (2007). Founda ons of Educa on. Noida: Vikas Publica on. 5. Daly. A. J. (2010). Social Network Theory and Educa onal Change. California: Harvard Educa on Press. 6. Gutek, G. L. (2004). The Montessori method. London: Rowman and Li lefield. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|340

7.

Hayden, M. and Thompson, J (eds.) (1998). Interna onal Educa on: Principles and Prac ce. London: Routledge Falmer Taylor & Francis Group. 8. Isaacs, B. (2012). Understanding the Montessori approach: Early years’ educa on in prac ce. New York: Routledge. 9. Kundu, D. and Tarun, R.M. (1990). Modern theory and principle of educa on. New Delhi: The world press private limited. 10. Saxena, N.R. S (2014). Philosophical and sociological founda ons of educa on. Meerut: Vinay Rakheja.

EDPF0102: PHILOSOPHICAL FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION (4 Credits – 60 credits) Objectives: This course aims to ● assist learners to understand the theoretical bases of education. ● help students to reflect upon the philosophical ideologies of Western and Indian thinkers. ● develop in the students an understanding of the link between educational philosophy and national values ● make students comprehend the basics of Philosophy of Knowledge and Value as a part of education. Module I: Philosophy and Education (10 hours) Introduc on to the historical and philosophical tradi ons in educa on - Socrates and philosophical ideals, rela onship and influence of philosophy on educa on Module II: Western and Indian Philosophical ideologies (15 hours) Compara ve analysis of Western and Indian Philosophical ideologies: a) Indian: Swami Vivekananda, Rabindranath Tagore, Mahatma Gandhi, Aurobindo Ghosh, Krishnamur . b) Western: Plato, Jean Jacques Rousseau, Friedrich Froebel, John Dewey, Paulo Freire. Module III: Schools of Philosophy and National Values (15 hours) a) Indian schools of Philosophy: Vedic philosophies and Buddhism - in terms of knowledge, reality and value. b) Western Schools of Philosophy: Idealism, Naturalism, Pragma sm, Realism, Humanism: special reference to principles, aims of educa on, curriculum, teaching methods, teacher, discipline, role and place of student. c) Inculca on of core na onal values as enshrined in the Cons tu on of India Module IV: Education and Epistemology (10 hours) Knowledge - Nature, role of knowledge, scien fic inquiry, senses and feelings, experience (empiricism), reasoning and logic - induc ve and deduc ve Module V: Education and Axiology (10 hours) Values - conceptual basis, need and importance, role of educa on, morality and ac ons, aesthe cs, ethics - Kan an ethics, responsibility and freedom Suggested Readings 1. Ayer, A.J.,The Problem of Knowledge. Penguin. 2. Dewey, J., Democracy and Educa on. Macmillan, New York. 3. Dewey, J., Experience and Educa on. Macmillan, New York. 4. Durkheim, E., Educa on and Sociology. Free Press, Chicago. 5. Froebel, F , The Educa on of Man. Fairfield, Kelley, New Jersey. 6. Hirst, P.H., Knowledge and the Curriculum. Routledge and Kegan Paul. 7. Hirst, P.H. and Peters, The Logic of Educa on. Routledge and Kegan Paul. 8. Hobbes, T., Leviathan. Collier-Macmillan. 9. Hume, D.,. An Enquiry Concerning Human Understanding. La Salle. 10. Kant, I.,Cri que of Pure Reason. Dent. 11. Moore, T.W.,. Educa onal Theory: An Introduc on. Routledge and Kegan Paul. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|341

12. Peters, R.S., Ethics and Educa on. Allen and Unwin.

EDTP0103: THEORIES AND PRINCIPLES OF EDUCATION (3 Credits - 45 hours) Objectives: The objectives of this course are: ● to acquaint the students of Education with the fundamental aspects of education, with special reference to the dimensions of education suggested by Ducasse ● to give them an understanding of the process of conscious learning and issues in formal discipline ● to develop a critical outlook towards current trends in education Module I: Understanding ‘Education’ (10 hours) Divergent descrip on of Educa on, educa on as a process, func ons of educa on (context of individual and social aim, factors influencing func ons), educa on and schooling, educa on and indoctrina on, heredity and educa onal a ainment, individual differences in educa on. Module II: Facets of Education (12 hours) a) Aspects of educa on - explana on, interpreta on, applica on, perspec ve, empathy, self-knowledge. b) Ducasse’s dimensions of educa on - intellectual educa on, physical educa on,voca onal educa on, educa on in social dexterity, educa on of the will, aesthe c educa on, moral and religious educa on, liberal educa on. Module III: Conscious Learning and Formal Discipline (10 hours) a) Conscious Learning - factors in conscious learning, the evolu on of judgement, the evolu on of ideas. b) Formal Discipline - rise of the concept of formal discipline, cri cism by psychologists, posi ve discipline as formal discipline. Module IV: Current trends in Education (13 hours) a) Indian cons tu on and educa on, globaliza on and educa on, priva za on in educa on, moderniza on of Indian educa on b) Developing trends in environmental educa on, value educa on, human rights educa on etc. Suggested Readings 1. Moore, T.W. Punishment and Educa on. Proceedings of the Philosophy of Educa on Society of Great Britain. 2. Newman, J.H. On the Scope and Nature of University Educa on. Dent. 3. Peters, R.S. Essays on Educators. Allen & Unwin. 4. Piaget, J. The Moral Judgment of the Child. Routledge & Kegan Paul. 5. Plato. The Republic. Penguin. 6. Rousseau, J.J. Emile. Dent. 7. Ryle, G. The Concept of Mind. Penguin. 8. Scheffler, I. The Language of Educa on. Charles C.Thomas. 9. Snook, I.A. Indoctrina on and Educa on. Routledge & Kegan Paul. 10. Spencer, H. Educa on. Dent. 11. Skinner, B.F. Walden Two. Macmillan, New York. 12. White, P.A. Democracy and the Public Interest in the Philosophy of Educa on, Oxford Readings in Philosophy. Oxford University Press

EDES0104: EDUCATION AND SOCIETY (3 credits – 45 hours) Objectives: This course on Education and Society will enable the students to: ● Understand and describe the relationship between society and education ● Elaborate on the roles played by education in bringing about social change ● Appreciate the importance of education for social change, national integration and international ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|342



understanding in a diverse social context Identify current social problems and suggest ways and means to tackle them.

Module I: Sociology and Education and Agencies of Education (12 hours) Meaning of educa onal sociology and sociology of educa on; rela onship between sociology and educa on; sociological determinants of educa on; agencies of educa on - family, school, community, religious ins tu ons, state Module II: Education, culture and social change (10 hours) Meaning, concept, nature and components of culture, their role in transmission and preserva on of culture; cultural lag and cultural change; social change – social mobility, stra fica on and the roles of educa on in bringing about change in social change Module III: Education and Society (15 hours) Educa on and social groups - types of groups, social interac on and its educa onal implica ons, socializa on - concept, factors and implica ons; educa on for na onal integra on, interna onal understanding and democracy. Module IV: Current Social Problems in India (8 hours) Equaliza on of educa onal opportuni es; role of educa on in solving social problems such as illiteracy, nutri on, sanita on and unemployment; lifelong educa on Suggested Readings 1. Dash, B.N. (2004). Teacher and Educa on in Emerging Society. New Delhi: Neel Kamal Publica on 2. Gul, S. B. and Khan, Z. N. (2010). Philosophical and sociological founda ons of educa on. Create Space. 3. Khana, S.D. (2000). Educa on in the Emerging Indian Society. Delhi: Doaba House. 4. Kumar, T.P and Talawar, M. S. (2010). Philosophical and sociological founda ons of educa on. Mumbai: Himalaya publishing house. 5. Sachdeve, M.S. and Sharma, K.K. (2015). Contemporary India and Educa on. United States: Twenty first century publica ons. 6. Saxena, N.R. S. (2014). Philosophical and sociological founda ons of educa on. Meerut: Vinay Rakheja. 7. Sharma, M (2011). Philosophical and sociological founda on of educa on. Guwaha : Eastern Book House. 8. Sharma, R.S. (1998). Perspec ve in Modern Educa on. Delhi: Neel Kamal Publica on. 9. Singh, Y.K. (2008). Sociological founda ons of educa on. New Delhi: A P H Publishing Corpora on. 10. Singh, Y.K.(2000). Educa on in Modern India. New Delhi: Deep and Deep Publica ons.

EDLE0105: LIFE SKILLS EDUCATION (3 credits – 45 hours) Objectives: A holistic approach to the human body, mainly the connection between the brain and the body will enhance learning and growth. With this in mind, the course on Life Skills Education aims to ● train the students to integrate academic skills with physical skills and competency development ● prepare and provide the students with intrinsic motivation to achieve their goal of life Module I: Understanding of Life Skills (13 hours) Skills and life skills; Origin and development of Life Skills; Understanding life skills; Significance of life skills; Introduc on to 10 core skills: Social, thinking and coping skills. Module II: Social skills (12 hours) Understanding self - self-concept, self-esteem, self-control, self-realiza on, self-awareness; Communica on - types, styles, barriers, skills of effec ve communica on; Interpersonal rela onships - healthy rela onship, Empathy: altruism, empathy and voluntarism.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|343

Module III: Cognitive skills (10 hours) Cogni ve skills - nature, elements, types; Cri cal thinking - nature, stages; Crea ve thinking - nature, stages; Problem solving: factors, steps; Decision making - process, need, consequences. Module IV: Coping Skills (10 hours) Coping with emo on: defini on, characteris cs, types, classifica on - wheel model, two dimensional approach, coping strategies; Coping with stress: stressors, sources of stress; General adap ve syndrome model of stress coping strategies Suggested Readings 1. Bharath, S., & Kumar, K. K. Health Promo on Using Life Skills Educa on Approach for Adolescents in Schools--Development of a Model. Journal of Indian Associa on For Child And Adolescent Mental Health, 4(1), 5-11. 2. Compton, N. The Indispensable Book of Prac cal Life Skills, Hammond 3. Dudhade, B. A. Life Skills Educa on, Neelkamal Publica on 4. Forde, S. D. Look a er Yourself, or Look a er One Another? An Analysis of Life Skills in Sport for Development and Peace HIV Preven on Curriculum. Sociology of Sport Journal, 31(3), 287-303. 5. Jeeraporn, K., Rutja, P., Nantawon, S., Villarruel, A. M., & Dechavudh, N. The Effect of a Parent Training Program, In Conjunc on with a Life Skills Training Program for School-age Children, on Children's Life Skills, and Parents' Child-rearing Skills and Percep ons of Support for Child Life Skills Development. Pacific Rim Interna onal Journal of Nursing Research, 17(1), 3-27. 6. Kar, A. K. Importance of Life Skills for the Professionals of 21st Century. IUP Journal of So Skills, 5(3), 35-45. 7. Mitra, B. Personality Development and So Skills, Oxford University Press 8. Pestalozzi,T. Life Skills 101: A Prac cal Guide to Leaving Home and Living on Your Own, Stonewood Publica ons 9. Pharaoh, H., Frantz, J., & Smith, M. Life skills as predictors of engagement in health risk behaviours: A survey of secondary school learners. African Journal for Physical, Health Educa on, Recrea on & Dance, 70-81. 10. Rao, K. R. & Dinakar, P. Life Skills Educa on, Neelkamal Publica on 11. Tro er, C., & Robitaille, S. Fostering Life Skills Development in High School and Community Sport: A Compara ve Analysis of the Coach's Role. Sport Psychologist, 28(1), 10-21. 12. Verma, S. Development of Life Skills and Professional Prac ce (WBSCTE), Vikas Publica ons 13. Woi tz, J. G. & Garner, Alan. Life Skills for Adult Children, Health Communica ons publica ons 14. Shankar, R. The Art of Stress - Free Living, Neelkamal Publica ons 15. Nair, V. Master of Life Skills, HarperCollins India 16. Friel, J. & Friel, L. Adult Children: Secrets of Dysfunc onal Families, Health Communica ons.

EDGE0106: GENDER EDUCATION (4 credits - 60 hours) Objectives: The course on Gender Education aims to ● provide a critical perspective on the gendered structure of society covering an array of sectors ● understand the concept and importance of gender justice and equality. ● analyze the status of education of girls in schools and develop an insight into policy, perspectives, issues and concerns of girl’s education in India ● To sensitize students about the gender issues in general and education in particular Module I: Gender studies (13 hours) Concept, Need, Scope; Gender studies as an academic discipline; Gender and Economy and Work Par cipa on; Gender and globaliza on; Gender and educa on Module II: Identification of structures of domination and control (12 hours) Society, Family and school in India; Issues in school educa on - Problems of access, enrollment, reten on, stagna on, drop-out and push out; Higher Educa on and Professional Spaces. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|344

Module III: Gender and Education (10 hours) Gender as the Basis of Inequality - Issue of patriarchy, hierarchy, power, dominance, subjuga on; gender disparity in Educa on – gender bias in school curriculum, Andro construc on of knowledge and educa onal goals from gender perspec ve. Module IV: Issues of Indian women (10 hours) Family, caste, class, culture, religion related issues; Women’s educa on; Co-educa on - its educa onal implica ons; Literacy and Non-formal educa on for women’s development; Educa on of Girl child in India: present status and challenges ahead Module V: Women’s Movements and routes towards change (15 hours) Pre-independent, post Independent and current women's movements; Na onal commi ees and commissions for women; governmental and non-governmental organiza ons for women and child development; Community par cipa on for educa on of the girl child; Cons tu onal provisions, policies, programmes for women. Suggested Readings 1. Apple,Michael W. & Smith,Chris an L.(ed.) The Poli cs of the Textbook, Routledge,New York. 2. Bhasin,Kamla. What is Patriarchy? Kali for Women,New Delhi 3. Bhog,Dipta. Gender and Curriculum, Review of Women Studies, Economic and Poli cal Weekly,37(17):1638-1642 4. Chakravar ,Uma. Rewri ng History;The Life and Times of Pandita Ramabai. OUP;Delhi. 5. Geetha,V. Gender: Stree; Kolkata. 6. Giroux,H . Ideology,Culture and the Process of Schooling. Falmer Press,London 7. Kumar,Krishna. What is Worth Teaching,Orient Blackswan, Delhi 8. MHRD-Ramamurty Commi ee Report (1990)-Towards enlightened and humane society, Delhi 9. Narasaiah. M.L. Women, Children and Poverty. New Delhi: Discover Publishing House 10. NCERT-Na onal Curriculum Framework 2005, N.C.E.R.T. New Delhi 11. NCERT-Na onal Curriculum Framework 2005 Posi on Paper no. 3.1 by Na onal Focus Group on Problems of Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribe Children,N.C.E.R.T. New Delhi 12. NCERT-Na onal Curriculum Framework 2005 Posi on Paper no.3.2 by Na onal Focus Group on Gender issues in Educa on, N.C.E.R.T. New Delhi 13. NCERT-Na onal Curriculum Framework for School Educa on 2000, N.C.E.R.T. New Delhi 14. Parvin, M.R. Empowerment of Women: Strategies and Systems for Gender Jus ce. New Delhi: Dominant Publishers 15. Rao. D.B. Educa on for Women. New Delhi: Discover Publishing House 16. Rao. D.B. Interna onal Encyclopedia of Women. New Delhi: Discover Publishing House 17. Sindhuja, P. Economic Empowerment of Women through Self-Help Groups. New Delhi: Discover Publishing House 18. Skelton, C. The SAGE Handbook of Gender and Educa on. New Delhi: Sage

EDJG6002: JOURNALING - A TECHNIQUE FOR PERSONAL AND ACADEMIC GROWTH (3 credits) Journaling is a strategy for making sense of experiences. The objec ve of journaling is to develop in students a reflec on that can be described as an inner dialogue with oneself whereby a person calls forth his or her own experiences, beliefs, and percep ons about an idea; informing and transforming func ons of knowledge; and a conscious and systema c mode of thought. This is to nurture in future educa onal leaders a sense of reflec ve prac ce. Each student is required to maintain a reflec ve journal, using the Visible Thinking Rou ne (Harvard), as a cri cal structure for guiding their journal wri ng. The students are to submit the journal on every Friday. Journaling have to be done six days of the week. At the end of the semester, the student will be awarded a grade/marks a er assessing the learning.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|345

During the semester, students have to visit a school in pairs at least ten mes and conduct an audit. The audit reports need to be submi ed in scien fic format at the end of the semester a er the presenta on. Marks will be awarded a er assessing the work. Suggested Readings 1. Davies, M. (2011). Concept mapping, mind mapping and argument mapping: what are the differences and do they ma er?. Higher educa on, 62(3), 279-301. Retrieved from h p://download.springer.com on 19th July 2016 2. Dhankar, Rohit (2013). Can reflec ve prac ce be taught? Teacher Plus 2013. (h p://www.teacherplus.org/cover-story/can-reflec ve-prac ce-be-taught) 3. Hubbs, D. L., and Brand, C. F. (2005). The paper mirror: Understanding reflec ve journaling. Journal of Experien al Educa on, 28(1), 60-71. 4. Liuolienė, A., and Me ūnienė, R. (2009). Students' Learning Through Reflec ve Journaling. Coac vity / Santalka, 17(4), 32-37. doi:10.3846/1822-430X.2009.17.4.32-37 5. Lowe, G. M., Prout, P., and Murcia, K. (2013). I See, I Think I Wonder: An Evalua on of Journaling as a Cri cal Reflec ve Prac ce Tool for Aiding Teachers in Challenging or Confron ng Contexts. Australian Journal Of Teacher Edu

EDES6003/EDES6009: EDUCATIONAL SEMINAR I/EDUCATIONAL SEMINAR II (2 credits) During the course of the programme, students are expected to present a series of seminars which will address fundamental intellectual, conceptual and prac cal issues in current educa onal philosophy and applica on. They may also deal with other relevant topics such as use of ICT in educa on, design of new and innova ve curricula, methodological issues in educa on, etc. Students will be assisted through guest lectures, discussions, field work in educa on related ins tu ons and ac ve engagement with faculty members. During these interac ons students will be provided with an opportunity to explore how best to bring new interdisciplinary scholarship, technology and cri cal thinking into the development of the chosen seminar area. They will also consider alterna ve pedagogic strategies, teaching techniques and technologies. Students will prepare and present a final paper based on these seminars. The course will be evaluated on the basis of the seminars and the final paper.

EDSV6004: SCHOOL VISITS (2 Credits) Objective: School visits provide an opportunity to the students, to experience the ground reality of the schools. During their visit to the schools, the students can experience a new environment, meet new people, and also offer their services to the schools. It is also helpful for the students to clarify, establish, co-relate and co-ordinate accurate concepts regarding the various schools that they plan to visit - interpretations and appreciations and enable them to make their learning about the schools more concrete, effective, interesting, inspirational, meaningful and vivid. Through school visits, the understanding on schools concepts and phenomena may be easily clarified and assimilated. They can get to know about the proper functioning and management of schools, along with the teaching-learning process. The students are required to maintain a journal and submit a written periodical report. They are also expected to make a presentation of his/her experiences during the school visits. Students will be required to produce a certificate from the Head of the Institution regarding his/her performance in the Institutions they have visited. The focus of school visits would be mostly on ● Enabling resources of school: availability, adequacy and usability ● Teaching-learning and Assessment ● Productive community participation. ● Analysis of school syllabus and textbooks. ● Inclusion, health and safety ● School leadership and management. Assessment of School visits ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|346

● ● ●

Mentors will be allo ed for each student. It will be the responsibility of the respec ve mentors to allot marks for the student’s individual reflec ve journals. A presenta on will be made by all the students for upda ng their review progress and for adequate feedback from the faculty members. Marks shall be allo ed to each students in accordance with the performance of the tasks men oned above. Students shall also be required to prepare a report, analysing the experiences of the school visits.

Basis of Assessment Reflec ve journals Presenta on made on the basis of review progress for faculty feedback. Objec ve assessment based on the tasks (Presenta on) Total

Marks 20 20 60 100

EDDI6005: DISSERTATION PHASE I (2 Credits) Every student shall undertake a research project work under the supervision and guidance of a faculty member. The students are expected to complete the literature review and present a research proposal during the first phase. The dates, mode and components of evaluation and the weightages attached to them shall be published by the department at the beginning of the semester.

EDSA6006: SCHOOL AUDIT (2 credit) ‘School’ is the core of any educational endeavour. Understanding school as a unit of the education system is central to the programme on education. The need for effective schools and improving school performance to provide quality education for children is being increasingly felt in the Indian education system. The quality initiatives in school education sector necessitate focusing on school, the idea and standard of a good school, its performance and improvement. Therefore, a growing emphasis is being placed upon developing a school audit programme, as central to school improvement. The school audit is part of the academic activity that a student should take up in order to have a comprehensive and conclusive idea of a school. The followings are the objec ves and the ra onale of a school audit: ● To analyze the uniqueness of each school in its context, size, condi ons and resources ● To evaluate the incorpora on of the spirit of Na onalism and na onal values among the students in the school ● To evaluate the school- its performance and maintaining standard ● To cri cally analyze the ongoing school prac ces, iden fy its strengths and areas for improvement ● To enrich our students with teaching-learning prac ces through reflec on and collec ve sharing of experiences ● To ins ll in the students the concept of an ideal school that embraces changes and encourages sustainable transforma on The expected outcomes of the school audit Students conduc ng school audit will develop an understanding about various parameters of a ‘quality school’. They will get an opportunity to prac ce systema c observa on and analysis of various ac vi es carried out in the schools. Through school audit students will also imbibe the ability of cri cally and construc vely looking into the school prac ces as a step towards building a good school. It will enable them to appreciate the need of a quality school. As the students undertake school audit, faculty members will guide, supervise and accompany the students through conceptual understanding of school audit, the process of audi ng and factual ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|347

repor ng. Students are required to maintain a weekly journal of the school audit and submit the same to the department. At the end of the semester, the students are expected to come out with the audit report of the school and make a final presenta on in the department. The final document of school audit will be kept with the department and a copy of it will be sent to the concerned school. The final audit report of the school submi ed by the students will be a an appraisal of the performance of the school and the roles and func ons of various stakeholders of the school. It will help them in clarifying the roles and responsibili es of the staff and management of the school. It will guide them to cri cally look at the effec veness of their style of func oning and the types of ac vi es incorporated in their system of educa on. Further, this exercise will be a tool to cross examine their system of educa on and the future outlook of the school. More importantly, it will help the school to iden fy its strengths and weaknesses and to recognize the areas where improvements can be made and the scope for being the best school. Assessment of School Audit ● A presenta on will be made by all the students during the mid of the semester, for upda ng their review progress and for adequate feedback from the faculty members. ● Marks could be allo ed to each student as per the tasks men oned above so that there is objec vity in assessment. A report, analysing the experiences of the school visits has also to be prepared.

Basis of Assessment Reflec ve journals Presenta on made on the basis of review progress for faculty feedback Objec ve assessment based on the tasks (Presenta on) Total Marks

Marks 30 20 50 100

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|348

DEPARTMENT OF LANGUAGE STUDIES LSCE0001: COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH I ( 2 credits – 30 hours) Objective: The objective of this course is to equip the learners with the basic skills of effective communication in English language in all real life contexts, with a reasonable fluency and clarity. The course is intensely practice oriented and it specifically attempts to: ● Familiarize the students with the basic tools of oral communication. ● Teach the students to use grammar in meaningful contexts. ● To enable the students to communicate in English confidently. Module I: Essential grammar of English: An Introduction (10 hours) Parts of speech; Basic sentence structures; Ar cles; Preposi ons; Person and number; Tenses and their uses; Subject –verb agreement; Vocabulary building; Common idioms and phrases Module II: Basic tools of oral communication in English (4 hours) a) Syllables, stress –pa ern and intona on b) Consonants, vowels and diphthongs c) Differences between spoken and wri en English Module III: Functional English: Situational Conversation Practice (7 hours) a) At the post office, bank, hotel b) At the doctors’, At the chemists, In the library c) At the market, Tailors’, At the garage d) In the kitchen, With a close friend , At a wedding e) Gree ngs, small talk, congratula ons, condolences, offers, invita ons Module IV: Functional English: Structural Conversation Practice (6 hours) Telephone conversa on, Interviewing a film star; At a travel agent’s, An interview; Buying, Hiring a taxi, buying a motor cycle; Agreement, disagreement; Hypothe cal condi ons, likelihood; Public speaking: Speeches of great men; Interjec on, exclama on, emo on emphasis; Expressions of hope, disappointment, surprise, concern, worry; Willingness, wish, inten on; Commands, requests, advice, promise, threat. Module V: Non-Detailed Study: Reading and comprehension (3 hours) Short stories and poems 1. The Blind Dog - RK Narayan 2. The Gi of the Magi - O Henry 3 The End of the Party - Graham Greene 4. Civility is all that Counts - SJ Duncan 5. The Herb Seller - Yengkhom Indira 6. Nothing Gold Can Stay - Robert Frost 7. Night of the Scorpion - Nissim Ezekiel Suggested Readings 1. Leech, Geoffrey and Jan Svartvik, A Communica ve Grammar of English, Third edi on, Pearson Educa on, 2002. 2. Sasikumar,V and Dhamija, P.V, Spoken English, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi. 3. Taylor, Grant, English Conversa on Prac ce, Tata McGraw Hill, 1975. 4. Dixon, Robert J., Everyday Dialogues in English, Pren ce Hall India, 2006. 5. Apte, Madhabi, A Course in English Communica on, Pren ce Hall India, 2007. 6. Seely, John, The Oxford Guide to Wri ng and Speaking, Oxford. 7. Platho am, George, Public Speaking: Resource Book for Effec ve Communica on, Don Bosco Publica ons, Guwaha , 2007. 8. An Anthology of Short Stories, prepared by Department of Humani es and Social Sciences, Assam Don Bosco University, for private circula on, 2014. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|349

LSCE0002: COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH II (2 credits – 30 hours) Objectives: 1. To develop an awareness in the students about writing as an exact and formal skill 2. To equip them with the components of different forms of writing 3. To enable the students to study academic subjects with greater facility through the theoretical and practical components of their text books. 4. To develop the study skills and communication skills necessary in formal and informal situations. 5. To prepare them to face interviews and group discussions Module I: Basics of Business Communication (6 hours) Effec ve communica ons—benefits, methods, barriers, flow Speaking, listening, non-verbal, telephonic communica ons Use of English language in business—gramma cal terms, subject-verb agreement, punctua on, some basic gramma cal rules Module II: Business Letters (5 hours) a) Introduc on—layout, structure, categories of business le er b) Rules of good wri ng c) Recruitment correspondence—applica on, CV, interview, offer, acceptance, etc. d) Technical report wri ng Module III: Telecommunication (3 hours) a) Fax and e-mail b) Internet, intranet, extranet Module IV: Internal communication (5 hours) a) Memos - structure, tone b) Reports - formal, informal c) Proposals d) Mee ngs, minutes, agenda Module V: Persuasive communication (4 hours) a) Circulars, sales le ers b) Publicity materials - Public rela ons, news release, news le ers c) No ce, adver sements, leaflets Module VI: Visual and oral communications (4 hours) a) Forms and ques onnaires b) Visual presenta on—methods, charts, diagrams c) Wri ng summaries d) Oral presenta on—reading and giving speech Module VII: Non-Detailed Study: Reading and comprehension (3 hours) Short stories and poems 1. Engine Trouble - RK Narayan 2. The Mouse - HH Munro 3. The Rocking-Horse Winner - DH Lawrence 4. Travel the Road - Mamang Dai 5. Haflong Hills - Kallol Choudhury 6. Self-Portrait – A.K. Ramanujan 7. The Solitary Reaper – William Wordsworth Suggested Readings 1. Taylor Shirely, Communica on for Business: A Prac cal Approach, Fourth edi on, Pearson Educa on, 2005. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|350

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Rutherford, Andrea J., Basic Communica on Skills for Technology, Pearson Educa on, 2001. Mitra, Barun K, Effec ve Technical Communica on, OUP, 2006. Sen, Leena, Communica on Skills, Pren ce Hall India, 2007. Brian, M.H. Robinson, et al, Communica ve Competence in Business English, Orient Longman, 1988. Kaul, Asha, Effec ve Technical Communica on, Pren ce Hall, 2006. The Oxford Anthology of Wri ngs from North -East India (Fic on) edited by Tilo oma Misra, OUP, 2011

LSBC0003: BUSINESS COMMUNICATION I ( 2 credits – 30 hours) Objective: The objective of this course is to equip the students of Business and Commerce with the basic skills of effective communication in English language in all relevant real life contexts, with a reasonable fluency and clarity. The course is intensely practice oriented and it specifically attempts to: ● Familiarize the students with the basic tools of oral communication. ● Teach the students to use grammar in meaningful contexts. ● To enable the students to communicate in English confidently. Module I: Essential grammar of English: An Introduction (10 hours) Parts of speech; Basic sentence structures; Ar cles; Preposi ons; Person and number; Tenses and their uses; Subject –verb agreement; Vocabulary building; Common idioms and phrases Module II: Basic tools of oral communication in English (4 hours) a) Syllables, stress –pa ern and intona on b) Consonants, vowels and diphthongs c) Differences between spoken and wri en English Module III: Functional English: Situational Conversation Practice (7 hours) a) At the post office, bank, hotel b) At the doctors’, At the chemists, In the library c) At the market, Tailors’, At the garage d) In the kitchen, With a close friend , At a wedding e) Gree ngs, small talk, congratula ons, condolences, offers, invita ons Module IV: Functional English: Structural Conversation Practice (6 hours) Telephone conversa on, Interviewing a film star; At a travel agent’s, An interview; Buying, Hiring a taxi, buying a motorcycle; Agreement, disagreement; Hypothe cal condi ons, likelihood; Public speaking: Speeches of great men; Interjec on, exclama on, emo on emphasis; Expressions of hope, disappointment, surprise, concern, worry; Willingness, wish, inten on; Commands, requests, advice, promise, threat. Module V: Non-Detailed Study: Reading and Comprehension (3 hours) Short stories and poems a. The Blind Dog - RK Narayan b. The Gi of the Magi - O Henry c. The End of the Party - Graham Greene d. Nothing Gold Can Stay - Robert Frost e. Night of the Scorpion - Nissim Ezekiel Suggested Readings 1. Leech, Geoffrey and Jan Svartvik, A Communica ve Grammar of English, Third edi on, Pearson Educa on, 2002. 2. Sasikumar,V and Dhamija, P.V, Spoken English, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi. 3. Taylor, Grant, English Conversa on Prac ce, Tata McGraw Hill, 1975. 4. Dixon, Robert J., Everyday Dialogues in English, Pren ce Hall India, 2006. 5. Apte, Madhabi, A Course in English Communica on, Pren ce Hall India, 2007. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|351

6. 7. 8.

Seely, John, The Oxford Guide to Wri ng and Speaking, Oxford. Platho am, George, Public Speaking: Resource Book for Effec ve Communica on, Don Bosco Publica ons, Guwaha , 2007. An Anthology of Short Stories, prepared by Department of Humani es and Social Sciences, Assam Don Bosco University, for private circula on, 2014.

LSBC0004: BUSINESS COMMUNICATION II (2 credits – 30 hours) Objectives: 1. To develop an awareness in the students about writing as an exact and formal skill 2. To equip them with the components of different forms of writing 3. To equip the students to study academic subjects with greater facility through the theoretical and practical components of their text books. 4. To develop the study skills and communication skills necessary in formal and informal situations. 5. To prepare them to face interviews and group discussions Module I: Basics of Business Communication (6 hours) Effec ve communica ons—benefits, methods, barriers, flow Speaking, listening, non-verbal, telephonic communica ons Use of English language in business—gramma cal terms, subject-verb agreement, punctua on, some basic gramma cal rules Module II: Business Letters (5 hours) a) Introduc on—layout, structure, categories of business le er b) Rules of good wri ng c) Recruitment correspondence—applica on, CV, interview, offer, acceptance, etc. d) Technical report wri ng Module III: Telecommunication (3 hours) a) Fax and e-mail b) Internet, intranet, extranet Module IV: Internal communication (5 hours) a) Memos - structure, tone b) Reports - formal, informal c) Proposals d) Mee ngs, minutes, agenda Module V: Persuasive communication (4 hours) a) Circulars, sales le ers b) Publicity materials - Public rela ons, news release, news le ers c) No ce, adver sements, leaflets Module VI: Visual and oral communications (4 hours) a) Forms and ques onnaires b) Visual presenta on—methods, charts, diagrams c) Wri ng summaries d) Oral presenta on—reading and giving speech Module VII: Non-Detailed Study: Reading and comprehension (3 hours) Short stories and poems a. Engine Trouble - RK Narayan b. The Mouse - HH Munro c. The Rocking-Horse Winner - DH Lawrence d. Travel the Road - Mamang Dai e. Haflong Hills - Kallol Choudhury ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|352

f. g.

Self-Portrait – A.K. Ramanujan The Solitary Reaper – William Wordsworth

Suggested Readings 1. Taylor Shirely, Communica on for Business: A Prac cal Approach, Fourth edi on, Pearson Educa on, 2005. 2. Rutherford, Andrea J., Basic Communica on Skills for Technology, Pearson Educa on, 2001. 3. Mitra, Barun K, Effec ve Technical Communica on, OUP, 2006. 4. Sen, Leena, Communica on Skills, Pren ce Hall India, 2007. 5. Brian, M.H. Robinson, et al, Communica ve Competence in Business English, Orient Longman, 1988. 6. Kaul, Asha, Effec ve Technical Communica on, Pren ce Hall, 2006. 7. The Oxford Anthology of Wri ngs from North -East India (Fic on) edited by Tilo oma Misra, OUP, 2011

LSGE0004: GENERAL ENGLISH I (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: The objective of this course is to introduce students to a body of literature that includes three different genres – fiction, drama and poetry – from English literature. This course expects them to examine the implication of ideas and explore the different themes and motifs in relation to the socio-cultural contexts in which the mentioned texts were written. This course also aims at equipping the learners with the basic skills of effective communication in English language by introducing a module on basic concepts in English grammar. Module I: Selected novels (15 hours) a) Anita Desai – Fas ng Feas ng b) Jane Austen – Sense and Sensibility Module II: Selected Dramas (15 hours) a) The Importance of Being Earnest – Oscar Wilde b) A Doll's House – Henrik Ibsen c) The Birthday Party – Harold Pinter Module III: Selected Poems (15 hours) a) My Mother at Sixty-six – Kamala Das b) Death Be Not Proud – John Donne c) The World is Too Much with Us – William Wordsworth d) The Blessed Damozel – D G Rosse Module IV: Basic English Grammar (15 hours) Parts of Speech, Time, Tense, Aspect, Determiners, Phrases and Clauses, Ac ve and Passive Voice, Direct and Indirect Speech, Basic Sentence Structures, Subject-Verb Agreement, Punctua on.

LSGE0005: GENERAL ENGLISH II (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: This course introduces students to the literary form of short stories and essays through a selection of representative texts from different eras of English literature. This course aims at developing the language skills of the learners by teaching them the different forms of writing and helping them improve their vocabulary in English language. Module I: Selected Short Stories (20 hours) a) The Happy Prince – Oscar Wilde b) A Career – R K Narayan c) The Open Window – Hector Hugh Munro d) The Last Leaf – O' Henry

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|353

Module II: Selected Essays (20 hours) a) My Days – R K Narayan b) The Origin of Species – Charles Darwin c) Homage to Gandhi – Jawaharlal Nehru d) Of Friendship – Francis Bacon Module III: Language and Composition (20 hours) Vocabulary building, Synonyms and Antonyms, Common Idioms and Phrases, One-Word Subs tu on, Confusing Word Pairs, Le er wri ng, Applica on wri ng, Precis wri ng, Paragraph wri ng, C V wri ng, Memo wri ng, No ce, Adver sement, Dialogue wri ng, Le er to the editor, Poster wri ng.

LSAE0007: ALTERNATIVE ENGLISH I (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: This paper is designed to present students with the opportunity to study key concepts and terms associated with three different genres of literature – poetry, novel and drama. The students are expected to examine the implication of ideas and relate these terms and concepts to the prescribed texts in this paper. This paper brings to the students a selection of poems, novels and dramas that are representative of important trends and formal experimentation. Module I: Introduction to Poetry: key terms and concepts (8 hours) Verse, meter, rhyme, stress, accent, allitera on, assonance, consonance, an thesis, blank verse, conceit, iambic pentameter, heroic couplet, quatrain, stanza, foot, syllable, hyperbole, litotes, simile, metaphor, metonymy, verse libre, lyric, narra ve, epic, haiku, sonnet, ode, elegy, drama c monologue, idyll, pastoral, quatrain,refrain, onomatopoeia, apostrophe, personifica on, epithalamion, carpe diem, ballad. Module II: Selected Poems (12 hours) a) Ode to the West Wind – P B Shelley b) The Professor – Nissim Ezekiel c) The Second Coming – W B Yeats d) Dover Beach – Ma hew Arnold e) The Love Song of J. Alfred Prufrock – T S Eliot f) The Road Not Taken – Robert Frost Module III: Introduction to Drama: key terms and concepts (8 hours) Allegory, antagonist, aside, catastrophe, catharsis, character, chorus, climax, comedy, comic relief, conflict, denouement, deus ex machina, dialogue, drama s personae, flashback, foil, fourth wall, monologue, narrator, parody, plot, point of view, resolu on, reversal, sa re, se ng, soliloquy, tragedy, tragic flaw, tragic hero, three uni es Module IV: Selected Dramas (12 hours) a) Macbeth – William Shakespeare b) Wai ng for Godot – Samuel Becke c) Candida – G B Shaw d) She Stoops To Conquer – Oliver Goldsmith e) Nagamandala – Girish Karnad Module V: Introduction to Novel: Key Terms (8 hours) Novele e; novel; novel of incident, character, manners, forma on/educa on; gothic novel; epistolary novel; picaresque novel; realis c novel; magic realism; documentary fic on; historical novel; social novel; an novel; prose romances, bildungsroman, stream of consciousness, flat and round character, plot, theme and mo fs Module VI: Selected Novels (12 hours) a) Franz Ka a – The Trial ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|354

b) c)

Amitav Ghosh – The Shadow Lines James Joyce – A Portrait of the Ar st as a Young Man

Suggested Readings 1. M H Abrams, A Glossary of Literary Terms, MacMillan Publishers 2. Peter Brooker, A Glossary of Cultural Theory, Hodder Educa on

LSAT0009: ALTERNATIVE ENGLISH II (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: This course introduces students to the literary forms of short fiction and essays taken from different periods of English literature. The learners are expected to analyse the texts and explore the different themes and motifs in relation to the socio-cultural context in which the prescribed texts are placed. This paper also seeks to introduce students to Linguistics as the scientific study of language and to familiarize them with the key concepts at different levels of language organisation. Module I: Selected Short Stories (20 hours) a) The Purloined Le er – Edgar Allan Poe b) The Doll's House – Katherine Mansfield c) The Rocking Horse Winner – D H Lawrence d) The Home-coming – Rabindranath Tagore Module II: Selected Essays (20 hours) a) A Room of One's Own – Virginia Woolf b) The Chimney Sweeper – Charles Lamb c) Introduc on: The absurdity of the Absurd – Mar n Esslin d) Why Law is Indispensable – G B Shaw Module III: Language and Linguistics: Key concepts (20 hours) Language and linguis cs; langue and parole; synchrony and diachrony; competence and performance; signifier and signified; phonology, morphology, syntax and seman cs; organs of speech; vowel and consonant sounds; syllable; stress and intona on; morphs, morphemes and allomorphs; word-forma on; idiolect, dialect and register; prefixes and suffixes; syntac c structures. Suggested Readings 1. John Lyons, Language and Linguis cs: An Introduc on, Cambridge University Press 2. David Crystal, Linguis cs, Pelican 3. RK Bansal and JB Harrison, Spoken English – A Manual of Speech and Phone cs, Orient Blackswan

LSHE0010: HISTORY OF ENGLISH LITERATURE I: ELIZABETHAN TO ROMANTIC PERIOD (4 Credits-60 hours) Objective: The objective of this course is to introduce students to selected texts of literature that includes three different genres – Poetry, Drama and Fiction – from the Elizabethan to the Romantic Period in English Literature. This course expects them to examine the implication of ideas and explore the different themes and texts in the context of the social and political history. This course also provides an overview of the literary and historical context of the mentioned period, in order to help the students to understand the texts better. Module I: The Literary History and its Context (20 hours) Spanish Armada, Shakespeare's greatest tragedies and tragi-comedies, Prose wri ngs of Bacon, Metaphysical poetry (John Donne and others), English Civil War, Puritan Interregnum, Restora on of Stuart Monarchy, Dissolu on of the Commonwealth, Closure of Public Theatres, Restora on Comedies (Congreve and others, Heroic Drama (Dryden and others), Age of Sensibility (Pope and Johnson), Enlightenment, Rise of great novelists (Richardson, Fielding, and others…), Shi from sensibility to roman cism in Gray and other poets, Lyrical Ballads, Roman c Poetry (Wordsworth, Coleridge, Keats, and others), Gothic Romances (Anne Radcliffe and others...) ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|355

Module II: Selected English Poetry (10 hours) a) 'A Valedic on: Forbidding Mourning' by John Donne b) 'The Rime of the Ancient Mariner' by S.T. Coleridge c) 'La Belle Dame Sans Merci' by John Keats d) 'The Indian Serenade' by P.B. Shelley e) 'A Slumber Did My Spirit Seal' by William Wordsworth Module III: Selected English Drama (15 hours) a) A Midsummer Night's Dream by William Shakespeare b) The Duchess of Malfi by John Webster Module IV: Selected English Fiction (15 hours) a) Frankenstein by Mary Shelley b) Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen Suggested Readings 1. Ferguson, Margaret. et al. Eds. The Norton Anthology of Poetry. New York: London 2. Drabble, Margaret. ed. The Oxford Companion to English Literature. Oxford: OUP 3. Sanders, Andrew. The Short Oxford History of English Literature. Oxford: OUP 4. Wells, Stanley W. & Margaret De Grazia. The Cambridge Companion to Shakespeare. Cambridge: CUP 5. M.H. Abrams, Geoffrey Galt Harpham, A Glossary of Literary Terms, Cengage Learning

LSHL0011: HISTORY OF ENGLISH LITERATURE II: VICTORIAN TO CONTEMPORARY PERIOD (4 Credits - 60 hours) Objective: The objective of this course is to introduce students to selected texts of literature that includes three different genres – Poetry, Drama and Fiction – from the Victorian Age to the Contemporary Period in English Literature. The learners are expected to analyse the texts and explore the different themes and motifs in relation to the literary and socio-cultural context in which the prescribed texts are placed. Module I: The Literary History and its Context (16 hours) The Oxford Movement, Crisis in Religion in 19th Century, Pre-Raphaelites, Aesthe cism, Consolida on of the Bri sh Empire, 'Scru ny' and its Influence, The New Theatre, Postcolonial Literature, Post-Modernism, New Cri cism, Globalisa on, Impact of the two World Wars, Popular Culture, Deconstruc on Module II: Selected English Poetry (12 hours) a) The Charge of the Light Brigade by Lord Alfred Tennyson b) The Windhover by Gerard Manley Hopkins c) The Waste Land by T.S. Eliot d) Fern Hill by Dylan Thomas e) Digging by Seamus Heaney Module III: Selected English Drama (16 hours) a) Arms and the Man by G. B. Shaw b) The Lesson by Eugène Ionesco Module IV: Selected English Fiction (16 hours) a) Bleak House by Charles Dickens b) The Rainbow by D. H. Lawrence Suggested Readings 1. Theatre of the Absurd by Mar n Esslin 2. Palgrave's Golden Treasury. 3. David Green (ed.) The Winged Word. 4. David, Deidre. The Cambridge Companion to the Victorian Novel. Cambridge, CUP ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|356

5. 6. 7.

Sanders, Andrew. The Short Oxford History of English Literature. Oxford: OUP Eagleton, Terry. The English Novel. Oxford: Blackwell M.H. Abrams, Geoffrey Galt Harpham, A Glossary of Literary Terms, Cengage Learning

LSFN0012: FUNCTIONAL ENGLISH (3 Credits - 45 hours) Objective: This open elective course will enable the learners to use language effectively in a wide range of situations. This course aims to help the learners develop the skills of language learning, namely Listening, Speaking, reading and writing. It also aims to develop students' proficiency in English through meaningful communicative activities. Module I: Grammar in Communication (11 hours) Nouns and noun groups; Phrasal verbs; Tense and temporal adjuncts; Speech Acts and mood; Modal auxiliaries; Simple, complex and compound sentences; Common mistakes in English grammar; Degrees of Comparison; Phrases, Clauses and Idioms in English; Tense, Voice and Narra on; Differences between tradi onal grammar and func onal grammar Module II: Introduction to Phonetics (10 hours) Speech Sounds; Classifica on and Descrip on of Vowels and Consonants; Phone c Symbols; Minimal Pairs; Syllable and Consonant Clusters; Word Accent and Sentence Intona on; Pronuncia on drill and prac ce Module III: Writing Skills (12 hours) Grammar for wri ng; Vocabulary building; Tips for improving English wri ng skills; Kinds of sentences; Sentence Structures (Simple Sentences and Compound Sentences); Introduc on to paragraph format and content; Types of wri ng; Friendly and formal le ers; Essay wri ng; Narra ve wri ng; Academic wri ng vs. Journalism; Blog wri ng; Edi ng and Revising Module IV: Conversational Skills (12 hours) Gree ngs; Introducing others; Welcoming; Bidding farewell; Appearing in an Interview; Talking about oneself: strengths, weaknesses, likes, dislikes, future plans, describing one's family; Face-to-face interac on in formal and informal situa ons; telephonic interac ons; public speaking; presenta on skills; Role play; Class presenta ons; Powerpoint presenta ons; Speaking with Confidence; Ways to overcome speech anxiety; Building credibility as a speaker Suggested Readings 1. Leech, G. and J. Svartvik, A Communica ve Grammar of English. Pearson, India. Pandey J. H., Complete Grammar, Shree Book Centre, Mumbai, India. 2. Murphy, R., Intermediate English Grammar. Cambridge Univ. Press, India. 3. Hewings, M., Advanced English Grammar. Cambridge Univ. Press, India. 4. Wren, P. C. and H. Mar n, High School English Grammar and Composi on, S. Chand and Co, New Delhi. 5. Balasubramanian, T., A Textbook of English Phone cs for Indian Students, Macmillan, New Delhi. 6. Sethi, J. and P. V. Dhamija, A Course in Phone cs and Spoken English, Ed., Pren ce Hall, New Delhi. 7. Oxford Advanced Learner’s Dic onary

LSCW0013: CREATIVE WRITING IN ENGLISH (3 Credits - 45 hours) Objective: This course aims to provide the students across all disciplines, the required skills and professional knowledge about the art of writing. This course also helps in developing the creative ability of the learners who are interested in a professional career as a freelance writer. Module I: Creative Writing and its Significance (12 hours) Introduc on; Objec ves of Crea ve wri ng; Different types of Crea ve Wri ng; Scope and Area of Crea ve Wri ng; Analysing a Crea ve composi on; Origin of Thought and Birth of an Idea: Inspira on, Incuba on, Implementa on and Interpreta on; Strategies of a Writer ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|357

Module II: General Principles of Writing (15 hours) Mechanics of Wri ng: Cohesion, Coherence, Style, Context, Content; Aesthe c func on of Wri ng; Rules for good wri ng; Things that must be avoided by a Writer; Literal and Figura ve Use of Language; Ac ve and Passive style of wri ng; Direct and Indirect Speech Styles; Personal and impersonal styles of wri ng; Formal and informal use of language Module III: Forms of Creative Writing (18 hours) Wri ng a film / book review; Narra ve or discursive essay / ar cle; Personal and business le ers; Wri ng a Business proposal; Report wri ng; Poetry wri ng; Short story wri ng; Drama c dialogue wri ng; Designing a Website; Poster wri ng; CV wri ng; Newspaper ar cle and editorial; Emails and Blogs; Wri ng for Radio and Television Suggested Readings 1. Seely, John, The Oxford Guide to Wri ng and Speaking Oxford: Oxford University Press 2. Jones, Leo, Cambridge Advanced English: Student's Book New Delhi: Cambridge University Press 3. Evere , Nick, "Crea ve Wri ng and English." The Cambridge Quarterly. 34 (3) 4. Palmer, A.J., "Wri ng and Imagery - How to Deepen Your Crea vity and Improve Your Wri ng." [Aber Books].

LSPD0014: POETRY, PROSE AND DRAMA: ELIZABETHAN TO RESTORATION PERIOD (3 Credits - 45 hours) Objective: The objective of this course is to acquaint the students with representative selected texts from different genres from the Elizabethan to the Restoration Period in English Literature. The students are also expected to read the selected texts within this literary period with the understanding the circumstances that influenced and shaped literary production. Module I: Prose and Metaphysical Poetry (5 hours) a) Francis Bacon's 'Of Youth and Age' b) Andrew Marvell's 'To His Coy Mistress' Module II: Tragedy and Tragi-comedy (20 hours) a) Christopher Marlowe's The Tragical History of the Life and Death of Doctor Faustus b) William Shakespeare's Measure for Measure Module III: Restoration Comedy and Heroic Drama (20 hours) a) William Congreve's Love for Love b) John Dryden's Conquest of Granada Suggested Readings 1. Sanders, Andrew. The Short Oxford History of English Literature. Oxford: OUP 2. Willey, Basil. The Seventeenth Century Background. 3. Bredvold, L I. The Intellectual Milieu of John Dryden. 4. Bradbrook, M C. Themes and Conventions of Elizabethan Tragedy. Cambridge:CUP 5. Braunmuller, A R and Michael Ha away. The Cambridge Companion to English Renaissance Drama. Cambridge: CUP 6. Gurr, Andrew. The Shakespearean Stage. Cambridge: CUP 7. M.H. Abrams, Geoffrey Galt Harpham, A Glossary of Literary Terms, Cengage Learning

LSPF0015: POETRY, PROSE AND FICTION: AUGUSTAN TO ROMANTIC PERIOD (3 Credits - 45 hours) Objective: The objective of this course is to acquaint the students with representative selected texts from different genres from the Augustan to the Romantic Period in English Literature. The students are also expected to read the selected texts within this literary period with the understanding the circumstances that influenced and shaped literary production.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|358

Module I: Life-Writing and Romantic Prose(15 hours) a) James Boswell's' Life of Johnson' b) Thomas De Quincey's' Confessions of an English Opium-Eater' Module II: Transitional Poetry and Romantic Poetry (15 hours) a) Thomas Gray's 'The Bard' b) William Cowper's 'Light Shining out of Darkness' c) Robert Burns' 'A Red, Red Rose' d) Samuel Taylor Coleridge's 'Christabel' Module III: Sentimental novel and Gothic Romance (15 hours) a) Samuel Richardson's Clarissa Harlowe b) William Beckford's Vathek Suggested Readings 1. F W Hilles and Harold Bloom. Eds. From Sensibility to Romanticism. 2. Alexander, Michael. A History of English Literature. Basingstoke Hampshire: Palgrave Macmillan. 3. W J Bate. From Classic to Romantic. 4. Bachelor, John. The Art of Literary Biography. Oxford: OUP 5. M.H. Abrams, Geoffrey Galt Harpham, A Glossary of Literary Terms, Cengage Learning

LSCS0016: COMMUNICATION SKILLS (Audit) Objective: The objective of this audit course is to prepare students to be effective in their career in the corporate world where they will put to use their professional expertise. This course enables students ● To understand the difference between hard skills and soft skills ● To learn the importance of communication skills as part of the soft skills, ● To be familiar with the various features of effective communication, which includes verbal, non-verbal, written communication and body language.

LSCE6001: COMMUNICATION PRACTICE LABORATORY I ( 1 credit) The following are some of the tasks that a student should be able to perform. 1. Take passages of descrip ve, expressive and social func ons and analyze them. 2. Expressive (exposing feeling) language in English and your mother tongue. 3. Make a list of sexist language (e.g. poetess, chairman) 4. Say formulaic expressions (Thank you, sorry, hello, that’s right, etc.) with proper intona on. 5. Make a list of words which should be avoided because they sound pompous. Which words would you use instead of them? 6. Take similar vowels and consonants and prac ce them in pairs of words. 7. Prac ce stress and intona on in connected speech. 8. Conversa on prac ce in familiar situa ons ( Play the role of a tailor and customer, for example) 9. Ask for specific informa on (Can you tell me where the railway sta on is?) 10. Making a request (Can I borrow your scooter, please?) 11. Asking for permission (Do you mind if I smoke?) 12. Say the following pairs of words: beg, bag, full, fool, sit, seat, etc. and collect fi y such pairs. 13. Collect words which are used as nouns, verbs and adjec ves and pronounce them correctly according to their context: progress, object, record, perfect, etc. 14. Collect words and pronounce them with correct stress (educa on, examina on, village, etc.) Prac ce the following in the Language Lab with audio-visual aids: ● Listening, repea ng, recording and comparing consonant sounds and vowel sounds in the English Language ● Pronuncia on of mono-syllabic and mul -syllabic words with proper stress pa ern ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|359

● ●

Pronuncia on of two or three-worded phrases with proper stress and intona on English conversa on in various contexts

LSCE6002: COMMUNICATION PRACTICE LABORATORY II (1 credit) The following are some of the tasks a student should be able to perform: 1. Write a paragraph with the topic sentence “Protec on of environment should not be at the cost of development”. Iden fy the suppor ng details and sentence connectors. 2. Make notes from a given passage. 3. Prepare a short bibliography on the list of books prescribed in this course. 4. Write a le er complaining to a firm which supplied defec ve computers. 5. Write a func onal CV of your own. 6. Prepare an agenda of a mock mee ng. 7. Imagine that you are chairing a mee ng. How would you go about it? 8. How would you propose a vote of thanks? 9. Make an oral presenta on on a new product your company has brought out/ make seminar presenta ons. 10. Make a checklist for preparing for an interview. 11. Hold a mock job interview. 12. Prepare an agenda for a mee ng you are organizing. 13. Prepare a report of a field visit. 14. Prepare minutes of a mee ng that you a ended. 15. Read the following chart and describe the informa on. 16. Arrange a group discussion on the topic “Globaliza on and India”. Prac ● ● ● ● ● ●

ce the following in the language lab with the help of audio-visual aids: So skills – introduc on with video lessons Conduc ng and facing mock-interviews with examples of video lessons Public speaking: students are asked to speak on certain topics Wri ng reports, applica ons and CVs Conduc ng Group discussions on familiar subjects Correc on of errors in sentences

LSBC6003: BUSINESS COMMUNICATION PRACTICE LAB ( 1 credit) The following are some of the tasks that a student should be able to perform. 1. Take passages of descrip ve, expressive and social func ons and analyze them. 2. Expressive (exposing feeling) language in English and your mother tongue. 3. Make a list of sexist language (e.g. poetess, chairman) 4. Say formulaic expressions (Thank you, sorry, hello, that’s right, etc.) with proper intona on. 5. Make a list of words which should be avoided because they sound pompous. Which words would you use instead of them? 6. Take similar vowels and consonants and prac ce them in pairs of words. 7. Prac ce stress and intona on in connected speech. 8. Conversa on prac ce in familiar situa ons ( Play the role of a tailor and customer, for example) 9. Ask for specific informa on (Can you tell me where the railway sta on is?) 10. Making a request (Can I borrow your scooter, please?) 11. Asking for permission (Do you mind if I smoke?) 12. Say the following pairs of words: beg, bag, full, fool, sit, seat, etc. and collect fi y such pairs. 13. Collect words which are used as nouns, verbs and adjec ves and pronounce them correctly according to their context: progress, object, record, perfect, etc. 14. Collect words and pronounce them with correct stress (educa on, examina on, village, etc.)

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|360

Prac ce the following in the Language Lab with audio-visual aids: ● Listening, repea ng, recording and comparing consonant sounds and vowel sounds in the English Language ● Pronuncia on of mono-syllabic and mul -syllabic words with proper stress pa ern ● Pronuncia on of two or three-worded phrases with proper stress and intona on ● English conversa on in various contexts

DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY PYTW0021: THOUGHTS THAT SHAPED THE WORLD (2 credits - 30 hours) Objective: The aim of this comprehensive course is to introduce the student of Technology to the different ideas that have shaped the world and continue to shape it. It gives an introduction to different Philosophical schools, thoughts on religion and thoughts on ethics and social issues. It is expected that this course will help to shape an emerging engineer holistically. Module I: Philosophy - Thoughts on Mind, Body, Matter, Will (11 hours) Philosophy, Science and Religion; Prominent philosophers and their ideas on these issues – Plato, Aristotle, Rene Descartes, David Hume, Berkeley, Vivekananda, Radhakrishnan, Krishnamurthy; Recent developments in Existen alism, inter-cultural philosophy. Module II: Religion - Thoughts on Life, Soul, Conscience, Life after Death, Reincarnation, Morality, Natural Law (8 hours) The Hindu view; The Buddhist View; The Chris an View; The Muslim View Module III: Society - Thoughts on Ethics and Social Issues (11 hours) a) Right and Wrong, the idea of Conscience; Individual and Social Morality b) Applied Ethics: Sexual Morality: The Libertarian View (For and Against); Abor on: (for and Against); Euthanasia: (For and Against); Capital Punishment: (For and Against); Social Jus ce: (For and Against); Environmental Ethics (For and Against) and Eco-philosophy Suggested Readings 1. J. Perry and M. Bratman, Introduc on to Philosophy: Classical and Contemporary Readings, Oxford University Press, 1999. 2. B. Russell, A History of Western Philosophy, Routledlge, 1992. 3. I. Copi and C. Cohen, Introduc on to Logic, Macmillan, 1986. 4. J. N. Mohanty, Reason and Tradi on in Indian Thought, Clarendon Press, 1992. 5. Colin McGinn, The Character of Mind: An Introduc on to the Philosophy of Mind, Oxford University Press, 1997. 6. M. M. Agrawal, Ethics and Spirituality, Indian Ins tute of Advanced Studies, 1998. 7. Daya Krishna, Special issue on Historiography of Indian Civiliza ons, The Journal of Indian Council of Philosophical Research, Vol. 8, No.3 & 4, 1996.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|361

DEPARTMENT OF MASS COMMUNICATION MCJM0003: INTRODUCTION TO JOURNALISM (3 credits - 45 hours) Objective: The objective of this course is to make students aware of the origin and growth of Journalism with special reference to India. The course will provide students with in-depth knowledge of the various aspects of newsroom, empowering them with skills for reporting, writing, layout, photo journalism, and production. The students will be introduced to effective editing skills for print and web journalism as well as newspaper/magazine layout, design and typography. Module I: History of Journalism (8 hours) Journalis c prac ces in ancient civiliza ons. Inven on of prin ng press, and growth of newspapers, especially in India. Eminent world and Indian Journalists. Journalists in society. Module II: News (8 hours) a. Defining news, determinants of news, quali es of news, structure of a news story, special interests, orienta on and perspec ves. b. News gathering and repor ng; Specialised Repor ng- sports, business, crime, poli cs, religion, Government departments and NGO, Science and Technology, Environment, Conflict, and development. Module III: Writing Styles for Convergent Media (7 hours) Newsman’s English, wri ng for newspapers, broadcast and online media. Wri ng features, human interest stories, OP-ED, lead, headlines, blurbs, reviews, column, diary and obituary. Interview, Interpreta ve, Inves ga ve, Objec ve, and Crime repor ng. Module IV: Copy editing skills (8 hours) Edi ng news copy, sources of contents, common errors, subheads, stylebook, a ribu on, colouring of the news.

ght edi ng, polishing headlines and

Module V: Page layout and design (7 hours) Newspaper design –principles-types, Recent trends in frontpage, insides pages, editorial page, special pages, supplements. Using data and graphical inputs. Use of so ware (Adobe Photoshop, PageMaker, Quark Express, Indesign). Module VI: Photojournalism (7 hours) News event shoot, Elements of news photo, Techniques of photography, Photo edi ng - crop, correct and add cap on. Suggested Readings 1. Sexena, S. (2004). Breaking News: The Cra and Technology of Online Journalism. New Delhi: Tata-McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd. 2. Sengupta, A. (2006). Electronic Journalism: Principles and Prac ces. New Delhi: Author Press. 3. Briggs, M. (2007). Journalism 2.0: How to Survive and Thrive, Schaffer J., Crea ve Commons. E-Book PDF 4. Various handouts and materials given during the semester 5. Rajan, N. (2007). 21st Century Journalism in India. New Delhi: Sage Publica ons. 6. Ramanujam, R.C. (2006). Mul media Journalism, New Delhi: APH Publishing Corpora on. 7. Ravindranath, P.K. (2005). Indian Regional Journalism. New Delhi: Authors Press. 8. Reuters Handbook of Journalism, 2010. E-Book PDF

MCRP0004:INTRODUCTION TO RADIO PRODUCTION (3 credits - 45 hours) Objective: The objective of this course is provide an understanding of radio as an effective medium of communication and its potential in bringing social change. The students will learn the basic skills to script ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|362

and produce programmes in different formats for radio. Module I: Radio as a medium of Communication (8 hours) The Uses and Characteris cs of radio, Strengths and weaknesses of radio as a medium, Role and reach of radio in India, Challenges to radio from TV and other media, wri ng for ears, Understanding audiences Module II: Radio Technology (7 hours) Radio Transmission Modes, Types of Microphone, Microphone pickup pa erns, Importance of music and Sound effects. Module III: Radio Programmes (15 hours) Techniques of wri ng different radio programmes – News program, Bulle n programs, Talk Show, Mini drama, Feature, Interview, Radio Jingles, Adver sement and PSA Module IV: Ownership (7 hours) AIR and Public Service Broadcas ng, Major FM Channels in India Module V: Current Trends in India (8 hours) The growth of FM, Community radio, Sa elite radio, Podcas ng, Radio as a tool of development Suggested Readings 1. Mcleish, Robert. Techniques of radio Produc on, Focal Press. 2. Crook, Tim. Radio drama-Theory and Prac ce, Routledge. 3. Siegel, Bruce. Crea ve radio Produc ons, Focal Press. 4. Kedia, Krishan K. Wri ng for Radio and Television in India, Cyber Tech Publica ons. 5. Luthra, H.R. Indian Broadcas ng, Publica on Division New Delhi 6. Various handouts and materials given during the semester.

MCDV0006: INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL VIDEO PRODUCTION (3 credits - 45 hours) Objective: The objective of this course is to equip students with strong theoretical and practical knowledge about digital video production. It will prepare students with appropriate entry level skills for employability within the media industry as well as independently. Over the course of the semester students will have a strong technical and aesthetic understanding of the visual medium. Module I: Introduction to Digital Video (6 hours) Digital versus analog video, Audience analysis, The Technology of distribu on, Internet distribu on, The future of distribu on and exhibi on. Module II: The Camera (7 hours) Image forma on in digital cameras, CCD and CMOS chips, Lens Control, Lens types, Moun ng Devices, Basic shots, Camera Movements, Camera Angles, Framing Principles, Crea ng movement, Digital In-camera Effects, Types of Digital Cameras, Camera Accessories Module III: Production Process and Production Coordination (6 hours) Stages of produc on, Produc on terminology: Single-Camera versus Mul -Camera produc on; and Studio versus Loca on produc on, Produc on team, Produc on aesthe cs, Produc on Mee ngs, Cas ng, Rehearsals, Performer and Camera Blocking. Module IV: Scripting for Video (7 hours) Preliminary research, Wri ng Proposal and Treatment, Wri ng Synopsis and Screenplay, Developing Storyboard, Budget Module V: Lighting for Video: Basics (6 hours) Fundamentals of Ligh ng, Three point Ligh ng, Colour Temperature, Hard Light versus So Light, Basic lights and Accessories

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|363

Module VI: Audio for Video (6 hours) Microphone Types, Polar Pa erns, On-Camera mics, Off-Camera mics, Audio perspec ve, On-screen and Off-screen sound, Synchronous and Asynchronous sound, Parallel and Contrapuntal sound, Loca on sound Module VII: Editing (7 hours) The soul of produc on, Basic Con nuity, Linear and Non-Linear Edi ng, Digital NLE Equipment and Interface, Basic Transi ons in Edi ng Suggested Readings 1. Winston, Brian & Keydel, Julia. Working with Video: A comprehensive guide to the world of video produc on, Watson-Gup ll Publica ons. 2. Friedman, Anthony. Wri ng for Visual Media, Focal Press. 3. Musburger, Robert B. & Ogden, Michael R. Single-Camera Video Produc on, Focal Press. 4. Bernard, Sheila Curran. Documentary Storytelling for Video and Filmmakers, Focal Press. 5. Musburger, Robert B. & Kindem, Gorham. Introduc on to Media Produc on, Focal Press. 6. Various handouts and materials given during the semester.

MCRM0007: COMMUNICATION RESEARCH METHODOLOGY (3 credits - 45 hours) Objective: The objective of this course in research methodology is to teach basics of research and its application on media and develop skills for different kinds of research methodologies and make the students conversant with the tools and techniques of research. Module I: Meaning and Objectives of Research (15 hours) Meaning, scope, objec ves and significance of media research; Research process, Formula on of research problem, literature survey, research design, collec on of data, How to develop a ques onnaire?; Aids for wri ng research reports: Bibliography, footnote and reference, synopsis and abstracts. Wri ng of Report, Summary, Execu ve Summary, Conclusion and Recommenda on Module II: Research methods and methodology (15 hours) Techniques of data collec on: observa on, ques onnaire and interview. Content analysis; Qualita ve methods: field experiments, field observa on, focus groups, case studies; Quan ta ve research methods: laboratory research, survey research, content analysis; Audience research in Print and Electronic media Module III: Statistics, Data processing, analysis and interpretation (15 hours) a) Sta s cs: Defini ons, Uses and limita ons. Classifica on and tabula on of data, univariate and bivariate, diagramma c and graphic presenta ons. Measures of central tendency - Mean, Median and Mode and their uses. Measures of variability - range, variance and standard devia on b) Correla on: computa on of product moment correla on coefficient, Spearman’s Rank coefficient correla on, interpreta on of correla on. c) Sampling: types of sampling, guiding principles of sampling d) Test of Hypothesis: Basics, Probability distribu on, normal distribu on, t-test, Chi-square test. e) Scaling techniques: arbitrary, Thurstone-Likert ra ng, ranking Suggested Readings 1. Agarwal, Binod C., & S.R. Joshi & Arbind Sinha. Communica on research for Development: The ISRO Experience. New Delhi: Concept Publishing Company. 1986 2. Berger, Arthur Asa. Media Research Techniques. Thousand Oaks : Sage Publica on. 1998. 3. Berger, Arthur Asa. Media Analysis Techniques. Beverley Hills: Sage Publica ons. 1998. 4. Gibaldi, Joseph & Walter S. Achtert. MLA Handbook for Writers of Research Papers. New Delhi: Affiliated East-West Press Pvt. Ltd. 1994. 5. Kothari, C.R. Research Methodology Methods & Techniques 6. Krishnaswamy, O.R. Research Methods in Social Sciences 7. Natziger, Ralph O. & David M. White. Introduc on to Mass Communica on Research. Baton rouge: ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|364

Louisiana State University Press. 1981. Oliver, Paul. Wri ng your thesis. New Delhi: Sage Publica ons. 2008 Stempel, Guido H. (III) & Bruce H. Westley (Ed). Research Methods in Mass Communica on. Englewood Cliffs: Pren ce-hall Inc. 1981 10. Wimmer, Roger D. & Joseph R. Dominick. Mass Media research: An Introduc on. Belomnt: Wadsworth Publishing Company. 1998 8. 9.

MCTC0008: MODELS AND THEORIES OF COMMUNICATION (4 credits - 60 hours) Objective: The objective of this course is to provide students a basic understanding of the process of communication. Starting from the meaning of communication, the course goes on to examine types of communication and barriers to communication. It will also present the different models and theories of communication and their characteristics. Module I: Introduction to Communication (15 hours) Elements of Communica on, Process of Communica on, role, scope and need of communica on in society, Barriers to Communica on, Types of communica on se ngs: intra personal, inter personal, small group and mass communica on. Types and characteris cs of mass media audiences, func ons of communica on, func ons of mass and social communica on. Module II: Communication Models (15 hours) Basic Communica on Models, Development Communica on Models, Interna onal Communica on and Globaliza on Models, Informa on Communica on Technology (ICT) Models, Inter-cultural Communica on Models, Communica on Management Models, Business Communica on Prac ces Models, Communica on Research Models, and Models for Communica on Planning. Module III: Communication Theories (15 hours) Norma ve Theories: Authoritarian, Libertarian - Communist Media; Social Responsibility Development Media; Democra c Par cipant Theory. Frankfurt school, Magic Bullet Theory, Two-step Flow and Mul -step Flow, Agenda Se ng, Individual Difference Theory, Selec vity and gate-keeping, Diffusion of Innova on, Personal Influence Theory, and Cul va on Theory. Module IV: Semiotics (15 hours) Semio c theory and prac ce. Historical context and doctrinal perspec ves in semio cs. Models of the sign and types of codes. Texts: semio c approach. Context as meaning: the semio c dimension. Literary semio cs and the doctrine of signs. Suggested Readings 1. McQuail, D. (2010). McQuail’s Mass Communica on Theory 6th Edi on. New Delhi: Sage South Asia Edi on. 2. Danesi, M. (2004). Messages, Signs and Meanings: A Basic Text in Semio cs and Communica on Theory, Toronto: Canadian Scholars’ Press. E-Book 3. Narula, U. (2013). Communica on Models. Atlan c 4. Various handouts and materials given during the semester 5. Vilanilam, J.V. (2004). Mass Communica on in India. B.R. Publishing Corpora on. 6. Wood, J.T. (2004). Communica on Theories in Ac on. Wadsworth Publishing Co. 7. Pfeiffer. J.B., (1998). The Pfeiffer Volume 25. E-Book.

MCMS0009: MEDIA STUDIES: GLOBAL ISSUES ( 3 credits - 45 hours) Objective: The objective of this course is to provide an understanding of the concept of global issues discussed in the media, especially the role of new technologies and their impact on international information flow on social issues.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|365

Module I: International communication (8 hours). Poli cal, economic and cultural dimensions of interna onal communica on, Media growth interna onal, regional and internal dispari es, Interna onal news agencies and syndicates, their organiza onal structure and func ons, Global media giants, global media industry Module II: Global communication (15 hours ) Interna onal news flow- Impact of new communica on technology on it, Satellite communica onits historical background- status-progress- effects, Informa on super highway, Interna onal telecommunica on and regulatory organiza ons, UNESCO’s efforts in removal imbalance in news flow, MacBride Commission’s report (NWICO), Non-aligned news agencies news pool – its working, success, failure, Alterna ve informa on distribu on system, Democra za on of informa on flow and media systems Module III: Issues in Global media (15 hours). Violence against media persons;crimes against women, Effects of globaliza on on media systems, Interna onal intellectual property rights;Interna onal media ins tu ons and professional organiza ons;Role of media in covering conflict, war-journalists under fire,Communica on as a human right-UNO’s of Human Rights and communica on, Mediated violence in global age, Global survey of media independence, Media censorship,Global terrorism and new media,Race –castegender issues, Glocaliza on of entertainment media– new paradigms in the global media space, net neutrality, new media and people’s outrage. Suggested Readings 1. Aswin Punathambekar (2013). From Bombay to Bollywood- The Making of a Global Media Industry.NYU Press. 2. David Machin, Theo Van Leeuwen (2007). Global Media Discourse- A Cri cal Introduc on.Routledge. 3. Donald H Johnston (2003). Encyclopedia of interna onal media and communica ons.Vol. 3, L-P.Academic Press. 4. Eugenia, Siapera (2010). Cultural Diversity and Global Media- The Media on of Difference 5. Glenn W. Muschert, Johanna Sumiala (2012), School Shoo ngs- Media zed Violence in a Global Age. Emerald Group Publishing Limited. 6. Hui-LanTitangos (2013). Local Community in the Era of Social Media Technologies.A Global Approach.Chandos Publishing. 7. Jeff Lewis (2011). Crisis in the Global Media sphere - Desire, Displeasure and Cultural Transforma on. Palgrave- Macmillan. 8. Joel Simon (2014). The New Censorship- Inside the Global Ba le for Media Freedom-Columbia University Press. 9. Karlekar, K. D.,( et al)(2009). Freedom of the press 2008: A global survey of media independence. New York: Freedom House. 10. Liesbeth de Block, David Buckingham (2007). Global Children, Global Media-Palgrave Macmillan. 11. Mohammed el-Nawawyand Sahar Khamis. Egyp an Revolu on 2.0- Poli cal Blogging, Civic Engagement, and Ci zen Journalism. Palgrave. 12. Nick Davies (2008). Flat Earth news - an award winning reporter exposes falsehood, distor on and propaganda in the global media, Vintage. 13. Paolo Sigismondi, The Digital Glocaliza on of Entertainment-New Paradigms in the 21st Century Global Mediascape. Springer-Ver. 14. Paula Chakravar y, Katharine Sarikakis (2006). Media Policy and Globaliza on 15. Peter Steven (2010). The No-Nonsense Guide to Global Media, New Interna onalist. 16. PetrosIosifidis (2011). Global Media and Communica on Policy. Palgrave Macmillan. 17. Philip Seib, Dana M. Janbek (2010). Global Terrorism and New Media- The Post-Al Qaeda Genera on (Media, War and Security). Routledge 18. Philip Taylor (1997). Global Communica ons, Interna onal Affairs and the Media Since 1945 (New Interna onal History Series) 19. Ravi Gupta, Hugh Brooks (2013). Using Social Media for Global Security.Wiley. 20. Robert S. Fortner, P. Mark Fackler (2011). The Handbook of Global Communica on and Media Ethics ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|366

(Handbooks in Communica on and Media) (volume 1+2).Wiley-Blackwell. 21. Sanja Kelly, Sarah Cook (ed) (2011). Freedom on the net 2011- a global assessment of internet and digital media.Freedom House. 22. Social Knowledge - Using Social Media to Know What You Know (2010). (Premier Reference Source.IGI Global 23. Terhi Rantanen (2004). The Media and Globaliza on. 24. Tine Ustad Figenschou (2013). Al Jazeera and the Global Media Landscape- The South is Talking Back. Routledge. 25. Wahl-Jorgensen, K., and Hanitzsch, T. (2009). The handbook of journalism studies. New York: Routledge. 26. Wilma de Jong (et al ).(2005). Global Ac vism. Global Media

MCMM0012: MEDIA MANAGEMENT AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP (3 credits - 45 hours) Objective: This course attempts to provide an understanding of how the media industry and media organisations function. The course also provides an overview of media entrepreneurship as a professional vocation for media practitioners. Module I: Management Fundamentals (10 hours) Defini ons; Concepts; Importance of Media Management; Different schools of management; Contemporary approaches to management: Total Quality Management (TQM); Strategic Management – management in lieu of convergence and digi za on. Module II: The Media Business and Management (13 hours) The Media Industry today – Print, Broadcas ng, Film, Music, internet, Media Gaming Industry and other interac ve forms; The media ins tu on; Characteris cs of media products today; Fundamental challenges involved in organising and managing the opera on of media companies. Module III: Strategic Management of Media Firms (12 hours) Issues in Audience Management; Media and culture; Technology and the effects of technological change- latest trends in electronic media management; Digital media Management; Content management; Convergence; Globalisa on and Media Management Module IV: Media Entrepreneurship (10 hours) Concept of Entrepreneurship; Characteris cs of Entrepreneurs; Difference between entrepreneurs and managers; Media Entrepreneurship; Media Entrepreneurial Scenario in India Understanding Problems and Prospects; Case Studies Suggested Readings 1. Kothari, Gulub (1995). Newspaper Management in India. Intercultural Open University. 2. Chiranjeev, Avinash (2000). Electronic Media Management. Authors Press. 3. Peter, Pringle. K. et al. (1989). Electronic Media Management. Focal Press. 4. Gunarathne, Shelton A. Handbook of Media in Asia. Sage 5. Batra, Rajeev. Adver sing Management. Pren ce Hall. 6. Kohli, V. and Khandekar. The Indian Media Business. Sage publica ons India Pvt. Ltd. 7. Kuratko, D.F. and Hodge s, R.M. Entrepreneurship in the New Millenium (India edi on). Celpage Learning India private limited.

MCDM0013: HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF COMMUNICATION MEDIA (3 credits - 45 hours) Objective: The objective of this course is to introduce students to the history and development of various communication media. It takes one through the whole gamut of development of media from very early times to the development of the digital and social media with the purpose of giving the students an overall picture of the various communication media and their evolution.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|367

Module I: Early history of Communication and the Printing Era (15 hours) Communica on in pre-historic era, Development of language and the oral tradi on, Development of wri ng and record keeping, Development of prin ng in Europe and India, Development of newspapers and magazines, History of the Press in India: Colonial Period, Na onal Freedom Movement, Post-Independence Era, Emergency and Post Emergency Era, Changing Readership, Print Cultures, Language Press Module II: Development of Electronic Media (15 hours) a) Development of Radio as a medium of mass communica on, History of radio in India, Evolu on of AIR Programming, Penetra on of radio in rural India; Commercial Broadcas ng; FM Radio, Development of Television as a medium of mass communica on, History of Television in India, the coming of Television and the State ‘s Development Agenda; b) Prasar Bhara , Doordarshan, Cable and Satellite Television in India; Commercializa on of Programming (1980s); Invasion from the Skies: The Coming of Transna onal Television (1990s) Module III: Development of Visual Media and Folk Media (15 hours) a) The early years of Photography, Lithography and Cinema, From Silent Era to the talkies, Cinema in later decades; Development of film as a medium of communica on, History of Films in India, Issues and Problems of Indian Cinema b) Types of folk media, use of folk media, Advantages of folk media, Folk Media and communica on, Role of folk media in promo ng – health, educa on, Women's issues and commModuley development, Folk vs Electronic media Suggested Readings 1. Kumar, K.J. Mass Communica on in India, Mumbai:Jaico Publishing House. 2. Odlyzko, A. The History of Communica on and its Implica ons for the Internet, ATandT Labs-research, 2000 – e-book PDF. 3. Lievrouw, L.A. and Livingstone, Sonia. The Handbook of New Media, Sage Publica ons:New Delhi. 4. Schramm, Wilbur. The Story of Human Communica on: Cave Pain ng to Microchip, Harpercollins College Div. 5. Parmar, Shyam. Tradi onal folk media in India, Routledge. 6. Luthra, H.R. Indian Broadcas ng, Publica on Division New Delhi. 7. Various handouts and materials given during the semester.

MCLE0014: MEDIA LAWS AND ETHICS (3 credits - 45 hours) Objective: To give an overview of the press, broadcast and cyber laws in India, as well as expose students to ethical issues in media production. Part I: Media Ethics Module I: Truth and Objectivity in media (7 hours) Issues on media ethics: privacy, rights to reply, obscenity and yellow journalism. Code of conduct for TV and Radio. First and second Press Commission Recommenda ons. Module II: Media and social responsibility (15 hours) Media and pressure groups, social audit, ombudsman; Press Council of India. Prasar Bhara Act. The Broadcast Code Governing All India Radio; Code of commercial Adver sements for All India Radio and Doordarshan; Code for Adver sing Prac ces of Adver sing Standards Council of India. Part II: Media Laws Module I: Constitutional obligations (7 hours) Freedom of Speech and Expression; Freedom of the Press. Right to Informa on Act 2005. Module II: (15 hours) a) Laws – Censorship, contempt of court, defama on, libel, sedi on, obscenity; Working Journalists Act, RTI, Intellectual Property Right (copyright). Crea ve Commons license; The Cinematograph Act ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|368

b)

1952. The Cable Television Network (Regula on) Act 1995. Cyber Laws in India, Informa on and Technology Act 2000. Regulatory Bodies - Press Council, CBFC (Central Board of Film Cer fica on), ASCI (Adver sing Standards Council of India), etc. Press and Registra on of Books Act 1867. The CopyRight Act 1957.

Suggested Readings 1. Basu, D.D. Laws of the Press 2. Bha ya, Sita. Freedom of the Press: Poli cal Legal Aspects of Press Legisla on in India. 3. Fackler, Mark, et al. Media Ethics - Cases and Moral Reasoning. Longman 1995 4. Prabhakar M. et al. A Compendium of Codes of Conduct for Media Professional. University Book House. 1999. 5. Shrivastava, K.M. Media Ethics: Veda to Gandhi and Beyond. New Delhi: Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt Ltd. 2007 6. Singh, P.P. et al. Media Ethics and Laws. Anmol.1998. 7. Umrigar, K.D. Laws of the Press in India. 8. Venkateswaram, K.S. Mass Media laws and Regula ons in India

MCPR0015: INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC RELATIONS (3 credits - 45 hours) Objectives: The course Introduction to Public Relations has been designed with a view to introducing the basic concepts, functions and practice of Public Relations as a profession in various sectors. Key concepts and foundations are laid down and discussed with examples and case studies. Basic knowledge of what this aspect of Marketing Communications is like is brought forth to the students enabling them to be equipped with a sound foundation and understanding of the subject of Public Relations preparing them for further advancement and in-depth studies in it. Module I: The Fundamentals (7 hours) Defini ons of Public Rela ons, Theories/models; Introduc on to its different areas of prac ce i.e. Publicity, Press agentry, Public Affairs, Issues Management, Lobbying, Investor Rela ons, Development; History and evolu on of Public Rela ons; Public rela ons - The Indian perspec ve Module II: The Public in Public Relations (15 hours) The Public and Public Opinion; The Stakeholder System- Internal and External Public; PR Tools, methods, media for internal stakeholders; PR Tools, methods, media for external stakeholders; New Media in Public Rela ons Module III: Public Relations in Practice (15 Hours) Introduc on to Public Rela ons Programmes and Events; Introduc on to damage control strategies/crisis communica on management; Introduc on to Corporate Communica ons, tools, methods and relevance; Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR); Introduc on to Public Rela ons Campaigns and Case Studies Module IV: The Public Relations Professional (8 hours) The Public Rela ons Professional: Educa onal, professional and technical skills needed; Introduc on to Image consultancy and so skill development for the PR professional; Basics of wri ng for PR (Examples and case studies) Suggested Readings 1. Theaker, A (2004) The Public Rela ons Handbook: The Second Edi on. USA and Canada: Routledge 2. Gupta, D. (2005) Handbook of Adver sing Media and Public Rela ons. Delhi: Mi al Publica ons 3. Oliver, S.M. (ed.) (2004) Handbook of Corporate Communica ons and Public Rela ons. London and New York: Routledge 4. Cutlip, S. M., Center, A.H. and Broom, G.M., (2000) Effec ve Public Rela ons: Eighth Edi on. New Jersey: Pren ce-Hall, Inc. 5. Clow, K.E. and Baack, D. (2004) Integrated Adver sing, Promo on, and Marke ng Communica ons. New Jersey: Pren ce-Hall, Inc. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|369

6. 7. 8. 9.

Freitag, A.R and Stokes, A.Q. (2009) Global Public Rela ons: Spanning Borders Spanning Cultures.New York: Routledge Zappala, J. M. and Carden, A.R. (2010) Public Rela ons Wri ng Worktext: A prac cal Guide for the Profession. New York: Routledge Moss, D., Powell, M. and DeSanto, B. (eds.) (2010) Public Rela ons Cases: Interna onal Perspec ve. New York: Routledge Ries, A. and Ries, L. (2002) The Fall of Adver sing and The Rise of PR. New York: Harper Business

MCEM0016: EVENT MANAGEMENT (3 credits-45 hours) Objective: This course in Event Management has been designed recognising the relevance and importance of event management as a professional skill and career option, and as an integral aspect of communication, marketing and management studies. The course intends to provide an in-depth understanding of the intricacies of managing an event. From delving into the concepts and basic knowledge of the process of running an event to providing a practical and sound foundation for its detailed execution, this course deals with the entire gamut of event management. Besides providing a base and understanding of the details involved, it also lays emphasis on developing individual and team orientation in event planning and management. Sufficient examples and case studies will be provided for an application based understanding of the concepts. Module I: Introduction to Event Management ( 7 hours) Concepts; Types of Events; Understanding and Introduc on to the events landscape; Idea genera on, Conceptualisa on: Techniques/Methods; Event managers and planners as entrepreneurs Module II: Event Planning (15 hours) Iden fying core concepts behind the event (developing Vision/Mission, objec ves and goals); The event proposal; Strategic planning techniques: Ac on Plans; Event Group Sustainability methodologies; Working on event logis cs and opera ons: Use of work plan structures, me-plans, worksheets, Gan Charts; Legal frameworks involved: Licenses and Permissions; Case Studies Module III: Event production (8 hours) Event administra on strategies; Resource Mobilisa on strategies/techniques/methodologies; Financial management: Financial Resources Management; Case Studies Module IV: Event marketing ( 8 hours) Target Group Segmenta ons: concepts and strategies; Strategic and Integrated Marke ng Communica ons for events; Event Branding; Digital marke ng and audience building for events; Marke ng plan crea on, strategies and implementa on; So Skills training for event managers and planners (communica on skills, nego a on/networking skills, image management, leadership and other allied skills); Case Studies Module V: Documentation and Evaluation (7 hours) Documenta on: Aims, Methods and Techniques; Event Evalua on Methodologies; Audience Feedback and Review mechanisms; Developing event follow-up strategies and ac on plans.; Developing the Event Planners Journal ; Case Studies Suggested Readings 1. Allen, J. (2009). Event planning (2nd ed.) Toronto: Wiley. 2. Broom, G. M., & Sha, B.L. (2013) Cutlip and Center's Effec ve Public Rela ons (11th ed.) Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pren ce Hall 3. Goldbla , J. (2010) Special Events: A New Genera on and the Next Fron er (6th ed.) New York: Wiley. 4. Matera, F. R.,& Ar gue, R. J. (2000) Public Rela ons Campaigns and Techniques. Allyn & Bacon. 5. O'Toole, W.,& Mikolai s, P. (2002). Corporate Event Project Management. New York: Wiley. 6. Allen, J (2000) Event Planning: The Ul mate Guide Canada: Wiley and Sons. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|370

7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.

Coulter, M. (2003) Entrepreneurship in ac on Pren ce Hall India Private limited Kuratko, D.F. and Hodge s, R.M. (2011) Entrepreneurship in the New Millenium, India edi on, Celpage Learning India private limited Armstrong, J S (2001) Planning Special Events. New York: Josse Bass Wiley Hoyle, Leonard H. (2002) Event Marke ng: How to Successfully Promote Events, Fes vals, Conven ons and Exposi ons John Wiley and Sons, Inc Bladen, C., Kennel, J., Abson, E. and Wilde, J. (2012) Events management: An Introduc on. London and New York: Routledge Razaq, R. Events Management: Principles and Prac ce. Sage Publica ons Cutlip, S. M., Center, A.H. and Broom, G.M., (2000) Effec ve Public Rela ons: Eighth Edi on. New Jersey: Pren ce-Hall, Inc. Zappala, J. M. and Carden, A.R. (2010) Public Rela ons Wri ng Worktext: A Prac cal Guide for The Profession. New York: Routledge

MCAM0019: ADVERTISING AND E-MARKETING (3 Credits - 45 hours) Objective: The course Advertising and E-marketing has been designed to enable students understand advertising and e-marketing as an industry and as a professional choice. Besides introducing the functions, strategies and concepts of the field concerned, a thorough application based approach is used to provide a sound working knowledge of the advertising industry. The course enables students to assess their comprehension of the subject through theory, case studies and relevant assignments. Module 1: The Fundamentals (7 hours) Introduc on to adver sing concepts; func ons of adver sing; defini ons, theories/models; Types of Adver sing; Brief History of Adver sing Module 2: The E-marketing Landscape (7 hours) Internet Marke ng and E- promo on-defini ons, concepts, evolu on; Digital adver sing fundamentals, pla orms; Online user behaviour; Content marke ng; Digital media planning Module 3: Advertising creativity and content management (12 hours) Copywri ng - crea vity, conceptualisa on; Adver sing crea on process; Adver sing content crea on and management; Effec ve strategies, tools and development; Approaches for digital marke ng and social media adver sing; Adver sing campaign management Module 4: Brand Building and Advertising Management (12 hours) Defining Brand; Brand Name; Concept and commodity brands; Power Brands; Life cycle of a brand; brand image and brand equity; Campaign Planning; Elements in a Marke ng Plan – Marke ng objec ves, Marke ng Strategy; Planning an Adver sing Campaign - Planning Cycle, Planning framework Module 5: Advertising Ethics (7 hours) Legal aspects of adver sing; ASCI and adver sing ethics; Consumer behaviour and adver sing research Suggested Readings 1. Sheehan, Brian (2010) Online Marke ng, Switzerland: An AVA Books 2. Kotler, P. (1989) Social Marke ng. New York: The Free Press 3. Clow, K.E. and Baack, D. (2004) Integrated Adver sing, Promo on, and Marke ng Communica ons. New Jersey: Pren ce-Hall, Inc. 4. Donovan, R. (2010) Social marke ng: An Interna onal Perspec ve. Cambridge University Press 5. Jethwaney, Jaishri and Jain, Shru . Adver sing Management. OUP India. 6. Ogilvy, D. (1997) Ogilvy on Adver sing. London: Prion Books 7. Ries, A and Trout, J (2001). Posi oning: The Ba le for Your Mind. McGraw Hill Educa on; 2nd edi on 8. Valladares, A. June. The Cra of Copywri ng. Sage Publica ons. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|371

MCNM0020: NEW MEDIA AND SOCIETY (3 Credits-45 hours) Objectives: This course will explore language of different new media platforms, impact of new media on society, it’s challenges. The students will also learn how to use social media platforms for communication and to generate content for such platforms Module I: Language of different new media platforms (15 hours) Defini ons and concepts, types of convergences; Inves ga ng Media, Media Industries – Convergence, Divergence; Principles of New Media; The Language of Cultural Interfaces; The Screen and the User; The Opera ons; Representa on versus Communica on; Synthe c Realism and its Discontents; Synthe c Image and its Subject Module II: New Media and Society (15 hours) The Poli cal Economy of New Media; User-Generated Content (UGC); Media Contexts: Audience and Trends; Communica on Technology and Society; New Media, Governance and Democracy; Poli cal Communica on; e-Governance and e-Democracy: Theory and Prac ce; Social Media for Social Change, Digital Persuasion Module III: Using Social Media Platforms (15 hours) How to communicate on Social Media; Genera ng content on social media; How to listen to social media and Manage Social Media Accounts; Social Media Strategy and Policy; Measuring the effec veness of social media; Wri ng for Blogs Suggested Readings 1. Jenkins, H. (2006). Convergence culture: Where old and new media collide. New York and London: New York University Press. 2. Lievrouw, L A. and Sonia Livingstone (2006). The Handbook of New Media, Updated Student Edi on, New Delhi: Sage Publica ons. 3. Engebretsen Mar n (2005). Wri ng for the Web: An Introduc on to Online Journalism, Vytauto Didžiojo Universitetas, 4. Gane Nicholas and Beer David, New Media- The Key Concepts, Oxford New York 5. Creeber Glen and Mar n Royston, Digital Cultures, Open University Press, McGraw-Hill Educa on, England 6. Bull Anty, Mul Media Journalism, Routledge Publica on. 7. Bansal SK, Informa on Technology in Journalism, Aph Publishing Corpora on 8. Saxena Rajiv, Computer Applica on for Journalism, Centurn Press 9. Kellison Cathorin, Producing for TV and New Media, Focal Press 10. Zarella, D., (2010). The Social Media Marke ng Book. Sebastapol (CA): O’Reilly. E-Book PDF 11. Gillinger, C. Social Media, A Handbook for Journalists, Sveriges Radio, 2013 – e-Book PDF 12. Ramanujan RC, Mul Media Journalism, Aph Publica on 13. Ray Tapas, Online Journalism: A Basic Text, Cambridge University Press

MCDC0022: DEVELOPMENT COMMUNICATION [4 credits - 60 hours] Objective: This course attempts to provide an understanding of the concept of development, the different paradigms of development and the role of communication in development. Learners apply the knowledge gained from the course in the preparation of communication plans that address community development problems. Module I: Concept of Development (14 hours) Meaning and defini ons of development; Process of development; Economic, social, psychological and poli cal aspects of development; Problems and issues in development, Characteris cs of developing socie es; Difference between developing and developed socie es; Developmental issues ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|372

Module II: Theories and Strategies of Development (10 hours) Stages of growth; Balanced versus unbalanced growth; Marxist theory of development; Gandhian theory of development Module III: Evolution of Development Communication (14 hours) Moderniza on theory and importance of communica on; Origin of the concept: Daniel Lerner and Wilbur Schramm; Growth of development communica on: Nora Quebral, Evere Rogers and Rozario Bradd Module IV: The Third World Aspirations (10 hours) Dependency theory; UNCATAD and demand for NIEO; Informa on imbalance and NWICO; Cri ques of world financial and economic ins tu ons Module V: Use of Mass Media in Social Sensitization (12 hours) McBride Commission; Mass media as a tool for development; Problems with the use of media for development; Role of community radio and local media in social sensi za on; CRS and local media role in development; Panchaya Raj Suggested Readings 1. Dua, M.T. et al. Media and Development. Har Anand Publica ons. 1994. 2. Joshi, Uma. Understanding Development Communica on. Dominant Publica ons, New Delhi. 3. Lemer, Daniel. Passing of the Tradi onal Society. 4. Mathur, K.B. Communica on for Development and Social Change. 5. Rogers, M. Evere . Communica on and Development: Cri cal Perspec ves. Sage, New Delhi. 6. Melkote, R. Srinivaj and Steeves, Leslie, Steeves. Communica on for Development: Theory and Prac ce for Empowerment and Social Jus ce. Sage India.

MCDJ0023: DIGITAL JOURNALISM (3 credits – 45 hours] Objective: The course Digital Journalism has been designed to help student understand the rapidly changing universe of online news. This course will enable students to learn the broad set of multi-platform skills required in the digital news platform while upholding the journalistic standards of news judgement, accuracy, fairness and truth. Module I: Journalism and the Internet 7 hours) Internet as a medium of journalism; power and limita on of the Internet; mass communica on since the rise of the Internet; issues of new media; mul media convergence and interac vity Module II: Digital Journalism (7 hours) Evolu on of digital journalism; characteris cs of digital journalism; computer assisted repor ng; Types of online journalism – precision journalism, annota ve and open-source journalism; ci zen journalism Module III: Writing for Web (12 hours) Wri ng and edi ng online news content; principles of news selec on and news sources; format and style of wri ng; integra on of words and pictures; content team member; structure of web newsroom Module IV: Web Technology (12 hours) Making of Webpage – role of webmaster, programmer, and network engineer; Web team member – visualizer, graphics designer, project manager, website manager, animator, audio-video expert; web content management; cons tuents of online media – Web 2.0 and 3.0, blogs, microblogs, wikis; social media cons tuents – Facebook, twi er, wordpress, blogger, YouTube, social bookmarking, Slideshare, Skype, RSS Module V: Ethical and Legal Issues (7 hours) Cyber law; journalism ethics and restraint in new media; net neutrality; India’s IT Act; Copyright Act; ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|373

ac vism in cyberspace; community informa cs; ICT and gender; ICT and social inclusion Suggested Readings 1. Stovall, G. James. Web Journalism: Prac ce and Promise of a New Medium. Pearson. 2. Foust, C. James (2008). Online Journalism: Principles and Prac ces of News for the Web. Holcomb Hathaway Publishers. 3. Whi aker, Jason. The Internet: The Basics. Routledge. 4. Whi aker, Jason. Producing for Web 2.0: A Student Guide. Routledge. 5. Quinn, Stephen. Convergent Journalism: The Fundamentals of Mul media Repor ng. Peter Lang Publishing Inc. 6. Ray, Tapas. Online Journalism: A Basic Text. Cambridge University Press India Pvt. Ltd. (2006).

MCCS0024 : CONVERGENT AND SOCIAL MEDIA [3 credits – 45 hours] Objective: This course will explore the evolution of digital media to new media, and mark the convergence of print, broadcast and on-line media. It will also be exploring interactive media, real-time generation of content and consequent challenges, and the students will learn to create content for social media. Module I: Historical Development of different Media Convergence Platforms (10 hours) Defini on; types of convergences; Inves ga ng Media, Media Industries – Convergence, Divergence; Media Globaliza on - Media in Global Context; Communica on and Globaliza on Module II: Derivatives of New Media and its Implications (10 hours) Informa on Super Highway; Digital Data Basis and Archives; Internet Protocol Television; Mobile Digital News Formats, Other New Media Products; Cyber Crimes and Laws Module III: Convergent and Social Media (12 hours) Interac ve Media; real- me genera on of content and consequent challenges; Social media and Types of social media; Social media and journalism; Digital gate keeping; Digital pla orms and civil society ac vism; Social Media for Social Change, Digital Persuasion; E- Por olio; Online Adver sements; Online Events; Webinars Module IV: Writing for New Media (13 hours) Wri ng News Stories, Features and Ar cles with Visual and Graphics on the Web; Interview and Chats on the Web as News Source; Wri ng for Blogs; Online Versions (E- Papers, Magazine, Radio/FM and Television channels); Online Repor ng: cross-media journalism and journalism in convergent media Suggested Readings 1. Jenkins, H. (2006). Convergence culture: Where old and new media collide. New York and 2. London: New York University Press. 3. Lievrouw, L A. and Livingstone, Sonia (2006). The Handbook of New Media, Updated Student 4. Edi on, New Delhi: Sage Publica ons. 5. Engebretsen Mar n (2005). Wri ng for the Web: An Introduc on to Online Journalism, 6. Vytauto Didžiojo Universitetas. 7. Gane, N. and Beer, D. (2008). New Media- The Key Concepts. New York: Oxford Publishers 8. Ramanujan, R. C., (2006). Mul Media Journalism. APH Publishing Corpora on

MCMS0101: MEDIA AND SOCIETY (4 Credits – 60 hours) Objective: This course aims to introduce to the students the concepts and key terms of media studies. It will discuss the contributions of Media and its role in Society. Further, it will discuss the impact of mass media and different issues with respect to it.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|374

Module I: Media, Society and Democracy (15 hours) Rela onship between media and society, Role and importance of media in democracy, Concept of media literacy and its significance, Mass Media and Modern Society, Its Func ons, The Public Sphere, The Sociology of Mass Audiences, Mass Media: Public Opinion Forma on and Democracy Module II: Media and Its Impact (15 hours) The four “crises” in contemporary journalism: the crisis of credibility, the crisis of relevance, the organiza onal crisis and the crisis brought by the technological revolu on; The Seam McBride Commission Report; Media and Cultural Imperialism; Cultural Industries; Market Driven Media Module III: Media and Social Issues (30 hours) a) Social, Poli cal, Economic and other contemporary and cri cal issues; Freedom of Expression and Media Regula on; Censorship – Modes and Implica ons; Media and Public Interest; Media and Human Rights b) Cultural impact of media, Television and children, Truth and media; Diversity in media c) Civil society and ci zen journalism; Popular culture and mass media; Media accountability, Media and societal needs, Market-driven media and society Suggested Readings 1. IGNOU (1992) Introduc on to Mass Communica on 2. Kumar Keval J. (2012) Mass Communica on in India, Jaico Publishing House, New Delhi, Fourth Edi on 3. Schramm Wilbur, Roberts Donald F. (ed), (1971)The Process and Effects of Communica on, University of Illinois Press. 4. Fiske John (1982) Introduc on to Communica on Studies, Routledge. 5. Rogers Evere M., A History of Communica on Study, The Free Press

MCCR0102: COMMUNITY RADIO (Theory and Practicum) (4 Credits – 60 hours) Objective: The aim of this course is to help students understand the concept of community media and its role in development. The course covers the role of Community Radio in empowerment and in addressing contemporary Issues. It will deal with the management of Community Radio and radio programme productions. Module I: Community Radio Overview (15 hours) Community Radio, Role of Community Radio in Empowerment, in Culture and Society, Community Radio and Contemporary Issues, Management of Community Radio sta ons Module II: Radio Production Basic (20 hours) a) Concepts of Audio produc on; Understanding sound recording / Perspec ve of sound; Edi ng and post-produc on; Audio Worksta ons, Studio recording, Off air / On air studios and their working, Online Sound edi ng b) Wri ng for Radio; Thinking audio; Planning and structuring the copy for various audio inputs, Voice dispatches: Bytes and Outside Broadcast (OB) copy, Vox-Pops, Interviews Compiling, Radio features/documentaries; Radio commentaries; Spotlight/Talks Module III: Radio Practical Exercises (25 hours) Drawing up fixed point chart for community radios; Compiling short news bulle ns; Produc on of field based Radio features; Produc on of Studio based Radio Suggested Readings 1. HK Luthra, Indian Broadcas ng, Publica ons Division, New Delhi, 2. Mehra Masani, Broadcas ng and the People, NBT, New Delhi. 3. Robert Mcleish, Radio Produc on, Focal Press, Oxford 4. Rick Thompson, Wri ng for Broadcast Journalists, Routledge, New York, 5. Richard Aspinall, Radio Programme Produc on: A Manual for Training, UNESCO, Paris. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|375

6. 7. 8. 9.

Michael C. Keith, The Radio Sta on: Broadcast Satellite and Internet, Focal Press, Oxford. PK Bandopadhyay, Radio Communica on at Close Range, BR Publishing Corpora on. Vinod Pavarala and. Kanchan K. Malik, Other Voices: The Struggles for Community Radio in India, Sage, New Delhi. David Hendy, Radio in the Global Age, Polity Press, Cambridge.

MCCT0103: COMMUNICATION THEORIES (3 credits – 45 hours) Objective: This course introduces to the students the basic concepts and theories of Communication. These theories will help them to understand the communication process in different contexts and the elements that play a role in it. Module I: Initial Theories (8 hours) Direct Effects Model: Hypodermic Needle Theory, Two-step and Mul -step Theory, Commercial Theory; Game Theory, Diffusion of Innova on Theory, Theory of Cogni ve Dissonance Module II: Later Theories (7 hours) Selec ve Exposure, Selec ve Percep on and Selec ve Reten on Theory; Cul va on Theory, Uses and Gra fica on Theory; Convergence and Divergence, Convergent Media; Systems Theory Module III: Normative Theories and Cultural Industries (15 hours) Norma ve theories and cultural effects theories; The concept of Ideology; Cultural Industries and Consciousness Industries, Representa on, Hegemony, Significa on; Manufacturing consent. Encoding/ Decoding. Cultural Hierarchies, Cultural capital Module IV: Other Issues (15 hours) Theories of Recep on; Conceptual and actual difference between a spectator and an audience; Fan Culture; Stardom and star iden es Suggested Readings 1. IGNOU Handbook (1992) Introduc on to Mass Communica on, 2. Kumar Keval J. (2012), Mass Communica on in India, Jaico Publishing House, New Delhi, Fourth Edi on, 2012 3. McQuail Denis, (2000) Mass Communica on Theory, Sage (fourth Edi on), London 4. Schramm Wilbur, Roberts Donald F. (ed) (1971), The Process and Effects of Communica on, University of Illinois Press 5. Fiske John, (1982) Introduc on to Communica on Studies, Routledge

MCAP0104: PERFORMING ARTS IN PRACTICE (Theory and Practicum) (3 Credits - 45 hours) Objective: This course gives students an opportunity to engage with two or more art forms to create an artwork. The realised artwork might be a performance, a product or a combination of both that is an innovative expression of a personal aesthetic. Through this broad-based, interdisciplinary course of study, students explore the core of arts literacies and arts processes, apply techniques and processes, analyse and create artworks, and investigate artist's purposes and audience interpretations. Module I: Performing arts communication and principles (15 hours) a) Communica on in and about the arts facilita ng interpreta on and presenta on of informa on, conveying of meaning, and the sharing of ideas about art forms, artworks and processes; arts-specific terminology, communica on skills, clarity of communica on and expression b) Arts principles: the understandings that serve as a founda on for learning and engagement in the Arts; genres, forms and/or styles, elements and/or medium's, conven ons, structures, func ons and/or purposes Module II: Aesthetic appreciation (15 hours) a) Knowledge and understanding of arts principles; developing aesthe c apprecia on or ar s c ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|376

b)

awareness, understanding the meaning of an ar s c experience; descrip on, analysis and interpreta on of artworks, including compara ve skills Tradi onal/Folk Media; Various Folk Culture, Folk Song, Dance and Drama; Tradi onal/Folk Media in Rural Campaign and Advocacy; Integra on of Tradi onal and Modern Mass Media

Module III: Integration of art forms (15 hours) a) Arts technologies, techniques and skills; Artwork realisa on: produc on skills, presenta on skills, curatorial skills b) Prac cal Assignments involving skills in the integra on of art forms, conceptualisa on and planning of artworks, refinement and modifica on of arts ideas and art-making processes. c) A project consis ng of an artwork and at least one other assessable presenta on component chosen from the following: ● wri en ● spoken ● mul modal Suggested Readings a) Sen Amartya, Resources, Value and Development, Basil Blackwell b) Khanna BS, Rural Development in South Asia, Deep and Deep Publica ons c) Schumacher E.F., Small is Beau ful, Abacus

MCPC0105: PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION (3 credits – 45 hours) Objectives: This course enables students to handle themselves in their future workplaces by learning professional communication skills required in their future careers. The modules have been designed focusing on the ways in which content can be repurposed for various channels and situations, be it in writing or verbal and nonverbal communication situations. Module I: Professional writing (15 hours) Differences between professional wri ng and academic wri ng; How content can be repurposed for various channels: business le ers/correspondences, professional emails, press releases, reports, features/ar cles; Copy-edi ng, proof-reading; Basics of digital content wri ng; Prac cal exercises Module II: Professional Presentation Skills (15 hours) Presenta on skills; Effec ve use of voice in a presenta on situa on; Ar cula on, tone, pitch; Making effec ve presenta ons; Use of visual aids in a presenta on; Techniques to make visual aids more compelling and effec ve; Non-verbal communica on in a presenta on situa on; Individual and Group exercises Module III: Oral communication, Body Language and Listening Skills (15 hours) Strategies for effec ve oral communica on; Understanding the use of correct spoken English; Developing the right speaking skills for various situa ons- one-to-one conversa ons, interview scenarios, handling cri cism; Effec ve use of the pause; Effec ve listening skills; Body Language and non-verbal skills; Posture, gestures, eye contact; Individual and Group exercises Suggested Readings 1. Hargie, 0. (2011) Skilled Interpersonal Communica on: Research Theory and Prac ce:The Fi h Edi on. London and New York: Routledge 2. Hardman, E. (2012) Ac ve Listening 101: How to Turn Down Your Volume to Turn Up Your Communica on Skills 3. Krishnamachuryulu, Ramakrishnaan, C.S.G. and Lalitha (2008) Business Communica on. Global Media 4. Baker, G.S. (2011) Fitly Spoken: Developing Effec ve Communica on and Social Skills: Paperback

MCBP0106: BASICS OF PHOTOGRAPHY (Theory and Practical) Objectives: This course will impart the understanding of photography as an art and profession to the ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|377

students. In this students will learn the theoretical aspect of the technical subject, so that they can learn the technique of capturing photos in a better and in-depth way. They will also learn the practical aspect of the technical subject, so that they can learn the technique of capturing photos Module I: Introduction to Photography (15 hours) Photography; Defini on, Elements and Principles; Photography; Visual Language, Digital Photography; Basic Principles of Composi on; Essen al Quali es of a Photographer; Amateur and Professional Photography; Famous Photographers Module II: Basic Elements of Photography (7 hours) Camera, Lens and Other parts of camera; Focus, Aperture, Shu er speed, Depth of Field, Camera movements, Shots, Angles; Photo Edi ng and Photo Cap on; Different Types of Photography Module III: Photography Practical (23 hours) A comprehensive prac cal work will be done by students which will give them in-depth knowledge of the subject. a) Student will be required to click photographs on themes discussed in the class and make an e-por olio. b) They will also prepare a photography por olio (hard copy) of about 100 photos. c) A photo exhibi on will also be organized where students will display their photographs which will be evaluated by an external expert. Suggested Readings 1. Adams Ansel, The Camera (Ansel Adams Photography series) 2. Adams Ansel, The Print (Ansel Adams Photography series) 3. Belt Angela Faris, Elements of Photography- Understanding and Crea ng Sophis cated Images, Focal Press 4. Ang Tom, Picture Edi ng, Focal Press 5. Wells Liz, Photography- A Cri cal Introduc on, Routledge 6. Deshpande B.K, Photo Journalism, Sonali Publica ons 7. Frost Lee, The A-Z of crea ve Photography 8. Freeman Michael, Crea ve Photography, New 35MM handbook 9. Edwards Steve, (2006) Photography A Very Short Introduc on, Oxford University Press

MCPI6002: TECHNIQUES OF PHOTOGRAPHY AND IMAGE EDITING LAB (2 credits) Objective: The objective of this course is to equip students with introductory skills and knowledge about the art of digital photography. Students will learn to comfortably handle DSLR cameras, understand technical concepts from the different shooting modes to aperture and shutter speed; and apply composition techniques from finding effective backgrounds to rule of the thirds. Besides learning photography, students will learn to be proficient in the use of an digital image editing software. After successful completion of this course, students will have a better understanding of the making and editing of digital images, visual communication and storytelling. At the end of the course, students will hold a photography exhibition in the university campus or elsewhere. Students will be required to complete photography assignments in the following categories: 1. People 2. Nature 3. Ac on 4. Photo story 5. Use of image edi ng so ware – Gimp Students will maintain documenta on for all the photo assignments given during the semester. Suggested Readings 1. Basics of Digital Images. OIT Academic Compu ng, PDF. 2. Koo, R. The DSLR Cinematography Guide, Crea ve Commons, e-book. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|378

3. 4.

Stuur, A. A short Guide to Digital Photo Edi ng, www.visualsteps.com Various handouts and materials given during the semester.

MCRP6003: RADIO PRODUCTION LAB (2 credits - 60 hours) Objective: This course aims at training students to produce programmes in different formats for radio. Through a series of assignments the students will learn to script, record, and edit different formats like news report, talk show, feature, drama etc. Moreover, the course will introduce students to audio editing software and portable digital recorder. Students will work individually as well as in small teams as they proceed through production exercises and projects creating an assortment of radio programmes over the course of the semester. Work outside of class will be required. Students will be required to create radio programmes in the following categories: 1. PSA 2. Adver sement 3. News Program 4. Talk show 5. Feature report 6. Radio jingle and other radio assignments Suggested Readings 1. Mcleish, Robert. Techniques of radio Produc on, Focal Press. 2. Crook, Tim. Radio drama-Theory and Prac ce, Routledge. 3. Siegel, Bruce. Crea ve radio Produc ons, Focal Press. 4. Kedia, Krishan K. Wri ng for Radio and Television in India, Cyber Tech Publica ons. 5. Luthra, H.R. Indian Broadcas ng, Publica on Division New Delhi 6. Various handouts and materials given during the semester.

MCDI6005: DISSERTATION PHASE I (2 credits-60 hours) Objective: Through this practicum students will be taught different the different methods for conducting Academic research. It will also teach students to conduct review of literature, prepare Synoptic outline, give format or structure of report e.g. introduction describing purpose, methodology etc.; presenting findings under different heads; conclusions etc. They will also learn how to add Appendices, such as references to sources of data, instruments of data collection; give Bibliography and footnotes. The Exercise: During this 60 hour (2 credits) lab course, students will have to choose a Research topic of their choice, conduct a literature review with bibliography, and develop a research proposal which will be presented in a Seminar. They also have to Write and Present a Research Paper.

MCJM6006: JOURNALING AND MEDIA HOUSE EXPOSURE (2 credits-60 hours) During this 60 hours lab course students are required to visit a variety of Media Houses in small groups cons tuted by the department, at least 08 mes as laid down in the academic calendar, to gain exposure to the best prac ces among the day-to-day ac vi es of the media house. A report of the visit is to be submi ed in the format specified within two days of the visit. Each student is also required to maintain a daily reflec ve journal, using the Visible Thinking Rou ne as a cri cal structure for guiding their journal wri ng. Students are required to do journaling six days a week and submit the journal to the assigned faculty member every Friday for analysis. Grades will be awarded for this course on the basis of the journal and the wri en reports of the media house visits. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|379

MCVP6007: DIGITAL VIDEO PRODUCTION LAB (2 credits-60 hours) Objective: This course will introduce students to the concept of visual communication and provide them with the opportunity to explore a wide range of digital video production technologies and techniques. Through a series of video shoot assignments students will develop a strong understanding of the visual medium, teamwork and meeting deadlines. Students will be familiar with both single camera and multi-camera production operations. Besides learning to script and shoot videos, students will learn to be proficient in the use of video editing software. Students will work individually as well as in small teams as they proceed through various video projects and exercises. Work outside of class hour will be required. Suggested Assignments Students will have to complete the following exercises: 1. Video Postcard 2. Con nuity Exercise 3. In-camera Edit 4. Adver sement/PSA 5. Use of video edi ng so ware

MCDI6008: DISSERTATION PHASE II (2 credits) Objective: Through this practicum students will become familiar with different methods for conducting academic research. They will collect their data based on the proposal presented in Phase I and analyze the same and submit their Thesis. They will also learn how to add appendices, such as references to sources of data, instruments of data collection; give bibliography and footnotes. During this phase of the research disserta on prepara on, students will collect their data based on the research objec ves, interpret the collected data and submit their final thesis. Suggested Readings 1. Gibaldi, Joseph and Walter S. Achtert. MLA Handbook for Writers of Research Papers. New Delhi: Affiliated East-West Press Pvt. Ltd. 1994. 2. Kothari, C.R. Research Methodology Methods and Techniques 3. Krishnaswamy, O.R. Research Methods in Social Sciences 4. Natziger, Ralph O. and David M. White. Introduc on to Mass Communica on Research. Baton rouge: Louisiana State University Press. 1981. 5. Oliver, Paul. Wri ng your thesis. New Delhi: Sage Publica ons. 2008 6. Stempel, Guido H. (III) and Bruce H. Westley (Ed). Research Methods in Mass Communica on. Englewood Cliffs: Pren ce-hall Inc. 1981 7. Wimmer, Roger D. and Joseph R. Dominick. Mass Media research: An Introduc on. Belomnt: Wadsworth

MCIN6010: INTERNSHIP 4 credits All students shall undergo an internship involving media related ac vi es of four weeks' dura on. The purpose of the internship is to give the students an opportunity to have a hands-on field experience to effec vely put into prac ce the theore cal and prac cal learning from the programme in an area of interest. Students may undergo their internship in a media house of their choice. The student shall be required to discuss the choice of media house with the department and obtain its consent. Before going for the internship, a Le er of Consent from the concerned media house, in the prescribed format, shall be submi ed by the student to the Department. A er returning from the internship each student shall have to submit a detailed report in a prescribed format. Each student shall also make a presenta on of the internship experience and learning in the Department and submit a cer ficate of successful comple on of the internship from the designated authority of the concerned media house. The ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|380

melines for the internship, report submission and presenta on, etc., shall be no fied by the Department. Evaluation The evalua on of the Internship will be based on 1. Log of the ac vi es of the student during the period of internship authen cated periodically (at least once a week) by the mentor. 2. Report of Internship including an analysis of the Media House they have worked for and a cri cal evalua on and es mate of what the student has contributed to the media house during the period of the Internship 3. Report from the Media House in the prescribed format. The Department will issue for each student: 1. An ini a ng le er - a le er addressed to the Media House specifying the skills the student has been trained for. 2. Format for the Feedback/Report required from the Media House. 3. Format for the Cer ficate of Comple on of Internship MCPO6012: PORTFOLIO (2 credits) The por olio shall be a compila on of all the assignments completed by a student during the course of the programme and shall document his/her progression through the various courses of the programme as well as showcase the skills acquired by the student during the programme. The por olio shall include Radio produc ons, Video produc ons, Photographs, e-publica ons, Web pages, published ar cles, posters, etc. which the student has prepared during the course of study, duly a ested by the faculty member concerned. The various components of the por olio shall be submi ed in formats specified below: 1. Screen print of their Web content 2. Digital content of their produc ons in a CD/DVD 3. Hard copy scripts of their Radio and Video produc ons 4. Hard copy of Campus Splash ar cles The por olio submi ed to the department as part of this requirement shall be retained by the department and shall not be returned to the student. Students are advised to make two copies of the por olio if they desire to keep a copy for themselves. The last date for submission of the por olio shall be no fied by the Department and the dates for the Viva Voce Examina on shall be no fied by the Controller of Examina ons. Evaluation Evalua on will be based on the following: 1. Web page 2. Hard and So Copy submission 3. Overall Por olio Design 4. Presenta on of 10 minutes dura on 5. Viva Voce Examina on conducted by an external examiner

MCFP6013: FINAL PROJECT (8 credits) As a Final Project the students are required to create a Social Awareness and Community Development oriented mul -media project which shall culminate in a Media Event. The purpose of the final project is to showcase all the skills that the students have acquired during the course of the programme as well as demonstrate their Media and Event Management, and Media Entrepreneurship abili es and at the same me use these skills for the service and upli ment of the community. The Final Project shall essen ally be a group project and the number of groups shall be specified by the department. The groups shall ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|381

perform their ac vi es under the guidance of faculty members who shall be assigned to guide each group. The Department shall no fy the melines for the submission of the proposal and execu on of the event. Evaluation Evalua on of the Final Project will be based on the following criteria: 1. Project proposal 2. Video feature (10 minutes dura on) 3. Radio feature (10 minutes dura on) 4. E-publica ons (4 pages) 5. Web portal and social media integra on 6. Promo onal materials and ac vity 7. Execu on of the Event

MCDJ6014 : DIGITAL JOURNALISM PRACTICUM [2 Credits - 60 hours] Objective: The course is designed to prepare students in practical skills appropriate to digital forms of journalism. It will also train the students in digital content production- to frame and tell stories in the digital environment using a variety of media forms. The students would acquire knowledge of convergence and interactivity, which are the predominant reality in today’s newsrooms. Assignments a) Still images project: The students are required to shoot and submit atleast 10 s ll photographs (in digital format), which effec vely communicate a story/news, individually. The student will determine what and how the par cular photograph communicate. The students should not fabricate the story and follow the rules of engagement. b) Audio project: The students are required to produce a 2 minute (maximum) story using sound only. It should include voiceover, natural sound and atleast one interview, with proper edi ng. c) Social media presence: The students are required to have personal id on twi er, and come up with minimum 5 tweets per week on relevant current issues occurring around the world. The students are also required to have presence in LinkedIn, Instagram, Flickr, Youtube, Facebook and other related pla orms. d) Blog/Vlog: The students are required to have individual blogs/vlogs, where they should publish atleast two stories of their choice and one assignment including audio, video, photo, etc. The blogs/vlogs should be hyperlinked to other social media pla orms. e) Multimedia storytelling: The students are required to produce a story of maximum 4 minutes dura on using video, audio, s lls, texts and graphics, on any topic of their choice. f) Mobile news gathering: The student would be required to submit atleast one story, with the op mum u liza on of one’s mobile phone/hand-held device. The story should include audio, video, photo, etc. g) Web designing and writing for the web: The students are required to design web pages and upload at least two hard/so news stories following the guidelines on wri ng for the web. Suggested Readings 1. Foust, J.C. (2011). Online journalism: Principles and prac ces of news for the web. Sco sdale, AZ: Holcomb Hathaway. 2. Caroll, B. (2014). Wri ng and edi ng for digital media. New York, NY: Routledge. 3. Kawamoto, K. (ed.) (2003). Digital journalism: Emerging media and the changing horizons of journalism. Rowman and Li erfield Publishers.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|382

DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY AND COUNSELLING PCLS0002: LIFE SPAN DEVELOPMENT (4 credits - 60 hours) Objectives: This course gives an overview about cognitive, emotional, psycho-sexual, social and moral development during the life span. Various theories of understanding human development are presented and discussed with a view to enable students to understand the clients in the context of life span perspective. Module I: Introduction to Life Span Development (10 hours) Life Span Perspec ve: Importance of studying Life-Span Development, Characteris cs of life span development, Nature of Development, Scope of Life span development. Theories of Development (Brief men on of all theories), Influence of Socializa on and Development Module II: Biological Bases to explain Human Development and Anatomy of the Nervous system (14 hours) a) The Evolu onary perspec ve and Heredity-Environment Correla ons, gene c founda on, Concep on, effect of Teratogens on Prenatal Development, Neonatal health- Low birth weight, Neonatal Assessment. b) Neuron: Structure, types and func ons. Structure of the nervous system, physiological basis of the ac on poten al (neural response). c) Structure and func on of the brain: forebrain, midbrain, hindbrain, cerebral cortex, temporal, parietal and occipital lobes; prefrontal cortex. The effect of hormones on the nervous system. Module III: Physical development across life span (12 hours) Physical growth during childhood,adolescence and old-age, brain development across life span,Bio-Psycho-Social health model, aging, biological theories of aging and death. Module IV: Cognition (14 hours) Cogni ve Development across during adolescence, growth beyond formal opera onal stage, Piaget’s and Vygotsky’s Theories of Cogni ve Development, Development of the Self, Self Esteem and Self Concept, Self Regula on. Development of iden ty and Personality including Erickson‘s theory. Aging and cogni ve skills. Intelligence, crea vity, learning and memory across the lifespan. Stages in language development, language development across the lifespan. Module V: Emotional Development (10 hours) Development of Emo on, Temperament and A achment and Love in macy, sexuality, self iden ty, gender iden ty and personality across the life span. Theories of moral development. Changes in moral reasoning(Kohlberg’s Theory).Development of values, Religion, Spirituality and Meaning in Life including Fowler’s Theory. Suggested Readings 1. Santrock, john W (2007), Life- Span Development, 3rd Edi on, New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill 2. Hurlock, Elizabeth B. (1981), A Life-Span Approach, 5th Edi on, New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited 3. Berk, Laura E. (2007), Child Development, 7th Edi on, New Delhi: Pren ce Hall. 4. Bhaskar, R.(2008), Fundamentals of Child Psychology, Delhi: Swas k Publishers and Distributors 5. Cha erjee, Chopra Suhita, Patnaik, Priyadarshi, Chariar, Vijayaraghavan M. (Eds), (2008), Discourses on Aging and Dying. Los Angeles: Sage. 6. Hurlock, Elizabeth B. (1997), Child Development, 6th Edi on, New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited. 7. Mallon, Brenda (2008), Dying, Death and Grief, Working with Adult Bereavement, Los Angeles: Sage 8. Mishra, A.K. (2007), Psychology of Aging, Jaipur: Sublime Publica ons. 9. Santrock, John W. (2007), Child Development, 11th Edi on, New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill Edi on. 10. Sharma, Ram Nath A. Sharma, Rachana (2002), Child Psychology, New Delhi: Atlan c ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|383

11. Carlson, N.R. (2004). Physiology of behaviour (8th.ed.). Boston: 12. Allyn and Bacon.Schneider M Alles (1990). An introduc on to Physiological Psychology (3rd Edi on) USA:Random House. 13. Leukel, F. (1985). Introduc on to physiological psychology (3rd.ed.). New Delhi: CPS Publishers 14. Morgan, T.H. and Stellar, A. (1965). Physiological Psychology. New York: McGraw Hill.

PCMH0004: CONCEPTS OF MENTAL HEALTH AND ILLNESS (4 credits - 60 hours) Objectives: In this course students get an overview of the concepts of mental health and illness, forms of diagnosis and learn about the most common groups of disorders. Need for psychological counselling as important part of treatment is discussed but also the limitations counselling has in severe cases. Module I: Introduction (10 hours) Defini on, historical review. Changing a tudes and concepts of mental health and illness.Current views. Models for understanding psychopathology. Psychoanaly c, behavioural, interpersonal and humanis c. Need, cultural and social background for and types of classifica on of mental disorders. DSM and ICD systems of classifica on. Module II: Anxiety, Somatoform and Dissociative Disorders (15 hours) Diagnosis, types, clinical features, social context, medical treatment, possibili es and limits of counseling Module III: Severe Mental Disorders: Bipolar and Schizophrenic Disorders (10 hours) Diagnosis, types, clinical features, social context, medical treatment, possibili es and limits of counseling Module IV: Mental Health Problems in Children and Adolescents (10 hours) Au sm, ADHD, ea ng disorders - Diagnosis, types, clinical features, social context, medical treatment, possibili es and limits of counselling (behavioural and development) Module V: Personality Disorder and sexual Disorders ( 15 hours) Clinical features , causes, treatment of personality and sexual disorders. Suggested Readings 1. Diagnos c and Sta s cal Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM- IV TR), 2000 American Psychiatric Associa on. 2. Robert C.Carson, James N. Butcher, Susan Mineka, Jill M. Hooley, Abnormal Psychology, 13th edi on, Pearson 3. Sarason, Irwin G. a. Sarason Barbara R. ( 2009). Abnormal Psychology. The Problem of Maladap ve Behaviour. 11th Edi on. New Delhi: PHI Learning Private Limited. 4. Ahuja, Niraj (2006), A Short Textbook of Psychiatry, 6th Edi on, New Delhi: Jaypee. 5. Antony, John D. (2006), Mental disorders, Encountered in Counselling, A Textbook of clinical Psychology Based on DSM IV, Dindigul: Anugraha Publica ons. 6. Chaube, S.P. (2007), Developmental Psychology, New Delhi: Neelkamal. 7. Gilbert, Paul (2007), Psychotherapy and Counselling for Depression, 3rd Edi on. Los Angeles: Sage. 8. Humphrey, Geraldine M. A. Zimpfer David G. (2008). Counselling for Grief and bereavement. 2nd Edi on. Los Angeles: Sage. 9. Korchin, Sheldon, J. (1986), Modern Clinical Psychology, Principles of Interven on in the Clinic and Community. New Delhi: CBS Publishers and Distributors. 10. Kumar Updesh and Mandal Manas K. (Eds). (2010), Suicidal Behaviour, Assessment of People-at-Risk. Los Angeles: Sage. 11. Patel, Vikram (2003). Where There is No Psychiatrist. A mental health care manual. Glasgow: Gaskell. 12. Patel, Vikram a. Thara. R. (Eds.) (2003). Mee ng The Mental Health Needs of Developing Countries. NGO Innova ons in India. New Delhi: Sage. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|384

PCIG0005: PROCESS AND SKILLS OF INDIVIDUAL AND GROUP COUNSELLING I (3 credits - 45 hours) Objectives: This course will introduce to the students the basic theoretical aspects of the counselling process and different skills of counselling, along with their evaluation. In the first part fundamentals of individual counselling are highlighted. Second part of this paper is introducing the basic concepts of group counselling, stages of group development, skills, techniques and strategies to group process. Module I: Fundamentals of Individual counselling (10 hours) Introduc on:Defini on, Characteris cs, advantages of individual counselling, counselling setup indica ons and contraindica ons, professional self care- need of safe frame for counselling work, value of supervision as part of professional counselling. Module II: Eclectic and integrative approaches (12 hours) Concepts, approaches, skills and techniques, cogni ve analy c theory, brief Counselling approaches - solu on focused approach and narra ve approach. Module III: Basics of group counselling (15 hours) Goals, Func ons and Defini ons of Group guidance, Ethical guidelines for group counselors; Rights of group par cipants. Uses and misuses of group techniques, psychological risks in group; Group work in mul cultural se ngs and Integra ve eclec c perspec ves: professional issues and current trends. Module IV: Skill training – group counselling (10 hours) Group counselling, Group therapy: Types of groups-structured and psycho educa onal, theme centered, theory based. Suggested Readings 1. Kiruba, Charles and Jyothsna N.G. (2011). Guidance and Counselling. New Delhi: Neelkamal 2. Gladding, S.T (2009), Counselling : A Comprehensive Profession, 6th Edi on Pearson 3. Reynolds Welfel, Elizabeth and Pa erson, Lewis E. (2005), The Counselling Process, A Mul theore cal Integra ve Approach, 6th Edi on, New Delhi: Cengage Learning. 4. Koshy, John S (2009/10). Guidance and Counselling. New Delhi: Dominant Publishers and Distributors. 5. Ko ler, Jeffrey A. and Shepard, David S. (2008) Counselling, Theories and Prac ces. New Delhi: Cengage Learning. 6. McLeod, John (2003), An Introduc on to Counselling, 3rd Edi on, Berkshire: Open University Press. 7. McLead, John (2007), Counselling Skill, Berkshire: Open University Press 8. Nelson-Jones, Richard (1988), Prac cal Counselling and Helping Skills, Bombay: Be er Yourself Books 9. Nelson-Jones, Richard (2008), Basic Counselling Skills, A Helper's Manual, 2nd Edi on Los Angeles: Sage. 10. Westbrook, David; Kennerley, Helen A., Kirk J. (2007), An Introduc on to Cogni ve Behaviour Therapy, Skills and Applica ons, Los Angeles: Sage.

PCSP0006: INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY (3 credits - 45 hours) Objectives: This course helps to understand the social behaviour of individuals in terms of both internal characteristics of the person and external influences. It aims to orient students towards the applications of the concept of social psychology to social problems. Module I: Introduction (8 hours) Social Psychology - Defini on, Nature, Origin and Development; Social Psychology in Indian context. Module II: Social Processes (8 hours) Social percep on or cogni on, interpersonal a rac on, social mo ves, social learning, socialisa on ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|385

and social roles, pro-social behaviour and aggressive behaviour. Module III: Social Influences (8 hours) Persuasion, a tude, prejudice and stereotypes - nature and differences among them. Factors in the forma on of a tudes, measuring a tudes, factors in a tude change. Module IV: Group Dynamics and Group Influence (13 hours) Forma on of groups, structure and func ons, types, group communica on, group norms, conformity behaviour, co-opera on and compe on, social facilita on, leadership, group effec veness, decision making, problem solving, group conflict and resolu on. Module V: Social Problems and Social Psychology (8 hours) Understanding social problems in the light of social psychology: concept and approaches, aggression and violence, poverty, discrimina on - caste, class, religion, gender. Suggested Readings 1. Baron, R., A., Byrne, D. (2006), Social Psychology, 10th Edi on, New Delhi: Pren ce Hall. 2. Mc David and Harai (1968), Social Psychology; Individuals, groups, socie es, Harper and Row. 3. Moghaddam, F.M. (1997), Social Psychology: Exploring Universals Across Cultures, Freeman and Company 4. Dalal, Ajit K., A. Misra, Girishwar (Eds). (2001), New Direc ons in Indian Psychology, Social Psychology, New Delhi: Sage. 5. Eckes, Thomas and Trautner, Hanns M. (Eds.) (2000), The Developmental Social Psychology of Gender, Mahwah: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Publishers. 6. Hogg, Michael A. and Cooper, Joel (Eds), (2007), The Sage Handbook of Social Psychology, Concise Student Edi on, Los Angeles: Sage. 7. Misra, Girishwar (Ed.) (1990), Applied Social Psychology in India, New Delhi: Sage. 8. Pandey, Janak (Ed.) (2001), Psychology in India Revisited – Developments in the Discipline, Vol. 3: Applied Social and Organisa onal Psychology, New Delhi: Sage 9. Sharan, A.K. (1999). Social Psychology, New Delhi: Commonwealth Publishers. 10. Linda steg, Abraham p. Buunk, Applied social psychology: Understanding and managing social problems

PCPD0007: PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT (3 credits - 45 hours) Objectives: In this Course in Personality Development students will learn about personalities. It will go on to look at theories of personality development and the theories of the stages of development. The students will also delve into basic personality traits, including values and beliefs. Module I: Understanding Personality (10 hours) Defini on and concepts of personality; Basic Personality Traits and Types, Big Five Personality Dimensions. Module II: Personality Development (15 hours) Personality development; theories of personality development: Freudian stages of development, Erik Erickson’s stages of development, Maslow’s hierarchy of needs, Roger's self theory; applica ons. Module III: Techniques of Personality Analysis and Change (20 hours) Johari Window, SCOT Analysis; Stress Management; Posi ve a tude; Controlling emo ons. Suggested Readings 1. Atkinson, R. L., Atkinson, R. C., Smith, E. E., Bem, D. J. and Hilgard, E. R. (1990). 2. Introduc on to Psychology. New York: H. B. J. Inc. 3. Sternberg, R. J. (2010). Cogni ve Psychology. New York: Cengage Learning 4. Passer, M.W. and Smith, R.E. (2010). Psychology: The Science of Mind and Behaviour. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|386

PCIG0008: PROCESS AND SKILLS OF INDIVIDUAL AND GROUP COUNSELLING II (3 credits - 45 hours) Objectives:The aim of this course is to impart advanced training to the students in individual and group counselling skills. Developmental model is followed in training the students. On successful completion of the course,the students should have the following competencies: ● Knowledge of advanced counselling skills,group counselling theories and skills ● Continued enhancement in self-awareness ● Development and understanding of using individual and group counselling techniques in applied settings ● Development of knowledge,sensitivity and skills in the provision of individual and group counselling to individuals of diverse cultural and environmental backgrounds. ● The course will use role plays, observation and individual study methodologies. Module I: Counselling with Diverse population (10 hours) Counselling the aged popula on, Gender based counselling, Counselling and Sexual Orienta on, Counselling and Spirituality, Defining culture and mul cultural counselling, History of mul cultural counselling, Difficul es and Issues in mul cultural Counselling, The culturally skilled counselor. Module II: Settings for Counselling (11 hours) Counselors in Educa onal se ngs: Training programs for counselors in Educa onal se ngs, role and func on of counselors in Schools se ngs, Counselling in Elementary schools, Counselling in Secondary schools, Counselling in ins tu ons of higher educa on; Counselling in Community and Agency Se ngs: Training programs for counselors in Community and Agency se ngs, The Agency team, Counselling in Community se ng. Module III: Group Leadership (12 hours) Defini on of group leader, Group Leadership style, Personal Quali es of effec ve leaders, skills and func ons of group leaders, Impact of leaders’ values on the group, Co-leadership, Group leader Training. Module IV: Stages of group development (12 hours) Pre –group issues:Forma on of the group: Ini al stage: Orienta on and explora on; Transi on stage: dealing with resistance; Working stage: Cohesion and produc vity; Final stage:Consolida on and termina on;Post group issues:Follow-up and evalua on Suggested Readings 1. Corey Gerald, Theory and Prac ce of counselling 8th edi on. Canada: Brooks/Cole 2. Corey Gerald, Corey Marianne Schneider, Russell. J. Michael, Group Techniques 3. Drummond Robert J, Jones Karvn Davel, Assessment Procedure for counselor and helping Professional (7th edi on) 4. Ehly Stewart, Dus n Richard, Individual and group counselling in schools,(kindle Edi on) 5. Gladding, Samuel.T 6th Edi on, Group Work:a counselling Speciality, Merrill 6. Gladding, Samuel.T, Counselling: A Comprehensive profession (6th Edi on), New Delhi: Dorling Kindersley (Pearson) 7. Vacc. Nicholas. A, DeVaney Susan B, Brendel Johnston.M, Counselling Mul cultural and Diverse Popula ons (2003), New York: Brunner Routledge 8. Dryden’s handbook of Individual Therapy, 5th edi on, Los Angeles: Sage

PCCY0009: CHILD AND YOUTH COUNSELLING (4 credits - 60 hours) Objective: This course aims to introduce student to the need for and application of counselling techniques to the educational settings and to improve student mental health. Further, the course attempts to ● provide a firm foundation for Educational Counselling and Assessment ● develop counselling skills for dealing with behavioural problems of school Children ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|387

● ●

provide an understanding on career issues Develop skills for different intervention strategies

Module I: Introduction (12 hours) Defini ons, goals of counselling children, child- counsellor rela onship, a ributes of a counsellor for children, historical background and contemporary ideas about counselling children Module II: Academic Development (12 hours) a) Learning-styles - VAK Model, Kolb’s Experien al Model, MBTI Pa ern, Honey and Mumford Model, Hemispheric Dominance Model, Gregorc Model, Gardner’s Mul ple Intelligence Model. b) Study skills - reading , wri ng and note making skills, studying skills and study habits, me management c) Cogni ve issues - causes and factors affec ng a en on, concentra on, remembering, forge ng, experimental evidences and cogni ve training Module III: Major Theories in Counselling Children (14 hours) Learning, Behavioural, Cogni ve Behavioural Modifica on, Expressive therapy: play, art and drawing, drama, metaphore, story telling Module IV: Counselling Children with specific problem (12 Hours) a) Children and trauma, child abuse- physical, sexual, emo onal, HIV/ AIDS, specific issues in educa onal se ngS b) Techniques of assessment: Cumula ve record, Anecdotal Record, Case Study, Sociometry Module V: Career Counselling (10 hours) Basic aspects: Nature, scope and importance of career counselling; role of counselor in career prepara on; career decision making, career explora on techniques, career development theories-(Holland, Ginzberg super), career counselling with diverse popula on: children, adolescents, college students, women and adults Suggested Readings 1. Asch M (2000) Principles of guidance and counselling (I Ed) New Delhi: Sarup and Sons 2. Bowe Frank G (2000). Birth to Five – early Childhood special educa on, New York, Delmar Publishers Inc. 3. Butler, G. and Hope, T. (1997). Managing your mind: The mental fitness guide. Oxford University Press. 4. Cohen, L.G., and Spenciner, L.J (2003). Assessment of Children and Youth with Special Needs. Boston: Allyn and Bacon. 5. Mangal S.K (2008) Essen als of Educa onal Psychology, New Delhi, Pren ce Hall of India Pvt ltd 6. Santrock, J.W. (2003). Educa onal Psychology. Boston: McGraw-Hill. 7. Woolfolk, A. (2007). Educa onal psychology (10th ed.). Boston, MA: Allyn and Bacon.

PCRM0010: RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND STATISTICS IN SOCIAL SCIENCE (4 credits - 60 hours) Objectives: ● To understand the significance of research and application of statistics in psychology ● To understand the research process and acquire the attitudes and skills essential for psychological research ● To develop skills for interpretation, documentation and presentation of results of the research. ● To familiarize with statistical methods and techniques needed for psychological research. ● To understand the process of report writing and publication. Module I: Introduction to Research (10 hours) Philosophical Founda ons of Research.Natural and social science research- characteris cs and scien fic a tude. Scope of social science research- basic and applied research; Ethical concerns in Counselling research. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|388

Module II: Research designs, approaches and types (12 hours) a) Research designs: Descrip ve, Exploratory and Experimental: meaning, scope, characteris cs, applica on in social work se ng. b) Research Approaches:Qualita ve and Quan ta ve Research: meanings, scope, methods, steps, sampling, data collec on, analysis, interpreta on and repor ng. Strengths and weaknesses. c) Evalua ve research: Programme and projects evalua on: concept, types, steps, reports. d) Par cipatory research and ac on research: concepts, scope, applica on and steps. Module III: Steps in Research Process (20 hours) a) Problem Formula on: Iden fying research issue, formula ng research topic and problem, review of literature (library work), theore cal framework, formula ng objec ves, clarifying concepts, variables- conceptual and opera onal, formula ng hypothesis. b) Popula on and Sampling: Inclusion and exclusion criteria of popula on, the logic of sampling size and techniques: probability and non-probability sampling. c) Tools for data collec on: Levels, Types of measurements, reliability and validity of tools. Construc ng tools for data collec on: ques onnaire, interview schedule, scales. Quan fica on of qualita ve data. d) Sources, Collec on and Analysis of Data: Secondary and primary sources. Data collec on data edi ng, coding, master sheet, analysis, report wri ng. Using computer for data analysis: coding, analysis- graphs and results. e) Professional report wri ng Module IV: Introduction to Statistics (18 hours) a) Sta s cs: Defini ons, Uses and Limita ons. Classifica on and tabula on of data, univariate and bivariate, diagramma c and graphic presenta ons. Measures of central tendencies, Mean, Median and Mode and their uses. Measures of variability range, variance and standard devia on. b) Correla on: Meaning and computa on of coefficient of correla on as product moment, Spearman’s Rank Correla ons, interpreta on of correla ons. c) Test of Hypotheses: Basics, Probability distribu on, normal distribu on. t-test, Chi-Square test and ANOVA. Suggested Readings 1. Ahuja, Ram, Research Methods, Rawat, Jaipur, 2001 2. Alston, M. Bocoles, W., Research in Social Workers- An Introduc on to the Methods, Rawat, Jaipur, Indian Edi on 2003 3. Baker, T.L., Doing Social Research, McGraw Hill, Singapore, 1994 4. Goode, W.J. and Ha , P.K., Methods in Social Research, McGraw Hill Singapore, 1981 5. Grinell, R. M., (Jr.), Social Work Research and Evalua on, F.E. Peacock Pub. Inc., Illinois, 1988 6. Gupta, C.B., Introduc on to Sta s cal Methods, Vikas Publishing House, 1995 7. Gupta, S.C., Fundamentals of Sta s cs, Himalaya Publishing House, Delhi, 1997 8. Gupta, S.P., Sta s cal Methods, Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi 1997 9. Jacob, K.K., Methods and Fields of Social Work in India, Asia Publishing, Bombay, 1996 10. Kothari, C.R., Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques, 2nd edi on reprint, New Age Interna onal New Delhi, 2004 11. Krishnaswamy, O.R., Methodology for Research in Social Science, Himalaya, Bombay, 1993 12. Laldas, D.K., Prac ce of Social Research, Rawat, Jaipur, 2000 13. Mikkelsen, B., Methods for Development Work and Research-A New Guide for prac oners, Sage, New Delhi, 2005 14. Ramchandran, P., Social Work Research and Sta s cs, Allied Publishers, Bombay, 1968 15. Rubin, A. and Babbie, E., Research Methods for Social Work, 4th edi on, Wadsworth, West, Brooks/Cole and Schirmer, 2001 16. Sarantakos, S., Social Research, Palgrave Macmillan, New York, 2005 17. Sharma, B.A.V., Prasad, R.D. and Satyanarayana, C., Research Methods in Social Sciences, Sterling, New Delhi, 2002 18. Sharma, K.R., Research Methodology, Na onal Publishing House, Jaipur, 2002 ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|389

19. Wilkinson, T.S. and Bhandarkar, P.L., Methodology and Techniques of Social Research, Himalaya, Bombay, 1984 20. Young, p., Scien fic Social Surveys and Research, Asian Students edi on, Asia Publishing House, Japan, 1960

PCMF0012: MARRIAGE AND FAMILY COUNSELLING (4 credits - 60 hours) Objectives:This course aims to make the students able to develop an understanding of basic theoretical models related to Family Therapy.They would be able to develop competency in conducting family therapy sessions as demonstrated through Role Play assignments.There would be an understanding of diverse issues amongst couples and the techniques to handle such issues.It would help in the rethinking of behavioural factors,disease prevention and health promotion in the context of holistic philosophy of health in the family. Module I: Introduction (10 Hours) Historical evolu on of Family and Marriage therapy; Goals of Family therapy; current trends in Family therapy; Fundamental concepts in Family therapy(Cyberne cs and Systems theory, Social Construc vism) Stages of marriage, Divorce and remarriage, Marriage and Divorce: Role of Family Courts. Module II: Family Across a Lifespan (16 hours) The family life cycle, stages of family life cycle.Key developmental and emo onal issues in different stages: Young adulthood. Newly married, Child bearing, Families with preschool children, Families with school age children. Families with teenage children, Launching stage, Middle aged adult, Re rement Module III: Classical Schools (12 Hours) Bowen’s Intergenera onal Approach; Structural Family Therapy; Strategic Family Therapy; Experien al and Humanis c Family Therapies; Psychoanaly c and Cogni ve Behavioural Family therapy. Module IV: Recent Developments (12 Hours) Postmodernism, Feminist and contextual work, Solu on focused therapy, Narra ve therapy, Integra ve models. Applica on and evalua on of Family therapy. Skill development: Genograms. The stages of Family therapy: Planning; Assessment; Disengaging or recontrac ng. Module V: Counselling Couples with Special Issues (10 Hours) Trea ng sexual abuse and physical abuse issues in family; Counselling of alcoholics and drug-addicts; Counselling the terminally ill and pa ents with HIV/AIDS. Suggested Readings 1. Nichols, P.M and Schwartz C.R (2006). Family Therapy – concepts and methods,7th edi on, Allyn and Bacon, Boston, Pearson educa on, Inc.Press,Inc 2. Gladding, S.T. Family Therapy: History, Theory, and Prac ce (4th Edi on) 3. Essen al Skills in Family Counselling. JoEllen Paterson, et al. New York, New York, Guilford Press. 2009. 4. Gehart,D.R.Mastering Competencies in Family Therapy: A Prac cal Approach to Theory and Clinical Case Documenta on 5. Go man, J.M.The Marriage Clinic: A Scien fically Based Marital Therapy 6. Sa r.V.(2008) Sa r Transforma onal Systemic Therapy. Publisher: Science and Behaviour Books 7. Steve de Shazer.(1982) Pa erns of Brief Family Therapy: An Ecosystemic Approach, Guilford Publica ons 8. Sa r.V.(2008) Sa r Transforma onal Systemic Therapy. Publisher: Science and Behaviour Books 9. Napier, A.Y and Whitaker, C. (1988). The Family Crucible: The Intense Experience of Family Therapy 10. Bertrand Piccard, John Family Systems Therapy: Developments in the Milan Systema c Therapies, Ilsa Jones, Elsa Jones ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|390

PCEC0013: EASTERN APPROACHES TO PSYCHOLOGY AND COUNSELLING (3 credits - 45 hours) Objectives: The ideas of counselling are mainly connected with western concepts. But Asia and specially India has a rich heritage of skills and techniques to deal with individuals, families and groups in crisis. Concepts of psychology find their own definitions and ways of treatment. In this course traditional forms of Eastern Psychology and Counselling are learned and discussed in relation to western concepts. Module I: Introduction (7 hours) Defini ons, nature, differen a on of concepts - eastern, indigenous and Indian psychology; rela onship between culture and psychology, emergence of non-western and indigenous perspec ves to psychology. Module II: Major Schools of Indian and Eastern Psychology (10 hours) Indian approaches to Psychology - Upanishads, Sankhya, Dvaitha and Advaitha schools; current areas of research in Indian psychology. Chinese approaches to psychology - Taoism and Confucianism, Japanese approaches to Psychology -Morita and Naikan therapies Module III: Self and Consciousness (10 hours) Viewpoints of Upanishads, Bhagavadgita, Buddhism and Jainism and other Eastern schools of thought. Module IV: Indian and other Eastern Approaches to Health and Wellbeing (9 hours) Yoga, Ayurveda, goals of life - concept of purusharthas, personality development - concept of Ashramas Module V: Transpersonal Approaches ( 9 hours) Transpersonal phenomenon and consciousness - contribu on of Hinduism, Buddhism and Jainism in understanding transpersonal phenomena, transpersonal psychology. Suggested Readings 1. Bankart, C. P. (1996). Talking cures: A History of Western and Eastern Psychotherapies. Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole. 2. Ajaya, S. (1983). Psychotherapy East and West. Honesdale (PA): Himalayan Interna onal Ins tute. 3. Berry, J. W., Poor nga, Ype H. and Pandey, J. (1997). Handbook of cross-cultural psychology, T” Edi on, Vol. 1 Theory and method. Boston: Allyn and Bacon. (Chapters 3, 4 and 8 by J.G. Miller, D. Sinha, P.M. Greenfield) 4. Jones-Smith, E. (2012). Theories of counselling and psychotherapy: An integra ve approach. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. 5. Garg, Pulin K. K. and Parikh, I.J. (1995). Crossroads of culture: a study in the culture of transience, New Delhi: Sage. 6. Kakar. S. (1982). Shamans, mys cs and doctors: A psychological enquiry into India and its healing tradi ons. Bombay: Oxford University Press. 7. Paranjpe, A.C. (1998). Self and iden ty in modem psychology and Indian thought. New York: Plenum. 8. Dunn, B.R., Har gan, J.A., and Mikulas, W.L. (1999). Concentra on and mindfulness medita ons: Unique forms of consciousness? Applied Psychophysiology and Biofeedback, 24 (3), 147-165. 9. Kuyken, W., Byford, S., Taylor, R.S., Watkins, E., Holden, E., White, K., Barre , B., Byng, R., Evans, A., Mullan, E., and Teasdale, J.D. (2008). Mindfulness-based cogni ve therapy to prevent relapse in recurrent depression. Journal of Consul ng and Clinical Psychology, 76(6), 966-978. 10. Segal, Z. (2008). Finding daylight: Mindful recovery from depression. Psychotherapy Networker, (Jan/Feb).

PCAT0014: ADDICTION AND TRAUMA COUNSELING (3 credits - 45 hours) Objectives: This course provides an understanding of the concept of addiction and trauma in the field of ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|391

counselling. The first two section of the course deals with forms of diagnosis and the classification, treatment of drug abuse and other related issues. The third and fourth sections deal with trauma, assessment and methods of intervention for trauma related issues. Module I: Addiction Counselling (8 hours) Defini on, DSM-V diagnos c category - classifica on of drugs of abuse, stages of addic on Module II: Treatment Methodology (15 hours) Psychodynamic approaches, cogni ve-behavioural therapies, mo va onal enhancement therapy. Problem-oriented treatment, solu on-focused treatment, group therapy, family therapy and community based interven ons. Module III (12 hours) a) Introduc on to Trauma: Defini on, types of trauma, historical context of trauma, theore cal contexts of trauma counselling. b) Issues of Loss and Grief: trauma experienced in early childhood, adolescence, elder abuse, sexual trauma, trea ng adult trauma survivors, Contextual issues of community based violence, school violence and trauma, workplace and campus violence, natural disasters Module IV (10 hours) a) Assessment in psychological trauma: methods and interven on, models for trauma interven on, strategies and techniques for counselling survivor of trauma b) Ethical perspec ve on trauma work, trauma and supervision Suggested Readings 1. Rasmussen, S. (2000). Addic on treatment: Theory and Prac ce. London: Sage. 2. DSM-V (2013) 3. The New Guide to Crisis and Trauma Counselling- H.Norman Wright 4. Trauma counselling - Theories and Interven ons,Lopez Levers, Lisa 5. Trauma: A Prac oner's Guide to Counselling, edited by Thom Spiers

PCDR0015: DISABILITY STUDIES AND REHABILITATION PSYCHOLOGY (3 credits - 45 hours) Objectives: ● To Provide an overview of various areas of disability and its rehabilitation ● To learn different approaches to rehabilitation. ● To understand the importance and application of psychological intervention in the field of rehabilitation ● To understand the legal issues in rehabilitation Module I: Introduction (10 hours) Rehabilita on Psychology-meaning, defini on, Historical roots, scope of rehabilita on psychology, significance, models of rehabilita on- Psychological and Social- cultural, medical, ins tu onal, Func ons of Rehabilita on psychology - General func ons and special func ons Module II: Cognitive and Academic disability (10 hours) a) Intellectual Disability: defini on, components of Intellectual Disability, medical, psychological, and educa onal classifica on, prevalence of Intellectual Disability in India, func onal level of various categories of mentally retarded persons, Preven on and early interven on and rehabilita on. b) Learning disabili es: Types and causes, methods of assessment, interven on and rehabilita on, planning interven on. c) Au sm spectrum Disorder: Defini on,Characteris cs, types and causes, interven on and rehabilita on Module IV: Physical Disability (10 hours) Nature, causes preven on and rehabilita on of hearing impaired; nature, causes, preven on and rehabilita on of visually impaired; nature, causes, preven on and rehabilita on of orthopedic ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|392

impaired. Module V: Legal issues (15 hours) Rehabilita on policies and services: The Mental health Act, 1987, PWD Act, 1995, RCI Act, 1992, Na onal Trust Act, programs and schemes of assistance, placement and community services; designing training programs for professionals in rehabilita on, implementa on of training programs Suggested Readings 1. Tom Meehan Chris Lloyd, Robert King,(2007), Handbook of Psychological Rehabilita on, Blackwell Publisher 2. Sonnenmeier. R, Mirenda. P,(2008)Au sm spectrum Disorder and AAC 3. The professional Prac ce of rehabilita on counselling, Springer Publica on company, 2011 4. Jeanne. B. Pa erson, (1997),Founda ons Of Rehabilita on Counselling with Person who are blind or visually impaired, American founda on for the blind, U.S 5. James K. Luiselli, Dennis C. Russo, Walter P. Chris an,(2008), Effec ve Prac ce for children with Au sm: Educa onal and Behavioural support Interven on that work 6. KimEtheringon,(2002) rehabilita on counselling in physical and mental health, Jessica Kingsley publica on 7. David. R. Cox, Speciality Competencies in Rehabilita on Psychology 8. T. F. Rigger, Handbook of Rehabilita on Psychology. 9. Jules M. Rothstein, Serge H. Roy, Steven L. Wolf,(2005), The rehabilita on specialist's Handbook. 10. Chaturvedi, T.N. (1981). Administra on for the Disabled: Policy and Organisa onal Issues. New Delhi : I.I.P.A. 11. Mani, R.D. (1988). The Physically Handicapped in India Policy and Programme New Delhi: Ashish Publishing.

PCFC0016: FOUNDATIONS OF PROFESSIONAL COUNSELLING (4 credits - 60 hours) Objective: This course aims at introducing the theoretical basis of counselling, needs for counselling, training in Counselling skills, limitation of counselling, counselling in a multi-professional context, counsellors personal and professional issues and growth and ethical and legal issues from a multi-cultural perspective. Module I: Introduction (12 hours) Meaning, Nature, Defini on and Scope of Counselling; Historical perspec ves; Counselling se ngs, Counselling psychology in India-development and current status; ethical and legal issues, Confiden ality, Research and Evalua on; Current trends. Module II: Counselling relationship and Basic Counselling Skills (18 hours) Quali es of helping rela onship.Ini al state of building a safe counselling rela onship, rela ons during the counselling process, Microskills approach to Counselling Training, Basic Counselling Skills – A ending Behaviours; Ques ons; Observa on Skills; Paraphrasing and Summarising; Encouraging ; Empathy; Reflec on of Content, and Reflec on of Feelings. Module III: Counselling process and Advanced Counselling Skills (18 hours) Counselling Interview, assessment (standardized and non-standardized measures) se ng goals, contrac ng, conceptualiza on, Advanced Counselling Skills - Confronta on Skills, Influencing skills, Skill Integra on, Termina on, and Referrals. Module IV: Documentation (12 hours) Case story, documenta on of the first session, reports of ongoing sessions, conclusion of a counselling process, verba m recording and analysis, interpreta on, repor ng of dangerous situa ons. Suggested Readings 1. Gladding, S.T (2009), Counselling : A Comprehensive Profession, 6th Edi on Pearson 2. Ivey, A.E. and Ivey, M.B. (2007), Inten onal Interviewing and Counselling, Thomson: Brooks/Cole. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|393

3. 4.

Nelson Jones, R. (2008), Basic Counselling Skills: A Helper’s Maual, New Delhi: Sage Publica ons. Evans, D.R., Hearn, M.T., Ulhemann, M.R. and Ivey, A.E.(2008), Essen al Interviewing: A Programmed Approach to Effec ve Communica on, Thomson:Brooks/Cole. 5. Kiruba, Charles and Jyothsna N.G. (2011), Guidance and Counselling, New Delhi: Neelkamal 6. Koshy, John S (2009/10), Guidance and Counselling, New Delhi: Dominant Publishers and Distributors. 7. McLeod, John (2003), An Introduc on to Counselling, 3rd Edi on, Berkshire: Open University Press. 8. McLeod, John (2007), Counselling Skill, Berkshire: Open University Press 9. Palmer, Stephen and Bor, Robert (Ed.) (2008), The Prac oner´s Handbook, Los Angeles: Sage. 10. Russell, Janice and Dexter, Graham (2008), Blank Minds and S cky Moments in Counselling, Prac cal Strategies and Provoca ve Themes, 2nd Edi on, Los Angeles: Sage.

PCCP0017: THEORETICAL PERSPECTIVES FOR COUNSELLING PSYCHOLOGY (4 credits - 60 hours) Objectives: This course introduces the students of Psychological Counselling to a few of the contemporary theories of psychology with specific reference to learning, motivation, emotions and personality. The basic concepts and perspective of each theory are discussed and their applications to the field of counselling are highlighted. The empirical studies pertaining to different areas and the applications of the derived principles are examined. Module I: Introduction (12 hours) Nature of a scien fic theory, A historical perspec ve of psychological theories. Defini on and Nature of percep on, mo va on, emo on and personality. Posi ve Psychology – Basic ideas and concepts. Module II: Psychodynamic Approach to Counselling (16 hours) Freudian and Post-Freudian approaches: conscious/unconscious, transference and counter transference, ego-psychology, defence mechanism, self theory. Therapeu c process, Applica on of Techniques and procedures.Therapy with diverse popula ons. Module III: Cognitive-Behavioural Approaches (17 hours) a) Mo va on - Drive and incen ve theories (Hull) b) Emo ons - Condi oning experiment (Watson and Rayner), Emo ons and social interac ons imita on, empathy, communica on and facial expressions, emo onal control. c) Aron Beck’s Cogni ve Therapy, Albert Ellis Ra onal Emo ve Behaviour Therapy. d) Donald Meichenbaum‘s approach to therapy. e) Behavioural therapeu c process, Applica on of Techniques and procedures. Therapy with diverse popula ons. Module IV: Person-Centered Approaches (15 hours) History, Basic Theory and Assump ons, View of Psychopathology, Goals and Skills, characteris cs of counselling rela onship.Existen al Therapy.Logo therapy.Applica on of Techniques and procedures.Therapy with diverse popula ons. Suggested Readings 1. Corey, G.(2008), Theory and Prac ce of Counselling and Psychotherapy (8th ed), Canada: Brooks/Cole. 2. Seligman Linda, Lourie W. Reichenberg (2011), Theories of counselling and Psychotherapy (3rd ed), Pren ce Hall. 3. Corey, G.(2008), Student Manual for Theory and Prac ce of Counselling and Psychotherapy (8th ed), Canada:Brooks/Cole. 4. Burl, E.G.and Richard, K.J.(1998), Theories and Strategies in Counselling and Psychotherapy, Singapore:Allyn and Bacon. 5. Borden, William ( 2009), Contemporary Psychodynamic, Theory and Prac ce, Chicago: Lyceum Books. 6. Koshy, John S (2009/10), Guidance and Counselling, New Delhi: Dominant Publishers and Distributors. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|394

7. 8.

McLeod, John (2003), An Introduc on to Counselling, 3rd Edi on, Berkshire: Open University Press. Omprakash B. Pal (2011), Encyclopaedia of Guidance and Counselling, Educa onal and Voca onal Guidance and Counselling, Vol I and II, New Delhi: A P H Publishing Corpora on. 9. Snyder, C., Lopez, Shane J. (2007), Posi ve Psychology, The Scien fic and Prac cal Explora ons of Human Strengths, New Delhi: Sage. 10. Westbrook, David; Kennerley, Helen and Kirk J. (2007), An Introduc on to Cogni ve Behaviour Therapy, Skills and Applica ons, Los Angeles: Sage.

PCPT0018: PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTING (4 credits - 60 hours) Objectives: ● To enhance the understanding of the concepts of psychological testing which is an integral part of psychological research. ● To acquaint the students about the techniques of test construction ● To familiarise with various assessment techniques – cognitive, personality, achievement and aptitude. Module I: Introduction to Psychological Testing (9 hours) History of Psychological Tes ng; Defini on and Purpose and relevance of Psychological tes ng, Types of tests, Principles, Applica ons and Issues,Ethical and Social Considera ons in Tes ng Module II: Test Construction (15 hours) Steps in test construc on, Item Wri ng: types of items, General guidelines for item wri ng, Characteris cs of a good psychological test:Objec vity, Standardiza on, Reliability:Meaning,Types of Reliability and Factor influencing Reliability. Validity:Meaning,Type of validity and Factors influencing validity. Norms: Norm referenced and criterion referenced tests, Types of Norms and Test Scales. Module III: Assessment of Cognitive Abilities (13 hours) Measurement of Intelligence:Types of Intelligence tests, Individual intelligence tests, Other broad range intelligence tests, Group intelligence tests, Psychological issues in intelligence tes ng Longitudinal studies, Problems in cross cultural tes ng Module IV: Assessment of Personality (13 hours) Measurement of Personality: Meaning and Purpose,Tools of Personality Assessment, Measurement of Interests, Values and A tudes,Projec ve Techniques:Meaning and Types of Projec ve Techniques, Classifica on and Evalua on of Projec ve Techniques Module V: Assessment of Aptitude and Achievement (10 hours) Ap tude and Achievement:Dis nc on between Ap tude and Achievement Tests, Types of Ap tude tests, Types and selec on of standardized Achievement Tests, Achievement test ba eries. Suggested Readings 1. Anastasi, A. and Urbina, S. (1997).Psychological tes ng. N.D.: Pearson Educa on. 2. Kaplan, R.M. and Saccuzzo, D.P. (2007).Psychological Tes ng: Principles, Applica ons, and Issues.Australia: Thomson Wadsworth. 3. Gregory, R.J. (2005).Psychological tes ng: History, principles and applica ons. New Delhi: Pearson Educa on. 4. Singh, A.K. (2006).Tests, Measurements and Research Methods in Behavioural Sciences.Patna: Bhara Aiken, L.R., and Groth Marnat, G.(2006). Psychological Tes ng and Assessment (12th ed.). Boston, MA: Pearson.

PCBP0101: BASIC PSYCHOLOGICAL PROCESSES (4 credits - 60 hours) Objectives: ● To introduce and initiate the student into the world of Psychology with a brief historical sketch of the ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|395



science of psychology and a glimpse into the methods used in the study of human behaviour. To understand the fundamental processes underlying human behavior such as biological foundations of behaviour, processes underlying sensation, perception, cognition, memory, learning, motivation, emotion, individual differences, intelligence, personality and states of consciousness.

Module I: The Science of Psychology (14 hours) Defini on and goals of psychology; modern perspec ves and Indian perspec ve of psychology; fields of psychology; types of psychological research: descrip ve research (observa on, survey and interviews, standardized tests, case studies); correla onal research (posi ve and nega ve); experimental research (independent and dependent variables, experimental and control groups, double–blind experiments). Module II: Intelligence (14 hours) Defini on; measuring intelligence; criteria of good intelligence tests, types of intelligence tests (Binet tests, Wechsler scales, Group Tests of Intelligence); theories of intelligence - mul ple intelligences, Gardner’s Eight Intelligences, Sternberg’s Triarchic intelligence; influences on intelligence - gene c and environmental only; extremes in intelligence - mental retarda on, gi edness; emo onal intelligence. Module III: Learning (12 hours) Defini on, types of learning; biological factors in learning, classical condi oning: (Pavlov’s studies, acquisi on, generaliza on and discrimina on, ex nc on and spontaneous recovery); applica ons of classical condi oning; operant condi oning: Thorndike’s Law of Effect; Skinner’s approach to operant condi oning, shaping, principles of reinforcement (posi ve and nega ve reinforcement, primary and secondary reinforcement); observa onal learning, insight learning. Module IV: Memory (12 hours) Nature of memory (Encoding, storage and retrieval): Memory encoding - a en on, levels of processing, elabora on, imagery; Memory storage – sensory memory, short-term memory, chunking and rehearsal, working memory, long-term memory, explicit memory, implicit memory; Memory retrieval – retrieval cues and retrieval tasks; Forge ng – encoding failure; retrieval failure; memory and study strategies in encoding, storage and retrieval. Module V: Motivation (8 hours) Nature; Approaches – ins nct approaches, drive reduc on approaches, arousal approaches, incen ve approaches, humanis c approaches, self-determina on theory. Suggested Readings 1. John W Santrock, Psychology Essen als 2, II Edi on (Updated) 2006, Tata McGraw Hill Publica on. 2. Saundra K Ciccarelli and Glenn E Meyer, Psychology, South Asian Edi on, Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd. 3. Feldman RS Understanding Psychology, IV Edi on, 2006, Tata McGraw Hill Publica on. 4. Robert A Baron, Psychology, III Edi on, Pren ce Hall Publica ons. 5. Srivasthava, Indian Psychology 6. Anand Paranjpay, Indian Psychology

PCDP0102: DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY (4 credits - 60 hours) Objectives: This course in Developmental Psychology will enable students to ● Understand basic concepts, issues and debates in the field of developmental psychology. ● Appreciate principal theories of life-span development. ● Comprehend human development as progressing through different stages. ● Discuss development from the perspective of different domains such as physical, motor, cognitive, and psychosocial. Module I: Introduction to Developmental Psychology (12 hours) Life span perspec ve: importance of lifespan development; principles lifespan approach, theore cal ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|396

approaches to human development; domains of human development - physical, cogni ve, psycho-social development; influences on human development - heredity, environment, matura on, family, socioeconomic status and neighbors, culture. Module II: Biological Beginnings (16 hours) Birth process - stages of child birth; evolu onary perspec ve and heredity - gene c code, sex determina on, pa erns of gene c transmission -dominant and recessive inheritance: genotypes, phenotypes, mul factorial transmission, effects of teratogens on prenatal, perinatal and postnatal development. Module III: Stages of Life Span (16 hours) Infancy, childhood, puberty, adolescence, adulthood and old age- characteris cs, developmental tasks, adjustment process personal and social hazards across lifespan Module IV: Cognition and Emotional Development (16 hours) Cogni ve development throughout life span, theories of cogni ve development; development of emo onal, temperament and a achment and love in macy, theories of moral development. Suggested Readings 1. Santrock, John W (2007), Life Span Development, 3rd Edi on, New Delhi: Tata MacGraw- Hill 2. Diane E Papalia, Sally Wendkos Olds, Ruth Duskin Feldman, Human development, 9th edi on, Tata McGraw Hill Publica on

PCCP0103: COUNSELLING PSYCHOLOGY (4 credits - 60 hours) Objective: This course introduces a few of the contemporary theories of counselling, the need for counselling, training in counselling skills, motivations, emotions and personality. Module I: Introduction (13 hours) Defini on of counselling, goals of counselling, scope of counselling, difference between counselling, guidance and psychotherapy; historical background of counselling; current trends. Module II: Theoretical Approaches to Counselling (20 hours) Nature of a scien fic theory, psychoanaly c, behavioural, cogni ve, humanis c and Gestalt therapy. Module III: Process of Counselling (13 hours) Client–counsellor rela onship establishment, stages of counselling, working in a counselling rela onship, types of counselling - individual and group, micro and macro skills of counselling Module IV: Personal Aspects Of Counselling Skills (14 hours) Counselling skills: communica on skills: nonverbal and verbal communica on skills; variables affec ng the counselling processes: counsellor variables - age, experience, sex, interest, perceptual sensi vity, personal adjustment, personal security, genuineness, counsellor’s a tude and beliefs, rapport, empathy; portrait of an effec ve counsellor; counsellee factors. Suggested Readings 1. Samuel T. Glading,(6th Edi on), Counselling, A Comprehensive Profession. Dorling Kindersley India Limited, Pearson. 2. Robert.LGibson,Marianne H, Mitchell, Introduc on to Counselling and Guidance. 7thEdi on, Pren ce Hall India Private Limited. 3. S Narayana Rao, Counselling and Guidance.Tata McGraw Hill Publica on Co. Ltd. New Delhi. 4. E.R. Welfel, LevisE. Pa erson. The Counselling Process – A mul -theore cal Integra ve Approach

PCAP0104: ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY (4 credits - 60 hours) Objectives: ● To have knowledge of different aspects of abnormal behaviour. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|397





To know the historical development of the study of abnormal behaviour, criteria and perspectives in abnormal behaviour, common classification systems, and range of disorders including anxiety disorders, mood disorders, schizophrenia, disorders generally observed at childhood and adolescence, and personality disorders. Understand various behavioural dysfunctions and use the same in day-to-day life.

Module I: Introduction to Abnormal Psychology (10 hours) Defini on of abnormal behaviour, historical and contemporary views of abnormal behaviour; history of psychiatry in India; myths and misconcep ons of abnormal behaviour; classifica on of abnormal behaviour, Module II: Understanding causes of Abnormal Behaviour (15 hours) Necessary, sufficient, contributory causes and diathesis- stress model, psychodynamic, behavioural, cogni ve- behavioural, humanis c theory, socio- cultural factors. Module III: Psychological Disorders ( 25 hours) Anxiety disorders, somatoform disorders, dissocia ve disorder, mood disorder, schizophrenia, personality disorder, disorders of childhood Module IV: Psychological Treatment (10 hours) Psychodynamic treatment, behavioural therapies, cogni ve treatment, client-centred therapy, experien al therapies, family therapy Suggested Readings 1. American Psychiatric Associa on (2013). Diagnos c and Sta s cal Manual of Mental Disorders, DSM -5th, Fi h Edi on. 2. Ahuja N. (2011). A Short Textbook of Psychiatry (7th Ed). New Delhi: Jaypee 3. Barlow D.H. and Durand V.M. (2005). Abnormal Psychology: An Integrated Approach (4th Ed.).Wadsworth: New York. 4. Carson R.C., Butcher J.N., Mineka, S., & Hooley J.M. (2007). Abnormal Psychology (13th Ed.).ND: Pearson Educa on. 5. Davison, G. C., Neal, J. M.,& Kring. A. M. (2004) Abnormal Psychology. (9th Ed) New York; Wiley. 6. Lauren B Alloy, John.H.Riskind, Margaret J Manah, Abnormal Psychology Current perspec ve-9th edi on. 7. Kring,A.M.,Johnson,S.L., Davison G.C. & Neale J.M. (2010). Abnormal Psychology (11th Ed.).NY: John Wiley.

PCEX0105: EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY (3 credits - 45 hours) Objectives: This course aims to ● acquaint students with the basic concepts of experimental psychology ● provide students a perspective of experimental psychology ● equip the students with the basic information and knowledge about test-administration and scoring, and interpretation of the obtained results Module I: Introduction (10 hours) Meaning, nature, scope and value; types of experiment, steps involved in conduc ng an experiment, meaning and types of variable, forms of behaviour, advantages and limita ons of experimental method. Pioneers of experimental method - Wilhelm Wundt, Herman Von Helmholtz, J. McKeen Ca el Module II: Psychophysics and Psychophysical experiments (13 hours) a) Psychophysics: Introduc on to psychophysics, threshold and absolute threshold, differen al threshold, point of subjec ve equality, point of error and movement error. Weber’s law, Fechner’s Law b) Psychophysical Method and Experiments: Method of limits, method of constant s muli, method of average error. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|398

Module III: Learning Memory (12 hours) a) Meaning and types of learning (verbal learning, motor learning and thinking and problem solving), transfer of training, types of measurement of learning and experiments in learning. (serial learning: non-sense syllables, meaningful words; free learning; Bolt Head Maze, Tapping test) b) Introduc on to memory, basic dis nc ons about memory, short term memory, long term memory, Models of memory - The A kinson and Shiffrin Model; Tulving’s Model: Episodic, Seman c and Procedural; The levels of Processing Approach; The Parallel Distributed Processing Approach c) Reten on: Reten on as a func on of level of learning, test of reten on. Experiments in memory. The effect of mnemonic strategies on memory Module IV: Thinking and Problem Solving (10 hours) Thinking: nature, defini on and kinds; theories of thinking: Central Theory and Peripheral-central Theory; problem solving: nature of problem, types of problems, understanding the problem, approaches in problem solving, factors influencing problem solving; Reasoning: Formal logic and Limita ons; Decision Making: Stages and heuris cs; experiments of thinking/ problem solving. Suggested Readings 1. Hussain Akbar. (2014): Experiments in Psychology, PHI Learning Private Limited. New Delhi 2. M.Rajamanickam. (1925) Experimental Psychology with Advanced Experiment (Vol.2) Concept Publishing Company 3. Borton Andrews. Experimental Psychology Wiley Eastern Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi. 4. Morgan and King. Introduc on to Psychology (4th ed.) McGraw Hill Book Co. New York. 5. D’Amato, M.R. (2009). Experimental psychology: Methodology, psychophysics and learning. N.D.: Tata McGraw-Hill. 6. Myers, A. and Hansen, C. (2002). Experimental Psychology. U.S.: Thomson Wadsworth. 7. Postman, L. & Egan, J.P. (1949), reprint 2009. Experimental psychology: An introduc on. ND: Kalyani Publica on. 8. Solso, R.L., MacLin, M.K. (2008). Experimental psychology: A case approach. N.D.: Dorling Kindersley Pvt. Ltd. 9. Woodworth, R.S. & Schlosberg, H. (reprint 2008, 6th ed.), Experimental Psychology. ND: Oxford & IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd.

PCBP0106: BASIC PSYCHOLOGICAL THEORIES (3 credits – 45 hours) Objectives: ● To familiarize students with the different perspectives prevalent in the discipline of Psychology ● To understand the basic theories in Psychology to be able to describe and explain human thought and behaviour in a systematic way. Module I: Introduction (10 hours) Theories and hypotheses, func ons of psychological theories; mind-body problem, determinism, free will, empiricism, ra onality, introspec on and phenomenology; physiological influences in the development of psychology Module II: Psychodynamic theories (15 hours) Historical background and fundamental ideas of psychoanalysis, neo Freudians: C. G. Jung, A. Adler, K. Horney, and E. Erikson; therapeu c processes; cri cs of psychoanaly c theories. Module III: Behavioural and Cognitive theories (10 hours) Historical background and fundamental ideas: I. Pavlov, B. F. Skinner, J. B. Watson, A. Beck, A. Ellis; therapeu c processes; cri cs of behavioural and cogni ve theories. Module IV: Humanistic and Existential theories (10 hours) Historical background and fundamental ideas: C. Rogers, A. Maslow, V. Frankl, R. May; therapeu c processes; cri cs of humanis c theories. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|399

Suggested Readings 1. Hall, G. C., Lindzey, G., & Campbell, J. C. (1998). Theories of Personality . NY: Wiley. 2. Leahey, T.H. (2005). A History of Psychology: Main currents in psychological thought. Singapore: Pearson Educa on. 3. Paranjpe, A.C. (1984). Theore cal Psychology: The Mee ng of East and West. New York: Plenum Press. 4. Viney, W. & King, D.B. (2003). A History of Psychology: Ideas and Context. Boston: Allyn & Bacon. 5. Wolman, B.B. (1979). Contemporary Theories and Systems in Psychology. Delhi: Freeman Book Company. 6. Higdon, J. (2011). Psychodynamic Theory for Therapeu c Prac ce. NY: Palgrave Macmillan. 7. Frankl, V. E. (1985). Man's Search for Meaning: An Introduc on to Logotherapy. NY: Simon and Schuster. 8. Todd, J. T., & Morris, E. K. (1995). Modern Perspec ves on BF Skinner and Contemporary Behaviorism. London: Greenwood Press. 9. Ellis, A. (2004). Ra onal Emo ve Behavior Therapy: It works for me-it can work for you. NY: Prometheus Books. 10. Maslow, A. H. (1943). A theory of human mo va on. Psychological Review, 50(4), 370-396.

PCPG0107: PERSONAL GROWTH (3 credits – 45 hours) Objectives: ● To focus on the discovery of self and the authentic search for meaning in one’s own life. ● To familiarize students with aspects related to interpersonal relationships, socio-cultural challenges encountered, human development and effective coping mechanisms. ● To advance in a multi-faceted approach to personal development combining theory, personal experience, and self-reflection. Module I: Understanding the self (10 hours) Self esteem, self concept, self efficacy, self-reflec on, self in a social world; Enhancing individual’s poten al: Self-determina on theory; Self-regula on and self enhancement; Fostering crea vity; Facilita ng self-awareness through reflec ve exercises, self-awareness ques onnaires/inventories Module II: Stress, Health and Coping (18 hours) Nature and sources of stress; effects of stress on physical and mental health; the mind-body connec on; wellness and life choices , coping with stress, depression, anger and anxiety ; managing stress: methods - yoga, medita on, relaxa on techniques, problem focused and emo on focused approaches. Module III: The Challenge of Human Relationships (12 hours) Effec ve interpersonal communica on, interpersonal conflicts: causes and management; Perceiving others and Interpersonal a rac on; self-disclosure in close rela onships; loneliness and social support Module IV: Emotional Competence (5 hours) Recognizing emo ons in oneself; the universality of emo onal expression; perceiving emo ons accurately in others; managing difficult emo ons; applying emo onal intelligence Suggested Readings 1. Baron, R.A., Byrne, D. & Bhardwaj, G.Social Psychology . New Delhi: Pearson. 2. Carr, A. Posi ve Psychology: The science of happiness and human strength.UK: Routledge. 3. Neiten, W. & Lloyd, M.A . Psychology applied to Modern life. Thomson Detmar Learning. 4. Schraw, G. Promo ng general metacogni ve awareness. Instruc onal Science, 26,113-125. 5. Robbins, S.P. & Hunsaker, P. L.Training in interpersonal skills: Tips for managing people at work.New Delhi: PHI Learning ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|400

PCPA0108: PSYCHOLOGY OF PERSONAL ADJUSTMENT (3 credits – 45 hours) Objective: The objective of this course is to provide insights into the area of personal adjustment so as to ease the process of adjustment in various life contexts. It also aims to increase self-knowledge considering the role of personality, environment and social factors. Module I: Introduction (10 hours) The process of adjustment. Adjustment to college work: mo va on for study, improving basic study habits. Module II: Personal factors in adjustment (15 hours) Understanding oneself: goals, conflicts, conflict management. Personal efficiency: managing me, money and crea ng an efficient environment. Development of personal strengths: Concentra on, learning, thinking, self-confidence, a tude and a tude change. Module III: Personality development (10 hours) Personality development across the lifespan: childhood, adolescence, and adulthood. The adjusted personality. Career planning and voca onal choice. Module IV: Social adjustment (10 hours) Friendships, familial roles, interpersonal a rac on, social influence (conformity, compliance, obedience), social groups, intergroup rela ons, social proficiency, leadership. Suggested Readings 1. Wade, C. and Tavris, C. (2007). Psychology. Pearson Educa on. 2. Sternberg, R.J. (2007). Cogni ve Psychology. Australia: Thomson Wadsworth. 3. Isaacson, L.E. and Brown, D. (1993). Career informa on, career counselling and career development. New York: Allyn & Bacon. 4. Wolman, B.B. (1979). Contemporary Theories and Systems in Psychology. Delhi: Freeman Book Company. 5. Baron, R. A., & Branscombe, N. R. (2016). Social Psychology. Boston, MA: Pearson/Allyn and Bacon 6. Crawford, L. A., & Novak, K. B. (2013). Individual and Society: Sociological Social Psychology. New York: Routledge 7. Frankl, V. E. (1985). Man's Search for Meaning: An Introduc on to Logotherapy. NY: Simon and Schuster. 8. Williamson, E. G. (1942). Psychology of personal adjustment. Psychological Bulle n, 39(3), 187-188. 9. Claes, M. E. (1992). Friendship and personal adjustment during adolescence. Journal of adolescence, 15(1), 39-55.

PCIG6001: INDIVIDUAL AND GROUP COUNSELLING PRACTICUM (2 credits) Objectives: This practicum course is meant to be a first practical experience for the students of Psychological Counselling in the area of individual and group counselling skills. Students are expected to explore the following skills: Individual Counselling Skills ● Social percep on ● Observa on ● Intake assessment skills ● Documenta on of case history ● Mental status examina on ● Establishing Counselling goals

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|401

Group Counselling Skills ● Group effec veness: verbal, non-verbal cum non-verbal ● Communica on: Verbal and Non-verbal ● Leadership ● Decision making process ● Group Problem solving ● Conflict management

PCPG6002: PERSONAL GROWTH I (P/NP)

PCPG6005: PERSONAL GROWTH II (P/NP) Objectives: Counselling uses the personality of the counsellor as the main instrument.It is a basic need in a training program for the students to learn to understand their own perceptions, emotions, motivations. Therefore this session is a guided form to bring the students close to their own strengths and weaknesses. They learn to be aware about their own perceptions and feelings, understand basics of transference and counter transference as part of their own social life, and experience how to deal with it in personal and professional life. This part of the training is based on personal experience and exploration of students. During the sessions of personal growth workshops which spread across two semesters the future counsellor explores the following areas of his/her person: Self-Awareness ● Johari Window ● SCOT Analysis ● Transac onal Analysis Emotional Development ● E.Q. Assessment ● Self Management ● Posi ve Emo on Suggested Reading 1. Goud Nelson H. (2009). Psychology and Personal Growth. 8th Edi on. Boston: Pearson.

PCCY6003: CHILD AND YOUTH COUNSELLING PRACTICUM (2 credits) In this course which is meant to be the second prac cal experience, students will develop their skills in the areas of individual and group counselling skills further: Individual Counselling Skills ● Percep on during the counselling process ● Interviewing skills ● Documenta on of case history, process documenta on ● Establishing Counselling goals and follow up ● Problem solving ● Skills of listening Group Counselling Skills ● Understanding Group processes ● Roles inside a group ● Psycho-dynamic background of a group situa on ● Systemic approach ● Using group skills like psychodrama, systemic approach ● Conflict management ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|402

PCFW6004: FIELD WORK (2 credits) Field work is an essen al part of the prepara on to become a counsellor. It is designed to give opportunity to integrate academic knowledge into real life situa ons. The field work prac ce in the second semester shall focus upon the area of concentra on chosen by the students. The students will be placed in the field for a minimum of eight days. The fieldwork se ng shall be NGO's, hospitals, clinics, schools. During the placement the students are expected to implement the follow ac vi es and adhere to the guideline specified below: 1. The students are expected to apply all the skills and techniques of counselling whenever applicable depending upon the organiza on and their services 2. The students should be involved in the ac vi es of the ins tu on and fulfill the responsibili es as requested by the agency supervisor. 3. Students shall prepare a daily report of the fieldwork ac vi es and submit it to the concerned faculty supervisor. The faculty supervisor shall provide the necessary feedback and guidance to the students. 4. At the end of the semester the students shall submit a summary report of the cases taken and ac vi es done during their placement. The students shall also appear for the viva voce examina on at the end of the semester.

PCMC6006: MARRIAGE AND FAMILY COUNSELLING PRACTICUM (2 credits) The prac cum for this course will deal with counselling in the areas of 1. Family environment 2. Anxiety, stress and depression in the family 3. Emo onal adjustment and its management in the family

PCCS6007: CASE STUDY AND DOCUMENTATION (4 credits) Objectives: Students should be able now to make good documentation about individual and group counselling. Hence this course in case study and documentation. One detailed case study to be conducted and documented. Documenta on will consist of the following: beginning, first evalua on, defini on of counselling goal, reason for counselling, protocols of counselling sessions, conclusion and further sugges ons.Findings from the case study are to be presented to the staff and students of the department. The presenta on will be followed by a viva voce examina on. Details of the components of evalua on and weightages a ached to them are to be determined by the department and informed to the students at the beginning of the semester.

PCRP6008: RESEARCH PROJECT PHASE I (2 credits)

PCRP6011: RESEARCH PROJECT PHASE II (8 credits) Every student shall undertake a research project work under the supervision and guidance of a faculty member. The student may choose the topic of research and start the preliminary work by the end of the second semester. The students are expected to complete the Literature Review followed by a Literature Review presenta on and the Proposal presenta on during the Phase I. Students are expected to complete the data collec on before the fourth semester. Phase II of the research project should ideally be undertaken in the organisa on where the student is placed for internship. The thesis is to be submi ed to the department before the date no fied. The mode and components of evalua on of Phase I and Phase II of the research project and the weightages a ached to them shall be published by the Department at the beginning of the semester. There shall be a viva voce examina on on the research project. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|403

PCSI6009: SUMMER INTERNSHIP (P/NP) Students are required to undergo a summer internship of two weeks’ during the semester break between the second and third semesters. It is a P/NP course and shall be recorded in the third semester. The Summer Internship gives students an opportunity to apply the theories and principles that they have learnt in class room courses to the “real world” of social service agencies, medical ins tu ons, the criminal jus ce system, business, and industry. During the internship, students can explore career interests, develop professional skills, learn how community organiza ons work and expand their clinical and interpersonal skills. The summer internship enriches the students’ academic experience while making a valuable contribu on to the community and u lizing the vaca on op mally.

PCSI6010: SUPERVISED INTERNSHIP (8 credits) Objectives: On basis of the theory, skills and practical experience acquired by the students so far, they will now be able to start counselling work at an individual, family and group level. It is expected that this be done in the form of an Internship in an organisation which offers counselling help to clients. Supervision has to be provided for by the university in collaboration with the organisation where the student performs the internship.The process has to be documented, reflected and the insights of supervisor have to be recorded.Students should feel competent to do their own counselling using supervision as part of the counselling setting. 1. Introduction Analysing the situa on: need of counselling, space for counselling, informa on to clients, documenta on, organizing supervision. 2. Internship Taking in clients: first interview, documenta on of the case, defini on of counselling goals, building the counselling rela onship, process of counselling, using skills of counselling, concluding counselling, documenta on of the whole counselling process, evalua on; working in a team – role of counselling, resources and challenges, role in the team, case management: discussion, supervision Evalua on of the internship will be based on the documenta on, reports from the organisa on, report of the supervisor and the presenta on and the viva voce examina on of the student at the end of the period of Internship. Every student is required to undertake a research project work and present a wri en thesis on the research work under the supervision and guidance of a faculty member. The research project should ideally be undertaken in the organisa on where the student is placed for internship. The thesis is to be submi ed to the department before the date no fied. The mode and components of evalua on and the weightages a ached to them shall be published by the Department/Ins tute at the beginning of the semester. There shall be a viva voce examina on on the research project.

PCST6012: STUDY TOUR P/NP During the programme the students shall undertake a study tour, along with the faculty members, to a place approved by the department. The places are to be so chosen as to be of educa onal benefit to students. During the tour, the focus shall be to visit and interact with NGOs, hospitals, state/na onal/interna onal organisa ons involved in psychological counselling. A report of the learning outcomes shall be submi ed to the department at the end of the tour. The Study Tour shall be a Pass/No Pass course.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|404

DEPARTMENT OF SOCIAL WORK SWHI0001: HISTORY, IDEOLOGIES AND FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: This course is intended as an introduction to Social Work. It introduces the student to the history and philosophy of social work, its methodologies and fields. It leads the student to appreciate Social Work as a profession and to recognise the need and importance of Social Work Education, Training and Practice. Module I: Introduction to Social Work (10 hours) a) Concepts and Defini ons: – Social Work, Social Service, Social Reform, Social Defence, Social Welfare, Social Policy, Social Ac on, Social Legisla on, Social Advocacy and Social Educa on b) Principles, Objec ves and Scope of Social Work; Introduc on to Social Work as prac ced today in India. Module II: History and Ideologies of Social Work (15 hours) a) Historical development of Social Work in England, USA, India b) U.K. and USA: The Elizabethan poor law, 1601, Charity Organisa on Society 1869, The Se lement House Movement, (USA), The Poor Law Commission of 1905, The Beveridge Report 1941 c) Post-Independence Era -Training in India, New developments, Social Reforms, Social Movements, State policies for development- Fundamental Rights and Direc ve principles d) Religio-Philosophical ideologies, Gandhian Philosophical Founda on to Social Work in India. Module III: Social Work Profession (15 Hours) a) Social work profession: Concept of profession, Applicability of the concept of social work profession in India as developed in U.S.A. b) Professional values, code of ethics, skills of social worker. c) Social work educa on: growth of social work educa on, social work curriculum, objec ves of field work ,and supervision. d) Professional organiza ons: Indian associa on of professional social workers, na onal associa on of social worker, Interna onal/Indian Council of Social Worker, Interna onal Associa on of Schools of Social Work,Na onal Associa on of Social Workers Module IV: Social Work Fields and Methods (10 hours) a) Fields of Social Work: Family and child welfare, Youth development, Industrial social work, Correc onal administra on, Medical and psychiatric social work, Community development, Human and Child Rights, etc. b) Methods of Social Work: social work prac ce with individual, Group work and Community; Social Ac on, Social work Research, Social welfare administra on and social legisla on; c) Integrated approach to social work; Systems Approach to Social work prac ce. Module V: Contemporary Concerns in Social Work (10 hours) Contemporary Concerns in Social Work: Contextualizing Interven ons, Theore cal perspec ves for social work prac ce; Factors influencing prac ce. Ideologies for social change in India – understanding reform movements. Suggested Readings 1. Gore.M.S, Social Work and Social Work Educa on, Asia, Publica on house, Mumbai, 1965 2. Jainendra Kumar Jha, Prac ce of Social work, Anmol Publica ons, New Delhi, 2002, 3. Joshi.S.C, The Handbook of Social work, Akansha Publishing House, New Delhi, 2004. 4. Paul Chowdhury, Introduc on to Social Work, ATMA RAM and SONS, Delhi, 2000. 5. Sanjay Bha acharya, Social work – An Integrated Approach, Deep and Deep Publica ons Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2003 6. Walsh Joseph, Theories of of Direct Social work prac ce, Thomson Brooks, Cole, 2006 ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|405

7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

Allan, June, Bob Pease and Linda Briskman (ed.). Cri cal Social Work – An Introduc on to Theories and Prac ces, Rawat Publica ons, Jaipur, 2003. Bha acharya, Sanjay, Social Work Interven ons and Management, Deep and Deep, New Delhi, 2008 Bogo, Marion, Social Work Prac ce – Concepts, Processes and Interviewing, Rawat Publica ons, Jaipur, 2007 Cox, David andManoharPawar, Interna onal Social Work – Issues, Strategies and Programs, Vistar Publica ons, New Delhi, 2006 Desai, Murli, Ideologies and Social Work, Rawat Publica ons, Jaipur, 2002 Dominelli, Lena, Social Work: Theory and Prac ce for a Changing Profession, Polity Press, London, 2004 Skidmore AR and Milton G Thackeray, Introduc on to Social Work, Pren ce Hall, New Jersey

SWHG0002: HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT (4 credits - 60 hours) Objectives: ● To gain an understanding of human psychology, knowledge of the developmental stages and personality theories related to human beings; ● To get an understanding of the concept of health, principles of healthy living, major diseases and mental disorders affecting an individual; ● To understand the role of institutions and agencies in dealing with the promotion of health. Module I: Meaning of Growth and Development (15 hours) a) Meaning of growth, development and maturity, Principles of human development b) Approaches to the study of human development: biological, matura onal, psychoanaly c, behavioural, cogni ve-developmental, ecological, Social c) Influence of socializa on and development - family, social groups, ins tu on, community and culture. Module II: Developmental Stages and Personality Theories (15 hours) a) Physical, Emo onal, Cogni ve and Social aspects of the following developmental stages with special reference to Indian condi ons – Infancy, Babyhood, early childhood, late childhood, adolescence, early adulthood, late adulthood, middle age, old age b) Personality theories – Freud, Jung, Adler, Erikson, Rogers, Maslow Module III: Mental health (12 hours) a) Concept of Normalcy and abnormality b) Symptoms, Causes and treatment of the following disorders - neuroses, psychoses, Somatoform disorder, personality disorder and mental retarda on Module IV: Physical Health (12 hours) a) Concept of health, hygiene, WHO defini on of health; nutri on, malnutri on and its impact on growth b) Communicable and non-communicable diseases - Symptoms, causes, treatment, preven on and control of some common diseases – communicable: T.B., Leprosy, STD, HIV, Typhoid, Chickenpox, Malaria, Hepa s; non communicable: Hypertension, Diabetes, Cancer, Malnutri on and deficiency diseases Module V: Role of the Professional Social Worker (6 hours) Ins tu ons and agencies intervening in human growth and development- family, educa on, Health care systems Suggested Readings 1. Berk, Laura E. Development through the Lifespan, 5th edi on. Allyn and Bacon. London: 2009 2. Ahuja, Niraj., A Short textbook of Psychiatry, Himalaya Publishing House. New Delhi: 2005 3. Bha acharya, Sanjay Dr. 2008. Social Work: Psycho-Social and Health Aspects. New Delhi: Deep and ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|406

4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21.

Deep. Butler Gillian, McManus Freda, Psychology – A Very Short Introduc on. Oxford University Press. New York: 1998 Carson C. Robert, Kutcher N. James, Minela Susan, Hooley M. Jill, Abnormal Psychology. 13th Edi on. Pearson Educa on. 2010 Chaube S.P., Abnormal Psychology, Educa onal Publishers Ciccarelli K. Saundra, Meyer E. Glean., Psychology – South Asian Edi on. Pearson. India: 2008 Clifford T. Morgan, Richard A. King, John R. Weisz, John Schopler, Introduc on to Psychology, Tata Mc.Graw Hill Edi on. Coleman James. C, Abnormal Psychology and Modern Life, D.B. Taneporevela. Mumbai: 1975 Dandapani S., General Psychology, Neelkamal Publica ons Pvt. Ltd. Hyderabad: 2007 Diagnos c and Sta s cal Manual of Mental Disorders – 4th Edi on. DSM – IV-TR. American Psychiatric Associa on. Washington DC:2000 Feist Jess, Feist J. Gregory, Theories of Personality, 7th Edi on. McGraw Hill. Primis: 2008 Fernald/Fernald, Munn’s Introduc on to Psychology, 5th Edi on, AITBS Publishers: India Feshback Seymour, Weiner Bernard, Bohart Arthur, Personality. 4th Edi on. D.C. Health and Company. Lexington: 1996 Hurlock, Elizabeth, Developmental Psychology, Tata Mc Graw Hill. New York: 2001 James D. Page, Abnormal Psychology, Tata Mc Graw Hill Edi on. Kaplan Saddock, Synopsis of Psychiatry. 7th Ed. BI Waverly Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi: 1994 Park. J.E and Park. K, Text Book of Preven ve and Social Medicine, Bansaridas Bhanot. Jabalpur: 2003 Robert A. Baron, Psychology, 5th Edi on. Pearson. Pren ce Hall: 2001 Steinberg, Laurence, Adolescence, McGraw Hill Inc. New York: 1993 WHO, The ICD – 10 Classifica on of Mental and Behavioural Disorders, Diagnos c Criteria for Research, AITBS Publishers and Distributors (Regd.). Delhi: 2004

SWSG0004: SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE WITH GROUPS (3 credits - 45 hours) Objectives: ● To understand the concept of groups and its importance and influence on individuals ● To understand social group work as a method of social work and its applications in various settings ● To identify and acquire the skills needed to work with groups effectively Module I: The Concepts (7 hours) Concept of group: defini on, group iden ty, cohesion, characteris cs, significance and types; Life as a process of adjustment with different types of groups; Group as an instrument of change. Module II: Methods of Social Group Work (11 hours) Social group work as a method of social work: defini on, focus, values, principles, assump ons, ethics, characteris cs and purpose of social group work; Historical evolu on of social group work. Models of Group Work. Module III: Process and Phases of Social Group work (11 hours) Group work process and phases: Stages/Phases of Group forma on: Pre-group, ini al, treatment, and cri cal phase, evalua on and termina on; process and factors of group forma on; formula on of goals and iden fica on of problems to work Module IV: Group Dynamics and Skills for Social Group Work (8 hours) Group Dynamics: leadership, isola on, decision making, teamwork, contagion, conflict, communica on, rela onships and bonding; Role of the group worker: enabler, s mulator, supporter, guide, educator, resource person, therapist and supervisor. Knowledge and Skills for the Group Worker: facilita on, programme planning, recording and documenta on- recording in Group Work, use of sociometry and sociogram in assessing groups. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|407

Module V: Social group work Settings (8 hours) Social Group Work in Different Se ngs: Concept and dynamics of Self Help Groups, group work therapy in community se ngs, in ins tu onal se ngs like hospitals, rehabilita on centres, children’s home, old age homes, welfare se ngs, educa onal and youth development se ngs. Suggested Readings 1. Cooper, Cary L, Theories of Group Processes, London: John Wiley and Sons, 1976 2. Douglas, Tom, Group Work Prac ce, London: Tavistock Publica ons, 1976 3. Douglas, Tom, Basic Group Work, London: Tavistock Publica ons, 1978 4. Ely, P.J. and M.K.McCullough, Social Work with Groups, London: Rou edge and Kegan Paul, 1975 5. Kanopka G, Social Group Work – A Helping Process, Engelwood Cliff: Pren ce Hall (later version), 1963 6. Siddiqui, H.Y, Group Work: theories and prac ce; India, Pakistan, Bangladesh and Srilanka, Jaipur: Rawat Publica ons, 2007 7. Toseland, W. and Rivas, R.S. An Introduc on to Groups Work Prac ce, Boston: Allyn and Bacon, 2000 8. Trecker, H.B., Social Group, New York: Associa on Press, 1975.

SWSC0005: SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE WITH COMMUNITIES (3 credits – 45 hours) Objective: This course aims at acquainting the student with the concept of the community and its dynamics and to understand community organisation as a method of social work and as an effective tool for development. The course also deals with the role of social action in social work and community organization. Module I: Concepts of Community (10 hours) Concepts of Community: Understanding community: defini on, concept, structure and func oning; urban, rural and tribal communi es; community from a prac oner’s perspec ve; Dynamics of human rights, leadership, power and empowerment in the community with par cular reference to tribal communi es. Module II: Community Organization (12 hours) Community Organiza on: defini on, scope, philosophy, principles: generic and specific, relevance in context; community organiza on and community development; Approaches to Community Organiza on and Community Development. Skills for community organiza on. Applica on of community organiza on and social ac on in tackling developmental issues Module III: Phases of Community Organization (9 hours) Process or phases of community organiza on - Study and survey, analysis, assessment, discussion, organiza on, ac on, reflec on, modifica on con nua on. Models of Community Organiza on: Locality development, social planning model, social ac on model, Saul Alinsky Model. Module IV: Social Action (7 hours) Social ac on – history in India, concept, objec ves, purpose and principles; process of social ac on and scope in India; Rights based approach, Radical social work - contribu ons by Saul Alinsky, Paulo Freire, Mahatma Gandhi and Siddique. Module V: Community Development (7 hours) Concept and models, rural development, urban development, tribal development, Ministries and their role towards socio-economic development of communi es, role of social workers in community development. Suggested Readings 1. Bha acharya, Sanjay, Social Work an Integrated Approach, Deep and Deep, New Delhi, 2006 2. Christopher, A.J., and Thomas William, Community Organiza on and Social Ac on, Himalaya Publica ons, New Delhi, 2006 ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|408

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.

Freire, Paulo, Educa on for the Oppressed, Seaburg Press, New York, 1970 Freire, Paulo, Cultural Ac on for Freedom, Penguin, HarmondsWorth, 1972 Kumar, Somesh, Methods for Community Par cipa on – a Complete Guide for Prac oners, Vistaar Publica ons, New Delhi, 2002 Prasad, Ankit, Social Welfare and Social Ac on. New Delhi: Mi al Publica ons Ross. M.G., Community Organisa on. Theories, Principles, and Prac ces, Harper and Row, New York, 1955 Siddqui, H.Y.., Working with Communi es, Hira Publica on, New Delhi, 1997 Skidmore, A. Rex and Milton. G. Thackeray, Introduc on to Social Work, Pren ce Hall, New Jersey, 1976 Shrivasta, S. K (1988) Social Movements for development, Allahabad : Chugh Publica ons Siddique, H.Y. (1984) Social Work and Social Ac on, New Delhi : Harnam Publica ons Zastrow H. Charles –The Prac ce of Social Work – A Comprehensive Worktext, BROOKS/COLE – Cengage Learning Publica ons, 9th Edi on Alinsky Saul (1971) Rules for Radicals : A Prac ce Primer for Realis c Radicals, Vintage RM Mac Iver and Charles H Page, Society – An Introductory Analysis, Surjeet Publica ons

SWIS0006: INTRODUCTION TO INDIAN SOCIETY, POLITY AND ECONOMICS (3 credits - 45 hours) Objectives: The course work envisages imparting ability for critical analysis and reflections on social realities among the students of Don Bosco Institute of Social Sciences taking into consideration relationship between social, psychological, technological, economics and political aspects of society. Introduction and Summarization: (5 hours) a) Introduc on and orienta on (2 hours) on the relevance Founda on Course in Social Sciences. Understanding economics, poli cs, culture, psychology and technology in rela on to society. b) Summariza on and Conclusion at the end of the course work (3 hour). Module I: Society, culture and Identity (12 hours) a) Society, community and social ins tu ons. Social Stra fica on-Iden ty, Gender, Caste, Class, Ethnicity and Tribe. b) Culture, tradi ons and modernity: values, ethics, seculariza on. c) Marginaliza on, Conflict and Social Change. Suggested Readings 1. Ahuja, Ram. (2009). Society in India. Jaipur: Rawat. 2. Béteille, André. (2011). Caste, Class and Power: changing Pa erns of Stra fica on in a Tanjore Village. (2nd ed). New Delhi: Oxford University Press. 3. Castell, Manuel. (2010). The Power of Iden ty: The Informa on Age: Economy, Society and Culture. (Vol. 2). Singapore: Blackwell Publishing Ltd. 4. Chaudhury, S. (2007). The Bodos: Emergence and Asser on of an Ethnic Minority. Shimla: Indian Ins tute of Advance Study. 5. Giddens, Anthony. (2001). Sociology. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 6. Maibang T. and M.C. Behera. (eds). (2007). Tribal Studies: Emerging Fron ers of Knowledge. New Delhi: Mi al Publica on. 7. Marshal, G. and John Sco . (2009). Oxford Dic onary of Sociology. New York: Oxford University Press. 8. Singh, Y. (2004). Moderniza on of Indian Tradi on. Jaipur. Rawat. Module II: Economics and Development (9 hours) a) Economics: Concepts and defini ons. Economic problem. Demand and Supply, Na onal Income, Standard of Living, Per-capita income; Poverty and its measurements. b) Economic Systems: Capitalism, Socialism, Communism and Mixed Economy. c) Global Economy and Global Ins tu ons: the World Bank, IMF and WTO. Globaliza on and Indian Economy. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|409

d) e) f) g)

Mul na onal Companies (MNCs) and their effects in the domes c economy. Na onal Economic Policy, Welfare State, Underdevelopment and Development. Natural Resources, Agriculture, Infrastructure and Sustainable Development. Growth, Development and Social Jus ce.

Suggested Readings 1. Boyes, W. and Michael M. (2005). Textbook of Economics: Indian Adapta on. (6th ed). New Delhi: Houghton Mifflin Co. 2. Deepashree, and Vanita Aggarwal. (2007). Macroeconomics. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd. 3. Hayami, Y. and Yoshinisa Godo. (2010). Development Economics: From the Poverty to the Wealth of Na ons. (3rd ed). New Delhi: Oxford University Press. 4. Mankiw, N. Gregory. (2008). Principles of Economics. Manson OH: South West Cengage Learning. 5. Pieterse, J. N. (2010). Development Theory. (2nd ed). New Delhi: Sage. 6. Scho er, A. (2009). Microeconomics; A modern Approach. Manson OH: South West Cengage Learning. 7. Sen, A. (1999). Development as Freedom. New York: Oxford University Press. Module III: Indian Development Experiences (9 hours) a) India as a developing world. India’s experience of colonialism- process and impact on agriculture. b) Independence movement and aspira on for self-rule. Rise of self-reliance and economic na onalism. c) Post independence trajectory on agriculture and rural development. Land Reforms and the Green Revolu on. d) Globaliza on and its effects on agriculture and industrializa on. e) Indian Poverty scenario pre and post-independence. Suresh Tendulkar Commi ee Report. f) Labour and employment in India- the condi ons of informal sector workers, social security for unorganized sector. g) Popula on, Poverty, Employment, Educa on and Health Issues in India. Policy trends and indicators. h) Science and Technology: Growth, Development and Climate Concerns in Indian context. Suggested Readings 1. Behera, M. C. (ed). (2004). Globaliza on and Development Dilemma: Reflec on from North East India. New Delhi: Mital Publica ons. 2. Desai, S. B et al… (2010). Human Development in India: challenges for a Society in Transi on. Hyderabad: Oxford University Press. 3. Dréze, J. and Amartya Sen. (eds). (2011). Indian Development: Selected Regional Perspec ves. New Delhi: Oxford University Press. 4. Goldin, I. and Kenneth R.(2006). Globaliza on for Development: Trade, Finance, AID, Migra on and Policy. Jaipur: Rawat Publica on and The World Bank. 5. Hayami, Y. and Yoshinisa Godo. (2010). Development Economics: From the Poverty to the Wealth of Na ons. (3rd ed). New Delhi: Oxford University Press. 6. Pieterse, J. N. (2010). Development Theory. (2nd ed). New Delhi: Sage. 7. Sesgagiri, N. (ed). (2013). Survey of Rural India: A Comprehensive Study of Gram Panchayat and Community Development Block. (Vol. 26). New Delhi: Gyan. 8. Singh, S. (eds). (2003). Strategies for Sustainable Rural Development. New Delhi: Deep and Deep Publica ons Pvt. Ltd. 9. Singha K. (ed). (2010). Rural Development in India: Retrospect and Prospects. New Delhi: Concept Publishing Company, Pvt. Ltd. Module IV: Politics and Indian Political System (10 hours) a) Poli cs and poli cal systems. State: origins and its elements. Poli cal thoughts: Behaviouralism, and post-behavioralism, liberalism, idealism, anarchism and Marxism. b) Sovereignty, power, authority, legi macy, liberty, equality and jus ce c) Rights, Du es and Ci zenship – Indian context. d) Making of India- poli cal na onalism, India as a na on of diversity, federalism. Idea of state and ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|410

e) f) g)

na on – Gandhi, Nehru and Ambedkar. The Cons tu on of India- History, the Cons tuent Assembly. Philosophy of the Indian cons tu on from Gandhian, Nehruvian and Ambedkarite perspec ves. Decentralized governance: philosophy and prac ce: a cri cal appraisal from experiences Social movements through networking transna onal.

Suggested Readings 1. Abbas, H. (2010) Indian Government and Poli cs. New Delhi: Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd. 2. Ananth, V.K. (2010). India since Independence: Making Sense of Indian Poli cs. New Delhi: Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd. 3. Government of Tamil Nadu. Poli cal Science. (h p://www.textbooksonline.tn.nic.in/Books/12 /Std12-PolSci-EM.pdf) 4. Johari, J.C. (2006). Contemporary Poli cal Theory: New Dimensions, Basic Concepts and Major Trends. New Delhi: Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd. 5. Schrems, John. (2007). Understanding Principles of Poli cs and the State. Maryland. University Press of America.

SWIN0007: SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE WITH INDIVIDUALS AND FAMILIES (3 credits - 45 hours) Objectives: ● To understand social case work as a method of social work practice and its application in the field ● To equip learners with theoretical knowledge to work with individuals and families. ● To equip learners with values, skills and attitudes and develop competencies necessary for working with individuals and families. Module I: Introduction to nature and development of social casework (10 hours) a) Historical development of case work as method of social work, meaning and nature of social case work, underlying assump ons of social case work, principle and ethics of social case work, important concepts in social casework b) Components of casework - person, problem, place and process Module II: Approaches to casework practice (10 hours) a) Social Diagnos c and Func onal approaches to casework b) Psycho-social approach to casework c) Problem solving approach to casework prac ce d) Task centred casework Module III: Process and technique of social casework (15 hours) 1. Phases of casework interven on: intake and assessment, diagnosis, interven on, Monitoring and Rehabilita on, Termina on and Follow up. 2. Techniques of casework interven on - Counselling, Suppor ve Techniques, Enhancing Resources Techniques 3. Tools – Observa on, Listening, Rela onship, Interview, Home Visit, Collateral Visit 4. Casework recording: Types and Format 5. Similari es and differences between Casework and Counselling, Casework and Psychotherapy Module IV: Social Casework Practice (10 hours) a) Applica on of Social Case Work in different se ngs and Clientele groups- Casework with children in adop on, correc onal, mental health se ngs, Child guidance clinic, Schools, Geriatric care and aged and the terminally ill people, crisis situa ons like conflicts, disaster and other calami es and other socially and economically disadvantaged groups; Socio-cultural factors affec ng the casework prac ce in India. b) Family casework c) Rela onship of casework method with other methods of social work. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|411

Suggested Readings 1. Biestek Felix, The Casework Rela onship, Unwin University Books, London, 1968 2. Government of India, Encyclopedia in Social Work, Publica on Division (Social Welfare Ministry), New Delhi, 1987 3. Hamilton, Gordon, The New York School of Social Work : Theory and Prac ce of Social Case Work, Columbia University Press, New York and London, 1970 4. Holis, Florence and Woods, Mary E., Casework – A Psychosoical Therapy, Fantom House, New York, 1981 5. Kadushin, Alfred, The Social Work Interview, Colulmbia University Press, New York, 1990 6. Keats, Daphne, Interviewing – A Prac cal Guide for Students and Professionals, Viva Books Pvt.Ltd., New Delhi, 2002. 7. Mathew Grace, An Introduc on to Social Case Work, Tata Ins tute of Social Sciences, Bombay, 1992 8. Nelson Jones, Richard, Prac cal Counselling and Helping Skills, Harper and Row, London, 1984 9. Nursten, Jean, Process of Case Work, Pitman Publishing Corpora on, 1974 10. O’Hagan, Kieran, Kingsley, Jessica, Competence in Social Work Prac ce – A Prac cal Guide for Professionals, London, 2003 11. Perlman, Helen Harris, Social Case Work – A Problem Solving Process, University of Chicago Press, London, 1964 12. Rameshwari Devi, Ravi Prakash, Social Work Methods, Prac ces and Perspec ves (Models of Casework Prac ce), Vol. II, Ch.3, Mangal Deep Publica on, Jaipur, 2004 13. Richmond, Mary, Social Diagnosis, Free Press, New York, 1970 14. Thompson, Neil, People Skills, 2nd Ed., Palgrave Macmillan, New York, 2006 15. Aptekar Herbert, The Dynamics of Casework and Counselling, Houghton Mifflin Co., New York, 1955. 16. Babara, J. G., Beyond Case Work, London, 1991 17. Fisher Joe, Effec ve Case Work Prac ce – An Elec ve Approach, MacGraw Hill, New York, 1978 18. Garre , Anne , Interviewing – Its Principles and Methods, Family Service Associa on of America, New York, 1972 19. Lishman, Joyce, Communica on in Social Work, Palgrave MacMillan, New York, 1994 20. Sena, Fine and Glass, Paul H., The First Helping Interview Engaging the Client and Building Trust, Sage Publica ons, New York, 1966 21. Sheafor, Bradford, Horejsi, Charles, Horejsi, Gloria, Techniques and Guidelines for Social Work Prac ce, Allyn and Bacon, London, 1997 22. Timms, Noel, Social Case Work, Routledge and Kegan Paul, London, 1966

SWSA0008: SOCIAL ANALYSIS AND STRATEGIES FOR SOCIAL CHANGE (4 credits - 60 hours) Objectives: ● To provide an understanding on different theoretical perspectives underpinning social work practice ● To identify and assess the advantages and disadvantages of different social work ● To enable the learners to engage in informed discussion on a range of perspectives relating to social work practice ● To capacitate learners to understand and compare different social work perspectives and locate the perspectives underpinning practice in the current global and national economic and political contexts. ● To learn the role of communication and mass media in development and social change. ● To equip the learners with skills for developmental communication and social change. Part A: Perspectives for Social Analysis Module I: Introduction (2 hours) Meaning and concept of social work perspec ve, its importance and implica ons for prac ce

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|412

Module II: Theoretical Perspectives for understanding social problems (6 hours) Social problems, human systems and social work response- structural-func onalist perspec ve, conflict perspec ve, symbolic interac onist perspec ve Module III: Social Work Perspectives (24 hours) a) Ecosystems perspec ve and generalist social work prac ce model; Concept of Role; Conceptual systems in social work prac ce b) Strengths perspec ve: Philosophy, concept and principles; Prepara on for strengths approach to prac ce; Assessing clients’ strengths c) Empowerment Perspec ve: Concept and prac ce principles; Human Rights Perspec ve: Rights Based Approach d) Radical Perspec ves: Marxist approaches - Cri cal and structural social work; Freirian and Libera on theological perspec ves - Conscien za on and adult educa on; Feminist approach e) An -discriminatory and an -oppressive perspec ves f) Indian perspec ves: Gandhi, Ambedkar and Tribal/Indigenous perspec ves Module IV: Politics of Social Work Practice (8 hours) Global and na onal economic and poli cal contexts; Paradigms and models of prac ce Part B: Communication for Change and Development Module V: Media for Social Change (16 hours) a) Communica on: Theories, Elements and Barriers of communica on; b) Types: Verbal and Non-verbal communica on; Development Communica on – Purpose and Content. Social Marke ng, Par cipatory communica on; c) Media Analysis: Cri cal analysis of Mass Media. Representa on of gender, caste and tribal/indigenous groups in mass media d) Use of media for Development Communica on: Folk media - Puppetry, Par cipatory theatre, Grassroots comics, Social media- Backpack Journalism Module VI: Skill Training in development communication (4 hours) Effec ve Public Speaking, Mee ng, Conference, Seminars; Effec ve wri en communica on, Designing of Posters and other low cost par cipatory media. Suggested Readings 1. Goldstein, H. (1973). Social work prac ce: a unitary approach; Columbia: University of South Carolina Press. 2. Hearn, G. (1974). Social work treatment: an approach to interpersonal helping. Aldine 3. Mooney, L. A., Knox, D., and Schacht, C. (2000). Understanding Social Problem, (2nd Edi on). USA: Wadsworth/Thomson Learning. 4. Mullaly, R.. (1993). Structural social work: ideology, theory and prac ce. Toronto: McClelland and Stewart Inc. The Canadian Publishers, 5. Miley, K. K., O’melia, M., and Dubois, B. L. (1995). Generalist Social Work Prac ce: An Empowering Approach; Boston: Allyn and Bacon 6. Nash, M., Munford, R., and O’Donoghue, K. (Eds). (2005). Social Work Theories in Ac on. London: Jessica Kingsley 7. Pardeck, J.T. (1996). Social work prac ce: an ecological approach. Westport, CT: Greenwood Publishing Group. 8. Payne, M. (1997). Modern Social Work Theory, (2nd Ed). Chicago: Lyceum Books 9. Pincus, A., and Minahan, A. (1993). Social work prac ce: model and method. Illinois: F.E. Peacock Publishers. 10. Powell, F. (2001). The poli cs of social work. New Delhi: Sage 11. Saleeby, D. (Ed.) (2002). The strengths perspec ve in social work prac ce, (3rd Ed). Boston: Allyn and Bacon 12. Saulnier, C. F. (1996). Feminist theories and social work: approaches and applica ons. NY: Haworth Press ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|413

13. Gray, M., Coates, J., and Bird, M.Y. (2008). Indigenous social work around the world: towards culturally relevant educa on and prac ce. Burlington: Ashgate 14. Mapp, Susan C. (2008). Human rights and social jus ce in a global perspec ve: an introduc on to interna onal social work. New York: OUP 15. Freire, P. (1972). Cultural Ac on for Freedom New York: Penguin Books. 16. Freire, P. (n.d.). Educa on as Prac ce of Freedom. New York: Penguin Books. 17. Sharma D (2004). Mass Communica on theory and Prac ce in the 21st Century. New Delhi: Deep and Deep 18. Ahuja BN and Chabra SS (1992). Development Communica on. New Delhi: Surjeet

SWRM0009: SOCIAL WORK RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND STATISTICS (4 credits-60 hours) Objectives: ● To understand the significance of research and application of statistics in social work practice. ● To understand the research process and acquire the attitudes and skills essential for social work. ● To develop skills for interpretation, documentation and presentation of results of the research. ● To familiarize with statistical methods and techniques needed for social work research. ● To understand the process of report writing and publication. Module I: Introduction to Social Work Research (10 hours) Research and Social Work Prac ce- Philosophical Founda ons of Research. Natural and social science research - characteris cs and scien fic a tude. Social work research as a social research relevance, ethics and values. Scope of social work research - basic and applied research. Module II: Research designs, approaches and types (10 hours) a) Research designs: Descrip ve, Exploratory and Experimental: meaning, scope, characteris cs, applica on in social work se ng. b) Research Approaches: Qualita ve and Quan ta ve Research: meanings, scope, methods, steps, sampling, data collec on, analysis, interpreta on and repor ng. Strengths and weaknesses. c) Evalua ve research: Programme and projects evalua on: concept, types, steps, reports. d) Par cipatory research and ac on research: concepts, scope, applica on and steps. Module III: Steps in Research Process (15 hours) a) Problem Formula on: Iden fying research issue, formula ng research topic and problem, review of literature (library work), theore cal framework, formula ng objec ves, clarifying concepts, variables - conceptual and opera onal, formula ng hypothesis. b) Popula on and Sampling: Inclusion and exclusion criteria of popula on, the logic of sampling size and techniques: probability and non-probability sampling. c) Tools for data collec on: Levels, Types of measurements, reliability and validity of tools. Construc ng tools for data collec on: ques onnaire, interview schedule, scales. Quan fica on of qualita ve data. d) Sources, Collec on and Analysis of Data: Secondary and primary sources. Data collec on data edi ng, coding, master sheet, analysis, report wri ng. Using computer for data analysis: coding, analysis- graphs and results. Module IV: Introduction to Statistics (15 hours) 1. Sta s cs: Defini ons, Uses and Limita ons. Classifica on and tabula on of data, univariate and bivariate, diagramma c and graphic presenta ons. Measures of central tendency, Mean, Median and Mode and their uses; Measures of variability - range, variance and standard devia on. 2. Correla on: Meaning and computa on of coefficient of correla on as product moment, Spearman’s Rank Correla ons, interpreta on of correla ons. 3. Test of Hypotheses: Basics, Probability distribu on, normal distribu on. t-test, Chi-Square Test Module V: Application of Statistics and Reporting Research (10 hours) a) Applica on of Sta s cs in Social Work Research. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|414

b) c) d)

Ethical guidelines in social work research. Professional wri ng. Introduc on to so ware packages for sta s cal analysis.

Suggested Readings 1. Ahuja, Ram, Research Methods, Rawat, Jaipur, 2001 2. Alston, M. Bocoles, W., Research in Social Workers- An Introduc on to the Methods, Rawat, Jaipur, Indian Edi on 2003 3. Baker, T.L., Doing Social Research, McGraw Hill, Singapore, 1994 4. Dooley, D., Social Research Methods, Pren ce Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1997 5. Goode, W.J. and Ha , P.K., Methods in Social Research, McGraw Hill Singapore, 1981 6. Grinell, R. M., (Jr.), Social Work Research and Evalua on, F.E. Peacock Pub. Inc., Illinois, 1988 7. Gupta, C.B., Introduc on to Sta s cal Methods, Vikas Publishing House, 1995 8. Gupta, S.C., Fundamentals of Sta s cs, Himalaya Publishing House, Delhi, 1997 9. Gupta, S.P., Sta s cal Methods, Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi 1997 10. Jacob, K.K., Methods and Fields of Social Work in India, Asia Publishing, Bombay, 1996 11. Kothari, C.R., Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques, 2nd edi on reprint, New Age Interna onal New Delhi, 2004 12. Krishnaswamy, O.R., Methodology for Research in Social Science, Himalaya, Bombay, 1993 13. Laldas, D.K., Prac ce of Social Research, Rawat, Jaipur, 2000 14. Mikkelsen, B., Methods for Development Work and Research-A New Guide for prac oners, Sage, New Delhi, 2005 15. Ramchandran, P., Social Work Research and Sta s cs, Allied Publishers, Bombay, 1968 16. Rubin, A. and Babbie, E., Research Methods for Social Work, 4th edi on, Wadsworth, West, Brooks/Cole and Schirmer, 2001 17. Sarantakos, S., Social Research, Palgrave Macmillan, New York, 2005 18. Sharma, B.A.V., Prasad, R.D. and Satyanarayana, C., Research Methods in Social Sciences, Sterling, New Delhi, 2002 19. Sharma, K.R., Research Methodology, Na onal Publishing House, Jaipur, 2002 20. Wilkinson, T.S. and Bhandarkar, P.L., Methodology and Techniques of Social Research, Himalaya, Bombay, 1984 21. Young, p., Scien fic Social Surveys and Research, Asian Students edi on, Asia Publishing House, Japan, 1960

SWWA0010: SOCIAL WELFARE ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT SERVICES (3 credits-45 hours) Objectives: ● To develop an understanding of social welfare administration as a method of social work ● To understand the various components of social welfare administration ● To understand the nature of social policy in the social, political and economic context ● To familiarize the students with the concepts of management and development Module I: Social Welfare and Development Organizations (15 hours) a) Social Welfare and development organiza ons: Nature, types and func ons; Social Welfare Administra on: Defini on, Characteris cs, Social Welfare Administra on as a method of Social Work; Dis nc on between social welfare administra on, public administra on and social security administra on b) Concept, nature and types of organiza ons - role of development organisa ons in society, nature of welfare and development services; Organiza onal Structure, Boards and Commi ees: execu ve func ons and quali es c) Registra on of welfare agencies, Laws rela ng to socie es, trusts and non-profit organiza ons, Indian Companies Act, Foreign Contribu on Regula on Act 1976. d) NGO Forma on : Process of establishment of an NGO, Prepara on of Bye Laws and Memorandum of Associa on ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|415

Module II: Elements of Administration (10 hours) a) Administra ve process: Planning, Organizing, Direc on, Coordina on, Supervision, Communica on, Monitoring and evalua on; Public Rela ons and Networking b) Personnel administra on: selec on of staff, orienta on, placement, service condi ons, promo ons, discipline welfare programmes for staff c) Financial administra on: Budge ng, Accoun ng, Book Keeping, Audi ng. d) Office administra on: Office management and maintenance of records- supervision, Recording and documenta on – prepara on of agenda of mee ng, wri ng, minutes, proceedings of mee ngs, Prepara on of MOU, Structure of a project proposal, prepara on of monthly, half-yearly and yearly reports. Module III: Introduction to Management of NGOs (10 hours) a) Management Concepts: Defini on, Principles of Management, Func ons of Management, Management of Interpersonal, Intergroup and organiza onal conflict; Change and Conflict Management – Organiza onal Change, Conflict and Change, Organiza onal theories, Crea vity and Innova on. b) Development concepts: Defini on, objec ves, Developed, Underdeveloped and Developing, Indicators of Development, Social Development; Significance of management for social work c) Strategies and Mechanisms of administra on and management: Decision making process – forms and types; Commi ee-forma on and documenta on; Capacity building – approaches and strategies; Prepara on of Annual Budget; Funding and resource mobiliza on – grants-in-aid, grants from Central and State Government, fund raising prac ces, social marke ng. Module IV: Introduction to Social Policy and Social Welfare Programmes (10 hours) a) Social Policy: Concept, goals, scope and context b) Social policy domain: Welfare State- Social Welfare, Welfare Services, Social Services; Human Rights Approaches to social policy: Welfare, development and rights based approach to social policy c) Models of social policy and applicability to Indian State. d) Social Welfare Programmes: Central Social Welfare Board, State Social Welfare Department, Prison Department, Rural Development Programmes, Local Self Governing Ins tu ons, Programmes for children, Youth, Women, Elderly, differently-abled. Suggested Readings 1. Chowdry, Paul, Social Welfare Administra on, Atma RRam and Sons, Delhi, 1992 2. Sankaran and Rodrigues, Handbook for the Management of Voluntary Organisa ons, Alpha Publica ons Chennai, 1983 3. Kulkarni, P.D., Social Policy and Social Development in India Associa on of schools of social work in India 4. Fred, Luthans, Organiza on Behaviour, III and IV edi on 5. Rao, Subba, GCV. Family Law in Law, S. Gogia and Company, Hyderabad, 1999 6. Sulivan, Michael, Sociology and Social Welfare, Allen and Unwin, Winchester, USA, 1987 7. Reider, Dale, Evalua ng Development Programmes and Projects, Second edi on, Sage Publica ons, 2004 8. Gupta, N.S. Organiza on Theory and Behaviour. Delhi, 2009 9. Chatvervedi, A.N, Rights of the Accused under Indian Cons tu on.: Deep and Deep Delhi. 1984 10. Donnisson, D & Chapman,Social Policy and Administra on. London. 1989

SWSL0011: SOCIAL JUSTICE, HUMAN RIGHTS AND SOCIAL LEGISLATIONS (3 credits–45 hours) Objectives: ● To provide an understanding on social legislation and social action with relevance to social work practice; ● To develop an understanding about various social welfare legislations with specific reference to ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|416



different groups of people; To understand the provisions of the legal system and the mechanisms available in the country for addressing issues of social change.

Module I: Social Justice and Human Rights (7 hours) Meaning of Jus ce, Forms of Jus ce, Theories of Jus ce, Law and Social Jus ce, Human Rights and Social Jus ce, Issues in Social Jus ce. Module II: Social Legislation and Social Work (7 hours) a) Understanding concepts of law, social jus ce and social legisla on, Legisla on as an instrument of social jus ce and control. b) The Cons tu on of India: preamble and fundamental rights; Direc ve Principles of State Policy c) Classifica on of law: civil and criminal law. Relevance of law and legal systems to social work prac ce, partnership and interface between social workers and legal system. Module III: Reformatory Law and Laws related to Protection of Human Rights (7 hours) a) Major provisions of the law for the protec on of human rights, Structure, func ons and powers of Na onal and State Human Rights Commissions. b) Major provisions in Indian Penal Code (IPC) related to family violence, murder, suicide, rape. c) Meaning of cognizable and non-cognizable offences and condi ons and procedures for bail; Importance and Procedures for filing a First Informa on Report (FIR) Module IV: Social legislations: Major Provisions (20 hours) a) Laws Related to Children: Juvenile Jus ce Act, Laws rela ng to Adop on and Guardianship, Child Marriage Restraint Act, Prohibi on and Regula on of Child Labour Act. Protec on Of Children from Sexual Offences (POCSO) Act Laws Related to Family: Personal laws and the Civil law related to Marriage, Divorce, Maintenance and Succession; Law against Domes c Violence; Law of Family Court. Laws Related to Women: Immoral Trafficking Preven on Act (ITPA), The Sexual harassment of Women at Workplace ( Preven on, Prohibi on, Redressal) Act, 2013. Medical termina on of pregnancy, Prohibi on against Prenatal diagnos c tests (for sex determina on). Laws Related to Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes: Protec on of Civil Rights; Law against Atroci es. Laws Related to Disabled: Mental Health Act, Persons with Disabili es Act, Na onal Trusts Act. Laws Related to Workers: Minimum wages, Workmen’s compensa on. Laws Related to Consumers and Ci zens: Consumer protec on, Food adultera on, Right to informa on, Project affected persons. b) Protec on of Children from Sexual Offences Act (POCSO) and Sexual harassment of women in workplace act. Module V: Justice System and Legal Aid provisions (4 hours) a) Agencies of the jus ce system: police, judiciary, correc onal systems, their structure and func ons b) Structure and jurisdic on of courts: district and sessions courts, high court, Supreme Court. Dis nc on between civil and criminal courts; Consumer courts Special courts/tribunals – accident, corrup on c) Concept of legal aid, Lok Adalat; Public Interest Li ga on (PIL) Suggested Readings 1. Samaddar Ranabir (Ed), State of jus ce in India-issues of social jus ce, sage publica on, 2009. 2. Acharya, Basu Durga Das : Introduc on to the Cons tu on of India, New Delhi : Pren ce Hall of India Pvt.Ltd., (7th. Edi on) 3. Ahuja, Ram: Criminology, Jaipur : Rawat Publica ons 4. Biju, M. R , Human Rights in a Developing Society, New Delhi : Mi al Prakashan, 2005 5. Diwan, Paras and Diwan, Peeyush, Child and Legal Protec on, New Delhi : Deep and Deep Publica ons, 1994 6. Flavia ,Give us this Day, Our Daily Bread, Procedures and Case Law on Maintenance, 1997 7. Gaikwad, P. E, Law Basic Concepts, Pune : YASHADA,2004 8. Galanter, Marc, Law and Society in Modern India, Delhi : Oxford University Press, 1992 9. Gangrade, K.D, Social Legisla on in India (Vol-1 and Vol.2), Delhi : Concept Publishing Company. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|417

10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24.

Gaur K. D, A TextBook on the Indian Penal Code, Delhi: Universal Law Publica on Co. Ltd., 2004 Kant, Anjani,Women and the Law, New Delhi : APH Publica on Corpora on., 1997 Ma hew, P. D, Cons tu on of India Simplified, New Delhi : Indian Social Ins tute, 1993 Pradhan, V. P, The Indian Cons tu on, New Delhi :Ombudsman Publishing House, (1st Edi on). Prakash, Ravi, Cons tu on of Fundamental Rights and Judicial Ac vism in India, Jaipur : Mangal Deep Publica ons Purohit, B. R. and Joshi, Sandeep (Ed)) Social Jus ce in India, Jaipur : Rawat Publica on, 2003 Qureshi, M. A, Muslim Laws of Marriage, Divorce and Maintenance, New Delhi : Deep and Deep Publica ons, 1992 Sastry, T. S. N, India and Human Rights, Delhi : Concept Publishing Company, 2005 Saxena, D. R, Law Jus ce and Social Change, New Delhi : Deep and Deep Publica ons, 1996 Shah, Ghanshyam,Social Jus ce- A Dialogue, Jaipur : Rawat Publica on, 1998 Sharma, S. S, Legal Aid to the Poor, New Delhi : Deep and Deep Publica ons, 1993 Siddiqi, Fa ma E. and Ranganathan Sarala:Handbook on Women and Human Rights – A Guide for Social Ac vists (Part 1 and Part 2), New Delhi : Kanishka Publica on. Singh, Alka, Women in Muslim Personal Law, New Delhi :Rawat Publica ons, 1992 Singh, Shiv Sahai,Unifica on of Divorce Laws in India.1992 South Asia Human Rights Documenta on Centre. HandBook of Human Rights and Criminal Jus ce in India, New Delhi : Oxford University Press, 2006

SWDM0012: ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT (3 credits–45 hours) Objectives: ● To understand the interrelatedness of human life and environment; ● To develop an understanding of problems arising out of environmental degradation and globalization; ● To study the role of social work practice in tracking environmental issues and disaster management. Module I (10 hours) a) Concepts: Environment and Ecology; the Interrelatedness of living organisms and natural Resources b) Global Environmental Crisis and its linkages to the development process. Global warming, Environmental poli cs and resource development regimes; Sustainable development: Management and Conserva on changes. Module II (10 hours) a) State of India’s Environment: Waste Management; Pollu on – Air, Water, Soil, Noise; Laws Related to environment. b) Social Work and Environment: Environment Educa on, Environment Ethics, Promo on Environment Movements, Environment Management – EIA. Module III (10 hours) a) Disaster: Defini on, Natural and Human made disasters; mul ple causes and effects; Stages of disaster; Development and Disaster; Preven ve Measures. b) Models of Disaster: Crunch Model and Release Model Module IV (15 hours) a) Disaster Management and phases. Pre- disaster: preven on, prepara on, educa on vulnerability and preparedness. Actual Disaster: con ngency, short term and long term plans, search, relief, rescue, recovery and restora on. Post Disaster: rehabilita on and commemora ons. b) Role of Social workers and Voluntary agencies: role of social work professionals at different levels: resource mobiliza on, working with other professionals, working with government and voluntary organiza ons. Voluntary agencies working on disaster management.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|418

Suggested Readings 1. Abbasi S.A., Wetlands of India: Ecology and Threats Vol. 1-3, 1997. 2. Dorr Donal, Social Jus ce Agenda: Jus ce, Ecology, Power and the Church, 1990. 3. Goel P.K., Environmental Guidelines and Standards in India, 1996. 4. Madhav Godgil; Ramachandra Guha, Ecology and Equity: The use and abuse of nature in contemporary India, 1995. 5. Neugeboren Bernard, Environmental Prac ce in the Human Services: Integra on of Micro and Macro Roles, Skills and Contexts, 1996. 6. Shukla S.K., Srivastava P.R., Human Environment: An analysis, 1992. 7. Shukla S.K., Srivastava P.R., Environmental Pollu on and Chronic Diseases.

SWCP0013: CONFLICT MANAGEMENT AND PEACEBUILDING (3 credits–45 hours) Objectives: ● To develop an understanding of the concepts related to peace and conflict theories; ● To know about the different approaches towards conflict resolution and the impact of violence on specific groups; ● To understand specific issues related to North East and the rise of different groups and conflict movements in North East India. Module I: Understanding Peace and Conflict (15 hours) Meaning and Defini on; Gandhi’s Approach to Peace and Nonviolence; Posi ve and Nega ve Peace. Introduc on to Peace and Conflict Studies- meaning and defini on of Conflict theories- Frustra onAggression Theory; Social Learning and Social Iden ty Theory; The Enemy System Theory; The Human Needs Theory; Protracted Social Conflict; Reconstruc ve and Transforma ve Peacebuilding and Peacemaking Module II: Conflict Resolution Techniques (8 hours) Unofficial Approach to Conflict; Role of Civil Society/ Organiza ons; Third-Party Media on; Role of Track II and Mul -Track Approach in Conflict Resolu on; Role of Media, Peace Journalism; UN Arbitra on. Module III: Types of Violence (12 hours) Structural violence, social violence, communal violence, and poli cal violence - Terrorism, Insurgency, Extremism, Militarisa on. Module V: State Identity and Conflict in North East India (10 hours) Society in North east – Basic Demography, Social Groups; The Naga Conflict; Post colonial poli cal Movements in Assam; Issues of Asomiya Iden ty, Bodo Iden ty and Other smaller iden es; ethnic iden ty Issues; Rise of Insurgency in North-east; Boundary Conflict; AFSPA; Inner Line Permit. Suggested Readings 1. Bhaumik Subir, Troubled Periphery 2. Boasson, Charles, In search of Peace Research (edited by Peter van den Dungen) Macmillan. London: 1991 3. Boulding, Kenneth, The War Trap in Richard Falk et al. Toward a Just world Order, Boulder: West view 1982. 4. Choudhury Sujit, The Bodos: Emergence and Asser on of an Ethnic Minority, IIAS Shimla 5. Galtung, Johan, The True Worlds: Free Press. New York 1980 6. Hazarika Sanjay, Stranger in the Mist. 7. Lawler, Peter, A ques on of Values: Johan Galtung’s Peace Research, Boulder: Lynne Rienner. 1995, 8. Machel Graca, Impact of Armed Conflict on Children. 1996 9. Mack, Andrew, Peace Research in the 1980’s, Australian Na onal University. Canberra:1985 10. Maitra Kiranshankar, The Noxious Web: Insurgency in NE India, Kanishka Publica on, 2001 11. Patomki, Heikki, The Challenge of Cri cal Theories: Peace Research at the start of the New Century, ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|419

Journal of Peace research, vol. 38, no. 6, 723-737, 2001, 12. David P. Barash and Charles P. Webel, Peace and Conflict Studies (second edi on), Sage, 2002 13. Johan Galtung, Carl G. Jacobson, Searching for Peace: the Road to TRANSCEND (second edi on) Pluto Press, 2002 14. Sanjib Baruah, Durable Disorder; Understanding the Poli cs of Northeast India, OUP, 2005 15. Singh, Koireng, Aheibam, Ethnicity and Inter Community Conflict: A Case of Kuki Naga in Manipur, Akansha Publica on, 2008 16. The Hague Agenda for peace and Jus ce for the 21st Century, 777 UN Plaza, New York, 1999

SWRD0014: COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT: RURAL AND URBAN (4 credits – 60 hours) Objectives: ● To understand the concept, approaches and principles of Urban Community Development ● To gain knowledge about the existence of slums, and pavement dwellers well as their concerns. ● To develop an in-depth understanding of rural communities. ● To provide knowledge of the various methods, programmes strategies and developmental efforts towards community development. ● Understand, Rural social systems and their problems ● To Understand the challenges for interventions by community workers Module I: Community Development and Rural Community Development (15 Hours) Concept and defini on and objec ves of community development: Approaches, philosophy and principles of rural development and rural community development. Rural development and rural community development. Rural demography, social structure, economic structure, poli cal structure, Rural community: Characteris cs. Module II: History of Rural community development in India (10 Hours) Pioneering period: Sriniketan, Marthandam, Gurgaon. Proba on trial period:Firka, Nilokheri and Etawh projects Module III: Urbanization and Urbanism (10 hours) Concept and characteris cs, urbaniza on and economic development. Urbaniza on and industrializa on. Urbanisa on and social problems. Urban ecology: growth of ci es, characteris cs of town, Metropolis. Megapolis, satellite towns, -commuter town / bedroom community- SuburbsEdge ci es- Mul -polar ci es- Metropolitan areas. Leisure me theories and leisure me in ci es. Module IV: Urban Development and Urban Community Development (15 hours) Urban development and urban community development: origin of urban community development in India. concept and principles, meaning, Need, scope, and Structure; Approaches to community development in urban area: Welfare, extension project of central welfare Board, Hyderabad project, Baroda Project . Module V: Slums (10 hours) Defini on-causes, characteris cs, theories of slums, consequences. Slums in Indian ci es, slum clearance board. Pavement dwellers: employment for pavement dwellers, Urban poverty and its impact. Major agencies engaged in urban community development. Suggested Readings 1. Desai, A. R. Rural Sociology in India, Bombay: Popular Prakashan, (1961) 2. Narang, Ashok. Indian Rural Problems,: Murari Lal and Sons, New Delhi (2006) 3. Shah, Dilip. Rural Sociology, ABD Publisher, India : (2005) 4. Bu er W Edgar . Urban Sociology- A Systema c Approach,: Harper and Row Publishers, New York, (1976) 5. Loornis and Beegle. Rural Sociology (The Strategies of change), Englewook, Cliffs, New Jersey : Pren ce Hall, Inc, (1957) 6. Sharma, K Rajendra. Rural Sociology,: Atlan c Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi (2004) ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|420

7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18.

Sharma Ramnath Indian Rural Sociology,: Munshiram Manoharlal Publishers Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi (1979) Doshi S L Rural Sociology: Rawat Publica ons, Jaipur (2002) Singh S, Rural Sociology Prakashan Kendra Lucknow (1980) Bhan , Raj. Social Development (Analysis of some social work and field), Himanshu Publica on, New Delhi, (2001) Dasgupta, Bilap. Village Society and Labour Use,: Oxford University Press, New Delhi. Doshi, S.L. and Jain, P.C. Social Anthropology,: Rawat Publica ons, New Delhi (2001) Dubey, S.C. Indian Society, Na onal Book Trust in India, New Delhi. Jain, Netra Pal. Rural Reconstruc on in India and China( A compara ve study), Writers and Publishers Corpora on, (1970) Khadria, Binod (1999) The Migra on of Knowledge workers, New Delhi, London : Sage Publica ons Khan, Mumtaz Ali. Scheduled Caste and their status in India,: Uppal, Publishing House, New Delhi, (1980) Mishra, Anil Kant, Rural Tension in India, Discovery Publishing House, New Delhi : (1998) Mishra, Omprakash (Ed.) Forced Migra on, Manak Publica on, Delhi : (2004)

SWGD0015: GOVERNANCE AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT (4 credits – 60 hours) Objectives: ● Understand the context, meaning and relevance of decentralised governance for urban, rural and tribal areas. ● Develop knowledge about the structure and functioning of governing bodies at various levels. ● Understand contemporary issues and challenges in accessing governance bodies for people’s development. Module I: Rural Governance (15 hours) a) Democra c Decentraliza on: Meaning, objec ves and importance, Governance : meaning and structures. b) Concept and Evolu on of Panchaya Raj: Historical development of the concept, Na onal level commi ees in the evolu on of Panchaya Raj (Balwantrai Mehta, Ashok Mehta, Singhvi commi ees) c) The Cons tu onal Amendment of 73rd Amendment, Review of 73rd Cons tu onal Amendment Module II: The Functions of Panchayati Raj Institutions (15 hours) Structure, func ons and powers at each level, revenue sources, commi ees in village level Panchaya Raj bodies, gram sabha (including mahila gram sabha), Its role and importance, Community par cipa on in governance. PESA (Panchayat Extension in Scheduled Areas) : Context of its emergence and its significance; issues and challenges in its implementa on. Module III: Urban Governance: Urban Local Self Government in India (15 hours) a) Types of Urban Local Self Government in India, Municipal Corpora on, Municipal Council/Nagar Palika; Sources of Revenue; Structure, powers and func ons at each level, Commi ees and their func ons, System of elec ons to Urban Local Self Government, Rela on of Urban Local Self Government with bodies of Governance at the state level issues. b) 74th Cons tu onal Amendment Review of content and implementa on Module IV: Role of Urban LSG bodies in Urban Development (15 hours) a) Contemporary Issues and Poten als through Local Self Government b) Women’s par cipa on; par cipa on of marginalized groups (SC and ST and minori es); poli cal par es; autonomy and control; fac onalism in governance. c) Challenges in developing partnerships between elected bodies, bureaucracy and civil society. Suggested Readings 1. Gender, Alochana, Women and Panchayat Raj, Alochana Centre for Documenta on and Research on Women, Pune : (2007), ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|421

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.

Chahar, S.S. (Ed.) Governance of Grassroots Level in India, New Delhi: (2005), Kanishka Publishers Devas, Nick and Others, Urban Governance, Voice and Poverty in Developing World, London : Earthscan, (2006) Haldipur, R.N. Paramahamsa V R K (Eds.) Local Government Ins tu ons in India, Na onal Ins tute of Community Development, Hyderabad : (1970) Hooja, Prakash and Hooja, Meenakshi, Democra c Decentraliza on and Planning, Rawat Publica ons, Jaipur, (2007) Jain, S. C. Community Development and Panchayat Raj, Allied Publishers Pvt. Ltd, Madras: (1967) Kumar, Krishna, Direct Democracy and Village Governance,: Deep and Deep Publica on, New Delhi. Lele, Medha. Kotwal, Kulkarni, Vandana Power and Empowerment,: Alochana Centre for Documenta on and Research on Women, Pune. Mishra, S.N., Mishra Sweta and Pal, Chaitali Decentralized Planning and Panchaya Raj Ins tu ons, Mi al Publica ons, New Delhi : (2000) Palenithurai, G. (Ed.) New Panchaya Raj System – Status and Prospects, Kanishka Publishers, New Delhi (1966) Sharma, B. D. Taming the Transi on in Scheduled Areas, Sahyog Pustak Ku r, New Delhi: (2001) Singh, Amita (Editor) Administra ve Reforms (towards sustainable prac ce), Sage Publica ons, New Delhi: (2005) Singh, U. B. Urban Administra on in India, Serial Publica ons, New Delhi: (2004), Baluchamy, S. Panchayat Raj Ins tu ons,: Mi al Publica on, New Delhi (2004)

SWFW0016: FAMILY CENTERED SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE (4 credits - 60 hours) Objectives: ● To understand family and marriage as social institutions and to analyze the legislations with regard to marriage and divorce in India. ● To understand the dynamics of family relationships ● To analyse the institution of family within the context of globalised economic and political system. ● To become familiar with the Governmental efforts for strengthening families and to identify techniques and interventions required for working with family. Module I: Family and Marriage as Social Institutions (14 hours) a) Concept of family, Origin of family, Types of family, Func ons of family, Family dynamics – power, myths, role, rela onship. Concept of marriage, types of marriage. b) Cons tu onal legisla ons on family, marriage and divorce in India Module II: Equity and equality -Dynamics of Family Relationships (13 hours) a) Equity and equality, Gender and patriarchy: Implica ons of the patriarchal social structure. b) Crisis of violence against women: Global, na onal, local. Module III: The Family in the context of Globalization (16 hours) a) Review of changing situa ons in family, marriages and marital rela onship b) Alterna ve Family and Marriage Pa erns and Structures. Dual earner/career families, Single parent families, female headed households, Childless families, Recons tuted/ step families, Homosexual families, Consensual unions, and live in rela onships c) Displacement and disaster generated changes in the family (war, conflict, riots and natural calami es) and its implica ons: vulnerability of families, marginalized families due to poverty, caste Module IV: Social Work with families: interventions, techniques and skills (17 hours) a) Family life cycle, Family centred social work – problem solving approach, Life enrichment programmes – developmental approach, Programmes for family empowerment and protec on of human rights. b) Efforts of government in strengthening families – Policy, Legisla on and programmes, Micro-credit, component plan, Schemes for families, Public Distribu on System, ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|422

c)

Health – Family Welfare Programme, Health Insurance.

Suggested Readings 1. Burgess, Ernest W., Locke Harvey J., Thomes Mary Margare. The Family from Tradi onal to companionship (4th edi on), New York :Van Nostrand Reinhold Co. 1978 2. Chowdhury, Aparajita. Carson and Carson. Family Life Educa on in India: Perspec ves, Challenges and Applica ons. Rawat Publica ons: Jaipur, 2006 3. Desai,Murli. Family and Interven on – Some Case Studies. Mumbai: TISS. 1986 4. Ellio and Merril. Social Disorganiza on. New York : Harper and Brother Pub. 1960. 5. Gore, M S. Urbaniza on and Family Change. Mumbai : Poplar Prakashan. 1968 6. Green Arnold W. Sociology (Analysis of life in Modern Society), MacGraw Hill Book, Co. 1964 7. Harris, C. C. The Family an Introduc on. London : George Allen and Unwin Ltd. 1969 8. Jayapalan N. Indian Society and Social Ins tu ons – Vol. I. New Delhi : Atlan c Publishers and Distributors. 2001 9. Kumar, S., Chacko, K. M. Indian Society and Social Ins tu on. New Delhi: New Heights Publishers and Distributors. 1985 10. Lal, A. K. The Urban Family : A Study of Hindu Social System, Concept. New Delhi : Publishing Company. 1989 11. Larlton E, Munson. Social Work with Families – Theory and Prac ce. New York :1970 12. Lavania, Vinita. Childless Couples: Social Consequences of Sterility and Infer lity. New Delhi: Rawat Publica ons. 2006 13. Nichols,Michall P. and Richard, C. Family Therapy Concepts and Methods (2nd edi on). London : Allyn and Bacob. 1991 14. Singh, Yogendra,Social Stra fica on and Change in India. New Delhi : Manohar The Free Press, 1983 15. Williamson, Robert C. Marriage and Family Rela ons. Sydney: John Wiley and Sons, Inc. 1967

SWSC0017: SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE WITH CHILDREN (4 credits - 60 hours) Objectives: ● To understand the process of socialization of a child and children’s health; both mental and physical well-being. ● To analyze the difficult situations faced by children in the present context. ● To know the national and international efforts for child welfare and the child related laws. ● To understand and acquire the skills for working with children. Module I: Understanding Child and Socialization process (12 hours) a) Understanding Child- Defini ons and Concepts. b) Concept and process of socializa on, Theories of socializa on, Child rearing prac ces. c) Agents of socialisa on – family, neighbourhood, school, peer group, mass media, religion. Socializa on of children with special needs- special schools. Module II: Children’s Health (14 hours) a) General Health of Children: common diseases, malnutri on problem, infant mortality and morbidity, health of adolescent girls. b) Child Mental Health: Concept of mental health, child mental health and psycho-social development. Mental health needs and mental health problems in children of various age groups, mental health disorders related to children: Learning Disabili es, emo onal disorders, conduct disorder, pervasive developmental disorder Module III: Children in Difficult situations (13 hours) Street child, des tute, children in conflict with law, abandoned, orphaned, child abuse, child labour, child trafficking, natural calamity affected children, children in conflict situa on, HIV-AIDS affected and infected children, tribal child, child beggar, child pros tute, children from poverty infested groups, special problems of girl child. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|423

Module IV: Child Welfare Policies, Programmes and Acts (15 hours) Cons tu onal Provisions, Na onal Policy for Children, UNCRC, Na onal Charter for Children, , Na onal Ac on Plan for Children, Commissions for Protec on of Child Rights and State policy for children, Juvenile Jus ce (Care and Protec on of Children) Act, 2000, Guardianship and Wards Act, Hindu Adop on and Maintenance Act, Central Adop on Regulatory Agency (CARA guidelines), Child Labour (Prohibi on and Regula on) Act 1986. Current ini a ves- ICDS, ICPS, SSA and RTE, NRHM: School Health Programme.Developmental services (for example, non-formal educa on, bridge schools) Remedial services (e g. residen al care, child guidance clinic), Module V: Skills in Working with Children (6 hours) Communica on – individual and group, use of crea ve ac vi es, skills in behaviour modifica on techniques, skills in advocacy and campaigning for children, rela onship building skills. Suggested Readings 1. Anandaraj, Hannah. Children at Risk. Hyderabad: Neelkamal Publica ons. 2007 2. Banerjee, B. G. Child Development and Socialisa on. New Delhi : Deep and Deep Publica on. 1987 3. Baroocha, Pramila Pandit. Handbook on Child. New Delhi : Concept Publishing Com. 1999 4. Berk, Laura E. Child Development (8th edi on). New Delhi: Pearson Pren ce Hall. 2009 5. Bhalla, M. M. Studies in Child Care, Delhi : Published by NIPCCD. 1985 6. Bossare, James H. S. The Sociology of Child Development. New York : Harper and Brothers. 1954 7. Chandra Kulshreshtha Jinesh. Child Labour in India. New Delhi : Ashish Publishing House. 1978 8. Chaturvedi, T. N. Administra on for Child Welfare. New Delhi : Indian Ins tute of Pub. 1979 9. Choudhari, D. Paul. Child Welfare / Development, Delhi : Atma Ram and Sons. 1980 10. Ghathia, Joseph. Child Pros tu on in India. New Delhi : Concept Publishing Company. 1999 11. Gokhale, Sharad D. and Sohoni, Neera K. Child in India, Mumbai : Somaiya Pub. 1979 12. Gopalakrishnan B. Rights of Child. Jaipur: Aavishkar Publishers. 2004 13. Hugh, Jolly. Diseases of Children. Oxford: The English Language book society and Blackwell Scien fic Publica ons. 1981 14. Hurlock, Elizabeth B. Child Development, New Delhi : Tata McGraw Hill Pub; Com; Ltd. 1968 15. Kumar, Arvind. Fundamentals of Child Rights: Concepts, Issues and Challenges. Lucknow: Laxmi Shikshan Sansthan. 2002 16. Nanda, V. K. Nutri on and Health for child Development, New Delhi : Anmol Publica on Pvt. Ltd. 1998 17. Pandya, K. C. Element of Child Development. New Delhi : Kalyani Pub. 1988 18. Pimpley, P. N., Singh K. P., A. Mahajan. Social Development Process and Consequences. Jaipur : Rawat Publica on. 1989 19. Rao, M. Koteshwar. Exploited children, New Delhi : Kanishka Publishers, Distributors. 2000 20. Sharma and Sharma. Child Psychology. Atlan c Publishers: New Delhi. 2006 21. Skinner, Charles E., Harriman, Phillip L. Child Psychology: Child Development and Modern Educa on. Surjeet Publica ons: New Delhi, 2008

SWMW0018: MEDICAL SOCIAL WORK (4 credits - 60 hours) Objectives: ● To understand the relevance and the need for social work in the field of health ● To gain insight into the impact of ill health on the individual and his social system ● To understand and develop competence about the roles and functions of medical social workers in various settings Module I: Historical overview (15 hours) Medical Social work:- Historical development of medical social work in Western countries and in India, Social workers in General health Care system in India, Challenges in the field of medical social work in India. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|424

Module II: Disease, illness and sickness and concept of care (15 hours) Illness as a social problem and its effect on the individual, family and community. The concept of pa ent as a person, Social and emo onal factors involved in disease, Social Work with terminally ill, social work with dying and bereaved, Pallia ve Care, Hospitaliza on and its implica ons on pa ent and the family members, rights of Pa ents, Modern trends in treatment of illness. Care in different medical se ngs – hospitals, outpa ent departments, emergency, crisis care, hospice, special clinics. Module III: Skills (10 hours) Skills and quali es of Medical social Worker. Teamwork and mul disciplinary approach in the treatment of illness. Role and func ons of a medical Social worker, Organiza on and administra on of medical social work department in hospitals. Assessment and Diagnosis- Interviews, Repor ng and Record maintenance. Medical Social Worker and Public Rela ons. Module IV: Medical Social Work in different departments in hospitals (20 hours) Medical Social Work in different Departments in hospitals: Oncology, Nephrology, Reproduc ve Health, family welfare and family planning, Sexual health (STD, HIV/AIDS),Geriatrics, Diabetology, Cardiology, Accident, disability and burns department Suggested Readings 1. Anderson R. and Bury M.. Living with Chronic Illness – the Experience of Pa ents and their Families. Unwin Hymman. London: (eds.) 1988 2. Bajpai P.K.. Social Work Perspec ves in health.: Rawat Publica ons. New Delhi (Ed.) 1997 3. Barle H.M.. Social Work Prac ce in the Health Field. New York: Na onal Associa on of Social Workers. 1961 4. Dima eo, M. Robin and Leslie R. Mar n.. Health Psychology.: Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, 2007 5. Field M.. Pa ents are People – A Medical – Social Approach to Prolonged Illness. Columbia University Press. New York: 1963 6. Narasimhan, M. C. and Mukherjee A.K. Disability – A Con nuing Challenge. Wiley Eastern Ltd. New Delhi: . 1987 7. Pathak S. H. Medical Social Work in India. New Delhi: DSSW. 1961 8. Pokarno K.L. Social Beliefs, Cultural Prac ces in Health and Diseases. Rawat Publica ons. New Delhi: 1996

SWMS0019: MENTAL HEALTH AND SOCIAL WORK (4 credits - 60 hours) Objective: The main purpose of this course is to enable students understand the concept of mental health and relevance of social work in the field of mental health. It would also provide an opportunity to be oriented about various mental illness affecting people and the significance of community mental health. Module I: Understanding mental health and mental illness (13 hours) Mental health: A Conceptual Framework: Historical background of the concept. Defini ons of mental health components. Mental health in the changing society. Concept of normal and abnormal behaviour. psychiatry – defini on, history and growth of psychiatry. Tradi onal and modern a tude towards psychiatric illness. Symptomatology – Disorders of percep on, thought, speech, memory, emo on. Module II: Psychiatric assessment (13 hours) Assessment in psychiatry. Psychiatric interviewing, case history recording and mental status examina on (MSE). Classifica on in psychiatry- need, types - ICD and DSM. Module III: Major Psychiatric disorders (21 hours) Prevalence, e ology, clinical manifesta on, course and outcome and different treatment modali es of the following disorders: ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|425

a) b) c) d) e) f)

g) h)

Neuro c and somatoform disorders – Phobia, anxiety disorders, Obsessive compulsive disorders, dissocia ve (conversion) disorders, somatoform disorders Mood (affec ve) disorders Organic mental disorders – demen a, (Alzheimers), Amnesic syndrome, delirium Schizophrenia and Delusional disorders Disorders of adult personality and behaviour _ paranoid, schizoid and histrionic personality disorders. Gender iden ty disorders, disorders of sexual preference Disorders of psychological development – developmental disorders of speech and language and scholas c skills; learning disability, mental retarda on, pervasive developmental disorders – au sm, Re ’s and Asperger’s syndrome Behavioural and emo onal disorders in childhood and adolescence – Hyperkine c and conduct disorders, anxiety, phobia and depression Disorders due to substance use

Module IV: Community mental health (12 hours) Community psychiatry – concept and meaning, evolu on of community psychiatry; Community mental health in India, Social – cultural factors in psychiatric disorders with special reference to India, culture bound syndrome. Suggested Readings 1. American Psychiatric Associa on, Diagnos c and Sta s cal Manual of Mental Disorders. 4th Edi on. DSM –IV-TR. APA. Washington DC: 2000. 2. Carlson R. Neil, Founda ons of Physiological Psychology. 6th Ed. Pearson Educa on. India: 2007. 3. Chaube S.P., Abnormal Psychology, Educa onal Publishers. 4. Clifford T. Morgan, Richard A. King, John R. Weisz, John Schopler, Introduc on to Psychology, Tata Mc. Graw Hill Edi on. 5. Colman. M. Andrew, Oxford Dic onary of Psychology. Oxford University Press. New York: 2009 (3rd Ed). 6. Correy Gerald. Theory and Prac ce of Counseling and Psychotherapy. Student Manual. 8th Ed. Brooks Cole Cengage Learning. USA: 2005. 7. Fernald/Fernald, Munn’s Introduc on to Psychology, 5th Edi on, AITBS Publishers, India. 8. James D. Page, Abnormal Psychology, Tata McGraw Hill Edi on. 9. Kring M. Ann, Johnson L. Sheri, Davison C. Gerald, Neale M. John, Abnormal Psychology. 11th Ed. Wiley India Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi: 2010. 10. Kumar Updesh, Mandal .Manas. (Editors), Suicidal Behaviour. Assessment of People-at-Risk. Sage Publica ons India Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi: 2010. 11. Maxmen S. Jerrold, Ward G. Nicholas, Essen al Psychopathology and its Treatment. 2nd Ed. Revised for DSM IV. W.W. Norton and Company. New York: 1995. 12. Mishra. A.K., Psychology of Aging. Sublime Publica ons. Jaipur: 2007. 13. Patel Vikram, Thara R.(Editors), Mee ng the Mental Health Needs of Developing Countries. NGO Innova ons in India. Sage Publica ons. New Delhi: 2003. 14. Ranjana, Cogni ve Psychology. RBSA Publishers. Jaipur: 2010. 15. Robert A. Baron, Psychiatry, 5th Edi on, Pearson Educa on. 16. Robert C. Carson, James N. Kutcher, Susan Minela, Jill M. Hooley, Abnormal Psychology, 13th edi on, Pearson Educa on. 17. Santrock W. John, Educa onal Psychology 2nd Ed. Tata McGraw- Hill Edi on. New Delhi: 2006. 18. Scileppi A. John, Teed L. Elizabeth and Torres D. Robin, Community Psychology. A common sense approach to mental health. Pren ce Hall. USA: 2000. 19. Shepherd, Michael et al..Childhood Behaviour and Mental Health. University Press. London: 1971. 20. World Health Organiza on, The ICD 10 Classifica on of Mental and Behavioural Disorders, Clinical Descrip on and Diagnos c Guidelines; Oxford University. Press, Geneva: 1992.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|426

SWIS0020: INTRODUCTION TO SCHOOL SOCIAL WORK (3 credits - 45 hours) Objectives: ● To develop analytical skills in understanding the educational system of schools ● To develop an understanding of the theoretical perspectives in the area of School Social Work ● To understand the concept of Child Mental Health and develop skills in social work intervention Module I (7 hours) School as a field of Social Work prac ce- school as a living environment within the community; historical development of school social work models and theore cal perspec ves in school social work. Module II (8 hours) Child Mental Health - concept of mental health, child mental health and psychosocial development. Mental health needs and mental health problems in children of various age groups. Module III (15 hours) Social work prospects in the schools- Preven ve- early detec on of disabili es in the children - early interven on programmes for children. Remedial- understanding and helping pupils with problems. Detec on and referral of behaviour problem children, helping children cope with stress, crisis resolu on. Case management, case coordina on, collabora on, case conference, consulta on. Developmental- promo ng psychosocial competence in children life skills for children. School social work prac ce- promote partnership of schools, families and communi es. Module IV (15 hours) Learning Disabili es- introduc on, subtypes, academic skills deficit and language problems of children with learning disabili es, educa on mandate for children with disabili es school policies. pointers for classroom iden fica on assessment and diagnosis- mul disciplinary approach, assessment report, support services, working with learning disabled, skill requirements of a social worker. Suggested Readings 1. Alderson, J. Models of School Social Work Prac ce in R Sarri and Maple leds School in the Community, Na onal Associa on of Social Workers, Washington DC, 1972 2. Robert, Constable; Mc Donald Shirley; Flynn, John P. School Social Work Prac ce, Policy and Research perspec ve, Lyceum Books, Inc., Chicago, 1999 3. Arlien, Johnson. School Social Work- its contribu on to professional educa on. Na onal Associa on of Social Workers, New York, 1962 4. NASW standards for social work services in schools, Na onal Associa on of Social Workers, New York, 1979 5. Nelson, C. A job analysis of the characteris cs of the School Social Workers. Princeton Press, New Jersey, 1990.

SWPD0022: COMMUNITY COMMUNITIES

DEVELOPMENT

PRACTICE

WITH

THE

DISEMPOWERED

(4 credits - 60 hours) Objectives: ● To understand histories, meanings and issues of marginalization, oppression and disempowerment of vulnerable communities such as the dalits, tribes and the indigenous peoples and women ; ● To build capacity for critical reflection and analysis of community development issues pertaining to the disempowered; ● To build upon the existing understanding of community dynamics, structures and experiences; and ● To strengthen skills and capacity for intervention at different levels taking an “empowerment” and anti-oppressive stance. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|427

Module I: Power, Privilege and Oppression (12 Hours) Conceptual Frameworks and Theore cal Perspec ves; Systems Theory; Cri cal Theories; Understanding oppression, privilege and oppression. Module II: Political economy of the Dalit Development (12 Hours) Social stra fica on; Caste; Casteism; Colonialism and State; Ambedkar and the annihila on of Caste Module III: Political Sociology of the Tribes and Tribal Development (12 hours) Perspec ves on Tribes; History of Tribes/Adivasis in India; Evolu on of Tribal Policy; Administra on and Local Governance; Poli cs of Tribal Welfare and Development Module IV: Specific Identity Constructs and Populations at Risk (12 hours) Gender and Sexism- Gender, Culture, and Society; Race, Sexuality, and Culture (Intersec ons); Gendered Rela ons; Health, Sex, and Gender. Module V: Towards an emancipatory community development practice (12 hours) Cri cal Social Work; An -oppressive Approach; Structural Social Work Suggested Readings 1. Chacko, P.M. (Ed.), Tribal Communi es and Social Change 2. Freire, A. M. A., and Macedo, D. (Eds.) (1995). The Paulo Freire reader. New York: Con nuum. 3. Freire, P. (1990). Pedagogy of the oppressed. (M. B. Ramos, Trans.) New York: Con nuum. 4. Freire, P. (1969/1998). Educa on for cri cal consciousness. New York: Con nuum. 5. Freire, P. (1998). Pedagogy of freedom: Ethics, democracy, and civic courage. (P. Clarke, Trans.) Lanham, MD: Rowman and Li lefield Publishers, Inc. 6. Freire, P., and Macedo, D. P. (1995). A dialogue: Culture, language, and race. Harvard Educa onal Review, 65(3), . 7. Fultner, B. (ed.) (2012). Jurgen Habermas: Key Concepts. Rawat Publica ons. Jaipur 8. Ghurye, G.S., The Scheduled Tribes 9. J.S. Bhandari et al (ed.), Tribes and Government Policies 10. Prasad, Archana. Against Ecological Roman cism 11. Rath, G.C. (Ed.), Tribal Development in India 12. Sharma, B.D. Planning for Tribal Development 13. Taylor, D. (ed.) (2011). Michael Foucault: Key Concepts. Rawat Publica ons. Jaipur 14. Elwin, V. The Philosophy of NEFA 15. Feminist Legal Theory (Bartle and Kennedy eds. 1991) 16. Cri cal Race Feminism: A Reader (Wing ed. 1997) 17. Ortner, S. (1974) ―Is Female to Male as Nature is to Culture?‖ in M.Rosaldo and L. Lamphere (eds.), Women, Culture and Society, Stanford University Press, pp. 67-88. 18. Moore, H.L. (1988), Feminism and Anthropology, Ch.2, Cambridge: Polity Press, pp. 12-41. 19. Kimmel M. 2000, The Gendered Society. Introduc on and Chapters 1, 2 and 4. 20. Hollway, W. (1984) 'Gender difference and the produc on of subjec vity', in Helen Crowley and Susan Himmelweit (eds.) Knowing Women, p240 - 275, Oxford: Polity.

SWDW0024: DEVELOPMENT CONCERNS AND WOMEN EMPOWERMENT (4 credits - 60 hours) Objectives: ● To develop an understanding of the feminist perspective and methodology ● To understand the status of women in the social, political and economic trend ● To develop an understanding of the women’s problems and issues ● To know the national and international efforts for the welfare of women and gender parity Module I (20 hours) Feminism - Introduc on to Women’s Studies; Feminist Theory – Theore cal Perspec ve, Concepts and Debates; Feminist Research Methodology; Feminist Economics. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|428

Module II (8 hours) Women in Indian Society - the changing profile - women in early India, pre-colonial period and modern India, Women’s Movement and its impact, The history of women’s educa on. Module III (20 hours) Concerns rela ng to Women – social, economic and poli cal determinants of women’s health; women’s right and legal advocacy; violence against women; women in conflict areas; migra on, displacement, disaster – impact on women; women and climate change; working women in organized and unorganized sector; women and globaliza on, PRIs and women in India, reproduc ve technology, women empowerment. Module IV (12 hours) Women Empowerment - Policies and programmes for poverty allevia on and economic empowerment of women, micro-finance, SHGs, coopera ves, SEWA, gender budge ng, Women Reserva on Bill, Towards Gender Equality Report, CEDAW, Na onal Commission for Women, State Commission for Women, Na onal Policy for Women Empowerment, Social Work Prac ce in women centric organiza on and agencies. Suggested Readings 1. Kumar, Radha. (1993). The History of Doing. New Delhi: Zubaan. 2. Ferber, A , Marriane. Nelson, A, Juie. (2003). Feminist Economics Today: Beyond Economic Man. London: The United Chicago Press Inc. 3. Gordon, L. P. (2002). Violence against Women. New York: Nova Publishers. 4. Kumar, Girish (ed.). (2009). Health Sector Reforms in India. New Delhi: Manohar 5. Harding, Sandra G(ed.). (2004). The Feminist Standpoint Theory Reader. New York: Routledge. 6. Lalkima, C. Lalneihzovi. (2009). Changing Status of women in north-eastern states. New Delhi: Mi al Publica ons. 7. Pandya, Rameshwari. Patel, Sarika. (2010). Women in the Unorganised Sector of India. New Delhi: New Century Publica ons. 8. Mies, M.,Shiva, V. (1993). Ecofeminism. London: Zed Books. 9. Agnes, Flavia. (2004). Law and Gender Inequality: The Poli cs of Women’s Rights in India. Delhi: Oxford University Press. 10. Arya, Sadhna. Roy, Anupama. (2006). Poverty Gender and Migra on. New Delhi: Sage Publica ons. 11. Ramazanouglu,Caroline.Holland, Jannet.(ed) (2002).Feminist Methodology: Challenges and Choices. London: Sage Publica ons Inc. 12. Addlakha, Renu. (2008). Deconstruc ng Mental Illness: An Ethnography of Psychiatry, Women, and the Family. New Delhi: Zubaan. 13. Ganesamurthy, V,S. (2008).Empowerment of Women in India: Social, Economic and Politcal. New Delhi: New Century Publica ons. 14. Datar, Chaya. (2003). Integra ng ac vism and academics. In Jain, Devika and Rajput, Pam (Eds.), Narra ves from the Women’s Studies Family: Recrea ng Knowledge (pp. 136-149). New Delhi: Sage Publica on.

SWFS0025: FAMILIES WITH SPECIAL NEEDS (4 credits - 60 hours) Objectives: ● To understand the context, responses and practice framework for special-care-needs families ● To imbibe and become familiar with practice principles, values and ethics while dealing with families with special needs ● To develop skills required for meaningful intervention and care-planning for families with special needs Module I: Understanding the context (15 hours) a) Understanding early childhood development: Disabili es, diseases, gender; Issues of care planning for children, Youths, women, men with special care needs; Special needs of families in Northeast ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|429

b)

India: families in conflict, disasters, displacement, supers on, homelessness and poverty. Emerging concerns of seniors and elderly: global, na onal and regional contexts.

Module II: Understanding the Responses (15 hours) Understanding the theore cal founda ons for Social Work Support, counseling, resource coordina on and advocacy services for families with special care needs; Overview of service systems for special needs groups; Issues, challenges and prac ce approaches with children and parents in Adop ons and Foster care, Clients and care-providers in Ins tu onal care; Adop on system: pregnant women, adop ve parents and adopted children; Disability, Pregnancy, LGTBs, geriatric care, Long-term care needs of terminally ill; Social Work Prac ce principles and values in these se ngs. Module III: Advanced Practice Skills (30 hours) a) Case/Care Management of families with special needs :terminally ill person, mental health care, addic ons, long-term care, aging, HIV/AIDS, disabili es, occupa onal services, child welfare, and immigrant/refugee families; Assessment; Care planning, and Resource linkages: programmes, schemes and services. b) Family Therapy: Communica on-pa ern approach; Family sub-system approach; Cogni ve Behavioral Approach: cogni ve restructuring, con ngency contrac ng, skills. c) Working with Parents in families with special needs: Child Development Knowledge and Care, Posi ve Interac ons with Child, Responsiveness, Sensi vity, and Nurturing, Emo onal Communica on, Disciplinary Communica on, Discipline and Behavior Management, Promo ng Children’s Social Skills or Prosocial Behavior, Promo ng Children’s Cogni ve or Academic Skills Suggested Readings 1. Bhuimali, A. (2009). Rights of disabled women and children in india. New Delhi: Serials Publica ons. 2. Bindra, A. (2010). HIV/AIDS health care and human rights. Delhi: Mangalam Publishers 3. Boyd-Franklin, N., Steiner, G.L., and Boland, M.G. (1995). Children, Families, and HIV/AIDS: Psychosocial and Therapeu c Issues. The Guilford Press. 4. Burke, Peter (2008). Disability and Impairment: Working with Children and Families. Jessica Kingsley Publishers 5. Cambridge, P., and Carnaby, S. eds. (2005). Person centred planning and care management with people with learning disabili es. Philadelphia: Jessica Kingsley Publishers 6. Cosis-Brown, H., and Cocker, C. (2011). Social Work with Lesbians and Gay Men. New Delhi: Sage 7. Dasgupta, S., and Lal, M. (eds.) (2007). The Indian family in transi on: reading literary and cultural texts. New Delhi: Sage. 8. Emma y, L.A. (2009) An insight into demen a care in india. New Delhi: SAGE 9. Gorman, J.C. (2004). Working with challenging parents of students with special needs. New Delhi: Sage 10. Grobman, L.M., and Bourassa, D.B. (2007). Days in the Lives of Gerontological Social Workers: 44 Professionals Tell Stories from "Real-Life" Social Work Prac ce with Older Adults. White Hat Communica ons 11. Humphrey, G.M., and Zimpfer, D.G. (eds.) (2012). Counselling for grief and bereavement, 2nd ed. New Delhi: Sage. 12. Lobo, A., and Vasudevan, J. (2002). The penguin guide to adop on in india. Delhi: Penguin Books. 13. McInnis-Di rich, K. (2008). Social Work With Older Adults (3rd Edi on). Pearson 14. McKenzie, R.B. (1998). Rethinking orphanages for the 21st century. New Delhi: Sage 15. Nayar, U.S. (ed.). (2012). Child and adolescent mental health. New Delhi: Sage. 16. Riddick-Grisham, S., and Deming, L. (2011). Pediatric life care planning and case management, second edi on. Taylor and Francis Group 17. Sa a, J., Misra, M., Arora, R., and Neogi, S. (2013). Innova ons in maternal health: case studies from india. New Delhi: Sage 18. Singhal, A., and Rogers, E.M. (2003). Comba ng aids: communica on strategies in ac on. New Delhi: Sage. 19. Srivastava, V. (2010). Women ageing: social work interven on. Guwaha : Rawat Publica ons. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|430

20. Venkatesan, S. (2005). Children with developmental disabili es: a training guide for parents, teachers and caregivers. New Delhi: Sage 21. Webb, Nancy Boyd. (2003). Social work prac ce with children (2nd ed.). New York: Guilford. 22. Yuen, Francis K.O. (2005). Social Work Prac ce with Children and Families: A Family Health Approach (Haworth Health and Social Policy). Routledge 23. Zastrow, C.H. (2009). Social work with groups. New Delhi: Cengage.

SWPS0026: PSYCHIATRIC SOCIAL WORK (4 credits – 60 hours) Objectives: ● To be oriented to the field of psychiatric social work and comprehend the roles and responsibilities of psychiatric social workers; ● To familiarize with the practice of psychiatric social work in varied mental health settings and the application of different therapeutic interventions; ● To be equipped with the skills and techniques for practice and design programmes for the care of the mentally ill. Module I: Psychiatric Social Work and its application in the field (15 hours) Psychiatric social Work - Defini on and historical development in UK, USA and India. Present status and challenges in the field. Mul -disciplinary team approach in the treatment of psychiatric illness. Role and func ons of psychiatric social worker in the team. Psychiatric social worker in the field of community mental health. Skills and techniques used in psychiatric social work prac ce. Module II: Rehabilitation and practice of psychiatric social work in various clinical settings (13 hours) Psychiatric rehabilita on - defini on, principles and strategies. The concept of social diagnosis and social work interven ons in psychiatric se ngs.- psychiatric departments /hospitals/clinics, halfway homes, day care centres, child guidance clinics and de- addic on centres. Module III: Therapeutic approach to mental illness (20 hours) Treatment and a er care of mentally ill pa ents, applica on of social work methods in the treatment of mental disorders. Various therapeu c methods: Psychotherapy, Electroconvulsive Therapy, Occupa onal Therapy, Group Therapy, Client Centered Therapy, Gestalt Therapy, Reality Therapy, Behaviour Therapy, Play Therapy, Ra onal Emo ve Therapy, Therapeu c Community, Mo va onal Enhancement Therapy and Psychoeduca on. Module IV: Policies and programmes in the field of mental health (12 hours) Mental health policies and legisla on in India - Na onal Mental Health Programmes. Designing and implemen ng programmes on mental health in communi es, monitoring and evalua on of programmes. Research – qualita ve and ac on research on mental health issues. Suggested Readings 1. Bha acharya, Sanjay Dr., Social Work: Psycho-Social and Health Aspects. Deep and Deep New Delhi: 2008 2. Carson C. Robert, Kutcher N. James, Minela Susan, Hooley M. Jill, Abnormal Psychology. 13th Edi on. Pearson Educa on. 2010 3. Francis, C. M., Promo on of Mental Health with Community Par cipa on. The Center for Health Care Research and Educa on. Kerala: 1991 4. Hudson Barber, Social Work with Psychiatric Pa ents. Macmillian Publishers. New Delhi: 1960 5. Maxmen S. Jerrold, Ward G. Nicholas, Essen al Psychopathology and its Treatment, 2nd Edi on. W.W. Norton and Company. USA: 1994 6. Murphy Joseph, Dr., The Power of Your Subconscious Mind, Embassy Books Distributors. India: 2010 7. Patel Chhaya, Social Work Prac ce – Religio – Philosophical Founda ons. Essays in Honour of Professor Indira Patel. Rawat Publica ons. Jaipur: 2009 8. Patel Vikram, Thara R.., Mee ng the Mental Health Needs of Developing Countries – NGO Innova ons in India. SAGE Publica ons. New Delhi: 2003 ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|431

9. Pritchard Colin, Mental Health Social Work, Routledge. USA: 2006 10. Rukadhikar A., Rukadhikar P., Mental disorders and You, Psychiatric Centre. Miraj: 2007 11. Scileppi A. John, Teed L. Elizabeth, Torres D. Robin, Community Psychology, A Common Sense Approach to Mental Health, Pren ce Hall. New Jersey: 2000 12. Segal, E. A., Gerdes, K.E. and Steiner, S., Professional Social Work.. Rawat Publica ons. New Delhi: 2010 13. Stroup H. Herbert, An Introduc on to the Field. 2nd Edi on, Surjeet Publica ons. New Delhi: 2008 14. Verma, Ratna, Psychiatric Social Work in India. Sage Publica ons. New Delhi: 1991

SWHM0027: COMMUNITY HEALTH AND POPULATION MANAGEMENT (4 credits - 60 hours) Objectives: ● To equip students with an understanding of health and epidemiology. ● To analyse health and population related policies and programmes in relation to the development and its implications in social work practice. ● To impart knowledge of community health, people’s participation, vital health indicators and demographic data and its uses in health planning process- at national and regional levels. ● Impart understanding of prevention, counseling and management of HIV/AIDS patients. Module I (15 hours) Meaning and Scope of Health and Epidemiology: Concepts and Models of Health and Disease. Factors associated with health and diseases. Concepts of sickness, illness and diseases. Environmental Health, Nutri onal Health, Occupa onal Health, Mental Health and Reproduc ve Health, Tribal Health. Module II (13 hours) Health Sta s cs and health Indicators: Morbidity and Mortality: MMR, IMR, TFR. Communicable and non-communicable diseases. HMIS – computer systems, data sources, collec on, analysis and uses. Primary Health Care, and Public and Community Health Services: Structure, Organiza on, and Community Par cipa on. Physical and psychological aspects of community health. Aspects of Community Health: drugs and alcoholism. Preven ve and promo ve health care in Indian context. Module III (12 hours) Health and Popula on Policies: Health Policy: Alma Ata Declara on, Na onal Health Policy, Mental Health Act, NRHM, Assam Public Health Act. Popula on Policy. Popula on dynamics- na onal and the North East context. Module IV (12 hours) Health Educa on, Consumer Health and Health Products: Meaning, importance, principles and components of health educa on. IEC for health: mass media, audio-visual. Agencies for Health Educa on Programmes-Voluntary and Government. Analysis of Health Educa on in India. Formal and Informal health care providers, Modern and tradi onal prac ces, safe and risk health behavior and prac ces. Quackery, Consumer Law on health, consumer agencies. Module V (8 hours) Role of Social Work in dealing with HIV/AIDS infected and affected persons- skills and abili es. Laws and provisions, and social reality for persons with HIV/AIDS. Preven ve, Promo ve and Rehabilita ve programmes. Suggested Readings 1. Abelin, T., Brzenski Z.J., and Carstairs, V.D., Measurement in Health Promo on and Protec on, WHO, Copenhagen,1987 2. AIDS Preven on through Health promo on by WHO, end of pub. 3. Alderson, M., An Introduc on to Epidemiology, 2nd edi on, . Mac-Millan, London, 1983 4. Anssi. Perakyla, AIDS Counselling – Ins tu onal Interac on and Clinical Prac ce, Cambridge, University Press, 1995 ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|432

5.

Bhore, J., Report of the Health Survey and Development Commi ee. Vol. 2., Government of India., New Delhi, 1946 6. Du a, I. and Bawari, S., Health and Healthcare in Assam: A Status Report, CHEAT and OKD, Mumbai, 2007 7. Francis, C.M., Pomo on of Mental Health with community par cipa on- The center for Health Care Research and Educa on, Kerala,1991. 8. Government of India (GOI). Opera onal Guidelines for Programme Managers and Service Providers for Strengthening STI/RTI Services, GOI, Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, New Delhi, 2011 9. Green L.W and Anderson, C.L., Community Health 5th edi on, Times Mirror Mosby, St. Louis 1986 10. Park,K., Park's Textbook of Preven ve and Social Medicine, 20th edi on, Bhanot, 2009 11. Thomas, G., AIDS and Family Educa on – Gracious Thomas, Rawat, Jaipur, 1995 12. Thomas, G., Sinha, N.P. and Thomas, K.J. AIDS’S Social Work and Rawat, Jaipur, 1997

SWSP0028: SOCIETY AND SOCIAL PROBLEMS (3 credits – 45 hours) Objective: This course is intended to introduce the student to the basic sociological concepts - concept of society, social institutions and social dynamics and to give sociological insights and social perspective on Indian society, its structures, history and problems and thus sensitize them to the need to acquire suitable skills to deal with social issues. These issues will be studied with a special reference to the North Eastern Region of India. Module I: Basic Sociological Concepts and Theories (15 hours) a) Concept of Society and Culture; Social ins tu ons, Social groups, Social Control, Social Change, Social Mobility, Social Deviance, Gender –some concepts and theories. b) Approaches to Understand Society - Func onalist approach, Conflict/ Dialec cal approach, Structuralism and Postmodernism Module II: Major Social Institutions, Social Structure and Social Stratification (15 hours) a) Marriage, Family, Religion, Educa on, Economy, Poli cs - Structure and func ons. b) Caste, class, ethnic groups, power and authority c) Social stra fica on: Marxist, Func onalist and Weberian approaches Module III: Social Problems (15 hours) Social Problems - Causes and Consequences; Major Social Problems - Poverty, Casteism, Unemployment, substance abuse, problems concerning Women and Children, Delinquency, Development Induced Migra on and Displacement, Ecological Problems, Child Labour, Insurgency, Militancy, Ethnic Conflicts. Suggested Readings 1. Giddens, Anthony, Sociology, Cambridge Press, Polity, 2001 2. Giddens, Anthony, Social Theory and Modern Sociology, Stanford University Press, 1987 3. Gupta, Dipanker (ed.), Social Stra fica on, Oxford University Press, New Delhi. 1997 4. Menon, N. Gender and Poli cs in India, Oxford University Press, New Delhi. 1999 5. Madan, G.R., Indian Social Problems (Vol I and II), Allied Publica ons , New Delhi, 1997 6. Ram, Ahuja, Indian Social Systems, Rawat Publica ons, New Delhi, 1993. 7. Sharma, K.L., Indian Social Structure and Change, Rawat Publica ons, Jaipur, 2007 8. Singh, Naunihal, Popula on and Poverty, Mi al Publica ons, New Delhi, 2002 9. Sudhir, H. et al. (ed.), Dimensions of Social Issues in India’s North East, 2007

SWPR0029: PROJECT CYCLE MANAGEMENT AND RESOURCE MOBILISATION (4 Credits - 60 hours) Objective:· The course is developed to enable students ● to understand the importance and process of planning ● learn the methodology for planning and formulating projects using the Logical Framework Analysis ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|433

● ● ● ● ●

Develop an understanding of the problems and issues faced by the poor and the marginalized Develop relevant programme management competencies, leadership skills and analytical capabilities Develop an insight into the different strategies and approaches commonly adopted by Development Organisations for project management Learn Skills to develop project proposals, implement, monitor and evaluate project, enhance process documentation and reporting skills Develop an understanding and skills to mobilize resources and develop insight into the compliance of legal requirements in project management

Module I: Overview (8 hours) a) Planning for projects; importance and scope, stakeholders involved in planning. b) Overview of Project Cycle Management: Iden fica on, Design, Implementa on, Review, Monitoring, Evalua on, Iden fica on of the best prac ces. Module II: Project Identification and Project Design (15 hours) a) Needs assessment: Situa onal analysis, Data collec on, Methods and Tools, Observa on, Interview, Focus Group Discussion. b) Research: Principles of Par cipa on and Par cipatory Methods. c) Capacity assessment: Human, Social, Natural, Physical, Economic and Cultural. d) Stakeholders analysis: User groups, interest groups, beneficiaries, decision makers; Primary and Secondary Stakeholders. e) Iden fying appropriate stakeholders at different level of par cipa on f) Formula on of objec ves: Problem analysis, problem tree analysis Module III: Logical Framework Analysis (12 hours) Terms, Purpose, Structure; Objec ves, Assump ons and their assessment; Indicators and Means of Verifica on; Ac vi es, Ac vity Schedule, Proposal Planning and Budget Module IV: Monitoring and Evaluation (7 hours) The need, monitoring, reviewing and evalua on, learning the lessons; documenta on, repor ng; Cri cal Path Method (CPM) of Monitoring Module V: Resource Mobilization (10 hours) Internal and External Resources; Fundraising – principles, sources, ethics, methods and their implica ons. Interna onal sources for Funding – Concept note; applica on, procedure and FCRA, record keeping, documenta on and legal compliance Module VI: Corporate Social Responsibility as a source of Funding (8 hours) Concept and Defini ons, Scope and Challenges, Role of Government and NGO in CSR, Triple Bo om line Approach of CSR: Economic, Social, Environmental Stakeholders, Social Preferences: Customer, Employees, Communi es, and Investors Suggested Readings 1. Blackman, R. (2003). Project Cycle Management. UK: Tearfund. (Downloaded available at www.tearfund.org/ lz) 2. Preskill, H., & Russ-E , D. (2005). Building Evalua on Capacity. London: Sage Publica ons. 3. Capezio, P. (2000). Powerful Planning Skills. Mumbai: Jaico Publishing House. 4. Smith, S. (2002). Plan to Win. New Delhi: Kogan Page India. 5. Dale, R. (2001). Evalua on Frameworks for Development Programmes and Projects. New Delhi: Sage Publica ons. 6. Loehle, C. (2000). Thinking Strategically. New Delhi: Founda on Books. 7. Padaki, V. (1995). Development Interven on and Programme Evalua on. New Delhi: Sage Publica ons.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|434

SWMD0030: DEVELOPMENT ORGANISATIONS - ESTABLISHMENT AND MANAGEMENT (4 credits - 60 hours) Objective: This course takes the student of this specialisation through the processes and policies that have to be kept in mind when establishing a development organisation, The course also gives an insight into the managerial skills required for managing such an organisation. Module I: Basic concepts of Management (20 hours) Concept, Nature and Process of Management; Managerial Skills and Level of Management; Func ons of Management: Planning, Organizing, Leading and Controlling; Theories and principles of Management Module II: Development Organizations: Concept and historical growth (15 hours) Concept of Development Organiza ons; Historical growth of Development Organiza ons; Func ons and types of Development Organiza ons; Development organiza ons as voluntary organiza ons/non-governmental organiza ons, civil society organisa ons, community based organiza on, faith based organiza ons, charity based organiza ons; Voluntary Ac on: ideological basis of voluntary organiza on; changing context of voluntary organiza ons; Various forms of organising - Socie es, Coopera ves, Trusts and Trade unions Module III: Perspectives and Policies (10 hours) a) Evolu on of perspec ves in development organiza ons, the rights based approach b) Interna onal and Na onal policies for voluntary sector: NGO-Government interface; c) Transparency, accountability and credibility of the NGO sector Module IV: Establishment and Management of Development Organisations in India ( 15 hours) a) Registra on; Procedure and Laws b) Forma on of an Organisa on: Relevant Legisla ons- Society’s registra on Act 1860,, Companies Act 1956 and 2013 , Public Trust Act, 1882, and the Indian Trusts (amendment) Act, 2016, Indian Coopera ves society Act, 1904 and 2013, The Foreign Contribu on (Regula on) Act, 2010, Income tax Act, 1961 (12A, 80 G), the shops and establishments Act 1953 c) Taxa on and Income tax Exemp on for Development Organiza ons Suggested Readings 1. Brody, R., Effec vely Managing Human Service Organiza ons. New Delhi: Sage. 2. Bryson, J.M., Strategic Planning for Public and Nonprofit Organiza ons: A Guide to Strengthening and Sustaining Organiza onal Achievement. Jossey-Bass. 3. Dadrawala, N.H., The Art of Successful Fund Raising. New Delhi: CAP 4. Mukherjee, K.K. and Mukherjee, S., A Guide Book for Strengthening Voluntary Organiza ons. Ghaziabad: Gram Niyojan Kendra. 5. Nanava y, M.C., and Kulkarni, P.D., NGOs in the Changing Scenario. New Delhi: Uppal Publishing House. 6. Ne ng, F.E., & O’Connor, M.K., Organiza on Prac ce: A Social Worker's Guide to Understanding Human Services. Allyn and Bacon. 7. Padaki, V., & Vaz, M., Management Development and Nonprofit Organiza ons. New Delhi: SAGE 8. Pynes, J.E., Human Resources Management for Public and Nonprofit Organiza ons. Jossey-Bass. 9. Sidel, M. and Zaman, I., Philanthropy and Law in South Asia. New Delhi: APPC 10. Smith, D.H., Grassroots Organiza ons. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

SWDO0031: POLICIES FOR DEVELOPMENT ORGANISATIONS - URBAN, RURAL AND TRIBAL COMMUNITIES (4 credits-60 hours) Objectives: This Course enables a student ● To develop an understanding about the social policies and decision making process of the government in planning for development in India. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|435

● ●

To understand the Governmental efforts for development of Rural, Tribal and Urban communities To understand and analyze Governance issues at local, regional, state and national levels

Module I: Introduction to Social Policies (12 hours) Meaning and Defini on of Policy and social policy; History and process of development in India; Evolu on of planning – Planning commission , NITI Aayog .

Social Policy

Module II: Policies and Schemes in Urban Areas (12 Hours) Challenges for urban development; Urban poverty management; Urban governance systems; Government schemes and policies Module III: Policies and Schemes in Rural Areas (12 Hours) Challenges for rural development; Rural poverty management; Rural governance systems decentraliza on processes; Government schemes and policies Module IV: Policies and Schemes in Tribal Areas (12 Hours) Challenges for tribal development; Poverty management; Governance systems; Government schemes and policies Module V: Issues of Governance and Planning (12 hours) Issues of Development and Displacement; Diversity and Ci zenship Issues Suggested Readings 1. Akhup, A., Iden es and their struggles in Northeast India (TAS 2). Kolkata: Adivaani. 2. Bodhi, S.R.,Social Work in India: Tribal and Adivasi Studies- Perspec ves from Within. Kolkata: Adivaani. 3. Choudhary, D.P., Voluntary efforts in social welfare and development. New Delhi: Siddarth 4. Dahl, R., Who Governs? New Haven: Yale University Press. 5. Goel, S.L. & Jain, R.K., Social welfare administra on, Vol.I-II. New Delhi: Deep & Deep Publica on. 6. Jacob, K.K., Social Policy in India. Udaipur: Himalaya Publica ons. 7. Shivaramkrishnan, K.C., Kundu, A. & Singh, B.N., Handbook of Urbaniza on in India. New Delhi: Oxford University Press. 8. Mishra, R. ,Globalisa on and the welfare state. London: Edward Elgae. 9. Sendoc, B., Role of Banks in Tribal Development II. 10. Sharma, B.D., Tribal Development- The concept and the Frame. 11. Sharma ,B.D., Planning for Dispersed Tribals. Kurukshetra. 12. Singh, B., Tribal Development at Cross Road : A Cri que and a Plea, Man In India. 13. Turner, M., & Hulme, D., Governance Administra on and Development : Making the State Work. London: Macmillan

SWOS0032: ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE AND BEHAVIOUR (4 credits - 60 hours) Objective: Understanding the structure and functioning of an organisation is essential for establishment and management of any development organisation. This course introduces the student to organisational structure and management. It also familiarizes the student with the skills and legall base for managing the workforce of an organisation. Module I: Organizational Structure ( 10 hours) a) Organiza onal Structure: Defini on, Concept and Nature Forma on of Organiza onal Structure b) Types of organiza onal Structure Module II: Basic concepts in Organisational Behaviour ( 10 hours) Organiza onal Behaviour: concept and theories; Models of Organiza onal Behavior: Development and Types; Organisa on Climate, Culture and Team building; Employee counseling, Work life balance, managing occupa onal stress ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|436

Module III: Basic skills for Organisational Development ( 10 hours) Leadership - traits, typology and theories; Mo va on: need, significance, theories, methods and prac ces; Communica on - concept, significance, modes, channels, impact Module IV: Legal Base for Practice (15 hours) a) Legisla ons for industrial rela ons-Factories Act, 1948, Industrial Dispute Act,1947, Industrial Employment Standing Orders Act, 1946, b) Legisla ons related to Wages – Minimum Wages Act,1948, Payment of Wages Act, 1936, Equal Remunera on Act, 1976, The Payment of Bonus Act, 1965, Payment of Gratuity Act , 1972 c) Equal Opportuni es, Protec on of Rights & Full Par cipa on) Act,1995 d) Provisions related to employees behaviour : discharge, misconduct, domes c enquiry and disciplinary ac on; sexual harassment at workplace, e) Legisla ons related to employment- Inter-state Migrant Worker’s Act,1979, Contract Labour Act, 1970 Module V: Liberalization, Privatization, Globalization (LPG) and the workforce ( 15 hours) LPG and its impact on industry; Industrial restructuring and the employee response-emerging concerns; Interna onal Labour organisa on and interna onal commitment; Impact of changing economic scenario on workers and work organisa ons – downsizing, displacement, rehabilita on, employment, employee benefits, Suggested Readings 1. Da , R.L. (2004). Organiza on: Theory and Design. Mason: OH: South Western Publishing. 2. Jacoby, S.M. (ed.). (1994). The Workers of Na ons: Industrial Rela ons in Globalised Economy. New York: Oxford University Press. 3. Mallick, P.L. (2002). Industrial Law. Lucknow : Eastern Book Company 4. Mathis, R. L., & Jackson, J.H. (1997). Human Resource Management. U.K: Pren ce Hall Interna onal. 5. Pareek. U., & Rao, T.V. (1992). Designing and Managing HR Systems. New Delhi: Oxford & IBH Publishing. 6. Ramnarayan, S., Rao, T.V., & Singh, K. (1998). Organiza on Development: Interven ons and Strategies. New Delhi: Sage Publica ons. 7. Robbins, S.P. (2002). Organiza onal Behaviour (10th ed.). New Delhi: Pren ce Hall of India. 8. Silvera, D.M. (1990). Human Resource Management: The Indian Experience. New Delhi: New India Publica ons. 9. Sivananthiran, .A., & Venkatratnam, C.S. (2003). Best Prac ces in Social Dialogue. New Delhi: ILO. 10. Veena, A.K., Kochan R.D., & Lansbury, R.D. (1995). Employment Rela ons in the Growing Asian Economics. London : Routledge.

SWHR0033: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (4 Credits - 60 hours) Objectives: This Course is designed to enable students ● to understand the concepts of Human Resource Management ● to understand the processes in Human Resource management and Development Module I: Introduction to Human Resource Management ( 15 hours) Human Resource Management: Concept, Objec ves, Nature, Scope, Importance and func ons, Evolu on, Goals and Approaches Module II: Human Resource Development ( 15 hours) a) Human Resource Development: concept, goals, approaches, and management of change b) HRD sub systems: Human resource planning, recruitment, selec on, induc on, reten on, performance management, re rement and redeployment, exit strategies Module III: Human Relations in Organisations ( 15 Hours) Industrial organisa on as a sub-system of society; Human rela ons in industry - history, ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|437

determinants, reflectors and prospects ; Role of State as third party in industrial rela ons, Collec ve bargaining; Trade unionism – historical development, strengths and weaknesses, law rela ng to trade unions; Problems and status of Trade unionism in post globalisa on period. Module IV: Policy base for Human Resource Development ( 15 hours) a) Inclusive HR Policies and prac ces: Recruitment, Selec on and Induc on, Capacity Building, Compensa on, Reten on and Separa on b) Development of Human resources: Capacity Building, Training and Development, Communica on and Leadership. c) Human Resource Planning : concept and processes, job analysis Suggested Readings 1. Aswathappa, K., Organiza on Behaviour. New Delhi: Himalaya Publishing House 2. Aswathappa, K., Human Resource and Personnel Management: Text and Cases, New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill. 3. Aswathappa, K.,Human Resource Management. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill. 4. Bedian, A. G., & Glueck, W.F. ,Management, Japan: Dryden Press. 5. Boso a, G.R.,Human Resource Management. Jaipur: Mangal Deep Publica ons. 6. Chhabra, T.N. , Human Resource Management. New Delhi: Dhanpat Rai. 7. Chopra, R.K. , Management of Human Resources. Bareilly: V. K. Publishing House. 8. D’Cenzo, D.A., & Stephen, P. R., Human Resource Management. New Delhi: John Wiley & Sons. 9. Heing, W., & Koontz, H., Management: A Global Perspec ve. New Delhi: MCGraw Hill. 10. Ian, B., & Holden, L., Human Resource Management. Delhi: Macmillan. 11. Newstrom, J.W. & Keith, D., Organiza onal Behavior – Human Behavior at Work, (11th Ed.). New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill. 12. Kondalkar, V.G., Organiza onal Behaviour. New Delhi: New Age Interna onal. 13. Prasad, L. M., Organiza onal Behaviour. New Delhi: S. Chand & Sons. 14. Robbins, S. P. , Organiza onal Behaviour, New Delhi: Pren ce - Hall. 15. Saiyadain, M.S., Human Resource Management. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill. 16. Sekaran, U., Organiza onal Behaviour: Text and Cases. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill. 17. Singh, B.P., & Singh, A. K., Essen als of Management. New Delhi: Amexcel Books. 18. Singh, B.P., & T.N Chhabra. , Management Concepts and Prac ces. New Delhi: Dhanpat Rai.

SWFR6001: CONCURRENT FIELD WORK AND RURAL PRACTICUM (4 credits) CONCURRENT FIELD WORK I The field work prac ce in the first semester consists of orienta on visits, lab sessions for skills training and placement. In the first semester, the focus of field work is the community. The students are placed in communi es and in NGOs, service organiza ons and government agencies working with communi es, and in those se ngs where they can be exposed to the community and community issues. The students get a close feel of the community and community se ngs, understand the dynamics and issues in the community and become aware of the sensi vi es of people while working with them. They also get a firsthand experience of the programmes and projects implemented in the communi es by NGOs and government agencies and the impact that these have on the community. They also interact with the agency personnel and the community members to understand the tension between tradi on and change that the communi es in the region are likely to experience, and how it is handled. They, with the help of the agency and the field work supervisor, iden fy an issue and work on it following the principles of community organiza on. The students are expected to be crea ve and innova ve in assis ng the agency and community in whatever way possible. Normally a student spends fi een hours over two days per week in field work. However, keeping in mind the peculiar situa on of transport and communica ons in the region and the expenses involved, the field work prac ce may be arranged in other convenient ways as the department deems fit. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|438

A er each session of field work the students write a report of their ac vi es and submit to the concerned field work supervisor. The supervisor conducts individual and group field work conferences regularly. At the end of the semester the student submits a summary report for the semester and a viva voce examina on is conducted. RURAL CAMP Students are to arrange a rural camp generally at the end of the first or second semester. The dura on of the rural camp shall generally be ten days excluding days of travel. At the end of the camp each student shall submit a wri en report to the department in a specified format. Performance at the Rural Camp shall be considered for evalua on of the Field Work during the second semester. The objec ves of the rural camp are: ● To apply the acquired skills of group work and community organisa on ● in communi es. ● To understand and assess the problems faced by the rural popula on. ● To involve posi vely in the communi es to help to remove some of these problems.

SWCA6010 : COMPUTER APPLICATIONS FOR SOCIAL SCIENCES (Lab) (2 credits) Objectives: The objectives of this course are ● To learn the basic computer applications those are useful for a social worker. ● To learn and do data analysis for research using a Statistical Analysis Package ● The data analysis of modules IV and V may be carried out in any Statistical Analysis Package or using spreadsheets. If required the Statistical Analysis Package may be introduced in a separate workshop. Module I (6 hours) Word Processing: Meaning, Features, advantages; Structure of a Word Processor window; Crea ng document, saving opening and prin ng, find and replace. Crea ng table; Mail merge - main document, data source and merging Module II (8 hours) Spreadsheet Package: Cell, rows and columns; Range, structure of a spreadsheet window; Crea ng, saving opening and prin ng a spreadsheet, crea ng tables, charts; data analysis using formulae in a spreadsheet. Module III (5 hours) a) Presenta on package: Crea ng presenta ons in a presenta on package, text, tables, charts, Anima on, running slide show, saving the slides, prin ng presenta ons b) Internet and browsing, E-Mail, blogging, use of Internet in Research Module IV (10 hours) Data analysis using sta s cal so ware packages. Suggested Readings 1. Foster, J.J., Data Analysis Using SPSS for Windows, Sage Publica ons Ltd., London, 1998 2. Gaur, Ajai S., et al., Sta s cal Methods and Prac ce and Research, Response Books New Delhi, 2006 3. Kelle, V., Computer Aided Qualita ve Data Analysis: Theory, Methods and Prac ce, Sage Publica ons Ltd., London, 1998 4. Lincoln, Y. S. and N. K. Denzin, Handbook of Qualita ve Research, Sage Publica ons, California, 1994 5. Taxali, R.K., PC So ware for Windows Made Simple, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd New Delhi, 1998 6. User manual of the sta s cal package used ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|439

7.

Miles, M.B. and E.A. Weitzman, Computer Literacy in Human Services, The Haworth Press, New York, 1995

SWFW6003: CONCURRENT FIELD WORK II (4 credits) The field work prac ce in the second semester will consist of lab sessions for skills training and placement. The focus will be on the prac ce of social case work and Group works. The students shall be placed in NGOs, and government service organiza ons and government agencies working with individuals and families, and in those se ngs where they can be exposed to issues related to individuals and groups. Normally a student spends fi een hours over two days per week in field work. Objectives The concurrent field work ensures that the student understands the way these ins tu ons and agencies func on and prac ce the skills of working with individuals and different groups. Activities The student is expected to complete 5 cases in casework and follow up one group with at least 5 sessions. Besides this, the student shall be involved in the ac vi es of the ins tu on and fulfill the responsibili es that are asked of him/her by the agency supervisor. A er each session of field work the students shall write a report of their ac vi es and submit to the concerned field work supervisor. The supervisor shall conduct individual and group field work conferences regularly. At the end of the semester the student shall submit a summary report for the semester and a viva voce examina on is conducted.

SWFW6004: CONTINUOUS FIELD WORK I (3 credits)

SWFW6006: CONTINUOUS FIELD WORK II (4 credits) The field work prac ce in the Third and Fourth Semesters shall focus upon the Area of Concentra on chosen by the students. The students shall be placed in the field for twenty five days of consecu ve field work. The field work se ngs shall be communi es, NGOs, service organiza ons, hospitals, clinics and governmental agencies. Those students who are specializing in Community Development will either be placed in an urban or rural community se ng that is iden fied by the Department. Students who are specializing in Medical and Psychiatric Social Work will be exposed to either a Medical or a Psychiatric se ng. The thrust in field placement will be to enable the students to become more proficient in the field and apply relevant skills and techniques in handling real situa ons. During the placement, the students are expected to implement the following ac vi es and adhere to the guidelines specified below: 1. The students are expected to apply all the methods of social work such as casework, group work, community organiza on, research and administra on, wherever applicable depending upon the organiza on and their services. 2. The students shall be involved in the ac vi es of the ins tu on and fulfill the responsibili es as requested by the Agency Supervisor. 3. The students shall prepare a daily report of the field work ac vi es implemented and share them through e mail with the concerned Faculty Supervisor at the end of each day. The Supervisor shall provide the necessary feedback and guidance to the students by also making personal visits to the field where they are placed. 4. At the end of the con nuous field work placement, the students shall submit a consolidated or summary report highligh ng the main ac vi es implemented and the major learning from the field placement. Every student shall also appear for a viva voce examina on at the end of the semester.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|440

SWRP6005: RESEARCH PROJECT PHASE I (2 credits) Every student shall undertake a research project work which has bearing on his/her AoC under the supervision and guidance of a faculty member. The preliminary work may begin at the end of the second semester. The students are expected to complete the Literature Survey followed by a Synopsis presenta on during the Phase I. The dates, the mode and components of evalua on and the weightages a ached to them shall be published by the Department/Ins tute at the beginning of the semester.

SWRP6007: RESEARCH PROJECT PHASE II (4 credits) Every student shall undertake a research project work which has bearing on his/her AoC and present a wri en thesis on the research work under the supervision and guidance of a faculty member. The preliminary work may begin at the end of the second semester. The students are expected to complete the data collec on before the fourth semester. The thesis is to be submi ed to the department before the date no fied. The mode and components of evalua on and the weightages a ached to them shall be published by the Department/Ins tute at the beginning of the semester. There shall be a viva voce examina on on the research project.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|441

SCHOOL OF FUNDAMENTAL AND APPLIED SCIENCES DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY CHEC0001: ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: This course in Engineering Chemistry is meant to familiarise the students of Engineering with the basic properties of materials and their applications to different areas of engineering. The course is divided into four modules which deal with the basic and necessary aspects of quantum chemistry, thermodynamics, electrochemical system, inorganic chemistry, organic chemistry, molecular spectroscopy, reaction kinetics and solid state chemistry. Module I: Physical Chemistry (13 Hours) a) Chemical thermodynamics: 1st law of thermodynamics: work, heat, energy and enthalpy, rela on between Cp and Cv, 2nd law of thermodynamics: Carnot's Cycle, entropy, Gibbs and Helmholtz free energy, chemical poten al, 3rd law of thermodynamics: chemical equilibrium, phase and reac on equilibria, Maxwell rela ons. b) Electrochemical Systems: Electrochemical cells, EMF, applica ons EMF measurements, thermodynamic data, ac vity coefficients, pH, corrosion, dry cells, fuel cells, storage cells. c) Reac on Kine cs and Catalysis: Collision theory, order and molecularity, kine cs of zero, first and second order reac ons, ac va on energy, theory of absolute reac on rates, homogeneous and heterogeneous catalysis. Module II: Quantum Chemistry and Spectroscopy (10 Hours) a) Introduc on to Quantum Chemistry- Schrödinger wave equa on, harmonic oscillator, rigid rotor, hydrogen atom, molecular orbital, LCAO-MO. b) Fundamentals of Spectroscopy: microwave, infrared, UV-Visible spectroscopy, Beer-Lambert’s Law, selec on rules, determina on of simple molecular structures, term symbols. Module III: Inorganic Chemistry (15 Hours) a) General Inorganic Chemistry: Molecular orbital theory and shapes of inorganic compounds, inorganic rings, chains and cage compounds. b) Coordina on Chemistry: Ligands, nomenclature, isomerism, crystal field theory, ligand field theory, introduc on to organometallic compounds. c) Solid State and Materials chemistry: Closed packed structures, ionic solids, crystal defects, Scho ky and Frenkel defects, Band theory of metals, insulators and semiconductors, thermal solubility, ionic and electrical conduc vity, superconduc vity, nanomaterials. d) Bioinorganic Chemistry: Essen al elements, micro and macro nutrients, O2 transport, hemoglobin, myoglobin, nitrogen fixa on, biomineraliza on. Module IV: Organic Chemistry (12 Hours) a) Organic Reac on Mechanism: Mechanisms of selected organic reac ons, such as, Friedel-Cra Alkyla on, Friedel Cra Acyla on reac ons, Aldol condensa on, Benzoin condensa on, Cannizzarro's reac on, Reformatsky reac on, mechanisms of polymeriza on reac ons, cataly c reac ons. Introduc on to important polymers and biodegradable polymers. b) Stereochemistry of Carbon Compounds: Conforma ons, E/Z, cis-trans, R/S, D/L nota ons, op cal ac vity, enan omers, diastereomers, chirality, stereogenic centers. c) Bioorganic Chemistry: Natural products - amino acids, proteins, nucleic acids, lipids, cabohydrates and soaps and detergents. Module V: Environmental pollution (10 Hours) a) Air Pollu on: Sources, effects of air pollu on with respect to global warming, Ozone layer deple on, Acid rain. Photochemical smog. Case Study: Bhopal Gas Tragedy. b) Water pollu on: Sources and Treatment, Concepts of waste waters-Domes c and Industrial and ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|442

c) d) e) f)

Treatment. Case Study: Minamata disease. Land Pollu on: Solid waste, solid waste management by land filling and compos ng. Land pollu on due to industrial effluents Noise and radioac ve Pollu on: Sources and Effects. Radia on hazards. E-pollu on: Sources and Effects

Suggested Readings 1. B. Sivasankar, Engineering Chemistry, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1st Edi on, 2008. 2. P. Atkins and Julio De Paula, Physical Chemistry, 8/E, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2006 3. K.L. Kapoor, Physical Chemistry, Vol. 1-5, 3/E, McMillan, New Delhi, 2001. 4. I.N. Levine, Physical Chemistry, 5/E, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2008. 5. C.N. Banwell and E.M. Mc Cash, Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy, 4/E, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1995. 6. J.E. Huheey, R.L. Kieter, E.A. Kieter and O.K. Medhi, Inorganic Chemistry: Structure and Reac vity, 4/E, Pearson, New Delhi, 2006. 7. F.A. Co on, G. Wilkinson, A. Murillo and M. Bochman, Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, 6/E, Wiley, New Delhi1999. 8. S.H. Pine, Organic Chemistry, 5/E, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1987. 9. Carey, Organic Chemistry, 7/E, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2007. 10. Morrison and Boyd, Organic Chemistry, 6/E, Pren ce Hall, New Delhi, 2008. 11. I.L. Finar, Organic Chemistry, Vol.1and2, Pearson. New Delhi, 2007. 12. R.K. Prasad, Quantum Chemistry, 2/E, New Age Interna onal, New Delhi, 2000. 13. A. Mallick, Engineering Chemistry, 1/E, Viva Books, New Delhi, 2008. 14. PW Atkins and Shriver, Inorganic Chemistry, Oxford University Press, 7 ed., 2008. 15. Chawla, Engineering Chemistry, Dhanpat Rai and Co., 2 ed, 2008 16. PS Kalsi, Quantum Chemistry and Spectroscopy, Kalyani Publishers, 3 ed., 2007 17. EL Eliel, Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds, TMH, 2008 18. AI Vogel, Quan ta ve Chemical Analysis, Pearson, 2006 19. Garry Chris an, Analy cal Chemistry, Wiley, 3 ed., 2006 20. A.K.DE, Environmental Chemistry, New Age Publishers Fi h edi on, 2003.

CHES0002: ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES (2 Credits - 30 Hours) Objective: This course is designed to enhance knowledge skills and attitude to environment. It will help a student to get a broad exposure to problems facing our environment. Module I: The Multidisciplinary Nature of Environmental Studies (3 hours) Defini on, scope and importance, need for public awareness. Module II: Natural Resources (3 hours) a) Different types of natural resources and associated problems - forest resources, water resources, mineral resources, food resources, energy resources, land resources. b) Conserva on of natural resources. Module III: Ecosystems (4 hours) a) Concept of an ecosystem, structure and func on of an ecosystem, producers, consumers and decomposers, energy flow in the ecosystem, food chains, food webs. b) Structure of following ecosystems - forest ecosystem, grassland ecosystem, desert ecosystem, aqua c ecosystems. Module IV: Biodiversity and Its Conservation (4 hours) Types of biodiversity – gene c, species and ecosystem, value of biodiversity, global biodiversity, India as a mega-diversity na on, threats to biodiversity, conserva on of biodiversity - in-situ and ex-situ conserva on. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|443

Module V: Environmental Pollution (6 hours) a) Defini on, causes, effects and control measures of - air pollu on, water pollu on, soil pollu on, marine pollu on, noise pollu on, thermal pollu on, nuclear hazards and e-pollu on. b) Solid waste management c) Disaster management Module VI: Social Issues and the Environment (6 hours) a) From unsustainable to sustainable development, urban problems related to energy, water conserva on, rain water harves ng, climate change, global warming, acid rain, ozone layer deple on. b) Environment protec on act. c) Introduc on to environmental impact assessment. Module VII: Human Population and the Environment (4 hours) Popula on growth and sex ra o; Popula on explosion - family welfare programme; Environment and human health; HIV/AIDS; Role of informa on technology in environment and human health. Suggested Readings 1. Erach Bharucha; Textbook for Environmental Studies, UGC, New Delhi 2. S. Somvanshi and R. Dhupper; Fundamentals of Environmental Studies, S.K. Kataria and Sons Publisher. 3. A.K. De; Environmental Chemistry, New age publishers. 4. J.P. Sharma; Environmental Studies, University Science Press 5. K.G. Bha acharyya and A. Sarma; Comprehensive Environmental Studies, Narosa Publishing House Pvt, Ltd.

CHIC0003: FUNDAMENTALS OF INORGANIC CHEMISTRY (4 Credits - 60 Hours) Objective: This course is designed to deal with the fundamentals of the concept of acids and bases, transition metal chemistry, bonding in inorganic compounds, nuclear and radiochemistry. Module I: Concepts of Acids and Bases (4 hours) Hard and so acid-base concept, non aqueous solvents Module II: Transition Metal Chemistry (5 hours) Descrip ve chemistry of transi on metals including lanthanides and ac nides, coordina on chemistry - coordina on number and geometry, isomerism, thermodynamic stability - successive and overall stability constants, Irving-William series, chelate and macrocyclic effects. Module III: Bonding in Inorganic and Coordination Compounds (20 hours) VBT (hybridiza on), CFT and their limita ons, ligand field theory, d-orbital wave func ons, d-orbital spli ng in octahedral, square planar, square pyramidal, trigonalbipyramidal, and tetrahedral complexes; Jahn-Teller distor on, CFSE for d1 to d10 systems, pairing energy, low-spin and high-spin complexes and molecular orbital (MO) theory of selected octahedral, tetrahedral complexes and other geometries, Walsh Diagram. Module IV: Electronic Spectra of Transition Metal Complexes (9 hours) d-d transi on, charge transfer transi on, color, intensity and origin of spectra, interpreta on, term symbols and spli ng of terms different geometries, selec on rules for electronic transi ons, correla on, Tanabe-Sugano and Orgel diagrams, calcula on of Dq, B and C, nephelauxe c ra o. Module V: Magnetic Properties of Transition Metal Complexes (10 hours) Magne c proper es of free ions, types of magne c behavior: dia-, para-, ferro- and an ferro-magne sm, temperature independent paramagne sm, magne c suscep bility - Van Vleck equa on, experimental measurement, magne c moment - orbital contribu on, quenching of contribu on, effect of spin orbit coupling, spin crossover, temperature dependence of magne c suscep bility, exchange coupling effects, magne c proper es of second and third transi on series and ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|444

lanthanides. Module VI: Nuclear and Radiochemistry (12 hours) Radioac ve decay processes, Fermi theory, half-lives, Auger effect, types of nuclear reac ons, nota ons, comparison with chemical reac ons, radia on detec on and measurements, Geiger-Muller and Scin lla on counters, applica ons of radioisotopes as tracers (ac va on analysis, isotope dilu on technique, radiochromatography and radiometric tra ons), age determina on, radiolysis of water, units for measuring radia on absorbed by ma er, radia on dosimetry (Frick & FBX dosimeter), radia on induced chemistry, sources of radia on, chemical effects produced by the absorp on of ionizing radia on, alpha-, beta- and gamma- par cles and X-rays from decay of radioac ve isotopes, high energy ions and electrons from accelerators, the forma on of ions and free radicals, diffusion and chemical reac on kine cs of ions and free radicals, radia on induced synthesis of materials. Suggested Readings 1. J. E. Huheey, E. A. Keiter and R. L. Keiter; Inorganic Chemistry: Principles of Structure and Reac vity, Pearson Educa on. 2. B. N. Figgis, M. A. Hitchman; Ligand Field theory and its Applica ons, Wiley India. 3. G. L. Miessler, D Tarr; Inorganic Chemistry, Pearson Educa on. 4. P.W. Atkins, T. Overton, J. Rourke, M. Weller, F. Armstrong; Shriver and Atkins: Inorganic Chemistry, Oxford University Press. 5. A.K. Das and M. Das; Fundamental Concepts of Inorganic Chemistry, Vols. 1-7, CBS Publishers and Distributors. 6. H.J. Arnikar; Essen als of Nuclear Chemistry, Wiley Eastern, New Delhi. 7. F. A. Co on, G. Wilkinson, C. A. Murillo and M. Bochmann; Advanced Inorganic Chemistry,Wiley. 8. C. E. Housecro and A. G. Sharpe; Inorganic Chemistry, Pren ce Hall. 9. F. A. Co on; Chemical Applica ons of Group Theory, Wiley. 10. S. A. Co on; Lanthanide and Ac nide Chemistry, John Wiley. 11. G. Fridlander, J.W. Kennedy, E. S. Macias, and J. M. Miller; Nuclear and Radiochemistry, John Wiley, New York. 12. M. Weller, F. Armstrong, J. Rourke, T. Overton; Inorganic Chemistry, Oxford University Press. 13. R. L. Du a, A. Syamal; Elements of Magnetochemistry, Affiliated East-West Press Pvt. Ltd.-New Delhi. 14. F. E. Mabbs, D. J. Machin; Magne sm and Transi on Metal Complexes, Dover Pub. Inc.

CHOC0004: FUNDAMENTALS OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY (4 Credits - 60 hours) Objective: This course is designed to make the students familiar with reaction mechanisms, reactivity of organic compounds and the stereochemistry. Module I: Kinetics and Energetics of Reaction Mechanism (15 hours) Transi on state theory of reac on rates - kine cs and thermodynamics of ac va on, reac on profiles for mul step reac ons, Hammond postulate, Cur n-Hamme Principle, kine c and thermodynamic control, Linear free energy rela onships (LFER), Hamme equa on - subs tuent and reac on constants, the Ta treatment of polar and steric effects in alipha c compounds, kine c isotope effects in organic reac ons, effects of conforma on on reac vity, stereoelectronic effects, neighbouring group par cipa on, anomeric effect. Module II: Reaction Mechanisms and Intermediates (Structure and Reactivity) - I (15 hours) a) Carbanions: enolates and enamines, kine c and thermodynamic enolates, lithium and boron enolates in Aldol and Michael reac ons, alkyla on and acyla on of enolates, name reac ons under carbanion chemistry - Claisen, Dieckmann, Knoevenegal, Stobbe, Darzen, Acyloin condensa ons, Shapiro reac on, Julia olefina on, Brook rearrangement, Sakurai reac on, Henry reac on, Kulinkovich reac on, Nef reac on, Baylis-Hillman reac on. b) Ylids: Chemistry of phosphorous and sulfur ylids - Wi g and related reac ons, Peterson olefina on c) Carboca ons: structure and stability of carboca ons, classical and non-classical carboca ons, neighbouring group par cipa on and rearrangements including Wagner-Meerwein, ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|445

pinacol-pinacolone, semi-pinacol rearrangement, C-C bond forma on involving carboca ons, oxymercura on, halolactonisa on,Tishchenko reac on, Ri er reac on, Prins reac on. Module III: Reaction Mechanisms and Intermediates (Structure and Reactivity) - II (15 hours) a) Carbenes and Nitrenes: Structure of carbenes, genera on of carbenes, addi on and inser on reac ons, rearrangement reac ons of carbenes such as Wolff rearrangement, genera on and reac ons of ylids by carbenoid decomposi on (existence of O and N based ylids), Structure of nitrene, genera on and reac ons of nitrene and related electron deficient nitrogen intermediates, Cur us, Hoffmann, Schmidt, Beckmann rearrangement, structure and reac vity of benzynes. b) Radicals: Genera on of radical intermediates and its addi on to alkenes, alkynes (inter AND intramolecular) for C-C bond forma on and Baldwin’s rules, name reac ons involving radical intermediates such as Barton deoxygena on and decarboxyla on, McMurry coupling. Module IV: Stereochemistry (15 hours) a) Classifica on of organic molecules into different Point Groups, R and S, E and Z nomenclature in C, N, S, P containing compounds, concept of absolute and rela ve b) Configura on, chirality in molecules devoid of chiral centres - allenes, spiranes and biphenyls. c) Concepts of stereogenic centres – chirotopic and achirotopic centres, homotopic and heterotopic ligands and faces, op cal purity and enan omeric excess, conforma on of acyclic organic molecules, cyclohexane and decalins. d) Dynamic stereochemistry, stereoselec ve synthesis, classifica on of stereoselec ve synthesis, diastereoselec ve, enan oselec ve and double stereo-differen a ng reac ons, nucleophilic addi on to aldehyde and acyclic ketones, Prelog’s rule, nucleophilic addi on to cyclic ketones. e) Enan oselec ve synthesis, use of chiral reagent, chiral catalyst and chiral auxiliary, stereospecific and stereoselec ve reac ons Suggested Readings 1. F. A. Cary and R. I. Sundberg; Advanced Organic Chemistry, Part A and B,Springer. 2. A. J. Kirby; Stereoelectronic Effects,OUP. 3. W. Carruthers and I. Coldham; Modern methods of Organic Synthesis, South Asian Edi on, Cambridge University Press. 4. T. H. Lowry, K. S. Richardson; Mechanism and Theory in Organic Chemistry. 5. J. Clayden, N. Greeves, S. Warren, Organic Chemistry. 6. E. V. Anslyn, D. A. Dougherty; Modern Physical Organic Chemistry, University Science Books.

CHPC0005: FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY (4 Credits - 60 hours) Objective: This course is designed to give the students a basic understanding of equilibrium, non-equilibrium and statistical thermodynamics, polymer chemistry and some concepts of sampling and data analysis. Module I: Equilibrium and Non-equilibrium Thermodynamics (22 hours) a) Laws of thermodynamics, state and path func ons and their applica ons, Maxwell‘s rela ons, spontaneity and equilibria, Le Chatelier principle. b) Non-ideal system - thermodynamics of real gases and gas mixtures, fugacity and its determina on, non-ideal solu ons, ac vity and ac vity coefficient, different scales of ac vity coefficient, electronic ac vity coefficients. c) Phase equilibrium - thermodynamic criteria of phase equilibrium, Gibbs phase rule and its applica on to three component systems - triangular plots - water-ace c acid-chloroform system and ammonium chloride-ammonium sulphate-water system. d) Non-equilibrium thermodynamics - forced flows and entropy of produc on, coupled flows and phenomenological rela ons, Onsager reciprocal rela ons, thermodynamic effects -Seebeck, Pel er and Thomson effects.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|446

Module II: Statistical Thermodynamics (22 hours) a) Sta s cal mechanics of systems independent par cles - Maxwell Boltzmann distribu on, entropy and probability, calcula on of thermodynamic proper es for independent par cles, molecular par on func ons, evalua on of transla onal, rota onal and vibra onal and nuclear par on func ons. b) Thermodynamic proper es of monatomic and diatomic gases (Suckur Tetrode equa on), calcula on of par on func ons, thermodynamic func on, principles of equipar on, heat capaci es (Einstein model and Debye modifica on), residual entropy, equilibrium constant. Module III: Polymer Chemistry (8 hours) Molecular weight of polymers, determina on of molecular weight, kine cs of polymeriza on reac on, copolymeriza on, average dimension of polymer molecules, size exclusion chromatography. Module IV: Sampling and Data Analysis: (8 hours) Sampling of solid, liquid and gaseous samples, mean and standard devia on, absolute and rela ve errors, linear regression, covariance and correla on coefficient Suggested Readings 1. P. Atkins, J. Paula; Physical Chemistry,Oxford University Press. 2. I. R. Levine, Physical chemistry, Mcgraw Hill Educa on. 3. D. A. McQuarrie, J. D. Simon; Physical Chemistry: A Molecular Approach, Viva Student Edi on. 4. R. S. Berry, S. A. Rice and J. Ross; Physical Chemistry, Oxford University Press. 5. D. A. McQuarrie; Sta s cal Mechanics, University Science Books, California. 6. J. Mendham, R. C. Denney, J. D. Barnes, M. Thomas, B. Sivasankar, Vogel‘s Textbook of Quan ta ve Chemical Analysis, Pearson. 7. V. R. Gowarikar, N. V. Viswanathan, J. Sreedhar; Polymer Science, New age Interna onal Publishers. 8. G. Odian; Principles of Polymeriza on, Wiley Student Edi on.

CHQG0006: INTRODUCTION TO QUANTUM CHEMISTRY AND GROUP THEORY (3 Credits-45 hours) Objective: This course aims at helping the students to become acquainted with the basic concepts of Quantum Chemistry and Group Theory Module I: Quantum Chemistry I (15 hours) Planck’s theory, wave-par cle duality, uncertainty principle, postulates of quantum mechanics, Schrodinger equa on, free par cle, par cle in a box, degeneracy, harmonic oscillator, rigid rotator, the hydrogen atom, angular momentum, electron spin, spin-orbit coupling. Module II: Quantum Chemistry II (15 hours) Approximate methods in quantum mechanics - the varia on theorem, linear varia on principle and perturba on theory (first order and non-degenerate), applica on of varia on method and perturba on theory to the Helium atom, an symmetry, Slater determinant, term symbols and spectroscopic states Module III: Chemical Applications of Group Theory (15 hours) Symmetry elements and opera ons, equivalent symmetry elements and equivalent atoms, iden fica on of symmetry point groups with examples, groups of very high symmetry, molecular dissymmetry and op cal ac vity, systema c procedure for symmetry classifica on of molecules and illustra ve examples, brief review of matrix representa on of groups, reducible and irreducible representa ons, rules about irreducible representa ons as derived from great orthogonality theorem, rela onship between reducible and irreducible groups, character tables. Suggested Readings 1. P. Atkins, R. Friedman; Molecular quantum Mechanics, Oxford University Press. 2. I. N. Levine, Quantum Chemistry, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd. 3. David J. Griffiths; Introduc on to Quantum mechanics, Pearson Educa on Ltd. 4. F. A. Co on; Chemical Applica ons of Group Theory, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|447

5.

R. L. Carter; Molecular Symmetry and Group Theory, John Wiley & Sons.

CHIR0007: ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY (3 Credits-45 hours) Objective: The objective of this course is to make the students familiar with organometallic chemistry, inorganic reaction mechanisms, inorganic photochemistry, solid state chemistry, and structure and bonding in different inorganic compounds. Module I: Descriptive Inorganic Chemistry (15 hours) a) Structure and bonding in polyhedral boranes and carboranes, styx nota on, Wade‘s rules, electron count in polyhedral boranes, synthesis of polyhedral boranes, isolobal analogy, boron halides, phosphine-boranes, boron heterocycles, borazine. b) Silanes, silicon halides, silicates, silicones, silanols, zeolites, germanium, n and lead organyls, silenes, germenes, stannenes, phosphorous halides, phosphazenes, sulphur halides, structural features and reac vity of S-N heterocycles. c) Synthesis and reac vity of organo-lithium, -beryllium and -magnesium compounds, calixarines, cryptands and crown ethers in complexa on chemistry. d) Prepara on and reac vity of aluminum organyls, carbalumina on, hydroalumina on, chemistry of Ga (I) and In (I), reduc on of Al, Ga and In organyls, Metal organic framework structures (MOFs) Module II: Introduction to Solid State Chemistry (10 hours) Structure of simple solids – metals, alloys and compounds; common structure types; synthesis of solid state compounds - ceramic method, microwave synthesis, sol-gel, precursor method, hydrothermal synthesis, CVD and intercala on; characteriza on of solids, bonding in solids – free-electron and molecular orbital theory; bands in solid state compounds, proper es of solids – op cal, magne c and electrical proper es of solids. Module III: Organometallic Chemistry (10 hours) a) Valence electron count (16/18 electron rules), synthesis, structure, bonding and reac vity of mono and polynuclear metal carbonyls, subs tuted metal carbonyls, vibra onal spectra of metal carbonyls, metal-metal bonding. b) Types of M-C bonds, synthesis and reac vity of metal alkyls, carbenes, alkenes, alkynes, and arene complexes, metallocenes and bent metallocenes, isolobal analogy. c) Reac ons of organometallic complexes: Subs tu on, oxida ve addi on, reduc ve elimina on, inser on and deinser on, catalysis, hydrogena on, hydroformyla on, Monsanto process, Wacker process, alkene polymeriza on. Module IV: Mechanism of Inorganic Reactions (7 hours) Subs tu on in octahedral and square planar complexes, lability, trans-effect, conjugate base mechanism, racemisa on, electron transfer reac ons - inertness and lability, inner sphere and outer sphere mechanism, Marcus theory, solid state reac ons – topotac c and epitac c mechanisms. Module V: Inorganic Photochemistry (3 hours) Photosubs tu on and photoredox reac ons of chromium, cobalt and ruthenium compounds, Ligand field and charge transfer state (Thexi and DOSENCO states), cis-trans isomeriza on, photocatalysis and solar energy conserva on by ruthenium complexes. Suggested Readings 1. F. A. Co on, G. Wilkinson, C. A. Murillo and M. Bochmann; Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, Wiley. 2. N. N. Greenwood and E. A. Earnshaw; Chemistry of elements, Bu erworth-Heinemann. 3. J. E. Huheey, E. A. Keiter, R. L. Keiter; Inorganic Chemistry: Principles of Structure and Reac vity, Pearson Educa on. 4. G. L. Miessler, D Tarr; Inorganic.Chemistry, Pearson Educa on. 5. P.W. Atkins, T. Overton, J. Rourke, M. Weller, F. Armstrong; Shriver & Atkins: Inorganic Chemistry, Oxford University Press. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|448

6.

B. E. Douglas, D. H. McDaniel, J. J. Alexander; Concepts and Models of Inorganic Chemistry, John Wiley. 7. G. Wulfsberg; Inorganic Chemistry, University Science Books. 8. L. Smart, E. Moore; Solid State Chemistry: An Introduc on, Nelson Thorns Ltd. 9. Fundamental Concepts of Inorganic Chemistry, Vols. 1-7, by A.K. Das and M. Das, CBS Publishers and Distributors. 10. R. H. Crabtree; Organometallic Chemistry of the Transi on Metals, John Wiley.

CHOG0008: ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY (4 Credits- 60 hours) Objective: This course will discuss organic photochemistry and mechanisms of oxidation-reduction and pericyclic reactions. Module I: Organic Photochemistry (13 hours) a) Introduc on to organic photochemical-photophysical processes, chemiluminescence, photosensi za on. b) Photochemistry of carbonyl compounds - α-cleavage, β-cleavage, intramolecular H-abstrac on, addi on to π-systems - Paterno-Buchi reac on, electron transfer reac ons, Photochemistry of olefins - photostereomuta on of cis-trans isomers, op cal pumping, cycloaddi on, photochemistry of conjugated polyenes. c) Photochemistry of enones, photo-rearrangement reac ons - di-π-methane rearrangement, Photo-rearrangement of cyclohexadienones, Barton rearrangement, singlet oxygen photochemistry. Module II: Oxidation Reactions (12 hours) Metal and non-metal based oxida ons (Cr, Mn, Al, Ag, Os, Ru, Se, DMSO, hypervalent iodine), reagents (Fremy’s salt, silver carbonate, peroxides/per-acids), Sharpless asymmetric epoxida on, Jacobsen epoxida on, Shi epoxida on, Sharpless asymmetric dihydroxyla on, Baeyer-Villiger oxida on, Wacker oxida on, hydrobora on-oxida on, Prevost reac on and Woodward modifica on. Module III: Reduction Reactions (15 hours) Cataly c hydrogena on (Pd/Pt/Rh/Ni), Wilkinson catalyst, Noyori asymmetric hydrogena on, metal based reduc ons using Li/Na/Ca in liquid ammonia, Sodium, Magnesium, Zinc, Titanium and Samarium (Birch, Pinacol forma on, McMurry, Acyloin forma on, dehalogena on and deoxygena ons), Hydride transfer reagents from Group III and Group IV in reduc ons (NaBH4 triacetoxyborohydride, L-selectride, K-selectride, Luche reduc on, LiAlH4, DIBAL-H, and Red-Al, Trialkylsilanes and Trialkylstannane, Meerwein-Pondorff-Verley reduc on), stereo/enan oselec ve reduc ons (Chiral Boranes, Corey-Bakshi-Shibata). Module IV: Pericyclic Reactions (20 hours) a) MO symmetry, FMO of conjugated polyenes, Woodward-Hoffmann principle of conserva on of orbital symmetry, allowed and forbidden reac ons, stereochemistry of pericyclic reac ons, orbital symmetry correla on method, PMO method. b) Cycloaddi on reac ons: 2+2, 4+2, 6+2 cycloaddi ons, 3+2 and 4+3 dipolar cycloaddi ons, stereoselec vity of the reac ons, regioselec vity of 4+2 cycloaddi on reac on. c) Sigmatropic rearrangement: (m+n) sigmatropic rearrangement of hydrogen and chiral alkyl groups, divinylcyclopropane rearrangement, fluxional molecules, stereoselec vity in Cope and Claisen rearrangement, Sommelet-Hauser rearrangement. d) Electrocyclic reac ons and cycloreversions - conrotatory and disrotatory process, stereoselec vity of the reac ons. e) Linear and nonlinear cheletropic rearrangement, theories of cheletropic reac ons, stereoselec vity of the reac ons. f) Ene reac ons of 1, 7-dienes, carbonyl enophiles, simple problems, Claisen rearrangement and its variants, aza-Cope rearrangement (Overman rearrangement), ene reac on (metallo-ene, Conia ene).

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|449

Suggested Readings 1. F. A. Cary, R. I. Sundberg; Advanced Organic Chemistry, Part A and B, Springer. 2. M. B. Smith; Organic Synthesis, Academic Press. 3. W. Carruthers and I. Coldham; Modern Methods of Organic Synthesis,South Asian Edi on, Cambridge University Press. 4. J. Clayden, N. Greeves, S. Warren; Organic Chemistry, Oxford University Press. 5. E. V. Anslyn, D. A. Dougherty; Modern Physical Organic Chemistry, University Science Books.

CHAP0009: ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY (3 Credits - 45 hours) Objective: This course is intended to explain the theories of chemical kinetics and electrochemistry. Module I: Chemical Kinetics (7 hours) Steady state approxima on and its applica ons, Oscilla ng reac ons, chemical Chaos, Belousov-Zhabo nski reac on, straight chain reac on-hydrogen-halogen reac ons, alkane pyrolysis, Branching-chain reac ons - the hydrogen-oxygen reac on, explosion limits, Enzyme catalyzed reac ons, Michaelis-Menten mechanism - Lineweaver-Burk and Eadie plots, enzyme inhibiton. Module II: Molecular Reaction Dynamics (7 hours) Collisions of real molecules - trajectory calcula ons, Laser techniques, reac ons in molecular beam, reac on dynamics, es ma on of ac va on energy and calcula on of poten al energy surface - the transi on state theory (TST) of bimolecular gaseous reac ons, sta s cal and thermodynamic formula ons. Comparison between TST and hard sphere collision theory, theory of unimolecular reac ons - Lindemann theory and its limita ons, kine cs of reac ons in solu on-diffusion controlled and chemically controlled reac ons, TST of reac ons in solu on - Bronsted and Bjerrum equa on, effect of ionic strength, kine c salt effect. Module III: Study of Fast Reactions (4 hours) Stopped flow technique, temperature and pressure jump methods, NMR studies in fast reac ons, shock tube kine cs, relaxa on kine cs, Linearized rate equa on, relaxa on me in single step fast reac ons, determina on of relaxa on me. Module IV: Theories of Unimolecular Reactions (4 hours) Drawbacks of Lindemann theory- Hinselwood modifica on, RRK theory, slaters treatment, RRKM theory. Module V: Electrochemistry - I (7 hours) a) Ion-solvent interac on - the Born model, Thermodynamic parameters of ion solvent interac ons structural treatment, the ion-dipole model - its modifica ons, ion-quadrupole and ion-induced dipole interac ons. b) Primary solu on- determina on of hydra on number, compressibility method and viscosity-mobility method, Debye-Huckel theory of ion-ion interac ons, deriva on, validity and limita ons, extended Debye-Huckel-Onsager equa on, random walk model of ionic diffusion - Einstein Smoluchowski reac on. Module VI: Electrochemistry - II (16 hours) a) Theories of Electrical Interface: Electrocapillary phenomena - Lippmann equa on, electron transfer at interfaces, polarizable, non polarizable and nonpolaisable interfaces, Butler-Volmer equa on, Tafel plot b) Electro-analy cal Techniques: Poten al step methods, poten al sweep methods, Polarography and Pulse voltammetry, controlled current techniques, techniques based on impedance. c) Systems for Electro-chemical Energy Storage and Conversion: Types of Ba eries, Lead- acid ba eries, Nickel-cadmium ba eries and Li-ion ba eries, electrical double layer capacitor, pseudo-capacitor, fuel cells.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|450

Suggested Readings 1. P. Atkins and J. Paula; Physical Chemistry, Oxford University Press, Oxford. 2. I. R. Levine; Physical chemistry, Mcgraw Hill Educa on. 3. K. J. Laidler; Chemical Kine cs, Pearson. 4. J. O. Bockris, A. K. N. Reddy; Modern Electrochemistry Part 1, 2A and 2B, Springer. 5. A. J. Bard, L. R. Faulkner; Electrochemical Methods Fundamentals and Applica ons, Wiley India.

CHFS0010:FUNDAMENTALS OF SPECTROSCOPY (3 Credits-45 hours) Objective: This course introduces the fundamental aspects of different types of spectroscopic techniques including rotational, vibrational, electronic, magnetic resonance, mass and Mössbauer. Module I: Introduction (5 hours) Fundamental aspects of absorp on and emission spectroscopy, probability of transi on, oscillator strength, dipole strength, Spontaneous and s mulated emission, origin of selec on rules Module II: Rotational and Vibrational Spectroscopy (10 hours) Degrees of freedom of molecules, rigid rotor model, rota onal spectra of diatomics and polyatomics, effect of isotopic subs tu on and non rigidity, selec on rules and intensity distribu on, Vibra onal spectra of diatomics, effect of anharmonicity, Morse poten al, Vibra onal-rota onal spectra of diatomics, P, Q, R branches, normal modes of vibra on, overtones, hot bands, Raman spectroscopy Origin, rota onal and vibra onal Raman spectra of diatomics. Module III: Electronic Spectroscopy (12 hours) Electronic spectra of diatomic molecules, Frank-Condon principle, vibronic transi ons, Spectra of organic compounds, π→ π*, n→ π* transi on, Photoelectron Spectroscopy - basic principle, photoelectron spectra of simple molecules, X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (ESCA), Auger electron spectroscopy, Lasers - Laser ac on, popula on inversion, proper es of laser radia on, examples of simple laser systems. Module IV: Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy (10 hours) a) Nuclear Magne c Resonance: Nuclear spin and nuclear spin states in magne c field, resonance phenomenon, relaxa on process, NMR line shapes and satura on, shielding and de-shielding of magne c nuclei, chemical shi , spin-spin interac ons, spectra of two-spin system (A2, AB and AX cases),13C,19F and 31P NMR spectroscopy. b) Electron Spin Resonance: Basic principles, factors affec ng g values, hyperfine coupling, spin densi es and McConnell rela onship, Zero field spli ng Module V: Mass spectrometry and Mössbauer spectroscopy (8 hours) a) Mass spectrometry: Basic principles, ioniza on techniques, isotope abundance, molecular ion, fragmenta on processes of organic molecules, deduc on of structure through mass spectral fragmenta on b) Mössbauer spectroscopy: Principles, instrumenta on and applica ons Suggested Readings 1. C.N. Banwell, E. M. McCash; Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy,Tata McGraw Hill. 2. D.L. Pavia, G. M. Lampman, G. S. Kriz ; Introduc on to Spectroscopy, Brooks/Cole Cengage Learning. 3. R.S. Drago; Physical Methods in Chemistry, Saunders, Thomson Learning. 4. R.M Silverstein, F. X. Webster, D. J. Kiemle, D. L. Bryce; Spectrometric Iden fica ons of Organic Compounds, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd. 5. W. Kemp; Organic Spectroscopy, Palgrave Macmillan. 6. L. D. Field, S. Sternhell, J. R. Kalman; Organic Structures from Spectra, John Wiley and Sons. 7. D.W.H. Rankin, N. Mitzel, C. Morrison; Structural Methods in Molecular Inorganic Chemistry, Wiley.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|451

CHGC0011: INTRODUCTION TO GREEN CHEMISTRY (3 Credits-45 hours) Objective: This course is aimed at familiarizing students with the concepts and techniques of environment friendly chemistry. Module I: Principles and Concepts of Green Chemistry (10 hours) Introduc on - concepts and principles, development of green chemistry; atom economy reac ons – rearrangement reac ons, addi on reac ons; atom uneconomic reac ons –sublima on, elimina on; toxicity measures, need of green chemistry in day to day life. Module II: Measuring and Controlling Environmental Performance (15 hours) Importance of measurement, lac c acid produc on - safer gasoline, introduc on to life cycle assessment, four stages of Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) – carbon foot prin ng - green process, metrics – eco-labels, Chemical and Environmental Legisla on - IPPC-REACH (Integrated Pollu on Preven on and Control - Registra on, Evalua on and Authoriza on of Chemicals) Module III: Emerging Green Technology and Alternative Energy Sources (10 hours) Design for energy efficiency, photochemical reac ons – advantages, disadvantages; microwave technology in chemistry - microwave hea ng, microwave assisted reac ons, ultrasound assisted reac ons, reac ons in organic liquids, reac ons in aqueous media, electrochemical synthesis examples. Module IV: Renewable Resources (10 hours) Renewable energy, fossil fuels, energy from biomass, solar power, other forms of renewable energy fuel cells, alterna ve economics-syngas economy, hydrogen economy, bio-refinery chemicals from fa y acids, polymers from renewable resources. Suggested Readings 1. M. Lancaster; Green Chemistry: An Introductory Text, RSC. 2. P.T. Anastas, J. C. Warner; Green Chemistry: Theory and Prac ce, Oxford University Press. 3. J. H. Clark, F. Deswarte; Introduc on to Chemicals from Biomass, Wiley.

CHCE6001: ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB (2 credits) A minimum of 10 experiments to be completed during this course Module 1 Introduc on to the Engineering Chemistry Lab and safe laboratory prac ces. Introduc on to analy cal data handling with spreadsheets and evalua ng analy cal data. Concepts of errors, accuracy, precision, standard devia on, sta s cal analysis of data and least square method. Module 2 Experiments 1. Determina on of Total Hardness of water. 2. Es ma on of calcium in limestone. 3. Determina on of rate constant of an acid catalyzed hydrolysis reac on. 4. To determine the strength of Magnesium ions in given MgSO4 solu on by Complexometric Titra on. 5. Determina on of viscosity of a liquid by Ostwald viscometer. 6. To determine the Acidity of water sample. 7. Determina on of dissolved oxygen in a sample of water. 8. Determina on of percentage available chlorine in bleaching powder 9. Prepara on of buffer solu on and determina on of pH. Determina on of concentra on of an acid using pH-metric tra on. 10. Determina on of the amount of NaOH and Na2CO3 in a mixture. 11. To determine the composi on of a given mixture by viscosity method 12. To determine the composi on of a given mixture by surface tension method ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|452

CHIQ6002: INORGANIC QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS - LAB (3 Credits) Objective: This course aims to give an idea about the qualitative and quantitative analysis of binary mixtures, alloys and ores 1. Qualita ve analysis (ter ary mixtures, alloys, ores) 2. Quan ta ve analysis (binary mixtures, alloys, ores) 3. Inorganic prepara on (crystalliza on, precipita on, calcina on) 4. Coordina on compounds through ligand synthesis and spectroscopic characteriza on, magne c proper es 5. Metal Nanopar cle synthesis and characteriza on Suggested Readings 1. J. Mendham, R. C. Denney, J. D. Barnes, M. Thomas, B. Sivasankar; Vogel’s Textbook of Quan ta ve Chemical Analysis, Pearson. 2. G. Svehla, S. Mi al; Vogel's Qualita ve Inorganic Analysis, Pearson Educa on.

CHEQ6003:EXPERIMENTAL PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY - LAB (3 Credits) Objective: This laboratory based course is designed to learn the applications of chemical kinetics, electrochemistry, spectrophotometry and pH-metric titrations. a) Chemical Kine cs based experiments b) Electrochemistry based experiments c) Spectrophotometry based experiments d) pH-metric Titra ons e) Adsorp on on porous materials - equilibrium, kine c and thermodynamic studies Suggested Reading J. B. Yadav; Advanced Prac cal Physical Chemistry, Goel Publishing House.

DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS Objective: The courses in Mathematics are intended to make an engineering student conversant with the relevant Mathematical concepts, principles and techniques, so that she/he can ● Convert the data obtained in a physical or engineering situation into Mathematical form ● Understand the data and analyse it using appropriate Mathematical techniques ● Interpret the results of the analysis in physical or engineering terms. For this, a student is expected to be familiar with a variety of Mathematical concepts and techniques and their applications in the Engineering situation.

MAEM0001: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS I (4 credits – 60 hours) Module I: Differential Calculus (20 hours) a) Func ons of One Variable: Review of prerequisites such as limits of sequences and func ons, con nuity, uniform con nuity and differen ability of real-valued func ons of a real variable. Successive Differen a on. Rolle’s Theorem, Mean value theorems and Taylor’s theorem. Curve tracing, curvature, asymptotes. b) Func ons of Several Variables: Limit, con nuity and differen ability of func ons of several variables. Direc onal deriva ves, par al deriva ves. Euler’s theorem on homogeneous func ons. Taylor’s expansion of func ons of several variables. Maxima, minima and saddle points, Jacobians, Lagrange’s method of undetermined mul pliers.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|453

Module II: Integral Calculus (8 hours) Integral Calculus: Reduc on formulae for trigonometric func ons and Gamma and Beta func ons , transforma on of Gamma and Beta func ons , rela on between Beta and Gamma func ons. Module III: Differential Equations (18 hours) a) Ordinary Differen al Equa ons : First order differen al equa ons, Bernoulli equa on, exactness and integra ng factors, applica on of Bernoulli equa on to electric circuits b) Linear Differen al Equa ons of Second Order: Second order differen al equa ons with constant coefficients. Euler Cauchy equa on. Operator method. Solu on by undetermined coefficients and varia on of parameters. Module IV: Linear Algebra (14 hours) Vector spaces (over the field of real and complex numbers), linear dependence and independence of vectors, basis, linear transforma ons, matrix of a linear transforma on. Rank of a matrix, inverse of a matrix. Determinant of a matrix. Solu on of systems of linear equa ons. Eigen values and Eigen vectors. Similar matrices, diagonalisa on of matrices. Suggested Readings 1. E Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathema cs, 8th Edi on, John Wiley, 1999. 2. BV Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathema cs, Tata Mcgraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2007. 3. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathema cs, 40th Edi on, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi 4. TM Apostol, Calculus, Vols I and II, 2nd Edi on, John Wiley, 1969 5. SL Ross, Differen al Equa ons, Third Edi on, John Wiley, 1984 6. EA Codington, An Introduc on to Ordinary Differen al Equa ons, Pren ce Hall, 1995 7. K Hoffman and R Kunze, Linear Algebra, Pren ce Hall, 1996. 8. GB Thomas, Jr., RL Finney, Calculus and Analy c Geometry, 9th Edi on, Pearson Educa on, India, 1996, 9. Jimmie Gilbert, Lina GIlbert, Linear Algebra and Matrix Theory, Elsevier.

MADM0002: DISCRETE MATHEMATICS (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective:The objective of this course is to introduce the student of Computer Applications to the principles of Discrete Mathematics and Probability Theory which have applications in Computer Science and the development of logical thinking. Discrete Mathematics exposes the student to algebraic structures, combinatorial mathematics and graph theory. The necessary abstract mathematical content is to be dealt with and explained in the context of its application to computer science to present to the students the foundations of many basic computer related concepts. Module I: Sets, Relations and Functions (13 Hours) Sets, set opera ons; binary rela ons, types of rela ons, par ons; par al order rela ons, Hasse and la ce diagrams for posets; func ons, types of func ons, composi on of func ons, Congruences, Chinese Remainder theorem Module II: Algebraic Structures (20 Hours) Semi groups, products and quo ents of semi groups; groups, cosets, normal subgroups, quo ent groups, Lagrange’s Theorem, products of groups; use of groups in coding of binary informa on and error detec on, decoding and error correc on. Module III: Combinatorics and Recurrence Relations (12 hours) Permuta on and combina on, principles of coun ng and enumera on; recurrence rela ons, the fibbionacci sequence, solu ons of recurrence rela ons by subs tu on and genera ng func ons, solu on of non-recurrence rela ons by conversion to linear recurrence rela ons. Module IV: Introduction to Graph Theory (15 hours) Introduc on to graphs, representa on of graphs, graph isomorphisms, subgraphs, directed and ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|454

undirected graphs; Euclerian paths and circuits; Hamiltonian paths and circuits; change of sequence coloring of graphs; trees. Suggested Readings 1. Kolman, R.C. Busby and S.C. Ross, Discrete Mathema cal Structures, Pren ce Hall of India, New Delhi, 2002. 2. Trembly and P. Manohar, Discrete Mathema cal Structures With Applica ons to Computer Science, McGraw Hill. 3. J.L. Mo , A. Kandel and T.P. Baker, Discrete Mathema cs for Computer Scien sts and Mathema cians, Pren ce Hall of India, New Delhi, 2004. 4. Somasundaran, Discrete Mathema cal Structures, Pren ce Hall of India, New Delhi, 2003. E-resource for learning Scilab,, www.spoken-tutorial.org

MALA0003: LINEAR ALGEBRA AND RANDOM PROCESSES (3 credits - 45 hours) Objective: The purpose of this course is to lay down the basic Mathematical concepts and tools required to work with signals and communications in the field of Electronics and Communication.

Section A: Linear Algebra Module I: Vector Space Binary opera ons on a set, Defini ons of Group and Field; Defini on and proper es of vector space, vector sub-space; Algebra of subspaces; basis of a vector space; finite dimensional vector space; homomorphism of vector space; Isomorphism of vector space; Disjoint subspaces Module II: Linear Transformations Linear transforma on, operator; range and null space of a linear transforma on; rank and nullity of a linear transforma on; Linear transforma ons as vectors; product of linear transforma ons; Inver ble linear transforma on; Singular and non-singular transforma on; Matrices- defini on, representa on by transforma on, trace of a matrix, trace of a linear matrix; Determinant of a linear transforma on Module III: Inner Product Spaces Defini on, Euclidean and unitary space; Schwartz’s inequality; Orthogonally; Orthonormal set; Complete orthonormal set; Gram-Schmit orthogonaliza on.

Section B: Random Processes Module IV: Probability Sample space, defini on of probability, condi onal probability, Baye’s theorem, Bernouli’s trials, Asympto c theorems, Poison’s theorem and random points. Module V: Random Variables and Random Processes a) Defini on, Con nuous and discrete random variable, Probability distribu on and density func ons; Condi onal distribu on b) Random variable - Mean, variance, moments, characteris c func ons; Two random variables - Joint distribu ons, Mean, variance, moments, characteris c func ons; Moments and condi onal sta s cs; Transforma on of random variables c) Random processes - Mean, Correla on and Covariance; Sta onarity; transmission of a random process through a linear filter, power spectral density, Gaussian process Suggested Readings 1. K. Hoffman and R. Kunze, Introduc on to Linear Algebra, PHI 2. Matrix Analysis, R. Horn and C. Johnson, Cambridge U.P 3. Probability, Random Variables and Stochas c Processes, A. Papoulis, McGraw-Hill ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|455

4.

Probability, Random Variables and Es ma on Theory for Engineers, H. Stark and J.W. Woods, PHI

MANM0004: NUMERICAL METHODS (3 credits - 45 hours) Objective: To enable the students to develop efficient algorithms for solving problems in science and engineering. This course gives a complete procedure for solving different kinds of problems that occur in engineering numerically. Module I (5 Hours) Matrices - Defini on, representa on by transforma on, trace of a matrix, trace of a linear matrix, determina on of a linear transforma on Module II (10 Hours) Numerical differen a on and integra on: Differen a on using interpola on formulae –Numerical integra on by trapezoidal and Simpsons’ 1/3 and 3/8 rules – Romberg’s method – Two and Three point Gaussian quadrature formulae – Double integrals using trapezoidal and Simpsons’ rules Module III (15 Hours) Ini al value problems for ordinary differen al equa ons, Single step methods: Taylor series method, Euler method for first order equa on, Fourth order Runge, Ku a method for solving first and second order equa ons, Mul step methods: Milne’s and Adam’s predictor and corrector methods Module IV (15 Hours) Boundary value problems in ordinary and par al differen al equa ons -Finite difference solu on of second order ordinary differen al equa on, Finite difference solu on of one dimensional heat equa on by explicit and implicit methods, One dimensional wave equa on and two dimensional Laplace and Poisson equa ons Suggested Readings 1. M.K. Holmes, “Introduc on to Numerical Methods in Differen al Equa ons”, Springer India Private Limited (2007) 2. S. K. Gupta, “Numerical Methods for Engineers”, New Age Interna onal Pvt. Ltd. 3. K. Hoffman and R. Kunze, “Introduc on to Linear Algebra”, PHI Learning 4. R. Horn and C. Johnson, “Matrix Analysis”, Cambridge U.P

MARM0005: RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND STATISTICAL TOOLS (2 credits - 30 hours) Objective: Research is a tool which helps the manager to identify, understand and solve management problems. Research improves the decision making ability of the manager. The objective of the subject is to create scientific attitude towards solving a management problem and impart knowledge about tools available for carrying out research. Module I: Research methodology (15 Hours) a) Meaning,Objec ves and mo va on in Research, Types of Research, Research Approaches, Research Methods vs methodology, Research Process, validity and reliability in research, Obstacles in accep ng research, Problem Formula on, Hypothesis formula on, types of hypothesis, characteris cs of good hypothesis. Meaning and Significance of Research designs, features of a good research design, types of research design b) Census vs Sample survey, Steps in sample design, determining the size of sample, .Types of Sampling – probability (systema c, stra fied, cluster and simple random)and non probability (convenience, snowball judgement and quota) sampling c) Data, measurement and scaling techniques- Types of Data, Sources of Data, Primary and secondary data, methods of collec ng data, Tes ng the validity of data, measurement and scaling techniques, sources of error in measurement, tests of sound measurement, scaling and scale construc on techniques d) Ques onnaire, presenta on and report wri ng, steps in ques onnaire design,characteris cs of good ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|456

ques onnaire, Presenta on, processing and analysis and interpreta on of data, Report wri ng, layout of a research report, characteris c of a good research report Module II: Statistical Tools (15 Hours) a) Measures of central tendencies, Dispersion and asymmetry, Simple numerical Calcula ons, for understanding the characteris c values b) Linear correla on and linear regression, 2 Variables c) Associa on of A ributes, 2 A ributes only d) Tes ng of hypothesis, large Sample tests, z test, t-test, F- test,Chi squared test e) Simula on Techniques Suggested Readings a) CR Kothari, “Research Methodology Methods and Techniques”, New Age Interna onal b) SP Gupta, “Sta s cal Methods”, Sultan Chand New Delhi c) William G Zikmund, “Business Research Methods”, Thomson South-Western d) Mark Balnaves and Peter Capu , “Introduc on to Quan ta ve Research Methods”, Sage Publica ons E-resource for learning Scilab, www.spoken-tutorial.org

MABM0006: BASIC MATHEMATICS (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: The primary objective of this course is to introduce students some of the mathematics through which they can develop some mathematical maturity, that is enhance their ability to understand and create mathematical arguments. The secondary objective of this course is to prepare students for mathematical oriented courses in computer science such as discrete mathematics, database theory, analysis of algorithms, etc. Module I: Determinants and Matrices (12 Hours) a) Determinants: Defini on, minors, cofactors, proper es of determinants b) Matrices: Defini on, types of matrices, addi on, subtrac on, scalar mul plica on and mul plica on of matrices, adjoint, inverse, Cramer's Rule, rank of matrix, linear dependence of vectors, Eigenvectors of a matrix, Cayley-Hamilton Theorem. Module II: Limits and Continuity (15 Hours) Limit of a func on at a point, proper es of limit, computa on of limits of various types of func ons, con nuity of a func on at a point, con nuity over an interval, Intermediate value theorem Module III: Differentiation (18 Hours) Deriva ve of a func on, deriva ves of sum, difference, product and quo ent of func ons, chain rule, deriva ves of composite func ons, Rolle’s theorem, mean value theorem, expansion of func ons (Maclaurin’s and Taylor’s), indeterminate forms, L'Hospital's rule, maxima and minima. Module IV: Integration (15 Hours) Indefinite integrals, methods of integra on: subs tu on, by parts, par al frac ons; Integral as the limit of a sum, fundamental theorem of calculus. Suggested Readings a) B.S. Grewal, “Elementary Engineering Mathema cs”, 34th Ed., 1998. b) Shan Narayan , “Integral Calculus”, S. Chand and Company, 1999 c) H.K. Dass, “Advanced Engineering Mathema cs”, S. Chand and Company, 9th Revised Edi on, 2001. d) Shan Narayan, “Differen al Calculus”, S.Chand and Company, 1998.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|457

MAEM0007: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS II (4 credits – 60 hours) Module I: Vector Analysis (16 hours) Review of vectors. Vector func ons of one variable and their deriva ves, Vector fields, gradient, divergence, curl. Line integrals, surface integrals; Green’s theorem, Gauss’ theorem, Stoke’s theorem and their applica ons. Module II: Integration (12 hours) Repeated and mul ple integrals with applica on to volume, surface area and moments of iner a, change of variables. Module III: Differential Equations (22 hours) a) Systems of ordinary differen al equa ons, phase plane, cri cal point, stability. Power series, radius of convergence. Power series methods for the solu on of ordinary differen al equa ons. Legendre equa on and Legendre polynomials, Bessel equa on and Bessel func ons of first and second kind. b) Laplace Transforms: Laplace Transforms, proper es of Laplace Transforms; the inverse Laplace Transform; applica ons of Laplace transforms to differen al equa ons. c) Z-transforms: defini on, proper es, z-transform of some basic sequences, z-transforms of basic discrete func ons, shi ing theorem, solu on of difference equa ons using z-transforms. Module IV: Numerical Analysis (10 hours) Roots of Transcendental equa ons using the Bisec on Method, Regula Falsi, Newton Raphson Methods; Polynomial interpola on – Lagrange’s interpola on, Newton-Gregory interpola on formulae, interpola on by spline func ons; Solu on of linear systems of equa ons using Gauss-Seidel Itera ve Method. Suggested Readings 1. E Kreyszig, Higher Engineering Mathema cs, 8th Edi on, John Wiley, 1999. 2. BV Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathema cs, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2007. 3. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathema cs, 40th Edi on, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi 4. TM Apostol, Calculus, Vol II, 2nd Edi on, John Wiley, 1969 5. SL Ross, Differen al Equa ons, Third Edi on, John Wiley, 1984 6. EA Codington, An Introduc on to Ordinary Differen al Equa ons, Pren ce Hall, 1995 7. K Hoffman and R Kunze, Linear Algebra, Pren ce Hall, 1996. 8. KE Atkinson, Introduc on to Numerical Analysis, Second Edi on, John Wiley, 1989. 9. MK Jain, SRK Iyengar and RK Jain, Numerical Methods for Scien fic and Engineering Computa on, Third Edi on, New Age Interna onal, 1993. 10. GB Thomas, Jr., RL Finney, Calculus and Analy c Geometry, 9th Edi on, Pearson Educa on, India, 1996.

MAPT0008: PROBABILITY THEORY (3 credits – 45 hours) Objective: The objective of this preliminary course in Probability Theory is to introduce the students of Computer Applications to the elementary principles of Probability Theory, random variables and probability distributions which have applications in the theory of Computing. Module I: Introduction to Probability Theory (11 Hours) Sample space and events, probabili es of events and combina ons of events, condi onal probability, stochas c independence, Baye’s theorem. Module II: Random Variables (10 hours) Random Variables, Discrete and con nuous random variables, proper es of random variables – expecta on, mean, variance, moments ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|458

Module III: Probability Distributions (11 Hours) Probability distribu ons – binomial, Poisson and hyper-geometric distribu ons; normal distribu on, proper es, examples, rela on to Poisson approxima on Module IV: (13 hours) a) Random sampling – sampling with and without replacement, sample mean, sample variance b) Confidence intervals for a single popula on – parameters and sta s cs, confidence intervals for means, confidence intervals for variances. c) Hypothesis tests for a single popula on – tes ng of hypothesis about parameters, hypothesis tests for means, hypotheses tests for variances. Suggested Readings 1. Seymour Lipschutz and John Schiller, Introduc on to Probability and Sta s cs, Tata McGraw-Hill Edi on, 2005 2. William Feller, An Introduc on to Probability Theory and its Applica ons, Vol 1, Wiley Eastern Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1972. 3. E. Parzen, Modern Probability Theory and Its Applica ons, Wiley Eastern University Edi on, California, 1960. 4. Papoulis, Probability and Sta s cs, Pren ce Hall, 1990.

MAEM0009: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS III (4 credits – 60 hours) Module I: Partial differential equations (20 hours) First order PDE, solu on of linear and non-linear first order PDEs; classifica on of second order PDEs; boundary and ini al value problems involving heat and wave equa ons - one-dimensional and two-dimensional; Laplace equa on and solu on by method of separa on of variables (Cartesian, polar, spherical and cylindrical coordinates). Module II: Fourier analysis (18 hours) Fourier series: convergence and sum of Fourier series, even and odd func ons, Cosine and Sine Fourier series; Fourier Integrals: Fourier Cosine and Sine integrals; Fourier Transforms: Fourier Cosine and Sine transforms, convolu on theorem. Solu on of PDEs using Fourier Transforms. Module III: Complex analysis (22 Hours) 1. Limit, con nuity and differen ability of complex func ons, analy c func ons, conformal mappings. Complex integra on. Cauchy’s Theorem Cauchy’s integral formulae. 2. Taylor’s and Laurent’s series; residue theorem, evalua on of real integrals. Suggested Readings 1. E Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathema cs, 8th Edi on, John Wiley, 1999. 2. BV Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathema cs, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2007. 3. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathema cs, 40th Edi on, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi 4. R.K. Jain, R.K. and S.R.K. lyengar, Advanced Engineering Mathema cs, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi. 5. M.R.Spiegel, Theory and Problems of Complex Variable, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2005. 6. M.R.Spiegel, Fourier Analysis With Applica on to Boundary Value Problems, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2005. 7. James Ward Brown, Ruel V. Churchill, Complex Variables and Applica ons, McGraw Hill Interna onal.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|459

MAEM0010: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS IV (4 credits – 60 hours) Module I (9 hours) a) Numerical Integra on – Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s one-third rule, Simpson’s three-eighth rule; Finding Eigenvalues by itera on b) Numerical solu on of Ordinary Differen al Equa on by Taylor’s series, Modified Euler’s method, Runge-Ku a methods. Module II (18 hours) Linear Programming: Formula on, graphical solu on, simplex method, duality theory, dual simplex method; formula on and solu on of engineering problems of planning and scheduling transporta on problem and assignment problem. Module III (20 hours) a) Sample space and events, probabili es of events and combina ons of events, condi onal probability, stochas c independence, Baye’s theorem. b) Random Variables, Discrete and con nuous random variables, proper es of random variables – expecta on, mean, variance, moments. c) Probability distribu ons – binomial, Poisson and hypergeometric distribu ons; normal distribu on, proper es, examples, rela on to Poisson approxima on; joint distribu on and its proper es Module IV (13 hours) a) Random sampling – sampling with and without replacement, sample mean, sample variance b) Confidence intervals for a single popula on – parameters and sta s cs, confidence intervals for means, confidence intervals for variances. c) Hypothesis tests for a single popula on – tes ng of hypothesis about parameters, hypothesis tests for means, hypotheses tests for variances. Suggested Readings 1. BV Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathema cs, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2007. 2. E Kreyszig, Higher Engineering Mathema cs, 8th Edi on, John Wiley, 1999. 3. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathema cs, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi. 4. R.K. Jain, R.K. and S.R.K. lyengar, Advanced Engineering Mathema cs, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi. 5. A.M. Natarajan, P Balasubramaniam, A. Tamilarasi, Opera ons Research, Pearson Educa on, New Delhi. 6. Seymour Lipschutz and John Schiller, Introduc on to Probability and Sta s cs, Tata McGraw-Hill Edi on, 2005 7. William Feller, An Introduc on to Probability Theory and its Applica ons, Vol 1, Wiley Eastern Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1972. 8. E. Parzen, Modern Probability Theory and Its Applica ons, Wiley Eastern University Edi on, California, 1960. 9. Papoulis, Probability and Sta s cs, Pren ce Hall, 1990

MABS0011: BUSINESS MATHEMATICS (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: This course in Business Mathematics is intended as an initial introduction of Mathematical tools for students of Commerce or Management. While concepts of Compound Interest and Annuities have direct application to commercial transactions, topics in Progressions, Differentiation, Integration and Matrices and Determinants have applications to different aspects of Economics, Commerce and Management. Module I: Arithmetic and Geometric Progressions (6 hours) Introduc on to AP and GP, nth term and sum to n terms of an AP and GP, simple examples. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|460

Module II: Compound Interest and Annuities (10 hours) Calcula on of compound interest and amount with different types of interest rates; types of annui es, present value and amount of an annuity, including the case of con nuous compounding; valua on of simple loans and debentures; problems rela ng to sinking funds. Module III: Differentiation (13 hours) Differen a on of simple func ons (trigonometrical func ons, not required); differen a on of the sum, product and quo ent of two func ons, successive differen a on, differen a on of implicit func ons; applica ons of differen a on to commerce and management – rates of change, maxima and minima. Module IV: Integration (18 hours) Integra on as an -deriva ve process; methods of integra on – by subs tu on, by parts, use of par al frac ons; definite integra on, fundamental theorem of integral calculus (statement only); applica on of integra on to commerce and economics – consumer and producer surplus and annui es. Module V: Matrices and Determinants (13 hours) Defini on of a matrix, types of matrices, algebra of matrices; Determinants - proper es of determinants, calcula on of values of determinants upto third order; adjoint of a matrix, finding the inverse of a matrix using adjoint matrix; solu on of a system of linear equa ons having unique solu on and involving not more than three variables using Cramer’s rule. Suggested Readings 1. Sanche DC and Kapoor VK, Business Mathema cs, Sultan Chand and Sons, Delhi. 2. Dowling, Edward T, Mathema cal Methods for Business and Economics, Schaum Series, McGraw Hill, London. 3. Soni, RS, Business Mathema cs, Pitamber Publishing House, Delhi 4. Veena GR, Comprehensive Business Mathema cs, New Age Interna onal Publishers, New Delhi.

DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS PSEP0001: ENGINEERING PHYSICS (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: The course in Engineering Physics is intended to strengthen the understanding of basic Physics which is essential in every branch of engineering. The course is divided into four modules which deal with wave optics, electromagnetism and electromagnetic waves, relativity and quantum physics and its applications. Module I: Wave optics (20 hours) a) Interference: Superposi on of two waves, coherent sources, Young’s double slit experiment, intensity distribu on. Newton’s rings, Determina on of wavelength of light, refrac ve index of liquid. b) Diffrac on Huygen’s principle: Fresnel and Fraunhofer diffrac on, zone plate. Fraunhofer diffrac on due to a single slit. Plane transmission gra ng – diffrac on spectra, determina on of wavelength of light, dispersion. c) Polariza on: Polariza on of transverse waves, plane, circular, and ellip cally polarized light. Polariza on by reflec on, refrac on and sca ering. Double refrac on; Nicol prism, Quarter-wave plate, half-wave plate – construc on and use. d) Laser and Fibre Op cs: Spontaneous and s mulated emission, Popula on inversion, Ruby Laser, Helium Neon laser Engineering, Applica ons of Lasers. Elements of fibre op cs, Types of op cal fibres, Numerical aperture, Op cal laws, Holography. Module II: Electromagnetism and electromagnetic waves (15 hours) a) Electromagne sm : Stoke’s theorem, Gauss’s law and its applica ons, electrosta c poten al, ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|461

b)

superposi on principle, Poisson’s and Laplace’s equa on, work and energy, electrosta c boundary condi ons, Dielectric polariza on bound charges, electric displacement (D), Magne c induc on (B), magne c intensity (H), Ampere’s circuital law, Faraday’s law of electromagne c induc on, displacement current, Maxwell’s electromagne c equa ons in differen al and integral forms. Electromagne c waves : Electromagne c energy density, Electromagne c wave equa ons for E and B, transverse nature and speed of electromagne c waves, Poyn ng vector, Poyn ng theorem, vector poten al and scalar poten al.

Module III: Relativity (6 hours) Iner al and non-iner al frame of reference, Postulates of special theory of rela vity, Lorentz Transforma on of space and me, length contrac on, me dila on, addi on of veloci es, varia on of mass with velocity, Einstein’s mass energy rela on (E = mc2), E2=p2c2 + m0c4. Module IV: Quantum Physics and Application (19 hours) a) Quantum Physics: Need for Quantum Physics – Historical Overview ( failure of classical concepts) Par cle Aspect of Radia on – Blackbody radia on, Photoelectric effect, Compton Sca ering. Wave Aspect of Par cles –Ma er waves: wave packets, phase and group velocity, De Broglie’s Hypothesis. Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle: Statement, interpreta on and examples. Basic features of quantum Mechanics – Transi on from determinis c to probabilis c states of a system – Wave func ons Probability Density, Superposi on Principle. Observables and operators, Expecta on values. Schrodinger equa on me dependent and me independent wave Packets. b) Applica on of Quantum Mechanics : Solu ons of One Dimensional Problem, Free Par cles – Con nuous States, Infinite deep poten al Well – Energy eigen value, eigen func on. Poten al Steps – Boundary condi ons, Reflec on, Transmission. Poten al Barrier – Tunneling. Suggested Readings 1. Halliday, Resnick and Walker, Fundamentals of Physics (Extended), 6th Ed.,Wiley India, New Delhi, 2007. 2. R.P. Feynman, The Feynman Lectures on Physics, The Defini ve Edi on, Pearson Educa on. (All Volumes). 3. H.D. Young and R.A. Freedman, Sears and Zemansky’s University Physics, 11th Ed., Pearson Educa on, 2006. 4. K. G. Mazumdar, A Text Book on Light, 5th Ed., Sreedar Publica on, 2003. 5. A. Ghatak, Op cs, TataMcgraw Hill. 6. D.J. Griffiths, Introduc on to Electrodynamics, 3rd Ed. Pearson, Pren ce Hall, 2008. 7. J.D. Jackson, Classical Electrodynamics, 3rd Ed., Wiley, 1999. 8. B.B. Laud, Electromagne cs, New Age Interna onal Publishers. 9. R. Resnick, Introduc on to Special Rela vity, Wiley, 2007. 10. L.I. Shiff, Quantum Mechanics, 3rd Ed., McGraw Hills, 1968. 11. E. Merzbacher, Quantum Mechanics, 3rd Ed. Wiley, 1997. 12. G. Aruldas, Quantum Mechanics, 2ndEd. PHI Iearning. 13. H. Goldstein, Classical Mechanics, 3rd Ed., Addison-Wesley. 14. S. Dey, Physics for Engineers and Technologists, 1st Ed., Eastern Book House, 2014. 15. K. D. Krori, Fundamentals of Special and General Rela vity, PHI, 2010.

PSCM0020: CLASSICAL MECHANICS (4 credits-60 hours) Objective: The objective of the course in Classical Mechanics or Newtonian Mechanics is to make the students familiar to the set of physical laws describing the motion of bodies under the action of a system of forces. Classical Mechanics describes the motion of macroscopic objects, from projectiles to parts of machinery, as well as astronomical objects, such as spacecraft, planets, stars, and galaxies. Besides this, many specializations within the subject deal with solids, liquids and gases and other specific sub-topics.Emphasis shall be laid upon the solution of numerical problems.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|462

Module I (12 hours) Hamilton’s Varia onal Principle; deriva on of Lagrange’s Equa ons; velocity dependent forces; dissipa on. Charged par cles in an electromagne c field.Space me Symmetries and Conserva on Laws.Varial Theorem.Space transforma on. Module II (12 hours) Two-body problem; central forces; classifica on of orbits; differen al equa on for orbits.Kepler problem; sca ering in laboratory and centre of mass frames, transforma on of cross sec ons, energies. Rutherford sca ering .Kinema cs of decay of par cles (into two par cles). Module III (12 hours) Rigid Body Mo on: Fixed and moving coordinate systems; orthogonal transforma ons. Euler angles; Angular Momentum; rota onal kine c energy. Principal axes transforma on; Euler equa ons; force free mo on of a rigid body symmetric top. Module IV (12 hours) Legendre transforma on; Hamiltonian equa ons; Significance of the Hamilton func on.Cyclic coordinates and conserva on theorems. Poisson Brackets – Poisson Bracket of Angular momentum with coordinates. Canonical Transforma on Theory. Contact transforma on; integral invariants. Module V (12 hours) Special Theory of Rela vity: Lorentz transforma ons. Four dimensional formula on. Force momentum and energy in rela vis c mechanics. Proper es of space- me in rela vity. Two body decay of a par cle. Suggested Readings 1. H. Goldstein, C. Poole and J. Sa o, Classical Mechanics, Pearson Educa on Asia. 2. N. C. Rana and P. S. Joag, Classical Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hills. 3. K. C. Gupta, Classical Mechanics of Par cles and Rigid bodies, Wiley Eastern. 4. D. T. Greenwood, Principles of Dynamics, Pren ce Hall.

PSQM0021: QUANTUM MECHANICS I (4 credits-60 hours) Objective: The objective of this course in Quantum Mechanics is to make the students competent to understand the science of microscopic objects. It will help them to perceive the scientific principles that explain the behaviour of matter and its interactions with energy on the scale of atomic and subatomic particles. Emphasis shall be laid upon the solution of numerical problems. Module I (10 hours) Introduc on and Revision: Inadequacy of Classical Mechanics; basic postulates of Quantum Mechanics; ensemble and Copenhagen interpreta on. Schrödinger Equa on; con nuity equa on; Ehrenfest Theorem; admissible wave func ons; sta onary states. One dimensional problems; poten al well and barriers;harmonic oscillator . Module II (10 hours) Equa on of Mo on: Schrodinger, Heisenberg and Dirac representa ons; equa on of mo on in the respec ve representa ons. Applica on to linear harmonic oscillator. Module III (10 hours) Three Dimensional Problems: Separa on of variables; orbital angular momentum; spherical harmonics. Harmonic oscillator in Cartesian and polar coordinates. A free par cle and a par cle in 3-D box in Cartesian and polar coordinates, Coulomb problem in spherical and parabolic coordinates regular and irregular solu ons. Module IV (11 hours) Spinors and their transforma on proper es. Pauli spin matrices. Iden cal par cles and Sta s cs.Addi on of angular momenta.Clebsch-Gorden coefficients. Winger-Eckart Theorem. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|463

Module V (8 hours) Symmetry in Quantum Mechanics. Reflec ons, me reversal, space inversion, par cle exchange.Displacement in space and me, space transla on and rota onal symmetry.Selec on rule and conserva on laws. Module VI (11 hours) Varia onal methods for bound states; lower and upper limits in simple cases.WKB approxima on; connec on with classical limits, validity of WKB approxima on.Connec on formulae; applica on to bound states, tunneling in one dimension.Applica on to radial Schrodinger equa on. Suggested Readings 1. E. Merzbacher, Quantum Mechanics, John Wiley. 2. G. Ahruldhas, Quantum Mechanics, Pren ce Hall. 3. L.I. Schiff, Quantum Mechanics, McGraw Hill. 4. V.K. Thankappan, Quantum Mechanics, New Age Int. Pub. 5. P.T. Mathews and Venkatesan, Quantum Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill.

PSMP0022: MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS (4 credits–60 hours) Objective: The objective of the course in Mathematical Physics is to make students familiar with mathematical methods for application to problems in physics and the formulation of physical theories in different disciplines of Physics. Emphasis shall be laid upon the solution of numerical problems. Module I (15 hours) Func ons of Complex Variable: Analy c func ons; deriva ves of an analy c func on. Series of analy c func ons: Taylor series, Laurent series; Zeros and isolated singular points of analy c func ons; The calculus of residues: theorem of residues; evalua on of integrals; Jordan’s Lemma; Principal value of an integral; Mul -valued func ons; Riemann surfaces; evalua on of an integral involving a mul -valued func on; analy c con nua on; dispersion rela ons. Module II (13 hours) Vectors and Matrices: Linear Vector Spaces; linear operators; matrices; coordinate transforma ons; eigen value problems; diagonalisa on of matrices; spaces of infinite dimensionality. Module III (16 hours) Special Func ons: Associated Legendre differen al equa on and func ons; genera ng func ons; spherical harmonics; orthonormality. Bessel’s equa on; Bessel func on; Spherical Bessel func on, Neumann and Hankel func ons; expansion of a plane wave into par al waves. Laguerre and associated Laguerre differen al equa on and func ons; genera ng func ons; recurrence rela ons; orthonormality. Hypergeometric and confluent Hypergeometric func ons. Module IV (8 hours) Integral Transforms: General proper es of Laplace transforms; Inverse Laplace transform; Applica on of Laplace transforms; Convolu on theorem; Solu on of differen al equa ons using Laplace transform. Module V (8 hours) Probability and Sta s cs: Fundamental laws of probability; Binomial, Poisson and Gaussian distribu ons; general proper es of probability distribu ons. Suggested Readings 1. G. Ar en, Mathema cal Methods for Physicists, Academic Press. 2. J Mathews and RL Walker, Mathema cal Methods of Physics, The Benjamin-Cumminngs Publishing Company. 3. P. Dennery and A. Krzywicki, Mathema cs for Physicists, Harper and Row.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|464

PSBE0023: BASIC ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION (4 credits-60 hours) Objective: This course is intended to give a glimpse of the electronics world. The course is designed with a view of giving the students knowledge of passive components, different electronic devices, digital electronics and introduction to communication so that it provides a motivation towards practical applications. Module I: Passive components and DC Networks (15 hours) a) Passive components: resistors, capacitors and inductors-types, characteris cs and applica ons; b) DC networks: voltage and current sources, dependent sources, KCL, KVL, current division rule, voltage division rule, Y-Delta conversion, mesh analysis, node analysis, Thevenin's theorem, Norton's theorem, Superposi on theorem, Maximum power transform theorem. Module II: ELectronic Devices and circuits (20 hours) a) Semiconductor Concepts: semiconductor material, intrinsic semiconductor, extrinsic semiconductor, energy levels, concept of hole and electron, mobility, conduc vity, n-type and p-type, majority and minority carriers, mechanism of current flow. b) Semiconductor diode: PN junc on and various biasing condi ons, V-I characteris cs, diode equa on, diode resistance, equivalent circuit, diode applica ons. c) Transistor: BJT: construc on, npn, pnp, opera on and configura on, V-I characteris cs, Introduc on to FET- JFET, MOSFET. d) OP-AMP: block diagram, ideal op-amp equivalent circuit, ideal characteris cs, transfer curve, open loop and closed loop configura ons, op-amp as an inver ng amplifier, non-inver ng amplifier, adder, subtractor. Module III: Digital Circuits (12 hours) Number systems, Boolean algebra, De-Morgan's law, AND, OR, NOT, Universal gates, Combina onal Logic circuits, Module IV: Communication (13 hours) a) Introduc on: Communica on process, source of informa on, communica on channels, modula on types and need, block diagram of communica on systems, AM, FM, PAM, PWM, PPM b) Introduc on to Digital modula on: ASK, PSK, FSK. Suggested Readings 1. S Salivahanan, Electronic Devices and Circuits, McGraw Hill Publica ons. 2. R D Singh, S D Sapre, Communica on System, TMGH. 3. D Roy Choudhury, Networks and Systems, New Age Interna onal. 4. David A Bell, Electronic Devices and Circuits, Oxford University Press. 5. Moris Mano, Digital electronics, EEE.

PSQM0024: QUANTUM MECHANICS II (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: The objective of the course in Quantum Mechanics II is to provide a deeper knowledge in the subject. This will be extremely helpful for students intending to go for higher studies in Theoretical Physics, e.g., Theoretical Nuclear Physics, Theoretical Condensed Matter Physics, Theoretical High Energy Physics, etc. Emphasis will be laid on solution of numerical problems. Module I (12 hours) Sta onary perturba on theory: Non Degenerate case; first and second order of energy and wave func ons, perturba on of one dimensional harmonic oscillator by poten als of the bx2 and cx3. Degenerate case; first order Stark effect in hydrogen; Zeeman effect without electron spin. Module II (10 hours) Time dependent perturba on theory; first order transi on probabili es; constant perturba on. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|465

Transi on to con nuum; Harmonic perturba on; Fermi’s golden rule; Sudden and adiaba c approxima ons. Module III (11 hours) Many Electron Atoms: Indis nguishable par cles; Pauli’s Principle; inclusion of spin; spin func ons for two and three electrons; the Helium atom; central field approxima on, Thomas-Fermi model of the atom; Hartree equa on, Hartree- Fock Equa on. Module IV (14 hours) Sca ering Theory: Asympto c behaviour of sca ering wave func on; rela on to cross sec ons, Green’s func on for sca ering problem; Green’s func on with different boundary condi ons; sca ering integral equa ons; Born approxima on and its validity criteria; sca ering by screened Coulomb poten al; Born series. Par al waves and phase shi s. Sca ering amplitude; op cal theorem; low energy sca ering. Effec ve range; sca ering length; resonance. Module V (13 hours) Rela ve Wave Equa ons: Klein-Gordon equa on. Difficulty with probability interpreta on. Dirac equa on; four component solu ons for free par cle; nega ve energy solu ons – par cles and an par cles. Covariant form of Dirac equa on; 4-current density. Proper es of γ-matrices. Dirac equa on in the presence of electromagne c field; non-rela vis c reduc on; spin and magne c moment. Suggested Readings 1. E. Merzbacher, Quantum Mechanics, John Wiley. 2. G. Aruldhas, Quantum Mechanics, Pren ce Hall. 3. L.I. Schiff, Quantum Mechanics, McGraw Hill. 4. V.K. Thankappan, Quantum Mechanics, New Age Int. Pub. 5. P.T. Mathews and Venkatesan, Quantum Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill.

PSCP0025: CONDENSED MATTER PHYSICS (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: The objective of the course in Condensed Matter Physics is to equip the students to deal with the physical properties of condensed phases of matter. Condensed matter physicists seek to understand the behaviour of these phases by using physical laws. Knowledge of Condensed Matter Physics is required to pursue studies on specialised topic like Electronics, Nano-Sciences, etc. Module I (11 hours) Crystal Structure. Diffrac on of waves by crystal. Sca ered wave amplitudes, Brilloin zones. Fourier analysis of the basis. Crystal binding and elas c constants. Module II (9 hours) Phonons: Quan sa on of la ce vibra ons, dispersion rela on for acous c and op cal phonon, energy gap, density of states, heat capacity, thermal conduc vity and thermal expansion. Module III (8 hours) Free Electron Fermi Gas: Fermi energy, density of states, heat capacity, thermal conduc vity and electrical conduc vity. Wiedemann-Franz law Module IV (10 hours) Nearly Free Electron Gas: Schrodinger equa on of an electron in a periodic poten al, Bloch theorem, energy gaps at the zone boundary, approxima on solu on near a zone boundary, energy bands and their role in proper es of metals, insulators and semiconductors. Holes on energy bands. Hall effect. Module V (12 hours) Shape of Fermi surfaces in the free electron and nearly free electron models. Tight binding approxima ons. Electron orbits, hole orbits and open orbits. Quan za on of orbits in a magne c field. De Hass-van Alphen effect and its role in experimental determina on of Fermi surfaces. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|466

Module VI (10 hours) Plasmons, Polaritons and Polarons: Dielectric func ons of the electron gas, plasmons, electrosta c screening, Mo metal-insulator transi on, polaritons, polarons. Peierls instability of linear metals. Suggested readings 1. C. Ki el, Introduc on to Solid State Physics, John Wiley and Sons, Inc. 2. C. Ki el, Quantum Theory of Solids, John Wiley and Sons, Inc. 3. J. Callaway, Quantum Theory of the Solid State, Academic Press, New York. 4. H. Ibach and H. Luth, Solid State Physics, Narosa Pub. House.

PSED0026: ELECTRODYNAMICS (3 credits – 45 hours) Objective: The objective of the course in electrodynamics (the science of charge and of the forces and fields associated with charge) to get an advanced understanding of electric charges, currents and magnetism. The curriculum provides an excellent description of electrodynamic phenomena which is also required in other disciplines of Physics. Module I (7 hours) Maxwell’s Equa ons: Review of Maxwell’s Equa ons; Boundary condi ons at interface between different media; Poisson’s and Laplace’s equa ons Module II (8 hours) Magnetosta cs: Introduc on; Biot and Savart Law; Ampere’s Law; vector poten al; vector poten al and magne c induc on for a circular current loop. Module III (8 hours) Electromagne c Waves: Linear and circular polarisa on; Stoke’s Parameters; Poyn ng theorem of complex field vectors; Frequency dispersion (Normal and Anomalous); characteris cs of dielectrics, conductors and Plasma and its interac on with electromagne c waves. Module IV (15 hours) a) Simple Radia ng Systems: Gauge invariance; Green’s func on for the wave equa on; concept of retarded poten al, radia on from an oscilla ng dipole and its polarisa on. Electric dipole fields, magne c dipole and electric quadrupole fields; centre fed linear antenna, sca ering at long wavelengths – viz. by dipoles induced in a small sca erer, sca ering by a small dielectric sphere. b) Diffrac on: Scalar diffrac on theory; vectorial diffrac on theory, Sca ering in a short wavelength limit. c) Guided Waves: waveguides, TE waves in a rectangular waveguide, coaxial transmission lines. Module V (13 hours) Radia on from Accelerated Charge: Lienard-Wiechart poten als; Radiated power from accelerated charge at low veloci es. Larmor’s power formula. The fields of a point charge in arbitrary and uniform mo on. Radia on from an ultra rela vis c par cle. Angular and frequency distribu on of radia on from moving charges. Module VI (9 hours) Special Theory of Rela vity: Matrix representa on of Lorentz transforma on; Infinitesimal generators; Thomas Precession; invariance of electric charge; covariance of electrodynamics; transforma on of electromagne c fields. Suggested Readings 1. J. D. Jackson, Classical Electrodynamics, John Wiley and Sons. 2. S. P. Puri, Classical Electrodynamics, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd.. 3. S. L. Gupta, V. Kumar and S. P. Singh, Electrodynamics, Praga Prakashan. 4. D. J. Griffiths, Introduc on to Electrodynamics, Pren ce Hall of India.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|467

PSNS0027: BASIC NANOSCIENCE (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: The objective of this course is to get students introduced to the new branch of science called Nanoscience and the technology associated with it. Nanotechnology can be considered as an interdisciplinary converging technology that brings together aspects of hitherto unrelated fields of studies. This course will deal with basic concepts laying more stress on the science rather than the technology. Module I: Introduction (13 hours) Dis nc on between nanoscience and nanotechnology, requisite defini ons; Historical perspec ves: Concept of atomism, photography, catalysis, integrated circuits and micro-electromechanical systems; Advanced Materials: thin films, fullerenes and carbon nanotubes, quantum dots, other advanced materials Module II: Characterization tools (15 hours) Electron microscopy, Atomic Force Microscopes, X-Ray Spectroscopy, Surface Enhanced Raman Spectroscopy, Lithography, Computer modelling and simula on. Module III: General Fabrication Methods (12 hours) Background; Top down fabrica on: mechanical methods, thermal methods, high energy methods, chemical fabrica on methods, lithographic methods; Bo om up fabrica on: gaseous phase methods, liquid phase methods, template synthesis Module IV: Basic Properties of Nanomaterials (12 hours) Importance of surface: Natural, Inorganic and the Nano perspec ves; Par cle shape and surface; Surface: Geometric Surface to volume ra o, Specific Surface Area; Atomic structure: Crystal systems, Concept of unit cell, Cubic and Hexagonal systems, Packing Frac on and Density, Miller Indices Module V: Natural and Bio-nanoscience (8 hours) Natural Nanomaterials: Inorganic Natural Nanomaterials, Nanomaterials from the Animal Kingdom, Nanomaterials derived from Cell Walls, Nanomaterials in insects; Introduc on to Biomolecular Nanoscience: History, Biomolecular Nanoscience, Nano perspec ve Suggested Readings 1. G. L. Hornyak, J. Du a, H. F. Tibbals, A. Rao Introduc on to nanoscience CRC Press. 2. T. Pradeep, Nano: The Essen als McGraw Hill. 3. D. Maclurcan and N. Radywyl (Eds.) Nanotechnology and Global Sustainability CRC Press. 4. E. Lich ouse, J. Shwarzbauer, D. Robert, Environmental Chemistry for a Sustainable World, Vol.2 Springer Verlag. 5. G. L. Hornyak, J. Du a, H. F. Tibbals, A.Rao Introduc on to nanotechnology CRC Press. 6. G. W. Hanson Fundamentals of Nanoelectronics Pearson

PSAM0028: ATOMIC AND MOLECULAR PHYSICS (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: The course intends to give a widespread knowledge of the physics of atoms and molecules and the spectroscopy to the students. The knowledge of this subject is indispensible to understand matter-matter and light-matter interactions. Its applications are wide. Typically, the theory and applications of emission, absorption, scattering of electromagnetic radiation (light) from excited atoms and molecules, analysis of spectroscopy, generation of lasers and masers in general, fall into these categories. Emphasis shall be laid upon the solution of numerical problems. Module I (15 hours) Introduc on of atomic spectrum; fine structure and hyperfine structure of energy levels.Angular momentum and magne c moment.Doublet structure energy levels and single electron atom. Term symbols and fine structure of energy levels of two electron atoms using L-S coupling and j-j coupling schemes; iden fica on of ground state. Interac on of nuclear and electronic magne c moments and ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|468

hyperfine structure with examples. Module II (10 hours) Interac on of radia on with atoms; spontaneous and s mulated emission; absorp on; transi on.Einstein’s A and B coefficients. Working principles of He-Ne laser. Module III (12 hours) Theories of molecular bond forma on; van der Waals bonding, ionic bonding, valance bond and molecular orbital models of covalent bonding. Homonuclear diatomic molecules and the term symbols and their ground states. Module IV (8 hours) Vibronic states of molecules and nature of vibronic spectra; harmonic and anharmonic vibra ons and poten al constants; rota onal spectrum and moment of iner a of molecules. Module V (15 hours) Symmetry of molecules; symmetry elements and points group; proper and improper rota ons and their matrix representa on.Introduc on to character table of point group; reducible and irreducible representa on for simple molecules such as H2O, NH3, etc.Normal coordinates and normal modes of vibra ons.Infrared absorp on and Raman sca ering form molecular vibra ons and rota ons, and selec on rules. Suggested Readings 1. H. E. White, Introduc on to Atomic Spectra, Mc-Graw Hill. 2. Mar n Karplus and Richard N. Porter; Atoms and Molecules, W. A. Benjamin. 3. G. Hertzberg, Spectra of Diatomic Molecules, Van Vostrand. 4. O. Svelto, Principles of Lasers, 4th Edi on, Plenum Press.

PSNA0029: NUCLEAR PHYSICS (4 credits–60 hours) Objective: This course is mainly the study of the physics of elementary particles of the nature. The main of objective of the course is to give the students a comprehensive knowledge of the constituents and interactions of atomic nuclei which will find its applicability in nuclear power generation. Further, many fields, including magnetic resonance imaging, are the direct applications of the knowledge of nuclear physics. Elementary knowledge of particle physics and detectors is also provided in the course. Emphasis shall be laid upon the solution of numerical problems. Module I: Conventional units to be adopted in nuclear physics (8 hours) Proper es of nucleons and pion, elements of nucleon and pion structure in terms of quark model. Basic proper es of nuclei-charge, mass, binding energy, size, spin and sta s cs, parity, magne c dipole moment, electric dipole moment with illustra on examples. Module II: Nuclear two body problem and nuclear force (12 hours) Proper es of deuteron bound state and low energy n-p sca ering in terms of sca ering length and effec ve range, spin dependence, charge independence of nucleon force. Non-central part of nucleon force, isospin concept, exchange forces, magne c moment and electric quadrupole moment of deuteron. Yukawa theory of nuclear force. Module III: Nuclear models (8 hours) Magne c number and single shell model using oscillator well, and l.s interac on, Schmidt lines, spin parity assignment, rota onal model, vibra onal model with examples. Module IV: Nuclear reactions (15 hours) Conserva on laws: Kinema cs governing nuclear reac ons, Q-value, cross sec on of nuclear reac ons, neutron reac ons at low energies, Coulomb effects in nuclear reac ons, neutron reac ons at low energies, Coulomb effects in nuclear reac ons, neutron reac ons, compound nucleus hypothesis, Breit Wigner one level formula for resonance reac ons. Elements of direct reac ons ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|469

(qualita ve), energies of fission and fusion, neutron induced fission, chain reac on, hydrogen burning in the sun. Module V: Nuclear Decay (8 hours) Fermi theory of decay, selec on rules, non-conserva ve of parity. Gamma decay, electric and magne c mul pole transi ons, selec on rules, examples of beta and gamma decay. Module VI: Interactions of charged particles and gamma-radiation with matter (9 hours) Linear a enua on coefficients, Compton sca ering, photoelectric absorp on, and pair produc on.Stopping power and range energy rela ons.Semiconductor detectors for charged par cles and scin lla on detectors. Suggested Readings 1. S. N. Ghosal, Atomic and Nuclear Physics, Vol-II, S. Chand and company Ltd. 2. S. M. Wong, Introductory Nuclear Physics, Pren ce Hall Inc. 3. B. L. Cohen, Concepts of Nuclear Physics, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd. 4. R. D. Evans, The Atomic Nucleus, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd. 5. S. S. Kapoor and V. S. Ramamurthy, Nuclear Radia on Detectors, Wiley Eastern Ltd. 6. W. N. Co ngham and D. A. Greenwood, An introduc on to nuclear Physics, Cambridge University Press.

PSCN0030: COMPUTER ORIENTED NUMERICAL METHODS (2 Credits – 30 hours) Objective: Most problems in physics benefit from numerical methods, and many of them resist analytical solution altogether. The objective of this course is to learn the principles of numerical techniques and apply them to problems of Physics. Knowledge of computer programming is given with FORTRAN language. Emphasis will be laid on the solution of numerical problems. Module I: Numerical Analysis (10 hours) a) Introduc on to Numerical Methods: Approximate numbers and significant figures, absolute and rela ve errors, general formula for errors, applica on of the error formula to the fundamental opera ons of arithme c and to logarithms. The error of a sum, the error of a difference, the error of a product and number of correct digits, the error of quo ents and number of correct digits, the rela ve error of a power, the rela ve error of a root, successive approxima on, Taylor’s series, principle of least square, law of error of residuals. b) Matrices and linear equa ons: Addi on, subtrac on and mul plica on of matrices, inversion of matrices, Jacobi transforma on of a symmetric mo on, determinant of a matrix, Transpose of a matrix, Solu on of equa ons by matrix method, Gauss-Jordan Elimina on Method, Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors. c) The solu on of numerical, algebraic and transcendental equa ons: Equa ons in one unknown: Finding approximate values of the roots, finding roots by repeated applica on of loca on theorem, bisec on method, the Newton-Raphson method; their convergence and geometric significance. Module II: Solutions of ordinary differential equations (9 hours) a) Equa ons of the first order: Euler’s method and its modifica on, the Runge-Ku a method, checks, errors and accuracy. b) Equa ons of the Second order and systems of simultaneous equa ons: Milne’s-predictor and corrector methods, boundary value problems, condi ons for convergence. c) Minimiza on or maximiza on of func ons: Golden selec on search in 1-D, parabolic interpola on and Brent’s method in 1-D, 1-D search with 1 deriva ves, Downhill simplex method in mul dimensions, Direc on set (Powell’s method in Mul dimensions) Module III: (5 hours) a) Numerical Integra on: Classical formulae for equispaced abscissae: Simpson’s rule, trapezoidal rule, Gaussian quadrature formula. b) Computa on of factorials, computa on of square roots, recurrence rela ons. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|470

Module IV: Review of FORTRAN language I (6 hours) a) Introduc on to computer programming, Machine and High Level Languages. b) Constants, variables, expressions, opera ons, statements and built in func ons. c) Condi onal and looping structures, arrays, subprograms and subrou nes. d) File opera ons. Suggested Readings 1. Seymour Lipschutz and Arthur Poe, Theory and problems of Programming with FORTRAN. 2. C. Xavier and R. Rajaraman, FORTRAN 77 and numerical methods, New Age Interna onal Publishers 3. V. Rajaraman, FORTRAN 77 Programming, Pren ce Hall of India. 4. V. Rajaraman, Numerical Analysis, Wiley Eastern. 5. W. H. Press, S. S. Tenkulsky, W. T. We ering and B. P. Flannery, Numerical Recepies in FORTRAN, Cambridge University Press. 6. S. Sastry, Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis, Pren ce Hall of India. 7. M. K. Jain et al., Numerical Methods for Scien fic and Engineering Computa on, New Age Interna onal Publica ons. 8. F. B. Hildebrand, Introduc on to Numerical Analysis, McGraw-Hill Book Company Inc.

PSPP0031: PARTICLE PHYSICS (5 credits – 75 hours) Objective: The objective of the course in Particle physics is to make the students learn about the most primitive, primordial, unchanging and indestructible forms of matter and the rules by which they combine to compose all the things of the physical world. Thus, it is the branch of physics that studies the nature of the particles that constitute matter (particles with mass) and radiation (massless particles). In principle, all physics (and practical applications developed there from) can be derived from the study of fundamental particles. Emphasis shall be laid upon the solution of numerical problems. Module I: Relativistic Kinematics (5 hours) Lorentz transforma on, four vectors, rela vis c collisions and their applica on. Module II: Group theory and Tensors (15 hours) Introduc on to group theory, representa on theory, Lie group and Lie Algebra, direct product group, Young tableau. Basics of tensors, covariant and contravariant tensors, covariant deriva ve. Module III: Introduction to elementary Particles and their interactions (15 hours) Classifica on of elementary par cles, interac ons and Feynman diagram, par cle exchange, leptons and weak interac ons, quarks and hadrons, quark model, space me symmetry, C, P, CP conserva on, me reversal, conserva on law in different interac ons. Module IV: Quantum Field Theory. (15 hours) Concept of field, canonical quan sa on of classical system, second quan sa on, Fock space quan sa on of scalar, Dirac and electromagne c fields, Noether theorem. Module V: Quantum Electrodynamics (15 hours) Covariant perturba on theory, Wick’s theorem, Feynman rule, Compton sca ering, Mo ’s sca ering, basics of renormalisa on. Module VI: Standard Model and Beyond Standard Model (10 hours) Local and global Gauge invariance, electro-weak unifica on, Higg’s mechanism, quantum chromodynamics, neutrino oscilla on, grand unified theory Suggested Readings 1. Griffiths D., Introduc on of Elementary Par cle, Wiley-vch Verlag Gmbh. 2. Halzen, F. and Mar n, A. D., Quarks and Leptons : An Introductory Course in Modern Par cle Physics, Wiley India. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|471

3. 4. 5. 6.

Ryder, L. H., Quantum Field Theory, Cambridge University Press. D H Perkins, Introduc on to High Energy Physics, Addison-Wesley. Brian R. Mar n and Graham Shaw, Par cle Physics, Wiley. Michael E. Peskin and Daniel V. Schroeder, An introduc on to Quantum Field Theory, Westview Press Inc.

PSAE0032: ANALOG ELECTRONICS (5 credits–75 hours) Objective: The course provides basic analog electronic circuit design techniques and analytical skills using diodes, op-amps, FETs, and BJTs. The student will develop ability to apply basic engineering sciences to the design, analyses and operation of electronics devices and circuits and problem solving skills of electronic circuits. Module I (15 hours) a) PN junc on: Current components in PN junc on diode, Diode resistance, Transi on capacitance and diffusion capacitance. Rec fier circuit with filter, Clipper, Clamper, Voltage mul plier. b) Special purpose diodes: Zener diodes, LED, 7 segment display, Photo diode, Photo transistor, Opto Coupler, Scho ky diode, Varactor diode, Tunnel diode. Module II (20 hours) a) Bipolar Junc on Transistor: PNP and NPN transistors, Detail analysis of current flow through BJT. BJT Biasing: Fixed bias, Emi er bias, Voltage divider bias, D.C. Collector feedback bias; DC and AC load line, Q- point, Stability considera ons. BJT modeling: Two port representa on of BJT with z, y, h-parameters; re and hybrid models of C-E, C-B, C-C configura on. Hybrid-pi model of C-E amplifier in voltage divider bias configura on, Frequency response in low, mid and high frequency condi ons, respec ve voltage gain, current gain, input and output impedances. b) Field Effect Transistors: JFET structure and working principle, characteris cs, structure of MOSFET, CMOS. FET Biasing: Self bias, fixed bias, voltage divider bias, Stabiliza on of Q-point. Small signal AC equivalent circuit of FET as amplifier, hybrid parameters. JFET amplifiers: CS, CD amplifiers; Enhancement Mode MOSFET amplifier, Deple on mode MOSFET amplifiers. Module III (25 hours) a) Thyristors: Four layer diode, SCR, Photo SCR, Gate controlled switch, Silicon controlled switch, Diac, Triac, UJT; b) Op-Amp: Ideal opera onal Amplifiers: Differen al and common mode opera on, Equivalent circuit analysis of Inver ng and Non-inver ng Op-Amp circuits. Input impedance. DC offset parameters, frequency parameters, gain-bandwidth, CMRR, SVRR, SR. Op-Amp applica ons in constant gain mul plier, Voltage summing, Log - An log amplifier, Subtractor, Comparator – Zero crossing detector, Schmi trigger, Integrator, Differen ator and Controlled sources. Instrumenta on Amplifier. Ac ve filters: Low, High and bandpass filters; ADC and DAC. c) 555 Timer: Block diagram, Monostable opera on, Astable opera on, Bistable opera on, Voltage controlled oscillator, Ramp generator. Module IV (15 hours) a) Feedback configura ons: Voltage Series, Voltage Shunt, Current Series, Current Shunt. b) Oscillators: Introduc on and classifica on, General form of LC oscillator, e.g. Hartley oscillator, Colpi s oscillator, RC phase shi oscillator, Wein Bridge oscillator, Crystal oscillator. c) Regulated Power supply: Voltage feedback regula on, Current limi ng characteris cs, Power supply characteris cs, 3 terminal IC regulators, Current boosters, Switching regulators d) Characteris c of Instruments: Sta c characteris cs, span, accuracy and precision, linearity, tolerance, error, repeatability, sensi vity, calibra on, hysteresis, input impedance, resolu on, bias and dri . Suggested Readings 1. Robert L. Boylestad and Lowis Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, Pearson Educa on, New Delhi 2. Jacob Millman, Christos C Halkias and Satyabrata Jit, Millman’s Electronic Devices and Circuits, 2nd ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|472

3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Edi on,Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi. S Salivahanan, N Suresh Kumar and A Vallavaraj, Electronic Devices and Circuits, 2 ed., Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008 Streetman and Banerjee, Solid State Electronic Devices, Pren ce Hall, New Delhi David A. Bell, Electronic Devices and Circuits, 4th Edi on, Pren ce Hall of India, New Delhi, Jacob Millman, Christos C Halkias, Integrated Electronics, McGraw Hill Int. students Edi on. Ramakant A. Gayakwad, Op-amps and Linear Integrated Circuits, 4th Edi on, PHI.

PSNM0033: SYNTHESIS AND CHARACTERIZATION OF NANOMATERIALS (5 credits – 75 hours) Objectives: The aim of the course is to introduce the students to the world of nanomaterials and their synthesis and characterization process. Students will learn various kinds of nanomaterials and their potential use in the field of science and technology. The course will give scope of knowing about various methods of formation of nanostructures, surfaces and interfaces of nanostructures, natural nanomaterials and toxicology of nanomaterials. The common synthesis methods are also given emphasis as well as the characterization tools such as SEM, TEM etc will be discussed in detail. This course will help the students to take up practical work on nanotechnology. Module I: 20 hours Nanomaterials: Overview, defini ons, and examples; Structurally confined materials: Nanopar cles, islands, nanowires, thin films; Metal nanopar cles: Fundamentals and applica ons; Self-assembled monolayers, semiconductor quantum dots: Fundamentals and applica ons; Ceramic nanomaterials: Fundamentals and applica ons; Carbon nanomaterials(Fullerenes and carbon nanotubes and nanofibers): Fundamentals and applica ons; Magne c nanopar cles: Fundamentals and applica ons; Bionanomaterials, computa onal nanomaterials, composite nanomaterials and applica ons. Module II: 15 Hours Surfaces and interfaces in nanostructures; Ceramic interfaces, superhydrophobic surfaces, grain boundaries in nanocrystalline materials, defects associated with interfaces; Thermodynamics of nanomaterials, Natural nanomaterials; Toxicology of nanomaterials. Module III: 20 Hours Chemical Routes for Synthesis of Nanomaterials: Electrochemical synthesis, Photochemical synthesis; Synthesis in supercri cal fluids. Hydrothermal growth of nanopar cles and different nano structures. Ostwald ripening; Zeta poten al; Fabrica on of Nanomaterials by Physical Methods: -Inert gas condensa on, Arc discharge, Plasma arc technique, RF plasma, MW plasma, Ion spu ering, Laser abla on, Laser pyrolysis, Ball Milling, Molecular beam epitaxy, Physical and Chemical vapour deposi on method; Electrodeposi on. Module IV: 20 Hours Nanostructures: Zero-, One-, Two- and Three- dimensional structure, Size control of metal Nanopar cles and their proper es: Op cal, Electronic, Magne c proper es; Surface plasmon Resonance, Structural Characteriza on X-ray diffrac on, Small angle X-ray Sca ering, Op cal Microscope and their descrip on, Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM), Scanning Probe Microscopy (SPM), TEM and EDAX, SAED analysis, Scanning Tunneling Microscopy (STM), Atomic force Microscopy (AFM). Spectroscopic characteriza ons: Basic concepts of spectroscopy, opera onal principle and applica on for analysis of nanomaterials, UV-VIS-IR Spectrophotometers, Principle of opera on and applica on for band gap measurement (Tauc Plot); Suggested Readings 1. G. L. Hornyak, J. Du a, H. F. Tibbals, A. Rao Introduc on to nanoscience, CRC Press 2. T. Pradeep, Nano: The Essen als, McGraw Hill 3. D. Maclurcan and N. Radywyl (Eds.) Nanotechnology and Global Sustainability, CRC Press 4. G. W. Hanson Fundamentals of Nanoelectronics, Pearson 5. Vajtai, R. (Ed.), Springer Handbook of Nanomaterials, Springer 6. Bhushan, B. (Ed.), Springer Handbook of Nanotechnology, Springer ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|473

7.

NPTEL Lectures (NPTEL.ac.in/courses/118102003/)

PSSM0034: STATISTICAL MECHANICS (4 credits – 60 hours) Objective: The course intends to describe physical phenomena in terms of a statistical treatment of the behaviour of large numbers of atoms or molecules, especially as regards the distribution of energy among them. Emphasis will be laid on the solution of numerical problems. Module I: Essentials (17 hours) a) Probability Theory: The random walk problem, Binomial, Poisson and Gaussian distribu ons, Central limit theorem. b) Classical Equilibrium Sta s cal Mechanics: Concept of equilibrium; Ergodic hypothesis; Microcanonical, Canonical and Grand Canonical Ensembles; Par on func ons and their rela on to thermodynamics. c) Classical Nonequilibrium Sta s cal Mechanics: Approach to Equilibrium, Liouville’s theorem, Boltzmann’s H theorem. Module II: Quantum Statistics (15 hours) a) Quantum sta s cal mechanics: Schrödinger and Heisenberg Picture; pure and mixed states, the density matrix, quantum mechanical Liouville’s theorem; the fundamental postulates. b) Quantum Sta s cs: Quantum gases of independent par cles; par on func ons; Bose Einstein’s and Fermi Dirac’s distribu ons; electrons in metals; black body radia on; Bose Einstein’s Condensa on. Module III: Phase Transitions (15 hours) a) Phenomenology: First and Second order Phase transi ons; elementary ideas of cri cal phenomena; Universality of cri cal exponents; scaling of thermodynamic func ons. b) Theory: The Landau theory of Phase transi on with examples. c) Exact solu ons: Ising model in one dimension. Module IV: Non Equilibrium Phenomena and Irreversible Processes (13 hours) a) Non Equilibrium Phenomena: Transport theory; Boltzmann equa on; Maxwell-Boltzmann distribu on. b) Irreversible Processes: Fluctua ons; Brownian Mo on; Langevin’s equa on; Wiener Khintchine rela ons, Nyquist theorem, Fluctua on-Dissipa on theorem; Fokker Planck equa on. Suggested Readings 1. Federick Reif, Fundamental of Sta s cal and Thermal Physics, McGraw Hill, Singapore. 2. Shang-Keng Ma, Sta s cal Mechanics, World Scien fic, Singapore. 3. Richard E. Wilde, and Surjit Singh, Sta s cal Mechanics: Fundamental and Modern Applica ons, Wiley-Interscience, John Wiley and Sons Inc., New York. 4. Leo P Kadanoff, Sta s cal Physics: Sta cs, Dynamics and Renormalisa on, World Scien fic, River Edge, New Jersey. 5. K. Huang, Sta s cal Mechanics, John Wiley and Sons Inc., New York. 6. D. J. Amit and J. Verbin, Sta s cal Physics, World Scien fic, Singapore. 7. L D Landau, E.M. Lifshitz, Sta s cal Physics, Bu erworth-Heinemann. 8. R. K. Pathria, Sta s cal Mechanics, Academic Press.

PSAP0035: ASTROPHYSICS (5 credits - 75 hours) Objective: The objective of this course is to enable the students to apply basic physical principles from a wide spectrum of topics in physics to astronomical situations and formulate astrophysical problems and thereby, apply analytical and numerical methods towards its solution. This course seeks to develop competence in areas of astrophysical theory and experiment. Emphasis shall be laid upon the solution of numerical problems.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|474

Module I: Fundamentals of Astronomy and Astrophysics (30 hours) Astronomy fundamentals: Celes al coordinate systems, telescope and its opera onal principles and moun ng, atmospheric ex nc ons, magnitude systems. Radia on mechanism, flux density and luminosity, specific intensity, (emission/absorp on coefficients, source func ons), basics of radia ve transfer and radia ve processes, magnitudes, mo ons and distances of stars: absolute stellar magnitude and distance modulus, bolometric and radiometric magnitudes, colour-index and luminosi es of stars, stellar posi ons and mo ons, velocity dispersion, sta s cal and moving cluster parallax, ex nc on, stellar temperature, effec ve temperature, brightness temperature, color temperature, kine c temperature, excita on temperature, ioniza on temperature, spectral classifica on of stars, u lity of stellar spectrum, stellar atmospheres. Binaries, variable stars, clusters, open and globular clusters, compact objects, shape, size and contents of our galaxy, normal and ac ve galaxies. Module II: Interstellar Medium (10 hours) Neutral and ionized gas, gaseous nebulae, HII regions, supernova remnants, photo-dissocia on regions, different phases of the interstellar medium: cold neutral medium, warm neutral and ionized medium, hot medium, diffuse clouds, dense clouds. Module III: Stellar Physics (15 hours) Introduc on to stars: HR diagram, a discussion on the variety of stellar phenomena, stellar structure, stellar opaci es, stellar polytropes, energy genera on in stars: calcula on of thermonuclear reac on rates for non-resonant and beta-decay reac ons, various reac on chains: pp-I, II, III, CNO, He-burning, C-burning, Si-burning, stellar degeneracy and equa ons of state: stellar degeneracy, Chandrasekhar mass, EoS of ma er at near-nuclear and nuclear densi es, final stages of stellar evolu on: supernovae and neutron stars. Module IV: General Relativity and Cosmology (20 hours) a) General Theory of Rela vity: Founda ons of general rela vity: postulates of rela vity, GR units, space- me intervals, proper me; special Lorentz transforma ons in Minkowski space- me; four-vectors; tensor calculus in Riemannian space: generalized N-dimensional spaces, covariant and contravariant tensors, Riemann-Christoffel curvature tensor, Christoffel symbols, Einstein’s tensor, geodesics; mo on of a free par cle in a gravita onal field; Einstein’s law of gravita on; Newton’s law of gravita on; metrics with spherical symmetry: Schwarzchild’s solu on; planetary orbits; gravita onal lensing; Maxwell’s equa ons in a gravita onal field; black holes; gravita onal waves b) Cosmology: Cosmological principle, cosmological me; spaces of constant curvature; Robertson-Walker metric; Hubble’s constant, Hubble’s Law, red-shi of galaxies; cosmic dynamics: model universes of Einstein and de Si er, Friedmann universes; par cle and event horizons Suggested Readings 1. P. Jain, An Introduc on to Astronomy and Astrophysics, CRC Press. 2. B. Basu, An Introduc on to Astrophysics, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd. 3. K. D. Abhayankar, Astrophysics: Stars and Galaxies, Universi es Press. 4. Erika Böhm-Vitense, Introduc on to Stellar Astrophysics, Cambridge University Press. 5. J. B. Hartle, Gravity: Introduc on to Einstein's General Rela vity, Pearson Educa on. 6. P. J. E. Peebles, Physical Cosmology, Princeton University Press.

PSPL0036: PLASMA PHYSICS (3 credits – 45 hours) Objective: The objective of the course in plasma Physics is to familiarise them with this one of the four fundamental states of matter, the others being solid, liquid, and gas; a plasma has properties unlike those of the other states. Emphasis shall be laid upon the solution of numerical problems. Module I: (9 hours) Elementary concepts of plasma, defini on of temperature and other plasma parameters, Debye shielding, criteria for plasma, plasma frequency, plasma poten al, plasma sheath, classifica on of ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|475

plasmas, low pressure nonequilibrium plasmas and high pressure thermal plasmas, occurrence of plasma in nature and industry. Module II: (8 hours) Mo on of charged par cles under the effect of electric and magne c fields, magne c mirrors, Cusp fields and Loss cone, plasma kine c theory, Boltzmann – Vlasov equa on, Landau Damping, fluid descrip on of plasmas, MHD approxima on, electron oscilla ons, electron plasma waves, ion acous c waves, Alfven waves, basic ideas on plasma equilibrium and stability, basic introduc on to non linear effects in plasmas. Module 3: (8 hours) Physics of glow discharge plasmas, breakdown of gases, Paschen’s law, evolu on of gas discharge, principle of DC, AC and high frequency discharges, RF and ECR plasmas, filament discharge plasma, laser produced plasmas. Space and astrophysical plasmas, forma on of Van Allen Belts, Accre on disks, dusty plasmas. Module 4: (8 hours) Plasma diagnos cs: Electrosta c and magne c probes, calorimetric methods, op cal emission and absorp on spectroscopy, laser and microwave interferometer. Module 5: (12 hours) Plasma applica ons: Introduc on to controlled thermonuclear plasma fusion, current status and problems; Plasma processing, plasma cu ng, plasma welding, plasma spraying and coa ng, plasma enhanced vapour deposi on, plasma synthesis of nanostructured materials, plasma nitriding, plasma polymeriza on, plasma assisted surface engineering, environmental applica ons, biomedical applica ons. Suggested Readings 1. F. F. Chen, Introduc on to Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion, Volume 1, Springer. 2. F. F. Chen, Introduc on to Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion, Volume 2, Springer. 3. J.A. Bi encourt, Fundamentals of plasma physics, Springer 4. I.H. Hutchinson, Principles of plasma diagnos cs, Cambridge University Press

PSEE0037: DIGITAL ELECTRONICS AND EMBEDDED SYSTEMS (4 credits - 60 hours) Objectives: The objectives of this course are to introduce the concept of digital systems and give students the concept of digital electronics. The course also provides an in-depth understanding of the operation of microprocessors and basics of microcontrollers, assembly language programming and microprocessor interfacing techniques. The students will be able to design and implement microprocessor-based systems in both hardware and software and can apply this knowledge to more advanced structures. Module I (15 hours) a) Number system: Binary, octal and hexadecimal numbers, representa on of signed integers, binary arithme c on signed and unsigned integers and detec on of overflow and underflow, Weighted Binary Codes: BCD, 2421, Non-weighted codes: Excess-3 Codes, Gray codes, Error detec ng codes, Error correc ng codes, Alphanumeric Codes: ASCII Code, EBCDIC Codes. b) Boolean algebra and logic gates: Boolean operators, Rules (postulates and basic theorems) of Boolean algebra, Dual and complement of a Boolean expression, Sum of products and product of sums forms. Canonical forms. Conversion between different forms, Conversion between Boolean expression and truth table; Logic gates, Implemen ng logic expressions with logic gates (logic circuits). c) Digital logic families: Designing of basic logic gates with diode and transistor; elementary idea of DTL, TTL, RTL, ECL,I2L logic family and characteris cs. Module II (15 hours) a) Combina onal circuit: Boolean expressions and their simplifica on by algebraic method. Karnaugh map method and Quine-McCluskey method, Don’t Care condi ons. Mul plexer, demul plexer, encoder, decoder, Half-adder, Full-adder, magnitude comparator, Parity Checkers: Basic concepts, ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|476

b)

c)

Design of parity checkers, parity genera on, Code converters, Binary –to- Gray and Gray-to-Binary Code converter; Concept of magnitude comparator. Sequen al circuit: Simple R-S flip-flop or Latch, Clocked R-S Flip-flop, D flip-flop. J-K flip-flop, T flip-flop, Master-Slave flip-flop, J-K Master-Slave flip-flop. Asynchronous preset and clear, edge triggering and level triggering. Registers: Shi registers, parallel/serial in, parallel/serial out. Buffer Counter design: different types of counters like asynchronous and synchronous, UP and Down, ring, Johnson etc. counter design using state diagram, state table and state equa on. Semiconductor Memory: Classifica on of memories, Main Memory and Secondary Memory, Sequen al Access Memory, Sta c and Dynamic Memory, Vola le and Nonvola le Memory, Concept of ROM, PROM, EPROM, RAM, DRAM, SDRAM, PSRAM, Memory Decoding.

Module III (30 hours) a) History and evolu on of microprocessor; Introduc on to CPU: Components of CPU, block diagram, buses-data, control and address; ALU, Control Unit; main memory and secondary memory; I/O devices; Memory addressing-memory mapped I/O and I/O mapped I/O; address decoding; Memory and I/O interfacing; b) Introduc on to 8085; block diagram, registers, use of register pairs, PSW, accumulator; addressing modes; Instruc on set of 8085: Data Transfer, Arithme c, Logic, Branch and Machine Control instruc ons; Instruc on cycle: fetch, decode and execute. Delay and counter; stack and its applica on; interrupt and its applica on; Assembly level language programming of 8085. c) Interfacing: Memory interfacing; I/O interfacing; interfacing small devices like keyboard,7- segment display, relay, event counter etc; idea of PPIs like 8251, 8255, 8257 and 8279 (block diagram and func on only);serial communica on standard(RS-232C). d) Example of 16-bit processors( introduc on to 8086 ); microcontroller (block diagram and applica on of 8051) Suggested Readings Digital Design 1. M. Mano, Digital Logic and computer Design, PHI. 2. R.P. Jain, Modern Digital Electronics, TMGH 3. Jain and Floyd, Digital Fundamentals, Pearson Educa on 4. Malvino and Leach, Digital Electronics, Pearson Educa on 5. Malvino, Digital Computer Electronics, TMGH 6. Morris Mano, Digital Design, Principles and Prac ces, Pearson Educa on 7. S. Salivahanan and S. Arivazhagan, Digital Circuits and Design, Vikash Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. 8. P. H. Talukdar, Digital Techniques, N. L. Publica ons 9. A. Anand Kumar, Fundamentals of Digital Circuits, 2nd Ed., PHI Microprocessors 1. Gaonkar, Introduc on to Microprocessors, New age Publica on 2. B.Ram, Fundamentals of Microprocessor, Dhanpat Rai 3. N. K. Srinath, 8085 Microprocessor Programming and Interfacing, PHI 4. Slater, Microprocessor Based Design, PHI 5. Gilmore, Microprocessors, McGraw Hill Publica on

PSNP0019: NANO PHYSICS (3 credits – 45 hours) Objective: This course will help students to understand the physics behind the different properties of nanoparticles and nanostructures. The quantum effect of nanostructures and their conduction and electronic behaviours are included in the course. Understanding of this course will build a strong base for pursuing theoretical and practical research in the field of nanoscience and nanotechnology. Module I: 15 Hours Absorp on and sca ering of EM waves from Nanopar cles based on bulk proper es. Electronic Phenomena in Nanostructures: Electronic structures and effec ve mass theory for bulk Si , Ge, ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|477

GaAs; Excitons. Boltzmann electron transport in bulk. Electron energy states in quantum confined systems, semiconductor heterojunc ons Module II: 20 Hours a) X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS): Fundamentals: Photoelectric effect, binding energy and chemical shi , Ultraviolet Photoelectron Spectroscopy (UPS): Informa on b) Extracted: Band structure, occupied band states of clean solid surfaces as well as bonding orbital states of adsorbed molecules; Fundamentals of Fourier transform infrared radia on (FTIR) and Raman spectroscopy. c) 2-DEG systems, Quantum Wires, Quantum dots. Transmission in nanostructures: Tunneling in planar barrier, Resonant Tunnel diodes. Ballis c transport , Landauer formula, electron transport in Quantum wave-guide structures. Module III: 15 Hours Single electron phenomena: electronic states in quantum dots, without and with magne c fields, single electron tunneling and Coulomb blockade, single electron tunneling, elas c, inelas c, spin polarized tunneling, surface density of states for different dimensions, role of p geometry, lithography and atomic manipula on; single electron transistor. Spin-orbit interac on and spin effects Module IV: 10 Hours Nanomechanics: Introduc on to NEMS, CNT oscilla on, nanoscale electrometer, bolometer. nanophotonics; Science of Graphene. Suggested Readings 1. Ferry D K and Goodnick S M, Transport in Nano-Structures, Cambridge University Press, 1997. 2. Da a S, Electronic Transport in Mesoscopic Systems, Cambridge University Press, 1997.

PSEP6001: ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB (2 credits) At least 10 experiments to be performed from the following. 1. To determine the frequency of an Electrical maintained tuning fork by Melde’s experiments 2. Determina on of surface tension by capillary rise method. 3. Determina on of wave length of light by Newton’s ring method. 4. Determina on of gra ng element of a diffrac on gra ng. 5. Determina on of wavelength of laser source by diffrac on gra ng method. 6. Study of photoemission. 7. Determina on of Rigidity modulus by sta c method. 8. Determina on of accelera on due to gravity by Bar pendulum. 9. Determina on of thermal conduc vity by Lee’s method 10. Plo ng of characteris c curve of a PN junc on diode. 11. Determina on of Young’s modulus by Searle’s method. 12. Study of RC circuit.

PSPL6009: PHYSICS LABORATORY I (3 Credits) At least 10 experiments should be performed from the following 1. Verifica on of KCL and KVL using discrete components. 2. Verifica on of Thevenins theorem. 3. VI characteris cs of PN junc on diode 4. VI characteris cs of Zener diode 5. Design of Half wave and Full wave rec fier with and without filter 6. RC low pass and high pass filter realiza on 7. Sta c Characteris cs of a Bipolar Junc on Transistor (CE Mode) 8. Sta c Characteris cs of a Bipolar Junc on Transistor (CB Mode) 9. Op-Amp as Inver ng and Non Inver ng amplifier. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|478

10. Realiza on of basic gates using discrete components. 11. To measure a enua on and bending losses of an op cal fibre.

PSPL6003: PHYSICS LABORATORY II (4 credits) At least 10 experiments should be performed from the following 1. To study the characteris c of SCR using the breadboard. 2. To study resis vity of a semiconductor by probe method. 3. Determina on of difference in wavelengths of Na using Fabry-Perot interferometer. 4. To verify the Beer-Lambert law using UV visible spectrometer. 5. Verifica on of inverse square law for gamma ray using GM counter 6. To study a enua on of beta rays using GM counter. 7. To determine the ac vity of a gamma emi er. 8. To study gamma ray spectrum of Cs-137 source and determine the resolu on of a gamma-ray spectrometer. 9. To calibrate the scin lla on spectrometer and determine the energy of gamma rays from an unknown source. 10. To study a enua on of gamma-rays from Cs-137 source by using different absorbers. 11. To study decay curve for half-life components of irradiated 115In by a neutron source. 12. To study phonon dispersion of a monatomic chain of atoms using electronic analogue of the chain.

PSCN6010: COMPUTER ORIENTED NUMERICAL METHODS LAB (4 Credits) At least 10 experiments should be performed from the following (All experiments are to be done using the Fortran Language) 1. To read and write the supplied matrix A a. To find the transpose of A b. To find the inverse of A . c. To verify the accuracy of AA-1= 1 . d. To diagonalise the given matrix. e. To find the eigenvalues and eigenvectors. 2. Numerical differen a on a. To find the deriva ve of a given func on f(x) using formula where h is the step size. b. To determine the second deriva ve of a given func on f(x) using the formula . c. Plot the case (a) as a func on of x. d. Plot the case (b) as a func on of x. e. Compare the above cases (a) and (b) with the results obtained analy cally in specific cases. 3. Numerical method of solving Schrödinger equa on a. Obtain numerical solu on for the me independent Schrodinger equa on in one dimension for a given poten al using Runge-Ku a Method or Fox Godwin method. b. To plot the wave func on obtained from above versus x. c. Obtain numerical solu on for the me independent Schrodinger equa on in three dimension for a given poten al using Runge-Ku a method or Fox Godwin method. d. To plot the wave func on obtained from above versus r. e. To evaluate the eigenvalues and eigenvectors for case (a). f. To evaluate eigenvalues and eigenvectors for case (b). g. To count the number of nodes of the func on determined in (a) above and see if it is consistent with the theore cal expecta on. h. To determine the boundary value problems for cases (a) and (c) 4. Spherical harmonics a. To compute the Legendre polynomials. b. To plot spherical harmonics as a func on of polar angles. c. To compute the spherical Bessel func on (regular and irregular). ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|479

d. To plot the case (c) Numerical integra on a. To integrate a given func on numerically by Simpson’s Rule. b. To compare the results obtained form (a) with those obtained analy cally. c. To integrate a given func on numerically by Trapezoidal rule. d. To compare the results obtained from (b) with those obtained analy cally. e. To integrate a given func on numerically by Gauss-Legendre integra on. f. To compare the results obtained form (c) with those obtained analy cally. 6. Solu on of algebraic equa ons a. Solve a given equa on numerically using Newton Raphson method. b. Compare the result of (a) with those obtained numerically. c. To solve a given equa on using bisec on method. d. Compara ve study of (a), (b) and (c). 7. Solu on of simultaneous equa ons a. Using Gauss-elimina on and Gauss Jordan elimina on method b. Compare (a) with solu ons obtained analy cally or algebraically. 8. Logis c systems To explore the regions of (a) stable fixed points (b) periodic and (c) chao c solu on. 9. Radioac vity a. Use Monte-Carlo method to simulate radioac ve decay. b. Write a program for a radioac ve series, when the daughter is also radioac ve and so on. c. Plot N (number of nuclei) Vs me t. d. From the slope calculate the ac vity at different mes. 10. LCR circuits a. To compute the charge and discharge of RC circuit using DC source b. To compute the charge and discharge of RC circuits using AC source c. Analyse the energy in RL circuit using Runge-Ku a method. d. Study the energy dissipated in a series LCR circuit. Plot it versus me t. 11. Modelling of data a. To compute for a given sample of data. b. To fit a given sample of data by least square method by a straight line c. To fit by minimizing by straight line d. To make a polynomial fit by least square method. e. To make a polynomial fit by minimizing . 12. Fourier transform special methods a. To compute Fourier transform of discretely sampled data b. To compute Fast Fourier transform of real func ons and Sine and Cosine transforma ons. c. To compute Fourier transform of a given func on in two or more dimensions 5.

Suggested Readings 1. R. C. Verma et al., Computa onal Physics An Introduc on, New Age Interna onal 2. C. Xavier, Fortran 77 and Numerical Methods, New Age Interna onal 3. E. W. Schmid, G. Spitz and W. Losch, Theore cal Physics on the Personal Computer, Springer-Verlag 4. W. H. Press, S. S. Teukolsky, W. T. Ve erling and B. P. Flanner, Numerical Recepies in FORTRAN, Cambridge University Press 5. M.K. Jain et al., Numerical Methods for Scien fic and Engineering and Computa on, New Age Int. Pub.

PSAE6011: ANALOG ELECTRONICS LAB (3 Credits) 1. Series voltage Regulator using zener diode and transistor. 2. Design and study the clipper circuit. 3. Design and study the clamper circuit. 4. To Study The Characteris cs of JFET. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|480

5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

Design of voltage mul plier: voltage doubler / quadrupler. Design BJT as a switch. Design of amplifiers: Transistor amplifiers with and without feedback. Design of Integrator and Differen ator using Op-amp. Op-amp linear applica ons: adders, subtractors, comparator. Op-amp based ac ve filters. 555 mer as monostable mul vibrator. 555 mer as astable mul vibrator. 555 mer as bistable mul vibrator

PSNM6012: SYNTHESIS AND CHARACTERIZATION OF NANOMATERIALS LAB (3 Credits) 1. Calculate molarity for different solu ons. Learn to use the scien fic balance (adjustments, taring, etc.) 2. Prepare stock solu on of the following (100 ml) i) 10mM Zn(NO3)2 . 6H2O ii) 10mM 100ml C6H12N4 iii) 25 mM Na3C6H5O7 3. Synthesize ZnO nanopar cles using hydrothermal process. 4. Perform seeding of pre-synthesized ZnO nanopar cles on glass substrate. Also perform direct seeding of ZnO par cles on glass substrate by thermal oxida on. 5. Grow ZnO nanorods on glass substrate hydrothermally. 6. Synthesize ZnS nanopar cles using hydrothermal process. 7. Synthesize manganese doped ZnS nanopar cles using hydrothermal process. 8. Make film of ZnO nanopar cles on glass substrate using the LBL machine. 9. Use Super-hydrophobicity tes ng machine to find out the roll-off and contact angle of a nanopar cle coated surface. 10. Synthesize CdS nanopar cles using hydrothermal process. Observe colour varia ons with size when illuminated with UV light. 11. Synthesize gold nanopar cles using Turkevitch process.

PSRP6005: RESEARCH PROJECT PHASE I (3 credits) Objective: During this phase the student will start a research project applying the knowledge acquired during the first two semesters and also incorporating the recent trends in the chosen area. It should include phases of design, implementation and reporting. This project is to be executed individually within or outside the campus. The mode and components of evaluation and the weightages attached to them shall be published by the Department/Institute at the beginning of the semester. E-resource for learning: LaTeX, www.spokentutorial.org

PSPL6013: PLASMA PHYSICS LAB (3 credits) At least 10 experiments should be performed from the following 1. Produc on of plasma and study of effect of basic experimental parameters like plasma current, chamber pressure, source configura on etc. on the plasma proper es in a low pressure gas-discharge tube. 2. Produc on of plasma and study of effect of basic experimental parameters like plasma current, chamber pressure, source configura on etc. on the plasma proper es in a Filament discharge plasma. 3. Produc on of plasma and study of effect of basic experimental parameters like plasma current, chamber pressure, source configura on etc. on the plasma proper es in a Dense plasma focus device. 4. Produc on of plasma and study of effect of basic experimental parameters like plasma current, chamber pressure, source configura on etc. on the plasma proper es in an Iner al Electrosta c ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|481

5. 6.

7. 8.

9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18.

Confinement Fusion (IECF) device. Produc on of plasma and study of effect of basic experimental parameters like plasma current, chamber pressure, source configura on etc. on the plasma proper es in a Double Plasma Device. Produc on of plasma and study of effect of basic experimental parameters like plasma current, chamber pressure, source configura on etc. on the plasma proper es in a Helicon Plasma Source device. Produc on of plasma and study of effect of basic experimental parameters like plasma current, chamber pressure, source configura on etc. on the plasma proper es in an Arc-plasma. Produc on of plasma and study of effect of basic experimental parameters like plasma current, chamber pressure, source configura on etc. on the plasma proper es in a Quasi-sta onary type coaxial plasma gun (Pulsed Plasma Accelerator). Design and fabrica on of a Langmuir probe. Measurement of plasma parameters by Langmuir probe. Measurement of plasma density by op cal emission spectroscopy (OES) using Stark Broadening of hydrogen lines. Measurement of plasma temperature by op cal emission spectroscopy (OES) using line intensity ra o method. Measurement of plasma temperature by op cal emission spectroscopy (OES) using Boltzmann Plot method. Iden fica on of different chemical precursors in a material processing plasma by op cal emission spectroscopy (OES). Plasma synthesis of nanomaterials and characteriza on. Solving Lorentz system using programming language C, FORTRAN or Matlab. Solving fluid equa ons for unmagne zed plasma system by numerical methods. Solving fluid equa ons for magne zed plasma system by numerical methods.

PSEE6014: DIGITAL ELECTRONICS AND EMBEDDED SYSTEMS LAB (2 credits) DIGITAL LOGIC 1. To study and verify the truth table of logic gates. 2. To realize half/full adder and half/full subtractor. 3. To verify the truth table of MUX and DEMUX. 4. Realiza on of 2:4 decoder and 4:2 encoder design. 5. To verify the truth table of one bit and four bit comparators using logic Gates. 6. Truth table verifica on of Flip-Flops: (i) RS-Type, (ii) D- Type, (iii) T- Type, (iv) J-K Master Slave 7. To study shi register in all its modes i.e. SIPO/SISO, PISO/PIPO. 8. Realiza on of 3-bit Asynchronous counter and Mod-N counter design EMBEDDED SYSTEMS 1. Addi on, Subtrac on and Mul plica on of two 8 –bit numbers. 2. Find the Largest and Smallest number in an Array. 3. Binary to Gray and Gray to Binary Conversion. 4. To generate Fibonacci Series up to 10th term. 5. Interfacing with Traffic Light controller. 6. Interfacing with Stepper motor Controller.

PSNP6015: CHARACTERISATION OF NANO MATERIALS LAB 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Sample prepara on for different characteriza on techniques UV-vis spectroscopy to study op cal proper es of nanomaterials Tauc’s plot to determine band gap of semiconductors Electron Microscopy Imaging of metallic and semiconduc ng nanopar cles Analyzing SAED pa erns Measurement of la ce fringes in TEM images using ImageJ so ware ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|482

7. 8. 9. 10.

Analyzing EDS plots Extrac ng informa on from XRD plots Measurement of WCA and ROA for different nanomaterial coated substrates PL spectroscopy on luminescent nanopar cles

PSRP6008: RESEARCH PROJECT PHASE II (4 credits) Objective: During this phase the student will complete the research project started in the previous semester. The final implementation of the project and report writing shall be done in this semester. The student shall be required to make a number of presentations to report on the progress of the research project. There will be a viva voce examination which shall follow the final submission of the project report. The mode and components of evaluation and the weightages attached to them shall be published by the Department/Institute at the beginning of the semester.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|483

SCHOOL OF LIFE SCIENCES BIOCHEMISTRY BCAT0002: ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES FOR BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES (3 credits - 45 hours) Objective: The aim of this course is to expose students to the basic principles of modern analytical techniques and their recent applications in biological sciences. Module I: Basic laboratory Instruments (9 Hours) a) Review of concepts of acids and bases, Principle and working of pH meter, Buffer prepara on, principle of Laminar-air flow chamber b) Principles and applica ons of centrifuga on techniques: Introduc on to hydrodynamics, Types of centrifuges, prepara ve and analy cal centrifuga on, differen al centrifuga on, sedimenta on velocity, sedimenta on equilibrium, density gradient methods Module II: Microscopy and Autoradiography (9 Hours) a) Review of principles of light microscopy; principles and applica ons of phase contrast and fluorescence microscopy b) Principles and applica ons of Transmission and Scanning Electron microscopy c) Principle and applica ons of Autoradiography d) Theories of Tissue fixa on and staining techniques Module III: Spectroscopy (9 Hours) a) Basic principles of Spectroscopy, UV, IR, Raman, ESR, ORD b) CD and structure of proteins using NMR and ESR c) Neutron and X-Ray diffrac on for elucida on of 3D structure d) Molecular modelling, Mass Spectrometry Module IV: Chromatographic techniques (9 Hours) a) Principles, types and applica ons of Chromatography b) Gas Chromatography, GC-MS, LC – MS / MS, MALDI TOF mass spectrometer c) Ion Exchange Chromatography, gel permea on, Affinity and reverse phase chromatography d) HPLC and FPLC Module V: Electrophoretic Techniques (9 Hours) a) Basic principles of Electrophoresis, Agarose gel, na ve and SDS-PAGE b) Isoelectric focusing, 2D-PAGE and their uses in protein research c) Frac ona on and Blo ng Techniques Suggested Readings 1. H.H. Willard, L.L. Merri Jr. and others, Instrumental Methods of Analysis. 6th Edi on, 1986, CBS Publishers and Distributors. 2. Chatwal G and Anand, S., Instrumental Methods of Chemical Analysis, 1989, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai. 3. Williams, B.L. and Wilson, K., A Biologist’s Guide to Principles and Techniques of Prac cal Biochemistry, 1975 4. B.B. Straughan and S. Walker Eds., Spectroscopy, Volume 1, Chapman and Hall Ltd. 5. Hanes, Gel Electrophoresis of Proteins - A Prac cal Approach 6. James Miller, Chromatography: Concepts and Contrasts, 1988, John Wiley and Sons Inc., New York. 7. Holme, Analy cal Biochemistry 8. R.J. Hamilton and P.A. Sewell, Introduc on to High Performance Liquid Chromatography 9. B.P. Straughan and S. Walker, Spectroscopy 10. Gordon M. Message, Prac cal aspects of Gas Chromatography and Mass Spectrometry, 1984, John Wiley and Sons, New York. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|484

11. Tibor Kremmery, Gel Chromatography, Wiley Publica ons. 12. C.C. Thornburn, Isotopes and radia ons in Biology, Bu erworth and Co. Ltd., London. 13. J.M. Chapman and G. Ayrey, The Use of Radioac ve Isotopes in the Life Sciences, George Allen and Unwin Ltd., London.

BCMB0003: MOLECULAR BIOLOGY (4 Credits – 60 hours) Objective: Molecular biology is the study of biological macromolecules and the processes in which they are involved. It includes the molecular structure, chemistry and physics of DNA, RNA, and protein to understand their functions in the living system. Module I: Replication Biology (15 Hours) Nucleic acid as gene c material: it’s proof; Different modes of replica on (conserva ve, semi-conserva ve and dispersive); DNA replica on in prokaryotes, eukaryotes and virus (rolling circle model): General features and enzymology; detailed mechanisms of ini a on, elonga on and termina on; experiments underlying each step and role of individual factors; proofreading and processivity of DNA polymerase; telomerases: mechanism of replica on, maintenance of integrity and role in cancer; effect of different inhibitors on replica on. Module II: Transcription Biology (15 Hours) Basic concepts of promoter, operator, terminator, enhancer; RNA polymerases and its subModules; different sigma factors and their rela on to stress, viral infec ons etc; ini a on, elonga on and termina on (rho-dependent and independent) mechanism of RNA synthesis; post transcrip onal modifica on of RNA - capping, splicing and poly A tailing; effect of different inhibitors on prokaryo c and eukaryo c transcrip on. Module III: Translation Biology (20 Hours) The gene c code and its nature; structure of t-RNA, ribosomal structure; ac va on of amino acids; ini a on, elonga on and termina on mechanism of polypep de chain synthesis; role of r-RNA in polypep de chain synthesis; differences between prokaryo c and eukaryo c transla onal processes; post-transla onal modifica on of pep de, its transporta on; non- ribosomal pep de synthesis with special reference to cyclic polypep de an bio cs synthesis in bacteria; effect of different inhibitors on protein synthesis in both prokaryotes and eukaryotes. Module IV: Gene regulation (10 Hours) Posi ve and nega ve control; catabolite regula on-defini on and mechanism; effect of an -termina on and a enua on on the process of gene regula on; various protein mo fs involved in DNA-protein interac ons during gene regula on. Epigene cs - defini on and mechanism. Suggested Readings 1. Krebs JE, Kilpatrick ST, Goldstein ES. Lewin’s Genes,Jones and Bartle Learning. 2. Watson JD, Baker TA, Bell SP, Gann AAF, Levine M, Losick RM. Molecular Biology of the Gene, Benjamin Cummings. 3. Weaver RF. Molecular Biology, McGraw-Hill Higher Educa on. 4. Clark DP. Molecular Biology, Academic Press Inc. 5. Freifelder D. Molecular Biology, Narosa.

BCIM0004: IMMUNOLOGY AND MEDICAL BIOCHEMISTRY (4 Credits - 60 hours) Objective: This course is designed to equip students with the theoretical knowledge and understanding of practical applications of immunology and medical biochemistry. The course includes immune system of the body and various disorders of the metabolism and chronic diseases.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|485

PART A: Immunology Module I (15 hours) History and scope of immunology, hematopoie c stem cells, stromal cells, haematopoiesis, lymphoid ssues and organs (primary and secondary), B-lymphocytes and their ac va on, Thymus derived lymphocytes and their ac va on, an gen presen ng cells, natural killer cells, dendri c cells, macrophages, structure and func ons of Class I and II Major Histocompa bility complex (MHC) molecules, types of immunity: innate and acquired, ac ve and passive, humoral and cell mediated, immunoglobulin: structure and func on, clonal selec on theory, genera on of an body diversity, organiza on and expression of immunoglobulin genes, an gens: T dependent and T independent an gens, adjuvant (defini on, examples, func on), an gen an body reac ons, cross reac vity, cytokines-defini on, types, an genic processing and presenta on, circula on and homing of immune cells, regula on of immune response. Module: II (10 hours) The complement systems: defini on, func on, ac va on of complement, complements receptors and classical and alternate pathway, transplanta on: organ transplanta on and HLA ssue typing, autoimmunity, hypersensi vity reac ons, immunological tolerance, immune suppression and immunotherapy, vaccine: defini on, classifica on and func on. PART B: Medical Biochemistry Module III (15 hours) a) Introduc on of Medical Biochemistry; b) Disorders of Carbohydrate Metabolism: Diabetes mellitus, glucose tolerance tests, sugar levels in blood, factors influencing blood glucose level, glycogen storage diseases, pentosuria, galactosemia. c) Disorders of Lipids metabolism: Plasma lipoproteins, cholesterol, triglycerides and phospholipids in health and disease, hyperlipidemia, hyperlipoproteinemia, Gaucher’s disease, Tay-Sach’s and Niemann-Pick disease, ketone bodies. d) Abnormali es in Nitrogen Metabolism: Uremia, hyperuricemia, porphyria and factors affec ng nitrogen balance. Disorders of liver and kidney: Jaundice, fa y liver. Module IV (10 hours) a) Diges ve diseases: Maldiges on, malabsorp on, creatorrhoea, diarrhoea and steatorrhoea. b) Diagnos c Enzymes: Enzymes in health and diseases. Biochemical diagnosis of diseases by enzyme assays – SGOT, SGPT, CPK, cholinesterase, LDH. c) Water-Electrolytes and acid-base balance: Distribu on of body water and electrolyte in the body, normal water and electrolyte balance, regulatory mechanisms, abnormal water and electrolyte metabolism, Acid base balance in normal health, acidosis, alkalosis. Module V (10 hours) a) Biochemistry of cancer: Cancer causa ve agents and control of cancer and carcinogenesis, viral e ology. b) Biochemistry of AIDS: Structure and molecular features of HIV, Retroviral background, diagnosis of AIDS modes of transmission, immunological response in AIDS, An -retroviral therapy. c) Biochemistry of Ageing: Defini on of ageing, Life span and life expectancy, oxygen radicals, an oxidants and ageing, DNA repair, Heat shock proteins, role of dopamine receptors in ageing. Suggested Readings 1. Kuby, J. Immunology. W. H. Freeman and Co. 2. Delves, P. J., Mar n, S. J., Burton, D. R., Roi , I. M. Roi ’s Essen al Immunology. Wiley-Blackwell 3. Abbas, A. K., Lichtman, A. H. H., Pillai, S. Cellular and Molecular Immunology. Elsevier 4. Franklin, T. J. and Snow, G. A. Biochemistry of An microbial Ac on. Chapman and Hall, London 5. Pelczar, M. J., Chan, E. C. S. and Krieg, N. R. Microbiology. Tata McGraw Hill 6. Cha erjee, M. N., Shinde, R. Medical Biochemistry JAYPEE Publica ons 7. Stryer, L. Biochemistry Freeman and Co. 8. Elkeles, R., and Tavill, A. Biochemical aspects of human diseases Blackwell Science Ltd ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|486

9. Devlin, T. M. Text-book of Biochemistry with clinical correla ons J. Wiley and Sons. 10. Guyton. A.C. and Hall, J. E. Textbook of Medical Physiology Elsevier Health Sciences

BCPY0005: PHYSIOLOGY (3 Credits - 45 hours) Objective: To teach students the basic concepts of plant and human physiology. At the end of the course the students will have a thorough understanding of the mechanisms of plant and human physiology. Part A: Plant Physiology Module I: Cell Structure, Photosynthesis, Respiration and Photorespiration (8.5 hours) Cell organelles and their physiological func ons, structure and physiological func ons of cell wall, cell inclusions; cell membrane structure and func ons. Light harves ng complexes; mechanisms of electron transport; photoprotec ve mechanisms; CO2 fixa on-C3, C4 and CAM pathways; Citric acid cycle; plant mitochondrial electron transport and ATP synthesis; alternate oxidase; photorespiratory pathway. Calvin Cycle: synthesis of hexoses from carbon dioxide and water, role of environmental condi ons. The Pentose phosphate pathway: coordina on of metabolism of glucose-6-phosphate with glycolysis, role of glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase in protec on against reac ve oxygen species. Module II: Solute transport, photoassimilate translocation and stress physiology (7 hours) Uptake, transport and transloca on of water, ions, solutes and macromolecules from soil, through cells, across membranes, through xylem and phloem; transpira on; mechanisms of loading and unloading of photoassimilates. Responses of plants to bio c (pathogen and insects) and abio c (water, temperature and salt) stresses Part B: Human Physiology Module III: Homeostasis (2.5 hours) The scope of human physiology, organiza on of the body – cells, ssues, organs and organ systems; homeostasis, characteris cs of homeosta c control systems, components of homeosta c control systems, intercellular chemical messengers, processes related to homeostasis. Module IV: The muscles, nervous system and brain (7.5 hours) a) Muscles, Nervous System and Sensory Physiology: Muscle proteins, molecular mechanisms of muscle contrac on (skeletal and smooth), nerve conduc on, chemical regula on of synapses, neurotransmi ers, neurons, ac on poten al, gross neuroanatomy of the brain and spinal cord, central and peripheral nervous system, neural control of muscle tone and posture, primary sensory coding, sensory receptors, neural pathways in sensory systems, Soma c sensa on, biochemistry of vision, chemical senses. b) Consciousness, the Brain and Behavior: States of consciousness, conscious experiences, mo va on and emo on, altered states of consciousness, learning and memory. Module V: Cardiac and Respiratory Physiology (9 hours) a) Cardiovascular Physiology, Blood and Circulation: Blood corpuscles, haemopoiesis and formed elements, plasma proteins and their func ons, blood groups, clo ng factors, extrinsic and intrinsic pathways of blood coagula on, mechanism of blood coagula on, fibrinolysis, Role of hemoglobin in transport of gases; Anatomy of heart structure, myogenic heart, specialized ssue, ECG – its principle and significance, cardiac cycle, heart as a pump, blood pressure, neural and chemical regula on of all above. b) Respiratory Physiology: Organiza on of the respiratory system, ven la on and lung mechanics, exchange of gases, transport of gases, waste elimina on, neural and chemical regula on of respira on Module VI: Physiology of the endocrine system and reproduction (5 hours) Endocrine glands, basic mechanism of hormone ac on, hormones and diseases; reproduc ve processes, gametogenesis, ovula on, neuroendocrine regula on ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|487

Module VII: The physiology of digestion and absorption of food, regulation of water and inorganic ions (5.5 hours) a) The Digestion and Absorption of Food: Diges on, absorp on, energy balance, Basal Metabolic Rate b) The Kidneys and Regulation of Water and Inorganic ions: Compara ve physiology of excre on, kidney, urine forma on, urine concentra on, waste elimina on regula on of water balance, acid-base balance. Components of body fluids, role of vasopressin, renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system and atrial natriure c factor in water and electrolyte balance. Suggested Readings 1. Murray R.K. et al., Harper's Illustrated Biochemistry, McGraw Hill Lange Med. Publ. 2. Devlin T. M. Textbook of Biochemistry with clinical correla ons, Wiley-Liss Publ. 3. Barre , K.E. et al Ganong’s Review of Medical Physiology, Tata McGraw-Hill. Ed. 4. Guyton, A.C. and Hall, J.E. Textbook of Medical Physiology, Saunders, Elsevier. 5. Voet D. et al Principles of Biochemistry, John Wiley and Sons Inc. 6. Nelson D.L. and Cox M.M. Lehninger's Principles of Biochemistry, Freeman and Co, New York 7. Bhagavan N. V. Medical Biochemistry, Jones and Bartle Publ. 8. Garret R.H. and Grisham C.M. Biochemistry, Saunders College Publ.

BCBM0006: BIOGENETICS AND METABOLISM (3 Credits - 45 hours) Objectives: To introduce students to (i) concepts of energy transformation in living systems and (ii) principles of biochemical processes essential for the sustenance of life Module I: Overview of metabolism and membrane lipids (4 hours) Metabolism is composed of many coupled interac ng reac ons, oxida on of carbon fuels is an important source of cellular energy, recurring mo fs in metabolic pathways; common features underlying the diversity of biological membranes, fa y acids as key cons tuents of lipids, three common types of membrane lipids, forma on of bimolecular vesicles (sheets) in aqueous media, role of proteins in membrane processes, in-plane membrane diffusion of lipids and membrane proteins, internal membranes compartmentalize eukaryo c cells Module II: Glycolysis and Gluconeogenesis, Citric Acid Cycle (5 hours) Glycolysis as an energy conversion pathway in many organisms, ght control of glycoly c pathway, synthesis of glucose from non-carbohydrate precursors, reciprocal regula on of gluconeogenesis and glycolysis; oxida on of two carbon Modules, controlled entry to the citric acid cycle and metabolism through it, citric acid as a source of biosynthe c precursors, the glyoxylate cycle. Module III: Oxidative phosphorylation (5 hours) The site of oxida ve phosphoryla on in eukaryotes, dependence on electron transfer, the respiratory chain, ATP synthesis, movement across mitochondrial membranes by shu les, regula on of cellular respira on Module IV: Detailed nutrient metabolism (8.5 hours) a) Glycogen metabolism: Interplay of enzymes in glycogen breakdown, regula on of phosphorylase by allosteric interac on and reversible phosphoryla on, role of epinephrine and glucagon, pathways and reciprocal regula on of glycogen synthesis and breakdown; b) Fatty acid metabolism: triacylglycerols, u liza on of fa y acids as fuels-steps involved, different pathways are involved in fa y acid synthesis and breakdown, the role of acetyl-CoA carboxylase in fa y acid metabolism, elonga on and unsatura on of fa y acids; c) Protein turnover and amino acid catabolism: Introduc on, ght regula on of protein turnover, steps involved in amino acid degrada on, disrup on of amino acid degrada on Module V: Membrane Transport (5 hours) Ac ve and passive transport of molecules across membranes, use of ATP hydrolysis to pump ions across membranes, membrane proteins with ATP-binding casse e domains, secondary transporters, rapid movement of ions across membranes, gap junc ons ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|488

Module VI: Signal transduction pathways (5 hours) Ac va on of G-proteins by seven-transmembrane-helix receptors, hydrolysis of phospha dylinositol bisphosphate by phospholipase C, Calcium as a ubiquitous cytosolic messenger, receptor signalling, defects in signalling pathways-leading to cancer and other diseases, recurring features of signal-transduc on pathways reveal evolu onary rela onships Module VII: Nutrient biosynthesis (7.5 hours) a) Biosynthesis of amino acids: Nitrogen fixa on, amino acids are made from intermediates of the citric acid cycle and other major pathways, regula on of amino acid synthesis by feedback inhibi on, amino acids as precursors of many biomolecules; b) Nucleotide biosynthesis: de novo syntheses of pyrimidine and purine bases, deoxyribonucleo de synthesis, feedback inhibi on, forma on of NAD+, FAD and coenzyme A from ATP, pathological condi ons arising from disrup on in nucleo de metabolism; c) Biosynthesis of membrane lipids and steroids: phospha date –a common intermediate in synthesis of phospholipids and triacylglycerols, synthesis of cholesterol, complex regula on of cholesterol biosynthesis, important deriva ves of cholesterol Module VIII: Integration of metabolism (5 hours) Metabolism consists of highly interconnected pathways, unique metabolic profile of organs, food intake and starva on induce metabolic changes, fuel choice during exercise is determined by intensity and dura on of ac vity, ethanol alters energy metabolism in the liver. Suggested Readings 1. M. Berg, J. L. Tymoczko, L. Stryer, Biochemistry, Freeman Publica on 2. Voet and Voet, Biochemistry John Wiley and Sons 3. Nicholls and Ferguson, Bioenerge cs, Elsevier 4. Lowen, Alexander, Bioenerge cs Penguin Books 5. Brown and Cooper, Bioenerge cs: A prac cal approach, paperback, Oxford University Press

BCAC0007: ADVANCES IN BIOCHEMISTRY (4 credits - 60 hours) Objective: This paper will review principles and procedures of advanced techniques in Biochemistry. In this course students will be taught principles, applications and advances of techniques that are widely used in the field of biochemistry. They will also be required to do presentations and submit an assignment on the most recent developments in the field of biochemistry from the latest peer-reviewed journals. Module I: Genomics (10 hours) Mapping and sequencing genomes: Gene c and physical mapping, Sequencing genomes different strategies, High-throughput sequencing, next-genera on sequencing technologies, compara ve genomics, popula on genomics, epigene cs, Human genome project, pharmacogenomics, genomic medicine, applica ons of genomics to improve public health, drug discovery and agriculture Module II: Transcriptomics (10 hours) The analysis of global gene expression and transcrip on factor regula on, global approaches to alterna ve splicing and its regula on, long noncoding RNAs, gene expression models of signalling pathways, from gene expression to disease phenotypes, introduc on to isoform sequencing, systema c and integra ve analysis of gene expression to iden fy feature genes underlying human diseases Module III: Proteomics (10 hours) Introduc on to proteomics, techniques to study proteomics such as protein electrophoresis, chromatography and mass spectrometry and protein database analysis, case studies derived from scien fic literature including comparisons between healthy and diseased ssues, new approaches to analyse metabolic pathways, comprehensive analysis of protein-protein interac ons in different cell types ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|489

Module IV: Metabolomics (10 hours) Metabolites and metabolism, structural diversity of metabolites, number of metabolites in biological systems, controlling rates and levels of metabolites, metabolite channelling or metabolons, networks of metabolites, sampling, sample prepara on, analy cal tools such as chromatographic systems, mass spectrometry, case studies: yeast metabolomics, plant metabolomics, microbial metabolomics, metabolomics in humans and mammals Module V: Drug Discovery (10 hours) Bioac ve compounds from natural products as lead compounds in drug discovery Module VI: Intellectual Property Rights (10 hours) Introduc on to intellectual property: patents, types, trademarks, copyright and related rights, industrial design and rights, tradi onal knowledge, geographical indica ons, patentable and non patentables issues, paten ng life, legal protec on of biotechnological inven ons, world intellectual property rights organiza on (WIPO), Indian Patent Act 1970 and recent amendments, entrepreneurship in bioscience. Suggested Readings 1. Twyman, R. M., Principles of Proteomics, 2004 2. Villas-Boas, S. G., Roessner, U., Hansen, M. A. E., Smedsgaard, J., Nielsen, J. Metabolome Analysis: An introduc on 3. Langauer, T., Mannhold, R., Kubinyi, H., Timmerman, H. Bioinforma cs - From genomes to drugs 4. Primrose, S. B., Twyman, R. M., Old, R. W. Principles of gene manipula on 5. Tringali, C. (ed.), Natural products as lead compounds in drug discovery CRC Press 6. Bare Act, 2007. Indian Patent Act 1970 Acts & Rules, Universal Law Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi 7. Kankanala C. (2007). Gene c Patent Law & Strategy, 1st Edi on, Manupatra Informa on Solu on Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi. 8. Goel D., Prashar S.. IPR, Biosafety and Bioethics. (2013).Pearson

BCBM0008: BIOMOLECULES (4 credits - 60 hours) Objective: The objective of the course is to give the students a sound understanding of the structural and functional aspects of biomolecules. Module I: (6 Hours) Ioniza on of water, pH and pK, buffers, weak acids and weak bases. General concepts on: Plane of symmetry, centre and axis of symmetry; Concepts of chirality; op cal isomerism; geometrical isomerism; DL, RS nomenclature; Projec on formula (Fischer and Howarth); Isomers: anomers, epimers. Module II: Carbohydrates (12 Hours) a) Classifica on, basic chemical structure, general reac ons and proper es, biological significance, Sugar deriva ves, deoxy sugars, amino sugars, and sugar acids. Mutarota on of sugar.Anomeric effect of sugar (Methyla on effect).Inversion (hydrolysis) of cane sugar. b) Polysaccharides - occurrence, structure, isola on, proper es and func ons of homoglycans - starch, glycogen, cellulose, dextrin, inulin, chi ns, xylans, arabinans, galactans. c) Occurrence, structure, proper es, and func ons of heteroglycans - bacterial cell wall polysaccharides, glycoaminoglycans, agar, alginic acid,pec ns, amino sugars and deoxy sugars, blood group substances and sialic acids.Glycoprotein and their biological applica ons.Lec ns structure and func ons. Module III: Lipids (12 Hours) Defini on and Classifica on - (simple, complex, derived lipids - structure and example). Saturated and unsaturated fa y acids, Nomenclature of fa y acids, General chemical reac ons of fa y acids – esterifica on, hydrogena on and halogena ons, Phospholipids - classifica on, structure and func ons, Ceramides and Sphingomyelins, Eicosanoids, structure and func ons of prostaglandins, ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|490

thromboxanes, leukotrienes, Types and func ons of plasma lipoproteins. Amphipathic lipids membranes, micelles, emulsions and liposomes.Steroids - cholesterol structure and biological role bile acids, bile salts. General chemical reac ons of fats: Hydrolysis, Saponifica on number, I2 number, acetyla on, acetyl number, and vola le fa y acid number - defini on and related problems.Rancidity of fat. Module IV: Vitamins and Porphyrins (8 Hours) a) Vitamins - water soluble - thiamine, riboflavin, niacin, pyridoxine, folic acid, ascorbic acid- sources, structure, biochemical func ons, deficiency diseases, daily requirements; fat soluble - vitamin A, vitamin D2, vitamin E and vitamin K - sources, structure, biochemical func ons, deficiency diseases, daily requirements. b) Porphyrins: the porphyrin ring system, chlorophyll, hemoglobin, myoglobin and cytochrome. Module V: Nucleic acids (10 Hours) Watson-Crick Model of DNA structure: A, B and Z – DNA. Chemical Proper es: Hydrolysis (acid, alkali), enzyma c hydrolysis of DNA. Cruciform structure in DNA, forma on and stability of cruciform, miscellaneous alterna ve conforma on of DNA, HDNA, slipped mispaired DNA, parallel stranded, anisomorphic DNA, palindrome, secondary and ter ary structure of RNA, hnRNA, si RNA, methods for nucleic acid sequence determina on, denatura on, strand separa on, frac ona on, isola on and purifica on of DNA, mRNA, rRNA and tRNA, molecular hybridiza on, Cot value curve, hypochromic and hyperchromic effect, DNA-protein interac ons, Viscosity, Buoyant density, Tm. Module VI: Proteins (12 Hours) Defini on, classifica on, structure, stereochemistry and reac ons of amino acids;Classifica on of proteins on the basis of solubility and shape, structure, and biological func ons. Isola on, frac ona on and purifica on of proteins.Denatura on and renatura on of proteins. Primary structure - determina on of amino acid sequences of proteins, the pep de bond.Ramachandran plot. Secondary structure - weak interac ons involved - alpha helix and beta sheet and beta turns structure. Pauling and Corey model for fibrous proteins. Collagen triple helix.Super secondary structures - helix-loop-helix. Ter ary structure - alpha and beta domains. Quaternary structure structure of hemoglobin.Solid state synthesis of pep des. Protein-Protein interac ons, Concept of chaperones Suggested Readings 1. L. Stryer, Biochemistry, W.H. Freeman and Co. 2. Voet and Voet, Fundamentals of Biochemistry, John Wiley and sons NY. 3. David L. Nelson and Michael M. Cox, Lehninger’s Principle of Biochemistry, W. H. Freeman and Co. 4. Thomas M. Devlin, John Wiley-Liss, Hobokhen, Text Book of Biochemistry with Clinical Correla on, NJ publishers 5. Zubey GL, Biochemistry, WCB Publishers

BCBM6001: BIOMOLECULES LAB (1 Credit) 1. Prepara on of buffers 2. Determina on of pKa and pI of acidic, basic, and neutral amino acids 3. Es ma on of amino acids by Ninhydrin method 4. Es ma on of DNA by DPA method 5. Es ma on of RNA by Orcinol method 6. Es ma on of proteins by Bradford method 7. Es ma on of proteins by Lowry method 8. Isola on and es ma on of lipids from seeds 9. TLC of plant pigments 10. TLC of lipids Suggested Reading 1. Walker, J. H. (Ed.) The Protein Protocols Handbook, Humana Press ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|491

2.

Sadasivam and Manickam Biochemical methods, New Age Interna onal

BCAT6002:ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES LAB (1 Credit) 1. SDS-PAGE separa on of proteins 2. Study of serum proteins by horizontal submerged gel electrophoresis 3. Study of UV absorp on spectra of biological macromolecules-proteins, nucleic acids 4. Separa on of bacterial lipids/amino acids/sugars/organic acids by TLC 5. Separa on of bacterial lipids/amino acids/sugars/organic acids by Paper Chromatography 6. Separa on of haeomoglobin or blue dextran by gel filtra on 7. Quan ta ve es ma on of hydrocarbons/pes cides/organic solvents/methane chromatography 8. Demonstra on of PCR, DNA sequencer and fermenter 9. Fricke Dosimetry 10. Op cal characteriza on of liposomes by turbidimetry

by

gas

Suggested Readings 1. Walker, J. H. (Ed.) The Protein Protocols Handbook, Humana Press 2. Wilson K. and Walker, J. Principles and Techniques of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, Cambridge University Press

BCMB6003: MOLECULAR BIOLOGY LAB (2 Credits) 1. Isola on of plasmid DNA from bacteria. 2. Isola on of chromosomal DNA from bacteria. 3. Competent cell prepara on of bacteria. 4. Bacterial transforma on of exogenous DNA. 5. Polymerase chain reac on analysis 6. Restric on diges on of DNA

BCIM6004: IMMUNOLOGY AND MEDICAL BIOCHEMISTRY LAB (2 Credits) Immunology 1. Single radial immune diffusion 2. Double diffusion method of Ouchterlony 3. Electrophore c separa on of bovine protein 4. Agglu na on reac on Medical Biochemistry 1. Es ma on of Lipoproteins. 2. Glucose tolerance test 3. Es ma on of bilirubin 4. Es ma on of blood urea 5. Es ma on of crea ne phosphokinase 6. Normal and abnormal cons tuents of urine Suggested Readings 1. Turgeon, M. L. Immunology and Serology in Laboratory Medicine Elsevier 2. Detrick, B., Hamilton, R. G., Folds, J. D. Manual of Molecular and Clinical Laboratory Immunology American Society of Microbiology Press 3. Talwar, G. P., Gupta, S. K. Hand Book of Prac cal and Clinical Immunology CBS Publishers and Distributors

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|492

BCPY6005: PHYSIOLOGY LAB (1 credit) (A minimum of 10 experiments to be performed) 1. Es ma on of urea in serum 2. Es ma on of cholesterol in serum. 3. Es ma on of calcium in serum. 4. Assay of Serum glutamate oxaloacetate transaminase (SGOT) and serum glutamate pyruvate transaminase (SGPT) 5. Assay of alkaline phosphatase 6. Assay of amylase in serum 7. Es ma on of glucose in serum by glucose oxidase-peroxidase method. 8. Assay of LDH ac vity in serum 9. Separa on of plasma proteins by electrophoresis 10. Es ma on of glycosylated hemoglobin 11. Measuring the electrical ac vity of the heart 12. Measuring Basal Metabolic Rate using a respirometer 13. Coun ng white blood cells, red blood cells, platelets

BCBM6006: BIOENERGETICS AND METABOLISM LAB (1 credit) Bioenergetics 1. Cellular respira on in yeast 2. Photosynthesis and cellular respira on in plants 3. Deciphering how cells make energy (light driven ATP genera on in chloroplasts causing pH change, also subjec ng chloroplasts to pH changes resul ng in ATP produc on-chemiosmosis theory) Metabolism 1. Determining the specificity of lactase 2. Effect of pH on trypsin ac vity 3. Effect of temperature on amylase ac vity 4. Effect of bile on lipase ac vity Suggested Reading 1. Brown, G. C. and Cooper, C. E. Bioenerge cs: A Prac cal Approach Oxford University Press

BCDI6007: DISSERTATION PHASE I (2 credits)

BCDI6008: DISSERTATION PHASE II (16 credits) During the course of the Master’s Degree the student is expected to undertake a research work leading to a dissertation. The work will be divided into two phases spread over two semesters. During the research work the student shall study and incorporate recent trends in the area chosen by him/her, and develop a scientific dissertation based on the research and actual bench work. The student shall be required to make presentations and reports at various stages of the research work. The format for the final dissertation shall be as prescribed by the Department. There shall be a viva voce examination on the dissertation by an expert committee comprising external and internal members. The mode and components of the evaluation and the weightages attached to them shall be published by the Department at the beginning of the semester.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|493

BIOTECHNOLOGY BTCA0002: COMPUTER APPLICATIONS FOR BIOSCIENCES AND BIOINFORMATICS (3 Credits – 45 hours) Objective: This course is designed to equip students with a foundation for developing basic programming skills and a sound knowledge of computer applications in biological sciences. Students will learn how to effectively and independently use the available bioinformatics tools and resources. Using bioinformatics tools, students will have the opportunity to apply the concepts of genetics, cell and molecular biology to learn how to retrieve, analyze and process biological data. Module I (10 Hours) a) Basic computer organiza on, Processor and memory, secondary storage devices, Input-Output devices. b) Computer so ware, Computer language; Basic Ideas in Programming in C: Variables, Constants, Keywords, Input/output, Control Statements, Func ons, Structures; Opera ng system –Basic commands in Linux. Module II (5 Hours) a) Introduc on to Spreadsheet, presenta on so ware, document and word processing. b) World Wide Web, Client - server organiza on; Internet Protocols - FTP, HTTP, Telnet; Search engines search concepts Module III (12 Hours) a) Concept of databases: Biological databases - Primary, secondary, composite databases; Databases for Literature, Sequence and structure; Searching and their retrieval. b) DNA and Protein sequence alignments - Pairwise alignment, dot plot, global and local alignment algorithms - Needleman and Wunsch algorithm, Smith-Waterman algorithm; Mul ple sequence alignment - progressive alignment and Itera ve alignment algorithms; PAM and Blosum scoring matrices; Mul ple sequence alignment based database searching – PSI-Blast; Bioinforma cs for phylogene c analysis. Module IV (9 Hours) a) Gene Predic on- Finding genes in prokaryo c and eukaryo c genomes, Regulatory sequence analysis; Genome maps and markers, Genome varia on.Oligo design and analysis tool. b) Human genome project; Concept and So ware used in Gene expression analysis and Microarray. Module V (9 Hours) a) Structural biology - Protein structure predic on and classifica on; Homology modeling, Threading and Abini o methods, Molecular visualiza on tools-Rasmol, Chime and Swiss pdb viewer. Structure analysis tools - VAST and DALI. b) Drug Design and discovery, steps in drug discovery, ADME, Lead iden fica on, QSAR. Proteomic research, metabolic reconstruc on. Suggested Readings 1. Sedgewick R and Wayne K. An Introduc on to Computer Science, Princeton University [available online]. 2. Blum R and LeBlanc Dee-Ann. Linux for Dummies, WILEY [available online]. 3. Kanetkar YP. Let Us C [available online]. 4. Rajaraman V. Fundamentals of Computers, Pren ce-Hill India. 5. Rajaram R. Computer Concepts and C Programming, SCITECH INDIA. 6. Baxevanis DA, Francis BFO. Bioinforma cs: a prac cal guide to the analysis of genes and proteins, John Wiley and Sons [available online]. 7. Krane DE,Raymen, M. L. Fundamental Concepts of Bioinforma cs, Benjamin Cummings. 8. Mount DW. Bioinforma cs: Sequence and genome Analysis, CHSL Press [available online]. 9. Bourne PE and Weissig H. Structural Bioinforma cs, WILEY. 10. Ghosh Z and Mallick B. Bioinforma cs Principles and Applica ons, Oxford University Press. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|494

11. A wood TK and Parry-Smith DJ. Introduc on to Bioinforma cs, Pearson Educa on. 12. Elmasr R and Navathe SB. Fundamentals of Database Systems, Pearson Educa on [available online]. 13. Campbell AM and Heyer LJ. Discovering Genomics, Proteomics and Bioinforma cs, Benjamin Cummings.

BTRM0003: RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND BIOSTATISTICS (4 Credits – 60 hours) Objectives: To introduce students to a few aspects of doing research and to provide them with the statistical tools necessary for analysing and interpreting experimentally acquired data Module I: Introduction to Scientific Research (15 hours) a) Defini on, basic and applied research, interdisciplinary research, b) Discrimina ve reading, reading and reviewing scien fic literature – consul ng source material, primary and secondary literature, biological abstract, current content, review, monograph, peer-reviewed journals, e-resources; research and review ar cles c) Introduc on on scien fic problems, your scien fic problem, methods and techniques, research condi ons, data types, techniques, repeatability, reproducibility and reliability, validity, effect measure and choice of sta s cal test, experimental protocol, experimental rou ne d) Scien fic communica on - scien fic paper, scien fic posters Module II: Ethics and Scientific Conduct (5 hours) Brief introduc on to ethics, scien fic conduct and misconduct-plagiarism, authorship issues, inves ga on and punishment of scien fic misconduct, ethics of animal and human research Module III: (15 hours) a) Introduc on to Biosta s cs: defini on and applica ons of biosta s cs; b) Data-types and presenta on: types of biological data, accuracy and significant figures; c) Popula ons and samples: popula ons, samples from popula ons, random sampling, variables and a ributes, sta s cal errors d) Frequency distribu ons e) Graphical representa on of data: line diagram, bar diagram, pie chart, histogram f) Measures of central tendency: the arithme c mean, median and mode g) Measures of dispersion: range, mean devia on, variance, standard devia on, standard error of mean, standard score Module IV: (6 hours) a) Permuta ons and combina ons, sets b) Probability: introduc on, coun ng possible outcomes, probability of an event, adding and mul plying probabili es c) Probability distribu ons: Binomial, Poisson and Normal distribu on Module V: (19 hours) a) Tes ng of hypothesis and goodness of fit: Null hypothesis, level of significance, errors of influence, Student’s t-test, paired t-test, Fischer’s test, Chi-square test, linear correla on and linear regression b) Analysis of variance: variances of samples and their means, F-distribu on, par oning of the total sum of squares and degrees of freedom, models and types of ANOVA Suggested Readings 1. Creswell JW. Educa onal Research-Planning, conduc ng and evalua ng quan ta ve and qualita ve research, Pearson. 2. Laake P, Benestad HB and Olsen BR. Research Methodology in the medical and biological sciences Academic Press, Elsevier. 3. Kothari CR. Research Methodology: Methods and techniques, New Age Interna onal [Available online]. 4. Gurumani N. Research Methodology for Biological sciences. MJP Publishers (753 pp). 5. Banerjee PK. Introduc on to Biosta s cs. S. Chand [Available in Guwaha ]. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|495

6. 7. 8.

Sokal RR and Rohlf FJ. Biometry: The principles and prac ces of sta s cs in biological research,W. H. Freeman and Company. Zar JH. Biosta s cal Analysis, Pearson Pren ce Hall. Bailey NTJ. Sta s cal Methods in Biology, Cambridge University Press.

BTAP0004: ANIMAL AND PLANT BIOTECHNOLOGY (4 Credits – 60 hours) Objective: In this course students will be introduced to the techniques and underlying theories of both plant and animal biotechnology and their application in agriculture, veterinary sciences, medical sciences and reproductive technology. Ethical issues related to biotechnological research will also be addressed in this course. Part A: Animal Biotechnology Module I: Animal cell culture (10 Hours) General considera ons of cell culture: Asep c condi on, Media, Balanced salt solu on, Carbon dioxide incubator, feeder layer, serum, growth factors; Types of culture media (defined and undefined media), culture media composi on; role of different media. Types of cell culture –organ, Organotypic, single cell, Histotypic/3D, primary cells, cell lines, adherent and suspension cell cultures; Characteris cs of cells in culture; measurement of cell viability, apoptosis,senescence; Scaling up of animal cell culture, stem cell culture, embryonic stem cell and their applica ons. Module II: Animal improvement (8 Hours) Embryology: Collec on and preserva on of embryos; culturing of embryos; micromanipula on technology and fer liza on in animals; Equipment used in micromanipula on; Assisted reproduc ve biotechnology in human and animal; Sperm sor ng; Enrichment of semen for x (female) or y (male) sperm; Biotechnology Techniques in Animal Breeding: Ar ficial Insemina on, In Vitro Fer liza on and embryo transfer. Module III:Transgenic animals and application (12 Hours) Transgenic animal: methods of produc on and applica on; transgenic animals as models for human diseases; transgenic animals in livestock improvement; industry, biomedicine, bioreactors; chimera produc on; Gene knockouts, produc on of human an bodies in animals; vaccines and their applica ons; gene therapy for animal diseases; Knock out mice and mice of human (gene c) disease(s); Animal cloning and ethical issues in animal biotechnology. Part B: Plant Biotechnology Module IV: Plant tissue culture and Micropropagation (10 Hours) Defini on, brief history, principle and significance of ssue culture; Cellular to potency: Cytodifferen a on: Organogenic Differen a on: induc on, factors affec ng shoot bud differen a on; Cell suspension Culture, Callus Culture, Embryo Culture, Haploid Culture: microspore and macrospore culture. Triploid culture: Endosperm Culture, Protoplast: isola on, Culture and Fusion; Soma c hybridiza on and cybridiza on; Soma c Embryogenesis and Synthe c Seed Produc on; Androgenesis and its applica ons in gene cs and plant breeding; Germplasm conserva on and cryopreserva on. Module V: Methods of gene transfer and Markers (8 Hours) Introduc on to transgenic plants, methods of gene transfer – Agrobacterium tumefaciens mediated, Agrobacterium rhizogenes mediated; Direct gene transfer methods – Chemical, Physical and alterna ve methods. Selectable markers, reporter gene and promoter in plant vectors. Module VI: Transgenic plants and Medicinal Plant biotechnology (12 Hours) Transgenic plants: Herbicide resistance; Drought, Salinity, thermal stress, flooding and submergence tolerance. Seed storage proteins; Protein engineering; Vitamins and other value addi on compounds; Metabolic engineering of lipids, flavonoids, vitamin E biosynthesis, flavoring agents (monoterpenes and sesquiterpene), Carotenoid biosynthesis, secondary metabolites; Produc on of pharmaceu cally important compounds; Bioenergy genera on; Medicinal plants: different secondary metabolites, ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|496

applica on of biotechnology in medicinal plants. Suggested Readings 1. Ranga MM. Animal Biotechnology. Agrobios India Limited 2. Ramadass P, Meera Rani S. Text Book Of Animal Biotechnology. Akshara Printers. 3. Freshney IR, R. Culture of Animal Cells: A Manual of Basic Technique and Specialized Applica ons. 4. Barnes D, Mather JP, Animal cell culture methods, Academic press. 5. Heldt HW. Plant Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, Oxford University Press. 6. Ignacimuthu S, Applied Plant Biotechnology, Tata McGraw-Hill. 7. Gamburg OL, Philips GC. Plant ssue and Organ culture fundamental methods, Narosa publica ons. 8. Slater A, Sco N and Flower M, Plant Biotechnology. The gene c manipula on of plants, Oxford University Press. 9. Singh BD.Text book of Biotechnology, Kalyani publishers.

BTGE0005: GENETIC ENGINEERING (3 Credits – 45 hours) Objective: In this course students will learn the basics of genetic engineering and the principles of gene manipulation. Students will be exposed to modern tools and techniques used in various areas of biotechnological/microbiological/biochemistry research. Module I: Enzymes in Genetic Engineering (6 Hours) Restric on nucleases: Exo and Endo nucleases: History, Restric on endonuclease nomenclature, classifica on of restric on endonuclease – type I, type II, and type III, cleavage pa erns – s cky ends, blunt ends, applica ons; Modifying enzymes – ligases, kinases, RNAse, polymerases, phosphatases and methylases, RNA dependent DNA polymerase,Terminal Deoxynucleo dyl transferase. Module II: Plasmids and Vectors (10 Hours) Cloning vectors: Plasmids and plasmid vectors, phagemids, cosmids, ar ficial chromosome vectors (YAC, BAC), E.Coli plasmid vectors – pBR322, pUC18, pET21,Bacterio-phage vectors – λ and M13, Cosmids, phagemids and Phasmids, Shu le vectors - Yeast vectors, Baculo virus vector. Intein-based vectors; Inclusion bodies; Plant based vectors, Ti and Ri as vectors, Yeast vectors, Inser on and Replacement vectors, Expression vectors; Strategies for produc on of foreign proteins in E. coli, Yeast, animal cell, pMal; GST; pET-based vectors; Protein purifica on; His-tag; GST-tag; MBP-tag. Module III: Molecular Cloning and Hybridization techniques (12 hours) Isola on of genomic and plasmid DNA, DNA cloning; Strategies for construc on of genomic and cDNA libraries, chromosome walking; screening of libraries; Oligonucleo de, cDNA and an body probes; The Southern, Northern, Western, North-Western, Zoo blots, South western, Far western blo ng and Colony hybridiza on, yeast-two hybrid system, c-DNA synthesis and cloning: mRNA enrichment, reverse transcrip on, DNA primers, linkers, adaptors and their chemical synthesis; Cloning interac ng genes two-hybrid systems, cloning differen ally expressed genes. Site directed mutagenesis and protein engineering. Module IV: PCR and its applications (9 Hours) Primer design, thermostable enzymes, Types of PCR – mul plex, nested, reverse transcrip on PCR, quan ta ve real me PCR, touchdown PCR, colony PCR, cloning of PCR products; PCR in gene recombina on: Dele on, recombina on, addi on, and Site-specific mutagenesis, PCR in molecular diagnos cs – muta on detec on, mismatch amplifica on muta on assay (MAMA), Oligonucleo de Liga on Assay (OLA), Single-strand conforma on polymorphism (SSCP), Allele-specific amplifica on (ASA). Module V: DNA Sequencing and applications of genetic engineering (8 Hours) Maxam and Gilbert method and Sanger’s method, Next genera on sequencing, Applica ons of gene c engineering: Transgenic animals and plants, produc on of recombinant pharmaceu cals, gene therapy, disease diagnosis, Transgenic and gene knockout technologies: Vector engineering, strategies of gene delivery, gene replacement/augmenta on, gene correc on, gene edi ng, gene ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|497

regula on and silencing. Suggested Readings 1. S.B. Primrose, R.M. Twyman and R.W. Old; Principles of Gene Manipula on. S.B.University Press. 2. Brown TA, Genomes, Garland Science. 3. J. Sambrook and D.W. Russel; Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Vols 1-3, CSHL. 4. Glover DM, Hames BD, Cloming I & II. IRL Press 5. Innis MA, Gelfant MA, Sni skey JJ, PCR Strategies, IRL Press.

BTIM0006: IMMUNOLOGY (3 Credits – 45 hours) Objective: This course is designed to provide a foundation in the basic concepts of immunology and immunotechnology. Students will acquire a sound working knowledge of the basic elements of the immune system and the techniques employed in immunodiagnostics, therapeutic techniques and research. Module I (16 Hours) a) History and scope of immunology, hematopoie c stem cells, stromal cells, hematopoiesis, lymphoid ssues and organs (primary and secondary), B-lymphocytes and their ac va on, Thymus derived lymphocytes and their ac va on, an gen presen ng cells, natural killer cells, dendri c cells, macrophages, structure and func ons of Class I and II Major Histocompa bility complex (MHC) molecules; b) Types of immunity: innate and acquired, ac ve and passive, humoral and cell mediated, immune globulin: defini on, structure and func on, clonal selec on theory, monoclonal an body synthesis, genera on of an body diversity, organiza on and expression of immunoglobulin genes, an gens: T dependent and T independent an gens, adjuvant (defini on, examples, func on), an gen an body reac ons, cross reac vity, cytokines-defini on: defini on, types and func ons. Module II (7 Hours) The complement systems: defini on, func on, classical and alternate pathway, transplanta on: organ transplanta on and HLA ssue typing, autoimmunity, hypersensi vity reac ons, immunological tolerance, immune suppression and immunotherapy, vaccine: defini on, classifica on and func on. Module III (10 Hours) Purifica on of mononuclear cells from peripheral blood, isola on and characteriza on of T cells subsets; B cells and macrophages; mitogen and an gen induced lympho-prolifera on assay; mixed lymphocyte reac on - assessment of delayed hypersensi vity reac ons; macrophage cultures - assay of macrophage ac va on - isola on of dendri c cells; In situ and In vivo characteriza on of cells from ssues; genera on of T cell clones. Module IV (12 Hours) a) Disease diagnos cs and Immunotechnology: DNA diagnos cs, array-based diagnos cs and nucleo de polymorphisms; Immuno screening of recombinant library; Tumour immunity, Immunodeficiency disease - SCID, AIDS. b) Immunoelectrophoresis, immunofluorescence, Immunohistochemistry; Fluorescent Ac vated Cell Sorter (FACS); Single and double immunodiffusion, Immunofluorescence, RIA, RID, ELISA, Western blot, Agglu na on tests; Vaccine technology including DNA vaccines; iden fica on of T and B epitopes for vaccine development. Suggested Readings 1. Kindt TJ, Goldsby RA, Osborne BA, Kuby J. Kuby Immunology. WH Freeman and company, New York. 2. Abbas AK, Lichtman AK and Pober JS (Eds). Cellular and Molecular Immunology. WB Saunders. 3. Delves P, Mar n S, Burton D, Roi I. Roi 's Essen al Immunology. Wiley-Blackwell. 4. Weir DM and Steward J. Immunology. Churchill Livingstone, New York 5. Goding. Monoclonal an bodies. Academic Press. 6. Hay FC, Westwood OMR. Prac cal Immunology. Blackwell Publishing. 7. Price CP, Newman DJ. Principles And Prac ces of Immunoassay. Nature Publishing Group. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|498

BTBE0007: BIOPROCESS ENGINEERING (3 Credits – 45 hours) Objective: The course aims to present the students the basic principles of bioengineering in large-scale cultivation of microorganisms for production of industrially important products. Students will be introduced to different aspects in the field of Bioprocess Engineering including bioreactors and fermentors, food biotechnology and environmental biotechnology. Module I (8 Hours) Introduc on to bioprocess engineering, bioreactors, bioprocess kine cs, kine c modeling, cell immobiliza on, produc on of biomass and applica ons; Isola on, preserva on and maintenance of industrial microorganisms, kine cs of microbial growth, media formula on for industrial fermenta on, Air and media steriliza on; Designing of a fermenter/Bioreactor. Module II (8 Hours) Types of fermenta on process, analysis of batch: fed batch and con nuous bioreactor, biotransforma on, stability of microbial reactors, analysis of mixed microbial popula ons, specialized bioreactors (pulsed, fluidized, photo bioreactors etc.) Measurement and control of bioprocess parameters Module III (12 Hours) Downstream processing: introduc on, removal of microbial cells and solid ma ers, foam separa on, precipita on, filtra on, centrifuga on, cell disrup on, liquid-liquid extrac on, chromatography, membrane process, drying and crystalliza on, effluent treatment; Industrial produc on of chemicals using biological aid: alcohols, acids (citric, ace c and gluconic), solvents (glycerols, acetone, butanol), an bio cs (penicillin, streptomycin, tetracycline) amino acids (lysine, glutamic acid), single cell proteins. Module IV (10 Hours) Food Biotechnology: Food spoilage and preserva on process, dairy products, wine, beer and other alcoholic Beverages and formulated plant products, petro crops, food from water, fungal protein food from yeast, hybrid seeds, conven onal breeding of plant for food produc on. Transforma on of steroids and non-steroid compounds; Mushroom: types, isola on and culture. Module V (12 Hours) Bioremedia on: Concept (in situ and ex situ bioremedia on) and role of bioremedia on in controlling various pollu on problems (industrial and medical effluents,). Basic concept of phyto-remedia on and myco-remedia on; Bioremedia on of heavy metals, oil spills, plas cs, cellulose and paper, xenobio cs; Radioac ve waste: Sources, half-life of radioac ve elements and mode of decay. Suggested Readings 1. Stanbury PF, Whitaker A, Hall SJ. Principles of Fermenta on Technology. Bu erwoth Heinemann. (Available online). 2. Glazer AN. and Nikaldo H. Microbial Biotechnology, WH Freeman and company network. 3. Presco LM, Harley JP and Klein DA. Microbiology. McGraw Hill. 4. Stainer RY, Ingrtham JL, Wheels ML and Painter PR. General Microbiology. Macmillan. 5. Casida LE. Industrial Microbiology, John Wiley and Sons. 6. Flickinger MC, Drew SW. Encyclopedia of Bioprocess Technology. John Wiley and Sons. 7. Demian AL and Davis. JE. Industrial Microbiology and Biotechnology, ASM Press.

BTAB0008: ADVANCES IN BIOTECHNOLOGY (4 Credits - 60 hours) Objective: This course will review the principles of advanced Biotechnology. The students will be exposed to the frontiers of research and latest techniques in Biotechnology and their applications. This will keep them abreast of the most recent developments in the area.The students will be required to make presentations and submit assignments on the latest developments in the field of Biotechnology with the ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|499

help of reputed national and international journals. Module I: Genomics (10 hours) Genome organisa on, prokaryo c and eukaryo c genomes, chromosomal and extra-chromosomal genomes, model organisms, Next Genera on Sequencing (NGS), whole genome sequencing, genome projects, microarrays; epigene cs, pharmacogenomics, compara ve genomics, applica ons of genomics in health, agriculture and industry Module II: Transcriptomics and proteomics (15 hours): a) Transcriptome, analysis of gene expression - ESTs, SAGE, recent developments in RNA sequencing; metatranscriptomics, applica ons in gene regula on: alterna ve splicing, non-coding RNA b) Proteins and their structure, proteome, 1D and 2D PAGE, X-ray crystallography, Mass spectrometry including MALDI-TOF, protein microarrays, recent developments in secretomics, interactomics; applica ons of proteomics in drug discovery Module III: Metabolomics, bioinformatics and systems biology (15 hours): a) Metabolome and its significance, recent advancements using high throughput analy cal techniques like chromatography coupled with mass spectroscopy (GC-MS, LC-MS), NMR; data analysis (PCA, PLSDA) b) Databases, sequence alignments, phylogene c tree, analysis of -omics data using advanced tools of bioinforma cs c) Systems biology – complex biological data, computa onal and mathema cal models, recent developments in network analysis Module IV: Commercial biotechnology (10 hours) Isola on of industrially important enzymes, commercial produc on of industrial bio-molecules in bioreactors; drug discovery from both natural and synthe c source, recombinant vaccines; commercial plant ssue culture including automa on, strategies for environment cleanup using biotechnological tools Module V: Intellectual Property Rights (10 hours) Introduc on to intellectual property: patents, types, trademarks, copyright and related rights, industrial design and rights, tradi onal knowledge, geographical indica ons, patentables and non-patentables, paten ng life, legal protec on of biotechnological inven ons, world intellectual property rights organiza on (WIPO), Indian Patent Act 1970 and recent amendments, entrepreneurship in bioscience. Suggested Readings 1. Primrose, S.B. and Twyman, R., Principles of Gene Manipula on and Genomics, Wiley - Blackwell Publishers. 2. Bernot, A., Genome, Trascriptome and Proteome Analysis. John Wiley & Sons Ltd. 3. Stumpf, M., Balding, D.J. and Girolami, M., Handbook of Sta s cal Systems Biology, Wiley Publishers. 4. Singh, K.K., Biotechnology and Intellectual Property Rights: Legal and Social Implica ons, Springer, India.

BTPE0009: THERMODYNAMICS AND ENZYMOLOGY (3 Credits - 45 hours) Objective: The objective of the course is to give the students an in-depth knowledge of the properties and kinetics of enzyme catalyzed reactions in biological systems Module I (5 hours) Laws of thermodynamics, reversible and irreversible processes, entropy, enthalpy, internal energy, free energy and equilibrium constant, Gibbs free energy equa on, determina on of free energy change of under standard and non-standard condi ons, high energy compounds, coupled reac ons, determina on of feasibility of reac ons.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|500

Module II (5 hours) Isola on and purifica on of enzymes, Sal ng out of pro ens, Isoelectric point, Electrophoresis of protein. Classifica on, nomenclature and general proper es like effects of pH, substrate and temperature on enzyme catalyzed reac ons. Module III (7 hours) Kine cs of enzyme catalyzed reac on: Single substrate reac ons, bi-substrate reac ons, concept of Michaelis-Menten, Briggs Haldane rela onship, Determina on and significance of kine c constants, Limita ons of Michaelis-Menten Kine cs. Module IV (10 hours) Ac va on energy and Arrhenius concept. Binding energy, Enzyme catalysis: enzyme specificity and the concept of ac ve site, determina on of ac ve site. Stereospecificity of enzymes. Mechanism of catalysis: Proximity and orienta on effects, general acid-base catalysis, concerted acid - base catalysis, nucleophilic and electrophilic a acks, catalysis by distor on, metal ion catalysis. Theories on mechanism of catalysis. Inhibi on of enzyme ac vity: Compe ve-cite: succinate on Malonate dehydrogenase as example, Non-compe ve-cite: lodoacetamide on triose phosphate dehydrogenase and EDTA as example: Suicide inac va on-ac on of penicillin on bacterial cell wall biosynthesis as an example. Module V (9 hours) Mechanism of enzymes ac on: mechanism of ac on of lysozyme, chymotrypsin, carboxypep dase and DNA polymease. Mul enzymes system, Mechanism of ac on and regula on of pyruvate dehydrogenase and fa y acid synthetase complex. Coenzyme ac on. Module VI (9 Hours) Enzyme regula on: General mechanisms of enzyme regula on, Allosteric enzymes, Feedback Regula on, Sigmoidal kine cs and their physiological significance, Symmetric and sequen al modes for ac on of Allosteric enzymes. Reversible and irreversible covalent modifica on of enzymes, cascade systems.Immobilised enzymes and their industrial applica ons. Ribozyme (cataly c RNA) and Abzyme (use of an body as enzyme) - defini on only. Suggested Readings 1. R. S. Berry, S. A. Rice and J. Ross; Physical Chemistry; Oxford University Press publisher 2. P. C. Rakshit; Physical Chemistry; Sarat Book House publisher 3. Jeremy M. Berg (Editor), John L. Tymoczko (Editor), Lubert Stryer (Editor); Biochemistry; W.H.Freeman & Co Ltd publisher 4. Donald Voet, Judith G. Voet, Charlo e W. Pra ; Fundamentals of Biochemistry; John Wiley & Sons Inc publisher 5. David L. Nelson, Michael M. Cox; Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry; W H Freeman & Co (Sd) publisher 6. Thomas .M. Devlin; Textbook of Biochemistry With Clinical Correla ons; John Wiley & Sons publishers publisher

BTCA6002: COMPUTER APPLICATIONS FOR BIOSCIENCES AND BIOINFORMATICS LAB (2 Credits) 1. Basic Programing in C 2. Running basic LINUX commands 3. Usage of NCBI resources 4. Usage/Retrieval of sequence/structure from databases 5. Visualiza on of structures 6. Protein Docking and Docking of ligand receptors 7. Sequence alignments, Blastn, Blastp, Psi-Blast, Clustal Omega 8. Homology modeling 9. Primer designing and analysis ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|501

10. Phylogene c Analysis using MEGA5.0

BTAP6003: ANIMAL AND PLANT BIOTECHNOLOGY LAB (2 Credits) (A) Animal Biotechnology 1. Isola on of genomic DNA from animal cells 2. Prepara on of animal cell culture media and Filter steriliza on 3. Subculturing / passaging cell lines 4. Prepara on of single cell suspension from spleen/liver/thymus 5. Staining of the monolayer cells with Giemsa stain. 6. Quan ta on of animals cells using hemocytometer 7. Cell viability test (B) Plant Biotechnology 1. Isola on of plant genomic DNA, Chloroplast and Mitochondrial DNA 2. Prepara on of Plant ssue culture media and Stock solu ons 3. Callus induc on 4. Shoot/ Root induc on - organogenesis 5. Haploid produc on – Anther and ovule culture 6. Protoplast fusion by PEG 7. Agrobacterium mediated transforma on 8. Gus assay/ GFP cloning

BTGE6004: GENETIC ENGINEERING LAB (1 Credit) 1. Isola on of genomic DNA from animals/plants 2. DNA amplifica on using polymerase chain reac on 3. Cloning in plasmid/ Phagemid vectors 4. Gene expression in E. coli and analysis of gene product 5. Agarose gel electrophoresis 6. Liga on of DNA 7. Silver staining of gels 8. Methylene Blue Staining 9. RAPD (Random Amplifica on of Polymorphic DNA)

BTIM6005: IMMUNOLOGY LAB (1 Credit) 1. Isola on of WBC and RBCs 2. Differen al coun ng of WBC 3. Single radial immune diffusion 4. Double diffusion method of Ouchterlony 5. Immunoelectrophoresis 6. Rocket electrophoresis 7. Agglu na on reac ons 8. Separa on of peripheral blood mononuclear cells by Ficoll-Hypaque 9. Immunodiagnos cs (Demonstra on using commercial kits) 10. DOT ELISA for the presence of specific an gen.

BTBE6006: BIOPROCESS ENGINEERING LAB (1 Credit) (A minimum of 10 experiments to be conducted) 1. Parts and design of fermenter 2. Solid state fermenta on ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|502

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

Submerged fermenta on Conserva on of Bacteria by Lyophiliza on Produc on and es ma on of protease Produc on and es ma on of amylase Isola on, Preserva on and Maintenance of Industrial Microorganisms Growth kine cs for batch culture Media for Industrial Fermenta on Immobiliza on of bacterial cells Scale up fermenta on process Produc on and quan fica on of alcohol using yeast Lac c acid fermenta on process

BTDI6007: DISSERTATION PHASE I (2 Credits)

BTDI6008: DISSERTATION PHASE II (16 Credits) During the course of the Master’s Degree the student is expected to undertake a research work leading to a dissertation. The work will be divided into two phases spread over two semesters. During the research work the student shall study and incorporate recent trends in the area chosen by him/her, and develop a scientific dissertation based on the research and actual bench work. The student shall be required to make presentations and reports at various stages of the research work. The format for the final dissertation shall be as prescribed by the Department. There shall be a viva voce examination on the dissertation by an expert committee comprising external and internal members. The mode and components of the evaluation and the weightages attached to them shall be published by the Department at the beginning of the semester.

BTPE6009: THERMODYNAMICS AND ENZYMOLOGY LAB (1 Credit) 1. Determina on of Km and op mum pH and temperature of amylase from sweet potatoes 2. Determina on of Km and Vmax of urease from bean. 3. Determina on of Km of Lipase from moong seeds. 4. Assessment of inhibitor on enzyme ac vity. 5. Assessment of ac vator on enzyme ac vity.

MICROBIOLOGY MBCG0001: CELL BIOLOGY AND GENETICS (4 Credits - 60 hours) Objective: This course is designed to give a better understanding of cellular biology with complicated biochemical and physiological processes. The course also focuses on genetics as it relates to the function and structures of cells. It will also serve as a foundation for further studies in advanced molecular biology and biochemistry. Module I (9 Hours) Structural organiza on and func on of intracellular organelles: Cell wall, nucleus, mitochondria, ribosomes, Golgi bodies, lysosomes, endoplasmic re culum, peroxisomes, plas ds, vacuoles, chloroplast, structure func on of cytoskeleton and its role in mo lity. Membrane structure and func on: Structure of model membrane, lipid bilayer and membrane protein diffusion, osmosis, ion channels, ac ve transport, ion pumps, mechanism of sor ng; Protein synthesis on free and bound polysomes, golgi sor ng, post- transla onal modifica ons. Module II (12 Hours) Organiza on of genes and chromosomes: Operon, interrupted genes, gene families, structure of chroma n and chromosomes, unique and repe ve DNA, heterochroma n, euchroma n, ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|503

transposons. Cell division and cell cycle: Mitosis and meiosis, their regula on, steps in cell cycle, and control of cell cycle. Uncontrolled cell growth – cell cycle in cancer; oncogenes, tumor suppressor genes; Programmed cell death, aging and senescence Module III (15 Hours) Cellular communica on: Regula on of hematopoiesis, general principles of cell communica on, cell adhesion and roles of different adhesion molecules, gap junc ons, extracellular matrix, integrins, neurotransmission and its regula on. Cell signaling: Hormones and their receptors, cell surface receptor, signal transduc on pathways: GCPR, RTK etc., second messengers and their roles in signal transduc on, regula on of signaling pathways, bacterial and plant two-component signaling systems, bacterial chemotaxis and quorum sensing. Module IV (15 Hours) a) Mendelian principles and extension: Dominance, segrega on, independent assortment, devia on from Mendelian inheritance. Concept of gene: Allele, mul ple alleles, pseudoallele, complementa on tests. Codominance, incomplete dominance, gene interac ons, pleiotropy, genomic imprin ng, penetrance and expressivity, phenocopy, linkage and crossing over, sex linkage, sex limited and sex influenced characters. Extra chromosomal inheritance: Inheritance of mitochondrial and chloroplast genes, maternal inheritance. b) Gene mapping methods: Linkage maps, tetrad analysis, mapping with molecular markers mapping by using soma c cell hybrids, development of mapping popula on in plants. mapping, electron microscope heteroduplex mapping; Fine structure of genes and complex loci in eukaryotes Human gene cs: Pedigree analysis, lod score for linkage tes ng, karyotypes, gene c disorders. c) Quan ta ve gene cs: Polygenic inheritance, heritability and its measurements, QTL mapping. Module VI (9 Hours) Muta on: Types, causes and detec on, mutant types – lethal, condi onal, biochemical, loss of func on, gain of func on, germinal verses soma c mutants, inser onal mutagenesis. Structural and numerical altera ons of chromosomes: Dele on, duplica on, inversion, transloca on, ploidy and their gene c implica ons. Transposable Gene c Elements: Transposable elements in bacteria, transposable elements in eukaryotes. Recombina on: Homologous and non-homologous recombina on, including transposi on, site-specific recombina on. Suggested Readings 1. Cooper, G. M., Cell (A Molecular Approach) 2. Karp, G., Cell and Molecular Biology (1996) 3. Sadava D. E., Cell Biology (1993) 4. Kish V. M. and Kleinsmith L. J., Cell and Molecular Biology (1995) 5. deRober s and deRober s, Cell and Molecular Biology 6. Gardner, Principles of Gene cs 7. Strickberger, Gene cs 8. Ram Mahabal, Fundamentals of Cytogene cs and Gene cs

MBVB0003: VIROLOGY, BACTERIOLOGY AND MYCOLOGY (5 Credits - 75 Hours) Objective: The contents of this course will help students to understand the evolution, growth, life cycle and applications of virus, bacteria and fungus which will lead the students towards progressive advancement of the subject. Module I (8 hours) History and perspec ve of virology, dis nc ve proper es of virus, varia on in morphology of virus, capsid arrangement, envelope composi on, viral nomenclature, classifica on of virus including Bal more’s classifica on, assay of plant virus, animal virus and bacteriophage, mul plica on of viruses inside the host: infec on of host cells, synthesis of viral macromolecules, regula on of the expression of phage genes, viral DNA replica on, role of DNA modifica on, matura on and release of ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|504

viral par cle, isola on and purifica on of phage. Module II (17 hours) Bacterial viruses: classifica on and nomenclature, ly c and lysogenic phage, regula on in switching between ly c and lysogenic mode, lysogenic conversion, replica on of bacterial phage, plant viruses: classifica on and nomenclature, structure and life cycle of plant viruses, replica on of the gene c material of plant viruses, plant diseases caused by virus and their control, animal viruses: classifica on and nomenclature, structure and lifecycle of animal viruses, replica ve strategies employed by DNA and RNA viruses, epidemiology, pathogenesity, diagnosis, preven on and treatment of animal viruses including HIV, viral vaccines, interferon, and an viral drugs. Module III (25 hours) History and development of mycology in the scien fic development, general characteris cs of fungi, fungal structure and organiza on, criteria for fungal classifica on, colony communica on and signaling, nutri on requirement of fungi, saprophy c, parasi c, obligatory and faculta ve, biotrophic, semi-biotrophic and necrotrophic mode of growth, fungal cell differen a on, reproduc on in fungi vegeta ve, asexual and sexual with special reference to their significance, homothallism and heterothallism, sex hormones in fungi, ecto-mycorrhizae, endo mycorrhizae and vesicular arbuscular mycorrhizae, fungal-plant interac ons: symbio c and antagonis c interac ons, use of endophy c fungi as biocontrol agents against plant diseases caused by fungi, fungi and animal diseases Dermatophytes and agents of superficial mycoses, significance of fungi in biotechnology and industrial applica on, fungal metabolites and their economic significance - mycotoxins, medicinal uses of fungi (an bio cs), fungi as food - mushrooms, mushroom poisoning. Module IV (10 hours) History and development of bacteriology in the scien fic development, general features of eubacteria and archaebacteria, morphology of bacteria, bacterial cell wall composi on and synthesis, plasma membrane, cytoplasmic matrix, nucleoid, inclusion bodies, ribosomes, flagella, Pilli, endospore and exospores, plasmids and episomes, staining techniques: basic and acidic dyes, simple and differen al staining, Grams staining, acid fast staining, flagella and spore staining. Module V (15 hours) Bacterial growth curve, effect of physical and chemical factors on bacterial growth, measuring bacterial growth-spectrophotometric method, microscopic coun ng, serial dilu on and viable cell count, most probable number, and filtra on technique, bacterial reproduc on, bacterial culture media: chemically defined, complex, differen al and special selec ve media, nutri onal types: photoautotroph, photoorganotroph, chemolithotroph (ammonia, nitrite, sulfur, hydrogen, iron oxidizing bacteria), chemoorganotroph, effect of oxygen on growth, classifica on on the basis of oxygen requirement and tolerance, bacterial two component signaling system, applica on of bacteria in agriculture (nitrogen fixing organisms; bioremedia on of hydrocarbons and biopes cides), an bio cs and chemotherapeu c drugs, an bio c sensi vity assays, steriliza on, physical and chemical control of bacteria. Suggested Readings 1. S. E. Luria, J. E. Darnell; General Virology; John Wiley and Sons publisher 2. A.J. Rhodes, C.E. Van Rooyen; Text book of Virology; 5th revised edi on 3. Kerry F. Harris, Oney P. Smith, James E. Duffus; Virus-insect-plant Interac ons; Academic Press Inc 4. S. J. Flint, Lynn W. Enquist, Robert M. Krug, Vincent R. Racaniello; Principles of Virology: Molecular Biology, Pathogenesis, and Control; American Society for Microbiology 5. Constan ne J. Alexopoulos, Charles W. Mims, Meredith M. Blackwell; Introductory Mycology; 4th Edi on edi on 6. A. H. S. Onions, D. Allsopp, H. O. W. Eggins; Smith's Introduc on to Industrial Mycology; 1st edi on 7. Jr., Michael Pelczar; Microbiology; 5th edi on 8. Joanne Willey, Linda Sherwood, Chris Woolverton; Microbiology; 8th edi on 9. R Y, J L Ingraham et. al. Stanier; General Microbiology; 5th edi on ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|505

10. Schlegel; General microbiology; Cambridge University Press

MBDE0004: MICROBIAL DIVERSITY AND ECOLOGY (2 Credits - 30 Hours) Objective: To provide students with an introduction and in depth knowledge to microbial diversity and microbial ecology with emphasis on recent molecular, biological and genomics developments in these fields. Module I (8 hours) Prokaryo c taxonomy: classical and modern (polyphasic approach), prokaryote and eukaryote species concept, biodiversity: defini on and classifica on, molecular chronometers, molecular phylogeny, chemotaxonomy, es ma on of diversity of microbial community by different methods including both metabolic and molecular, culture dependent and culture independent microbial community, metagenomics studies and its applica ons. Module II (6 hours) Microbial biodiversity analysis and documenta on, major drivers of biodiversity change, biodiversity management approaches, extremophiles-defini on, classifica on and survival strategies in hos le environment, importance and applica ons of extremophiles. Module III (7 hours) Microbial ecology vs. macroecology, concept of habitat and niche, fundamental and realized niche, resource par oning, character displacement, microbial community structure, microbial interac ons within community, characteris cs of microbial popula on growth curves, microbial popula on regula on, r and K selected strategies, microbial community succession, microbial biofilm: defini on, development and importance. Module IV (9 hours) Structure and func on of ecosystems-terrestrial (forest, grassland) and aqua c (freshwater, marine, estuarine), microbial role in biogeochemical cycles (C,N,P), primary produc on and decomposi on, environmental pollu on and greenhouse gases, several sustainable approaches for remedia on of xenobio c compounds, wastewater remedia on, gene cally modified organism: defini on and applica ons. Suggested Readings 1. Presco , Harley and Klein; Microbiology; McGraw Hill Educa on publisher 2. S.C. Tiwari, G.D. Sharma; Microbial Diversity: Status and Poten al Applica ons; Scien fic Book Centre publisher 3. D.J. Bagyaraj, K. V. B. R. Tilak, H.K. Kehri; Microbial Diversity and Func ons; New India Publishing Agency 4. James T. Staley, Anna-Louise Reysenbach; Biodiversity of Microbial Life: Founda on of Earth's Biosphere; Wiley-Blackwell publisher 5. Michael T. Madigan, John M. Mar nko, Paul V. Dunlap; Brock biology of the microorganisms; Pearson publisher 6. Ronald M. Atlas; Microbial ecology-Fundamentals and applica ons; Pearson Educa on publisher 7. Heinz Stolp; Microbial Ecology: Organisms, Habitats, Ac vi es; Cambridge University Press 8. Morris A. Levin; Microbial Ecology: Principles, methods and applica ons (Environmental Biotechnology); McGraw Hill Higher educa on publisher. 8. Frank R. Spellman; Handbook of Environmental Engineering; CRC Press 9. J. McArthur; Microbial Ecology: An Evolu onary Approach; Academic Press Inc publisher

MBIM0005: IMMUNOLOGY AND MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY (3 Credits - 45 Hours) Objective: This course is designed to provide students with an in depth knowledge in two complementary disciplines; the immune system and how they interact with the challenges posed by pathogens. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|506

Module I (16 hours) History and scope of immunology, hematopoie c stem cells, stromal cells, hematopoiesis, lymphoid ssues and organs (primary and secondary), B-lymphocytes and their ac va on, Thymus derived lymphocytes and their ac va on, an gen presen ng cells, natural killer cells, dendri c cells, macrophages, structure and func ons of Class I and II Major Histocompa bility complex (MHC) molecules, types of immunity: innate and acquired, ac ve and passive, humoral and cell mediated, immunoglobulin: defini on, structure and func on, clonal selec on theory, monoclonal an body synthesis, genera on of an body diversity, organiza on and expression of immunoglobulin genes, an gens: T dependent and T independent an gens, adjuvant (defini on, examples, func on), an gen-an body reac ons, cross reac vity, cytokines: defini on, types and func ons. Module II (7 hours) The complement systems: defini on, func on, classical and alternate pathway, transplanta on: organ transplanta on and HLA ssue typing, autoimmunity, hypersensi vity reac ons, immunological tolerance, immune suppression and immunotherapy, vaccine: defini on, classifica on and func on. Module III (12 hours) History of medical microbiology, normal microflora of human body, role of resident microbial flora, host parasite interac ons, microbial infec on steps: coloniza on, associa on, adhesion and invasion of host ssue and toxigenesis with details account of several virulence factors, pathogenesity islands, endo-toxins and exo-toxin, water and food born pathogenic microorganisms, laboratory diagnosis, epidemiology, preven on and treatment. Module IV (10 hours) Principles of chemotherapy, an microbial agents (synthe c compounds and an bio cs): mechanism of work, drug discovery: historical perspec ve and current approaches, phases of drug discovery, toxicity evalua on of drug (LD50, acute, sub-acute and chronic toxicity), drug trial, drug metabolism, microbial drug resistance. Suggested Readings 1. Stewart Sell, Ira Berkower; Immunology and immunopathology and immunity; 5th Edi on 2. Abul K. Abbas, Andrew H. H. Lichtman, Shiv Pillai; Cellular and molecular immunology; 8th Edi on 3. Peter J. Delves, Seamus J. Mar n, Dennis R. Burton, Ivan M. Roi ; Essen al Immunology; 12th Edi on 4. Thomas J Kindt, Barbara A. Osborne, Richard Goldsby; Immunology; 6th Edi on 5. Jawitz, Melnick and Adelberg; Review of Medical Microbiology; 27th Edi on; Mc Graw Hill educa on LANGE 6. Mark Gladwin, Tra ler William, C. Sco , M.D. Mahan; Clinical Microbiology Made Ridiculously Simple; 6th Edi on 7. Bailey, Sco ; Diagnos c Microbiology; 13th Edi on 8. Dennis L. Kasper, Anthony S. Fauci; Harrison's Infec ous Diseases; 2nd Edi on 9. Ananthanarayan, Paniker; Textbook of Microbiology; 8th Edi on 10. WWC Topley, Sir Graham S; Topley and Wilson's Principles of Bacteriology, Virology and Immunity: Bacterial Diseases; Volume 3

MBAM0006: ADVANCES IN MICROBIOLOGY (4 Credits - 60 Hours) Objective: This course deals with the principles, procedures and applications of advanced techniques in Microbiology. This course will introduce students to the current tools and processes in Microbiology which will make them competent to pursue research in cutting-edge areas in Microbiology. Students will be required to make presentations and submit an assignment on the most recent developments in the field of Microbiology from reputed peer-reviewed national and international journals and books. Module I: Industrial microbiology (20 hours) Microbial strain improvement, produc on of industrially important enzymes, produc on of recombinant molecules and therapeu c compounds through bioreactors, microbial produc on of ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|507

bioplas c, biopes cides, biofuel; biological weapons - defini on and applica ons; microbial biosensors, downstream processing strategies. Module II: Food and Dairy microbiology (10 hours) Food spoilage and preserva on, fermented foods, probio cs, gene cally modified foods, biosensors in food, applica ons of important microbial enzymes in food and dairy industry, food sanita on and control; quality assurances in foods, Government regulatory prac ces and policies - FDA, EPA, HACCP, ISI and BIS. Module III: Advanced molecular studies (10 hours) Microbial biodiversity analysis using different advanced sequencing strategies including pyrosequencing and next gen sequencing, metatranscriptomics, metaproteomics and metabolomics. Module IV: Microbial diagnosis and measures (10 hours) Biochemical, serological and molecular methods - agglu na on, ELISA, immuno-fluorescence, nucleic acid based methods - PCR, nucleic acid probes; recent outbreaks of human microbial diseases (SARS/ Swine flu/Ebola) – causes, spread and control; microbial mediated cancers and nosocomial infec ons, emergence of an bio c resistance, current issues of MDR/XDR microbial strains, concept of DOTS; vaccines: importance, types, and applica ons. Module V: Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) (10 hours) Introduc on to intellectual property: patents, types, trademarks, copyright and related rights, industrial design and rights, tradi onal knowledge, geographical indica ons, patentable and non patentability issues, paten ng life, legal protec on of biotechnological inven ons, world intellectual property rights organiza on (WIPO), Indian Patent Act 1970 and recent amendments, entrepreneurship in bioscience. Suggested Readings 1. Adams MR. Food Microbiology. New Age Interna onal Private Limited 2. Joshi VK. Biotechnology: Food Fermenta on Microbiology, Biochemistry and Technology. (Volume 2) Educa onal Publishers & Distributors. 3. Patel AH. Industrial Microbiology. Macmillan India Limited. 4. Casida LE. Industrial Microbiology. Wiley Eastern 5. Davis JE, Demain AL. Manual of industrial Microbiology and Biotechnology. 2ndedi on. ASM publica ons. 6. Fraser CM, Read TD, Nelson KE. Microbial Genomes, Humana Press.2. 7. Miller RV, Day MJ. Microbial Evolu on-Gene establishment, survival and exchange, ASM Press. 8. Bare Act, 2007. Indian Patent Act 1970 Acts & Rules, Universal Law Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi. 9. Kankanala C (2007). Gene c Patent Law & Strategy, 1st Edi on, Manupatra Informa on Solu on Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi. 10. Goel D, Prashar S. IPR, Biosafety and Bioethics. (2013).Pearson 11. Collee JG, Fraser, AG, Marmion, BP, Simmons A. Prac cal Medical Microbiology. (2007) 14th edi on, Elsevier. 12. Bailey’s and Sco ’s Diagnos c Microbiology. Tille P (2013), 13th edi on, Mosby

MBBM0007: BASIC MICROBIOLOGY (3 Credits – 45 hours) Objective: The course is designed to impart a general knowledge on the different aspects of microbiology on the basis of various microorganisms like virus, bacteria etc. with modern microbial techniques. Module I: (10 Hours) a) Historical Perspec ve: Discovery of microbial world; Landmark discoveries relevant to the field of microbiology; Controversy over spontaneous genera on; Role of microorganisms in transforma on of organic ma er and in the causa on of diseases. b) Microbial Taxonomy and Diversity: Bacteria, Archea, Virus and their broad classifica on; ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|508

c)

Staining of microorganisms: simple, differen al, nega ve and posi ve staining, Gram staining, acid fast staining.

Module II: (10 Hours) a) Microbial Growth: Defini on of growth; Growth curve; Mathema cal expression of exponen al growth phase; Measurement of growth and growth yields; Synchronous growth; Con nuous culture; Effect of environmental factors on growth. b) Principles of microbial nutri on: nutri onal groups of bacteria. c) Microbial cultures: Concept of pure culture, Methods of pure culture isola on, Enrichment culturing techniques, single cell isola on, and pure culture development. Module III: (10 Hours) a) Microbial Metabolism: An overview of metabolism; Glycolysis; Pentose-phosphate pathway; Entner-Doudoroff pathway; Glyoxalate pathway; The citric acid cycle; Fermenta on; Aerobic and anaerobic respira on. b) Photosynthesis: classifica on of photosynthe c bacteria, photosynthe c electron transport systems. Module IV: (5 Hours) Microbial Diseases and Host Pathogen Interac on: Normal microbiota; Classifica on of infec ous diseases; Reservoirs of infec on; Nosocomial infec on; emerging infec ous diseases. Module V: (10 Hours) a) Microbial ecology: Physiology, molecular adapta on and applica ons of acidophiles, alkalophiles, halophiles, thermophiles and hyperthermophiles, psychrophiles, barophiles. b) An microbial An bio cs: General characteris cs of an microbial drugs; An bio cs: classifica on, mode of ac on and resistance; An fungal and an viral drugs, mode of ac on, resistance to an bio cs. Suggested Readings 1. Pelczar MJ, Ried RD and Chan, ECS, Microbiology 2. Prescot and Dunn, Industrial Microbiology 3. Ananthanarayanan and JayaramPaniker, Text Book of Microbiology 4. Gerard J Tortora, Berdell R Funke, Microbiology: An Introduc on Chris ne L Case Benjamin-Cummings Publishing Company. 5. The Prokaryotes. A handbook on the biology of bacteria: ecophysiology, isola on, iden fica on, applica ons. Volumes I-IV by Balows, A., Truper, H. G., Dworkin, M., Harder, W., Schleifer, K. H.Springer-Verlag, New York. 6. Albert G. Moat and John W. Foster. Microbial Physiology, John Wiley and Sons. Gopal Reddy et al., Laboratory Experiments in Microbiology

MBCG6001: CELL BIOLOGY AND GENETICS LAB (1 Credit) 1. Subcellular frac ona on: mitochondria and chloroplast and their characteris cs 2. Study of mitosis and meiosis in plants/cultured cells 3. Isola on of DNA from animal and plant sources 4. Agarose gel electrophoresis of isolated genomic DNA 5. Determina on of Tm of DNA 6. Isola on of auxotrophic mutants by replica pla ng

MBBM6002: BASIC MICROBIOLOGY LAB (1 Credit) 1. Growth curve: Effect of temperature, pH and carbon and nitrogen source on growth. 2. Microscopic examina on and study of bacteria, yeast and molds by Gram stain, acid fast stain and staining of spores. 3. Assay of an bio cs. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|509

4. 5.

Isola on and maintenance of organisms by pla ng, streaking and serial dilu on methods. Observa on of specimen and permanent slides.

MBMT6003: MICROBIOLOGY TECHNIQUES LAB (2 Credits - 60 hours) 1. Isola on of bacteriophage from natural sources 2. Cul va on and quan fica on of phages 3. phage induc on 4. Isola on of fungi from soil 5. Staining of fungus 6. Pure culture prepara on and preserva on of microorganism 7. Microbial growth measurement by direct cell count method, serial dilu on method, turbidity method 8. Staining technique-simple, Gram’s staining, nega ve staining, spore staining, acid fast staining of bacteria 9. Determina on of bacterial mo lity 10. Microbial biofilm detec on Suggested Readings 1. S. E. Luria, J. E. Darnell; General Virology; John Wiley & Sons publisher 2. A.J. Rhodes, C.E. Van Rooyen; Textbook of Virology; 3. Kerry F. Harris, Oney P. Smith, James E. Duffus; Virus-insect-plant Interac ons; Academic Press Inc 4. S. J. Flint, Lynn W. Enquist, Robert M. Krug, Vincent R. Racaniello; Principles of Virology: Molecular Biology, Pathogenesis, and Control; American Society for Microbiology 5. Constan ne J. Alexopoulos, Charles W. Mims, Meredith M. Blackwell; Introductory Mycology 6. A. H. S. Onions, D. Allsopp, H. O. W. Eggins; Smith's Introduc on to Industrial Mycology 7. Jr., Michael Pelczar; Microbiology 8. Joanne Willey, Linda Sherwood, Chris Woolverton; Microbiology 9. R Y, J L Ingraham et al. Stanier; General Microbiology 10. Schlegel; General microbiology; Cambridge University Press

MBDE6004: MICROBIAL DIVERSITY AND ECOLOGY LAB (1 Credit) 1. Isola on of thermophilic microorganisms 2. Isola on of Cyanobacteria from natural sample 3. Isola on of halophiles 4. Isola on of anaerobic microorganisms 5. Isola on of nitrogen fixing bacteria from soil 6. Isola on of protease secre ng bacteria from soil 7. Effect of stress (temperature/pH/salt concentra on) on microbial community 8. Determina on of DO, COD and BOD of water sample

MBIM6005: IMMUNOLOGY AND MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY LAB (1 Credit) 1. Single radial immunodiffusion 2. Double diffusion method of Ouchterlony 3. Electrophore c separa on of bovine protein 4. Agglu na on reac on 5. Minimum inhibitory concentra on (MIC) determina on of an microbial compound against microorganism 6. An bio c assay using standard curve 7. Study of natural microflora of skin 8. Isola on of hemoly c bacteria using blood agar media ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|510

MBDI6006: DISSERTATION PHASE I (2 credits)

MBDI6007: DISSERTATION PHASE II (16 credits) During the course of the Master’s Degree the student is expected to undertake a research work leading to a dissertation. The work will be divided into two phases spread over two semesters. During the research work the student shall study and incorporate recent trends in the area chosen by him/her, and develop a scientific dissertation based on the research and actual bench work. The student shall be required to make presentations and reports at various stages of the research work. The format for the final dissertation shall be as prescribed by the Department. There shall be a viva voce examination on the dissertation by an expert committee comprising external and internal members. The mode and components of the evaluation and the weightages attached to them shall be published by the Department at the beginning of the semester.

ZOOLOGY ZGBT0001: BIOSYSTEMATICS, TAXONOMY AND EVOLUTION (4 Credits-60 hours) Objective: The objective of this course is ● to acquaint the student with different procedures of taxonomy and different methods of analysis of variations and theories of classification. ● to enable the students to identify, classify and name the organisms according to international code of zoological nomenclature. ● to comprehend the scientific concepts of animal evolution through an understanding of its evidences, its mechanics, process and products. Module I: Biosystematics (10 hours) Trends in Biosystema cs: Chemotaxonomy, Cytotaxonomy, Numerical and Molecular Taxonomy; Dimensions of Specia on; Species Concepts: Subspecies and other intra specific Categories; Theories of Biological Classifica on. Module II: Taxonomy and Nomenclature (10 hours) Taxonomic Categories. Different Kinds, Hierarchy of Categories; Taxonomic Procedures: Taxonomic collec ons, Preserva ons, Process of iden fica on (General Idea); Taxonomic Keys: types, merits and demerits; Interna onal Code of Zoological Nomenclature (ICZN): Opera ve principles, interpreta on and applica on of important rules; Forma on of names of various Taxa. Module III: Biodiversity Indices (10 hours) Evalua on of Biodiversity, Biodiversity indices: Shannon- Weiner Index, Richness Indices; Dominance Index, Associa on index, Similarity and Dissimilarity Index Module IV: Concept of Evolution (15 hours) Micro and Macro evolu on; Natural Selec on- Concept of stabilizing selec on, Frequency dependent selec on, Balancing selec on, Disrup on selec on; Destabilizing factors- Muta on, Gene c dri , Migra on, Meio c drive; Neural Theory - Emergence of Non Darwinian theory of evolu on, Neutral theory of evolu on (Kimura). Module V: Genetic Parameters (15 hours) Isola on Mechanisms - Isola on Mechanisms and their role in specia on, Models of specia on (Allopatric, sympatric, parapatric); Gene frequencies in popula on - The Hardy-Weinberg principle and analysis of gene frequencies in natural popula on. Major factors influencing gene frequencies ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|511

(migra on, inbreeding), effects of selec on and muta on on gene frequencies. Gene flow between subpopula ons; Molecular basis of evolu on- Construc ng evolu onary trees, measures of gene c rela onship among organisms, Molecular clock of evolu on, Molecular phylogeny; Origin and Evolu on of Primates - Evolu on of Anthropoid Primates, The first hominids and origin of modern man. Suggested Readings 1. G. G. Simpson. Principle of animal taxonomy; Oxford IBH Publishing Company. 2. V.C Kapoor-Theory and prac ce of animal taxonomy 3. J.C. Avise. Molecular Markers, Natural History and Evolu on, Chapma & Hall, New York. 4. E.O. Wilson, Biodiversity, Academic Press, Washington. 5. E. Mayer & P. Ashlock. Principles of systemic Taxonomy 6. E.O. Wilson. The Diversity of Life (The College Edi on), W.W. Northem & Co. 7. Dalela and Sharma.Animal taxonomy and Museology,Jaipraash nath & company. 8. Bugs, Bu erflies, Spider, snakes (1998).Kern Preston-Ma am,Nigel Marven & Roblturvey 9. Dbzhansky, Th., F.J. Ayala, G.L. Stebbines and J.M. Valen ne. Evolu on. Surject Publica on, Delhi. 10. Futuyama, D.J. Evolu onary Biology, Suinuaer Assciates, INC Publishers, Dunderland. 11. Jha, A.PGenes and Evolu on. John Publica on, New Delhi. 11. Ashok Verma, Principles of Animal Taxonomy, Alpha Science Interna onal Ltd, Delhi. 12. Ramesh Chandra Tripathi, Biosystema cs and Taxonomy, University Book House, Jaipur. 13. Avers, C. J. Evolu on Process and Pa ern in Evolu on Oxford University, Press, New York, Oxford. 14. Ayala, F. J. and Valen ne J. W. Evolving the theory and Process of Organic Evolu on, 15. Brookfield, A. P. Modern aspects of Evolu on. Hutchinson London, Melbourne. 16. Gallow, P. Evolu onary principles. 17. Chapman and Hall. Freeman, S. and Herron, Jon C. Evolu onary analysis Pearson Pren ce Hall, New Jersey. 18. Futuyma, D. J. Evolu onary Biology, Sinauer Assoc. Inc. Pub. USA. 19. Meglitsch, P. A. Invertebrate Zoology (3rd edi on), Oxford University Press. 20. Minkoff, E. C. Evolu onary Biology, Addison Wesley Pub. Co., London. 21. Wen-Hsiung Li, Molecular Evolu on, Sinauer associates Inc.Pub. USA. 22. Burton S. Gu man: Evolu on a beginner’s guide, Oneworld Publica ons.

ZGBG0002: CELL BIOLOGY AND GENETICS – THEORY AND APPLICATIONS (4 Credits 60 hours) Objective: This course is designed to give a better understanding of cellular biology with complicated biochemical and physiological processes. The course also focuses on genetics as it relates to the function and structures of cells. It will also serve as a foundation for further studies in advanced molecular Biology and Biochemistry. Module I: Cell Organisation (14 hours) a) Complexity and organisa on of cell - Structural and Molecular features of Prokaryo c and Eukaryo c cells. b) Biomembranes - Molecular composi on and func onal feature of membrane lipid, protein and carbohydrate. c) Cytoskeletons - Structure and Organisa on of Microfilament, Microtubule and Intermediate filament. d) Cell Mo lity - Muscle contrac lity, intercellular transport, kinesin-dynin, cilia and flagella. Module II: Cell Division and Signalling (12 hours) a) Cell division and cell cycle (Mitosis and meiosis, their regula on, steps in cell cycle, regula on and control of cell cycle); Gene cs of Cell Cycle - Cyclins and Cyclin Dependent Kinases (CDK), Regula on of CDK-Cyclin ac vity, Molecular basis of Cellular Check Points; Extracellular Matrix and Cell Interac on - Cell walls, Adhesion junc ons, Tight junc ons, Gap junc ons, Plasmodesmata; Cell-Cell Adhesion - Ca++ dependent and Ca++ independent Homophillic Cell-Cell Adhesion b) Cell-Cell Signalling - Cell Signalling, Cell surface receptors, G-Protein coupled receptors and Second messenger ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|512

c)

Cell cycle in cancer – uncontrolled cell growth, oncogenes, tumor suppressor genes; programmed cell death, aging and senescence

Module III: (10 hours) a) Organisa on of gene c material - Nucleosome, Molecular anatomy of eukaryo c chromosome; Genome size and Complexity - C value paradox, Unique and repe ve DNA, Euchroma n and Heterochroma n b) Sex Chromosomes - Sex determina on, Role of Y chromosome, Dosage Compensa on in Drosophila and Human Being, X-Chromosome inac va on, Sex chromosome anomalies c) Human Gene cs - Normal Human Karyotyping, Autosomal chromosome abnormali es, Principle and Methods of Pedigree Analysis d) Gene c Imprin ng - Imprin ng of genes, Epigene c, Epigene c regula on by DNA methyla on; Soma c Cell Gene cs - Cell fusion technology, Chromosome mapping, Applica on of Soma c Cell Gene cs. Module IV: Genetic Inheritance (24 hours) a) Concept of gene: Allele, mul ple alleles, pseudoallele, complementa on tests; Extensions of Mendelian principles: Codominance, incomplete dominance, gene interac ons, pleiotropy, genomic imprin ng, penetrance and expressivity, phenocopy, linkage and crossing over, sex linkage, sex limited and sex influenced characters b) Extra Chromosomal Inheritance: Inheritance of Mitochondrial and chloroplast genes, maternal inheritance; Gene c Counselling - Objec ves, Ethics, Principles, Methods for counselling for Point muta on, Chromosomal Disorder Suggested Readings 1. Cooper, G. M., Cell (A Molecular Approach) 2. Sadava D. E., Cell Biology 3. Kish V. M. and Kleinsmith L. J., Cell and Molecular Biology 4. DeRober s & DeRober s: Cell and Molecular Biology (Lee & Febiger, 1987) 5. Gardner, Principles of Gene cs 6. Strickberger, Gene cs 7. Ram Mahabal, Fundamentals of Cytogene cs and Gene cs 8. Brooker: Gene cs : Analysis and Principles 9. Griffith et al: Modern Gene c Analysis 10. Hartl & Jones: Essen al Gene cs: A Genomic Perspec ve 11. Karp: Cell and Molecular Biology 12. Lewin, Genes VIII 13. Lodish et al: Molecular Cell Biology 14. Pollard & Earnshaw: Cell Biology 15. Russell: Gene cs 16. Snustad & Simmons: Principles of Gene cs 17. Switzer and Garrity: Experimental Biochemistry, Freeman 18. T.A.Brown, Genome 19. Wilson and Walker: Prac cal Biochemistry, Cambridge Univ. Press 20. B. Gu man, A. Griffiths, D. Suzuki, T. Cullins: Gene cs a beginner’s guide. Oneworld Publica ons 21. Verma P.S. and Agarwal V.K, Cell Biology, Gene cs, Molecular Biology, Evolu on and Ecology, S. Chand & Company Ltd . 22. Verma P.S. and Agarwal V.K, Cell Biology (Cytology, biomolecules and Molecular Biology), S. Chand & Company Ltd. 23. Verma P.S. and Agarwal V.K, Gene cs, S. Chand Publishing. 24. Verma P.S. and Agarwal V.K, Gene c Engineering, S. Chand Publishing.

ZGBC0003: MOLECULAR BIOLOGY AND BIOCHEMISTRY (4 Credits-60 hours) Objective: The objective of this course is to provide a comprehensive knowledge of molecular aspects of ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|513

biological function at the molecular level, with particular emphasis on the structure and regulation of genes, as well as the structure and synthesis of proteins and its applications. Module I: Nucleic Acids (16 hours) a) Nucleic acids - Molecular Structures of DNA and RNA. b) DNA Replica on - Replica on in Prokaryotes and Eukaryotes, Semi conserva ve nature of DNA replica on, Messelsons-Stahl experiment, Enzymes and proteins associated with replica on, DNA polymerases, Regula on of eukaryo c genome replica on. c) DNA Damage and Repair Mechanism - Different types of DNA Damage, Direct repair system, Excision repair system, Mismatch repair system, DNA break repair. Module II: Transcription and Translation (16 hours) a) Transcrip on - Basic concept of Prokaryo c and Eukaryo c transcrip on, Promoters (Pribnow box, TATA box, Cp Gisland), Transcrip on factors, Ini a on, elonga on and termina on of transcrip ons in Eukaryotes. b) Post Transcrip onal Modifica on - Post transcrip onal processing of RNA, Molecular events in Capping, Polyadenyla on and Splicing mechanism c) Transla on - Gene c Code, Mechanism of Ini a on, Elonga on and Termina on. Module III: Metabolism (18 hours) a) Carbohydrate metabolism - Glycolysis, Glycogenolysis, Gluconeogenesis, TCA cycle, Cori cycle, Phosphogluconate pathway. b) Lipid metabolism - Oxida on of fa y acid, Cholesterol biosynthesis and metabolism, Prostaglandins. c) Protein metabolism - Amino acid Classifica on, Amino acid degrada on, Decarboxyla on, Deamina on, Ornithine Cycle. Module IV: Bioenergetics and Enzymes (10 hours) a) Bioenerge cs - Energy producing and u lizing system, Electron transfer system and Oxida ve Phosphoryla on. b) Enzymes - Classifica on of enzymes, General proper es of enzymes, Mechanism of enzyme ac on, Enzyme kine cs, Michaelis-Menten and Lineweaver-Burke Equa ons; Enzyme inhibi on. Suggested Readings 1. Alberts et al: Molecular Biology of the Cell, Garland 2. Berg et al.: Biochemistry, Freeman 3. Boyer: Modern Experimental Biochemistry and Molecular biology 4. DeRober s & DeRober s: Cell and Molecular Biology 5. Freifelder: Physical Biochemistry 6. Holme and Peck: Analy cal Biochemistry,Tata McGraw Hill 7. Karp: Cell and Molecular Biology (John Wiley & Sons) 8. Lodish et al: Molecular Cell Biology, Freeman 9. Pollard and Earnshaw: Cell Biology 10. Switzer and Garrity: Experimental Biochemistry 11. Biochemistry, Tata-McGraw Hill 12. N. Arumugan, Molecular Biology, Saras Publica on. 13. N. Arumugan, Cell Biology and Molecular Biology, Saras Publica on. 14. U. Satyanarayana and U. Chakrapani,Biochemistry, Elsevier. 15. U. Chakrapani and U. Satyanarayana, Fundamentals of Biochemistry, New Central Book Agency (P) Ltd.

ZGPE0004: ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY AND ENDOCRINOLOGY (4 Credits- 60 hours) Objective: This course aims to help students to understand the internal physical and chemical functions of animals and their parts which include digestion, excretion, circulation, respiration, nervous system, sense organs and reproduction. Hormones and their influence on body metabolisms is also studied with special reference to reproduction. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|514

Module I (18 hours) a) Physiology of diges on: Glands and secre on of diges ves enzymes, Mechanism of diges on, Gastrointes nal hormones, Absorp on of Carbohydrates, lipids and proteins. b) Physiology of Respira on: Alveolar ven la on, alveolar-capillary gas exchange, Transport of O2 and CO2 Oxygen dissocia on curve and the factors influencing it, Regula on of respira on. c) Mammalian blood chemistry, blood groups, blood clo ng mechanism, cardiac cycle and its regula on in mammals. d) Musculature in vertebrates: Types of muscles, Ultrastructure and chemical composi on of skeletal muscles, molecular mechanism and regula on of muscle contrac on, muscle fa gue and rigor mor s. Module II (15 hours) a) Physiology of Excre on: Ultrastructure of nephron, mechanism of urine forma on, excre on of dilute solutes and mechanism of excre on of excess solutes. Osmoregula on in different animal groups (aqua c and terrestrial) b) Thermoregula on: Heat balance in animals, Adapta ons to temperature extremes, Aes va on and hiberna on, acclima za on, avoidance and tolerance, stress and hormone c) Neuron: Ultrastructure, types and func on, Res ng membrane, membrane poten al, ac on poten al, Nerst Equa on, Chronaxi, Rheobase, u liza on me. d) Neural impulse induc on through an axon, neurotransmi ers and synap c transmission-mode of informa on transfer across electrical and chemical synapses Module III (7 hours) Basic concepts of Endocrinology, Hormone and homeostasis; Chemical nature of hormones: Amino-acid derived hormones, Pep de hormones, Glycoprotein hormones, Steroid hormones and Prostaglandin; Hormone receptor and target organ concept, Feedback system and trophic hormones; Biosynthesis and mechanism of ac on of pep de and steroid hormones. Module IV (10 hours) a) Structure of the pituitary gland; pituitary hormones and their func ons Hypothalamo hypophysialaxis b) Structure of thyroid glands, thyroid hormones – biosynthesis and metabolic func ons. Role of thyroid hormone in amphibian metamorphosis c) Structure of adrenal gland; Synthesis of adreno-cor cal and medullary hormones and their func ons. d) Structure of endocrine pancreas and Hormones of Islets of Langerhans, tes s and ovary – endocrine structure and their func ons; Hormone therapy Module V (10 hours) Reproduc on: Reproduc ve cycle, Reproduc ve processes (implanta on, parturi on and lacta on), neuroendocrine regulators in insects and mammals, pheromones. Suggested Readings 1. Brooks and Marshall: Essen als of Endocrinology, Blackwell Science. 2. Ganong: Review of Medical Physiology, Lang Medical Publica ons 3. Guyton and Hall: Text Book of Medical Physiology , W.B. Saunders 4. Hadley: Endocrinology, Pren ce hall. Interna onal Edi on. 5. Keel et al: Samson Wright's Applied Physiology,Oxford Press, 6. Larson: Williams Text Book of Endocrinology, 10th edi on. W. B. Saunders Company, Philadelphia. 7. Murray et al: Harper's Illustrated Biochemistry, Appleton & Lange 8. Norris: Vertebrate Endocrinology. Lea &Febriger. 9. Turner and Bagnara: General Endocrinology, W. B. Saunders Company Philadelphia. 10. West: Best and Taylor's Physiological Basis of Medical Prac ce , Williams and Wilkins, 11. N Arumugam and A Mariaku kan, Animal Physiology, Saras Publica on. 12. N Arumugam, Animal Physiology & Biochemistry, Saras Publica on. 13. Dharmalingam, Textbook Of Endocrinology, Jaypee Brothers Medical Publisher 14. Verma P.S, Agarwal V.K and Tyagi B. S, Animal Physiology, S. Chand Publishing. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|515

ZGDB0005: DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY (4 Credits–60 hours) Objective: The objective of this course on Developmental Biology is to enable the students understand the process of development in animals and the phenomena associated with it. It will enable the students understand the environmental influences on development and factors responsible for ageing and also to imbibe the current knowledge pertaining to the development of animal embryos of diverse taxonomic groups through experimental analyses based on modern biological tools. Module I (14 hours) a) Fer liza on - pre and post fer liza on events, ac va on of eggs, gamete fusion and preven on of phylogeny b) General concept of Induc on: mesoderm development, Determina on: Imaginal disc of insects, Differen a on: Forma on of frui ng bodies in Dictyostellium c) Neocytoplasmic interac on in development of unicellular organism and in early development and differen a ons of mul cellular organisms, importance and role of cytoplasm, hybridiza on experiments, nature of changes in nuclei, cell hybridiza on, nuclear transplanta on experiments. Module II (10 hours) a) Principles of experimental embryology: the developmental dynamics of cell specifica ons stem cells and developmental commitment, to potency and pluripotency. b) Morphogenesis and cell adhesion - the thermodynamic model of cell interac ons, concept of morphogen gradient and morphogene c field, cell adhesion molecules. Module III (10 hours) Role of maternal contribu on in early embryonic development in Drosophila: maternal effect genes, gap genes, pair rule genes and hox genes in development. Module IV (10 hours) Organogenesis: vulva forma on in Caenorhapdi s elegans; Regenera on of Salamander limbs: Polar Co-ordinate model; Lens regenera on in amphibia; Bone and neural regenera on - Medical Advances in regenera on. Module V (16 hours) a) Medical implica ons of Developmental Biology - Gene c error of human development; Environmental assault on human development, Teratogenic agents (Re noic acid, pathogens, alcohol, drugs and chemicals, heavy metals); Environmental oestrogens. b) Infer lity - In vitro fer liza on and embryo transfer. Cloning experiments – Amphibians and Mammals. Embryonic stem cells and their applica ons; ethical issues c) Sex determina on - Timing and gene expression in mammalian sex determina on, Brain sex determina on pathways in vertebrates and flies, Hormone disruptors and sex determina on problems, Temperature-dependent sex determina on in turtles, Evolu on of sex from invertebrate to vertebrate; ethical issues Suggested Readings 1. Balinsky, B.I. An Introduc on to Embryology. W.B Saunders Co., Philadelphia. 2. Gilbert, S.F. Developmental Biology. Sinamer Associates Inc. Saunderland, Massachusets, U.S.A. 3. John E. Hall: Text Book of Medical Physiology. Guyton & Hall 4. Kalthoff: Analysis of biological development. McGraw-Hill, 1996. 5. Karp,G. and Berrill,N.J. Development. McGraw Hill, New York. 6. Nagabhushanam,R. and Sarojini,R. Invertebrate Embryology. Oxford and IBA Publishing Co. 7. Oppenheimer, S.B. Introduc on to Embryonic Development. Allyn and Bacon, Inc. 8. Saunders, J.W. Developmental Biology. MacMillan Co., London. 9. Tyagi and Shukla, Development of Fishes. Jaya Publishing House, New Delhi. 10. Wolpert: Principles of development. Oxford. 11. N. Arumugan, A textbook on Embryology,Saras Publica on. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|516

12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17.

Gurbachan S. Miglani, Developmental Gene cs, I.K. Interna onal Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. Verma P.S. and Agarwal V.K, Chordate Embryology, S. Chand Publishing. Chordate Embryology by Verma P.S. and Agarwal V.K., S. Chand Publishing. Saidapur.S.K. Reproduc ve cycles of Indian vertebrates. (Allied Publishers Ltd. New Delhi) Sarkar. H.B.D Principles of Vertebrate reproduc ve Biology Chester-Jones I: Fundamentals of Compara ve vertebrate Endocrinology (Pleum Press: NY)

ZGEE0006: ECOLOGY, ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY AND ETHOLOGY (4 Credits – 60 hours) Objective: The purpose of this course is to familiarize students with essential aspects of environmental conservation and management through a comprehensive understanding of animal behaviour and the components of the ecosystem, biological cycles, habitat ecology, resource ecology, pollution and its management. Module I (10 hours) a) Defini on and structure of ecosystems - abio c and bio c components and their rela onship; Types of ecosystems – Salient features of aqua c and terrestrial ecosystems and their bio c communi es. b) Ecological energe cs and energy flow; Measuring ecosystem produc vity c) Popula on Ecology - Popula on density, Growth rate, Natality, mortality, survivorship curves and life tables, Bio c poten al Module II (10 hours) a) Community Ecology - Types of bio c communi es, organiza on, popula on density, dominance, carrying capacity, r and k-selec on, species richness, species diversity. b) Community Development – Types of community changes, ecological succession - its causes and examples, climax community. c) Posi ve and Nega ve interac ons between two species, Compe on theory, Niche, Habitat, Ecological Equivalents, Character displacement; Liebig law of minimum, Shelford’s law of tolerance, Significance of limi ng factors, Ecotone and Edge effect. Module III (10 hours) a) Eutrophica on in freshwater, coastal and marine ecosystem, Remedia on of eutrophica on. b) Acidifica on in aqua c and terrestrial environment, Consequences and control strategies. c) Major environmental regimes of Earth, Environmental monitoring, Environmental impact assessment and environmental management plan. d) Biogeochemical cycles – carbon, nitrogen, sulphur cycles, impact of human ac vity on nutrient cycles. Module IV (10 hours) a) Biodegrada on and Bioremedia on: concept, environmental limita on for bioremedia on, bioremedia on of ecosystem (Air/water/soil) b) Wastes in Ecosystem and management: Agricultural wastes and Management, Biomedical wastes and Management, Domes c waste, effects and management for purifica on and recircula on. c) Environmental toxicology: Diversity and classifica on of environmental toxins, Air, Water and soil pollutants, Food addi ves and contaminants, Pes cides, Metals and Solvents, Radioac ve pollu on. Module V (10 hours) a) Concepts of Ethology, Genes and behaviour; Evolu on of behaviour, Development of behavior b) Neuroethology: Methods of studying brain and behaviour - neuroanatomical, neurophysiological and neurochemical; Mammalian Brain and Behaviour, Limbic system and hypothalamus; Sleep-arousal and re cular forma on c) Defini on of Social behaviour: Proper es and advantages of social grouping, social group of monkeys; Sociobiology - Darwinian fitness, individual fitness, kin selec on, group selec on, coopera on, reciproca on, altruism , reciprocal altruism, Proximate and Ul mate causa ons; Home range, territory, core area and aggression; Human behaviour

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|517

Module VI (10 hours) Feeding and sexual strategies in animals; Parental care in animals (amphibians); Communica on in animals - vocal, tac le, visual and chemical; Learning: Introduc on and defini on, Types Habitua on, trial and error, condi oning, cogni on and imprin ng; Short and long term memory, neural mechanism of learning Suggested Readings 1. Asthana, D.K. and Asthana, M. Environmental Problems and Solu ons. S. Chand and Co., New Delhi. 2. Odum : Basic Ecology (Saunders) 3. Odum : Fundamentals of Ecology (Saunders) 4. Odum. E.P. Fundamentals of Ecology. Nataraj Publishers, Dehra Dun. 5. Raven, Berg, Johnson : Environment (Saunders College Publishing) 6. Sharma : Ecology and Environment (Rastogi Publica on) 7. Smith, R.L. Elements of Ecology. Harpet and Row Publishers, New York. 8. Trivedi, P.R.and Gurdeepraj, K. Environmental Biology. Akashdeep Publishing House New Delhi 9. Turk and Turk : Environmental Science 10. Drickamer & Vessey: Animal Behaviour –Concepts, Processes and Methods, Wadsworth 11. Goodenough et al : Perspec ves on Animal Behaviour, Wiley, 12. Grier : Biology of Animal Behaviour, Mosby, 13. Verma P.S. and Agarwal V.K,Environmental Biology (Principles of Ecology) by., S. Chand Publishing. 14. Gupta S.R. and Singh S.P., Ecology Environmental Science and Conserva on, S. Chand Publishing 15. Manju Yadav, Ecology, Discovery Publishing House 16. Rana S. V. S., Essen als of Ecology and Environmental Science, S.V.S. Rana. Publisher, Pren ce-Hall of India 17. Anderwartha, H.G. and Birch, L. C., The distribu on and abundance of animals, University of Chicago Press, Chicago London. 18. Beeby, A., Applying Ecology Chapman and Hall Madras. 19. Begon, M., Harper J. L. and Townsend, C. R, Ecology – Individuals, popula ons and communi es, Blackwell Science, Cambridge UK. 20. Brewer, R., The science of Ecology, Saunders College of Publishing, New York. 21. Chapman, J. L. and Resis, M. J., Ecology- Principles and applica ons, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge UK. 22. Kaeighs, S. C., Ecology with special references to animal and Man, Pren ce Hall Inc. 23. Putmann, R. J. and Wra en, S. D., Principles of Ecology, 24. Crown Helm, London. Salanki, J., Jeffery E. and Hughes G. M., Biological Monitoring of the Environment (A manual of Methods) CAB Interna onal, Wallingford UK. 25. Singh M C: Environment Protec on and the Law (Ashish Publishing House)

ZGBT6001: BIOSYSTEMATICS AND TAXONOMY LAB (2 credits) 1. Collec on, preserva on, cura on and iden fica on of non-chordate and chordate species (only pest and cultured species) 2. Taxidermy of fish/rat/pigeon/fowl 3. Iden fica on with only diagnos c features (specimen or model/diagnos c photograph) a) Spongilla, one coelenterate, Ascaris (male & Female), Fasciola, Taenia, Earthworm, Leech, Julus, King crab, spider, crab, prawn, cricket, leaf insect, s ck insect, beetle, bu erfly, grasshopper, termite, Pila, sepia, Achi na, Slug, Echinodermata b) Pun us, Labeo, Cyprinus, Ctenopharyngodon, Hypopthalmichthys, Cirrihinus, Clarius, Anabas, Anguilla, Mystus, Mastocembalus, Hoplobatrachus, Polypedates, Rhacophorus, Euphlictys, Fejervarya, Moina, sparrow, Parrot, rabbit, Duckbill platypus, Bat, monkey, whale/dolphin 4. Survey and applica on of biodiversity indices on animal species (any one group) 5. Calcula on of Pearson correla on coefficient, T test (One sample t-test, Two sample t-test, Paired t-test); Chi square test, ANOVA, Mann-Whitney test on supplied data. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|518

6.

Prepara on of Taxonomic key, study of evolu on through models/charts.

ZGBG6002: CELL BIOLOGY, GENETICS, PHYSIOLOGY AND BIOCHEMISTRY LAB (2 credits) 1. Safety measures in labs: general safety measures, personal protec on, chemical and other hazards, spillage, acid fume, waste disposal; Use and care and maintenance of common lab equipment (microscope, colorimeter/spectrophotometer, balance, pH meter, oven, incubator, microtome, electrophore c apparatus, centrifuge, water bath etc.) and glass wares. 2. Study of structural arrangement of plasma membrane using model/chart. 3. Iden fica on of various stages of mitosis and meiosis from prepared slides 4. Temporary squash prepara on of onion root- p/tadpole tail- p cells to study stages of mitosis and Grasshopper/ Gryllotalpa tes s to study meio c stage of cell division. 5. Prepara on of buffers of different pH using Henderson-Hasselbalch equa on and its verifica on using pH meter. 6. Comparison of RBC and WBC in different groups of Vertebrate. 7. Quan ta ve es ma on of amino acid using ninhydrin reagent. 8. Quan ta ve es ma on of total protein by Lowry method. 9. Es ma on of glucose in serum by glucose oxidase-peroxidase method/ ssue by Anthrone reagent 10. Micronuclei assay from blood cells to study genotoxicity. 11. Isola on of DNA from animal source. 12. Agarose gel electrophoresis of isolated genomic DNA.

ZGDB6003: DEVELOPMENTAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY LAB (2 Credits) 1. In vivo/in vitro culture and study of chick embryo. 2. Isola on of chick embryo and prepara on of whole mount. 3. Study of developmental stages of Chick/Frog embryo from permanent slides. 4. Study of Chick/Frog embryo using vital staining. 5. Study of different stages of estrous cycle in mice. 6. Dissec on of male/female reproduc ve system of cockroach. 7. Es ma on of CO2, DO, Nitrites, total alkalinity and hardness of water sample. 8. Study of zooplanktons and its role in a pond ecosystem. 9. Analysis of physical parameters of soil. 10. Study of different types of survey techniques 11. Field Visit.

ZGPR6004: PROJECT MANAGEMENT, REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION (2 Credits) Objective: This course, which will be conducted as a short-term workshop, is designed to help the students to prepare a project proposal, learn the techniques of handling a project and prepare reports.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|519

SCHOOL OF COMMERCE AND MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT OF MANAGEMENT MTOB0001: ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR (4 credits– 60 hours) Objective:The objective of this paper is to provide the student an insight into the principles of organizational behaviour and its relation to other activities in an organization, and to introduce the student to the techniques of organisational behaviour used as a management tool. Module I: Introduction to Organizational Behaviour (8 Hours) Defining Organisa onal Behaviour, historical background: the Hawthorne Studies; early development, conceptual development; the nature of people; theore cal frameworks; explaining and predic ng behaviour; OB in the global context. Module II: Cognitive processes of organizational behavior (12 Hours) Nature and importance of Percep on and a ribu on; percep on and individual decision making; values, nature and dimensions of a tudes and job sa sfac on; personality; ap tude; interests; learning; intelligence, mo va on - theories of mo va on. Module III: Group Dynamics (14 Hours) a) Understanding group dynamics, types of groups, group goals, group cohesiveness, group pressure and norms, teamwork; group structure - formal leadership, roles and norms; group member resources - abili es, personality, characteris cs, stages in group development. b) Leadership : Theories - trait, behavioural, con ngency, a ribu onal, charisma c, transac onal vs. transforma onal. c) Power and poli cs: Contras ng leadership and power; power in groups; power tac cs; poli cs-power in ac on. Module IV: Communication and Decision Making (12 Hours) Role of communica on; Communica on media and technology, communica on networks - formal vs. informal; barriers to effec ve communica on; communica on skills; feedback informa on; persuasion in communica on; ac ve listening; par cipa ve decision making techniques; groups vs. the individual; group think and group shi ; the decision making process Module V: Organizational culture and Work Stress (14 Hours) a) Defini on of organiza onal culture; cultural typologies; organiza onal culture vs. na onal culture; func ons of culture; forma on of cultures; poten al sources of stress - environmental factors, organiza onal factors; individual differences -percep on, job experience, social support, locus of control, hos lity; Stress – the emergence of stress, causes of stress; stress consequences physiological symptoms, psychological symptoms, behavioural symptoms, stress management strategies - individual approaches, organiza onal approaches. b) Conflict and nego a on : Defini on of conflict; the conflict process; conflict in intergroup rela ons; crea ng func onal conflicts; bargaining strategies; role of personality traits on nego a on; third party nego a ons; intergroup rela ons and factors affec ng intergroup rela ons. Suggested Readings 1. Fred Luthans, Organisa onal Behaviour, 10th Edi on, McGraw Hill India, 2005 2. Stephen P Robbins, Organiza onal Behaviour, 11th Edi on, Pren ce Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004 3. Gilmer, Industrial Psychology, McGraw Hill. 4. Ghiselle and Brown, Personnel and Industrial Psychology, McGraw Hill. 5. Keith Davis, Human Rela ons at Work, Tata McGraw Hill. 6. Leavi , Managerial Psychology, University of Chicago Press. 7. BM Bass, Leadership Psychology and Organiza onal Behaviour, Harper Interna onal. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|520

8.

Li erer, Analysis of Organiza ons, John Wiley.

MTAF0002: ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (4 credits-60 hours) Objective: The objective of this paper is to make the students familiar with the basic accounting and financial management concepts. This takes into account the knowledge of accounting that a student may require when faced with the task of developing or maintaining any package for any business/financial institutions as well as for non-profit organisations Module I: Introduction to Accounting (14 Hours) U lity of Accoun ng in business enterprises, Double entry system of accoun ng, accoun ng equa on, accoun ng principle concepts and conven ons, journal, ledger, trial balance, cash book (single, double and triple column. Module II: Final Accounts and Statements (16 Hours) a) Dis nc on between capital and revenue expenditure, construc on of trading, profit and loss accounts and balance sheet of sole proprietorship concerns with adjustments, manufacturing account, simple problems on final accounts of companies. b) Prepara on of Income and Expenditure account and balance sheet (from receipts and payments account) with common adjustments for non trading ins tu ons. Module III: Techniques of costing (10 Hours) Defini on of cos ng and cost accoun ng, classifica on of cost, Marginal cos ng – Basic concepts, break-even analysis, construc on of break-even chart, problems on marginal cos ng, applica on of marginal cos ng in decision-making. Module IV: Financial management (12 Hours) Financial Statement Analysis- Ra o Analysis – Meaning, Advantages, limita ons and types of ra os and their usefulness, simple problems on current ra o, liquid ra o, debt-equity ra o, inventory turnover ra o, gross profit ra o, net profit ra o, earning per share, return on investment. Fund Flow Analysis- prepara on of statement of changes in working capital, prepara on of fund flow statement. Module V: Budget (8 Hours) Budget: Different types of budget, Theore cal concept, prepara on of flexible budgets and cash budgets. Suggested Readings 1. Dr. Jawahar Lal, Accoun ng for Management, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai. 2. C. Mohan Juneja, R.C. Chawla, K.K.Saksena, Double Entry Book Keeping, Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana. 3. S.P .Jain, K.L. Narang, Cost Accoun ng, Kalayani Publishers, Ludhiana. 4. Shukla, Grewal, Gupta, Advanced Accounts, S Chand & Sons, Delhi. 5. Jain, Narang, Advanced Accountancy, Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana.

MTEC0068: ECONOMICS FOR ENGINEERS (2 credits – 30 hours) Objective: The objective of this course is to make the students of engineering aware of the basic concepts in Economics, introduce them to the preliminary techniques of quantitative analysis in Economics and finally to certain relevant concepts of the stock market. The purpose of this course is to increase the all round knowledge of the engineer and enhance his/her professional competence in the work field. Module I (9 hours) a) Defini on of Economics: Subject ma er, scope, principal division of Economics – Microeconomics and Macroeconomics. b) Theory of Demand: Meaning of Demand and Supply, The law of demand, meaning of u lity, marginal u lity and total u lity, law of diminishing marginal u lity, Indifference curve approach, Consumer’s Equilibrium, elas city of demand- determinants, types and measurement, excep ons to the law of ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|521

c)

d)

demand. Theory of Produc on: Meaning of Produc on func on, produc on func on with one variable input – Law of Variable Propor ons, produc on func on with two variable inputs – Law of Returns to Scale, Cobb-Douglas produc on func on. Economic concept of cost- short-run and long-run. Market Structure: Market Classifica on- perfect compe on, monopoly, monopolis c compe on. Concepts of Revenue - Average Revenue, Marginal Revenue and Total Revenue. The firm- objec ves and constraints, Equilibrium of the firm- TR-TC approach, MR-MC approach.

Module II (10 hours) a) Macroeconomic concepts and aggregates: Circular flow of income, Na onal Income- GDP, GNP, Meaning and rela on between: consump on, saving, investment. Aggregate demand and aggregate supply - Saving and Investment func ons, Mul plier Mechanism. b) Money: Defini on of money, func ons of money, Money Supply- M1M2M3M4, Infla on- meaning, types, control of infla on- monetary policy, fiscal policy. c) Banking: Central Banks, Commercial Banks, crea on of credit. d) Trade Cycles: Meaning of Trade Cycle, Various phases of Trade Cycle. e) Interna onal Trade: Balance of Payments, Devalua on, Exchange Rate, Special Drawing Rights (SDR), IMF, WTO, concept of Globaliza on, Role of MNCs, Regional Economic Integra on. Module III (6 hours) a) Quan ta ve Analysis in Economics: Profit Maximiza on problems, break-even analysis, demand es ma on. b) Introduc on to Sta s cs: Data, diagram, Data Interpreta on problems, central tendency, dispersion, Index numbers. Module IV (5 hours) a) Introduc on to Stock Market: Stock Markets - Meaning, NSE, BSE, NYSE, Stock Market Indices SENSEX, NIFTY, DOW. Bull Market and Bear Market, Role of SEBI in stock market, FDIs and FIIs, Role of FIIs in stock market. b) Basic terms related to stock market: Shares, equity shares, bonus shares, preference shares, buyback shares, spli ng of shares, trading - intraday trading, commodity trading, futures, hedging, arbitrage. c) Mutual Funds: Meaning of Mutual funds, types. Suggested Readings 1. H.L. Ahuja, Modern Economics, S. Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi 2. Dr. K.K Dewe and M.H. Navalur, Modern Economic Theory, S. Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi 3. Manab Adhikary, Business Economics, Excel Books. 4. Madhu Vij, Interna onal Financial Management, Excel Books. 5. Koutsoyiannis, Modern Microeconomics, Palgrave MacMillan, 2003, 2nd Revised edi on 6. Dominik Salvatore, Microeconomic Theory, Schaum’s Outline series, TMH. 7. Bradley Schiller, Essen als of Economics, Tata Mcgraw Hill. 8. Atmanand, Managerial Economics, Excel Books. 9. M S Loganathan and B Nandhakumar, Dic onary for Economics, Excel Books. 10. Sheetal Thomas, Dic onary of Finance, Excel Books.

MTOB0069: INTRODUCTION TO ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR (2 credits – 30 hours) Objective: This course is designed to give students the basic knowledge of human behavior needed to provide a more effective organizational environment. The basic elements of the course will be the behavior of individuals in organizations, group behavior in organizations, and how these behaviors affect the overall performance of organizations. Particular emphasis is placed on individual difference, attitude, motivation, job satisfaction, communication, leadership, stress, change, and organizational culture. Module I (5 hours) The Study of Organiza onal Behaviour (OB): Learning objec ves, Defini on and Meaning, Why Study OB, Models in OB, New Challenges for OB Manager. Learning – Nature of Learning, How Learning ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|522

occurs, Learning and OB. Case Analysis Module II (7 hours) Founda ons of Individual Behaviour: Personality – Meaning and Defini on, Determinants of Personality, Personality Traits, Personality and OB. Percep on – Meaning and Defini on, Perceptual Process, Importance of Percep on in OB. Mo va on– Nature and Importance, Hertzberg’s Two Factor Theory, Maslow’s Need Hierarchy Theory, Alderfer’s ERG Theory, Evalua ons. Case Analysis Module III (10 hours) a) Organiza onal Behaviour Process: Communica on – Importance, Types, Gateways and Barriers to Communica on, Communica on as a tool for improving Interpersonal Effec veness. Groups in Organiza ons - Nature, Types, Why do people join groups, Group Cohesiveness and Group Decision making Managerial Implica ons, Effec ve Team Building. b) Leadership – Leadership and Management, Theories of Leadership – Trait theory, Leader Behaviour theory, Con ngency Theory, Leadership and Followership, How to be an effec ve Leader. Conflict – Nature of Conflict and Conflict Resolu on. An Introduc on to Transac onal Analysis (TA). Case Analysis Module IV (8 hours) Organiza on: Organiza onal Culture – Meaning and Defini on, Culture and Organiza onal Effec veness. Introduc on to Human Resource Management – Selec on, Orienta on, Training and Development, Performance Appraisal, Incen ves; Organiza onal Change – Importance of Change, Planned Change and OB techniques. Interna onal Organiza onal Behaviour – Trends in Interna onal Business, Cultural Differences and Similari es, Individual and Interpersonal Behaviour in Global Perspec ve. Case Analysis Suggested Readings 1. VSP Rao, Organiza onal Behaviour, Excel Books. 2. Stephen P Robbins, Organiza onal Behaviour, PHI Learning, New Delhi 3. JW Newstorm and K. Davis, Organiza onal Behaviour: Human Behaviour at Work, MGH, New Delhi 4. K. Aswathappa, Organiza onal Behaviour, Himalaya Publising House, New Delhi 5. PN Khandawalla, Organiza onal Behaviour, McGraw Hill, New Delhi.

MTFP0070: FUNCTIONAL PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (2 credits – 30 hours) Objective: This course aims at imparting the students with relevant knowledge, principles, and practices of management so as to groom them as competent contributors in the workforce, ready to occupy managerial and administrative positions in various organizations. Module I: General Principles and Practices of Management (6 hours) a) Theories of Management: Contribu on of Management Thinkers – Taylor, Fayol, Elton Mayo, different schools of management thought- classical, scien fic, con ngency. b) Func ons of Management: Planning, Leading, Staffing, Controlling. Module II: Marketing Management (8 hours) a) Introduc on to Marke ng: Concepts, Nature, Importance, Marke ng Mix. b) Capturing Customer insights: Marke ng Research, Customer Behavior, and Market Segmenta on. c) Building Brand Loyalty: Product Strategies, Branding Strategies, Pricing Strategies. d) Promo onal Mix: Adver sing and Distribu on Strategies. Module III: Strategic Management (8 hours) a) Concepts of Strategic Management: Defining Strategy, Strategic Management Process – Formula on, Implementa on and Evalua on. b) Strategic Analysis: Core Competence, Corporate-level strategy, Business-unit level strategy, generic level strategy. c) Current Strategies in Business Management: Knowledge Management, Corporate Governance, ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|523

E-commerce- virtual value chain, Technology Management. Module IV: Quantitative Techniques for Managerial Decisions (8 hours) a) Introduc on: Methods of Data Collec on and Sampling Fundamentals. b) Simula on Techniques: Markov Analysis, Monte Carlo Simula on. c) Decision Theory: Decision tree, Decision making under Risk (EMV criteria) and Uncertainty. Suggested Readings 1. Harold Koontz & Heinz Weihrich, Essen als of Management, Tata Mc Graw Hill. 2. Stoner, Freeman, Gilbert Jr., General Management, Pren ce Hall. 3. Philip Kotler & Gary Armstrong, Principles of Marke ng, 15th edi on, Pren ce Hall. 4. Kotler, Keller, Koshi, Jha, Marke ng Management – A South Asian Perspec ve, 13e, Pearson. 5. V. S. Ramaswamy & S. Namakumari, Marke ng Management, Macmillan. 6. Wheeler, T.L. Hunger, J.D. and Rangarajan K., Concepts in Strategic Management & Business Policy, 11th edi on, Pearson Educa on. 7. Ranjan Das, Cra ing the Strategy: Concepts & Cases in Strategic Management, Tata Mc Graw Hill. 8. J. K. Sharma, Opera ons Research Theory & Applica ons, MacMillan. 9. Srivastava, Sharma & Shenoy, Quan ta ve Techniques for Managerial Decision Making, Sultan Chand & Co. 10. N. D. Vohra,Quan ta ve Techniques in Management, Tata Mc Graw Hill. 11. Pradip Kr Sinha, Sanchari Sinha, Current Trends in Management, Nirali Prakashan.

MTOM0071: PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT ( 2 credits – 30 hrs) Objective: This course aims at acquainting the students with the functions of production and operations management and basic issues and tools of managing production and operation functions of an organization. The course also intends to provide the students a system theoretic view on project management and helps develop an understanding on why today’s organizations are cultivating a formal project management process to gain competitive advantage. The syllabus has an in-depth coverage of the most critical topics found in PMBOK (Project Management Body of Knowledge) Guide. Module I: Introduction and Work Study (7 hours) a) Introduc on to Produc on and opera ons management b) Meaning and scope, subdivisions of work study – Method/Mo on study and Work Measurement c) Method/ Mo on study- its meaning and scope, steps in method/mo on study, Tools and techniques of method/mo on study, Principles of mo on economy d) Micro-mo on study – Meaning and scope, therbligs, use of mo on camera in micro-mo on study e) Work measurement – concept of observed me, ra ng/leveling factor, average worker and standard me for jobs. Use of stop watch and work sampling techniques in the determina on of standard me. Module II: Plant Location and layout (7 hours) a) Objec ves, Loca onal factors, Economics of plant loca on b) Meaning, objec ves and types of plant layout and their relevance to mass, batch and job-order produc on systems. c) Systema c Layout Planning (SLP) procedure d) Use of computers for layout design e) Group Technology (GT), Flexible manufacturing systems (FMS) and Computer integrated manufacturing (CIM) f) Assembly Line Balancing (ALB) - meaning and objec ve, Heuris c methods for solu on of ALB problems. Module III: Product design and Development and PPC (10 hours) a) Meaning of product, Product life cycle (PLC) and Product mix b) Decisions to be taken during product development and design c) Procedure for product development and design ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|524

d) e) f)

g)

Value of a product – its meaning, Value Analysis (VA) – its objec ves, procedure and example, Simplifica on and Standardiza on. Meaning and Objec ves of PPC, Effects of types of produc on Steps in PPC primarily stressing the needs of marke ng research, Demand forecas ng, process planning/rou ng, scheduling of flow-shop and job-shop produc ons, Use of Gan chart, Machine loading, Make/Buy decision and Break-even analysis, Master produc on schedule, MRP and MRP-II, Capacity planning, Inventory management. Produc on control – monitoring, expedi ng and re-planning, Planning and control of batch produc on. TOC, Use of L.P in Produc on Management, Product and service Reliability.

Module IV: Project Management (6 hours) a) Project management framework, Scope management. b) Project management processes, Cost and Time management, Project integra on management, Project risk management, Project Quality management, Project communica on management. Suggested Reading 1. M Telsang, Industrial Engineering, S Chand & Company Ltd. 2. Kanishka Bedi, Produc on and Opera ons Management, Oxford University Press. 3. O P Khanna, Industrial Engineering and Management, Dhanpat Rai & Sons. 4. M Mahajan, Industrial engineering, Dhanpat Rai & Company. 5. L. Krajewski, L. Ritzman and M. Malhotra, Opera ons Management, Pearson Educa on. 6. Adam, Ebert, Produc on and Opera ons Management, PHI. 7. R. Panneerselvam, Produc on and Opera ons Management, PHI. 8. K. Aswathappa & K. Shridhara Bhat, Produc on and Opera ons Management, Himalaya Publishing

MTQM0072: QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS (2 credits – 30 hours) Objective: This course is introduced with the objective of analyzing the relevance of total quality management in the engineering profession in the light of its increased involvement in company practices. It provides an insight on the various techniques of quality control and presents a broad picture of TQM and explains why it is considered as a major thrust for future competitiveness. Module I: Introduction (5 hours) Defini on of Quality, Dimensions of Quality, Quality Planning, Quality costs – Analysis Techniques for Quality Costs, Basic concepts of Total Quality Management, Historical Review, Principles of TQM, Leadership – Concepts, Role of Senior Management, Quality Council, Quality Statements, Strategic Planning, Deming Philosophy, Barriers to TQM Implementa on. Module II: TQM Principles (6 hours) Customer sa sfac on – Customer Percep on of Quality, Customer Complaints, Service Quality, Customer Reten on, Employee Involvement – Mo va on, Empowerment, Teams, Recogni on and Reward, Performance Appraisal, Benefits, Con nuous Process Improvement – Juran Trilogy, PDCA Cycle, 5S, JIT, Kaizen, Supplier Partnership – Partnering, sourcing, Supplier Selec on, Supplier Ra ng, Rela onship Development, Performance Measures – Basic Concepts, Strategy, Performance Measure. Module III: Statistical Process Control (SPC) (8 hours) The seven tools of quality, Sta s cal Fundamentals – Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion, Popula on and Sample, Normal Curve, Control Charts for variables and a ributes, Process capability, Concept of six sigma, DMAIC, Lean Six sigma. Module IV: TQM Tools (6 hours) Benchmarking – Reasons to Benchmark, Benchmarking Process, Quality Func on Deployment (QFD) – House of Quality, QFD Process, Benefits, Taguchi Quality Loss Func on, Total Produc ve Maintenance (TPM) – Concept, Improvement Needs, FMEA – Stages of FMEA. Module V: Quality Systems (5 hours) Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems, ISO 9000:2000 Quality System – Elements, ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|525

Implementa on of Quality System, Documenta on, Quality Audi ng and Reviewing, CMMI, ISO 14000 – Concept, ITIL, CMMI Services, TL9000, ISO 20000 Requirements and Benefits. Suggested Readings 1. Rajaram, Total Quality Management, Wiley India. 2. Montgomery, Introduc on to Sta s cal Quality Control, 4th Ed, Wiley India. 3. Dale H. Besterfiled, et al., Total Quality Management, Pearson Educa on, Inc. 2003. 4. Amitava Mitra, Fundamentals of Quality Control and Improvement, Pearson Educa on. 5. Shailendra Nigam, Total Quality Management an integrated approach, Excel books. 6. G Nagalingappa and Manjunath V S, Total Quality Management Text and Cases, Excel Books. 7. James R. Evans and William M. Lindsay, The Management and Control of Quality, (5th Edi on), South-Western (Thomson Learning), 2002 8. Feigenbaum. A.V., Total Quality Management, McGraw Hill. 9. Oakland J.S., Total Quality Management Bu erworth – Heinemann Ltd., Oxford. 10. Narayana V. and Sreenivasan N.S., Quality Management – Concepts and Tasks, New Age Interna onal.

MTFC0073: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT AND ACCOUNTING (3 credits - 45 hours) Objective: The objective of the course is to provide a broad-based exposure to the basic terminology, tools, and techniques of financial management and accounting which will enable the students to understand accounting issues as they arise in either the financial press or in the workplace. The knowledge gained through this subject can also be helpful in operational and strategic decision making. Module I (8 hours) a) Introduc on: Financial Management, Financial Planning and Capitaliza on- defini ons, objec ves, changing roles and func ons, Financial Decision. b) Capital Budge ng: Nature of Investment decision, Importance of Capital Budge ng, The Capital. Budge ng Process - Investment criterion, Pay-back period, Accoun ng, ROR (Rate of Return) Method, Discoun ng Cash flow method, Net - present value method, IRR (Internal Rate of Return) method, The benefit-Cost Ra o method. Module II (10 hours) a) Management of Working Capital: Various concepts, Elements, Classifica on, Financing and importance of working capital, Investment analysis, Cash flow determina on, cost of capital, capital budge ng methods. b) Budge ng Control Technique: Concepts of Budget, budge ng and budgetary control, Objec ves, Func ons, Uses, Advantages, Limita ons; Master Budget and Report. Module III (8 hours) Cost - Volume - Profit Analysis: Classifica on of costs, Alloca on, appor onment and absorp on, Cost centers, different cos ng systems, Cost analysis for managerial decisions, Meaning of Linear CVP analysis, Objec ves, Assump ons, Break - Even analysis, determining the Break-Even point profit, Volume graph profit, Volume ra os margin of Safety. Module IV (9 hours) a) Introduc on to Accoun ng: basic accoun ng concepts, important defini ons, uses, limita ons, advantages; types of accoun ng, financial statements, introduc on to journal accoun ng; different types of vouchers, double entry bookkeeping, different types of transac ons related to financial accoun ng. b) Financial Control: An Introduc on to cash book,Pos ng of Ledgers and prepara on of trial balance, prepara on of balance sheet and profit and loss accounts, controlling other departments by financial accoun ng. Suggested Readings 1. P.K. Jain, Financial Management and Accoun ng, S. Chand and Co. 2. R.K. Sharma and S.K. Gupta, Management and Accoun ng: Principles and Prac ce, Kalyani Publishers. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|526

3. 4.

R.S. Kaplan and A.A. Atkinson, Advanced Management Accoun ng, PHI. Van Horne, Fundamentals of Financial Management, Pearson

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE CMFA0001: FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (4 Credits - 60 hours) Objective: The objective of this course is to help students to acquire conceptual knowledge of financial accounting and to impart skills for recording various kinds of business transactions. Module I: Theoretical Framework, Accounting Process, Financial Accounting Standards (10 Hours) a) Theore cal Framework: Accoun ng as an informa on system, the users of accoun ng informa on and their needs. Qualita ve characteris cs of accoun ng, Func ons, advantages and limita ons of accoun ng; accoun ng principles: Basic concepts and conven ons, branches of accoun ng. Bases of accoun ng: cash basis and accrual basis. b) Accoun ng Process : Double entry bookkeeping system - Basic accoun ng equa on, accoun ng cycle; Recording of a business transac on: Journal, Ledger and prepara on of trial balance including adjustments, Capital and Revenue expenditure and receipts, Profit and Loss Account and Balance Sheet (Sole Proprietorship only). Rec fica on of Errors, Deprecia on Accoun ng. c) Financial Accoun ng Standards: Concept, benefits, procedure for issuing accoun ng standards in India. Interna onal Financial Repor ng Standards (IFRS): Need and procedures, Convergence to IFRS, Dis nc on between Indian Accoun ng Standards (IASs) and Accoun ng Standards (ASs). Module II: Accounting for Hire Purchase and Installment System (12 Hours) Meaning of Hire Purchase and Installment Purchase System - Journal entries and ledger accounts in the books of Hire Vendors and Hire purchasers for large value items including default and repossession, stock and debtors system. Difference between Hire Purchase and Installment Purchase: Important Defini ons, Hire Purchase Agreement, Hire Purchase Price, Cash Price, Hire Purchase Charges, Net Hire Purchase Price, Net Cash Price, Calcula on of Interest, Calcula on of Cash Price, Journal Entries and Ledger Accounts in the books of Hire Purchaser and Hire Vendor (Asset Accrual Method only). Module III: Branch and Departmental Accounting (16 Hours) a) Meaning, objec ves, need of Branch Accoun ng; classifica on of Branches; Accoun ng treatment of Branch Accoun ng – synthe c or Debtors System, Analy cal or stock and debtor for system. Final Account system including accoun ng treatment for independent Branch. b) Departmental accoun ng; introduc on, methods and techniques, alloca on of expenses, inter departmental transfer, prepara on of departmental Trading, Profit and Loss account and balance sheet. Module IV: Royalty Accounts (12 Hours) Meaning and defini on, Technical Terms, Royalty, Landlord, Tenant, Minimum Rent, Short Workings, Recoupment of Short Workings under (Fixed Period) restric ve and non-restric ve (Floa ng Period), Recoupment within the Life of the Lease, Treatment of Strike and Stoppage of work, Accoun ng Treatment in the books of lessee and lessor, journal entries and Ledger Accounts including minimum rent account. Module V: Accounting for Partnership Firm (10 Hours) Partnership Accounts: Essen al characteris cs of partnership, Partnership deed, Final accounts, adjustments a er closing the accounts, Fixed and fluctua ng capital,Goodwill, Joint Life Policy, Change in Profit Sharing Ra o. Recons tu on of a partnership firm: Admission of a partner, Re rement of a partner, Death of a partner, Amalgama on of partnership firm; Dissolu on of a partnership firm: Modes of dissolu on of a firm, Accoun ng entries, Insolvency of partners, Sale of firm to a company, Gradual realiza on of assets and piecemeal distribu on. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|527

Suggested Readings 1. Gupta, RL and Radhaswamy, M: Financial Accoun ng; Sultan Chand and sons, New Delhi. 2. Monga JR, Ahuja Girish and Sehgal Ashok: Financial Accoun ng; Mayur Paper Back, Noida. 3. Ramchandran, N and Kakani, RK, Financial Accoun ng for Management, Tata McGraw Hill. 4. Gautam HC, Dam BB, Kaka PC, Chakraborty D, and Barman JK, Financial Accoun ng, Capital Publishing Company, Bhangaghor, Guwaha 5. Edmonds T, McNair, F and Olds P, Fundamental Financial Accoun ng Concepts, Tata McGraw Hill. 6. Jain SP, and Narang KL, Financial Accoun ng, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi. 7. Gautam HC, and Sikidar S, Financial Statement Analysis; New Central Book Agency (P) Ltd, Kolkata

CMME0002: MICRO-ECONOMICS (4 credits – 60 Hours) Objective: This course introduces economic analysis of individual, business, and industry choices in the market economy. Students will learn how markets establish price, production, wage and employment levels, and the likely consequences of government attempts to alter market outcomes. Students will also learn optimization strategies for profit-seeking businesses in a variety of product market environments. Upon completion, students should be able to identify and evaluate consumer and business alternatives in order to achieve economic objectives efficiently. Module I: Theory of Demand and Consumer Behavior (20 Hours) a) Demand and Supply: Determinants of demand, movements vs. shi in demand curve, Law of Demand, Demand Func on, Demand Equa on, Determina on of Market Demand Curve. b) Elas city of demand. c) U lity Approach: Cardinal U lity, Law of Diminishing Marginal U lity, Ordinal U lity theory, Indifference curve approach, Budget line, Consumer’s equilibrium; Income and subs tu on effect; Price consump on curve, Cri cisms of the law of demand. d) Consumer’s Preferences: Revealed Preference Theory, Consumer’s Surplus. Module II: Theory of Production and Costs (12 Hours) a) Supply: Concept, Determinants of Supply, Movement along a supply curve vs. shi in supply curve; Market equilibrium and price determina on, Elas city of Supply. b) Produc on: Concept of Produc on func on, Law of variable propor ons, Isoquants, Returns to scale, Economies and Diseconomies of scale. c) Produc on Costs: Costs in the short run, costs in the long run, cost minimiza on. Module III: Theory of Firms and Market Structures (18 Hours) a) Concept of Revenue: Revenue, Revenue Maximiza on, Profit Maximiza on, Equilibrium of the firm. b) Market Structures: Perfect Compe on- Equilibrium of Firm and Industry under Perfect Compe on, Monopoly - Price determina on under Monopoly, Price Discrimina on, Monopolis c Compe on Price and Output determina on under Monopolis c Compe on, Oligopoly. Module IV: Theory of Distribution (10 Hours) a) Theory of Distribu on: Concept of Produc vity - marginal produc vity, Marginal Revenue Produc vity (MRP), pricing of factors, Euler’s Theorem b) Factor pricing: Labor Supply and Wage Determina on, Theory of Rent, Interest, Profit. Suggested Readings 1. M Hirschey, Fundamental of Managerial Economics, Cengage Learning. 2. A Koutsoyiannis, Modern Microeconomics, Macmillan 3. DN Dwivedi, Managerial Economics, Vikas Publica on. 4. HL Ahuja, Modern Micro Economics, S Chand and Co., New Delhi. 5. Dominic Salvatore, Outline of Theory and Problems of Microeconomic Theory, McGraw-Hill, Interna onal Edi on, New Delhi. 6. HR Varian, Intermediate Microeconomics: A Modern Approach, Affiliated East-West Press, New Delhi. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|528

7. KK Dewe and MH Navalur, Modern Economic Theory, S Chand and Co., New Delhi. 8. Craig H Peterson, W Cris Lewis, Sudhir K Jain, Managerial Economics, Pearson.

CMPM0003: PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (4 Credits - 60 hours) Objective: This course aims at imparting to students relevant knowledge, principles and practices of management so as to groom them to become competent contributors in the workforce, ready to occupy managerial and administrative positions in various organisations. Module I: Management and Evolution of Management Thought (15 Hours) Meaning and defini on, nature, purpose, scope, importance and func ons of Management, Management as art, science and profession, Management as a social system, dis nc on between management, administra on and organiza on, Principles of management, Scien fic Management. Contribu on of FW Taylor, Henri Fayol, Elton Mayo, Chester Barnard and Peter Drucker to management thought. Various approaches to management (i.e. Schools of Management Thought), Indian management thought. Module II: Functions of Management (25 Hours) a) Planning: Meaning, Significance, Types, Nature, Elements of Objec ves, Policies, Rules, Procedures, Strategies and Decision Making Process b) Organizing: Meaning, Nature and Purpose of organiza on, Theories of organiza on, principles of organiza on, Forms of organiza on: Line, Func onal and Line and Staff, Formal and informal organiza on, Delega on, Span of Management: Factors Determining effec ve span. c) Direc ng: Mo va on - Meaning, Nature, Importance, Types, Theories of Mo va on - Mc. Gregor, Maslow and Herzberg. Leadership - Meaning, Nature, Styles, Managerial grid, Likert system, Theories Trait, Behavioural, Situa onal. d) Controlling: Meaning, nature, importance, scope, principles, prerequisites, steps, limita ons and techniques Module III: Management Techniques and Departmentation (6 Hours) a) Management by Objec ves (MBO): Meaning, Process, Benefits, Weaknesses; Boston Consul ng Group (BCG) matrix. b) Departmenta on: Defini on, func on, Territory, Product/service, Customer group; matrix organiza on; Decentralisa on and Departmenta on. Module IV: Authority and Staffing (14 Hours) a) Defini on of authority, types, responsibility and accountability; delega on: defini on, steps in delega on, obstacles to delega on and their elimina on, decentraliza on vs centraliza on, determinants of effec ve decentraliza on. b) Meaning of staffing, nature and func ons of Human Resource Management (HRM), Manpower management, factors affec ng staffing, Recruitment, Selec on, Training and Development, Performance appraisal: need and process. Coordina on-Principles and Techniques, Difference between coordina on and coopera on. Suggested Readings 1. SP Robbins, and MK Coulter, Management, Pearson Educa on Inc., New Delhi. 2. Gupta, Meenakshi, Principles of Management, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi. 3. H Koontz, H Weihrich, AR Aryasri, Essen als of Management, Tata MCGraw-Hill, New Delhi. 4. K Aswathapa, Essen al of Business Administra on, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai. 5. J Stoner, R Freeman and D Gilbert, Management, Pren ce Hall of India. 6. H Koontz, Principles of Management (Ascent series), Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing. 7. SP Robbins and D Decenzo, Fundamentals of Management: Essen al Concepts and Applica ons, Pearson Educa on.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|529

CMCA0004: INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER APPLICATIONS (2 credits – 30 hours)

CMCA6001:COMPUTER APPLICATIONS LAB (2 credits) Objectives : The objectives of these courses are ● To learn the basic computer applications required in the field of commerce. ● To learn and do basic calculations required in Commerce using a spreadsheet application. The lab course shall be closely associated with the theory course and shall familiarise the students with the application of all the aspects of the syllabus outlined below. Module I : Introduction to Computers and Word Processing (20 hours) a) Introduc on to Computers: Characteris cs of computers, the computer system, parts of a computer; Computer hardware setup, configura on, networking, wireless networking; Opera ng System Introduc on to opera ng systems, an overview of various types of opera ng systems and their applica ons (UNIX / Linux, DOS, Windows, Android, windows mobile, iOS etc). b) Word processor: meaning, features, advantages; structure of a word processor window; crea ng a document, saving opening and prin ng, find and replace, inser ng images, charts; crea ng and forma ng a table; protec on of documents - password for documents. Module II : Presentations (15 hours) a) Presenta on Package: Crea ng presenta ons in a presenta on package,text, tables, charts, anima on, running a slide show and se ng ming, saving the slides, and prin ng presenta ons and notes. Hyperlink to other document/presenta on or media file. b) Introduc on to Internet service on cloud. Module III: Spread Sheet (15 hours) Crea ng a workbook, Rearranging Worksheet, Cell, rows and columns; Range, Crea ng, saving opening and prin ng a spreadsheet, crea ng tables, charts and graphs. Mail merge - main document, data source and merging . Module IV: Advanced Spreadsheet Functions (40 hours) a) Ranges, func ons and formulae: mathema cal, sta s cal financial func ons such as NPV (net present value), future value, IRR (internal rate of return), EMI (equated monthly installments, compounding yearly, periodic and monthly) - auto calculate using names in a formula, formula edi ng, sor ng and filtering. b) Data Analysis: Consolidate data in mul ple worksheets, WHAT-IF analysis, goal seek scenario manager, solver, lookup func on - sub totals, nested-IF, Sta s cal Analysis c) Data Valida on and Protec on: Create a drop-down list from a range of cells, apply data valida on to cells, copy data valida on se ngs, remove data valida on, find cells that have data valida on; protect cell data, using password to protect sheet and workbook, use valida on to create dependent list; pivot table reports and pivotchart reports. Using spreadsheet for data analysis and repor ng; using spreadsheet for following purposes and making reports: ● Loan and Lease statement ● Ra o Analysis. ● Payroll statements ● Capital Budge ng ● Deprecia on Accoun ng ● Graphical representa on of data ● Frequency distribu on and its sta s cal parameters ● Correla on and Regression Suggested Readings 1. Rajaraman, V. Introduc on to Informa on Technology, Second Edi on. PHI. 2. h p://phindia.com/bookdetails/introduc on-to-informa on-technology-rajaraman-v--isbn-978-81-2 ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|530

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

03-4731-1 Sinha, Pradeep K. and Pree Sinha. Founda on of Compu ng, First Edi on. BPB Publica on. h p://www.bpbonline.com/founda on-of-compu ng.html ISBN-10: 8176566636 Rajaraman, V. Analysis and design of informa on Systems. Third Edi on, PHI. h p://phindia.com/bookdetails/analysis-and-design-of-informa on-systems-rajaraman-v--isbn-97881-203-4384-9 Sadagopan, S. Management Informa on Systems. Second Edi on, PHI. h p://phindia.com/bookdetails/management-informa on-systems-sadagopan-s--isbn-978-81-203-4 892-9 LibreOffice Team, Ge ng Started with LibreOffice, Shroff Publica on, ISBN (13) 9789351107903 LibreOffice Team, Impress Guide - Working with Presenta ons (English) 1st Edi on, Shroff Publica on, ISBN (13) 9789351107910 LibreOffice Team, Writer Guide - Word Processing with Style (English) 1st Edi on, Shroff Publica on, ISBN (13) 9789351107927 LibreOffice Team, Calc Guide - Working with Spreadsheets (English) 1st Edi on, Shroff Publica on, ISBN (13) 9789351107897 h ps://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/documenta on/

CMMA0005: MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING (4 credits - 60 hours) Objective: This course is intended to familiarize students with the process of using financial, costing and other relevant information for the purpose of managerial planning, control and decision making. Module I: Introduction to Management Accounting (5 hours) Meaning, objec ves, scope and func ons of management accoun ng; role of management accoun ng in decision making; management accoun ng vs. financial accoun ng and cost accoun ng, tools and techniques of management accoun ng. Module II: Analysis of Financial Statement (15 hours) Meaning & types of financial statements; Meaning, objec ves and significance of financial statement analysis. Ra o analysis: Advantages of ra o analysis; limita ons of accoun ng ra os, classifica on of ra os -profitability ra os, solvency ra os, liquidity ra os and turnover ra os. Module III: Standard Costing and Variance Analysis (15 hours) Meaning of standard cost and standard cos ng; advantages and applica on; variance analysis – material, labour and overhead variances. Module IV: Absorption and Marginal Costing (15 hours) Meaning, difference between absorp on cos ng & marginal cos ng. Cost – volume - profit analysis. Applica on of marginal cos ng technique: pricing, shut down decision, selec on of profitable product mix, make or buy, profit planning, exploring new market. Module V: Responsibility Accounting (10 hours) Concept and Significance, Different Responsibility Centres: Cost Centre, Profit Centre and Investment Centre. Suggested Readings 1. Baig, Nafees : Management Accoun ng & Control, Ashish Publishing House, New Delhi. 2. Arora M.N: Cost Accoun ng-Principles and Prac ces; Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi. 3. Arora M.N: Management Accoun ng, Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi. 4. Jain S.P. & Narang K.L: Cost Accoun ng; Kalyani Publisher, New Delhi 5. Horngren, Charles, Foster and Datar et al: Cost Accoun ng - A Managerial Emphasis; Pren ce Hall , New Delhi. 6. Khan M.Y. and Jain P.K: Management Accoun ng; Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi. 7. Kaplan R.S. and Atkinson A.A.: Advanced Management Accoun ng; Pren ce Hall India, New Delhi. 8. S.K. Gupta, R.K. Sharma, Management Accoun ng, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|531

9. Lal Jawahar, & Srivastava. Seema. Cost Accoun ng, McGraw Hill Publishing, New Delhi. 10. Jhamb, H.V. Management Accoun ng, ANE Publishing House, New Delhi.

CMOE0006: MACRO-ECONOMICS (4 credits – 60 Hours) Objective: This course gives an understanding on how an economy behaves at the aggregate level. Upon successful completion of the course a student will be able to ● Understand the basics of national income accounting. ● Understand why household, business and government determine the aggregate demand and why the behavior of businesses and the rest of the world determine the aggregate supply of goods and services. ● Understand the forces determining macroeconomic variables such as economic growth, inflation, unemployment, interest rates, exchange rate and free market movements. Module I: Theory of Income Determination (23 Hours) a) Na onal Income Accoun ng: Meaning of Na onal Income, Circular flow of Income, Concepts of Na onal Income. b) Determina on of Na onal Income – Keynesian Theory: Aggregate Demand, Aggregate Supply, Determina on of Equilibrium Level of Na onal Income – Principle of Effec ve Demand. c) Consump on Func on: Propensity to Consume, Propensity to Save, Determinants of Propensity to Consume, Keynes’ Psychological Law of Consump on, Post Keynesian theories of Consump on. d) Investment Demand: Meaning of Investment, Determinants of Investment, Marginal Efficiency of Capital, Accelerator Theory of investment, Concept of Investment Mul plier. e) Unemployment and Full Employment: Meaning, Types, Keynes’ view on involuntary unemployment. Module II: Theory of Monetary Demand and Supply (13 Hours) a) Nature and Func ons of Money: Defini on, Func on, Importance, Its Role in Economic Development b) Money Supply and its Determinants: Concept, Measures, Deposit Mul plier, Money Mul plier, Factors determining Money Supply in India. c) Banking System: Principle of Central banking, Its Func ons, and Methods of Credit Control, Commercial Banks – Its Func ons, Credit Crea on by Commercial Banking System. d) Demand for Money: Its Mo ves, Keynes’ Liquidity Preference Theory of Interest, Friedman’s Theory of Demand for Money. Module III: Pricing, Inflation and Macroeconomic Policy (12 Hours) a) Infla on: Nature, Causes, Effects, Infla on and Unemployment – Philips Curve. b) Business Cycle: Phases, Features, Theories. c) Fiscal Policy: Discre onary Fiscal Policy, Non-discre onary Fiscal Policy, Fiscal Policy to control Infla on. d) Monetary Policy: Its tools, How Expansionary Monetary Policy works, Liquidity Trap Module IV: Open Economy Macroeconomics (12 Hours) a) Balance of Payments and Trade: Defini on, Balance of Payments on Current Account and Capital Account, Equilibrium in the Balance of Payments, causes of disequilibrium in the Balance of Payments. b) Foreign Exchange: Foreign Exchange and Foreign Exchange Market, Floa ng vs Fixed Exchange Rate System, Apprecia on and Deprecia on of Currencies, Foreign Exchange Rate and Balance of Payments. c) Foreign Investment: Introduc on, Foreign Por olio Investment (FII), Foreign Direct Investment (FDI), Merits of FDI, Role of Mul -na onal Corpora ons (MNCs). d) GATT and WTO: General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT), World Trade Organiza on (WTO): Status, Administra on and Func ons, Principles. Suggested Readings 1. Mankiw N. Gregory, Macroeconomics, McMillan Worth Publishers, New York. 2. Dornbusch Rudiger and Stanley Fisher, Macroeconomics, McGraw Hill. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|532

3 4 5.

Deepashree, Vanita Agarwal, Macro Economics, Ane Books Pvt Ltd, New Delhi H. L. Ahuja, Modern Economics, S. Chand & Co. Dr. K.K. Dewe and M.H Navalur, Modern Economic Theory, S. Chand & Co.

CMIE0007: INTRODUCTION TO IT AND E-COMMERCE (4 credits-60 hours) Objective: The objective of this course is to enable students to ● Understand the fundamentals of Information Technology, E-Commerce and different types of business models. ● Comprehend the underlying IT mechanism for E-Commerce. Module I: Introduction to Information Technology, Internet and Business – An Overview (15 hours) a) Concepts of data, informa on and computer based informa on system. b) Internet - Meaning of Internet, Concepts of Internet Intranet and Extranet, IP Address (IPv4, IPv6), URL, Domain name System; Internet Protocols - TCP/IP, UDP, FTP, TELNET(brief ideas only), HTML, DHTML AND XML.(concepts only); The World Wide Web, The Internet and the Web Features; Applica ons of Internet, c) Business Informa on systems, types of informa on needed by Organisa ons, management structure and their informa on needs, Impact of informa on technology on business (business data processing, intra-organisa onal and inter-organisa onal communica on by using network technology). Module II: Overview of E-Commerce (8 hours) Meaning, Importance in the context of today’s business, Advantages of E-Commerce (as compared with tradi onal system of commerce)and disadvantages of E-Commerce, E-Commerce system architecture, difference between E-Commerce and E-business, types of E-Commerce, Internet and its rela on to E- commerce and E-Business. Module III: Categories of E-Commerce Models (10 Hours) a) Key elements of a Business model b) Business to Consumer (B to C) model – Basic idea, major ac vi es, major challenges, Models of B to C [portals, e-tailer, content provider, transac on broker] c) Business to Business (B to B) model – Basic idea, major ac vi es, types of B to B market [independent, buyer oriented, supplier oriented, ver cal and horizontal e-marketplace] d) Other models – Business to Government (B to G), Consumer to Consumer (C to C), Consumer to Business (C to B). Module IV: E-Payment (7 hours) Types of payment systems, types of E-Payment – Payment card [credit card and debit card], Electronic or digital cash, electronic or digital wallet, stored value card [smart card]; Basic idea of online banking. Module V: Online Services, E-Commerce Portals and Supply Chain Management (20 Hours) a) Procedure of registering Internet domain, establishing connec vity to Internet, tools and services of Internet, procedure of opening e-mail accounts on internet, Online Booking systems - online Booking procedure of railways, airlines, tourist and religious places, hotels and entertainment industry, requirements of e-payment systems, transac ons through Internet for Online banking. b) Portal business and types of E-Commerce Portals. c) Concept of supply chain, features, Types of supply chain, E-Supply chain components, E-supply chain process Suggested Readings 1. Kenneth C. Laudon, E-Commerce : Business, Technology, Society, Pearson 2. V. Rajaraman, Introduc on to Informa on Technology, PHI Learning Private Limited, Delhi 3. S. J. Joseph, E-Commerce: an Indian perspec ve, PHI 4. Gary Schneider, Electronic Commerce, Thomson Publishing. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|533

5. 6. 7. 8.

Pandey, Srivastava and Shukla, E-Commerce and its Applica on, S. Chand Bharat Bhaskar, Electronic Commerce, TMH Turban, King, Viehland & Lee, Electronic Commerce- A Managerial Perspec ve, Pearson. Ravi kalakota & A.B. Whinston, Electronic Commerce- A Manager’s Guide, Pearson.

CMCB0008: CORPORATE AND BUSINESS LAW (3 credits - 45 hours) Objective: The Objective of this course is to introduce students to essential corporate and business laws and important provisions of the companies Act. Relevant case studies will be taken up to clarify the applications of these laws. Module I: Introduction to Corporate and Business Law (5 hours) a) Introduc on to Law, Categories of Laws and Law and ethics in business. b) Company: Introduc on, classes of companies, conversion of company, incorpora on of company, memorandum of associa on, ar cles of associa on and doctrine of indoor management,. c) Administra on of Company Law [including Na onal Company Law Tribunal (NCLT), Appellate Tribunal (NCLAT) Module II: The Indian Contract Act, 1872 (11 hours) a) Contract – meaning, characteris cs and kinds b) Essen als of valid contract - Offer and acceptance, considera on, contractual capacity, free consent, legality of objects. c) Void agreements d) Discharge of contract – modes of discharge including breach and its remedies. e) Con ngent contracts f) Quasi – contracts Module III: Mercantile Law (9 hours) a) The Sale of Goods Act, 1930: Forma on of the contract of sale, condi ons and warran es, transfer of ownership and delivery of goods, unpaid seller and his rights. b) The Limited Liability partnership Act, 2008: Introduc on – covering nature and scope, essen al features, characteris c of LLP, incorpora on and differences with other forms of organiza on/business. Module IV: The Information Technology Act 2000 (10 hours) a) Defini ons under the Act b) Digital signature c) Electronic governance d) A ribu on, acknowledgement and dispatch of electronic records e) Regula on of cer fying authori es f) Digital signatures cer ficates g) Du es of subscribers h) Penal es and adjudica on i) Appellate Tribunal j) Offences Module V: Certain Provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 (6 hours) a) Company Mee ngs: Mee ngs of shareholders and board; types of mee ng, convening and conduct of mee ngs. Requisites of a valid mee ng- no ce, agenda, chairman, quorum, proxy, resolu ons, minutes; postal ballot, mee ng through video conferencing, e-vo ng. b) Winding Up of a Company: Concept and modes of winding up, Liquidator, Na onal Company Law Tribunal (NCLT), Appellate Tribunal (NCLAT), Special Courts. Module VI: Goods and Services Tax (GST) Act, 2016 (4 hours) a) Meaning, Defini on of GST, Scope. b) Levy of, and exemp on from, tax- Levy and collec on of central/state Goods and Services Tax, ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|534

Composi on Levy, Taxable person, Power to grant exemp on from tax. Suggested Readings 1. Singh, Avtar, The Principles of Mercan le Law, Eastern Book Company, Lucknow. 2. Kuchhal M C, Business Laws, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi 3. Tulsian P.C., Business Law, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi. 4. Sharma, J.P. and Sunaina Kanojia, Business Laws, Ane Books Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi. 5. Sharma, J.P. and Sunaina Kanojia, Vyavsayik Sanniyam, Delhi University Hindi Cell. Chadha P R Business Law, Galgo a Publishing Company, New Delhi 6. Maheshwari & Maheshwari, Business Law, Na onal Publishing House, New Delhi. 7. Informa on Technology Rules 2000 with Informa on Technology Act 2000, Taxmann Publica ons Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi. 8. Gowar, LCB, Principles of Modern company Law, Stevens & Sons, London. 9. Hanningan, Brenda, Company Law, Oxford University Press, U.K. 10. Kuchhal M C, Corporate Laws, Shri Mahaveer Book Depot, New Delhi. 11. Sharma, J.P., An Easy Approach to Corporate Laws, Ane Books Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi 12. Ramaiya, A Guide to Companies Act, LexisNexis, Wadhwa and Bu ersworth. 13. Kannal, S., & V.S. Sowrirajan, Company Law Procedure, Taxman’s Allied Services (P) Ltd., New Delhi. 14. Singh, Harpal, Indian Company Law, Galgo a Publishing, Delhi. 15. Companies Act and Corporate Laws, Bharat Law House Pvt Ltd, New Delhi. 16. h p://www.finmin.nic.in/reports/ModelGSTLaw_dra .pdf 17. h ps://www2.deloi e.com/content/dam/Deloi e/in/Documents/tax/in-tax-gst-in-india-taking-stock -noexp.pdf 18. h p://www.cbec.gov.in/resources//htdocs-cbec/gst/dra -model-gst-law-25-11-2016.pdf;jsessionid= 7AE09278F173096E0699162029F556B2 19. h p://www.cbec.gov.in/htdocs-cbec/gst 20. h p://www.cbec.gov.in/htdocs-servicetax/st-rules-home 21. h p://www.lawcrux.com/goods-and-service-tax-gst.aspx 22. h p://www.gs ndia.com/gearing-up-for-gst-2017/

CMST0009: BUSINESS STATISTICS (4 credits – 60 Hours) Objective: The objective of this course is to frame business problems in appropriate statistical terms in order use data to make better decisions. The course intends to develop critical and integrative thinking among students in order to communicate the results of the analysis clearly in the context of the problem. Module I: Introduction to Statistics (8 Hours) a) Sta s cs: Meaning, Scope, Importance, Describing Characteris cs by numbers, Informa on and Data, Processing informa on and use of sta s cal procedures, Sta s cal variables: Qualita ve and Quan ta ve b) Frequency Distribu on and Graphs: Frequency, Frequency Distribu ons, Data Grouping: Discrete and Con nuous, Introduc on to Graphs, Graph for Qualita ve variables, Graph for Quan ta ve variables, various types of graphs and diagrams. Module II: Measures of Central Tendency and Dispersion (14 Hours) a) Sta s cal Average: Mean, Median and Mode, Weighted Average, Geometric Mean, Harmonic Mean, Rela ve merits of Mean, Median and Mode in a distribu on, Mean of two or more means b) Measures of Dispersion: Range, Co-efficient of Range, Quar les, Inter-Quar le Range and Quar le Devia on, Mean Devia on, Standard Devia on, Coefficient of Varia on. Module III: Skewness, Kurtosis, Correlation and Regression (18 Hours) a) Skewness and Kurtosis: Measures of Skewness - Absolute and Rela ve, Co-efficient of Skewness - Karl Pearson’s, Bowley’s and Kelly’s; Moments and Moments based measures of Skewness (β1)and Kurtosis (β2) b) Correla on: Introduc on to Correla on, Karl Pearson’s Co-efficient of Correla on, Interpreta on of ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|535

c)

Correla on Co-efficient, Rank correla on coefficient. Regression: Uses of Regression Analysis, Regression line and regression equa ons , Explained and Unexplained Varia on, standard error of es mate, Mul ple Regression

Module IV: Analysis of Time- Series and Index numbers (20 Hours) a) Time Series: Defini on and Dis nc on, Components of Time Series, Measurement of Trend – Free-hand, semi-average, moving average method, method of least square, measurement of seasonal varia ons. b) Index Numbers: Defini on, uses, Problems in the construc on of index numbers, methods of construc on index numbers – Simple Aggrega ve Method, Simple Average of Price rela ve Method, Weighted Index Numbers, Laspeyre’s Method, Paasche’s Method, Dorbish and Bowley’s Method, Fisher’s Ideal Index, Tests of Adequacy of Index Number Formulae. Suggested Readings 1. J. K. Sharma, Business Sta s cs, Pearson Educa on. 2. S.C. Gupta, Fundamentals of Sta s cs, Himalaya Publishing House. 3. S.P. Gupta, Sta s cal Methods, Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi. 4. P.L. Hazarika, A Text Book of Business Sta s cs- Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi 5. Richard Levin and David S. Rubin, Sta s cs for Management, Pren ce Hall of India, New Delhi. 6. M.R. Spiegel, Theory and Problems of Sta s cs, Schaum’s Outlines Series, McGraw Hill Publishing Co.

CMAC0010: CORPORATE ACCOUNTING (4 credits - 60 hours) Objective: The objective of this course is to acquire a conceptual background of the company form of accounts through corporate accounting and to understand the various techniques used for preparing various accounting and financial statements Module I: Introduction to Corporate Accounting (5 hours) a) Concept of company and statutory account books. b) Shares: Types of shares, structure of share capital, issue, forfeiture and re-issue of shares, issue of right shares and bonus shares and buy back of shares. c) Debentures: Issue and redemp on of debentures, redemp on of preference shares. Module II: Valuation and Reconstruction of a Company (15 Hours) a) Valua on of goodwill and valua on of shares. b) Accoun ng for internal reconstruc on: meaning, altera on of share capital, reduc on of share capital, accoun ng entries (excluding inter-company holdings and reconstruc on schemes). Module III: Accounting related to Amalgamation (15 hours) a) Meaning and types of amalgama on; amalgama on in the nature of purchase and amalgama on in the nature of merger. b) Methods of accoun ng for amalgama on - pooling of interest method and purchase, method, considera on, accoun ng treatment in the books of transferor and transferee companies as per accoun ng standard (as)-14. Module IV: Accounting for Holding and Subsidiary Company (15 hours) a) Prepara on of consolidated balance sheet with one subsidiary company. b) Relevant provision of accoun ng standard- 21(ICAI). Module V: Final accounts (10 hours) a) Prepara on of trading and profit & loss account of a company b) Profit and loss appropria on account and balance sheet of a company in accordance with the provisions of companies act, 2013. Suggested Readings 1. Monga, J. R. Fundamentals of Corporate Accoun ng, Mayur Paper Backs, New Delhi. 2. Maheshwari, S.N. & Maheshwari. S.K. Corporate Accoun ng, Bikash Publishing House, New Delhi. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|536

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

Shukla, M.C. , Grewal, T.S. & Gupta, S.C. Advanced Accounts Volume-II, S. Chand & Co., New Delhi. Ahmed. Naseem. Corporate Accoun ng, ANE Books Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi. Gupta, Nirmal. Corporate Accoun ng, Sahitya Bhawan, Agra, UP Jain. S.P. & Narang, K.L. Corporate Accoun ng, Kalyani Publishers New Delhi. Gupta, R.L. & Radhaswamy. M. Advanced Accountancy Vol-II, S. Chand & Co., New Delhi. Gupta, R.L. & Radhaswamy. M. Corporate Accoun ng Volume-I& II, S. Chand & Co., New Delhi.

CMPM0011: PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT (4 credits – 60 Hours) Objective: The objective of this course is to underline the importance of an effective performance management system for organizations to define and achieve its short term and long term goals. This course is aimed to reinforce the concept that performance management is an ongoing process of planning, facilitating, assessing, and improving individual and organizational performance. Upon successful completion of the course a student will be able to: ● Understand the importance of measuring the effectiveness of human resource activities that are designed to enhance individual and organizational performance. ● Understand the core elements, principles and benefits of an effective performance management framework ● Understand that performance management is more than just a method of reviewing performance, it facilitates learning among employees. ● Understand the importance of performance management cycle and purpose of the annual performance review Module I: Introduction to HRM (16 hours) a) Human Resource Management: Concept and func ons; role, status and competencies of HR manager; organiza on of HR department; HR policies; evolu on of HRM; emerging challenges of human resource management like workforce diversity, downsizing, work life balance, virtual organiza on and outsourcing. b) Acquisi on of Human Resource: Selec on, training and development, compensa on and maintenance of employees, reten on management. Module II: Performance Management (24 hours) a) Introduc on and Overview of Performance Management: Defini on, evolu on, differen a on of terms related to performance management, importance, linkage of performance, management to other HR processes, aims, purpose, employee engagement principles. b) Theore cal Framework of Performance Management: Goal theory, control theory, social cogni ve theory and their applica ons. c) Process of Performance Management: Overview of performance management process, performance management planning process, mid-cycle review process, end-cycle review process. d) Issues in management of performance of teams, virtual teams and learning organisa ons. Module III: Performance Appraisal (14 hours) a) Performance Appraisal (PA): Defini ons and dimensions of PA, purpose of PA and arguments against PA, necessity of PA and its usage by organisa ons, characteris cs of PA and PA process. b) Performance Appraisal Methods: Performance appraisal methods, tradi onal methods, modern methods, performance appraisal feedback, 360-degree appraisal. Module IV: Ethics in Performance Management (6 hours) a) Ethics: Ethics in organiza ons, importance of ethics in modern day business. b) Ethics in Performance Management: Role, reali es of ethics in performance management, ensuring ethics in performance management. Suggested Readings 1. Rao, T. V, Performance Management and Appraisal Systems HR Tools for Global Compe SAGE Publica ons Pvt. Ltd

veness,

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|537

2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Sahu, R.K, Performance Management Systems, Excel Books India Bha a, S.K, Performance Management: Concepts, Prac ces and Strategies for Organisa onal Success, Deep and Deep Publica ons Limited Rudman, R.S., Performance Planning and Review: Making Employee Appraisals Work Aswathappa K., Human Resource Management, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi Khanka S S, Business Ethics and Corporate Governance (Principles and Prac ces), S Chand.

CMMK0012: MARKETING MANAGEMENT (4 credits – 60 Hours) Objective: This course addresses the management challenge of designing and implementing the best combination of marketing actions to carry out a firm's strategy in its target markets. Specifically, this course seeks to develop the students' skills in applying the analytic perspectives, decision tools, and concepts of marketing to decisions involving segmentation, targeting and positioning, product offering, pricing, distribution channels and marketing communications. Module I: Introduction (9 hours) a) Introduc on to marke ng management: Nature, scope and importance of marke ng, evolu on of marke ng concepts. b) Marke ng mix: Meaning, importance, marke ng environment - macro and micro environmental factors. Module II: Consumer Behaviour and Market Segmentation (12 hours) a) Consumer Behaviour: Consumer buying process, factors influencing consumer buying decisions - an overview. b) Market segmenta on: Concept, importance and basis; target market selec on; posi oning concept importance and basis; product differen a on vs. market segmenta on. Module III: Product (12 Hours) a) Product: Meaning and importance; product classifica ons; concept of product mix; product life-cycle; new product development. b) Product Specifica ons: Branding, packaging and labeling; a er-sales services. Module IV: Pricing and Distribution (13 Hours) a) Pricing: Significance; Factors affec ng price of a product; pricing policies and strategies. b) Distribu on: Channels of distribu on - meaning and importance; types of distribu on channels; wholesaling and retailing; factors affec ng choice of distribu on channel; distribu on logis cs meaning, importance and decisions. Module V: Promotion and Recent Developments in Marketing Management (14 Hours) a) Promo on: Nature and importance of promo on; promo on tools: adver sing, personal selling, public rela ons and sales promo on – concept and their dis nc ve characteris cs, communica on process; promo on mix, factors affec ng promo on mix decisions. b) Recent developments in marke ng: Social marke ng; online marke ng; direct marke ng; services marke ng; green marke ng. Suggested Readings 1. Kotler, Philip & Gary Armstrong, ‘Principles of Marke ng’, Pren ce Hall. 2. Kotler, Keller, Koshi, Jha, ‘Marke ng Management – A South Asian Perspec ve’, Pearson. 3. Ramaswamy, V. S. & S. Namakumari, ‘Marke ng Management’, Macmillan. 4. Majaro, Simon, ‘The Essence of Marke ng’, Pren ce Hall, New Delhi.

CMFS0013: INDIAN FINANCIAL SYSTEM (4 Credits-60 Hours) Objective: This course primarily deals with the Financial System of India. It will enable students to acquire ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|538

a basic understanding of the structure, organisation and functioning of the financial system and will give an exposure to different financial instruments and their implications in the existing regulatory framework. The aims of this course are: ● To understand and develop knowledge about evolution of the structure and constituents of the Indian Financial System ● To understand the role of different financial markets Module I: Financial System (10 hours) Introduc on to financial system, ins tu ons, financial system design; market structure and its components, func ons and economic significance; reforms in the financial system. Module II: Financial Markets (15 hours) a) Money Markets: Meaning, objec ves, importance and characteris cs. b) Role of Reserve Bank of India and Commercial Banks in the Indian money market. c) Capital Markets: Meaning, classifica on of capital markets, growth of stock exchange, func ons of stock exchange, SENSEX, NIFTY, OTCEI (Over the Counter Exchange of India) and depositories. d) Primary Market; Secondary Market; Deriva ves Market; Debt Market. Module III: Financial Instruments (10 hours) a) Basic financial instruments; general issue, func onal categories, maturity, currency, and type of interest rate b) Proposed func onal category and instrument breakdown c) Investment, type of investments, assets, liabili es d) IAS 32 financial instruments Module IV: Financial Institutions (10 hours) Development Financial Ins tu ons: IDBI, IFCI, SIDBI, NABARD, NEDFi; management of NPAs, changes in NPAs provisioning norms, BASEL III norms; Mutual Fund and insurance; financial regulatory authori es. Module V: Financial Services (10 hours) Investment banking; depositories and custodians; credit ra ng; factoring and forfai ng; housing finance; leasing and hire purchase; merchant banking. Suggested Readings 1. Pathak, Bhara ; Indian Financial System, Pearson India 2. Gupta, Shashi K.; Aggarwal, Nisha & Gupta, Nee , Indian Financial System, Kalyani Publishers-New Delhi 3. Vohra,M, Indian Financial System, Anmol Publica on 4. Gordon, Natrajan, Financial Markets and Services, Himalaya Publica on House, New Delhi. 5. Khan, M. Y; Indian Financial System,

CMBI0014: PRACTICE OF BANKING AND INSURANCE (4 Credits: 60 Hours) Objective: The course is aimed at helping the students to get exposure in the operational environment in Banking, Insurance and other related firms in the financial service sector. The aims of this course are: ● To create professionals who are able to handle various financial activities associated with banking and insurance sector ● Exposure to banking and insurance products Module I: Banking (10 hours) a) Introduc on to Banking: concepts, defini on, func ons and types b) RBI: Role of RBI and its func ons c) Commercial banks: Origin and Growth, Banking sector reforms, Global financial crisis and India’s banking sector d) NBFCs, PDs, FIs, e) Credit guarantee ins tu ons ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|539

Module II: New Dimensions and Products in Banking (10 hours) a) Opera ons of Banking: Cheques crossing, types and rules of crossing b) Banks Advances: Types of advances and deposits in banks, secured versus unsecured advances, advance against various securi es c) Bank’s Products: Credit cards, debit cards and smart cards, ATM card, stored-value card Module III: E-banking (10 hours) a) Era of Internet banking, Mobile Banking, Virtual Banking, Electronic Clearing System(ECS) b) E-Payments, Plas c Money, Electronic Fund Transfer(EFT), E-money, Electronic Purse, Digital Cash c) Cri cal Comparison of tradi onal banking methods and E-banking Module IV: Introduction to Insurance (15 hours) a) Insurance: Meaning and nature, purpose and need, principles of insurance, types of insurance, new insurance products, present state of insurance industry in India. b) Legal Framework: Types of insurance- life and non-life, re-insurance, risk and return rela onship, Essen al Feature of Insurance Contracts and Salient Features of Insurance Act 1938 , IRDA Act 1999, Bancassurance Module V: Risk (15 hours) a) Basic concept of Risk – Kinds of Business Risks; Assessment and Transfer b) Basic Principles – Principle of utmost Good faith Interest, Indemnity, Economic func on, c) Proximate Cause, Subroga on and Contribu on; Types of Insurance; Reinsurance d) Risk and Return Rela onship; Need for Coordina on Suggested Readings 1. Agarwal, O.P, Banking and Insurance: Himalaya Publishing House 2. Saxena, GS. Legal Aspects of Banking Opera ons, Sultan Chand and Sons 3. Gupta, P.K. Insurance and Risk Management, Himalaya Publishing House 4. Suneja, H.R., Prac cal and Law of Banking, Himalaya Publishing House 5. Gupta, Shashi K.; Aggarwal, Nisha & Gupta, Nee , Indian Financial System, Kalyani Publishers-New Delhi

CMTX0015: TAXATION (4 Credits-60 Hours) Objective: This course is designed to enable students to gain knowledge of the provisions of tax laws and to apply it to various situations in actual practice. Module I: Tax Concept and Residential Status (7 hours) a) Basic concepts: Income and Income Tax, person, assessee, assessment year, previous year, Permanent Account Number (PAN). b) Residen al status: Residen al status of different types of companies, individual and firm. Module II: Tax Planning and E-Filing (8 hours) a) Tax planning: Concept of tax planning, types of tax planning, tax management, tax evasion, tax avoidance and difference between tax planning, tax evasion & tax avoidance. b) E- Filing: Concept of e-filing, procedure of e-filing of returns, tools used in e-filing. Module III: Computation of Income under Different Headings (20 hours) a) Computa on of income under the heading salaries and income from house property. b) Computa on of income under the heading profits and gains of business and profession, capital gains and income from other sources. Module IV: Computation of Tax under GST (15 hours) a) GST: Concept of GST, person liable to pay tax in GST, migra on of the persons registered under earlier laws in GST. b) Supply: Value of supply, place of supply, determina on of supply in the course of inter- state trade or ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|540

commerce or intrastate supplies. Module V: Indirect Tax Laws (10 hours) a) Central Excise Act, 1944 and the related rules, circulars and no fica ons, Central Excise Tariff Act, 1985 and the related rules. b) Customs Act, 1962 and the related rules, circulars and no fica ons, Customs Tariff Act, 1975 and the related rules. Suggested Readings 1. Haldia, Arpit. GST Made Easy: Answer to all Your Queries on GST, Taxman’s PVT. Ltd. New Delhi. 2. Singhania, Vinod K. and Monica Singhania. Students’ Guide to Income Tax, University Edi on. Taxmann Publica ons Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi. 3. Ahuja, Girish and Ravi Gupta. Systema c Approach to Income Tax. Bharat Law House, Delhi. 4. Pagare, Dinkar. Law and Prac ce of Income Tax. Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi. 5. V.S. Datey. Indirect Tax Law and prac ce, Taxmann Publica ons Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, Latest edi on.

CMFR0016: FINANCIAL REPORTING (4 Credits-60 Hours) Objectives: This course is designed to ● gain ability to analyze financial statements and financial reports of various types of entities. ● gain ability to apply valuation principles. ● familiarize with recent developments in the area of financial reporting. Module I: Indian Accounting Standards, IFRS & US GAAP (10 hours) a) Accoun ng standards and its necessity; interpreta ons of accoun ng standards and guidance notes on various accoun ng aspects issued by the ICAI and their applica ons; understanding of US GAAP and applica ons of IFRS (Interna onal Financial Repor ng Standards) and US GAAP. b) Overview of Interna onal Accoun ng Standards (IAS)/Interna onal Financial Repor ng Standards (IFRS), interpreta ons by Interna onal Financial Repor ng Interpreta on Commi ee (IFRIC) and significant differences vis-a-vis Indian Accoun ng Standards. Module II: Corporate Financial Reporting and Reporting of Financial Instruments (10 hours) a) Corporate Financial Repor ng - Issues and problems with special reference to published financial statements. b) Accoun ng and Repor ng of Financial Instruments: Meaning, recogni on, de-recogni on, offset and measurement of financial instruments. Module III: Financial Reporting by Mutual funds and Share Based Payments (10 hours) a) Financial repor ng by mutual funds, Non-Banking Finance Companies, merchant bankers, stock and commodity market intermediaries. b) Share based payments and its role in financial repor ng: Meaning, equity se led transac ons, transac ons with employees and non- employees. Module IV: Valuation in Financial Reporting (15 hours) a) Valua on of tangible fixed assets and valua on of intangible assets including brand valua on and valua on of goodwill. b) Valua on of liabili es, shares and business. Module V: Developments in Financial Reporting (15 hours) Value Added Statement (VAS); Economic Value Added (EVA), Market Value Added (MVA), Shareholders’ Value Added (SVA); Human resource repor ng; Infla on accoun ng. Suggested Readings 1. Vijay Kumar, M P. First Lessons in Financial Repor ng, Snowwhite Publisher, Mumbai, Maharashtra. 2. Sekar, G. and Prasath, Saravana, Financial Repor ng, Wolters Kluwer (India) Pvt. Ltd. Mohali – Chandigarh. 3. Sharma, Praveen. And Bhalla, Kapileshwar, Financial Repor ng, Pooja law house, Delhi. ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|541

4. 5.

Tulsian, P.C. and Tulsian, Bharat, Financial Repor ng, Paperback, New Delhi. Sarada, Pawan. and Sharma, D. G. Financial Repor ng, Paperback, New Delhi.

CMES0023: ENTREPRENEURSHIP (AUDIT COURSE) Objective: The objective of the course is to introduce students to the concept of entrepreneurship, entrepreneurial skills and their use in a variety of situations. The students are examined on the personal skills to help them define entrepreneurial opportunity and are taught to develop a criteria to judge a situation to develop into a venture, plan and prepare business plans considering the market, technical, financial and legal requirements. The various topics that are generally covered in the course are: ● Meaning of entrepreneur and entrepreneurship and its relation with problem-solving, characteristics of an entrepreneur, factors influencing entrepreneurship ● Identify and explain entrepreneurial opportunities, generating a list of entrepreneurial opportunities in a number of commercial and non-commercial situations ● Preliminary Project appraisal methods - Selecting the right opportunity, market survey and research, techno-economic feasibility, financial feasibility- sources of finance – identify various sources of capital, ways to access the capital. Legal environment – identify the types of the regulatory systems and predict their effects on the creation of the entrepreneurial venture, role of government and government agencies. ● Creating the business model – business plan preparation. ● Recognize and assess the expected life of a venture, break-even analysis, recognize the common causes of failure of business ventures, how to deal with seven business crisis- planning for survival and growth.

ADBU|Regulations and Syllabus|2017-18|542

Regulations and Syllabi.pdf

MSC Chemistry 80. School of Life Sciences 81. MSC Biochemistry, Biotechnology, Microbiology 81. MSC Zoology 83. School of Commerce and Management 84.

18MB Sizes 3 Downloads 320 Views

Recommend Documents

SPORTING AND TECHNICAL REGULATIONS
May 3, 2015 - SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS. Saturday (02.05.2015). 09:00 – 14:00 (5 hrs). Sporting checks & Scrutineering (All competitors).

SPORTING AND TECHNICAL REGULATIONS
17:55 – 18:15 (20 min) Baltic Touring Cars. 18:20 – 18:40 (20 min) Formula Scandic. 18:45 – 19:25 (40 min) BEC 4H. Sunday (03.05.2015). 09:00 – 09:45 (45 min) Drivers briefing (All competitors). WARM-UP SESSION. 10:00 – 10:10 (10 min) KUMHO

Rules and Regulations
Finally, the top three finishing teams after the playoffs will receive payouts. The ... Once a trade is accepted, an email is sent to all owners in the league ... to contact the other league owners to “campaign” them to vote to “allow” the tr

Rules and Regulations
Raiders. It was then, in a room of the Manhattan Hotel (now the Milford ... these accomplishments, he was inducted into the Pro Football Hall of Fame in the 17-.

Regulations - 2013
BA9263: Managerial Behaviour and Effectiveness. BA9264: Entrepreneurship Development. BA9268: Strategic Human Resource Management. & Development.

LIBRARY RULES AND REGULATIONS 2013 EDITION.pdf ...
There was a problem previewing this document. Retrying... Download. Connect more apps... Try one of the apps below to open or edit this item. LIBRARY ...

Ojai Cannabis Delivery and Dispensary Regulations Application ...
... System for Medical Cannabis Delivery Service Licenses. Page 3 of 16. Ojai Cannabis Delivery and Dispensary Regulations Application.final.01.13.2017.pdf.

Rules and Regulations - The Crescent.pdf
Sign in. Page. 1. /. 1. Loading… Page 1 of 1. Page 1 of 1. Rules and Regulations - The Crescent.pdf. Rules and Regulations - The Crescent.pdf. Open. Extract.

STECInternetCondiitons and Regulations).pdf
distance charges incurred at the show will be charged to the exhibitor's credit card. August 21, 2015. Page 1. STECInternetCondiitons and Regulations).pdf.

Marina Rules and Regulations - Windmill Harbour Marina.pdf ...
Marina Rules and Regulations - Windmill Harbour Marina.pdf. Marina Rules and Regulations - Windmill Harbour Marina.pdf. Open. Extract. Open with. Sign In.

examination rules and regulations -
You are not under suspension or withdrawn from the university. 2. Location of Examinations and seating arrangement. These will be determined by the ...

Rules and Regulations - Leamington.pdf
Section 6.03 Appeal Procedure. Page 3 of 21. Rules and Regulations - Leamington.pdf. Rules and Regulations - Leamington.pdf. Open. Extract. Open with.

LIBRARY RULES AND REGULATIONS 2013 EDITION.pdf ...
DITION.pdf. LIBRARY RU ... DITION.pdf. Open. Extract. Open with. Sign In. Main menu. Displaying LIBRARY RULES AND REGULATIONS 2013 EDITION.pdf.

Rules and Regulations - Eagles Point.pdf
and Restrictions for Eagle's Pointe (hereinafter, Eagle's Pointe CC&R's). The use of these. common areas is specifically limited to, and these Rules and ...

Regulations - 2013 - Anna University
BA7205: Information Management. BA7203: ... BA9257: Security Analysis and Portfolio. Management. BA9258: Merchant Banking and Financial. Services.

MEDICAL CANNABIS REGULATIONS
document,” “registration document,” and “registration certificate.” All of the Medical ... (b) the person's given name, surname and date of birth;. (c) the address of ...

Regulations-Training.pdf
Sign in. Page. 1. /. 20. Loading… Page 1 of 20. Page 1 of 20. Page 2 of 20. Page 2 of 20. Page 3 of 20. Page 3 of 20. Regulations-Training.pdf.